isn't interactive (interactive_shell == 0)
- start_debugger: call force_execute_file instead of maybe_execute_file;
turn off debugging mode if it returns value < 0
+
+ 11/24
+ -----
+hashlib.h
+ - DEFAULT_HASH_BUCKETS: doubled to 128, cost in memory use is small but
+ changes traversal order when not sorting results
+
+ 11/25
+ -----
+doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi}
+ - make it clearer, by breaking it out into a separate paragraph, that
+ referencing an array without a subscript is equivalent to referencing
+ it with subscript 0
+ - add text saying that referencing any variable using a valid subscript
+ is OK
+
+ 11/28
+ -----
+
+arrayfunc.c
+ - bind_array_variable, bind_assoc_variable: allow binding value to a
+ readonly variable if the ASS_FORCE flag is set in the FLAGS
+ argument
+
+subst.h
+ - ASS_FORCE: new assignment flag; means to allow assignment even if
+ variable is marked readonly
+
+builtins/declare.def
+ - when assigning a value to an array or assoc variable using
+ something like `declare -r foo=bar' where foo is an existing array
+ variable, pass the ASS_FORCE to assign_array_var_from_string so
+ the assignment is allowed. Fixes debian bug 765759
+ http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=765759
+
+builtins/setattr.def
+ - var_attribute_string: new function to return (as argument) a char
+ array with attribute flag values for a given variable; returns the
+ length of the array
+
+lib/sh/shquote.c
+ - sh_quote_reusable: function returning a version of its string
+ argument that is quoted for reuse
+
+externs.h
+ - sh_quote_reusable: extern declaration
+
+builtins/common.h
+ - MAX_ATTRIBUTES: define used to size arrays for attribute flag
+ characters
+ - var_attribute_string: new extern function declaration
+
+subst.c
+ - array_remove_pattern: fixed a bug where `var' instead of `v' was
+ tested for invisible attribute
+ - get_var_and_type: fill in a valid *VARP if returning VT_VARIABLE
+ because callers may need to use it
+ - parameter_brace_transform: family of functions to implement the new
+ mksh-inspired ${param@spec} transformation word expansions. Some
+ of the operators transform the (expanded) value of the parameter,
+ the rest expand to information about the parameter itself
+ (array_transform, parameter_list_transform, list_transform,
+ string_transform, pos_params_assignment, array_var_assignment,
+ string_var_assignment)
+ - parameter_brace_expand: changes to parse the new `@' word expansion
+ operator and call parameter_brace_transform appropriately
+ - parameter_brace_expand: make sure we handle ${#@} as we have before
+ even in the presence of the new `@' operator
+
+variables.c
+ - push_temp_var: make sure to call bind_variable_internal with the
+ ASS_FORCE flag so we override readonly variables created with
+ something like `tempvar=foo declare -r foo'.
+ - bind_variable_internal: honor ASS_FORCE flag to allow binding even
+ if a variable is readonly
+
+execute_cmd.c
+ - struct func_array_state: new state to save state of BASH_LINENO,
+ BASH_SOURCE, and FUNCNAME during function execution so it can be
+ restored on a jump to top level
+ - restore_funcarray_state: new function to restore func_array_state
+ - execute_function: fill in func_array_state variable, add unwind-
+ protect to restore it on jump to top level, call explicitly at
+ end of function if subshell != 0 (may not be necessary, but safe
+ for now). Fixes bug with local assignments to FUNCNAME reported
+ by Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis <arfrever.fta@gmail.com>
+
+ 11/29
+ -----
+arrayfunc.c
+ - assign_compound_array_list: turn off ASS_APPEND flag when processing
+ each individual assignment inside the parens in var+=(...). The
+ outer += should not affect assignments to existing subscripts;
+ those should be treated like usual assignments unless += supplied
+ inside the parens. Bug report from Maarten Billemont
+ <lhunath@lyndir.com>, fix from Eduardo A. Bustamante López
+ <dualbus@gmail.com>
+
+config.h.in
+ - HAVE_PSELECT: define if pselect(2) available
+
+configure.ac
+ - check for pselect(2), define HAVE_PSELECT if found
+
+lib/readline/input.c
+ - rl_getc: use pselect(2) to wait for input ready on readline's
+ input fd or for a signal to arrive, will handle SIGWINCH (which
+ does not interrupt read(2)) and thus allow resize to happen without
+ having to wait to read more input. Only works if pselect available
+ and returns -1/EINTR on a signal even if the signal was installed
+ with SA_RESTART. From a suggestion from Egmont Koblinger
+ <egmont@gmail.com>
- maybe_pop_dollar_vars: call invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at just
to be safe
+ 11/23
+ -----
+builtins/evalfile.c
+ - _evalfile: return -1 if errno == ENOENT and the flags don't include
+ FEVAL_ENOENTOK. If we print an error message we should return an
+ error
+ - force_execute_file: new function, reads and executes commands from
+ a file but returns an error if file doesn't exist
+
+builtins/common.h
+ - force_execute_file: new extern declaration
+
+shell.c
+ - main: call start_debugger even if dollar_vars[1] == 0 if the shell
+ isn't interactive (interactive_shell == 0)
+ - start_debugger: call force_execute_file instead of maybe_execute_file;
+ turn off debugging mode if it returns value < 0
+
+ 11/24
+ -----
+hashlib.h
+ - DEFAULT_HASH_BUCKETS: doubled to 128, cost in memory use is small but
+ changes traversal order when not sorting results
+
+ 11/25
+ -----
+doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi}
+ - make it clearer, by breaking it out into a separate paragraph, that
+ referencing an array without a subscript is equivalent to referencing
+ it with subscript 0
+ - add text saying that referencing any variable using a valid subscript
+ is OK
+
+ 11/28
+ -----
+
+arrayfunc.c
+ - bind_array_variable, bind_assoc_variable: allow binding value to a
+ readonly variable if the ASS_FORCE flag is set in the FLAGS
+ argument
+
+subst.h
+ - ASS_FORCE: new assignment flag; means to allow assignment even if
+ variable is marked readonly
+
+builtins/declare.def
+ - when assigning a value to an array or assoc variable using
+ something like `declare -r foo=bar' where foo is an existing array
+ variable, pass the ASS_FORCE to assign_array_var_from_string so
+ the assignment is allowed. Fixes debian bug 765759
+ http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=765759
+
+builtins/setattr.def
+ - var_attribute_string: new function to return (as argument) a char
+ array with attribute flag values for a given variable; returns the
+ length of the array
+
+lib/sh/shquote.c
+ - sh_quote_reusable: function returning a version of its string
+ argument that is quoted for reuse
+
+externs.h
+ - sh_quote_reusable: extern declaration
+
+builtins/common.h
+ - MAX_ATTRIBUTES: define used to size arrays for attribute flag
+ characters
+ - var_attribute_string: new extern function declaration
+
+subst.c
+ - array_remove_pattern: fixed a bug where `var' instead of `v' was
+ tested for invisible attribute
+ - get_var_and_type: fill in a valid *VARP if returning VT_VARIABLE
+ because callers may need to use it
+ - parameter_brace_transform: family of functions to implement the new
+ mksh-inspired ${param@spec} transformation word expansions. Some
+ of the operators transform the (expanded) value of the parameter,
+ the rest expand to information about the parameter itself
+ (array_transform, parameter_list_transform, list_transform,
+ string_transform, pos_params_assignment, array_var_assignment,
+ string_var_assignment)
+ - parameter_brace_expand: changes to parse the new `@' word expansion
+ operator and call parameter_brace_transform appropriately
+ - parameter_brace_expand: make sure we handle ${#@} as we have before
+ even in the presence of the new `@' operator
+
+variables.c
+ - push_temp_var: make sure to call bind_variable_internal with the
+ ASS_FORCE flag so we override readonly variables created with
+ something like `tempvar=foo declare -r foo'.
+ - bind_variable_internal: honor ASS_FORCE flag to allow binding even
+ if a variable is readonly
+
+execute_cmd.c
+ - struct func_array_state: new state to save state of BASH_LINENO,
+ BASH_SOURCE, and FUNCNAME during function execution so it can be
+ restored on a jump to top level
+ - restore_funcarray_state: new function to restore func_array_state
+ - execute_function: fill in func_array_state variable, add unwind-
+ protect to restore it on jump to top level, call explicitly at
+ end of function if subshell != 0 (may not be necessary, but safe
+ for now). Fixes bug with local assignments to FUNCNAME reported
+ by Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis <arfrever.fta@gmail.com>
+
+ 11/29
+ -----
+arrayfunc.c
+ - assign_compound_array_list: turn off ASS_APPEND flag when processing
+ each individual assignment inside the parens in var+=(...). The
+ outer += should not affect assignments to existing subscripts;
+ those should be treated like usual assignments unless += supplied
+ inside the parens. Bug report from Maarten Billemont
+ <lhunath@lyndir.com>, fix from Eduardo A. Bustamante López
+ <dualbus@gmail.com>
+
+config.h.in
+ - HAVE_PSELECT: define if pselect(2) available
+
+configure.ac
+ - check for pselect(2), define HAVE_PSELECT if found
+
+lib/readline/input.c
+ - rl_getc: use pselect(2) to wait for input ready on readline's
+ input fd or for a signal to arrive, will handle SIGWINCH (which
+ does not interrupt read(2)) and thus allow resize to happen without
+ having to wait to read more input. From a suggestion from Egmont
+ Koblinger <egmont@gmail.com>
tests/new-exp7.sub f
tests/new-exp8.sub f
tests/new-exp9.sub f
+tests/new-exp10.sub f
tests/new-exp.right f
tests/nquote.tests f
tests/nquote.right f
tests/varenv4.sub f
tests/varenv5.sub f
tests/varenv6.sub f
+tests/varenv7.sub f
tests/version f
tests/version.mini f
tests/vredir.tests f
tests/getopts5.sub f
tests/getopts6.sub f
tests/getopts7.sub f
+tests/getopts8.sub f
+tests/getopts9.sub f
tests/glob.tests f
tests/glob1.sub f
tests/glob.right f
tests/new-exp7.sub f
tests/new-exp8.sub f
tests/new-exp9.sub f
+tests/new-exp10.sub f
tests/new-exp.right f
tests/nquote.tests f
tests/nquote.right f
#### PRIVATE TARGETS ####
hashtest: hashlib.c
- $(CC) -DTEST_HASHING $(CCFLAGS) -o $@ $(srcdir)/hashlib.c
+ $(CC) -DTEST_HASHING $(CCFLAGS) $(TEST_NBUCKETS) -o $@ $(srcdir)/hashlib.c xmalloc.o $(INTL_LIB)
############################ DEPENDENCIES ###############################
if (entry == (SHELL_VAR *) 0)
entry = make_new_array_variable (name);
- else if (readonly_p (entry) || noassign_p (entry))
+ else if ((readonly_p (entry) && (flags&ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (entry))
{
if (readonly_p (entry))
err_readonly (name);
SHELL_VAR *dentry;
char *newval;
- if (readonly_p (entry) || noassign_p (entry))
+ if ((readonly_p (entry) && (flags&ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (entry))
{
if (readonly_p (entry))
err_readonly (name);
for (list = nlist; list; list = list->next)
{
- iflags = flags;
+ /* Don't allow var+=(values) to make assignments in VALUES append to
+ existing values by default. */
+ iflags = flags & ~ASS_APPEND;
w = list->word->word;
/* We have a word of the form [ind]=value */
--- /dev/null
+/* arrayfunc.c -- High-level array functions used by other parts of the shell. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern int last_command_exit_value;
+extern int array_needs_making;
+
+static SHELL_VAR *bind_array_var_internal __P((SHELL_VAR *, arrayind_t, char *, char *, int));
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_array_element_internal __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, char *, int, char *, int));
+
+static char *quote_assign __P((const char *));
+static void quote_array_assignment_chars __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static char *array_value_internal __P((char *, int, int, int *, arrayind_t *));
+
+/* Standard error message to use when encountering an invalid array subscript */
+const char * const bash_badsub_errmsg = N_("bad array subscript");
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions to manipulate array variables and perform assignments */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Convert a shell variable to an array variable. The original value is
+ saved as array[0]. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+convert_var_to_array (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *oldval;
+ ARRAY *array;
+
+ oldval = value_cell (var);
+ array = array_create ();
+ if (oldval)
+ array_insert (array, 0, oldval);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setarray (var, array);
+
+ /* these aren't valid anymore */
+ var->dynamic_value = (sh_var_value_func_t *)NULL;
+ var->assign_func = (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+ if (exported_p (var))
+ array_needs_making++;
+
+ VSETATTR (var, att_array);
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+
+ return var;
+}
+
+/* Convert a shell variable to an array variable. The original value is
+ saved as array[0]. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+convert_var_to_assoc (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *oldval;
+ HASH_TABLE *hash;
+
+ oldval = value_cell (var);
+ hash = assoc_create (0);
+ if (oldval)
+ assoc_insert (hash, savestring ("0"), oldval);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setassoc (var, hash);
+
+ /* these aren't valid anymore */
+ var->dynamic_value = (sh_var_value_func_t *)NULL;
+ var->assign_func = (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+ if (exported_p (var))
+ array_needs_making++;
+
+ VSETATTR (var, att_assoc);
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+
+ return var;
+}
+
+char *
+make_array_variable_value (entry, ind, key, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *dentry;
+ char *newval;
+
+ /* If we're appending, we need the old value of the array reference, so
+ fake out make_variable_value with a dummy SHELL_VAR */
+ if (flags & ASS_APPEND)
+ {
+ dentry = (SHELL_VAR *)xmalloc (sizeof (SHELL_VAR));
+ dentry->name = savestring (entry->name);
+ if (assoc_p (entry))
+ newval = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (entry), key);
+ else
+ newval = array_reference (array_cell (entry), ind);
+ if (newval)
+ dentry->value = savestring (newval);
+ else
+ {
+ dentry->value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ dentry->value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ dentry->exportstr = 0;
+ dentry->attributes = entry->attributes & ~(att_array|att_assoc|att_exported);
+ /* Leave the rest of the members uninitialized; the code doesn't look
+ at them. */
+ newval = make_variable_value (dentry, value, flags);
+ dispose_variable (dentry);
+ }
+ else
+ newval = make_variable_value (entry, value, flags);
+
+ return newval;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+bind_array_var_internal (entry, ind, key, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *newval;
+
+ newval = make_array_variable_value (entry, ind, key, value, flags);
+
+ if (entry->assign_func)
+ (*entry->assign_func) (entry, newval, ind, key);
+ else if (assoc_p (entry))
+ assoc_insert (assoc_cell (entry), key, newval);
+ else
+ array_insert (array_cell (entry), ind, newval);
+ FREE (newval);
+
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible); /* no longer invisible */
+ return (entry);
+}
+
+/* Perform an array assignment name[ind]=value. If NAME already exists and
+ is not an array, and IND is 0, perform name=value instead. If NAME exists
+ and is not an array, and IND is not 0, convert it into an array with the
+ existing value as name[0].
+
+ If NAME does not exist, just create an array variable, no matter what
+ IND's value may be. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_array_variable (name, ind, value, flags)
+ char *name;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = find_shell_variable (name);
+
+ if (entry == (SHELL_VAR *) 0)
+ entry = make_new_array_variable (name);
+ else if ((readonly_p (entry) && (flags&ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (entry))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (entry);
+ }
+ else if (array_p (entry) == 0)
+ entry = convert_var_to_array (entry);
+
+ /* ENTRY is an array variable, and ARRAY points to the value. */
+ return (bind_array_var_internal (entry, ind, 0, value, flags));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_array_element (entry, ind, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ return (bind_array_var_internal (entry, ind, 0, value, flags));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_assoc_variable (entry, name, key, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ char *name;
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *dentry;
+ char *newval;
+
+ if ((readonly_p (entry) && (flags&ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (entry))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (entry);
+ }
+
+ return (bind_array_var_internal (entry, 0, key, value, flags));
+}
+
+/* Parse NAME, a lhs of an assignment statement of the form v[s], and
+ assign VALUE to that array element by calling bind_array_variable(). */
+SHELL_VAR *
+assign_array_element (name, value, flags)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *sub, *vname;
+ int sublen;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ vname = array_variable_name (name, &sub, &sublen);
+
+ if (vname == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ if ((ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (sub[0]) && sub[1] == ']') || (sublen <= 1))
+ {
+ free (vname);
+ err_badarraysub (name);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ entry = find_variable (vname);
+ entry = assign_array_element_internal (entry, name, vname, sub, sublen, value, flags);
+
+ free (vname);
+ return entry;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_array_element_internal (entry, name, vname, sub, sublen, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ char *name; /* only used for error messages */
+ char *vname;
+ char *sub;
+ int sublen;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *akey;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ if (entry && assoc_p (entry))
+ {
+ sub[sublen-1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (sub, 0); /* [ */
+ sub[sublen-1] = ']';
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (name);
+ FREE (akey);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ entry = bind_assoc_variable (entry, vname, akey, value, flags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (entry, sub, sublen);
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (entry && ind < 0)
+ ind = (array_p (entry) ? array_max_index (array_cell (entry)) : 0) + 1 + ind;
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (name);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ entry = bind_array_variable (vname, ind, value, flags);
+ }
+
+ return (entry);
+}
+
+/* Find the array variable corresponding to NAME. If there is no variable,
+ create a new array variable. If the variable exists but is not an array,
+ convert it to an indexed array. If FLAGS&1 is non-zero, an existing
+ variable is checked for the readonly or noassign attribute in preparation
+ for assignment (e.g., by the `read' builtin). If FLAGS&2 is non-zero, we
+ create an associative array. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_or_make_array_variable (name, flags)
+ char *name;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = find_variable (name);
+ if (var == 0)
+ {
+ /* See if we have a nameref pointing to a variable that hasn't been
+ created yet. */
+ var = find_variable_last_nameref (name);
+ if (var && nameref_p (var))
+ var = (flags & 2) ? make_new_assoc_variable (nameref_cell (var)) : make_new_array_variable (nameref_cell (var));
+ }
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ var = (flags & 2) ? make_new_assoc_variable (name) : make_new_array_variable (name);
+ else if ((flags & 1) && (readonly_p (var) || noassign_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (var))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 2) && array_p (var))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = 1;
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot convert indexed to associative array"), name);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0)
+ var = convert_var_to_array (var);
+
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* Perform a compound assignment statement for array NAME, where VALUE is
+ the text between the parens: NAME=( VALUE ) */
+SHELL_VAR *
+assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int vflags;
+
+ vflags = 1;
+ if (flags & ASS_MKASSOC)
+ vflags |= 2;
+
+ var = find_or_make_array_variable (name, vflags);
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ return (assign_array_var_from_string (var, value, flags));
+}
+
+/* Sequentially assign the indices of indexed array variable VAR from the
+ words in LIST. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+assign_array_var_from_word_list (var, list, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register arrayind_t i;
+ register WORD_LIST *l;
+ ARRAY *a;
+
+ a = array_cell (var);
+ i = (flags & ASS_APPEND) ? array_max_index (a) + 1 : 0;
+
+ for (l = list; l; l = l->next, i++)
+ if (var->assign_func)
+ (*var->assign_func) (var, l->word->word, i, 0);
+ else
+ array_insert (a, i, l->word->word);
+ return var;
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_compound_array_assignment (var, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list, *nlist;
+ WORD_LIST *hd, *tl, *t, *n;
+ char *val;
+ int ni;
+
+ /* This condition is true when invoked from the declare builtin with a
+ command like
+ declare -a d='([1]="" [2]="bdef" [5]="hello world" "test")' */
+ if (*value == '(') /*)*/
+ {
+ ni = 1;
+ val = extract_array_assignment_list (value, &ni);
+ if (val == 0)
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ val = value;
+
+ /* Expand the value string into a list of words, performing all the
+ shell expansions including pathname generation and word splitting. */
+ /* First we split the string on whitespace, using the shell parser
+ (ksh93 seems to do this). */
+ list = parse_string_to_word_list (val, 1, "array assign");
+
+ if (var && assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ if (val != value)
+ free (val);
+ return list;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're using [subscript]=value, we need to quote each [ and ] to
+ prevent unwanted filename expansion. This doesn't need to be done
+ for associative array expansion, since that uses a different expansion
+ function (see assign_compound_array_list below). */
+ if (list)
+ quote_array_assignment_chars (list);
+
+ /* Now that we've split it, perform the shell expansions on each
+ word in the list. */
+ nlist = list ? expand_words_no_vars (list) : (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ if (val != value)
+ free (val);
+
+ return nlist;
+}
+
+/* Callers ensure that VAR is not NULL */
+void
+assign_compound_array_list (var, nlist, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *nlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *w, *val, *nval;
+ int len, iflags, free_val;
+ arrayind_t ind, last_ind;
+ char *akey;
+
+ a = (var && array_p (var)) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)0;
+ h = (var && assoc_p (var)) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)0;
+
+ akey = (char *)0;
+ ind = 0;
+
+ /* Now that we are ready to assign values to the array, kill the existing
+ value. */
+ if ((flags & ASS_APPEND) == 0)
+ {
+ if (a && array_p (var))
+ array_flush (a);
+ else if (h && assoc_p (var))
+ assoc_flush (h);
+ }
+
+ last_ind = (a && (flags & ASS_APPEND)) ? array_max_index (a) + 1 : 0;
+
+ for (list = nlist; list; list = list->next)
+ {
+ iflags = flags;
+ w = list->word->word;
+
+ /* We have a word of the form [ind]=value */
+ if ((list->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) && w[0] == '[')
+ {
+ /* Don't have to handle embedded quotes specially any more, since
+ associative array subscripts have not been expanded yet (see
+ above). */
+ len = skipsubscript (w, 0, 0);
+
+ /* XXX - changes for `+=' */
+ if (w[len] != ']' || (w[len+1] != '=' && (w[len+1] != '+' || w[len+2] != '=')))
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (w);
+ continue;
+ }
+ nval = make_variable_value (var, w, flags);
+ if (var->assign_func)
+ (*var->assign_func) (var, nval, last_ind, 0);
+ else
+ array_insert (a, last_ind, nval);
+ FREE (nval);
+ last_ind++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (len == 1)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (w);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (w[1]) && len == 2)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = 1;
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid associative array key"), w);
+ else
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign to non-numeric index"), w);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (array_p (var))
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, w + 1, len);
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (ind < 0)
+ ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (w);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ last_ind = ind;
+ }
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ /* This is not performed above, see expand_compound_array_assignment */
+ w[len] = '\0'; /*[*/
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (w+1, 0);
+ w[len] = ']';
+ /* And we need to expand the value also, see below */
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (w);
+ FREE (akey);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* XXX - changes for `+=' -- just accept the syntax. ksh93 doesn't do this */
+ if (w[len + 1] == '+' && w[len + 2] == '=')
+ {
+ iflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+ val = w + len + 3;
+ }
+ else
+ val = w + len + 2;
+ }
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = 1;
+ report_error (_("%s: %s: must use subscript when assigning associative array"), var->name, w);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else /* No [ind]=value, just a stray `=' */
+ {
+ ind = last_ind;
+ val = w;
+ }
+
+ free_val = 0;
+ /* See above; we need to expand the value here */
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ val = expand_assignment_string_to_string (val, 0);
+ if (val == 0)
+ {
+ val = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ val[0] = '\0'; /* like do_assignment_internal */
+ }
+ free_val = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (integer_p (var))
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no command name for errors */
+ bind_array_var_internal (var, ind, akey, val, iflags);
+ last_ind++;
+
+ if (free_val)
+ free (val);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Perform a compound array assignment: VAR->name=( VALUE ). The
+ VALUE has already had the parentheses stripped. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+assign_array_var_from_string (var, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *nlist;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return var;
+
+ nlist = expand_compound_array_assignment (var, value, flags);
+ assign_compound_array_list (var, nlist, flags);
+
+ if (nlist)
+ dispose_words (nlist);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* Quote globbing chars and characters in $IFS before the `=' in an assignment
+ statement (usually a compound array assignment) to protect them from
+ unwanted filename expansion or word splitting. */
+static char *
+quote_assign (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int saw_eq;
+ char *temp, *t, *subs;
+ const char *s, *send;
+ int ss, se;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = temp = (char *)xmalloc (slen * 2 + 1);
+ saw_eq = 0;
+ for (s = string; *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '=')
+ saw_eq = 1;
+ if (saw_eq == 0 && *s == '[') /* looks like a subscript */
+ {
+ ss = s - string;
+ se = skipsubscript (string, ss, 0);
+ subs = substring (s, ss, se);
+ *t++ = '\\';
+ strcpy (t, subs);
+ t += se - ss;
+ *t++ = '\\';
+ *t++ = ']';
+ s += se + 1;
+ free (subs);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (saw_eq == 0 && (glob_char_p (s) || isifs (*s)))
+ *t++ = '\\';
+
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* For each word in a compound array assignment, if the word looks like
+ [ind]=value, quote globbing chars and characters in $IFS before the `='. */
+static void
+quote_array_assignment_chars (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ char *nword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+
+ for (l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ if (l->word == 0 || l->word->word == 0 || l->word->word[0] == '\0')
+ continue; /* should not happen, but just in case... */
+ /* Don't bother if it hasn't been recognized as an assignment or
+ doesn't look like [ind]=value */
+ if ((l->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0)
+ continue;
+ if (l->word->word[0] != '[' || mbschr (l->word->word, '=') == 0) /* ] */
+ continue;
+
+ nword = quote_assign (l->word->word);
+ free (l->word->word);
+ l->word->word = nword;
+ l->word->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX - W_NOSPLIT also? */
+ }
+}
+
+/* skipsubscript moved to subst.c to use private functions. 2009/02/24. */
+
+/* This function is called with SUB pointing to just after the beginning
+ `[' of an array subscript and removes the array element to which SUB
+ expands from array VAR. A subscript of `*' or `@' unsets the array. */
+int
+unbind_array_element (var, sub)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *sub;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ ARRAY_ELEMENT *ae;
+
+ len = skipsubscript (sub, 0, 0);
+ if (sub[len] != ']' || len == 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error ("%s[%s: %s", var->name, sub, _(bash_badsub_errmsg));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ sub[len] = '\0';
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (sub[0]) && sub[1] == 0)
+ {
+ unbind_variable (var->name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (sub, 0); /* [ */
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error ("[%s]: %s", sub, _(bash_badsub_errmsg));
+ FREE (akey);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ assoc_remove (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ free (akey);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, sub, len+1);
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (ind < 0)
+ ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error ("[%s]: %s", sub, _(bash_badsub_errmsg));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ ae = array_remove (array_cell (var), ind);
+ if (ae)
+ array_dispose_element (ae);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Format and output an array assignment in compound form VAR=(VALUES),
+ suitable for re-use as input. */
+void
+print_array_assignment (var, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *vstr;
+
+ vstr = array_to_assign (array_cell (var), quoted);
+
+ if (vstr == 0)
+ printf ("%s=%s\n", var->name, quoted ? "'()'" : "()");
+ else
+ {
+ printf ("%s=%s\n", var->name, vstr);
+ free (vstr);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Format and output an associative array assignment in compound form
+ VAR=(VALUES), suitable for re-use as input. */
+void
+print_assoc_assignment (var, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *vstr;
+
+ vstr = assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (var), quoted);
+
+ if (vstr == 0)
+ printf ("%s=%s\n", var->name, quoted ? "'()'" : "()");
+ else
+ {
+ printf ("%s=%s\n", var->name, vstr);
+ free (vstr);
+ }
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Utility functions to manage arrays and their contents for expansion */
+/* */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is a properly-formed array reference v[sub]. */
+int
+valid_array_reference (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *t;
+ int r, len;
+
+ t = mbschr (name, '['); /* ] */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ *t = '\0';
+ r = legal_identifier (name);
+ *t = '[';
+ if (r == 0)
+ return 0;
+ /* Check for a properly-terminated non-blank subscript. */
+ len = skipsubscript (t, 0, 0);
+ if (t[len] != ']' || len == 1)
+ return 0;
+ for (r = 1; r < len; r++)
+ if (whitespace (t[r]) == 0)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Expand the array index beginning at S and extending LEN characters. */
+arrayind_t
+array_expand_index (var, s, len)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ char *exp, *t;
+ int expok;
+ arrayind_t val;
+
+ exp = (char *)xmalloc (len);
+ strncpy (exp, s, len - 1);
+ exp[len - 1] = '\0';
+ t = expand_arith_string (exp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH|Q_ARRAYSUB); /* XXX - Q_ARRAYSUB for future use */
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ val = evalexp (t, &expok);
+ free (t);
+ free (exp);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+
+ top_level_cleanup ();
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ return val;
+}
+
+/* Return the name of the variable specified by S without any subscript.
+ If SUBP is non-null, return a pointer to the start of the subscript
+ in *SUBP. If LENP is non-null, the length of the subscript is returned
+ in *LENP. This returns newly-allocated memory. */
+char *
+array_variable_name (s, subp, lenp)
+ char *s, **subp;
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *t, *ret;
+ int ind, ni;
+
+ t = mbschr (s, '[');
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ if (subp)
+ *subp = t;
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = 0;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ ind = t - s;
+ ni = skipsubscript (s, ind, 0);
+ if (ni <= ind + 1 || s[ni] != ']')
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (s);
+ if (subp)
+ *subp = t;
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = 0;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ *t = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (s);
+ *t++ = '['; /* ] */
+
+ if (subp)
+ *subp = t;
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = ni - ind;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return the variable specified by S without any subscript. If SUBP is
+ non-null, return a pointer to the start of the subscript in *SUBP.
+ If LENP is non-null, the length of the subscript is returned in *LENP. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+array_variable_part (s, subp, lenp)
+ char *s, **subp;
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *t;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ t = array_variable_name (s, subp, lenp);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ var = find_variable (t);
+
+ free (t);
+ return var; /* now return invisible variables; caller must handle */
+}
+
+#define INDEX_ERROR() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (var) \
+ err_badarraysub (var->name); \
+ else \
+ { \
+ t[-1] = '\0'; \
+ err_badarraysub (s); \
+ t[-1] = '['; /* ] */\
+ } \
+ return ((char *)NULL); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Return a string containing the elements in the array and subscript
+ described by S. If the subscript is * or @, obeys quoting rules akin
+ to the expansion of $* and $@ including double quoting. If RTYPE
+ is non-null it gets 1 if the array reference is name[*], 2 if the
+ reference is name[@], and 0 otherwise. */
+static char *
+array_value_internal (s, quoted, flags, rtype, indp)
+ char *s;
+ int quoted, flags, *rtype;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ char *retval, *t, *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* Expand the index, even if the variable doesn't exist, in case side
+ effects are needed, like ${w[i++]} where w is unset. */
+#if 0
+ if (var == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+ if (len == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL); /* error message already printed */
+
+ /* [ */
+ akey = 0;
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ {
+ if (rtype)
+ *rtype = (t[0] == '*') ? 1 : 2;
+ if ((flags & AV_ALLOWALL) == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (s);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (var == 0 || value_cell (var) == 0) /* XXX - check for invisible_p(var) ? */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ else if (array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0)
+ l = add_string_to_list (value_cell (var), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ l = assoc_to_word_list (assoc_cell (var));
+ if (l == (WORD_LIST *)NULL)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ l = array_to_word_list (array_cell (var));
+ if (l == (WORD_LIST *)NULL)
+ return ((char *) NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (t[0] == '*' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (l);
+ retval = quote_string (temp); /* XXX - leak here */
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ else /* ${name[@]} or unquoted ${name[*]} */
+ retval = string_list_dollar_at (l, quoted); /* XXX - leak here */
+
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rtype)
+ *rtype = 0;
+ if (var == 0 || array_p (var) || assoc_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+ if ((flags & AV_USEIND) == 0 || indp == 0)
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len);
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (var && array_p (var))
+ ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
+ if (ind < 0)
+ INDEX_ERROR();
+ }
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = ind;
+ }
+ else if (indp)
+ ind = *indp;
+ }
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
+ t[len - 1] = ']';
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (akey);
+ INDEX_ERROR();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (var == 0 || value_cell (var) == 0) /* XXX - check invisible_p(var) ? */
+ {
+ FREE (akey);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ if (array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0)
+ return (ind == 0 ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL);
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ retval = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ free (akey);
+ }
+ else
+ retval = array_reference (array_cell (var), ind);
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Return a string containing the elements described by the array and
+ subscript contained in S, obeying quoting for subscripts * and @. */
+char *
+array_value (s, quoted, flags, rtype, indp)
+ char *s;
+ int quoted, flags, *rtype;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ return (array_value_internal (s, quoted, flags|AV_ALLOWALL, rtype, indp));
+}
+
+/* Return the value of the array indexing expression S as a single string.
+ If (FLAGS & AV_ALLOWALL) is 0, do not allow `@' and `*' subscripts. This
+ is used by other parts of the shell such as the arithmetic expression
+ evaluator in expr.c. */
+char *
+get_array_value (s, flags, rtype, indp)
+ char *s;
+ int flags, *rtype;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ return (array_value_internal (s, 0, flags, rtype, indp));
+}
+
+char *
+array_keys (s, quoted)
+ char *s;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ int len;
+ char *retval, *t, *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* [ */
+ if (var == 0 || ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) == 0 || t[1] != ']')
+ return (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (var_isset (var) == 0 || invisible_p (var))
+ return (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (array_p (var) == 0 && assoc_p (var) == 0)
+ l = add_string_to_list ("0", (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ l = assoc_keys_to_word_list (assoc_cell (var));
+ else
+ l = array_keys_to_word_list (array_cell (var));
+ if (l == (WORD_LIST *)NULL)
+ return ((char *) NULL);
+
+ if (t[0] == '*' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (l);
+ retval = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ else /* ${!name[@]} or unquoted ${!name[*]} */
+ retval = string_list_dollar_at (l, quoted);
+
+ dispose_words (l);
+ return retval;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
@%:@! /bin/sh
-@%:@ From configure.ac for Bash 4.3, version 4.065.
+@%:@ From configure.ac for Bash 4.3, version 4.066.
@%:@ Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
@%:@ Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for bash 4.3-maint.
@%:@
for ac_func in dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \
getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \
- kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
+ kill killpg lstat pselect readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
setitimer tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid
do :
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
'configure.ac'
],
{
- '_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG' => 1,
'AM_PROG_F77_C_O' => 1,
- 'AC_INIT' => 1,
+ '_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG' => 1,
'm4_pattern_forbid' => 1,
- '_AM_COND_IF' => 1,
+ 'AC_INIT' => 1,
'AC_CANONICAL_TARGET' => 1,
- 'AC_SUBST' => 1,
+ '_AM_COND_IF' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR' => 1,
- 'AC_FC_SRCEXT' => 1,
+ 'AC_SUBST' => 1,
'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' => 1,
+ 'AC_FC_SRCEXT' => 1,
'AC_PROG_LIBTOOL' => 1,
'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE' => 1,
- 'AM_PATH_GUILE' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS' => 1,
+ 'AM_PATH_GUILE' => 1,
'AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION' => 1,
'LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR' => 1,
- 'AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_LINKS' => 1,
- 'm4_sinclude' => 1,
+ 'AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE' => 1,
'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG' => 1,
+ 'm4_sinclude' => 1,
'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE' => 1,
'AM_NLS' => 1,
'AC_FC_PP_DEFINE' => 1,
'AM_GNU_GETTEXT_INTL_SUBDIR' => 1,
- 'AM_MAKEFILE_INCLUDE' => 1,
'_m4_warn' => 1,
+ 'AM_MAKEFILE_INCLUDE' => 1,
'AM_PROG_CXX_C_O' => 1,
- '_AM_COND_ENDIF' => 1,
'_AM_MAKEFILE_INCLUDE' => 1,
+ '_AM_COND_ENDIF' => 1,
'AM_ENABLE_MULTILIB' => 1,
'AM_SILENT_RULES' => 1,
'AM_PROG_MOC' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_FILES' => 1,
- 'include' => 1,
'LT_INIT' => 1,
- 'AM_PROG_AR' => 1,
+ 'include' => 1,
'AM_GNU_GETTEXT' => 1,
+ 'AM_PROG_AR' => 1,
'AC_LIBSOURCE' => 1,
- 'AM_PROG_FC_C_O' => 1,
'AC_CANONICAL_BUILD' => 1,
+ 'AM_PROG_FC_C_O' => 1,
'AC_FC_FREEFORM' => 1,
- 'AH_OUTPUT' => 1,
'AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT' => 1,
- '_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE' => 1,
+ 'AH_OUTPUT' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR' => 1,
- 'sinclude' => 1,
- 'AM_PROG_CC_C_O' => 1,
+ '_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE' => 1,
'm4_pattern_allow' => 1,
- 'AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION' => 1,
- 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' => 1,
+ 'AM_PROG_CC_C_O' => 1,
+ 'sinclude' => 1,
'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1,
+ 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' => 1,
+ 'AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION' => 1,
'AC_CONFIG_HEADERS' => 1,
'AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL' => 1,
'AM_POT_TOOLS' => 1,
@%:@undef HAVE_KILLPG])
m4trace:configure.ac:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LSTAT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat\' function. */
@%:@undef HAVE_LSTAT])
+m4trace:configure.ac:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PSELECT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the `pselect\' function. */
+@%:@undef HAVE_PSELECT])
m4trace:configure.ac:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_READLINK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink\' function. */
@%:@undef HAVE_READLINK])
m4trace:configure.ac:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the `sbrk\' function. */
#define ARGS_FUNC 0x02
#define ARGS_SETBLTIN 0x04
+/* Maximum number of attribute letters */
+#define MAX_ATTRIBUTES 16
+
/* Functions from common.c */
extern void builtin_error __P((const char *, ...)) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
extern void builtin_warning __P((const char *, ...)) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
extern int show_name_attributes __P((char *, int));
extern int show_func_attributes __P((char *, int));
extern void set_var_attribute __P((char *, int, int));
+extern int var_attribute_string __P((SHELL_VAR *, int, char *));
/* Functions from pushd.def */
extern char *get_dirstack_from_string __P((char *));
/* Functions from evalfile.c */
extern int maybe_execute_file __P((const char *, int));
+extern int force_execute_file __P((const char *, int));
extern int source_file __P((const char *, int));
extern int fc_execute_file __P((const char *));
VUNSETATTR (var, flags_off);
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ aflags |= ASS_FORCE;
if (offset && compound_array_assign)
assign_array_var_from_string (var, value, aflags);
else if (simple_array_assign && subscript_start)
return (any_failed == 0 ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE);
}
-/* Show the attributes for shell variable VAR. If NODEFS is non-zero,
- don't show function definitions along with the name. If PATTR is
- non-zero, it indicates we're being called from `export' or `readonly'.
- In POSIX mode, this prints the name of the calling builtin (`export'
- or `readonly') instead of `declare', and doesn't print function defs
- when called by `export' or `readonly'. */
int
-show_var_attributes (var, pattr, nodefs)
+var_attribute_string (var, pattr, flags)
SHELL_VAR *var;
- int pattr, nodefs;
+ int pattr;
+ char *flags; /* filled in with attributes */
{
- char flags[16], *x;
int i;
i = 0;
}
flags[i] = '\0';
+ return i;
+}
+
+/* Show the attributes for shell variable VAR. If NODEFS is non-zero,
+ don't show function definitions along with the name. If PATTR is
+ non-zero, it indicates we're being called from `export' or `readonly'.
+ In POSIX mode, this prints the name of the calling builtin (`export'
+ or `readonly') instead of `declare', and doesn't print function defs
+ when called by `export' or `readonly'. */
+int
+show_var_attributes (var, pattr, nodefs)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int pattr, nodefs;
+{
+ char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *x;
+ int i;
+
+ i = var_attribute_string (var, pattr, flags);
/* If we're printing functions with definitions, print the function def
first, then the attributes, instead of printing output that can't be
/* Define if you have the pathconf function. */
#undef HAVE_PATHCONF
+/* Define if you have the pselect function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSELECT
+
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
--- /dev/null
+/* config.h -- Configuration file for bash. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2009,2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CONFIG_H_
+#define _CONFIG_H_
+
+/* Configuration feature settings controllable by autoconf. */
+
+/* Define JOB_CONTROL if your operating system supports
+ BSD-like job control. */
+#undef JOB_CONTROL
+
+/* Define ALIAS if you want the alias features. */
+#undef ALIAS
+
+/* Define PUSHD_AND_POPD if you want those commands to be compiled in.
+ (Also the `dirs' commands.) */
+#undef PUSHD_AND_POPD
+
+/* Define BRACE_EXPANSION if you want curly brace expansion a la Csh:
+ foo{a,b} -> fooa foob. Even if this is compiled in (the default) you
+ can turn it off at shell startup with `-nobraceexpansion', or during
+ shell execution with `set +o braceexpand'. */
+#undef BRACE_EXPANSION
+
+/* Define READLINE to get the nifty/glitzy editing features.
+ This is on by default. You can turn it off interactively
+ with the -nolineediting flag. */
+#undef READLINE
+
+/* Define BANG_HISTORY if you want to have Csh style "!" history expansion.
+ This is unrelated to READLINE. */
+#undef BANG_HISTORY
+
+/* Define HISTORY if you want to have access to previously typed commands.
+
+ If both HISTORY and READLINE are defined, you can get at the commands
+ with line editing commands, and you can directly manipulate the history
+ from the command line.
+
+ If only HISTORY is defined, the `fc' and `history' builtins are
+ available. */
+#undef HISTORY
+
+/* Define this if you want completion that puts all alternatives into
+ a brace expansion shell expression. */
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) && defined (READLINE)
+# define BRACE_COMPLETION
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
+
+/* Define DEFAULT_ECHO_TO_XPG if you want the echo builtin to interpret
+ the backslash-escape characters by default, like the XPG Single Unix
+ Specification V2 for echo.
+ This requires that V9_ECHO be defined. */
+#undef DEFAULT_ECHO_TO_XPG
+
+/* Define HELP_BUILTIN if you want the `help' shell builtin and the long
+ documentation strings compiled into the shell. */
+#undef HELP_BUILTIN
+
+/* Define RESTRICTED_SHELL if you want the generated shell to have the
+ ability to be a restricted one. The shell thus generated can become
+ restricted by being run with the name "rbash", or by setting the -r
+ flag. */
+#undef RESTRICTED_SHELL
+
+/* Define DISABLED_BUILTINS if you want "builtin foo" to always run the
+ shell builtin "foo", even if it has been disabled with "enable -n foo". */
+#undef DISABLED_BUILTINS
+
+/* Define PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION if you want the K*rn shell-like process
+ substitution features "<(file)". */
+/* Right now, you cannot do this on machines without fully operational
+ FIFO support. This currently include NeXT and Alliant. */
+#undef PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION
+
+/* Define PROMPT_STRING_DECODE if you want the backslash-escaped special
+ characters in PS1 and PS2 expanded. Variable expansion will still be
+ performed. */
+#undef PROMPT_STRING_DECODE
+
+/* Define SELECT_COMMAND if you want the Korn-shell style `select' command:
+ select word in word_list; do command_list; done */
+#undef SELECT_COMMAND
+
+/* Define COMMAND_TIMING of you want the ksh-style `time' reserved word and
+ the ability to time pipelines, functions, and builtins. */
+#undef COMMAND_TIMING
+
+/* Define ARRAY_VARS if you want ksh-style one-dimensional array variables. */
+#undef ARRAY_VARS
+
+/* Define DPAREN_ARITHMETIC if you want the ksh-style ((...)) arithmetic
+ evaluation command. */
+#undef DPAREN_ARITHMETIC
+
+/* Define EXTENDED_GLOB if you want the ksh-style [*+@?!](patlist) extended
+ pattern matching. */
+#undef EXTENDED_GLOB
+
+/* Define EXTGLOB_DEFAULT to the value you'd like the extglob shell option
+ to have by default */
+#undef EXTGLOB_DEFAULT
+
+/* Define COND_COMMAND if you want the ksh-style [[...]] conditional
+ command. */
+#undef COND_COMMAND
+
+/* Define COND_REGEXP if you want extended regular expression matching and the
+ =~ binary operator in the [[...]] conditional command. */
+#define COND_REGEXP
+
+/* Define COPROCESS_SUPPORT if you want support for ksh-like coprocesses and
+ the `coproc' reserved word */
+#define COPROCESS_SUPPORT
+
+/* Define ARITH_FOR_COMMAND if you want the ksh93-style
+ for (( init; test; step )) do list; done
+ arithmetic for command. */
+#undef ARITH_FOR_COMMAND
+
+/* Define NETWORK_REDIRECTIONS if you want /dev/(tcp|udp)/host/port to open
+ socket connections when used in redirections */
+#undef NETWORK_REDIRECTIONS
+
+/* Define PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION for the programmable completion features
+ and the complete builtin. */
+#undef PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION
+
+/* Define NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT to not compile in support for multibyte
+ characters, even if the OS supports them. */
+#undef NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT
+
+/* Define DEBUGGER if you want to compile in some features used only by the
+ bash debugger. */
+#undef DEBUGGER
+
+/* Define STRICT_POSIX if you want bash to be strictly posix.2 conformant by
+ default (except for echo; that is controlled separately). */
+#undef STRICT_POSIX
+
+/* Define MEMSCRAMBLE if you want the bash malloc and free to scramble
+ memory contents on malloc() and free(). */
+#undef MEMSCRAMBLE
+
+/* Define for case-modifying variable attributes; variables modified on
+ assignment */
+#undef CASEMOD_ATTRS
+
+/* Define for case-modifying word expansions */
+#undef CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS
+
+/* Define to make the `direxpand' shopt option enabled by default. */
+#undef DIRCOMPLETE_EXPAND_DEFAULT
+
+/* Define to make the `globasciiranges' shopt option enabled by default. */
+#undef GLOBASCII_DEFAULT
+
+/* Define to allow functions to be imported from the environment. */
+#undef FUNCTION_IMPORT
+
+/* Define AFS if you are using Transarc's AFS. */
+#undef AFS
+
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* End of configuration settings controllable by autoconf. */
+/* Other settable options appear in config-top.h. */
+
+#include "config-top.h"
+
+/* Beginning of autoconf additions. */
+
+/* Characteristics of the C compiler */
+#undef const
+
+#undef inline
+
+#undef restrict
+
+#undef volatile
+
+/* Define if cpp supports the ANSI-C stringizing `#' operator */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGIZE
+
+/* Define if the compiler supports `long double' variables. */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+#undef PROTOTYPES
+
+#undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
+
+/* Define if the compiler supports `long long' variables. */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+
+#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+
+/* The number of bytes in a int. */
+#undef SIZEOF_INT
+
+/* The number of bytes in a long. */
+#undef SIZEOF_LONG
+
+/* The number of bytes in a pointer to char. */
+#undef SIZEOF_CHAR_P
+
+/* The number of bytes in a double (hopefully 8). */
+#undef SIZEOF_DOUBLE
+
+/* The number of bytes in an `intmax_t'. */
+#undef SIZEOF_INTMAX_T
+
+/* The number of bytes in a `long long', if we have one. */
+#undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
+
+/* System paths */
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY "/usr/spool/mail"
+
+/* Characteristics of the system's header files and libraries that affect
+ the compilation environment. */
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
+ with this defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to use GNU libc extensions */
+#undef _GNU_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Memory management functions. */
+
+/* Define if using the bash version of malloc in lib/malloc/malloc.c */
+#undef USING_BASH_MALLOC
+
+#undef DISABLE_MALLOC_WRAPPERS
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+ This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+
+/* SYSTEM TYPES */
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef mode_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <signal.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef sigset_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define to `short' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef bits16_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned short' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef u_bits16_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef bits32_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef u_bits32_t
+
+/* Define to `double' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef bits64_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef u_int
+
+/* Define to `unsigned long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef u_long
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef ptrdiff_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef ssize_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <stdint.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef intmax_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned long' if <stdint.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef uintmax_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef uid_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef clock_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef time_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef gid_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/socket.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef socklen_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <signal.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef sig_atomic_t
+
+#undef HAVE_MBSTATE_T
+
+/* Define if you have quad_t in <sys/types.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_QUAD_T
+
+/* Define if you have wchar_t in <wctype.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+
+/* Define if you have wctype_t in <wctype.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_T
+
+/* Define if you have wint_t in <wctype.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_WINT_T
+
+#undef RLIMTYPE
+
+/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by `getgroups'.
+ Usually this is either `int' or `gid_t'. */
+#undef GETGROUPS_T
+
+/* Characteristics of the machine archictecture. */
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+ direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+ automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if the machine architecture is big-endian. */
+#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+
+/* Check for the presence of certain non-function symbols in the system
+ libraries. */
+
+/* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h> or <unistd.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
+
+/* Define if `_sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h> or <unistd.h>. */
+#undef UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
+
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+#undef HAVE_UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+#undef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
+
+#undef HAVE_TZNAME
+#undef HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+
+/* Characteristics of some of the system structures. */
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN
+
+#undef TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL
+
+#undef FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL
+
+#undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
+
+#undef STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL
+
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+#undef STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS
+
+#undef SPEED_T_IN_SYS_TYPES
+
+#undef TERMIOS_LDISC
+
+#undef TERMIO_LDISC
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+
+#undef HAVE_TIMEVAL
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
+
+#undef WEXITSTATUS_OFFSET
+
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#undef TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#undef SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#undef PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+
+#undef TYPEOF_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_IS_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Characteristics of definitions in the system header files. */
+
+#undef HAVE_GETPW_DECLS
+
+#undef HAVE_RESOURCE
+
+#undef HAVE_LIBC_FNM_EXTMATCH
+
+/* Define if you have <linux/audit.h> and it defines AUDIT_USER_TTY */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_AUDIT_USER_TTY
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_PRINTF
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SBRK
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRCPY
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD
+
+#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+#undef STRTOLD_BROKEN
+
+/* Define if WCONTINUED is defined in system headers, but rejected by waitpid */
+#undef WCONTINUED_BROKEN
+
+/* These are checked with BASH_CHECK_DECL */
+
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+
+/* Characteristics of system calls and C library functions. */
+
+/* Define if the `getpgrp' function takes no argument. */
+#undef GETPGRP_VOID
+
+#undef NAMED_PIPES_MISSING
+
+#undef OPENDIR_NOT_ROBUST
+
+#undef PGRP_PIPE
+
+/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second
+ argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V
+ before release 3. */
+#undef SETVBUF_REVERSED
+
+#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+#undef ULIMIT_MAXFDS
+
+#undef CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV
+
+#undef HAVE_STD_PUTENV
+
+#undef HAVE_STD_UNSETENV
+
+#undef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+
+#undef CTYPE_NON_ASCII
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Characteristics of properties exported by the kernel. */
+
+/* Define if the kernel can exec files beginning with #! */
+#undef HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC
+
+/* Define if you have the /dev/fd devices to map open files into the file system. */
+#undef HAVE_DEV_FD
+
+/* Defined to /dev/fd or /proc/self/fd (linux). */
+#undef DEV_FD_PREFIX
+
+/* Define if you have the /dev/stdin device. */
+#undef HAVE_DEV_STDIN
+
+/* The type of iconv's `inbuf' argument */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Type and behavior of signal handling functions. */
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define if return type of signal handlers is void */
+#undef VOID_SIGHANDLER
+
+#undef MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS
+
+#undef HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS
+
+#undef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+
+#undef HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD
+
+#undef UNUSABLE_RT_SIGNALS
+
+
+/* Presence of system and C library functions. */
+
+/* Define if you have the asprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the bcopy function. */
+#undef HAVE_BCOPY
+
+/* Define if you have the bzero function. */
+#undef HAVE_BZERO
+
+/* Define if you have the chown function. */
+#undef HAVE_CHOWN
+
+/* Define if you have the confstr function. */
+#undef HAVE_CONFSTR
+
+/* Define if you have the dlclose function. */
+#undef HAVE_DLCLOSE
+
+/* Define if you have the dlopen function. */
+#undef HAVE_DLOPEN
+
+/* Define if you have the dlsym function. */
+#undef HAVE_DLSYM
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the dprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_DPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the dup2 function. */
+#undef HAVE_DUP2
+
+/* Define if you have the eaccess function. */
+#undef HAVE_EACCESS
+
+/* Define if you have the faccessat function. */
+#undef HAVE_FACCESSAT
+
+/* Define if you have the fcntl function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL
+
+/* Define if you have the fpurge/__fpurge function. */
+#undef HAVE_FPURGE
+#undef HAVE___FPURGE
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+
+/* Define if you have the getaddrinfo function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the getdtablesize function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the getgroups function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Define if you have the gethostbyname function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the gethostname function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETHOSTNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the getpeername function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPEERNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the getpwent function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPWENT
+
+/* Define if you have the getpwnam function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPWNAM
+
+/* Define if you have the getpwuid function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPWUID
+
+/* Define if you have the getrlimit function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
+
+/* Define if you have the getrusage function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+
+/* Define if you have the getservbyname function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the getservent function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETSERVENT
+
+/* Define if you have the gettimeofday function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define if you have the getwd function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETWD
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define if you have the imaxdiv function. */
+#undef HAVE_IMAXDIV
+
+/* Define if you have the inet_aton function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_ATON
+
+/* Define if you have the isascii function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISASCII
+
+/* Define if you have the isblank function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISBLANK
+
+/* Define if you have the isgraph function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISGRAPH
+
+/* Define if you have the isprint function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISPRINT
+
+/* Define if you have the isspace function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISSPACE
+
+/* Define if you have the iswctype function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWCTYPE
+
+/* Define if you have the iswlower function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWLOWER
+
+/* Define if you have the iswupper function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWUPPER
+
+/* Define if you have the isxdigit function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISXDIGIT
+
+/* Define if you have the kill function. */
+#undef HAVE_KILL
+
+/* Define if you have the killpg function. */
+#undef HAVE_KILLPG
+
+/* Define if you have the lstat function. */
+#undef HAVE_LSTAT
+
+/* Define if you have the locale_charset function. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+
+/* Define if you have the mbrlen function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRLEN
+
+/* Define if you have the mbrtowc function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define if you have the mbscasecmp function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the mbschr function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the mbscmp function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSCMP
+
+/* Define if you have the mbsnrtowcs function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS
+
+/* Define if you have the mbsrtowcs function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSRTOWCS
+
+/* Define if you have the memmove function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
+
+/* Define if you have the memset function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMSET
+
+/* Define if you have the mkfifo function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKFIFO
+
+/* Define if you have the pathconf function. */
+#undef HAVE_PATHCONF
+
+/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the raise function. */
+#undef HAVE_RAISE
+
+/* Define if you have the readlink function. */
+#undef HAVE_READLINK
+
+/* Define if you have the regcomp function. */
+#undef HAVE_REGCOMP
+
+/* Define if you have the regexec function. */
+#undef HAVE_REGEXEC
+
+/* Define if you have the rename function. */
+#undef HAVE_RENAME
+
+/* Define if you have the sbrk function. */
+#undef HAVE_SBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the select function. */
+#undef HAVE_SELECT
+
+/* Define if you have the setdtablesize function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setitimer function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETITIMER
+
+/* Define if you have the setlinebuf function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLINEBUF
+
+/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the setostype function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETOSTYPE
+
+/* Define if you have the setregid function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETREGID
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SETREGID
+
+/* Define if you have the setvbuf function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETVBUF
+
+/* Define if you have the siginterrupt function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT
+
+/* Define if you have the POSIX.1-style sigsetjmp function. */
+#undef HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP
+
+/* Define if you have the snprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the strcasestr function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASESTR
+
+/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the strchrnul function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+
+/* Define if you have the strcoll function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCOLL
+
+/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the strftime function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
+
+/* Define if you have the strnlen function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if you have the strpbrk function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRPBRK
+
+/* Define if you have the strstr function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSTR
+
+/* Define if you have the strtod function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOD
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoimax function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOIMAX
+
+/* Define if you have the strtol function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoll function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOLL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoul function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoull function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOULL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoumax function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUMAX
+
+/* Define if you have the strsignal function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define if you have the sysconf function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSCONF
+
+/* Define if you have the syslog function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG
+
+/* Define if you have the tcgetattr function. */
+#undef HAVE_TCGETATTR
+
+/* Define if you have the tcgetpgrp function. */
+#undef HAVE_TCGETPGRP
+
+/* Define if you have the times function. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMES
+
+/* Define if you have the towlower function. */
+#undef HAVE_TOWLOWER
+
+/* Define if you have the towupper function. */
+#undef HAVE_TOWUPPER
+
+/* Define if you have the ttyname function. */
+#undef HAVE_TTYNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the tzset function. */
+#undef HAVE_TZSET
+
+/* Define if you have the ulimit function. */
+#undef HAVE_ULIMIT
+
+/* Define if you have the uname function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNAME
+
+/* Define if you have the unsetenv function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the vasprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the vsnprintf function. */
+#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the waitpid function. */
+#undef HAVE_WAITPID
+
+/* Define if you have the wait3 function. */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT3
+
+/* Define if you have the wcrtomb function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCRTOMB
+
+/* Define if you have the wcscoll function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSCOLL
+
+/* Define if you have the wcsdup function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the wctype function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE
+
+/* Define if you have the wcswidth function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSWIDTH
+
+/* Define if you have the wcwidth function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCWIDTH
+
+/* and if it works */
+#undef WCWIDTH_BROKEN
+
+/* Presence of certain system include files. */
+
+/* Define if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GRP_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ndir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <netdh.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETDB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PWD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <regex.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_REGEX_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdbool.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/pte.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PTE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stream.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/time.h> */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/times.h> */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <termcap.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <termio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ulimit.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ULIMIT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <varargs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_VARARGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <varargs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+
+/* Presence of certain system libraries. */
+
+#undef HAVE_LIBDL
+
+#undef HAVE_LIBSUN
+
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Are we running the GNU C library, version 2.1 or later? */
+#undef GLIBC21
+
+/* Define if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Are we running SVR5 (UnixWare 7)? */
+#undef SVR5
+
+/* Are we running SVR4.2? */
+#undef SVR4_2
+
+/* Are we running some version of SVR4? */
+#undef SVR4
+
+/* Define if job control is unusable or unsupported. */
+#undef JOB_CONTROL_MISSING
+
+/* Do we need to define _KERNEL to get the RLIMIT_* defines from
+ <sys/resource.h>? */
+#undef RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+
+/* Define for large files on AIX-style hosts. */
+#undef _LARGE_FILES
+
+/* Do strcoll(3) and strcmp(3) give different results in the default locale? */
+#undef STRCOLL_BROKEN
+
+#undef DUP2_BROKEN
+
+#undef GETCWD_BROKEN
+
+/* Additional defines for configuring lib/intl, maintained by autoscan/autoheader */
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ERRNO_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdio_ext.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `localeconv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALECONV
+
+/* Define if your system has a working `malloc' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC */
+
+/* Define if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the `munmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the `nl_langinfo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Define if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `strcspn' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCSPN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* End additions for lib/intl */
+
+#include "config-bot.h"
+
+#endif /* _CONFIG_H_ */
#! /bin/sh
-# From configure.ac for Bash 4.3, version 4.065.
+# From configure.ac for Bash 4.3, version 4.066.
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for bash 4.3-maint.
#
for ac_func in dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \
getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \
- kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
+ kill killpg lstat pselect readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
setitimer tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid
do :
as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-AC_REVISION([for Bash 4.3, version 4.065])dnl
+AC_REVISION([for Bash 4.3, version 4.066])dnl
define(bashvers, 4.3)
define(relstatus, maint)
dnl checks for system calls
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \
getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \
- kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
+ kill killpg lstat pselect readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
setitimer tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid)
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(rename)
--- /dev/null
+dnl
+dnl Configure script for bash-4.3
+dnl
+dnl report bugs to chet@po.cwru.edu
+dnl
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1987-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+AC_REVISION([for Bash 4.3, version 4.065])dnl
+
+define(bashvers, 4.3)
+define(relstatus, maint)
+
+AC_INIT([bash], bashvers-relstatus, [bug-bash@gnu.org])
+
+dnl make sure we are using a recent autoconf version
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(shell.h)
+dnl where to find install.sh, config.sub, and config.guess
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(./support)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
+
+dnl checks for version info
+BASHVERS=bashvers
+RELSTATUS=relstatus
+
+dnl defaults for debug settings
+case "$RELSTATUS" in
+alp*|bet*|dev*|rc*|maint*) DEBUG='-DDEBUG' MALLOC_DEBUG='-DMALLOC_DEBUG' ;;
+*) DEBUG= MALLOC_DEBUG= ;;
+esac
+
+dnl canonicalize the host and os so we can do some tricky things before
+dnl parsing options
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
+
+dnl configure defaults
+opt_bash_malloc=yes
+opt_purify=no
+opt_purecov=no
+opt_afs=no
+opt_curses=no
+opt_with_installed_readline=no
+
+#htmldir=
+
+dnl some systems should be configured without the bash malloc by default
+dnl and some need a special compiler or loader
+dnl look in the NOTES file for more
+case "${host_cpu}-${host_os}" in
+alpha*-*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # alpha running osf/1 or linux
+*[[Cc]]ray*-*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Crays
+*-osf1*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # other osf/1 machines
+sparc-svr4*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # sparc SVR4, SVR4.2
+sparc-netbsd*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # needs 8-byte alignment
+mips-irix6*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # needs 8-byte alignment
+m68k-sysv) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # fixes file descriptor leak in closedir
+sparc-linux*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # sparc running linux; requires ELF
+#*-freebsd*-gnu) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # there's some undetermined problem here
+#*-freebsd*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # they claim it's better; I disagree
+*-openbsd*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # they claim it needs eight-bit alignment
+*-mirbsd*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # they claim it needs eight-bit alignment
+*-aix*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # AIX machines
+*-nextstep*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # NeXT machines running NeXTstep
+*-openstep*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # i386/Sparc/HP machines running Openstep
+*-macos*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Apple MacOS X
+*-rhapsody*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Apple Rhapsody (MacOS X)
+*-darwin*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Apple Darwin (MacOS X)
+*-dgux*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # DG/UX machines
+*-qnx*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # QNX 4.2, QNX 6.x
+*-machten4) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # MachTen 4.x
+*-bsdi2.1|*-bsdi3.?) opt_bash_malloc=no ; : ${CC:=shlicc2} ;; # for loadable builtins
+*-beos*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # they say it's suitable
+*-cygwin*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Cygnus's CYGWIN environment
+*-opennt*|*-interix*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Interix, now owned by Microsoft
+*-nsk*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # HP NonStop
+*-haiku*) opt_bash_malloc=no ;; # Haiku OS
+esac
+
+# memory scrambling on free()
+case "${host_os}" in
+sco3.2v5*|sco3.2v4*) opt_memscramble=no ;;
+*) opt_memscramble=yes ;;
+esac
+
+dnl
+dnl macros for the bash debugger
+dnl
+dnl AM_PATH_LISPDIR
+AC_ARG_VAR(DEBUGGER_START_FILE, [location of bash debugger initialization file])
+
+dnl arguments to configure
+dnl packages
+AC_ARG_WITH(afs, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-afs], [if you are running AFS]), opt_afs=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(bash-malloc, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-bash-malloc], [use the Bash version of malloc]), opt_bash_malloc=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(curses, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-curses], [use the curses library instead of the termcap library]), opt_curses=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-malloc, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-malloc], [synonym for --with-bash-malloc]), opt_bash_malloc=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(installed-readline, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-installed-readline], [use a version of the readline library that is already installed]), opt_with_installed_readline=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(purecov, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-purecov], [configure to postprocess with pure coverage]), opt_purecov=$withval)
+AC_ARG_WITH(purify, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-purify], [configure to postprocess with purify]), opt_purify=$withval)
+
+if test "$opt_bash_malloc" = yes; then
+ MALLOC_TARGET=malloc
+ MALLOC_SRC=malloc.c
+
+ MALLOC_LIB='-lmalloc'
+ MALLOC_LIBRARY='$(ALLOC_LIBDIR)/libmalloc.a'
+ MALLOC_LDFLAGS='-L$(ALLOC_LIBDIR)'
+ MALLOC_DEP='$(MALLOC_LIBRARY)'
+
+ AC_DEFINE(USING_BASH_MALLOC)
+else
+ MALLOC_LIB=
+ MALLOC_LIBRARY=
+ MALLOC_LDFLAGS=
+ MALLOC_DEP=
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_purify" = yes; then
+ PURIFY="purify "
+ AC_DEFINE(DISABLE_MALLOC_WRAPPERS)
+else
+ PURIFY=
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_purecov" = yes; then
+ PURIFY="${PURIFY}purecov"
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_afs" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(AFS)
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_curses" = yes; then
+ prefer_curses=yes
+fi
+
+if test -z "${DEBUGGER_START_FILE}"; then
+ DEBUGGER_START_FILE='${datadir}/bashdb/bashdb-main.inc'
+fi
+
+dnl optional shell features in config.h.in
+opt_minimal_config=no
+
+opt_job_control=yes
+opt_alias=yes
+opt_readline=yes
+opt_history=yes
+opt_bang_history=yes
+opt_dirstack=yes
+opt_restricted=yes
+opt_process_subst=yes
+opt_prompt_decoding=yes
+opt_select=yes
+opt_help=yes
+opt_array_variables=yes
+opt_dparen_arith=yes
+opt_extended_glob=yes
+opt_brace_expansion=yes
+opt_disabled_builtins=no
+opt_command_timing=yes
+opt_xpg_echo=no
+opt_strict_posix=no
+opt_cond_command=yes
+opt_cond_regexp=yes
+opt_coproc=yes
+opt_arith_for_command=yes
+opt_net_redirs=yes
+opt_progcomp=yes
+opt_separate_help=no
+opt_multibyte=yes
+opt_debugger=yes
+opt_single_longdoc_strings=yes
+opt_casemod_attrs=yes
+opt_casemod_expansions=yes
+opt_extglob_default=no
+opt_dircomplete_expand_default=no
+opt_globascii_default=no
+opt_function_import=yes
+
+dnl options that affect how bash is compiled and linked
+opt_static_link=no
+opt_profiling=no
+
+dnl argument parsing for optional features
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(minimal-config, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-minimal-config], [a minimal sh-like configuration]), opt_minimal_config=$enableval)
+
+dnl a minimal configuration turns everything off, but features can be
+dnl added individually
+if test $opt_minimal_config = yes; then
+ opt_job_control=no opt_alias=no opt_readline=no
+ opt_history=no opt_bang_history=no opt_dirstack=no
+ opt_restricted=no opt_process_subst=no opt_prompt_decoding=no
+ opt_select=no opt_help=no opt_array_variables=no opt_dparen_arith=no
+ opt_brace_expansion=no opt_disabled_builtins=no opt_command_timing=no
+ opt_extended_glob=no opt_cond_command=no opt_arith_for_command=no
+ opt_net_redirs=no opt_progcomp=no opt_separate_help=no
+ opt_multibyte=yes opt_cond_regexp=no opt_coproc=no
+ opt_casemod_attrs=no opt_casemod_expansions=no opt_extglob_default=no
+ opt_globascii_default=no
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(alias, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-alias], [enable shell aliases]), opt_alias=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(arith-for-command, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-arith-for-command], [enable arithmetic for command]), opt_arith_for_command=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(array-variables, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-array-variables], [include shell array variables]), opt_array_variables=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(bang-history, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-bang-history], [turn on csh-style history substitution]), opt_bang_history=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(brace-expansion, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-brace-expansion], [include brace expansion]), opt_brace_expansion=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(casemod-attributes, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-casemod-attributes], [include case-modifying variable attributes]), opt_casemod_attrs=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(casemod-expansions, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-casemod-expansions], [include case-modifying word expansions]), opt_casemod_expansions=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(command-timing, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-command-timing], [enable the time reserved word and command timing]), opt_command_timing=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(cond-command, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cond-command], [enable the conditional command]), opt_cond_command=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(cond-regexp, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cond-regexp], [enable extended regular expression matching in conditional commands]), opt_cond_regexp=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(coprocesses, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-coprocesses], [enable coprocess support and the coproc reserved word]), opt_coproc=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debugger, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debugger], [enable support for bash debugger]), opt_debugger=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(direxpand-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-direxpand-default], [enable the direxpand shell option by default]), opt_dircomplete_expand_default=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(directory-stack, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-directory-stack], [enable builtins pushd/popd/dirs]), opt_dirstack=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(disabled-builtins, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-disabled-builtins], [allow disabled builtins to still be invoked]), opt_disabled_builtins=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dparen-arithmetic, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-dparen-arithmetic], [include ((...)) command]), opt_dparen_arith=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(extended-glob, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-extended-glob], [include ksh-style extended pattern matching]), opt_extended_glob=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(extended-glob-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-extended-glob-default], [force extended pattern matching to be enabled by default]), opt_extglob_default=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(funtion-import, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-function-import], [allow bash to import exported function definitions by default]), opt_extglob_default=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(glob-asciiranges-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-glob-asciiranges-default], [force bracket range expressions in pattern matching to use the C locale by default]), opt_globascii_default=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(help-builtin, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-help-builtin], [include the help builtin]), opt_help=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(history, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-history], [turn on command history]), opt_history=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(job-control, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-job-control], [enable job control features]), opt_job_control=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(multibyte, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-multibyte], [enable multibyte characters if OS supports them]), opt_multibyte=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(net-redirections, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-net-redirections], [enable /dev/tcp/host/port redirection]), opt_net_redirs=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(process-substitution, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-process-substitution], [enable process substitution]), opt_process_subst=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(progcomp, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-progcomp], [enable programmable completion and the complete builtin]), opt_progcomp=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(prompt-string-decoding, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-prompt-string-decoding], [turn on escape character decoding in prompts]), opt_prompt_decoding=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(readline, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-readline], [turn on command line editing]), opt_readline=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(restricted, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-restricted], [enable a restricted shell]), opt_restricted=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(select, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-select], [include select command]), opt_select=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(separate-helpfiles, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-separate-helpfiles], [use external files for help builtin documentation]), opt_separate_help=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(single-help-strings, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-single-help-strings], [store help documentation as a single string to ease translation]), opt_single_longdoc_strings=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-posix-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-posix-default], [configure bash to be posix-conformant by default]), opt_strict_posix=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(usg-echo-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-usg-echo-default], [a synonym for --enable-xpg-echo-default]), opt_xpg_echo=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xpg-echo-default, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-xpg-echo-default], [make the echo builtin expand escape sequences by default]), opt_xpg_echo=$enableval)
+
+dnl options that alter how bash is compiled and linked
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(mem-scramble, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-mem-scramble], [scramble memory on calls to malloc and free]), opt_memscramble=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(profiling, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profiling], [allow profiling with gprof]), opt_profiling=$enableval)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-link, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-static-link], [link bash statically, for use as a root shell]), opt_static_link=$enableval)
+
+dnl So-called `precious' variables
+AC_ARG_VAR([CC_FOR_BUILD], [C compiler used when compiling binaries used only at build time])
+AC_ARG_VAR([CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD], [Compliation options (CFLAGS) used when compiling binaries used only at build time])
+AC_ARG_VAR([LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD], [Linker options (LDFLAGS) used when compiling binaries used only at build time])
+AC_ARG_VAR([CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD], [C preprocessor options (CPPFLAGS) used when compiling binaries used only at build time])
+
+dnl opt_job_control is handled later, after BASH_JOB_CONTROL_MISSING runs
+
+dnl opt_readline and opt_history are handled later, because AC_PROG_CC needs
+dnl to be run before we can check the version of an already-installed readline
+dnl library
+
+if test $opt_alias = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(ALIAS)
+fi
+if test $opt_dirstack = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(PUSHD_AND_POPD)
+fi
+if test $opt_restricted = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+fi
+if test $opt_process_subst = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+fi
+if test $opt_prompt_decoding = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+fi
+if test $opt_select = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(SELECT_COMMAND)
+fi
+if test $opt_help = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(HELP_BUILTIN)
+fi
+if test $opt_array_variables = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(ARRAY_VARS)
+fi
+if test $opt_dparen_arith = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+fi
+if test $opt_brace_expansion = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(BRACE_EXPANSION)
+fi
+if test $opt_disabled_builtins = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(DISABLED_BUILTINS)
+fi
+if test $opt_command_timing = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(COMMAND_TIMING)
+fi
+if test $opt_xpg_echo = yes ; then
+AC_DEFINE(DEFAULT_ECHO_TO_XPG)
+fi
+if test $opt_strict_posix = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(STRICT_POSIX)
+fi
+if test $opt_extended_glob = yes ; then
+AC_DEFINE(EXTENDED_GLOB)
+fi
+if test $opt_extglob_default = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(EXTGLOB_DEFAULT, 1)
+else
+AC_DEFINE(EXTGLOB_DEFAULT, 0)
+fi
+if test $opt_cond_command = yes ; then
+AC_DEFINE(COND_COMMAND)
+fi
+if test $opt_cond_regexp = yes ; then
+AC_DEFINE(COND_REGEXP)
+fi
+if test $opt_coproc = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+fi
+if test $opt_arith_for_command = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+fi
+if test $opt_net_redirs = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(NETWORK_REDIRECTIONS)
+fi
+if test $opt_progcomp = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+fi
+if test $opt_multibyte = no; then
+AC_DEFINE(NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT)
+fi
+if test $opt_debugger = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(DEBUGGER)
+fi
+if test $opt_casemod_attrs = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(CASEMOD_ATTRS)
+fi
+if test $opt_casemod_expansions = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+fi
+if test $opt_dircomplete_expand_default = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(DIRCOMPLETE_EXPAND_DEFAULT)
+fi
+if test $opt_globascii_default = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(GLOBASCII_DEFAULT, 1)
+else
+AC_DEFINE(GLOBASCII_DEFAULT, 0)
+fi
+if test $opt_function_import = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(FUNCTION_IMPORT)
+fi
+
+if test $opt_memscramble = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(MEMSCRAMBLE)
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_minimal_config" = yes; then
+ TESTSCRIPT=run-minimal
+else
+ TESTSCRIPT=run-all
+fi
+
+HELPDIR= HELPDIRDEFINE= HELPINSTALL= HELPFILES_TARGET=
+if test "$opt_separate_help" != no; then
+ if test "$opt_separate_help" = "yes" ; then
+ HELPDIR='${datadir}/bash'
+ else
+ HELPDIR=$opt_separate_help
+ fi
+ HELPDIRDEFINE='-H ${HELPDIR}'
+ HELPINSTALL='install-help'
+ HELPFILES_TARGET='helpdoc'
+fi
+HELPSTRINGS=
+if test "$opt_single_longdoc_strings" != "yes"; then
+ HELPSTRINGS='-S'
+fi
+
+dnl now substitute in the values generated by arguments
+AC_SUBST(TESTSCRIPT)
+AC_SUBST(PURIFY)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_TARGET)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_SRC)
+
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_LIB)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_LIBRARY)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_LDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_DEP)
+
+AC_SUBST(htmldir)
+
+AC_SUBST(HELPDIR)
+AC_SUBST(HELPDIRDEFINE)
+AC_SUBST(HELPINSTALL)
+AC_SUBST(HELPFILES_TARGET)
+AC_SUBST(HELPSTRINGS)
+
+echo ""
+echo "Beginning configuration for bash-$BASHVERS-$RELSTATUS for ${host_cpu}-${host_vendor}-${host_os}"
+echo ""
+
+dnl compilation checks
+dnl AC_PROG_CC sets $cross_compiling to `yes' if cross-compiling for a
+dnl different environment
+AC_PROG_CC
+
+dnl test for Unix variants
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+AC_MINIX
+
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+dnl BEGIN changes for cross-building (currently cygwin, minGW, and
+dnl (obsolete) BeOS)
+
+SIGNAMES_O=
+SIGNAMES_H=lsignames.h
+
+dnl load up the cross-building cache file -- add more cases and cache
+dnl files as necessary
+
+dnl Note that host and target machine are the same, and different than the
+dnl build machine.
+dnl Set SIGNAMES_H based on whether or not we're cross-compiling.
+
+CROSS_COMPILE=
+if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes"; then
+ case "${host}" in
+ *-cygwin*)
+ cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/cygwin32.cache
+ ;;
+ *-mingw*)
+ cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/cygwin32.cache
+ ;;
+ i[[3456]]86-*-beos*)
+ cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/x86-beos.cache
+ ;;
+ *) echo "configure: cross-compiling for $host is not supported" >&2
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "${cross_cache}" && test -r "${cross_cache}"; then
+ echo "loading cross-build cache file ${cross_cache}"
+ . ${cross_cache}
+ fi
+ unset cross_cache
+ SIGNAMES_O='signames.o'
+ CROSS_COMPILE='-DCROSS_COMPILING'
+ AC_SUBST(CROSS_COMPILE)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(SIGNAMES_H)
+AC_SUBST(SIGNAMES_O)
+
+dnl END changes for cross-building
+
+dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
+if test -z "$CFLAGS"; then
+ AUTO_CFLAGS="-g ${GCC+-O2}"
+ AUTO_LDFLAGS="-g ${GCC+-O2}"
+else
+ AUTO_CFLAGS= AUTO_LDFLAGS=
+fi
+
+dnl default values
+CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"$AUTO_CFLAGS"}
+# LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS="$AUTO_LDFLAGS"} # XXX
+
+dnl handle options that alter how bash is compiled and linked
+dnl these must come after the test for cc/gcc
+if test "$opt_profiling" = "yes"; then
+ PROFILE_FLAGS=-pg
+ case "$host_os" in
+ solaris2*) ;;
+ *) opt_static_link=yes ;;
+ esac
+ DEBUG= MALLOC_DEBUG=
+fi
+
+prefer_shared=yes
+prefer_static=no
+
+if test "$opt_static_link" = yes; then
+ prefer_static=yes
+ prefer_shared=no
+ # if we're using gcc, add `-static' to LDFLAGS, except on Solaris >= 2
+ if test -n "$GCC" || test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = "yes"; then
+ STATIC_LD="-static"
+ case "$host_os" in
+ solaris2*) ;;
+ *) LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -static" ;; # XXX experimental
+ esac
+ fi
+fi
+
+# set the appropriate make variables for building the "build tools"
+# modify defaults based on whether or not we are cross compiling, since the
+# options for the target host may not be appropriate for the build host
+if test "X$cross_compiling" = "Xno"; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=${CC_FOR_BUILD-'$(CC)'}
+ CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-"$CPPFLAGS"} # XXX - should it be '$(CPPFLAGS)'
+ LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-'$(LDFLAGS)'}
+ # CFLAGS set above to default value if not passed in environment
+ CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS-'$(CFLAGS)'}
+ LIBS_FOR_BUILD=${LIBS_FOR_BUILD-'$(LIBS)'}
+else
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=${CC_FOR_BUILD-"gcc"}
+ CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-""}
+ LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-""}
+ CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD="-g"}
+ LIBS_FOR_BUILD=${LIBS_FOR_BUILD-""}
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(STATIC_LD)
+
+AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
+AC_SUBST(LIBS_FOR_BUILD)
+
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
+
+dnl BEGIN READLINE and HISTORY LIBRARY SECTION
+dnl prepare to allow bash to be linked against an already-installed readline
+
+dnl first test that the readline version is new enough to link bash against
+if test "$opt_readline" = yes && test "$opt_with_installed_readline" != "no"
+then
+ # If the user specified --with-installed-readline=PREFIX and PREFIX
+ # is not `yes', set ac_cv_rl_prefix to PREFIX
+ test $opt_with_installed_readline != "yes" && ac_cv_rl_prefix=$opt_with_installed_readline
+
+ RL_LIB_READLINE_VERSION
+
+ case "$ac_cv_rl_version" in
+ 5*|6*|7*|8*|9*) ;;
+ *) opt_with_installed_readline=no
+ AC_MSG_WARN([installed readline library is too old to be linked with bash])
+ AC_MSG_WARN([using private bash version])
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+TILDE_LIB=-ltilde
+if test $opt_readline = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(READLINE)
+ if test "$opt_with_installed_readline" != "no" ; then
+ case "$opt_with_installed_readline" in
+ yes) RL_INCLUDE= ;;
+ *) case "$RL_INCLUDEDIR" in
+ /usr/include) ;;
+ *) RL_INCLUDE='-I${RL_INCLUDEDIR}' ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ READLINE_DEP=
+ READLINE_LIB=-lreadline
+ # section for OS versions that don't allow unresolved symbols
+ # to be compiled into dynamic libraries.
+ case "$host_os" in
+ cygwin*) TILDE_LIB= ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ RL_LIBDIR='$(dot)/$(LIBSUBDIR)/readline'
+ READLINE_DEP='$(READLINE_LIBRARY)'
+ # section for OS versions that ship an older/broken version of
+ # readline as a standard dynamic library and don't allow a
+ # static version specified as -llibname to override the
+ # dynamic version
+ case "${host_os}" in
+ darwin[[89]]*|darwin10*) READLINE_LIB='${READLINE_LIBRARY}' ;;
+ *) READLINE_LIB=-lreadline ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+else
+ RL_LIBDIR='$(dot)/$(LIBSUBDIR)/readline'
+ READLINE_LIB= READLINE_DEP=
+fi
+if test $opt_history = yes || test $opt_bang_history = yes; then
+ if test $opt_history = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HISTORY)
+ fi
+ if test $opt_bang_history = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(BANG_HISTORY)
+ fi
+ if test "$opt_with_installed_readline" != "no"; then
+ HIST_LIBDIR=$RL_LIBDIR
+ HISTORY_DEP=
+ HISTORY_LIB=-lhistory
+ case "$opt_with_installed_readline" in
+ yes) RL_INCLUDE= ;;
+ *) case "$RL_INCLUDEDIR" in
+ /usr/include) ;;
+ *) RL_INCLUDE='-I${RL_INCLUDEDIR}' ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ HIST_LIBDIR='$(dot)/$(LIBSUBDIR)/readline'
+ HISTORY_DEP='$(HISTORY_LIBRARY)'
+ # section for OS versions that ship an older version of
+ # readline as a standard dynamic library and don't allow a
+ # static version specified as -llibname to override the
+ # dynamic version
+ case "${host_os}" in
+ darwin[[89]]*|darwin10*) HISTORY_LIB='${HISTORY_LIBRARY}' ;;
+ *) HISTORY_LIB=-lhistory ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+else
+ HIST_LIBDIR='$(dot)/$(LIBSUBDIR)/readline'
+ HISTORY_LIB= HISTORY_DEP=
+fi
+AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIB)
+AC_SUBST(READLINE_DEP)
+AC_SUBST(RL_LIBDIR)
+AC_SUBST(RL_INCLUDEDIR)
+AC_SUBST(RL_INCLUDE)
+AC_SUBST(HISTORY_LIB)
+AC_SUBST(HISTORY_DEP)
+AC_SUBST(HIST_LIBDIR)
+AC_SUBST(TILDE_LIB)
+
+dnl END READLINE and HISTORY LIBRARY SECTION
+
+dnl programs needed by the build and install process
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
+dnl Set default for ARFLAGS, since autoconf does not have a macro for it.
+dnl This allows people to set it when running configure or make
+test -n "$ARFLAGS" || ARFLAGS="cr"
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_YACC
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+
+case "$ac_cv_prog_YACC" in
+*bison*) ;;
+*) AC_MSG_WARN([bison not available; needed to process parse.y]) ;;
+esac
+
+case "$host_os" in
+opennt*|interix*) MAKE_SHELL="$INTERIX_ROOT/bin/sh" ;;
+*) MAKE_SHELL=/bin/sh ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_SHELL)
+
+dnl this is similar to the expanded AC_PROG_RANLIB
+if test x$SIZE = x; then
+ if test x$ac_tool_prefix = x; then
+ SIZE=size
+ else
+ SIZE=${ac_tool_prefix}size
+ save_IFS=$IFS ; IFS=:
+ size_found=0
+ for dir in $PATH; do
+ if test -x $dir/$SIZE ; then
+ size_found=1
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test $size_found -eq 0; then
+ SIZE=:
+ fi
+ IFS=$save_IFS
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(SIZE)
+
+m4_include([m4/stat-time.m4])
+m4_include([m4/timespec.m4])
+
+dnl Turn on any extensions available in the GNU C library.
+AC_DEFINE(_GNU_SOURCE, 1)
+
+dnl C compiler characteristics
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_INLINE
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+AC_C_STRINGIZE
+AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
+AC_C_PROTOTYPES
+AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
+AC_C_VOLATILE
+AC_C_RESTRICT
+
+dnl initialize GNU gettext
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([no-libtool], [need-ngettext], [lib/intl])
+
+dnl header files
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+
+BASH_HEADER_INTTYPES
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h stdlib.h stdarg.h varargs.h limits.h string.h \
+ memory.h locale.h termcap.h termio.h termios.h dlfcn.h \
+ stdbool.h stddef.h stdint.h netdb.h pwd.h grp.h strings.h \
+ regex.h syslog.h ulimit.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/pte.h sys/stream.h sys/select.h sys/file.h \
+ sys/resource.h sys/param.h sys/socket.h sys/stat.h \
+ sys/time.h sys/times.h sys/types.h sys/wait.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
+
+dnl sys/ptem.h requires definitions from sys/stream.h on systems where it
+dnl exists
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ptem.h, , ,[[
+#if HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H
+# include <sys/stream.h>
+#endif
+]])
+
+dnl special checks for libc functions
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_FUNC_CHOWN
+AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
+AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
+
+dnl if we're not using the bash malloc but require the C alloca, set things
+dnl up to build a libmalloc.a containing only alloca.o
+
+if test "$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" = "no" && test "$opt_bash_malloc" = "no"; then
+ MALLOC_TARGET=alloca
+ MALLOC_SRC=alloca.c
+
+ MALLOC_LIB='-lmalloc'
+ MALLOC_LIBRARY='$(ALLOC_LIBDIR)/libmalloc.a'
+ MALLOC_LDFLAGS='-L$(ALLOC_LIBDIR)'
+ MALLOC_DEP='$(MALLOC_LIBRARY)'
+fi
+
+dnl if vprintf is not in libc, see if it's defined in stdio.h
+if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" = no; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for declaration of vprintf in stdio.h)
+ AC_EGREP_HEADER([[int[ ]*vprintf[^a-zA-Z0-9]]],stdio.h,ac_cv_func_vprintf=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_func_vprintf)
+ if test $ac_cv_func_vprintf = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VPRINTF)
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" = no && test "$ac_cv_func__doprnt" = "yes"; then
+ AC_LIBOBJ(vprint)
+fi
+
+dnl signal stuff
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+
+dnl checks for certain version-specific system calls and libc functions
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(__setostype, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SETOSTYPE))
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(wait3, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WAIT3))
+
+dnl checks for missing libc functions
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(mkfifo,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MKFIFO),AC_DEFINE(MKFIFO_MISSING))
+
+dnl checks for system calls
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \
+ getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \
+ kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \
+ setitimer tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(rename)
+
+dnl checks for c library functions
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bcopy bzero confstr faccessat fnmatch \
+ getaddrinfo gethostbyname getservbyname getservent inet_aton \
+ imaxdiv memmove pathconf putenv raise regcomp regexec \
+ setenv setlinebuf setlocale setvbuf siginterrupt strchr \
+ sysconf syslog tcgetattr times ttyname tzset unsetenv)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(vasprintf asprintf)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii isblank isgraph isprint isspace isxdigit)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpwent getpwnam getpwuid)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(getcwd memset)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strcasecmp strcasestr strerror strftime strnlen strpbrk strstr)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtod strtol strtoul strtoll strtoull strtoimax strtoumax)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(dprintf)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strchrnul)
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strdup)
+
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([AUDIT_USER_TTY],,, [[#include <linux/audit.h>]])
+
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([confstr])
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([printf])
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([sbrk])
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([setregid])
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([strcpy])
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([strsignal])
+
+dnl Extra test to detect the horribly broken HP/UX 11.00 strtold(3)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtold], [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for broken strtold])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(bash_cv_strtold_broken,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <stdlib.h>],
+ [int main() { long double r; char *foo, bar; r = strtold(foo, &bar);}],
+ bash_cv_strtold_broken=no, bash_cv_strtold_broken=yes,
+ [AC_MSG_WARN(cannot check for broken strtold if cross-compiling, defaulting to no)])
+ ]
+ )
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($bash_cv_strtold_broken)
+ if test "$bash_cv_strtold_broken" = "yes" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(STRTOLD_BROKEN)
+ fi
+])
+
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtoimax)
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtol)
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtoll)
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtoul)
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtoull)
+BASH_CHECK_DECL(strtoumax)
+
+AC_FUNC_MKTIME
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for lib/intl and related code (uses some of the output from
+dnl AM_GNU_GETTEXT)
+dnl
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h errno.h fcntl.h malloc.h stdio_ext.h])
+
+dnl AC_FUNC_MALLOC
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([__argz_count __argz_next __argz_stringify dcgettext mempcpy \
+ munmap stpcpy strcspn])
+
+INTL_DEP= INTL_INC= LIBINTL_H=
+if test "x$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = "xyes"; then
+ INTL_DEP='${INTL_LIBDIR}/libintl.a'
+ INTL_INC='-I${INTL_LIBSRC} -I${INTL_BUILDDIR}'
+ LIBINTL_H='${INTL_BUILDDIR}/libintl.h'
+fi
+AC_SUBST(INTL_DEP)
+AC_SUBST(INTL_INC)
+AC_SUBST(LIBINTL_H)
+
+dnl
+dnl End of checks needed by files in lib/intl
+dnl
+
+BASH_CHECK_MULTIBYTE
+
+dnl checks for the dynamic loading library functions in libc and libdl
+if test "$opt_static_link" != yes; then
+AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dlopen dlclose dlsym)
+fi
+
+dnl this defines HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+dnl network functions -- check for inet_aton again
+if test "$ac_cv_func_inet_aton" != 'yes'; then
+BASH_FUNC_INET_ATON
+fi
+
+dnl libraries
+dnl this is reportedly no longer necessary for irix[56].?
+case "$host_os" in
+irix4*) AC_CHECK_LIB(sun, getpwent) ;;
+esac
+
+dnl check for getpeername in the socket library only if it's not in libc
+if test "$ac_cv_func_getpeername" = no; then
+ BASH_CHECK_LIB_SOCKET
+fi
+dnl check for gethostbyname in socket libraries if it's not in libc
+if test "$ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" = no; then
+ BASH_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME
+fi
+
+dnl system types
+AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
+AC_TYPE_OFF_T
+AC_TYPE_MODE_T
+AC_TYPE_UID_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(ssize_t, int)
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(time_t, long)
+
+BASH_TYPE_LONG_LONG
+BASH_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+BASH_TYPE_SIG_ATOMIC_T
+
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char, 1)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short, 2)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int, 4)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long, 4)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char *, 4)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(double, 8)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long long], 8)
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_int, [unsigned int])
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(u_long, [unsigned long])
+
+BASH_TYPE_BITS16_T
+BASH_TYPE_U_BITS16_T
+BASH_TYPE_BITS32_T
+BASH_TYPE_U_BITS32_T
+BASH_TYPE_BITS64_T
+
+BASH_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T
+
+dnl structures
+AC_HEADER_STAT
+
+dnl system services
+AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
+if test $ac_cv_sys_interpreter = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+fi
+
+dnl Miscellaneous Bash tests
+if test "$ac_cv_func_lstat" = "no"; then
+BASH_FUNC_LSTAT
+fi
+
+dnl behavior of system calls and library functions
+BASH_FUNC_CTYPE_NONASCII
+BASH_FUNC_DUP2_CLOEXEC_CHECK
+BASH_SYS_PGRP_SYNC
+BASH_SYS_SIGNAL_VINTAGE
+
+dnl checking for the presence of certain library symbols
+BASH_SYS_ERRLIST
+BASH_SYS_SIGLIST
+BASH_UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+dnl various system types
+BASH_TYPE_SIGHANDLER
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(clock_t, [#include <sys/times.h>], long)
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(sigset_t, [#include <signal.h>], int)
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(sig_atomic_t, [#include <signal.h>], int)
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(quad_t, , long, HAVE_QUAD_T)
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(intmax_t, , $bash_cv_type_long_long)
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, , $bash_cv_type_unsigned_long_long)
+if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_socket_h" = "yes"; then
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE(socklen_t, [#include <sys/socket.h>], [unsigned int], HAVE_SOCKLEN_T)
+fi
+BASH_TYPE_RLIMIT
+
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(intmax_t, 8)
+
+dnl presence and contents of structures used by system calls
+BASH_STRUCT_TERMIOS_LDISC
+BASH_STRUCT_TERMIO_LDISC
+BASH_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
+BASH_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO
+BASH_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN
+BASH_STRUCT_WINSIZE
+BASH_STRUCT_TIMEVAL
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blocks])
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
+BASH_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
+
+BASH_STRUCT_WEXITSTATUS_OFFSET
+
+BASH_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+BASH_STAT_TIME
+
+dnl presence and behavior of C library functions
+BASH_FUNC_STRSIGNAL
+BASH_FUNC_OPENDIR_CHECK
+BASH_FUNC_ULIMIT_MAXFDS
+BASH_FUNC_FPURGE
+BASH_FUNC_GETENV
+if test "$ac_cv_func_getcwd" = "yes"; then
+BASH_FUNC_GETCWD
+fi
+BASH_FUNC_POSIX_SETJMP
+BASH_FUNC_STRCOLL
+BASH_FUNC_SNPRINTF
+BASH_FUNC_VSNPRINTF
+
+dnl If putenv or unsetenv is not present, set the right define so the
+dnl prototype and declaration in lib/sh/getenv.c will be standard-conformant
+
+if test "$ac_cv_func_putenv" = "yes"; then
+BASH_FUNC_STD_PUTENV
+else
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STD_PUTENV)
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_func_unsetenv" = "yes"; then
+BASH_FUNC_STD_UNSETENV
+else
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STD_UNSETENV)
+fi
+
+BASH_FUNC_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+
+dnl presence and behavior of OS functions
+BASH_SYS_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS
+BASH_SYS_JOB_CONTROL_MISSING
+BASH_SYS_NAMED_PIPES
+
+dnl presence of certain CPP defines
+AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
+BASH_HAVE_TIOCSTAT
+BASH_HAVE_FIONREAD
+
+BASH_CHECK_WCONTINUED
+
+dnl miscellaneous
+BASH_CHECK_SPEED_T
+BASH_CHECK_GETPW_FUNCS
+BASH_CHECK_RTSIGS
+BASH_CHECK_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+dnl special checks
+case "$host_os" in
+hpux*) BASH_CHECK_KERNEL_RLIMIT ;;
+esac
+
+if test "$opt_readline" = yes; then
+dnl yuck
+case "$host_os" in
+aix*) prefer_curses=yes ;;
+esac
+BASH_CHECK_LIB_TERMCAP
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TERMCAP_LIB)
+AC_SUBST(TERMCAP_DEP)
+
+BASH_CHECK_DEV_FD
+BASH_CHECK_DEV_STDIN
+BASH_SYS_DEFAULT_MAIL_DIR
+
+if test "$bash_cv_job_control_missing" = missing; then
+ opt_job_control=no
+fi
+
+if test "$opt_job_control" = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(JOB_CONTROL)
+JOBS_O=jobs.o
+else
+JOBS_O=nojobs.o
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(JOBS_O)
+
+dnl Defines that we want to propagate to the Makefiles in subdirectories,
+dnl like glob and readline
+
+LOCAL_DEFS=-DSHELL
+
+dnl use this section to possibly define more cpp variables, specify local
+dnl libraries, and specify any additional local cc or ld flags
+dnl
+dnl this should really go away someday
+
+case "${host_os}" in
+sysv4.2*) AC_DEFINE(SVR4_2)
+ AC_DEFINE(SVR4) ;;
+sysv4*) AC_DEFINE(SVR4) ;;
+sysv5*) AC_DEFINE(SVR5) ;;
+hpux9*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-DHPUX9 -DHPUX" ;;
+hpux*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DHPUX ;;
+dgux*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-D_DGUX_SOURCE; LOCAL_LIBS=-ldgc ;;
+isc*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-Disc386 ;;
+rhapsody*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DRHAPSODY ;;
+darwin*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DMACOSX ;;
+sco3.2v5*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-b elf -DWAITPID_BROKEN -DPATH_MAX=1024" ;;
+sco3.2v4*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-DMUST_UNBLOCK_CHLD -DPATH_MAX=1024" ;;
+sco3.2*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DMUST_UNBLOCK_CHLD ;;
+sunos4*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DSunOS4 ;;
+solaris2.5*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-DSunOS5 -DSOLARIS" ;;
+solaris2.8*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DSOLARIS ;;
+solaris2.9*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DSOLARIS ;;
+solaris2.10*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DSOLARIS ;;
+solaris2*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DSOLARIS ;;
+lynxos*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DRECYCLES_PIDS ;;
+linux*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS=-rdynamic # allow dynamic loading
+ case "`uname -r`" in
+ 2.[[456789]]*|3*) AC_DEFINE(PGRP_PIPE) ;;
+ esac ;;
+*qnx6*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-Dqnx -Dqnx6" LOCAL_LIBS="-lncurses" ;;
+*qnx*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-Dqnx -F -3s" LOCAL_LDFLAGS="-3s" LOCAL_LIBS="-lunix -lncurses" ;;
+powerux*) LOCAL_LIBS="-lgen" ;;
+cygwin*) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DRECYCLES_PIDS ;;
+opennt*|interix*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-DNO_MAIN_ENV_ARG -DBROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO -D_POSIX_SOURCE -D_ALL_SOURCE -DRECYCLES_PIDS" ;;
+*openstep*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-D__APPLE_CC__" ;;
+esac
+
+dnl Stanza for OS/compiler pair-specific flags
+case "${host_os}-${CC}" in
+aix4.2*-*gcc*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS="-Xlinker -bexpall -Xlinker -brtl" ;;
+aix4.2*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS="-bexpall -brtl" ;;
+bsdi4*-*gcc*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS="-rdynamic" ;; # allow dynamic loading, like Linux
+esac
+
+dnl FreeBSD-3.x can have either a.out or ELF
+case "${host_os}" in
+freebsd[[3-9]]*)
+ if test -x /usr/bin/objformat && test "`/usr/bin/objformat`" = "elf" ; then
+ LOCAL_LDFLAGS=-rdynamic # allow dynamic loading
+ fi ;;
+freebsdelf*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS=-rdynamic ;; # allow dynamic loading
+dragonfly*) LOCAL_LDFLAGS=-rdynamic ;; # allow dynamic loading
+esac
+
+case "$host_cpu" in
+*cray*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-DCRAY" ;; # shell var so config.h can use it
+esac
+
+case "$host_cpu-$host_os" in
+ibmrt-*bsd4*) LOCAL_CFLAGS="-ma -U__STDC__" ;;
+esac
+
+case "$host_cpu-$host_vendor-$host_os" in
+m88k-motorola-sysv3) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-DWAITPID_BROKEN ;;
+mips-pyramid-sysv4) LOCAL_CFLAGS=-Xa ;;
+esac
+
+#
+# Shared object configuration section. These values are generated by
+# ${srcdir}/support/shobj-conf
+#
+if test "$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = "yes" && test -f ${srcdir}/support/shobj-conf
+then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(shared object configuration for loadable builtins)
+ eval `${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ${srcdir}/support/shobj-conf -C "${CC}" -c "${host_cpu}" -o "${host_os}" -v "${host_vendor}"`
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_CC)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_LD)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(SHOBJ_STATUS)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($SHOBJ_STATUS)
+fi
+
+# try to create a directory tree if the source is elsewhere
+# this should be packaged into a script accessible via ${srcdir}/support
+case "$srcdir" in
+.) ;;
+*) for d in doc tests support lib examples; do # dirs
+ test -d $d || mkdir $d
+ done
+ for ld in readline glob tilde malloc sh termcap; do # libdirs
+ test -d lib/$ld || mkdir lib/$ld
+ done
+ test -d examples/loadables || mkdir examples/loadables # loadable builtins
+ test -d examples/loadables/perl || mkdir examples/loadables/perl
+ ;;
+esac
+
+BUILD_DIR=`pwd`
+case "$BUILD_DIR" in
+*\ *) BUILD_DIR=`echo "$BUILD_DIR" | sed 's: :\\\\ :g'` ;;
+*) ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$localedir"; then
+ localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+fi
+if test -z "$datarootdir"; then
+ datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(PROFILE_FLAGS)
+
+AC_SUBST(incdir)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_DIR)
+
+# Some versions of autoconf don't substitute these automatically
+AC_SUBST(datarootdir)
+AC_SUBST(localedir)
+
+AC_SUBST(YACC)
+AC_SUBST(AR)
+AC_SUBST(ARFLAGS)
+
+AC_SUBST(BASHVERS)
+AC_SUBST(RELSTATUS)
+AC_SUBST(DEBUG)
+AC_SUBST(MALLOC_DEBUG)
+
+AC_SUBST(host_cpu)
+AC_SUBST(host_vendor)
+AC_SUBST(host_os)
+
+AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(LOCAL_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(LOCAL_DEFS)
+
+#AC_SUBST(ALLOCA_SOURCE)
+#AC_SUBST(ALLOCA_OBJECT)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile builtins/Makefile lib/readline/Makefile lib/glob/Makefile \
+ lib/intl/Makefile \
+ lib/malloc/Makefile lib/sh/Makefile lib/termcap/Makefile \
+ lib/tilde/Makefile doc/Makefile support/Makefile po/Makefile.in \
+ examples/loadables/Makefile examples/loadables/perl/Makefile],
+[
+# Makefile uses this timestamp file to record whether config.h is up to date.
+echo timestamp > stamp-h
+])
of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according to
the rules described below under P\bPa\bat\btt\bte\ber\brn\bn M\bMa\bat\btc\bch\bhi\bin\bng\bg, as if the e\bex\bxt\bt-\b-
g\bgl\blo\bob\bb shell option were enabled. The =\b= operator is equivalent to
- =\b==\b=. If the shell option n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh is enabled, the match is
+ =\b==\b=. If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh shell option is enabled, the match is
performed without regard to the case of alphabetic characters.
The return value is 0 if the string matches (=\b==\b=) or does not
match (!\b!=\b=) the pattern, and 1 otherwise. Any part of the pat-
sion and matched accordingly (as in _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx(3)). The return value
is 0 if the string matches the pattern, and 1 otherwise. If the
regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional
- expression's return value is 2. If the shell option n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh
+ expression's return value is 2. If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh shell option
is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case of
alphabetic characters. Any part of the pattern may be quoted to
force the quoted portion to be matched as a string. Bracket
stitution and quote removal. Each _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn examined is expanded
using tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arith-
metic expansion, command substitution, and process substitution.
- If the shell option n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh is enabled, the match is per-
+ If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh shell option is enabled, the match is per-
formed without regard to the case of alphabetic characters.
When a match is found, the corresponding _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt is executed. If
the ;\b;;\b; operator is used, no subsequent matches are attempted
ning of the expanded value of _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br. If _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn begins with
%\b%, it must match at the end of the expanded value of _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br.
If _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg is null, matches of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn are deleted and the /\b/ fol-
- lowing _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn may be omitted. If _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br is @\b@ or *\b*, the sub-
- stitution operation is applied to each positional parameter in
- turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. If _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br is
- an array variable subscripted with @\b@ or *\b*, the substitution
- operation is applied to each member of the array in turn, and
- the expansion is the resultant list.
+ lowing _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn may be omitted. If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh shell option
+ is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case of
+ alphabetic characters. If _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br is @\b@ or *\b*, the substitution
+ operation is applied to each positional parameter in turn, and
+ the expansion is the resultant list. If _\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br is an array
+ variable subscripted with @\b@ or *\b*, the substitution operation is
+ applied to each member of the array in turn, and the expansion
+ is the resultant list.
${_\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br^\b^_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn}
${_\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br^\b^^\b^_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn}
The G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file-
names matching a _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn. If G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is set, each matching filename
that also matches one of the patterns in G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is removed from the
- list of matches. The filenames `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b' and `\b``\b`.\b..\b.'\b''\b' are always ignored
- when G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is set and not null. However, setting G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE to a
- non-null value has the effect of enabling the d\bdo\bot\btg\bgl\blo\bob\bb shell option, so
- all other filenames beginning with a `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b' will match. To get the old
- behavior of ignoring filenames beginning with a `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b', make `\b``\b`.\b.*\b*'\b''\b' one
- of the patterns in G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE. The d\bdo\bot\btg\bgl\blo\bob\bb option is disabled when
- G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is unset.
+ list of matches. If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\beg\bgl\blo\bob\bb option is set, the matching against
+ the patterns in G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is performed without regard to case. The
+ filenames `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b' and `\b``\b`.\b..\b.'\b''\b' are always ignored when G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is set
+ and not null. However, setting G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE to a non-null value has the
+ effect of enabling the d\bdo\bot\btg\bgl\blo\bob\bb shell option, so all other filenames
+ beginning with a `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b' will match. To get the old behavior of ignor-
+ ing filenames beginning with a `\b``\b`.\b.'\b''\b', make `\b``\b`.\b.*\b*'\b''\b' one of the patterns
+ in G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE. The d\bdo\bot\btg\bgl\blo\bob\bb option is disabled when G\bGL\bLO\bOB\bBI\bIG\bGN\bNO\bOR\bRE\bE is
+ unset.
P\bPa\bat\btt\bte\ber\brn\bn M\bMa\bat\btc\bch\bhi\bin\bng\bg
with a backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match.
Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
A leading !\b! negates the pattern; in this case any completion not match-
- ing the pattern will be removed.
+ ing the pattern will be removed. If the n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh shell option is
+ enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case of alpha-
+ betic characters.
Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the -\b-P\bP and -\b-S\bS options are
added to each member of the completion list, and the result is returned
n\bno\boc\bca\bas\bse\bem\bma\bat\btc\bch\bh
If set, b\bba\bas\bsh\bh matches patterns in a case-insensitive
fashion when performing matching while executing c\bca\bas\bse\be or
- [\b[[\b[ conditional commands.
+ [\b[[\b[ conditional commands, or when filtering possible com-
+ pletions as part of programmable completion.
n\bnu\bul\bll\blg\bgl\blo\bob\bb
- If set, b\bba\bas\bsh\bh allows patterns which match no files (see
- P\bPa\bat\bth\bhn\bna\bam\bme\be E\bEx\bxp\bpa\ban\bns\bsi\bio\bon\bn above) to expand to a null string,
+ If set, b\bba\bas\bsh\bh allows patterns which match no files (see
+ P\bPa\bat\bth\bhn\bna\bam\bme\be E\bEx\bxp\bpa\ban\bns\bsi\bio\bon\bn above) to expand to a null string,
rather than themselves.
p\bpr\bro\bog\bgc\bco\bom\bmp\bp
If set, the programmable completion facilities (see P\bPr\bro\bo-\b-
enabled by default.
p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\btv\bva\bar\brs\bs
If set, prompt strings undergo parameter expansion, com-
- mand substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote
- removal after being expanded as described in P\bPR\bRO\bOM\bMP\bPT\bTI\bIN\bNG\bG
+ mand substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote
+ removal after being expanded as described in P\bPR\bRO\bOM\bMP\bPT\bTI\bIN\bNG\bG
above. This option is enabled by default.
r\bre\bes\bst\btr\bri\bic\bct\bte\bed\bd_\b_s\bsh\bhe\bel\bll\bl
- The shell sets this option if it is started in
+ The shell sets this option if it is started in
restricted mode (see R\bRE\bES\bST\bTR\bRI\bIC\bCT\bTE\bED\bD S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bL below). The value
- may not be changed. This is not reset when the startup
- files are executed, allowing the startup files to dis-
+ may not be changed. This is not reset when the startup
+ files are executed, allowing the startup files to dis-
cover whether or not a shell is restricted.
s\bsh\bhi\bif\bft\bt_\b_v\bve\ber\brb\bbo\bos\bse\be
- If set, the s\bsh\bhi\bif\bft\bt builtin prints an error message when
+ If set, the s\bsh\bhi\bif\bft\bt builtin prints an error message when
the shift count exceeds the number of positional parame-
ters.
s\bso\bou\bur\brc\bce\bep\bpa\bat\bth\bh
If set, the s\bso\bou\bur\brc\bce\be (.\b.) builtin uses the value of P\bPA\bAT\bTH\bH to
- find the directory containing the file supplied as an
+ find the directory containing the file supplied as an
argument. This option is enabled by default.
x\bxp\bpg\bg_\b_e\bec\bch\bho\bo
- If set, the e\bec\bch\bho\bo builtin expands backslash-escape
+ If set, the e\bec\bch\bho\bo builtin expands backslash-escape
sequences by default.
s\bsu\bus\bsp\bpe\ben\bnd\bd [-\b-f\bf]
- Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a S\bSI\bIG\bGC\bCO\bON\bNT\bT
+ Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a S\bSI\bIG\bGC\bCO\bON\bNT\bT
signal. A login shell cannot be suspended; the -\b-f\bf option can be
used to override this and force the suspension. The return sta-
- tus is 0 unless the shell is a login shell and -\b-f\bf is not sup-
+ tus is 0 unless the shell is a login shell and -\b-f\bf is not sup-
plied, or if job control is not enabled.
t\bte\bes\bst\bt _\be_\bx_\bp_\br
[\b[ _\be_\bx_\bp_\br ]\b]
Return a status of 0 (true) or 1 (false) depending on the evalu-
ation of the conditional expression _\be_\bx_\bp_\br. Each operator and op-
- erand must be a separate argument. Expressions are composed of
- the primaries described above under C\bCO\bON\bND\bDI\bIT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL E\bEX\bXP\bPR\bRE\bES\bSS\bSI\bIO\bON\bNS\bS.
- t\bte\bes\bst\bt does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore
+ erand must be a separate argument. Expressions are composed of
+ the primaries described above under C\bCO\bON\bND\bDI\bIT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL E\bEX\bXP\bPR\bRE\bES\bSS\bSI\bIO\bON\bNS\bS.
+ t\bte\bes\bst\bt does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore
an argument of -\b--\b- as signifying the end of options.
- Expressions may be combined using the following operators,
+ Expressions may be combined using the following operators,
listed in decreasing order of precedence. The evaluation
- depends on the number of arguments; see below. Operator prece-
+ depends on the number of arguments; see below. Operator prece-
dence is used when there are five or more arguments.
!\b! _\be_\bx_\bp_\br True if _\be_\bx_\bp_\br is false.
(\b( _\be_\bx_\bp_\br )\b)
- Returns the value of _\be_\bx_\bp_\br. This may be used to override
+ Returns the value of _\be_\bx_\bp_\br. This may be used to override
the normal precedence of operators.
_\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\b1 -a\ba _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\b2
True if both _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\b1 and _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\b2 are true.
null.
2 arguments
If the first argument is !\b!, the expression is true if and
- only if the second argument is null. If the first argu-
- ment is one of the unary conditional operators listed
- above under C\bCO\bON\bND\bDI\bIT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL E\bEX\bXP\bPR\bRE\bES\bSS\bSI\bIO\bON\bNS\bS, the expression is
+ only if the second argument is null. If the first argu-
+ ment is one of the unary conditional operators listed
+ above under C\bCO\bON\bND\bDI\bIT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL E\bEX\bXP\bPR\bRE\bES\bSS\bSI\bIO\bON\bNS\bS, the expression is
true if the unary test is true. If the first argument is
not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression is
false.
3 arguments
The following conditions are applied in the order listed.
- If the second argument is one of the binary conditional
+ If the second argument is one of the binary conditional
operators listed above under C\bCO\bON\bND\bDI\bIT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL E\bEX\bXP\bPR\bRE\bES\bSS\bSI\bIO\bON\bNS\bS, the
result of the expression is the result of the binary test
- using the first and third arguments as operands. The -\b-a\ba
- and -\b-o\bo operators are considered binary operators when
- there are three arguments. If the first argument is !\b!,
- the value is the negation of the two-argument test using
+ using the first and third arguments as operands. The -\b-a\ba
+ and -\b-o\bo operators are considered binary operators when
+ there are three arguments. If the first argument is !\b!,
+ the value is the negation of the two-argument test using
the second and third arguments. If the first argument is
exactly (\b( and the third argument is exactly )\b), the result
- is the one-argument test of the second argument. Other-
+ is the one-argument test of the second argument. Other-
wise, the expression is false.
4 arguments
If the first argument is !\b!, the result is the negation of
- the three-argument expression composed of the remaining
+ the three-argument expression composed of the remaining
arguments. Otherwise, the expression is parsed and eval-
- uated according to precedence using the rules listed
+ uated according to precedence using the rules listed
above.
5 or more arguments
- The expression is parsed and evaluated according to
+ The expression is parsed and evaluated according to
precedence using the rules listed above.
- When used with t\bte\bes\bst\bt or [\b[, the <\b< and >\b> operators sort lexico-
+ When used with t\bte\bes\bst\bt or [\b[, the <\b< and >\b> operators sort lexico-
graphically using ASCII ordering.
- t\bti\bim\bme\bes\bs Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and
+ t\bti\bim\bme\bes\bs Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and
for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0.
t\btr\bra\bap\bp [-\b-l\blp\bp] [[_\ba_\br_\bg] _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc ...]
- The command _\ba_\br_\bg is to be read and executed when the shell
- receives signal(s) _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc. If _\ba_\br_\bg is absent (and there is a
- single _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc) or -\b-, each specified signal is reset to its
- original disposition (the value it had upon entrance to the
- shell). If _\ba_\br_\bg is the null string the signal specified by each
- _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes.
- If _\ba_\br_\bg is not present and -\b-p\bp has been supplied, then the trap
- commands associated with each _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc are displayed. If no
- arguments are supplied or if only -\b-p\bp is given, t\btr\bra\bap\bp prints the
- list of commands associated with each signal. The -\b-l\bl option
- causes the shell to print a list of signal names and their cor-
- responding numbers. Each _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is either a signal name
- defined in <_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b._\bh>, or a signal number. Signal names are
+ The command _\ba_\br_\bg is to be read and executed when the shell
+ receives signal(s) _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc. If _\ba_\br_\bg is absent (and there is a
+ single _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc) or -\b-, each specified signal is reset to its
+ original disposition (the value it had upon entrance to the
+ shell). If _\ba_\br_\bg is the null string the signal specified by each
+ _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes.
+ If _\ba_\br_\bg is not present and -\b-p\bp has been supplied, then the trap
+ commands associated with each _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc are displayed. If no
+ arguments are supplied or if only -\b-p\bp is given, t\btr\bra\bap\bp prints the
+ list of commands associated with each signal. The -\b-l\bl option
+ causes the shell to print a list of signal names and their cor-
+ responding numbers. Each _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is either a signal name
+ defined in <_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b._\bh>, or a signal number. Signal names are
case insensitive and the S\bSI\bIG\bG prefix is optional.
- If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is E\bEX\bXI\bIT\bT (0) the command _\ba_\br_\bg is executed on exit
- from the shell. If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is D\bDE\bEB\bBU\bUG\bG, the command _\ba_\br_\bg is exe-
- cuted before every _\bs_\bi_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd, _\bf_\bo_\br command, _\bc_\ba_\bs_\be command,
- _\bs_\be_\bl_\be_\bc_\bt command, every arithmetic _\bf_\bo_\br command, and before the
- first command executes in a shell function (see S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bL G\bGR\bRA\bAM\bMM\bMA\bAR\bR
- above). Refer to the description of the e\bex\bxt\btd\bde\beb\bbu\bug\bg option to the
+ If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is E\bEX\bXI\bIT\bT (0) the command _\ba_\br_\bg is executed on exit
+ from the shell. If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is D\bDE\bEB\bBU\bUG\bG, the command _\ba_\br_\bg is exe-
+ cuted before every _\bs_\bi_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd, _\bf_\bo_\br command, _\bc_\ba_\bs_\be command,
+ _\bs_\be_\bl_\be_\bc_\bt command, every arithmetic _\bf_\bo_\br command, and before the
+ first command executes in a shell function (see S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bL G\bGR\bRA\bAM\bMM\bMA\bAR\bR
+ above). Refer to the description of the e\bex\bxt\btd\bde\beb\bbu\bug\bg option to the
s\bsh\bho\bop\bpt\bt builtin for details of its effect on the D\bDE\bEB\bBU\bUG\bG trap. If a
_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is R\bRE\bET\bTU\bUR\bRN\bN, the command _\ba_\br_\bg is executed each time a shell
function or a script executed with the .\b. or s\bso\bou\bur\brc\bce\be builtins fin-
ishes executing.
- If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is E\bER\bRR\bR, the command _\ba_\br_\bg is executed whenever a a
+ If a _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is E\bER\bRR\bR, the command _\ba_\br_\bg is executed whenever a a
pipeline (which may consist of a single simple command), a list,
or a compound command returns a non-zero exit status, subject to
- the following conditions. The E\bER\bRR\bR trap is not executed if the
+ the following conditions. The E\bER\bRR\bR trap is not executed if the
failed command is part of the command list immediately following
- a w\bwh\bhi\bil\ble\be or u\bun\bnt\bti\bil\bl keyword, part of the test in an _\bi_\bf statement,
+ a w\bwh\bhi\bil\ble\be or u\bun\bnt\bti\bil\bl keyword, part of the test in an _\bi_\bf statement,
part of a command executed in a &\b&&\b& or |\b||\b| list except the command
- following the final &\b&&\b& or |\b||\b|, any command in a pipeline but the
- last, or if the command's return value is being inverted using
- !\b!. These are the same conditions obeyed by the e\ber\brr\bre\bex\bxi\bit\bt (-\b-e\be)
+ following the final &\b&&\b& or |\b||\b|, any command in a pipeline but the
+ last, or if the command's return value is being inverted using
+ !\b!. These are the same conditions obeyed by the e\ber\brr\bre\bex\bxi\bit\bt (-\b-e\be)
option.
- Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or
- reset. Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to
+ Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or
+ reset. Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to
their original values in a subshell or subshell environment when
- one is created. The return status is false if any _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is
+ one is created. The return status is false if any _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs_\bp_\be_\bc is
invalid; otherwise t\btr\bra\bap\bp returns true.
t\bty\byp\bpe\be [-\b-a\baf\bft\btp\bpP\bP] _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ...]
- With no options, indicate how each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be would be interpreted if
+ With no options, indicate how each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be would be interpreted if
used as a command name. If the -\b-t\bt option is used, t\bty\byp\bpe\be prints a
- string which is one of _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs, _\bk_\be_\by_\bw_\bo_\br_\bd, _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn, _\bb_\bu_\bi_\bl_\bt_\bi_\bn, or
- _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be if _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is an alias, shell reserved word, function,
- builtin, or disk file, respectively. If the _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is not found,
- then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false is
- returned. If the -\b-p\bp option is used, t\bty\byp\bpe\be either returns the
+ string which is one of _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs, _\bk_\be_\by_\bw_\bo_\br_\bd, _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn, _\bb_\bu_\bi_\bl_\bt_\bi_\bn, or
+ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be if _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is an alias, shell reserved word, function,
+ builtin, or disk file, respectively. If the _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is not found,
+ then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false is
+ returned. If the -\b-p\bp option is used, t\bty\byp\bpe\be either returns the
name of the disk file that would be executed if _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be were speci-
fied as a command name, or nothing if ``type -t name'' would not
- return _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be. The -\b-P\bP option forces a P\bPA\bAT\bTH\bH search for each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be,
+ return _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be. The -\b-P\bP option forces a P\bPA\bAT\bTH\bH search for each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be,
even if ``type -t name'' would not return _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be. If a command is
hashed, -\b-p\bp and -\b-P\bP print the hashed value, which is not necessar-
- ily the file that appears first in P\bPA\bAT\bTH\bH. If the -\b-a\ba option is
- used, t\bty\byp\bpe\be prints all of the places that contain an executable
+ ily the file that appears first in P\bPA\bAT\bTH\bH. If the -\b-a\ba option is
+ used, t\bty\byp\bpe\be prints all of the places that contain an executable
named _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be. This includes aliases and functions, if and only if
the -\b-p\bp option is not also used. The table of hashed commands is
- not consulted when using -\b-a\ba. The -\b-f\bf option suppresses shell
+ not consulted when using -\b-a\ba. The -\b-f\bf option suppresses shell
function lookup, as with the c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd builtin. t\bty\byp\bpe\be returns true
if all of the arguments are found, false if any are not found.
u\bul\bli\bim\bmi\bit\bt [-\b-H\bHS\bSa\bab\bbc\bcd\bde\bef\bfi\bik\bkl\blm\bmn\bnp\bpq\bqr\brs\bst\btu\buv\bvx\bxP\bPT\bT [_\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt]]
- Provides control over the resources available to the shell and
- to processes started by it, on systems that allow such control.
+ Provides control over the resources available to the shell and
+ to processes started by it, on systems that allow such control.
The -\b-H\bH and -\b-S\bS options specify that the hard or soft limit is set
- for the given resource. A hard limit cannot be increased by a
- non-root user once it is set; a soft limit may be increased up
- to the value of the hard limit. If neither -\b-H\bH nor -\b-S\bS is speci-
+ for the given resource. A hard limit cannot be increased by a
+ non-root user once it is set; a soft limit may be increased up
+ to the value of the hard limit. If neither -\b-H\bH nor -\b-S\bS is speci-
fied, both the soft and hard limits are set. The value of _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt
can be a number in the unit specified for the resource or one of
the special values h\bha\bar\brd\bd, s\bso\bof\bft\bt, or u\bun\bnl\bli\bim\bmi\bit\bte\bed\bd, which stand for the
- current hard limit, the current soft limit, and no limit,
- respectively. If _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is omitted, the current value of the
- soft limit of the resource is printed, unless the -\b-H\bH option is
+ current hard limit, the current soft limit, and no limit,
+ respectively. If _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is omitted, the current value of the
+ soft limit of the resource is printed, unless the -\b-H\bH option is
given. When more than one resource is specified, the limit name
and unit are printed before the value. Other options are inter-
preted as follows:
-\b-c\bc The maximum size of core files created
-\b-d\bd The maximum size of a process's data segment
-\b-e\be The maximum scheduling priority ("nice")
- -\b-f\bf The maximum size of files written by the shell and its
+ -\b-f\bf The maximum size of files written by the shell and its
children
-\b-i\bi The maximum number of pending signals
-\b-k\bk The maximum number of kqueues that may be allocated
-\b-l\bl The maximum size that may be locked into memory
- -\b-m\bm The maximum resident set size (many systems do not honor
+ -\b-m\bm The maximum resident set size (many systems do not honor
this limit)
-\b-n\bn The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems
do not allow this value to be set)
-\b-r\br The maximum real-time scheduling priority
-\b-s\bs The maximum stack size
-\b-t\bt The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds
- -\b-u\bu The maximum number of processes available to a single
+ -\b-u\bu The maximum number of processes available to a single
user
- -\b-v\bv The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the
+ -\b-v\bv The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the
shell and, on some systems, to its children
-\b-x\bx The maximum number of file locks
-\b-P\bP The maximum number of pseudoterminals
-\b-T\bT The maximum number of threads
- If _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is given, and the -\b-a\ba option is not used, _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is the
- new value of the specified resource. If no option is given,
- then -\b-f\bf is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except
- for -\b-t\bt, which is in seconds; -\b-p\bp, which is in units of 512-byte
- blocks; and -\b-P\bP, -\b-T\bT, -\b-b\bb, -\b-k\bk, -\b-n\bn, and -\b-u\bu, which are unscaled val-
- ues. The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argu-
+ If _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is given, and the -\b-a\ba option is not used, _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt is the
+ new value of the specified resource. If no option is given,
+ then -\b-f\bf is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except
+ for -\b-t\bt, which is in seconds; -\b-p\bp, which is in units of 512-byte
+ blocks; and -\b-P\bP, -\b-T\bT, -\b-b\bb, -\b-k\bk, -\b-n\bn, and -\b-u\bu, which are unscaled val-
+ ues. The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argu-
ment is supplied, or an error occurs while setting a new limit.
u\bum\bma\bas\bsk\bk [-\b-p\bp] [-\b-S\bS] [_\bm_\bo_\bd_\be]
The user file-creation mask is set to _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be. If _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be begins with
- a digit, it is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise it is
- interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar to that accepted by
- _\bc_\bh_\bm_\bo_\bd(1). If _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be is omitted, the current value of the mask is
- printed. The -\b-S\bS option causes the mask to be printed in sym-
- bolic form; the default output is an octal number. If the -\b-p\bp
+ a digit, it is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise it is
+ interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar to that accepted by
+ _\bc_\bh_\bm_\bo_\bd(1). If _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be is omitted, the current value of the mask is
+ printed. The -\b-S\bS option causes the mask to be printed in sym-
+ bolic form; the default output is an octal number. If the -\b-p\bp
option is supplied, and _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be is omitted, the output is in a form
that may be reused as input. The return status is 0 if the mode
- was successfully changed or if no _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be argument was supplied,
+ was successfully changed or if no _\bm_\bo_\bd_\be argument was supplied,
and false otherwise.
u\bun\bna\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs [-a\ba] [_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ...]
- Remove each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be from the list of defined aliases. If -\b-a\ba is
- supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return value
+ Remove each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be from the list of defined aliases. If -\b-a\ba is
+ supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return value
is true unless a supplied _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is not a defined alias.
u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt [-f\bfv\bv] [-n\bn] [_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ...]
- For each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be, remove the corresponding variable or function.
+ For each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be, remove the corresponding variable or function.
If the -\b-v\bv option is given, each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be refers to a shell variable,
- and that variable is removed. Read-only variables may not be
- unset. If -\b-f\bf is specified, each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be refers to a shell func-
- tion, and the function definition is removed. If the -\b-n\bn option
- is supplied, and _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is a variable with the _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\br_\be_\bf attribute,
- _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be will be unset rather than the variable it references. -\b-n\bn
- has no effect if the -\b-f\bf option is supplied. If no options are
- supplied, each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be refers to a variable; if there is no vari-
- able by that name, any function with that name is unset. Each
- unset variable or function is removed from the environment
- passed to subsequent commands. If any of C\bCO\bOM\bMP\bP_\b_W\bWO\bOR\bRD\bDB\bBR\bRE\bEA\bAK\bKS\bS, R\bRA\bAN\bN-\b-
+ and that variable is removed. Read-only variables may not be
+ unset. If -\b-f\bf is specified, each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be refers to a shell func-
+ tion, and the function definition is removed. If the -\b-n\bn option
+ is supplied, and _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is a variable with the _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\br_\be_\bf attribute,
+ _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be will be unset rather than the variable it references. -\b-n\bn
+ has no effect if the -\b-f\bf option is supplied. If no options are
+ supplied, each _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be refers to a variable; if there is no vari-
+ able by that name, any function with that name is unset. Each
+ unset variable or function is removed from the environment
+ passed to subsequent commands. If any of C\bCO\bOM\bMP\bP_\b_W\bWO\bOR\bRD\bDB\bBR\bRE\bEA\bAK\bKS\bS, R\bRA\bAN\bN-\b-
D\bDO\bOM\bM, S\bSE\bEC\bCO\bON\bND\bDS\bS, L\bLI\bIN\bNE\bEN\bNO\bO, H\bHI\bIS\bST\bTC\bCM\bMD\bD, F\bFU\bUN\bNC\bCN\bNA\bAM\bME\bE, G\bGR\bRO\bOU\bUP\bPS\bS, or D\bDI\bIR\bRS\bST\bTA\bAC\bCK\bK are
unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are sub-
sequently reset. The exit status is true unless a _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is read-
w\bwa\bai\bit\bt [-\b-n\bn] [_\bn _\b._\b._\b.]
Wait for each specified child process and return its termination
status. Each _\bn may be a process ID or a job specification; if a
- job spec is given, all processes in that job's pipeline are
- waited for. If _\bn is not given, all currently active child pro-
+ job spec is given, all processes in that job's pipeline are
+ waited for. If _\bn is not given, all currently active child pro-
cesses are waited for, and the return status is zero. If the -\b-n\bn
- option is supplied, w\bwa\bai\bit\bt waits for any job to terminate and
- returns its exit status. If _\bn specifies a non-existent process
- or job, the return status is 127. Otherwise, the return status
+ option is supplied, w\bwa\bai\bit\bt waits for any job to terminate and
+ returns its exit status. If _\bn specifies a non-existent process
+ or job, the return status is 127. Otherwise, the return status
is the exit status of the last process or job waited for.
R\bRE\bES\bST\bTR\bRI\bIC\bCT\bTE\bED\bD S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bL
If b\bba\bas\bsh\bh is started with the name r\brb\bba\bas\bsh\bh, or the -\b-r\br option is supplied at
- invocation, the shell becomes restricted. A restricted shell is used
- to set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. It
- behaves identically to b\bba\bas\bsh\bh with the exception that the following are
+ invocation, the shell becomes restricted. A restricted shell is used
+ to set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. It
+ behaves identically to b\bba\bas\bsh\bh with the exception that the following are
disallowed or not performed:
+\bo changing directories with c\bcd\bd
+\bo specifying command names containing /\b/
- +\bo specifying a filename containing a /\b/ as an argument to the .\b.
+ +\bo specifying a filename containing a /\b/ as an argument to the .\b.
builtin command
- +\bo specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the
+ +\bo specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the
-\b-p\bp option to the h\bha\bas\bsh\bh builtin command
- +\bo importing function definitions from the shell environment at
+ +\bo importing function definitions from the shell environment at
startup
- +\bo parsing the value of S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bLO\bOP\bPT\bTS\bS from the shell environment at
+ +\bo parsing the value of S\bSH\bHE\bEL\bLL\bLO\bOP\bPT\bTS\bS from the shell environment at
startup
+\bo redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirect-
+\bo using the e\bex\bxe\bec\bc builtin command to replace the shell with another
command
- +\bo adding or deleting builtin commands with the -\b-f\bf and -\b-d\bd options
+ +\bo adding or deleting builtin commands with the -\b-f\bf and -\b-d\bd options
to the e\ben\bna\bab\bbl\ble\be builtin command
- +\bo using the e\ben\bna\bab\bbl\ble\be builtin command to enable disabled shell
+ +\bo using the e\ben\bna\bab\bbl\ble\be builtin command to enable disabled shell
builtins
+\bo specifying the -\b-p\bp option to the c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd builtin command
These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read.
When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed (see C\bCO\bOM\bM-\b-
- M\bMA\bAN\bND\bD E\bEX\bXE\bEC\bCU\bUT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN above), r\brb\bba\bas\bsh\bh turns off any restrictions in the shell
+ M\bMA\bAN\bND\bD E\bEX\bXE\bEC\bCU\bUT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN above), r\brb\bba\bas\bsh\bh turns off any restrictions in the shell
spawned to execute the script.
S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
_\bB_\ba_\bs_\bh _\bR_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be _\bM_\ba_\bn_\bu_\ba_\bl, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
_\bT_\bh_\be _\bG_\bn_\bu _\bR_\be_\ba_\bd_\bl_\bi_\bn_\be _\bL_\bi_\bb_\br_\ba_\br_\by, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
_\bT_\bh_\be _\bG_\bn_\bu _\bH_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bo_\br_\by _\bL_\bi_\bb_\br_\ba_\br_\by, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
- _\bP_\bo_\br_\bt_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be _\bO_\bp_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bS_\by_\bs_\bt_\be_\bm _\bI_\bn_\bt_\be_\br_\bf_\ba_\bc_\be _\b(_\bP_\bO_\bS_\bI_\bX_\b) _\bP_\ba_\br_\bt _\b2_\b: _\bS_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bU_\bt_\bi_\bl_\bi_\b-
+ _\bP_\bo_\br_\bt_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be _\bO_\bp_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bS_\by_\bs_\bt_\be_\bm _\bI_\bn_\bt_\be_\br_\bf_\ba_\bc_\be _\b(_\bP_\bO_\bS_\bI_\bX_\b) _\bP_\ba_\br_\bt _\b2_\b: _\bS_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bU_\bt_\bi_\bl_\bi_\b-
_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs, IEEE --
http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/
http://tiswww.case.edu/~chet/bash/POSIX -- a description of posix mode
_\b~_\b/_\b._\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\br_\bc
The individual per-interactive-shell startup file
_\b~_\b/_\b._\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\b__\bl_\bo_\bg_\bo_\bu_\bt
- The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login
+ The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login
shell exits
_\b~_\b/_\b._\bi_\bn_\bp_\bu_\bt_\br_\bc
Individual _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bl_\bi_\bn_\be initialization file
B\bBU\bUG\bG R\bRE\bEP\bPO\bOR\bRT\bTS\bS
If you find a bug in b\bba\bas\bsh\bh,\b, you should report it. But first, you should
- make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest
- version of b\bba\bas\bsh\bh. The latest version is always available from
+ make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest
+ version of b\bba\bas\bsh\bh. The latest version is always available from
_\bf_\bt_\bp_\b:_\b/_\b/_\bf_\bt_\bp_\b._\bg_\bn_\bu_\b._\bo_\br_\bg_\b/_\bp_\bu_\bb_\b/_\bg_\bn_\bu_\b/_\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\b/.
- Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the _\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\bb_\bu_\bg
- command to submit a bug report. If you have a fix, you are encouraged
- to mail that as well! Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may
- be mailed to _\bb_\bu_\bg_\b-_\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\b@_\bg_\bn_\bu_\b._\bo_\br_\bg or posted to the Usenet newsgroup
+ Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the _\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\bb_\bu_\bg
+ command to submit a bug report. If you have a fix, you are encouraged
+ to mail that as well! Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may
+ be mailed to _\bb_\bu_\bg_\b-_\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\b@_\bg_\bn_\bu_\b._\bo_\br_\bg or posted to the Usenet newsgroup
g\bgn\bnu\bu.\b.b\bba\bas\bsh\bh.\b.b\bbu\bug\bg.
ALL bug reports should include:
A description of the bug behaviour
A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug
- _\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\bb_\bu_\bg inserts the first three items automatically into the template
+ _\bb_\ba_\bs_\bh_\bb_\bu_\bg inserts the first three items automatically into the template
it provides for filing a bug report.
Comments and bug reports concerning this manual page should be directed
Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable.
Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c' are not
- handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted. When a
- process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next command in
- the sequence. It suffices to place the sequence of commands between
- parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as a
+ handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted. When a
+ process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next command in
+ the sequence. It suffices to place the sequence of commands between
+ parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as a
unit.
Array variables may not (yet) be exported.
-GNU Bash 4.3 2014 November 19 BASH(1)
+GNU Bash 4.3 2014 November 21 BASH(1)
.\" Case Western Reserve University
.\" chet.ramey@case.edu
.\"
-.\" Last Change: Fri Nov 21 08:07:56 EST 2014
+.\" Last Change: Fri Nov 28 18:21:13 EST 2014
.\"
.\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section
.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
-.TH BASH 1 "2014 November 21" "GNU Bash 4.3"
+.TH BASH 1 "2014 November 28" "GNU Bash 4.3"
.\"
.\" There's some problem with having a `@'
.\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros.
above). ${#\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]} expands to the length of
${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. If \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or
\fB@\fP, the expansion is the number of elements in the array.
-Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
-referencing the array with a subscript of 0.
If the
.I subscript
used to reference an element of an indexed array
so negative indices count back from the end of the
array, and an index of \-1 references the last element.
.PP
+Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
+referencing the array with a subscript of 0.
+Any reference to a variable using a valid subscript is legal, and
+.B bash
+will create an array if necessary.
+.PP
An array variable is considered set if a subscript has been assigned a
value. The null string is a valid value.
.PP
.BR * ,
the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB@\fP\fIoperator\fP}
+\fBParameter transformation\fP.
+The expansion is either a transformation of the value of \fIparameter\fP
+or information about \fIparameter\fP itself, depending on the value of
+\fIoperator\fP. Each \fIoperator\fP is a single letter:
+.sp 1
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B Q
+The expansion is a string that is the value of \fIparameter\fP quoted in a
+format that can be reused as input.
+.TP
+.B E
+The expansion is a string that is the value of \fIparameter\fP with backslash
+escape sequences expanded as with the \fB$'...'\fP quoting mechansim.
+.TP
+.B P
+The expansion is a string that is the result of expanding the value of
+\fIparameter\fP as if it were a prompt string (see \fBPROMPTING\fP below).
+.TP
+.B A
+The expansion is a string in the form of a \fBdeclare\fP command that, if
+evaluated, will recreate \fIparameter\fP with its attributes and value.
+.TP
+.B a
+The expansion is a string consisting of flag values representing
+\fIparameter\fP's attributes.
+.PD
+.PP
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.sp 1
+The result of the expansion is subject to word splitting and pathname
+expansion as described below.
+.RE
.SS Command Substitution
.PP
\fICommand substitution\fP allows the output of a command to replace
.B bash
matches patterns in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing matching
while executing \fBcase\fP or \fB[[\fP conditional commands,
+when performing pattern substitution word expansions,
or when filtering possible completions as part of programmable completion.
.TP 8
.B nullglob
--- /dev/null
+.\"
+.\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to
+.\"
+.\" Chet Ramey
+.\" Case Western Reserve University
+.\" chet.ramey@case.edu
+.\"
+.\" Last Change: Fri Nov 28 18:21:13 EST 2014
+.\"
+.\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section
+.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
+.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
+.TH BASH 1 "2014 November 28" "GNU Bash 4.3"
+.\"
+.\" There's some problem with having a `@'
+.\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros.
+.\" It has to do with `@' appearing in the }1 macro.
+.\" This is a problem on 4.3 BSD and Ultrix, but Sun
+.\" appears to have fixed it.
+.\" If you're seeing the characters
+.\" `@u-3p' appearing before the lines reading
+.\" `possible-hostname-completions
+.\" and `complete-hostname' down in READLINE,
+.\" then uncomment this redefinition.
+.\"
+.de }1
+.ds ]X \&\\*(]B\\
+.nr )E 0
+.if !"\\$1"" .nr )I \\$1n
+.}f
+.ll \\n(LLu
+.in \\n()Ru+\\n(INu+\\n()Iu
+.ti \\n(INu
+.ie !\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru-\w\a\\*(]X\au-3p \{\\*(]X
+.br\}
+.el \\*(]X\h\a|\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru\a\c
+.}f
+..
+.\"
+.\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name,
+.\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much.
+.\"
+.de FN
+\fI\|\\$1\|\fP
+..
+.SH NAME
+bash \- GNU Bourne-Again SHell
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B bash
+[options]
+[command_string | file]
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+.if n Bash is Copyright (C) 1989-2014 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.if t Bash is Copyright \(co 1989-2014 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B Bash
+is an \fBsh\fR-compatible command language interpreter that
+executes commands read from the standard input or from a file.
+.B Bash
+also incorporates useful features from the \fIKorn\fP and \fIC\fP
+shells (\fBksh\fP and \fBcsh\fP).
+.PP
+.B Bash
+is intended to be a conformant implementation of the
+Shell and Utilities portion of the IEEE POSIX specification
+(IEEE Standard 1003.1).
+.B Bash
+can be configured to be POSIX-conformant by default.
+.SH OPTIONS
+All of the single-character shell options documented in the
+description of the \fBset\fR builtin command can be used as options
+when the shell is invoked.
+In addition, \fBbash\fR
+interprets the following options when it is invoked:
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 10
+.B \-c
+If the
+.B \-c
+option is present, then commands are read from the first non-option argument
+.IR command_string .
+If there are arguments after the
+.IR command_string ,
+the first argument is assigned to
+.B $0
+and any remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters.
+The assignment to
+.B $0
+sets the name of the shell, which is used in warning and error messages.
+.TP
+.B \-i
+If the
+.B \-i
+option is present, the shell is
+.IR interactive .
+.TP
+.B \-l
+Make
+.B bash
+act as if it had been invoked as a login shell (see
+.SM
+.B INVOCATION
+below).
+.TP
+.B \-r
+If the
+.B \-r
+option is present, the shell becomes
+.I restricted
+(see
+.SM
+.B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
+below).
+.TP
+.B \-s
+If the
+.B \-s
+option is present, or if no arguments remain after option
+processing, then commands are read from the standard input.
+This option allows the positional parameters to be set
+when invoking an interactive shell.
+.TP
+.B \-D
+A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by \fB$\fP
+is printed on the standard output.
+These are the strings that
+are subject to language translation when the current locale
+is not \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP.
+This implies the \fB\-n\fP option; no commands will be executed.
+.TP
+.B [\-+]O [\fIshopt_option\fP]
+\fIshopt_option\fP is one of the shell options accepted by the
+\fBshopt\fP builtin (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+If \fIshopt_option\fP is present, \fB\-O\fP sets the value of that option;
+\fB+O\fP unsets it.
+If \fIshopt_option\fP is not supplied, the names and values of the shell
+options accepted by \fBshopt\fP are printed on the standard output.
+If the invocation option is \fB+O\fP, the output is displayed in a format
+that may be reused as input.
+.TP
+.B \-\-
+A
+.B \-\-
+signals the end of options and disables further option processing.
+Any arguments after the
+.B \-\-
+are treated as filenames and arguments. An argument of
+.B \-
+is equivalent to \fB\-\-\fP.
+.PD
+.PP
+.B Bash
+also interprets a number of multi-character options.
+These options must appear on the command line before the
+single-character options to be recognized.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-\-debugger
+Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell
+starts.
+Turns on extended debugging mode (see the description of the
+.B extdebug
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin below).
+.TP
+.B \-\-dump\-po\-strings
+Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP, but the output is in the GNU \fIgettext\fP
+\fBpo\fP (portable object) file format.
+.TP
+.B \-\-dump\-strings
+Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully.
+.TP
+\fB\-\-init\-file\fP \fIfile\fP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP
+.PD
+Execute commands from
+.I file
+instead of the standard personal initialization file
+.I ~/.bashrc
+if the shell is interactive (see
+.SM
+.B INVOCATION
+below).
+.TP
+.B \-\-login
+Equivalent to \fB\-l\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-\-noediting
+Do not use the GNU
+.B readline
+library to read command lines when the shell is interactive.
+.TP
+.B \-\-noprofile
+Do not read either the system-wide startup file
+.FN /etc/profile
+or any of the personal initialization files
+.IR ~/.bash_profile ,
+.IR ~/.bash_login ,
+or
+.IR ~/.profile .
+By default,
+.B bash
+reads these files when it is invoked as a login shell (see
+.SM
+.B INVOCATION
+below).
+.TP
+.B \-\-norc
+Do not read and execute the personal initialization file
+.I ~/.bashrc
+if the shell is interactive.
+This option is on by default if the shell is invoked as
+.BR sh .
+.TP
+.B \-\-posix
+Change the behavior of \fBbash\fP where the default operation differs
+from the POSIX standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP).
+See
+.SM
+.B "SEE ALSO"
+below for a reference to a document that details how posix mode affects
+bash's behavior.
+.TP
+.B \-\-restricted
+The shell becomes restricted (see
+.SM
+.B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
+below).
+.TP
+.B \-\-verbose
+Equivalent to \fB\-v\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Show version information for this instance of
+.B bash
+on the standard output and exit successfully.
+.PD
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the
+.B \-c
+nor the
+.B \-s
+option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to
+be the name of a file containing shell commands.
+If
+.B bash
+is invoked in this fashion,
+.B $0
+is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters
+are set to the remaining arguments.
+.B Bash
+reads and executes commands from this file, then exits.
+\fBBash\fP's exit status is the exit status of the last command
+executed in the script.
+If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0.
+An attempt is first made to open the file in the current directory, and,
+if no file is found, then the shell searches the directories in
+.SM
+.B PATH
+for the script.
+.SH INVOCATION
+A \fIlogin shell\fP is one whose first character of argument zero is a
+.BR \- ,
+or one started with the
+.B \-\-login
+option.
+.PP
+An \fIinteractive\fP shell is one started without non-option arguments
+and without the
+.B \-c
+option
+whose standard input and error are
+both connected to terminals (as determined by
+.IR isatty (3)),
+or one started with the
+.B \-i
+option.
+.SM
+.B PS1
+is set and
+.B $\-
+includes
+.B i
+if
+.B bash
+is interactive,
+allowing a shell script or a startup file to test this state.
+.PP
+The following paragraphs describe how
+.B bash
+executes its startup files.
+If any of the files exist but cannot be read,
+.B bash
+reports an error.
+Tildes are expanded in filenames as described below under
+.B "Tilde Expansion"
+in the
+.SM
+.B EXPANSION
+section.
+.PP
+When
+.B bash
+is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive shell
+with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first reads and
+executes commands from the file \fI/etc/profile\fP, if that
+file exists.
+After reading that file, it looks for \fI~/.bash_profile\fP,
+\fI~/.bash_login\fP, and \fI~/.profile\fP, in that order, and reads
+and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable.
+The
+.B \-\-noprofile
+option may be used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior.
+.PP
+When a login shell exits,
+.B bash
+reads and executes commands from the file \fI~/.bash_logout\fP, if it
+exists.
+.PP
+When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started,
+.B bash
+reads and executes commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists.
+This may be inhibited by using the
+.B \-\-norc
+option.
+The \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP option will force
+.B bash
+to read and execute commands from \fIfile\fP instead of \fI~/.bashrc\fP.
+.PP
+When
+.B bash
+is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, for example, it
+looks for the variable
+.SM
+.B BASH_ENV
+in the environment, expands its value if it appears there, and uses the
+expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute.
+.B Bash
+behaves as if the following command were executed:
+.sp .5
+.RS
+.if t \f(CWif [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi\fP
+.if n if [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi
+.RE
+.sp .5
+but the value of the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+variable is not used to search for the filename.
+.PP
+If
+.B bash
+is invoked with the name
+.BR sh ,
+it tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of
+.B sh
+as closely as possible,
+while conforming to the POSIX standard as well.
+When invoked as an interactive login shell, or a non-interactive
+shell with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first attempts to
+read and execute commands from
+.I /etc/profile
+and
+.IR ~/.profile ,
+in that order.
+The
+.B \-\-noprofile
+option may be used to inhibit this behavior.
+When invoked as an interactive shell with the name
+.BR sh ,
+.B bash
+looks for the variable
+.SM
+.BR ENV ,
+expands its value if it is defined, and uses the
+expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute.
+Since a shell invoked as
+.B sh
+does not attempt to read and execute commands from any other startup
+files, the
+.B \-\-rcfile
+option has no effect.
+A non-interactive shell invoked with the name
+.B sh
+does not attempt to read any other startup files.
+When invoked as
+.BR sh ,
+.B bash
+enters
+.I posix
+mode after the startup files are read.
+.PP
+When
+.B bash
+is started in
+.I posix
+mode, as with the
+.B \-\-posix
+command line option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files.
+In this mode, interactive shells expand the
+.SM
+.B ENV
+variable and commands are read and executed from the file
+whose name is the expanded value.
+No other startup files are read.
+.PP
+.B Bash
+attempts to determine when it is being run with its standard input
+connected to a network connection, as when executed by the remote shell
+daemon, usually \fIrshd\fP, or the secure shell daemon \fIsshd\fP.
+If
+.B bash
+determines it is being run in this fashion, it reads and executes
+commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists and is readable.
+It will not do this if invoked as \fBsh\fP.
+The
+.B \-\-norc
+option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the
+.B \-\-rcfile
+option may be used to force another file to be read, but neither
+\fIrshd\fP nor \fIsshd\fP generally invoke the shell with those options
+or allow them to be specified.
+.PP
+If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
+real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, no startup
+files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, the
+.SM
+.BR SHELLOPTS ,
+.SM
+.BR BASHOPTS ,
+.SM
+.BR CDPATH ,
+and
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored,
+and the effective user id is set to the real user id.
+If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is
+the same, but the effective user id is not reset.
+.SH DEFINITIONS
+.PP
+The following definitions are used throughout the rest of this
+document.
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B blank
+A space or tab.
+.TP
+.B word
+A sequence of characters considered as a single unit by the shell.
+Also known as a
+.BR token .
+.TP
+.B name
+A
+.I word
+consisting only of alphanumeric characters and underscores, and
+beginning with an alphabetic character or an underscore. Also
+referred to as an
+.BR identifier .
+.TP
+.B metacharacter
+A character that, when unquoted, separates words. One of the following:
+.br
+.RS
+.PP
+.if t \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP
+.if n \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+.TP
+.B control operator
+A \fItoken\fP that performs a control function. It is one of the following
+symbols:
+.RS
+.PP
+.if t \fB|| & && ; ;; ( ) | |& <newline>\fP
+.if n \fB|| & && ; ;; ( ) | |& <newline>\fP
+.RE
+.PD
+.SH "RESERVED WORDS"
+\fIReserved words\fP are words that have a special meaning to the shell.
+The following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted and either
+the first word of a simple command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL GRAMMAR
+below) or the third word of a
+.B case
+or
+.B for
+command:
+.if t .RS
+.PP
+.B
+.if n ! case coproc do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]]
+.if t ! case coproc do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]]
+.if t .RE
+.SH "SHELL GRAMMAR"
+.SS Simple Commands
+.PP
+A \fIsimple command\fP is a sequence of optional variable assignments
+followed by \fBblank\fP-separated words and redirections, and
+terminated by a \fIcontrol operator\fP. The first word
+specifies the command to be executed, and is passed as argument zero.
+The remaining words are passed as arguments to the invoked command.
+.PP
+The return value of a \fIsimple command\fP is its exit status, or
+128+\fIn\^\fP if the command is terminated by signal
+.IR n .
+.SS Pipelines
+.PP
+A \fIpipeline\fP is a sequence of one or more commands separated by
+one of the control operators
+.B |
+or \fB|&\fP.
+The format for a pipeline is:
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fBtime\fP [\fB\-p\fP]] [ ! ] \fIcommand\fP [ [\fB|\fP\(bv\fB|&\fP] \fIcommand2\fP ... ]
+.RE
+.PP
+The standard output of
+.I command
+is connected via a pipe to the standard input of
+.IR command2 .
+This connection is performed before any redirections specified by the
+command (see
+.SM
+.B REDIRECTION
+below).
+If \fB|&\fP is used, \fIcommand\fP's standard error, in addition to its
+standard output, is connected to
+\fIcommand2\fP's standard input through the pipe;
+it is shorthand for \fB2>&1 |\fP.
+This implicit redirection of the standard error to the standard output is
+performed after any redirections specified by the command.
+.PP
+The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last
+command, unless the \fBpipefail\fP option is enabled.
+If \fBpipefail\fP is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the
+value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status,
+or zero if all commands exit successfully.
+If the reserved word
+.B !
+precedes a pipeline, the exit status of that pipeline is the logical
+negation of the exit status as described above.
+The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to
+terminate before returning a value.
+.PP
+If the
+.B time
+reserved word precedes a pipeline, the elapsed as well as user and
+system time consumed by its execution are reported when the pipeline
+terminates.
+The \fB\-p\fP option changes the output format to that specified by POSIX.
+When the shell is in \fIposix mode\fP, it does not recognize
+\fBtime\fP as a reserved word if the next token begins with a `-'.
+The
+.SM
+.B TIMEFORMAT
+variable may be set to a format string that specifies how the timing
+information should be displayed; see the description of
+.SM
+.B TIMEFORMAT
+under
+.B "Shell Variables"
+below.
+.PP
+When the shell is in \fIposix mode\fP, \fBtime\fP
+may be followed by a newline. In this case, the shell displays the
+total user and system time consumed by the shell and its children.
+The
+.SM
+.B TIMEFORMAT
+variable may be used to specify the format of
+the time information.
+.PP
+Each command in a pipeline is executed as a separate process (i.e., in a
+subshell).
+.SS Lists
+.PP
+A \fIlist\fP is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one
+of the operators
+.BR ; ,
+.BR & ,
+.BR && ,
+or
+.BR || ,
+and optionally terminated by one of
+.BR ; ,
+.BR & ,
+or
+.BR <newline> .
+.PP
+Of these list operators,
+.B &&
+and
+.B ||
+have equal precedence, followed by
+.B ;
+and
+.BR & ,
+which have equal precedence.
+.PP
+A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a \fIlist\fP instead
+of a semicolon to delimit commands.
+.PP
+If a command is terminated by the control operator
+.BR & ,
+the shell executes the command in the \fIbackground\fP
+in a subshell. The shell does not wait for the command to
+finish, and the return status is 0. Commands separated by a
+.B ;
+are executed sequentially; the shell waits for each
+command to terminate in turn. The return status is the
+exit status of the last command executed.
+.PP
+AND and OR lists are sequences of one of more pipelines separated by the
+\fB&&\fP and \fB||\fP control operators, respectively.
+AND and OR lists are executed with left associativity.
+An AND list has the form
+.RS
+.PP
+\fIcommand1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIcommand2\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+.I command2
+is executed if, and only if,
+.I command1
+returns an exit status of zero.
+.PP
+An OR list has the form
+.RS
+.PP
+\fIcommand1\fP \fB||\fP \fIcommand2\fP
+.PP
+.RE
+.PP
+.I command2
+is executed if and only if
+.I command1
+returns a non-zero exit status.
+The return status of
+AND and OR lists is the exit status of the last command
+executed in the list.
+.SS Compound Commands
+.PP
+A \fIcompound command\fP is one of the following.
+In most cases a \fIlist\fP in a command's description may be separated from
+the rest of the command by one or more newlines, and may be followed by a
+newline in place of a semicolon.
+.TP
+(\fIlist\fP)
+\fIlist\fP is executed in a subshell environment (see
+.SM
+\fBCOMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT\fP
+below).
+Variable assignments and builtin
+commands that affect the shell's environment do not remain in effect
+after the command completes. The return status is the exit status of
+\fIlist\fP.
+.TP
+{ \fIlist\fP; }
+\fIlist\fP is simply executed in the current shell environment.
+\fIlist\fP must be terminated with a newline or semicolon.
+This is known as a \fIgroup command\fP.
+The return status is the exit status of
+\fIlist\fP.
+Note that unlike the metacharacters \fB(\fP and \fB)\fP, \fB{\fP and
+\fB}\fP are \fIreserved words\fP and must occur where a reserved
+word is permitted to be recognized. Since they do not cause a word
+break, they must be separated from \fIlist\fP by whitespace or another
+shell metacharacter.
+.TP
+((\fIexpression\fP))
+The \fIexpression\fP is evaluated according to the rules described
+below under
+.SM
+.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
+If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0;
+otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to
+\fBlet "\fIexpression\fP"\fR.
+.TP
+\fB[[\fP \fIexpression\fP \fB]]\fP
+Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of
+the conditional expression \fIexpression\fP.
+Expressions are composed of the primaries described below under
+.SM
+.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" .
+Word splitting and pathname expansion are not performed on the words
+between the \fB[[\fP and \fB]]\fP; tilde expansion,
+parameter and variable expansion,
+arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process
+substitution, and quote removal are performed.
+Conditional operators such as \fB\-f\fP must be unquoted to be recognized
+as primaries.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+When used with \fB[[\fP, the \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators sort
+lexicographically using the current locale.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+When the \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP operators are used, the string to the
+right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according
+to the rules described below under \fBPattern Matching\fP,
+as if the \fBextglob\fP shell option were enabled.
+The \fB=\fP operator is equivalent to \fB==\fP.
+If the
+.B nocasematch
+shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+The return value is 0 if the string matches (\fB==\fP) or does not match
+(\fB!=\fP) the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
+Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion
+to be matched as a string.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+An additional binary operator, \fB=~\fP, is available, with the same
+precedence as \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP.
+When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered
+an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in \fIregex\fP(3)).
+The return value is 0 if the string matches
+the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
+If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional
+expression's return value is 2.
+If the
+.B nocasematch
+shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion
+to be matched as a string.
+Bracket expressions in regular expressions must be treated carefully,
+since normal quoting characters lose their meanings between brackets.
+If the pattern is stored in a shell variable, quoting the variable
+expansion forces the entire pattern to be matched as a string.
+Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular
+expression are saved in the array variable
+.SM
+.BR BASH_REMATCH .
+The element of
+.SM
+.B BASH_REMATCH
+with index 0 is the portion of the string
+matching the entire regular expression.
+The element of
+.SM
+.B BASH_REMATCH
+with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the
+string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed
+in decreasing order of precedence:
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B ( \fIexpression\fP )
+Returns the value of \fIexpression\fP.
+This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
+.TP
+.B ! \fIexpression\fP
+True if
+.I expression
+is false.
+.TP
+\fIexpression1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIexpression2\fP
+True if both
+.I expression1
+and
+.I expression2
+are true.
+.TP
+\fIexpression1\fP \fB||\fP \fIexpression2\fP
+True if either
+.I expression1
+or
+.I expression2
+is true.
+.PD
+.LP
+The \fB&&\fP and \fB||\fP
+operators do not evaluate \fIexpression2\fP if the value of
+\fIexpression1\fP is sufficient to determine the return value of
+the entire conditional expression.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBfor\fP \fIname\fP [ [ \fBin\fP [ \fIword ...\fP ] ] ; ] \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
+The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list
+of items.
+The variable \fIname\fP is set to each element of this list
+in turn, and \fIlist\fP is executed each time.
+If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, the \fBfor\fP command executes
+\fIlist\fP once for each positional parameter that is set (see
+.SM
+.B PARAMETERS
+below).
+The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes.
+If the expansion of the items following \fBin\fP results in an empty
+list, no commands are executed, and the return status is 0.
+.TP
+\fBfor\fP (( \fIexpr1\fP ; \fIexpr2\fP ; \fIexpr3\fP )) ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
+First, the arithmetic expression \fIexpr1\fP is evaluated according
+to the rules described below under
+.SM
+.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
+The arithmetic expression \fIexpr2\fP is then evaluated repeatedly
+until it evaluates to zero.
+Each time \fIexpr2\fP evaluates to a non-zero value, \fIlist\fP is
+executed and the arithmetic expression \fIexpr3\fP is evaluated.
+If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1.
+The return value is the exit status of the last command in \fIlist\fP
+that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid.
+.TP
+\fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP
+The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list
+of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard
+error, each preceded by a number. If the \fBin\fP
+\fIword\fP is omitted, the positional parameters are printed (see
+.SM
+.B PARAMETERS
+below). The
+.SM
+.B PS3
+prompt is then displayed and a line read from the standard input.
+If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of
+the displayed words, then the value of
+.I name
+is set to that word. If the line is empty, the words and prompt
+are displayed again. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any
+other value read causes
+.I name
+to be set to null. The line read is saved in the variable
+.SM
+.BR REPLY .
+The
+.I list
+is executed after each selection until a
+.B break
+command is executed.
+The exit status of
+.B select
+is the exit status of the last command executed in
+.IR list ,
+or zero if no commands were executed.
+.TP
+\fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fBin\fP [ [(] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \
+... ) \fIlist\fP ;; ] ... \fBesac\fP
+A \fBcase\fP command first expands \fIword\fP, and tries to match
+it against each \fIpattern\fP in turn, using the same matching rules
+as for pathname expansion (see
+.B Pathname Expansion
+below).
+The \fIword\fP is expanded using tilde
+expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion,
+command substitution, process substitution and quote removal.
+Each \fIpattern\fP examined is expanded using tilde
+expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion,
+command substitution, and process substitution.
+If the
+.B nocasematch
+shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+When a match is found, the corresponding \fIlist\fP is executed.
+If the \fB;;\fP operator is used, no subsequent matches are attempted after
+the first pattern match.
+Using \fB;&\fP in place of \fB;;\fP causes execution to continue with
+the \fIlist\fP associated with the next set of patterns.
+Using \fB;;&\fP in place of \fB;;\fP causes the shell to test the next
+pattern list in the statement, if any, and execute any associated \fIlist\fP
+on a successful match.
+The exit status is zero if no
+pattern matches. Otherwise, it is the exit status of the
+last command executed in \fIlist\fP.
+.TP
+\fBif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP; \
+[ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP; ] ... \
+[ \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP; ] \fBfi\fP
+The
+.B if
+.I list
+is executed. If its exit status is zero, the
+\fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed. Otherwise, each \fBelif\fP
+\fIlist\fP is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero,
+the corresponding \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed and the
+command completes. Otherwise, the \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP is
+executed, if present. The exit status is the exit status of the
+last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true.
+.TP
+\fBwhile\fP \fIlist-1\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist-2\fP; \fBdone\fP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBuntil\fP \fIlist-1\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist-2\fP; \fBdone\fP
+.PD
+The \fBwhile\fP command continuously executes the list
+\fIlist-2\fP as long as the last command in the list \fIlist-1\fP returns
+an exit status of zero. The \fBuntil\fP command is identical
+to the \fBwhile\fP command, except that the test is negated;
+.I list-2
+is executed as long as the last command in
+.I list-1
+returns a non-zero exit status.
+The exit status of the \fBwhile\fP and \fBuntil\fP commands
+is the exit status
+of the last command executed in \fIlist-2\fP, or zero if
+none was executed.
+.SS Coprocesses
+.PP
+A \fIcoprocess\fP is a shell command preceded by the \fBcoproc\fP reserved
+word.
+A coprocess is executed asynchronously in a subshell, as if the command
+had been terminated with the \fB&\fP control operator, with a two-way pipe
+established between the executing shell and the coprocess.
+.PP
+The format for a coprocess is:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fBcoproc\fP [\fINAME\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIredirections\fP]
+.RE
+.PP
+This creates a coprocess named \fINAME\fP.
+If \fINAME\fP is not supplied, the default name is \fBCOPROC\fP.
+\fINAME\fP must not be supplied if \fIcommand\fP is a \fIsimple
+command\fP (see above); otherwise, it is interpreted as the first word
+of the simple command.
+When the coprocess is executed, the shell creates an array variable (see
+.B Arrays
+below) named \fINAME\fP in the context of the executing shell.
+The standard output of
+.I command
+is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell,
+and that file descriptor is assigned to \fINAME\fP[0].
+The standard input of
+.I command
+is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell,
+and that file descriptor is assigned to \fINAME\fP[1].
+This pipe is established before any redirections specified by the
+command (see
+.SM
+.B REDIRECTION
+below).
+The file descriptors can be utilized as arguments to shell commands
+and redirections using standard word expansions.
+The file descriptors are not available in subshells.
+The process ID of the shell spawned to execute the coprocess is
+available as the value of the variable \fINAME\fP_PID.
+The \fBwait\fP
+builtin command may be used to wait for the coprocess to terminate.
+.PP
+Since the coprocess is created as an asynchronous command,
+the \fBcoproc\fP command always returns success.
+The return status of a coprocess is the exit status of \fIcommand\fP.
+.SS Shell Function Definitions
+.PP
+A shell function is an object that is called like a simple command and
+executes a compound command with a new set of positional parameters.
+Shell functions are declared as follows:
+.TP
+\fIname\fP () \fIcompound\-command\fP [\fIredirection\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBfunction\fP \fIname\fP [()] \fIcompound\-command\fP [\fIredirection\fP]
+.PD
+This defines a function named \fIname\fP.
+The reserved word \fBfunction\fP is optional.
+If the \fBfunction\fP reserved word is supplied, the parentheses are optional.
+The \fIbody\fP of the function is the compound command
+.I compound\-command
+(see \fBCompound Commands\fP above).
+That command is usually a \fIlist\fP of commands between { and }, but
+may be any command listed under \fBCompound Commands\fP above,
+with one exception: If the \fBfunction\fP reserved word is used, but the
+parentheses are not supplied, the braces are required.
+\fIcompound\-command\fP is executed whenever \fIname\fP is specified as the
+name of a simple command.
+When in \fIposix mode\fP, \fIname\fP may not be the name of one of the
+POSIX \fIspecial builtins\fP.
+Any redirections (see
+.SM
+.B REDIRECTION
+below) specified when a function is defined are performed
+when the function is executed.
+The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error
+occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists.
+When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the
+last command executed in the body. (See
+.SM
+.B FUNCTIONS
+below.)
+.SH COMMENTS
+In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the
+.B interactive_comments
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin is enabled (see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below), a word beginning with
+.B #
+causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to
+be ignored. An interactive shell without the
+.B interactive_comments
+option enabled does not allow comments. The
+.B interactive_comments
+option is on by default in interactive shells.
+.SH QUOTING
+\fIQuoting\fP is used to remove the special meaning of certain
+characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to
+disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent
+reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent
+parameter expansion.
+.PP
+Each of the \fImetacharacters\fP listed above under
+.SM
+.B DEFINITIONS
+has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to
+represent itself.
+.PP
+When the command history expansion facilities are being used
+(see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY EXPANSION
+below), the
+\fIhistory expansion\fP character, usually \fB!\fP, must be quoted
+to prevent history expansion.
+.PP
+There are three quoting mechanisms: the
+.IR "escape character" ,
+single quotes, and double quotes.
+.PP
+A non-quoted backslash (\fB\e\fP) is the
+.IR "escape character" .
+It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows,
+with the exception of <newline>. If a \fB\e\fP<newline> pair
+appears, and the backslash is not itself quoted, the \fB\e\fP<newline>
+is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the
+input stream and effectively ignored).
+.PP
+Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value
+of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur
+between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash.
+.PP
+Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value
+of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of
+.BR $ ,
+.BR \` ,
+.BR \e ,
+and, when history expansion is enabled,
+.BR ! .
+The characters
+.B $
+and
+.B \`
+retain their special meaning within double quotes. The backslash
+retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the following
+characters:
+.BR $ ,
+.BR \` ,
+\^\fB"\fP\^,
+.BR \e ,
+or
+.BR <newline> .
+A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with
+a backslash.
+If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an
+.B !
+appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash.
+The backslash preceding the
+.B !
+is not removed.
+.PP
+The special parameters
+.B *
+and
+.B @
+have special meaning when in double
+quotes (see
+.SM
+.B PARAMETERS
+below).
+.PP
+Words of the form \fB$\fP\(aq\fIstring\fP\(aq are treated specially. The
+word expands to \fIstring\fP, with backslash-escaped characters replaced
+as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if
+present, are decoded as follows:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \ea
+alert (bell)
+.TP
+.B \eb
+backspace
+.TP
+.B \ee
+.TP
+.B \eE
+an escape character
+.TP
+.B \ef
+form feed
+.TP
+.B \en
+new line
+.TP
+.B \er
+carriage return
+.TP
+.B \et
+horizontal tab
+.TP
+.B \ev
+vertical tab
+.TP
+.B \e\e
+backslash
+.TP
+.B \e\(aq
+single quote
+.TP
+.B \e\(dq
+double quote
+.TP
+.B \e\fInnn\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
+(one to three digits)
+.TP
+.B \ex\fIHH\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
+(one or two hex digits)
+.TP
+.B \eu\fIHHHH\fP
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+\fIHHHH\fP (one to four hex digits)
+.TP
+.B \eU\fIHHHHHHHH\fP
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+\fIHHHHHHHH\fP (one to eight hex digits)
+.TP
+.B \ec\fIx\fP
+a control-\fIx\fP character
+.PD
+.RE
+.LP
+The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had
+not been present.
+.PP
+A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (\fB$\fP\(dq\fIstring\fP\(dq)
+will cause the string to be translated according to the current locale.
+If the current locale is \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP, the dollar sign
+is ignored.
+If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is
+double-quoted.
+.SH PARAMETERS
+A
+.I parameter
+is an entity that stores values.
+It can be a
+.IR name ,
+a number, or one of the special characters listed below under
+.BR "Special Parameters" .
+A
+.I variable
+is a parameter denoted by a
+.IR name .
+A variable has a \fIvalue\fP and zero or more \fIattributes\fP.
+Attributes are assigned using the
+.B declare
+builtin command (see
+.B declare
+below in
+.SM
+.BR "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" ).
+.PP
+A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is
+a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using
+the
+.B unset
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.PP
+A
+.I variable
+may be assigned to by a statement of the form
+.RS
+.PP
+\fIname\fP=[\fIvalue\fP]
+.RE
+.PP
+If
+.I value
+is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All
+.I values
+undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote
+removal (see
+.SM
+.B EXPANSION
+below). If the variable has its
+.B integer
+attribute set, then
+.I value
+is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the $((...)) expansion is
+not used (see
+.B "Arithmetic Expansion"
+below).
+Word splitting is not performed, with the exception
+of \fB"$@"\fP as explained below under
+.BR "Special Parameters" .
+Pathname expansion is not performed.
+Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the
+.BR alias ,
+.BR declare ,
+.BR typeset ,
+.BR export ,
+.BR readonly ,
+and
+.B local
+builtin commands (\fIdeclaration\fP commands).
+When in \fIposix mode\fP, these builtins may appear in a command after
+one or more instances of the \fBcommand\fP builtin and retain these
+assignment statement properties.
+.PP
+In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value
+to a shell variable or array index, the += operator can be used to
+append to or add to the variable's previous value.
+This includes arguments to builtin commands such as \fBdeclare\fP that
+accept assignment statements (\fIdeclaration\fP commands).
+When += is applied to a variable for which the \fIinteger\fP attribute has been
+set, \fIvalue\fP is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and added to the
+variable's current value, which is also evaluated.
+When += is applied to an array variable using compound assignment (see
+.B Arrays
+below), the
+variable's value is not unset (as it is when using =), and new values are
+appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's maximum index
+(for indexed arrays) or added as additional key\-value pairs in an
+associative array.
+When applied to a string-valued variable, \fIvalue\fP is expanded and
+appended to the variable's value.
+.PP
+A variable can be assigned the \fInameref\fP attribute using the
+\fB\-n\fP option to the \fBdeclare\fP or \fBlocal\fP builtin commands
+(see the descriptions of \fBdeclare\fP and \fBlocal\fP below)
+to create a \fInameref\fP, or a reference to another variable.
+This allows variables to be manipulated indirectly.
+Whenever the nameref variable is referenced, assigned to, unset, or has
+its attributes modified (other than the \fInameref\fP attribute itself), the
+operation is actually performed on the variable specified by the nameref
+variable's value.
+A nameref is commonly used within shell functions to refer to a variable
+whose name is passed as an argument to the function.
+For instance, if a variable name is passed to a shell function as its first
+argument, running
+.sp .5
+.RS
+.if t \f(CWdeclare -n ref=$1\fP
+.if n declare -n ref=$1
+.RE
+.sp .5
+inside the function creates a nameref variable \fBref\fP whose value is
+the variable name passed as the first argument.
+References and assignments to \fBref\fP, and changes to its attributes,
+are treated as references, assignments, and attribute modifications
+to the variable whose name was passed as \fB$1\fP.
+If the control variable in a \fBfor\fP loop has the nameref attribute,
+the list of words can be a list of shell variables, and a name reference
+will be established for each word in the list, in turn, when the loop is
+executed.
+Array variables cannot be given the \fBnameref\fP attribute.
+However, nameref variables can reference array variables and subscripted
+array variables.
+Namerefs can be unset using the \fB\-n\fP option to the \fBunset\fP builtin.
+Otherwise, if \fBunset\fP is executed with the name of a nameref variable
+as an argument, the variable referenced by the nameref variable will be unset.
+.SS Positional Parameters
+.PP
+A
+.I positional parameter
+is a parameter denoted by one or more
+digits, other than the single digit 0. Positional parameters are
+assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked,
+and may be reassigned using the
+.B set
+builtin command. Positional parameters may not be assigned to
+with assignment statements. The positional parameters are
+temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed (see
+.SM
+.B FUNCTIONS
+below).
+.PP
+When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single
+digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces (see
+.SM
+.B EXPANSION
+below).
+.SS Special Parameters
+.PP
+The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may
+only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed.
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B *
+Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one.
+When the expansion is not within double quotes, each positional parameter
+expands to a separate word.
+In contexts where it is performed, those words
+are subject to further word splitting and pathname expansion.
+When the expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word
+with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+special variable. That is, "\fB$*\fP" is equivalent
+to "\fB$1\fP\fIc\fP\fB$2\fP\fIc\fP\fB...\fP", where
+.I c
+is the first character of the value of the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+variable. If
+.SM
+.B IFS
+is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces.
+If
+.SM
+.B IFS
+is null, the parameters are joined without intervening separators.
+.TP
+.B @
+Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the
+expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a
+separate word. That is, "\fB$@\fP" is equivalent to
+"\fB$1\fP" "\fB$2\fP" ...
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
+When there are no positional parameters, "\fB$@\fP" and
+.B $@
+expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed).
+.TP
+.B #
+Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal.
+.TP
+.B ?
+Expands to the exit status of the most recently executed foreground
+pipeline.
+.TP
+.B \-
+Expands to the current option flags as specified upon invocation,
+by the
+.B set
+builtin command, or those set by the shell itself
+(such as the
+.B \-i
+option).
+.TP
+.B $
+Expands to the process ID of the shell. In a () subshell, it
+expands to the process ID of the current shell, not the
+subshell.
+.TP
+.B !
+Expands to the process ID of the job most recently placed into the
+background, whether executed as an asynchronous command or using
+the \fBbg\fP builtin (see
+.SM
+.B "JOB CONTROL"
+below).
+.TP
+.B 0
+Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at
+shell initialization. If
+.B bash
+is invoked with a file of commands,
+.B $0
+is set to the name of that file. If
+.B bash
+is started with the
+.B \-c
+option, then
+.B $0
+is set to the first argument after the string to be
+executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set
+to the filename used to invoke
+.BR bash ,
+as given by argument zero.
+.TP
+.B _
+At shell startup, set to the absolute pathname used to invoke the
+shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment
+or argument list.
+Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command,
+after expansion.
+Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed
+and placed in the environment exported to that command.
+When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file
+currently being checked.
+.PD
+.SS Shell Variables
+.PP
+The following variables are set by the shell:
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B BASH
+Expands to the full filename used to invoke this instance of
+.BR bash .
+.TP
+.B BASHOPTS
+A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in
+the list is a valid argument for the
+.B \-s
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below). The options appearing in
+.SM
+.B BASHOPTS
+are those reported as
+.I on
+by \fBshopt\fP.
+If this variable is in the environment when
+.B bash
+starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before
+reading any startup files.
+This variable is read-only.
+.TP
+.B BASHPID
+Expands to the process ID of the current \fBbash\fP process.
+This differs from \fB$$\fP under certain circumstances, such as subshells
+that do not require \fBbash\fP to be re-initialized.
+.TP
+.B BASH_ALIASES
+An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal
+list of aliases as maintained by the \fBalias\fP builtin.
+Elements added to this array appear in the alias list; unsetting array
+elements cause aliases to be removed from the alias list.
+.TP
+.B BASH_ARGC
+An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each
+frame of the current \fBbash\fP execution call stack.
+The number of
+parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed
+with \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP) is at the top of the stack.
+When a subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto
+.SM
+.BR BASH_ARGC .
+The shell sets
+.SM
+.B BASH_ARGC
+only when in extended debugging mode (see the description of the
+.B extdebug
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin below)
+.TP
+.B BASH_ARGV
+An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current \fBbash\fP
+execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call
+is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is
+at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied
+are pushed onto
+.SM
+.BR BASH_ARGV .
+The shell sets
+.SM
+.B BASH_ARGV
+only when in extended debugging mode
+(see the description of the
+.B extdebug
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin below)
+.TP
+.B BASH_CMDS
+An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal
+hash table of commands as maintained by the \fBhash\fP builtin.
+Elements added to this array appear in the hash table; unsetting array
+elements cause commands to be removed from the hash table.
+.TP
+.B BASH_COMMAND
+The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the
+shell is executing a command as the result of a trap,
+in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap.
+.TP
+.B BASH_EXECUTION_STRING
+The command argument to the \fB\-c\fP invocation option.
+.TP
+.B BASH_LINENO
+An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files
+where each corresponding member of
+.SM
+.B FUNCNAME
+was invoked.
+\fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is the line number in the source
+file (\fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i+1\fP\fB]}\fP) where
+\fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP was called
+(or \fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i-1\fP\fB]}\fP if referenced within another
+shell function).
+Use
+.SM
+.B LINENO
+to obtain the current line number.
+.TP
+.B BASH_REMATCH
+An array variable whose members are assigned by the \fB=~\fP binary
+operator to the \fB[[\fP conditional command.
+The element with index 0 is the portion of the string
+matching the entire regular expression.
+The element with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the
+string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression.
+This variable is read-only.
+.TP
+.B BASH_SOURCE
+An array variable whose members are the source filenames
+where the corresponding shell function names in the
+.SM
+.B FUNCNAME
+array variable are defined.
+The shell function
+\fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is defined in the file
+\fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP and called from
+\fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i+1\fP\fB]}\fP.
+.TP
+.B BASH_SUBSHELL
+Incremented by one within each subshell or subshell environment when
+the shell begins executing in that environment.
+The initial value is 0.
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO
+A readonly array variable whose members hold version information for
+this instance of
+.BR bash .
+The values assigned to the array members are as follows:
+.sp .5
+.RS
+.TP 24
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR0\fP]
+The major version number (the \fIrelease\fP).
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR1\fP]
+The minor version number (the \fIversion\fP).
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR2\fP]
+The patch level.
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR3\fP]
+The build version.
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR4\fP]
+The release status (e.g., \fIbeta1\fP).
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR5\fP]
+The value of
+.SM
+.BR MACHTYPE .
+.RE
+.TP
+.B BASH_VERSION
+Expands to a string describing the version of this instance of
+.BR bash .
+.TP
+.B COMP_CWORD
+An index into \fB${COMP_WORDS}\fP of the word containing the current
+cursor position.
+This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
+below).
+.TP
+.B COMP_KEY
+The key (or final key of a key sequence) used to invoke the current
+completion function.
+.TP
+.B COMP_LINE
+The current command line.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
+below).
+.TP
+.B COMP_POINT
+The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of
+the current command.
+If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command,
+the value of this variable is equal to \fB${#COMP_LINE}\fP.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
+below).
+.TP
+.B COMP_TYPE
+Set to an integer value corresponding to the type of completion attempted
+that caused a completion function to be called:
+\fITAB\fP, for normal completion,
+\fI?\fP, for listing completions after successive tabs,
+\fI!\fP, for listing alternatives on partial word completion,
+\fI@\fP, to list completions if the word is not unmodified,
+or
+\fI%\fP, for menu completion.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
+below).
+.TP
+.B COMP_WORDBREAKS
+The set of characters that the \fBreadline\fP library treats as word
+separators when performing word completion.
+If
+.SM
+.B COMP_WORDBREAKS
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B COMP_WORDS
+An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) consisting of the individual
+words in the current command line.
+The line is split into words as \fBreadline\fP would split it, using
+.SM
+.B COMP_WORDBREAKS
+as described above.
+This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP
+below).
+.TP
+.B COPROC
+An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) created to hold the file descriptors
+for output from and input to an unnamed coprocess (see \fBCoprocesses\fP
+above).
+.TP
+.B DIRSTACK
+An array variable (see
+.B Arrays
+below) containing the current contents of the directory stack.
+Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the
+.B dirs
+builtin.
+Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify
+directories already in the stack, but the
+.B pushd
+and
+.B popd
+builtins must be used to add and remove directories.
+Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory.
+If
+.SM
+.B DIRSTACK
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B EUID
+Expands to the effective user ID of the current user, initialized at
+shell startup. This variable is readonly.
+.TP
+.B FUNCNAME
+An array variable containing the names of all shell functions
+currently in the execution call stack.
+The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing
+shell function.
+The bottom-most element (the one with the highest index) is
+.if t \f(CW"main"\fP.
+.if n "main".
+This variable exists only when a shell function is executing.
+Assignments to
+.SM
+.B FUNCNAME
+have no effect and return an error status.
+If
+.SM
+.B FUNCNAME
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+This variable can be used with \fBBASH_LINENO\fP and \fBBASH_SOURCE\fP.
+Each element of \fBFUNCNAME\fP has corresponding elements in
+\fBBASH_LINENO\fP and \fBBASH_SOURCE\fP to describe the call stack.
+For instance, \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP was called from the file
+\fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i+1\fP\fB]}\fP at line number
+\fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP.
+The \fBcaller\fP builtin displays the current call stack using this
+information.
+.TP
+.B GROUPS
+An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current
+user is a member.
+Assignments to
+.SM
+.B GROUPS
+have no effect and return an error status.
+If
+.SM
+.B GROUPS
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B HISTCMD
+The history number, or index in the history list, of the current
+command.
+If
+.SM
+.B HISTCMD
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B HOSTNAME
+Automatically set to the name of the current host.
+.TP
+.B HOSTTYPE
+Automatically set to a string that uniquely
+describes the type of machine on which
+.B bash
+is executing.
+The default is system-dependent.
+.TP
+.B LINENO
+Each time this parameter is referenced, the shell substitutes
+a decimal number representing the current sequential line number
+(starting with 1) within a script or function. When not in a
+script or function, the value substituted is not guaranteed to
+be meaningful.
+If
+.SM
+.B LINENO
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B MACHTYPE
+Automatically set to a string that fully describes the system
+type on which
+.B bash
+is executing, in the standard GNU \fIcpu-company-system\fP format.
+The default is system-dependent.
+.TP
+.B MAPFILE
+An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) created to hold the text
+read by the \fBmapfile\fP builtin when no variable name is supplied.
+.TP
+.B OLDPWD
+The previous working directory as set by the
+.B cd
+command.
+.TP
+.B OPTARG
+The value of the last option argument processed by the
+.B getopts
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.TP
+.B OPTIND
+The index of the next argument to be processed by the
+.B getopts
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.TP
+.B OSTYPE
+Automatically set to a string that
+describes the operating system on which
+.B bash
+is executing.
+The default is system-dependent.
+.TP
+.B PIPESTATUS
+An array variable (see
+.B Arrays
+below) containing a list of exit status values from the processes
+in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may
+contain only a single command).
+.TP
+.B PPID
+The process ID of the shell's parent. This variable is readonly.
+.TP
+.B PWD
+The current working directory as set by the
+.B cd
+command.
+.TP
+.B RANDOM
+Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer between
+0 and 32767 is
+generated. The sequence of random numbers may be initialized by assigning
+a value to
+.SM
+.BR RANDOM .
+If
+.SM
+.B RANDOM
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B READLINE_LINE
+The contents of the
+.B readline
+line buffer, for use with
+.if t \f(CWbind -x\fP
+.if n "bind -x"
+(see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below).
+.TP
+.B READLINE_POINT
+The position of the insertion point in the
+.B readline
+line buffer, for use with
+.if t \f(CWbind -x\fP
+.if n "bind -x"
+(see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below).
+.TP
+.B REPLY
+Set to the line of input read by the
+.B read
+builtin command when no arguments are supplied.
+.TP
+.B SECONDS
+Each time this parameter is
+referenced, the number of seconds since shell invocation is returned. If a
+value is assigned to
+.SM
+.BR SECONDS ,
+the value returned upon subsequent
+references is
+the number of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned.
+If
+.SM
+.B SECONDS
+is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+.TP
+.B SHELLOPTS
+A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in
+the list is a valid argument for the
+.B \-o
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below). The options appearing in
+.SM
+.B SHELLOPTS
+are those reported as
+.I on
+by \fBset \-o\fP.
+If this variable is in the environment when
+.B bash
+starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before
+reading any startup files.
+This variable is read-only.
+.TP
+.B SHLVL
+Incremented by one each time an instance of
+.B bash
+is started.
+.TP
+.B UID
+Expands to the user ID of the current user, initialized at shell startup.
+This variable is readonly.
+.PD
+.PP
+The following variables are used by the shell. In some cases,
+.B bash
+assigns a default value to a variable; these cases are noted
+below.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B BASH_COMPAT
+The value is used to set the shell's compatibility level.
+See the description of the \fBshopt\fP builtin below under
+\fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP
+for a description of the various compatibility
+levels and their effects.
+The value may be a decimal number (e.g., 4.2) or an integer (e.g., 42)
+corresponding to the desired compatibility level.
+If \fBBASH_COMPAT\fP is unset or set to the empty string, the compatibility
+level is set to the default for the current version.
+If \fBBASH_COMPAT\fP is set to a value that is not one of the valid
+compatibility levels, the shell prints an error message and sets the
+compatibility level to the default for the current version.
+The valid compatibility levels correspond to the compatibility options
+accepted by the \fBshopt\fP builtin described below (for example,
+\fBcompat42\fP means that 4.2 and 42 are valid values).
+The current version is also a valid value.
+.TP
+.B BASH_ENV
+If this parameter is set when \fBbash\fP is executing a shell script,
+its value is interpreted as a filename containing commands to
+initialize the shell, as in
+.IR ~/.bashrc .
+The value of
+.SM
+.B BASH_ENV
+is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+expansion before being interpreted as a filename.
+.SM
+.B PATH
+is not used to search for the resultant filename.
+.TP
+.B BASH_XTRACEFD
+If set to an integer corresponding to a valid file descriptor, \fBbash\fP
+will write the trace output generated when
+.if t \f(CWset -x\fP
+.if n \fIset -x\fP
+is enabled to that file descriptor.
+The file descriptor is closed when
+.SM
+.B BASH_XTRACEFD
+is unset or assigned a new value.
+Unsetting
+.SM
+.B BASH_XTRACEFD
+or assigning it the empty string causes the
+trace output to be sent to the standard error.
+Note that setting
+.SM
+.B BASH_XTRACEFD
+to 2 (the standard error file
+descriptor) and then unsetting it will result in the standard error
+being closed.
+.TP
+.B CDPATH
+The search path for the
+.B cd
+command.
+This is a colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks
+for destination directories specified by the
+.B cd
+command.
+A sample value is
+.if t \f(CW".:~:/usr"\fP.
+.if n ".:~:/usr".
+.TP
+.B CHILD_MAX
+Set the number of exited child status values for the shell to remember.
+Bash will not allow this value to be decreased below a POSIX-mandated
+minimum, and there is a maximum value (currently 8192) that this may
+not exceed.
+The minimum value is system-dependent.
+.TP
+.B COLUMNS
+Used by the \fBselect\fP compound command to determine the terminal width
+when printing selection lists.
+Automatically set if the
+.B checkwinsize
+option is enabled or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a
+.SM
+.BR SIGWINCH .
+.TP
+.B COMPREPLY
+An array variable from which \fBbash\fP reads the possible completions
+generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion
+facility (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP below).
+Each array element contains one possible completion.
+.TP
+.B EMACS
+If \fBbash\fP finds this variable in the environment when the shell starts
+with value
+.if t \f(CWt\fP,
+.if n "t",
+it assumes that the shell is running in an Emacs shell buffer and disables
+line editing.
+.TP
+.B ENV
+Similar to
+.SM
+.BR BASH_ENV ;
+used when the shell is invoked in POSIX mode.
+.TP
+.B FCEDIT
+The default editor for the
+.B fc
+builtin command.
+.TP
+.B FIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing
+filename completion (see
+.SM
+.B READLINE
+below).
+A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in
+.SM
+.B FIGNORE
+is excluded from the list of matched filenames.
+A sample value is
+.if t \f(CW".o:~"\fP.
+.if n ".o:~".
+.TP
+.B FUNCNEST
+If set to a numeric value greater than 0, defines a maximum function
+nesting level. Function invocations that exceed this nesting level
+will cause the current command to abort.
+.TP
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to
+be ignored by pathname expansion.
+If a filename matched by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one
+of the patterns in
+.SM
+.BR GLOBIGNORE ,
+it is removed from the list of matches.
+.TP
+.B HISTCONTROL
+A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on
+the history list.
+If the list of values includes
+.IR ignorespace ,
+lines which begin with a
+.B space
+character are not saved in the history list.
+A value of
+.I ignoredups
+causes lines matching the previous history entry to not be saved.
+A value of
+.I ignoreboth
+is shorthand for \fIignorespace\fP and \fIignoredups\fP.
+A value of
+.IR erasedups
+causes all previous lines matching the current line to be removed from
+the history list before that line is saved.
+Any value not in the above list is ignored.
+If
+.SM
+.B HISTCONTROL
+is unset, or does not include a valid value,
+all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list,
+subject to the value of
+.SM
+.BR HISTIGNORE .
+The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
+not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
+.SM
+.BR HISTCONTROL .
+.TP
+.B HISTFILE
+The name of the file in which command history is saved (see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY
+below). The default value is \fI~/.bash_history\fP. If unset, the
+command history is not saved when a shell exits.
+.TP
+.B HISTFILESIZE
+The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this
+variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if
+necessary,
+to contain no more than that number of lines by removing the oldest entries.
+The history file is also truncated to this size after
+writing it when a shell exits.
+If the value is 0, the history file is truncated to zero size.
+Non-numeric values and numeric values less than zero inhibit truncation.
+The shell sets the default value to the value of \fBHISTSIZE\fP
+after reading any startup files.
+.TP
+.B HISTIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command lines
+should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is anchored at the
+beginning of the line and must match the complete line (no implicit
+`\fB*\fP' is appended). Each pattern is tested against the line
+after the checks specified by
+.SM
+.B HISTCONTROL
+are applied.
+In addition to the normal shell pattern matching characters, `\fB&\fP'
+matches the previous history line. `\fB&\fP' may be escaped using a
+backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match.
+The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
+not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
+.SM
+.BR HISTIGNORE .
+.TP
+.B HISTSIZE
+The number of commands to remember in the command history (see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY
+below).
+If the value is 0, commands are not saved in the history list.
+Numeric values less than zero result in every command being saved
+on the history list (there is no limit).
+The shell sets the default value to 500 after reading any startup files.
+.TP
+.B HISTTIMEFORMAT
+If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string
+for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to print the time stamp associated with each history
+entry displayed by the \fBhistory\fP builtin.
+If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so
+they may be preserved across shell sessions.
+This uses the history comment character to distinguish timestamps from
+other history lines.
+.TP
+.B HOME
+The home directory of the current user; the default argument for the
+\fBcd\fP builtin command.
+The value of this variable is also used when performing tilde expansion.
+.TP
+.B HOSTFILE
+Contains the name of a file in the same format as
+.FN /etc/hosts
+that should be read when the shell needs to complete a
+hostname.
+The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the
+shell is running;
+the next time hostname completion is attempted after the
+value is changed,
+.B bash
+adds the contents of the new file to the existing list.
+If
+.SM
+.B HOSTFILE
+is set, but has no value, or does not name a readable file,
+\fBbash\fP attempts to read
+.FN /etc/hosts
+to obtain the list of possible hostname completions.
+When
+.SM
+.B HOSTFILE
+is unset, the hostname list is cleared.
+.TP
+.B IFS
+The
+.I Internal Field Separator
+that is used
+for word splitting after expansion and to
+split lines into words with the
+.B read
+builtin command. The default value is
+``<space><tab><newline>''.
+.TP
+.B IGNOREEOF
+Controls the
+action of an interactive shell on receipt of an
+.SM
+.B EOF
+character as the sole input. If set, the value is the number of
+consecutive
+.SM
+.B EOF
+characters which must be
+typed as the first characters on an input line before
+.B bash
+exits. If the variable exists but does not have a numeric value, or
+has no value, the default value is 10. If it does not exist,
+.SM
+.B EOF
+signifies the end of input to the shell.
+.TP
+.B INPUTRC
+The filename for the
+.B readline
+startup file, overriding the default of
+.FN ~/.inputrc
+(see
+.SM
+.B READLINE
+below).
+.TP
+.B LANG
+Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically
+selected with a variable starting with \fBLC_\fP.
+.TP
+.B LC_ALL
+This variable overrides the value of
+.SM
+.B LANG
+and any other
+\fBLC_\fP variable specifying a locale category.
+.TP
+.B LC_COLLATE
+This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the
+results of pathname expansion, and determines the behavior of range
+expressions, equivalence classes, and collating sequences within
+pathname expansion and pattern matching.
+.TP
+.B LC_CTYPE
+This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the
+behavior of character classes within pathname expansion and pattern
+matching.
+.TP
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted
+strings preceded by a \fB$\fP.
+.TP
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting.
+.TP
+.B LINES
+Used by the \fBselect\fP compound command to determine the column length
+for printing selection lists.
+Automatically set if the
+.B checkwinsize
+option is enabled or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a
+.SM
+.BR SIGWINCH .
+.TP
+.B MAIL
+If this parameter is set to a file or directory name and the
+.SM
+.B MAILPATH
+variable is not set,
+.B bash
+informs the user of the arrival of mail in the specified file or
+Maildir-format directory.
+.TP
+.B MAILCHECK
+Specifies how
+often (in seconds)
+.B bash
+checks for mail. The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check
+for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt.
+If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number
+greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking.
+.TP
+.B MAILPATH
+A colon-separated list of filenames to be checked for mail.
+The message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file
+may be specified by separating the filename from the message with a `?'.
+When used in the text of the message, \fB$_\fP expands to the name of
+the current mailfile.
+Example:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fBMAILPATH\fP=\(aq/var/mail/bfox?"You have mail":~/shell\-mail?"$_ has mail!"\(aq
+.PP
+.B Bash
+supplies a default value for this variable, but the location of the user
+mail files that it uses is system dependent (e.g., /var/mail/\fB$USER\fP).
+.RE
+.TP
+.B OPTERR
+If set to the value 1,
+.B bash
+displays error messages generated by the
+.B getopts
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.SM
+.B OPTERR
+is initialized to 1 each time the shell is invoked or a shell
+script is executed.
+.TP
+.B PATH
+The search path for commands. It
+is a colon-separated list of directories in which
+the shell looks for commands (see
+.SM
+.B COMMAND EXECUTION
+below).
+A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of
+.SM
+.B PATH
+indicates the current directory.
+A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial
+or trailing colon.
+The default path is system-dependent,
+and is set by the administrator who installs
+.BR bash .
+A common value is
+.if t \f(CW/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/sbin\fP.
+.if n ``/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/sbin''.
+.TP
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If this variable is in the environment when \fBbash\fP starts, the shell
+enters \fIposix mode\fP before reading the startup files, as if the
+.B \-\-posix
+invocation option had been supplied. If it is set while the shell is
+running, \fBbash\fP enables \fIposix mode\fP, as if the command
+.if t \f(CWset -o posix\fP
+.if n \fIset -o posix\fP
+had been executed.
+.TP
+.B PROMPT_COMMAND
+If set, the value is executed as a command prior to issuing each primary
+prompt.
+.TP
+.B PROMPT_DIRTRIM
+If set to a number greater than zero, the value is used as the number of
+trailing directory components to retain when expanding the \fB\ew\fP and
+\fB\eW\fP prompt string escapes (see
+.SM
+.B PROMPTING
+below). Characters removed are replaced with an ellipsis.
+.TP
+.B PS1
+The value of this parameter is expanded (see
+.SM
+.B PROMPTING
+below) and used as the primary prompt string. The default value is
+``\fB\es\-\ev\e$ \fP''.
+.TP
+.B PS2
+The value of this parameter is expanded as with
+.SM
+.B PS1
+and used as the secondary prompt string. The default is
+``\fB> \fP''.
+.TP
+.B PS3
+The value of this parameter is used as the prompt for the
+.B select
+command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL GRAMMAR
+above).
+.TP
+.B PS4
+The value of this parameter is expanded as with
+.SM
+.B PS1
+and the value is printed before each command
+.B bash
+displays during an execution trace. The first character of
+.SM
+.B PS4
+is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple
+levels of indirection. The default is ``\fB+ \fP''.
+.TP
+.B SHELL
+The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable.
+If it is not set when the shell starts,
+.B bash
+assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell.
+.TP
+.B TIMEFORMAT
+The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying
+how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the
+.B time
+reserved word should be displayed.
+The \fB%\fP character introduces an escape sequence that is
+expanded to a time value or other information.
+The escape sequences and their meanings are as follows; the
+braces denote optional portions.
+.sp .5
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP 10
+.B %%
+A literal \fB%\fP.
+.TP
+.B %[\fIp\fP][l]R
+The elapsed time in seconds.
+.TP
+.B %[\fIp\fP][l]U
+The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode.
+.TP
+.B %[\fIp\fP][l]S
+The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode.
+.TP
+.B %P
+The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R.
+.PD
+.RE
+.IP
+The optional \fIp\fP is a digit specifying the \fIprecision\fP,
+the number of fractional digits after a decimal point.
+A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output.
+At most three places after the decimal point may be specified;
+values of \fIp\fP greater than 3 are changed to 3.
+If \fIp\fP is not specified, the value 3 is used.
+.IP
+The optional \fBl\fP specifies a longer format, including
+minutes, of the form \fIMM\fPm\fISS\fP.\fIFF\fPs.
+The value of \fIp\fP determines whether or not the fraction is
+included.
+.IP
+If this variable is not set, \fBbash\fP acts as if it had the
+value \fB$\(aq\enreal\et%3lR\enuser\et%3lU\ensys\et%3lS\(aq\fP.
+If the value is null, no timing information is displayed.
+A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed.
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B TMOUT
+If set to a value greater than zero,
+.SM
+.B TMOUT
+is treated as the
+default timeout for the \fBread\fP builtin.
+The \fBselect\fP command terminates if input does not arrive
+after
+.SM
+.B TMOUT
+seconds when input is coming from a terminal.
+In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as the
+number of seconds to wait for a line of input after issuing the
+primary prompt.
+.B Bash
+terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if a complete
+line of input does not arrive.
+.TP
+.B TMPDIR
+If set, \fBbash\fP uses its value as the name of a directory in which
+\fBbash\fP creates temporary files for the shell's use.
+.TP
+.B auto_resume
+This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and
+job control. If this variable is set, single word simple
+commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption
+of an existing stopped job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is
+more than one job beginning with the string typed, the job most recently
+accessed is selected. The
+.I name
+of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line used to
+start it.
+If set to the value
+.IR exact ,
+the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly;
+if set to
+.IR substring ,
+the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a
+stopped job. The
+.I substring
+value provides functionality analogous to the
+.B %?
+job identifier (see
+.SM
+.B JOB CONTROL
+below). If set to any other value, the supplied string must
+be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality
+analogous to the \fB%\fP\fIstring\fP job identifier.
+.TP
+.B histchars
+The two or three characters which control history expansion
+and tokenization (see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY EXPANSION
+below). The first character is the \fIhistory expansion\fP character,
+the character which signals the start of a history
+expansion, normally `\fB!\fP'.
+The second character is the \fIquick substitution\fP
+character, which is used as shorthand for re-running the previous
+command entered, substituting one string for another in the command.
+The default is `\fB^\fP'.
+The optional third character is the character
+which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when found
+as the first character of a word, normally `\fB#\fP'. The history
+comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the
+remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell
+parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment.
+.PD
+.SS Arrays
+.B Bash
+provides one-dimensional indexed and associative array variables.
+Any variable may be used as an indexed array; the
+.B declare
+builtin will explicitly declare an array.
+There is no maximum
+limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members
+be indexed or assigned contiguously.
+Indexed arrays are referenced using integers (including arithmetic
+expressions) and are zero-based; associative arrays are referenced
+using arbitrary strings.
+Unless otherwise noted, indexed array indices must be non-negative integers.
+.PP
+An indexed array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to
+using the syntax \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP. The
+.I subscript
+is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number.
+To explicitly declare an indexed array, use
+.B declare \-a \fIname\fP
+(see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.B declare \-a \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]
+is also accepted; the \fIsubscript\fP is ignored.
+.PP
+Associative arrays are created using
+.BR "declare \-A \fIname\fP" .
+.PP
+Attributes may be
+specified for an array variable using the
+.B declare
+and
+.B readonly
+builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of an array.
+.PP
+Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form
+\fIname\fP=\fB(\fPvalue\fI1\fP ... value\fIn\fP\fB)\fP, where each
+\fIvalue\fP is of the form [\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIstring\fP.
+Indexed array assignments do not require anything but \fIstring\fP.
+When assigning to indexed arrays, if the optional brackets and subscript
+are supplied, that index is assigned to;
+otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned
+to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero.
+.PP
+When assigning to an associative array, the subscript is required.
+.PP
+This syntax is also accepted by the
+.B declare
+builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the
+\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP syntax introduced above.
+When assigning to an indexed array, if
+.I name
+is subscripted by a negative number, that number is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of
+\fIname\fP, so negative indices count back from the end of the
+array, and an index of \-1 references the last element.
+.PP
+Any element of an array may be referenced using
+${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. The braces are required to avoid
+conflicts with pathname expansion. If
+\fIsubscript\fP is \fB@\fP or \fB*\fP, the word expands to
+all members of \fIname\fP. These subscripts differ only when the
+word appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted,
+${\fIname\fP[*]} expands to a single
+word with the value of each array member separated by the first
+character of the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+special variable, and ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands each element of
+\fIname\fP to a separate word. When there are no array members,
+${\fIname\fP[@]} expands to nothing.
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
+This is analogous to the expansion
+of the special parameters \fB*\fP and \fB@\fP (see
+.B Special Parameters
+above). ${#\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]} expands to the length of
+${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. If \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or
+\fB@\fP, the expansion is the number of elements in the array.
+If the
+.I subscript
+used to reference an element of an indexed array
+evaluates to a number less than zero, it is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of the array,
+so negative indices count back from the end of the
+array, and an index of \-1 references the last element.
+.PP
+Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
+referencing the array with a subscript of 0.
+Any reference to a variable using a valid subscript is legal, and
+.B bash
+will create an array if necessary.
+.PP
+An array variable is considered set if a subscript has been assigned a
+value. The null string is a valid value.
+.PP
+It is possible to obtain the keys (indices) of an array as well as the values.
+${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} and ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI*\fP]}
+expand to the indices assigned in array variable \fIname\fP.
+The treatment when in double quotes is similar to the expansion of the
+special parameters \fI@\fP and \fI*\fP within double quotes.
+.PP
+The
+.B unset
+builtin is used to destroy arrays. \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]
+destroys the array element at index \fIsubscript\fP.
+Negative subscripts to indexed arrays are interpreted as described above.
+Care must be taken to avoid unwanted side effects caused by pathname
+expansion.
+\fBunset\fP \fIname\fP, where \fIname\fP is an array, or
+\fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP], where
+\fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or \fB@\fP, removes the entire array.
+.PP
+The
+.BR declare ,
+.BR local ,
+and
+.B readonly
+builtins each accept a
+.B \-a
+option to specify an indexed array and a
+.B \-A
+option to specify an associative array.
+If both options are supplied,
+.B \-A
+takes precedence.
+The
+.B read
+builtin accepts a
+.B \-a
+option to assign a list of words read from the standard input
+to an array. The
+.B set
+and
+.B declare
+builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be
+reused as assignments.
+.SH EXPANSION
+Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into
+words. There are seven kinds of expansion performed:
+.IR "brace expansion" ,
+.IR "tilde expansion" ,
+.IR "parameter and variable expansion" ,
+.IR "command substitution" ,
+.IR "arithmetic expansion" ,
+.IR "word splitting" ,
+and
+.IR "pathname expansion" .
+.PP
+The order of expansions is:
+brace expansion;
+tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion,
+and command substitution (done in a left-to-right fashion);
+word splitting;
+and pathname expansion.
+.PP
+On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion
+available: \fIprocess substitution\fP.
+This is performed at the
+same time as tilde, parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and
+command substitution.
+.PP
+Only brace expansion, word splitting, and pathname expansion
+can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions
+expand a single word to a single word.
+The only exceptions to this are the expansions of
+"\fB$@\fP" and "\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB[@]}\fP"
+as explained above (see
+.SM
+.BR PARAMETERS ).
+.SS Brace Expansion
+.PP
+.I "Brace expansion"
+is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings
+may be generated. This mechanism is similar to
+\fIpathname expansion\fP, but the filenames generated
+need not exist. Patterns to be brace expanded take
+the form of an optional
+.IR preamble ,
+followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or
+a sequence expression between a pair of braces, followed by
+an optional
+.IR postscript .
+The preamble is prefixed to each string contained
+within the braces, and the postscript is then appended
+to each resulting string, expanding left to right.
+.PP
+Brace expansions may be nested. The results of each expanded
+string are not sorted; left to right order is preserved.
+For example, a\fB{\fPd,c,b\fB}\fPe expands into `ade ace abe'.
+.PP
+A sequence expression takes the form
+\fB{\fP\fIx\fP\fB..\fP\fIy\fP\fB[..\fP\fIincr\fP\fB]}\fP,
+where \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are either integers or single characters,
+and \fIincr\fP, an optional increment, is an integer.
+When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between
+\fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive.
+Supplied integers may be prefixed with \fI0\fP to force each term to have the
+same width.
+When either \fIx\fP or \fPy\fP begins with a zero, the shell
+attempts to force all generated terms to contain the same number of digits,
+zero-padding where necessary.
+When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character
+lexicographically between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive,
+using the default C locale.
+Note that both \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP must be of the same type.
+When the increment is supplied, it is used as the difference between
+each term. The default increment is 1 or -1 as appropriate.
+.PP
+Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions,
+and any characters special to other expansions are preserved
+in the result. It is strictly textual.
+.B Bash
+does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the
+expansion or the text between the braces.
+.PP
+A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening
+and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid
+sequence expression.
+Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged.
+A \fB{\fP or \fB,\fP may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its
+being considered part of a brace expression.
+To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string \fB${\fP
+is not considered eligible for brace expansion.
+.PP
+This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common
+prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the
+above example:
+.RS
+.PP
+mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs}
+.RE
+or
+.RS
+chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}}
+.RE
+.PP
+Brace expansion introduces a slight incompatibility with
+historical versions of
+.BR sh .
+.B sh
+does not treat opening or closing braces specially when they
+appear as part of a word, and preserves them in the output.
+.B Bash
+removes braces from words as a consequence of brace
+expansion. For example, a word entered to
+.B sh
+as \fIfile{1,2}\fP
+appears identically in the output. The same word is
+output as
+.I file1 file2
+after expansion by
+.BR bash .
+If strict compatibility with
+.B sh
+is desired, start
+.B bash
+with the
+.B +B
+option or disable brace expansion with the
+.B +B
+option to the
+.B set
+command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.SS Tilde Expansion
+.PP
+If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (`\fB~\fP'), all of
+the characters preceding the first unquoted slash (or all characters,
+if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a \fItilde-prefix\fP.
+If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the
+characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a
+possible \fIlogin name\fP.
+If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the
+value of the shell parameter
+.SM
+.BR HOME .
+If
+.SM
+.B HOME
+is unset, the home directory of the user executing the shell is
+substituted instead.
+Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory
+associated with the specified login name.
+.PP
+If the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the shell variable
+.SM
+.B PWD
+replaces the tilde-prefix.
+If the tilde-prefix is a `~\-', the value of the shell variable
+.SM
+.BR OLDPWD ,
+if it is set, is substituted.
+If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist
+of a number \fIN\fP, optionally prefixed
+by a `+' or a `\-', the tilde-prefix is replaced with the corresponding
+element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed by the
+.B dirs
+builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argument.
+If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a
+number without a leading `+' or `\-', `+' is assumed.
+.PP
+If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word
+is unchanged.
+.PP
+Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately
+following a
+.B :
+or the first
+.BR = .
+In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed.
+Consequently, one may use filenames with tildes in assignments to
+.SM
+.BR PATH ,
+.SM
+.BR MAILPATH ,
+and
+.SM
+.BR CDPATH ,
+and the shell assigns the expanded value.
+.SS Parameter Expansion
+.PP
+The `\fB$\fP' character introduces parameter expansion,
+command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name
+or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which
+are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from
+characters immediately following it which could be
+interpreted as part of the name.
+.PP
+When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first `\fB}\fP'
+not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an
+embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter
+expansion.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP}
+The value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. The braces are required
+when
+.I parameter
+is a positional parameter with more than one digit,
+or when
+.I parameter
+is followed by a character which is not to be
+interpreted as part of its name.
+The \fIparameter\fP is a shell parameter as described above
+\fBPARAMETERS\fP) or an array reference (\fBArrays\fP).
+.PD
+.PP
+If the first character of \fIparameter\fP is an exclamation point (\fB!\fP),
+it introduces a level of variable indirection.
+\fBBash\fP uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of
+\fIparameter\fP as the name of the variable; this variable is then
+expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather
+than the value of \fIparameter\fP itself.
+This is known as \fIindirect expansion\fP.
+The exceptions to this are the expansions of ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP} and
+${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} described below.
+The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to
+introduce indirection.
+.PP
+In each of the cases below, \fIword\fP is subject to tilde expansion,
+parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion.
+.PP
+When not performing substring expansion, using the forms documented below
+(e.g., \fB:-\fP),
+\fBbash\fP tests for a parameter that is unset or null. Omitting the colon
+results in a test only for a parameter that is unset.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\-\fP\fIword\fP}
+\fBUse Default Values\fP. If
+.I parameter
+is unset or null, the expansion of
+.I word
+is substituted. Otherwise, the value of
+.I parameter
+is substituted.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:=\fP\fIword\fP}
+\fBAssign Default Values\fP.
+If
+.I parameter
+is unset or null, the expansion of
+.I word
+is assigned to
+.IR parameter .
+The value of
+.I parameter
+is then substituted. Positional parameters and special parameters may
+not be assigned to in this way.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:?\fP\fIword\fP}
+\fBDisplay Error if Null or Unset\fP.
+If
+.I parameter
+is null or unset, the expansion of \fIword\fP (or a message to that effect
+if
+.I word
+is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it
+is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of \fIparameter\fP is
+substituted.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:+\fP\fIword\fP}
+\fBUse Alternate Value\fP.
+If
+.I parameter
+is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of
+.I word
+is substituted.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB:\fP\fIlength\fP}
+.PD
+\fBSubstring Expansion\fP.
+Expands to up to \fIlength\fP characters of the value of \fIparameter\fP
+starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP.
+If \fIparameter\fP is \fB@\fP, an indexed array subscripted by
+\fB@\fP or \fB*\fP, or an associative array name, the results differ as
+described below.
+If \fIlength\fP is omitted, expands to the substring of the value of
+\fIparameter\fP starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP
+and extending to the end of the value.
+\fIlength\fP and \fIoffset\fP are arithmetic expressions (see
+.SM
+.B
+ARITHMETIC EVALUATION
+below).
+.sp 1
+If \fIoffset\fP evaluates to a number less than zero, the value
+is used as an offset in characters
+from the end of the value of \fIparameter\fP.
+If \fIlength\fP evaluates to a number less than zero,
+it is interpreted as an offset in characters
+from the end of the value of \fIparameter\fP rather than
+a number of characters, and the expansion is the characters between
+\fIoffset\fP and that result.
+Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least
+one space to avoid being confused with the \fB:-\fP expansion.
+.sp 1
+If \fIparameter\fP is \fB@\fP, the result is \fIlength\fP positional
+parameters beginning at \fIoffset\fP.
+A negative \fIoffset\fP is taken relative to one greater than the greatest
+positional parameter, so an offset of -1 evaluates to the last positional
+parameter.
+It is an expansion error if \fIlength\fP evaluates to a number less than
+zero.
+.sp 1
+If \fIparameter\fP is an indexed array name subscripted by @ or *,
+the result is the \fIlength\fP
+members of the array beginning with ${\fIparameter\fP[\fIoffset\fP]}.
+A negative \fIoffset\fP is taken relative to one greater than the maximum
+index of the specified array.
+It is an expansion error if \fIlength\fP evaluates to a number less than
+zero.
+.sp 1
+Substring expansion applied to an associative array produces undefined
+results.
+.sp 1
+Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters
+are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default.
+If \fIoffset\fP is 0, and the positional parameters are used, \fB$0\fP is
+prefixed to the list.
+.TP
+${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB@\fP}
+.PD
+\fBNames matching prefix\fP.
+Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with \fIprefix\fP,
+separated by the first character of the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+special variable.
+When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each
+variable name expands to a separate word.
+.TP
+${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI*\fP]}
+.PD
+\fBList of array keys\fP.
+If \fIname\fP is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices
+(keys) assigned in \fIname\fP.
+If \fIname\fP is not an array, expands to 0 if \fIname\fP is set and null
+otherwise.
+When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each
+key expands to a separate word.
+.TP
+${\fB#\fP\fIparameter\fP}
+\fBParameter length\fP.
+The length in characters of the value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted.
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B *
+or
+.BR @ ,
+the value substituted is the number of positional parameters.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array name subscripted by
+.B *
+or
+.BR @ ,
+the value substituted is the number of elements in the array.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an indexed array name subscripted by a negative number, that number is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of
+\fIparameter\fP, so negative indices count back from the end of the
+array, and an index of \-1 references the last element.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB#\fP\fIword\fP}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB##\fP\fIword\fP}
+.PD
+\fBRemove matching prefix pattern\fP.
+The
+.I word
+is expanded to produce a pattern just as in pathname
+expansion. If the pattern matches the beginning of
+the value of
+.IR parameter ,
+then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of
+.I parameter
+with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB#\fP'' case) or the
+longest matching pattern (the ``\fB##\fP'' case) deleted.
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB%\fP\fIword\fP}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB%%\fP\fIword\fP}
+.PD
+\fBRemove matching suffix pattern\fP.
+The \fIword\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+pathname expansion.
+If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of
+.IR parameter ,
+then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of
+.I parameter
+with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB%\fP'' case) or the
+longest matching pattern (the ``\fB%%\fP'' case) deleted.
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP}
+\fBPattern substitution\fP.
+The \fIpattern\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+pathname expansion.
+\fIParameter\fP is expanded and the longest match of \fIpattern\fP
+against its value is replaced with \fIstring\fP.
+If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB/\fP, all matches of \fIpattern\fP are
+replaced with \fIstring\fP. Normally only the first match is replaced.
+If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB#\fP, it must match at the beginning
+of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP.
+If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB%\fP, it must match at the end
+of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP.
+If \fIstring\fP is null, matches of \fIpattern\fP are deleted
+and the \fB/\fP following \fIpattern\fP may be omitted.
+If the
+.B nocasematch
+shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the substitution operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the substitution operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB^\fP\fIpattern\fP}
+.PD 0
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB^^\fP\fIpattern\fP}
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB,\fP\fIpattern\fP}
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB,,\fP\fIpattern\fP}
+.PD
+\fBCase modification\fP.
+This expansion modifies the case of alphabetic characters in \fIparameter\fP.
+The \fIpattern\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+pathname expansion.
+Each character in the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP is tested against
+\fIpattern\fP, and, if it matches the pattern, its case is converted.
+The pattern should not attempt to match more than one character.
+The \fB^\fP operator converts lowercase letters matching \fIpattern\fP
+to uppercase; the \fB,\fP operator converts matching uppercase letters
+to lowercase.
+The \fB^^\fP and \fB,,\fP expansions convert each matched character in the
+expanded value; the \fB^\fP and \fB,\fP expansions match and convert only
+the first character in the expanded value.
+If \fIpattern\fP is omitted, it is treated like a \fB?\fP, which matches
+every character.
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the case modification operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.TP
+${\fIparameter\fP\fB@\fP\fIoperator\fP}
+\fBParameter transformation\fP.
+The expansion is either a transformation of the value of \fIparameter\fP
+or information about \fIparameter\fP itself, depending on the value of
+\fIoperator\fP. Each \fIoperator\fP is a single letter:
+.sp 1
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B Q
+The expansion is a string that is the value of \fIparameter\fP quoted in a
+format that can be reused as input.
+.TP
+.B E
+The expansion is a string that is the value of \fIparameter\fP with backslash
+escape sequences expanded as with the \fB$'...'\fP quoting mechansim.
+.TP
+.B P
+The expansion is a string that is the result of expanding the value of
+\fPparameter\fP as if it were a prompt string (see \fBPROMPTING\fP below).
+.TP
+.B A
+The expansion is a string in the form of a \fBdeclare\fP command that, if
+evaluated, will recreate \fIparameter\fP with its attributes and value.
+.TP
+.B a
+The expansion is a string consisting of flag values representing
+\fIparameter\fP's attributes.
+.PD
+.PP
+If
+.I parameter
+is
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If
+.I parameter
+is an array variable subscripted with
+.B @
+or
+.BR * ,
+the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+.sp 1
+The result of the expansion is subject to word splitting and pathname
+expansion as described below.
+.RE
+.SS Command Substitution
+.PP
+\fICommand substitution\fP allows the output of a command to replace
+the command name. There are two forms:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB$(\fP\fIcommand\fP\|\fB)\fP
+.RE
+or
+.RS
+\fB\`\fP\fIcommand\fP\fB\`\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+.B Bash
+performs the expansion by executing \fIcommand\fP and
+replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the
+command, with any trailing newlines deleted.
+Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during
+word splitting.
+The command substitution \fB$(cat \fIfile\fP)\fR can be replaced by
+the equivalent but faster \fB$(< \fIfile\fP)\fR.
+.PP
+When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used,
+backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by
+.BR $ ,
+.BR \` ,
+or
+.BR \e .
+The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the
+command substitution.
+When using the $(\^\fIcommand\fP\|) form, all characters between the
+parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially.
+.PP
+Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted form,
+escape the inner backquotes with backslashes.
+.PP
+If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and
+pathname expansion are not performed on the results.
+.SS Arithmetic Expansion
+.PP
+Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression
+and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB$((\fP\fIexpression\fP\fB))\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+The
+.I expression
+is treated as if it were within double quotes, but a double quote
+inside the parentheses is not treated specially.
+All tokens in the expression undergo parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and quote removal.
+The result is treated as the arithmetic expression to be evaluated.
+Arithmetic expansions may be nested.
+.PP
+The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below under
+.SM
+.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" .
+If
+.I expression
+is invalid,
+.B bash
+prints a message indicating failure and no substitution occurs.
+.SS Process Substitution
+.PP
+\fIProcess substitution\fP is supported on systems that support named
+pipes (\fIFIFOs\fP) or the \fB/dev/fd\fP method of naming open files.
+It takes the form of
+\fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP
+or
+\fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP.
+The process \fIlist\fP is run with its input or output connected to a
+\fIFIFO\fP or some file in \fB/dev/fd\fP. The name of this file is
+passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the
+expansion. If the \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, writing to
+the file will provide input for \fIlist\fP. If the
+\fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, the file passed as an
+argument should be read to obtain the output of \fIlist\fP.
+.PP
+When available, process substitution is performed
+simultaneously with parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution,
+and arithmetic expansion.
+.SS Word Splitting
+.PP
+The shell scans the results of
+parameter expansion,
+command substitution,
+and
+arithmetic expansion
+that did not occur within double quotes for
+.IR "word splitting" .
+.PP
+The shell treats each character of
+.SM
+.B IFS
+as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other
+expansions into words using these characters as field terminators.
+If
+.SM
+.B IFS
+is unset, or its
+value is exactly
+.BR <space><tab><newline> ,
+the default, then
+sequences of
+.BR <space> ,
+.BR <tab> ,
+and
+.B <newline>
+at the beginning and end of the results of the previous
+expansions are ignored, and
+any sequence of
+.SM
+.B IFS
+characters not at the beginning or end serves to delimit words.
+If
+.SM
+.B IFS
+has a value other than the default, then sequences of
+the whitespace characters
+.B space
+and
+.B tab
+are ignored at the beginning and end of the
+word, as long as the whitespace character is in the
+value of
+.SM
+.BR IFS
+(an
+.SM
+.B IFS
+whitespace character).
+Any character in
+.SM
+.B IFS
+that is not
+.SM
+.B IFS
+whitespace, along with any adjacent
+.SM
+.B IFS
+whitespace characters, delimits a field.
+A sequence of
+.SM
+.B IFS
+whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter.
+If the value of
+.SM
+.B IFS
+is null, no word splitting occurs.
+.PP
+Explicit null arguments (\^\f3"\^"\fP or \^\f3\(aq\^\(aq\fP\^) are retained.
+Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of
+parameters that have no values, are removed.
+If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a
+null argument results and is retained.
+.PP
+Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting
+is performed.
+.SS Pathname Expansion
+.PP
+After word splitting,
+unless the
+.B \-f
+option has been set,
+.B bash
+scans each word for the characters
+.BR * ,
+.BR ? ,
+and
+.BR [ .
+If one of these characters appears, then the word is
+regarded as a
+.IR pattern ,
+and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of
+filenames matching the pattern
+(see
+.SM
+.B "Pattern Matching"
+below).
+If no matching filenames are found,
+and the shell option
+.B nullglob
+is not enabled, the word is left unchanged.
+If the
+.B nullglob
+option is set, and no matches are found,
+the word is removed.
+If the
+.B failglob
+shell option is set, and no matches are found, an error message
+is printed and the command is not executed.
+If the shell option
+.B nocaseglob
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+When a pattern is used for pathname expansion,
+the character
+.B ``.''
+at the start of a name or immediately following a slash
+must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option
+.B dotglob
+is set.
+When matching a pathname, the slash character must always be
+matched explicitly.
+In other cases, the
+.B ``.''
+character is not treated specially.
+See the description of
+.B shopt
+below under
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+for a description of the
+.BR nocaseglob ,
+.BR nullglob ,
+.BR failglob ,
+and
+.B dotglob
+shell options.
+.PP
+The
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+shell variable may be used to restrict the set of filenames matching a
+.IR pattern .
+If
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+is set, each matching filename that also matches one of the patterns in
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+is removed from the list of matches.
+If the \fBnocaseglob\fP option is set, the matching against the patterns in
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+is performed without regard to case.
+The filenames
+.B ``.''
+and
+.B ``..''
+are always ignored when
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+is set and not null. However, setting
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+to a non-null value has the effect of enabling the
+.B dotglob
+shell option, so all other filenames beginning with a
+.B ``.''
+will match.
+To get the old behavior of ignoring filenames beginning with a
+.BR ``.'' ,
+make
+.B ``.*''
+one of the patterns in
+.SM
+.BR GLOBIGNORE .
+The
+.B dotglob
+option is disabled when
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+is unset.
+.PP
+\fBPattern Matching\fP
+.PP
+Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern
+characters described below, matches itself. The NUL character may not
+occur in a pattern. A backslash escapes the following character; the
+escaping backslash is discarded when matching.
+The special pattern characters must be quoted if
+they are to be matched literally.
+.PP
+The special pattern characters have the following meanings:
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.RS
+.TP
+.B *
+Matches any string, including the null string.
+When the \fBglobstar\fP shell option is enabled, and \fB*\fP is used in
+a pathname expansion context, two adjacent \fB*\fPs used as a single
+pattern will match all files and zero or more directories and
+subdirectories.
+If followed by a \fB/\fP, two adjacent \fB*\fPs will match only directories
+and subdirectories.
+.TP
+.B ?
+Matches any single character.
+.TP
+.B [...]
+Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters
+separated by a hyphen denotes a
+\fIrange expression\fP;
+any character that falls between those two characters, inclusive,
+using the current locale's collating sequence and character set,
+is matched. If the first character following the
+.B [
+is a
+.B !
+or a
+.B ^
+then any character not enclosed is matched.
+The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by
+the current locale and the values of the
+.SM
+.B LC_COLLATE
+or
+.SM
+.B LC_ALL
+shell variables, if set.
+To obtain the traditional interpretation of range expressions, where
+.B [a\-d]
+is equivalent to
+.BR [abcd] ,
+set value of the
+.B LC_ALL
+shell variable to
+.BR C ,
+or enable the
+.B globasciiranges
+shell option.
+A
+.B \-
+may be matched by including it as the first or last character
+in the set.
+A
+.B ]
+may be matched by including it as the first character
+in the set.
+.br
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Within
+.B [
+and
+.BR ] ,
+\fIcharacter classes\fP can be specified using the syntax
+\fB[:\fP\fIclass\fP\fB:]\fP, where \fIclass\fP is one of the
+following classes defined in the POSIX standard:
+.PP
+.RS
+.B
+.if n alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit
+.if t alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit
+.br
+A character class matches any character belonging to that class.
+The \fBword\fP character class matches letters, digits, and the character _.
+.br
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Within
+.B [
+and
+.BR ] ,
+an \fIequivalence class\fP can be specified using the syntax
+\fB[=\fP\fIc\fP\fB=]\fP, which matches all characters with the
+same collation weight (as defined by the current locale) as
+the character \fIc\fP.
+.br
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Within
+.B [
+and
+.BR ] ,
+the syntax \fB[.\fP\fIsymbol\fP\fB.]\fP matches the collating symbol
+\fIsymbol\fP.
+.RE
+.RE
+.PD
+.PP
+If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using the \fBshopt\fP
+builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized.
+In the following description, a \fIpattern-list\fP is a list of one
+or more patterns separated by a \fB|\fP.
+Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following
+sub-patterns:
+.sp 1
+.PD 0
+.RS
+.TP
+\fB?(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
+Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns
+.TP
+\fB*(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
+Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns
+.TP
+\fB+(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
+Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns
+.TP
+\fB@(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
+Matches one of the given patterns
+.TP
+\fB!(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP
+Matches anything except one of the given patterns
+.RE
+.PD
+.SS Quote Removal
+.PP
+After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the
+characters
+.BR \e ,
+.BR \(aq ,
+and \^\f3"\fP\^ that did not result from one of the above
+expansions are removed.
+.SH REDIRECTION
+Before a command is executed, its input and output
+may be
+.I redirected
+using a special notation interpreted by the shell.
+Redirection allows commands' file handles to be
+duplicated, opened, closed,
+made to refer to different files,
+and can change the files the command reads from and writes to.
+Redirection may also be used to modify file handles in the
+current shell execution environment.
+The following redirection
+operators may precede or appear anywhere within a
+.I simple command
+or may follow a
+.IR command .
+Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from
+left to right.
+.PP
+Each redirection that may be preceded by a file descriptor number
+may instead be preceded by a word of the form {\fIvarname\fP}.
+In this case, for each redirection operator except
+>&- and <&-, the shell will allocate a file descriptor greater
+than or equal to 10 and assign it to \fIvarname\fP.
+If >&- or <&- is preceded
+by {\fIvarname\fP}, the value of \fIvarname\fP defines the file
+descriptor to close.
+.PP
+In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is
+omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is
+.BR < ,
+the redirection refers to the standard input (file descriptor
+0). If the first character of the redirection operator is
+.BR > ,
+the redirection refers to the standard output (file descriptor
+1).
+.PP
+The word following the redirection operator in the following
+descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, arithmetic expansion, quote removal,
+pathname expansion, and word splitting.
+If it expands to more than one word,
+.B bash
+reports an error.
+.PP
+Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example,
+the command
+.RS
+.PP
+ls \fB>\fP dirlist 2\fB>&\fP1
+.RE
+.PP
+directs both standard output and standard error to the file
+.IR dirlist ,
+while the command
+.RS
+.PP
+ls 2\fB>&\fP1 \fB>\fP dirlist
+.RE
+.PP
+directs only the standard output to file
+.IR dirlist ,
+because the standard error was duplicated from the standard output
+before the standard output was redirected to
+.IR dirlist .
+.PP
+\fBBash\fP handles several filenames specially when they are used in
+redirections, as described in the following table:
+.RS
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B /dev/fd/\fIfd\fP
+If \fIfd\fP is a valid integer, file descriptor \fIfd\fP is duplicated.
+.TP
+.B /dev/stdin
+File descriptor 0 is duplicated.
+.TP
+.B /dev/stdout
+File descriptor 1 is duplicated.
+.TP
+.B /dev/stderr
+File descriptor 2 is duplicated.
+.TP
+.B /dev/tcp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP
+If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP
+is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open
+the corresponding TCP socket.
+.TP
+.B /dev/udp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP
+If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP
+is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open
+the corresponding UDP socket.
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail.
+.PP
+Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with
+care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses
+internally.
+.SS Redirecting Input
+.PP
+Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of
+.I word
+to be opened for reading on file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if
+.I n
+is not specified.
+.PP
+The general format for redirecting input is:
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.SS Redirecting Output
+.PP
+Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of
+.I word
+to be opened for writing on file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if
+.I n
+is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created;
+if it does exist it is truncated to zero size.
+.PP
+The general format for redirecting output is:
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB>\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+If the redirection operator is
+.BR > ,
+and the
+.B noclobber
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin has been enabled, the redirection will fail if the file
+whose name results from the expansion of \fIword\fP exists and is
+a regular file.
+If the redirection operator is
+.BR >| ,
+or the redirection operator is
+.B >
+and the
+.B noclobber
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command is not enabled, the redirection is attempted even
+if the file named by \fIword\fP exists.
+.SS Appending Redirected Output
+.PP
+Redirection of output in this fashion
+causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of
+.I word
+to be opened for appending on file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if
+.I n
+is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created.
+.PP
+The general format for appending output is:
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB>>\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+.SS Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error
+.PP
+This construct allows both the
+standard output (file descriptor 1) and
+the standard error output (file descriptor 2)
+to be redirected to the file whose name is the
+expansion of
+.IR word .
+.PP
+There are two formats for redirecting standard output and
+standard error:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB&>\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+and
+.RS
+\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+Of the two forms, the first is preferred.
+This is semantically equivalent to
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB>\fP\fIword\fP 2\fB>&\fP1
+.RE
+.PP
+When using the second form, \fIword\fP may not expand to a number or
+\fB\-\fP. If it does, other redirection operators apply
+(see \fBDuplicating File Descriptors\fP below) for compatibility
+reasons.
+.SS Appending Standard Output and Standard Error
+.PP
+This construct allows both the
+standard output (file descriptor 1) and
+the standard error output (file descriptor 2)
+to be appended to the file whose name is the
+expansion of
+.IR word .
+.PP
+The format for appending standard output and standard error is:
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB&>>\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+This is semantically equivalent to
+.RS
+.PP
+\fB>>\fP\fIword\fP 2\fB>&\fP1
+.RE
+.PP
+(see \fBDuplicating File Descriptors\fP below).
+.SS Here Documents
+.PP
+This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the
+current source until a line containing only
+.I delimiter
+(with no trailing blanks)
+is seen. All of
+the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard
+input (or file descriptor \fIn\fP if \fIn\fP is specified) for a command.
+.PP
+The format of here-documents is:
+.RS
+.PP
+.nf
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<<\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIword\fP
+ \fIhere-document\fP
+\fIdelimiter\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+No parameter and variable expansion, command substitution,
+arithmetic expansion, or pathname expansion is performed on
+.IR word .
+If any characters in
+.I word
+are quoted, the
+.I delimiter
+is the result of quote removal on
+.IR word ,
+and the lines in the here-document are not expanded.
+If \fIword\fP is unquoted,
+all lines of the here-document are subjected to
+parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+the character sequence
+.B \e<newline>
+is ignored, and
+.B \e
+must be used to quote the characters
+.BR \e ,
+.BR $ ,
+and
+.BR \` .
+.PP
+If the redirection operator is
+.BR <<\- ,
+then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the
+line containing
+.IR delimiter .
+This allows
+here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a
+natural fashion.
+.SS "Here Strings"
+A variant of here documents, the format is:
+.RS
+.PP
+.nf
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<<<\fP\fIword\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.PP
+The \fIword\fP undergoes
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal.
+Pathname expansion and word splitting are not performed.
+The result is supplied as a single string to the command on its
+standard input (or file descriptor \fIn\fP if \fIn\fP is specified).
+.SS "Duplicating File Descriptors"
+
+.PP
+The redirection operator
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+is used to duplicate input file descriptors.
+If
+.I word
+expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by
+.I n
+is made to be a copy of that file descriptor.
+If the digits in
+.I word
+do not specify a file descriptor open for input, a redirection error occurs.
+If
+.I word
+evaluates to
+.BR \- ,
+file descriptor
+.I n
+is closed. If
+.I n
+is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used.
+.PP
+The operator
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If
+.I n
+is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used.
+If the digits in
+.I word
+do not specify a file descriptor open for output, a redirection error occurs.
+If
+.I word
+evaluates to
+.BR \- ,
+file descriptor
+.I n
+is closed.
+As a special case, if \fIn\fP is omitted, and \fIword\fP does not
+expand to one or more digits or \fB\-\fP, the standard output and standard
+error are redirected as described previously.
+.SS "Moving File Descriptors"
+.PP
+The redirection operator
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if \fIn\fP is not specified.
+\fIdigit\fP is closed after being duplicated to \fIn\fP.
+.PP
+Similarly, the redirection operator
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if \fIn\fP is not specified.
+.SS "Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing"
+.PP
+The redirection operator
+.RS
+.PP
+[\fIn\fP]\fB<>\fP\fIword\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+causes the file whose name is the expansion of
+.I word
+to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor
+.IR n ,
+or on file descriptor 0 if
+.I n
+is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created.
+.SH ALIASES
+\fIAliases\fP allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used
+as the first word of a simple command.
+The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with the
+.B alias
+and
+.B unalias
+builtin commands (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+The first word of each simple command, if unquoted,
+is checked to see if it has an
+alias. If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias.
+The characters \fB/\fP, \fB$\fP, \fB\`\fP, and \fB=\fP and
+any of the shell \fImetacharacters\fP or quoting characters
+listed above may not appear in an alias name.
+The replacement text may contain any valid shell input,
+including shell metacharacters.
+The first word of the replacement text is tested
+for aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded
+is not expanded a second time.
+This means that one may alias
+.B ls
+to
+.BR "ls \-F" ,
+for instance, and
+.B bash
+does not try to recursively expand the replacement text.
+If the last character of the alias value is a
+.IR blank ,
+then the next command
+word following the alias is also checked for alias expansion.
+.PP
+Aliases are created and listed with the
+.B alias
+command, and removed with the
+.B unalias
+command.
+.PP
+There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text.
+If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used (see
+.SM
+.B FUNCTIONS
+below).
+.PP
+Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, unless
+the
+.B expand_aliases
+shell option is set using
+.B shopt
+(see the description of
+.B shopt
+under
+.SM
+\fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP
+below).
+.PP
+The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are
+somewhat confusing.
+.B Bash
+always reads at least one complete line
+of input before executing any
+of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a
+command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an
+alias definition appearing on the same line as another
+command does not take effect until the next line of input is read.
+The commands following the alias definition
+on that line are not affected by the new alias.
+This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed.
+Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read,
+not when the function is executed, because a function definition
+is itself a command. As a consequence, aliases
+defined in a function are not available until after that
+function is executed. To be safe, always put
+alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use
+.B alias
+in compound commands.
+.PP
+For almost every purpose, aliases are superseded by
+shell functions.
+.SH FUNCTIONS
+A shell function, defined as described above under
+.SM
+.BR "SHELL GRAMMAR" ,
+stores a series of commands for later execution.
+When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name,
+the list of commands associated with that function name is executed.
+Functions are executed in the context of the
+current shell; no new process is created to interpret
+them (contrast this with the execution of a shell script).
+When a function is executed, the arguments to the
+function become the positional parameters
+during its execution.
+The special parameter
+.B #
+is updated to reflect the change. Special parameter \fB0\fP
+is unchanged.
+The first element of the
+.SM
+.B FUNCNAME
+variable is set to the name of the function while the function
+is executing.
+.PP
+All other aspects of the shell execution
+environment are identical between a function and its caller
+with these exceptions: the
+.SM
+.B DEBUG
+and
+.B RETURN
+traps (see the description of the
+.B trap
+builtin under
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below) are not inherited unless the function has been given the
+\fBtrace\fP attribute (see the description of the
+.SM
+.B declare
+builtin below) or the
+\fB\-o functrace\fP shell option has been enabled with
+the \fBset\fP builtin
+(in which case all functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps),
+and the
+.SM
+.B ERR
+trap is not inherited unless the \fB\-o errtrace\fP shell option has
+been enabled.
+.PP
+Variables local to the function may be declared with the
+.B local
+builtin command. Ordinarily, variables and their values
+are shared between the function and its caller.
+.PP
+The \fBFUNCNEST\fP variable, if set to a numeric value greater
+than 0, defines a maximum function nesting level. Function
+invocations that exceed the limit cause the entire command to
+abort.
+.PP
+If the builtin command
+.B return
+is executed in a function, the function completes and
+execution resumes with the next command after the function
+call.
+Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed
+before execution resumes.
+When a function completes, the values of the
+positional parameters and the special parameter
+.B #
+are restored to the values they had prior to the function's
+execution.
+.PP
+Function names and definitions may be listed with the
+.B \-f
+option to the
+.B declare
+or
+.B typeset
+builtin commands. The
+.B \-F
+option to
+.B declare
+or
+.B typeset
+will list the function names only
+(and optionally the source file and line number, if the \fBextdebug\fP
+shell option is enabled).
+Functions may be exported so that subshells
+automatically have them defined with the
+.B \-f
+option to the
+.B export
+builtin.
+A function definition may be deleted using the \fB\-f\fP option to
+the
+.B unset
+builtin.
+Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result
+in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the
+shell's children.
+Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem.
+.PP
+Functions may be recursive.
+The \fBFUNCNEST\fP variable may be used to limit the depth of the
+function call stack and restrict the number of function invocations.
+By default, no limit is imposed on the number of recursive calls.
+.SH "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION"
+The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, under
+certain circumstances (see the \fBlet\fP and \fBdeclare\fP builtin
+commands and \fBArithmetic Expansion\fP).
+Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow,
+though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error.
+The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values
+are the same as in the C language.
+The following list of operators is grouped into levels of
+equal-precedence operators.
+The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \fIid\fP++ \fIid\fP\-\-
+variable post-increment and post-decrement
+.TP
+.B ++\fIid\fP \-\-\fIid\fP
+variable pre-increment and pre-decrement
+.TP
+.B \- +
+unary minus and plus
+.TP
+.B ! ~
+logical and bitwise negation
+.TP
+.B **
+exponentiation
+.TP
+.B * / %
+multiplication, division, remainder
+.TP
+.B + \-
+addition, subtraction
+.TP
+.B << >>
+left and right bitwise shifts
+.TP
+.B <= >= < >
+comparison
+.TP
+.B == !=
+equality and inequality
+.TP
+.B &
+bitwise AND
+.TP
+.B ^
+bitwise exclusive OR
+.TP
+.B |
+bitwise OR
+.TP
+.B &&
+logical AND
+.TP
+.B ||
+logical OR
+.TP
+.B \fIexpr\fP?\fIexpr\fP:\fIexpr\fP
+conditional operator
+.TP
+.B = *= /= %= += \-= <<= >>= &= ^= |=
+assignment
+.TP
+.B \fIexpr1\fP , \fIexpr2\fP
+comma
+.PD
+.PP
+Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is
+performed before the expression is evaluated.
+Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name
+without using the parameter expansion syntax.
+A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced
+by name without using the parameter expansion syntax.
+The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression
+when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the
+\fIinteger\fP attribute using \fBdeclare -i\fP is assigned a value.
+A null value evaluates to 0.
+A shell variable need not have its \fIinteger\fP attribute
+turned on to be used in an expression.
+.PP
+Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers.
+A leading 0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal.
+Otherwise, numbers take the form [\fIbase#\fP]n, where the optional \fIbase\fP
+is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic
+base, and \fIn\fP is a number in that base.
+If \fIbase#\fP is omitted, then base 10 is used.
+When specifying \fIn\fP,
+the digits greater< than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters,
+the uppercase letters, @, and _, in that order.
+If \fIbase\fP is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase
+letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10
+and 35.
+.PP
+Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in
+parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence
+rules above.
+.SH "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS"
+Conditional expressions are used by the \fB[[\fP compound command and
+the \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP builtin commands to test file attributes
+and perform string and arithmetic comparisons.
+Expressions are formed from the following unary or binary primaries.
+If any \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is of the form
+\fI/dev/fd/n\fP, then file descriptor \fIn\fP is checked.
+If the \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is one of
+\fI/dev/stdin\fP, \fI/dev/stdout\fP, or \fI/dev/stderr\fP, file
+descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked.
+.PP
+Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic
+links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+When used with \fB[[\fP, the \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators sort
+lexicographically using the current locale.
+The \fBtest\fP command sorts using ASCII ordering.
+.sp 1
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-a \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists.
+.TP
+.B \-b \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a block special file.
+.TP
+.B \-c \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a character special file.
+.TP
+.B \-d \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory.
+.TP
+.B \-e \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists.
+.TP
+.B \-f \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a regular file.
+.TP
+.B \-g \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is set-group-id.
+.TP
+.B \-h \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B \-k \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set.
+.TP
+.B \-p \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a named pipe (FIFO).
+.TP
+.B \-r \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is readable.
+.TP
+.B \-s \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and has a size greater than zero.
+.TP
+.B \-t \fIfd\fP
+True if file descriptor
+.I fd
+is open and refers to a terminal.
+.TP
+.B \-u \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and its set-user-id bit is set.
+.TP
+.B \-w \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is writable.
+.TP
+.B \-x \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is executable.
+.TP
+.B \-G \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective group id.
+.TP
+.B \-L \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B \-N \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and has been modified since it was last read.
+.TP
+.B \-O \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective user id.
+.TP
+.B \-S \fIfile\fP
+True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a socket.
+.TP
+\fIfile1\fP \fB\-ef\fP \fIfile2\fP
+True if \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP refer to the same device and
+inode numbers.
+.TP
+\fIfile1\fP \-\fBnt\fP \fIfile2\fP
+True if \fIfile1\fP is newer (according to modification date) than \fIfile2\fP,
+or if \fIfile1\fP exists and \fPfile2\fP does not.
+.TP
+\fIfile1\fP \-\fBot\fP \fIfile2\fP
+True if \fIfile1\fP is older than \fIfile2\fP, or if \fIfile2\fP exists
+and \fIfile1\fP does not.
+.TP
+.B \-o \fIoptname\fP
+True if the shell option
+.I optname
+is enabled.
+See the list of options under the description of the
+.B \-o
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin below.
+.TP
+.B \-v \fIvarname\fP
+True if the shell variable
+.I varname
+is set (has been assigned a value).
+.TP
+.B \-R \fIvarname\fP
+True if the shell variable
+.I varname
+is set and is a name reference.
+.TP
+.B \-z \fIstring\fP
+True if the length of \fIstring\fP is zero.
+.TP
+\fIstring\fP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-n \fIstring\fP
+.PD
+True if the length of
+.I string
+is non-zero.
+.TP
+\fIstring1\fP \fB==\fP \fIstring2\fP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fIstring1\fP \fB=\fP \fIstring2\fP
+.PD
+True if the strings are equal. \fB=\fP should be used
+with the \fBtest\fP command for POSIX conformance.
+When used with the \fB[[\fP command, this performs pattern matching as
+described above (\fBCompound Commands\fP).
+.TP
+\fIstring1\fP \fB!=\fP \fIstring2\fP
+True if the strings are not equal.
+.TP
+\fIstring1\fP \fB<\fP \fIstring2\fP
+True if \fIstring1\fP sorts before \fIstring2\fP lexicographically.
+.TP
+\fIstring1\fP \fB>\fP \fIstring2\fP
+True if \fIstring1\fP sorts after \fIstring2\fP lexicographically.
+.TP
+.I \fIarg1\fP \fBOP\fP \fIarg2\fP
+.SM
+.B OP
+is one of
+.BR \-eq ,
+.BR \-ne ,
+.BR \-lt ,
+.BR \-le ,
+.BR \-gt ,
+or
+.BR \-ge .
+These arithmetic binary operators return true if \fIarg1\fP
+is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to,
+greater than, or greater than or equal to \fIarg2\fP, respectively.
+.I Arg1
+and
+.I arg2
+may be positive or negative integers.
+.PD
+.SH "SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION"
+When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following
+expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right.
+.IP 1.
+The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those
+preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later
+processing.
+.IP 2.
+The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are
+expanded. If any words remain after expansion, the first word
+is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are
+the arguments.
+.IP 3.
+Redirections are performed as described above under
+.SM
+.BR REDIRECTION .
+.IP 4.
+The text after the \fB=\fP in each variable assignment undergoes tilde
+expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+and quote removal before being assigned to the variable.
+.PP
+If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current
+shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment
+of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment.
+If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable,
+an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status.
+.PP
+If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not
+affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the
+command to exit with a non-zero status.
+.PP
+If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as
+described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions
+contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is
+the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there
+were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero.
+.SH "COMMAND EXECUTION"
+After a command has been split into words, if it results in a
+simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following
+actions are taken.
+.PP
+If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to
+locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that
+function is invoked as described above in
+.SM
+.BR FUNCTIONS .
+If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for
+it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that
+builtin is invoked.
+.PP
+If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin,
+and contains no slashes,
+.B bash
+searches each element of the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+for a directory containing an executable file by that name.
+.B Bash
+uses a hash table to remember the full pathnames of executable
+files (see
+.B hash
+under
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below).
+A full search of the directories in
+.SM
+.B PATH
+is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table.
+If the search is unsuccessful, the shell searches for a defined shell
+function named \fBcommand_not_found_handle\fP.
+If that function exists, it is invoked with the original command and
+the original command's arguments as its arguments, and the function's
+exit status becomes the exit status of the shell.
+If that function is not defined, the shell prints an error
+message and returns an exit status of 127.
+.PP
+If the search is successful, or if the command name contains
+one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in a
+separate execution environment.
+Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments
+to the command are set to the arguments given, if any.
+.PP
+If this execution fails because the file is not in executable
+format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be
+a \fIshell script\fP, a file
+containing shell commands. A subshell is spawned to execute
+it. This subshell reinitializes itself, so
+that the effect is as if a new shell had been invoked
+to handle the script, with the exception that the locations of
+commands remembered by the parent (see
+.B hash
+below under
+.SM
+\fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP)
+are retained by the child.
+.PP
+If the program is a file beginning with
+.BR #! ,
+the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter
+for the program. The shell executes the
+specified interpreter on operating systems that do not
+handle this executable format themselves. The arguments to the
+interpreter consist of a single optional argument following the
+interpreter name on the first line of the program, followed
+by the name of the program, followed by the command
+arguments, if any.
+.SH COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT
+The shell has an \fIexecution environment\fP, which consists of the
+following:
+.IP \(bu
+open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by
+redirections supplied to the \fBexec\fP builtin
+.IP \(bu
+the current working directory as set by \fBcd\fP, \fBpushd\fP, or
+\fBpopd\fP, or inherited by the shell at invocation
+.IP \(bu
+the file creation mode mask as set by \fBumask\fP or inherited from
+the shell's parent
+.IP \(bu
+current traps set by \fBtrap\fP
+.IP \(bu
+shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with \fBset\fP
+or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment
+.IP \(bu
+shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's
+parent in the environment
+.IP \(bu
+options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line
+arguments) or by \fBset\fP
+.IP \(bu
+options enabled by \fBshopt\fP
+.IP \(bu
+shell aliases defined with \fBalias\fP
+.IP \(bu
+various process IDs, including those of background jobs, the value
+of \fB$$\fP, and the value of
+.SM
+.B PPID
+.PP
+When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function
+is to be executed, it
+is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of
+the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited
+from the shell.
+.if n .sp 1
+.IP \(bu
+the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified
+by redirections to the command
+.IP \(bu
+the current working directory
+.IP \(bu
+the file creation mode mask
+.IP \(bu
+shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables
+exported for the command, passed in the environment
+.IP \(bu
+traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the
+shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored
+.PP
+A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the
+shell's execution environment.
+.PP
+Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses,
+and asynchronous commands are invoked in a
+subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment,
+except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values
+that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin
+commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed in a
+subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment
+cannot affect the shell's execution environment.
+.PP
+Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of
+the \fB\-e\fP option from the parent shell. When not in \fIposix\fP mode,
+\fBbash\fP clears the \fB\-e\fP option in such subshells.
+.PP
+If a command is followed by a \fB&\fP and job control is not active, the
+default standard input for the command is the empty file \fI/dev/null\fP.
+Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling
+shell as modified by redirections.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings
+called the
+.IR environment .
+This is a list of
+\fIname\fP\-\fIvalue\fP pairs, of the form
+.IR "name\fR=\fPvalue" .
+.PP
+The shell provides several ways to manipulate the environment.
+On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and
+creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking
+it for
+.I export
+to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment.
+The
+.B export
+and
+.B declare \-x
+commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and
+deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter
+in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part
+of the environment, replacing the old. The environment
+inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's
+initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell,
+less any pairs removed by the
+.B unset
+command, plus any additions via the
+.B export
+and
+.B declare \-x
+commands.
+.PP
+The environment for any
+.I simple command
+or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with
+parameter assignments, as described above in
+.SM
+.BR PARAMETERS .
+These assignment statements affect only the environment seen
+by that command.
+.PP
+If the
+.B \-k
+option is set (see the
+.B set
+builtin command below), then
+.I all
+parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command,
+not just those that precede the command name.
+.PP
+When
+.B bash
+invokes an external command, the variable
+.B _
+is set to the full filename of the command and passed to that
+command in its environment.
+.SH "EXIT STATUS"
+.PP
+The exit status of an executed command is the value returned by the
+\fIwaitpid\fP system call or equivalent function. Exit statuses
+fall between 0 and 255, though, as explained below, the shell may
+use values above 125 specially. Exit statuses from shell builtins and
+compound commands are also limited to this range. Under certain
+circumstances, the shell will use special values to indicate specific
+failure modes.
+.PP
+For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a
+zero exit status has succeeded. An exit status of zero
+indicates success. A non-zero exit status indicates failure.
+When a command terminates on a fatal signal \fIN\fP, \fBbash\fP uses
+the value of 128+\fIN\fP as the exit status.
+.PP
+If a command is not found, the child process created to
+execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found
+but is not executable, the return status is 126.
+.PP
+If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection,
+the exit status is greater than zero.
+.PP
+Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (\fItrue\fP) if
+successful, and non-zero (\fIfalse\fP) if an error occurs
+while they execute.
+All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage,
+generally invalid options or missing arguments.
+.PP
+\fBBash\fP itself returns the exit status of the last command
+executed, unless a syntax error occurs, in which case it exits
+with a non-zero value. See also the \fBexit\fP builtin
+command below.
+.SH SIGNALS
+When \fBbash\fP is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores
+.SM
+.B SIGTERM
+(so that \fBkill 0\fP does not kill an interactive shell),
+and
+.SM
+.B SIGINT
+is caught and handled (so that the \fBwait\fP builtin is interruptible).
+In all cases, \fBbash\fP ignores
+.SM
+.BR SIGQUIT .
+If job control is in effect,
+.B bash
+ignores
+.SM
+.BR SIGTTIN ,
+.SM
+.BR SIGTTOU ,
+and
+.SM
+.BR SIGTSTP .
+.PP
+Non-builtin commands run by \fBbash\fP have signal handlers
+set to the values inherited by the shell from its parent.
+When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands
+ignore
+.SM
+.B SIGINT
+and
+.SM
+.B SIGQUIT
+in addition to these inherited handlers.
+Commands run as a result of command substitution ignore the
+keyboard-generated job control signals
+.SM
+.BR SIGTTIN ,
+.SM
+.BR SIGTTOU ,
+and
+.SM
+.BR SIGTSTP .
+.PP
+The shell exits by default upon receipt of a
+.SM
+.BR SIGHUP .
+Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the
+.SM
+.B SIGHUP
+to all jobs, running or stopped.
+Stopped jobs are sent
+.SM
+.B SIGCONT
+to ensure that they receive the
+.SM
+.BR SIGHUP .
+To prevent the shell from
+sending the signal to a particular job, it should be removed from the
+jobs table with the
+.B disown
+builtin (see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below) or marked
+to not receive
+.SM
+.B SIGHUP
+using
+.BR "disown \-h" .
+.PP
+If the
+.B huponexit
+shell option has been set with
+.BR shopt ,
+.B bash
+sends a
+.SM
+.B SIGHUP
+to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.
+.PP
+If \fBbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal
+for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until
+the command completes.
+When \fBbash\fP is waiting for an asynchronous command via the \fBwait\fP
+builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been set will
+cause the \fBwait\fP builtin to return immediately with an exit status
+greater than 128, immediately after which the trap is executed.
+.SH "JOB CONTROL"
+.I Job control
+refers to the ability to selectively stop (\fIsuspend\fP)
+the execution of processes and continue (\fIresume\fP)
+their execution at a later point. A user typically employs
+this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly
+by the operating system kernel's terminal driver and
+.BR bash .
+.PP
+The shell associates a
+.I job
+with each pipeline. It keeps a table of currently executing
+jobs, which may be listed with the
+.B jobs
+command. When
+.B bash
+starts a job asynchronously (in the
+.IR background ),
+it prints a line that looks like:
+.RS
+.PP
+[1] 25647
+.RE
+.PP
+indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process ID
+of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is 25647.
+All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of the same job.
+.B Bash
+uses the
+.I job
+abstraction as the basis for job control.
+.PP
+To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job
+control, the operating system maintains the notion of a \fIcurrent terminal
+process group ID\fP. Members of this process group (processes whose
+process group ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID)
+receive keyboard-generated signals such as
+.SM
+.BR SIGINT .
+These processes are said to be in the
+.IR foreground .
+.I Background
+processes are those whose process group ID differs from the terminal's;
+such processes are immune to keyboard-generated signals.
+Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or, if the
+user so specifies with \f(CWstty tostop\fP, write to the
+terminal.
+Background processes which attempt to read from (write to when
+\f(CWstty tostop\fP is in effect) the
+terminal are sent a
+.SM
+.B SIGTTIN (SIGTTOU)
+signal by the kernel's terminal driver,
+which, unless caught, suspends the process.
+.PP
+If the operating system on which
+.B bash
+is running supports
+job control,
+.B bash
+contains facilities to use it.
+Typing the
+.I suspend
+character (typically
+.BR ^Z ,
+Control-Z) while a process is running
+causes that process to be stopped and returns control to
+.BR bash .
+Typing the
+.I "delayed suspend"
+character (typically
+.BR ^Y ,
+Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped when it
+attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to
+be returned to
+.BR bash .
+The user may then manipulate the state of this job, using the
+.B bg
+command to continue it in the background, the
+.B fg
+command to continue it in the foreground, or
+the
+.B kill
+command to kill it. A \fB^Z\fP takes effect immediately,
+and has the additional side effect of causing pending output
+and typeahead to be discarded.
+.PP
+There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell.
+The character
+.B %
+introduces a job specification (\fIjobspec\fP). Job number
+.I n
+may be referred to as
+.BR %n .
+A job may also be referred to using a prefix of the name used to
+start it, or using a substring that appears in its command line.
+For example,
+.B %ce
+refers to a stopped
+.B ce
+job. If a prefix matches more than one job,
+.B bash
+reports an error. Using
+.BR %?ce ,
+on the other hand, refers to any job containing the string
+.B ce
+in its command line. If the substring matches more than one job,
+.B bash
+reports an error. The symbols
+.B %%
+and
+.B %+
+refer to the shell's notion of the
+.IR "current job" ,
+which is the last job stopped while it was in
+the foreground or started in the background.
+The
+.I "previous job"
+may be referenced using
+.BR %\- .
+If there is only a single job, \fB%+\fP and \fB%\-\fP can both be used
+to refer to that job.
+In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the
+.B jobs
+command), the current job is always flagged with a
+.BR + ,
+and the previous job with a
+.BR \- .
+A single % (with no accompanying job specification) also refers to the
+current job.
+.PP
+Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the
+foreground:
+.B %1
+is a synonym for
+\fB``fg %1''\fP,
+bringing job 1 from the background into the foreground.
+Similarly,
+.B ``%1 &''
+resumes job 1 in the background, equivalent to
+\fB``bg %1''\fP.
+.PP
+The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state.
+Normally,
+.B bash
+waits until it is about to print a prompt before reporting
+changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt
+any other output. If the
+.B \-b
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command
+is enabled,
+.B bash
+reports such changes immediately.
+Any trap on
+.SM
+.B SIGCHLD
+is executed for each child that exits.
+.PP
+If an attempt to exit
+.B bash
+is made while jobs are stopped (or, if the \fBcheckjobs\fP shell option has
+been enabled using the \fBshopt\fP builtin, running), the shell prints a
+warning message, and, if the \fBcheckjobs\fP option is enabled, lists the
+jobs and their statuses.
+The
+.B jobs
+command may then be used to inspect their status.
+If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command,
+the shell does not print another warning, and any stopped
+jobs are terminated.
+.SH PROMPTING
+When executing interactively,
+.B bash
+displays the primary prompt
+.SM
+.B PS1
+when it is ready to read a command, and the secondary prompt
+.SM
+.B PS2
+when it needs more input to complete a command.
+.B Bash
+allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting a number of
+backslash-escaped special characters that are decoded as follows:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \ea
+an ASCII bell character (07)
+.TP
+.B \ed
+the date in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26")
+.TP
+.B \eD{\fIformat\fP}
+the \fIformat\fP is passed to \fIstrftime\fP(3) and the result is inserted
+into the prompt string; an empty \fIformat\fP results in a locale-specific
+time representation. The braces are required
+.TP
+.B \ee
+an ASCII escape character (033)
+.TP
+.B \eh
+the hostname up to the first `.'
+.TP
+.B \eH
+the hostname
+.TP
+.B \ej
+the number of jobs currently managed by the shell
+.TP
+.B \el
+the basename of the shell's terminal device name
+.TP
+.B \en
+newline
+.TP
+.B \er
+carriage return
+.TP
+.B \es
+the name of the shell, the basename of
+.B $0
+(the portion following the final slash)
+.TP
+.B \et
+the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format
+.TP
+.B \eT
+the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format
+.TP
+.B \e@
+the current time in 12-hour am/pm format
+.TP
+.B \eA
+the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format
+.TP
+.B \eu
+the username of the current user
+.TP
+.B \ev
+the version of \fBbash\fP (e.g., 2.00)
+.TP
+.B \eV
+the release of \fBbash\fP, version + patch level (e.g., 2.00.0)
+.TP
+.B \ew
+the current working directory, with
+.SM
+.B $HOME
+abbreviated with a tilde
+(uses the value of the
+.SM
+.B PROMPT_DIRTRIM
+variable)
+.TP
+.B \eW
+the basename of the current working directory, with
+.SM
+.B $HOME
+abbreviated with a tilde
+.TP
+.B \e!
+the history number of this command
+.TP
+.B \e#
+the command number of this command
+.TP
+.B \e$
+if the effective UID is 0, a
+.BR # ,
+otherwise a
+.B $
+.TP
+.B \e\fInnn\fP
+the character corresponding to the octal number \fInnn\fP
+.TP
+.B \e\e
+a backslash
+.TP
+.B \e[
+begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which could be used to
+embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt
+.TP
+.B \e]
+end a sequence of non-printing characters
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+The command number and the history number are usually different:
+the history number of a command is its position in the history
+list, which may include commands restored from the history file
+(see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY
+below), while the command number is the position in the sequence
+of commands executed during the current shell session.
+After the string is decoded, it is expanded via
+parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
+expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the
+.B promptvars
+shell option (see the description of the
+.B shopt
+command under
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below).
+.SH READLINE
+This is the library that handles reading input when using an interactive
+shell, unless the
+.B \-\-noediting
+option is given at shell invocation.
+Line editing is also used when using the \fB\-e\fP option to the
+\fBread\fP builtin.
+By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of Emacs.
+A vi-style line editing interface is also available.
+Line editing can be enabled at any time using the
+.B \-o emacs
+or
+.B \-o vi
+options to the
+.B set
+builtin (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+To turn off line editing after the shell is running, use the
+.B +o emacs
+or
+.B +o vi
+options to the
+.B set
+builtin.
+.SS "Readline Notation"
+.PP
+In this section, the Emacs-style notation is used to denote
+keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C\-\fIkey\fR, e.g., C\-n
+means Control\-N. Similarly,
+.I meta
+keys are denoted by M\-\fIkey\fR, so M\-x means Meta\-X. (On keyboards
+without a
+.I meta
+key, M\-\fIx\fP means ESC \fIx\fP, i.e., press the Escape key
+then the
+.I x
+key. This makes ESC the \fImeta prefix\fP.
+The combination M\-C\-\fIx\fP means ESC\-Control\-\fIx\fP,
+or press the Escape key
+then hold the Control key while pressing the
+.I x
+key.)
+.PP
+Readline commands may be given numeric
+.IR arguments ,
+which normally act as a repeat count.
+Sometimes, however, it is the sign of the argument that is significant.
+Passing a negative argument to a command that acts in the forward
+direction (e.g., \fBkill\-line\fP) causes that command to act in a
+backward direction.
+Commands whose behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted
+below.
+.PP
+When a command is described as \fIkilling\fP text, the text
+deleted is saved for possible future retrieval
+(\fIyanking\fP). The killed text is saved in a
+\fIkill ring\fP. Consecutive kills cause the text to be
+accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once.
+Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text
+on the kill ring.
+.SS "Readline Initialization"
+.PP
+Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization
+file (the \fIinputrc\fP file).
+The name of this file is taken from the value of the
+.SM
+.B INPUTRC
+variable. If that variable is unset, the default is
+.IR ~/.inputrc .
+When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the
+initialization file is read, and the key bindings and variables
+are set.
+There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
+readline initialization file.
+Blank lines are ignored.
+Lines beginning with a \fB#\fP are comments.
+Lines beginning with a \fB$\fP indicate conditional constructs.
+Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings.
+.PP
+The default key-bindings may be changed with an
+.I inputrc
+file.
+Other programs that use this library may add their own commands
+and bindings.
+.PP
+For example, placing
+.RS
+.PP
+M\-Control\-u: universal\-argument
+.RE
+or
+.RS
+C\-Meta\-u: universal\-argument
+.RE
+into the
+.I inputrc
+would make M\-C\-u execute the readline command
+.IR universal\-argument .
+.PP
+The following symbolic character names are recognized:
+.IR RUBOUT ,
+.IR DEL ,
+.IR ESC ,
+.IR LFD ,
+.IR NEWLINE ,
+.IR RET ,
+.IR RETURN ,
+.IR SPC ,
+.IR SPACE ,
+and
+.IR TAB .
+.PP
+In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
+to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a \fImacro\fP).
+.SS "Readline Key Bindings"
+.PP
+The syntax for controlling key bindings in the
+.I inputrc
+file is simple. All that is required is the name of the
+command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which
+it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways:
+as a symbolic key name, possibly with \fIMeta\-\fP or \fIControl\-\fP
+prefixes, or as a key sequence.
+.PP
+When using the form \fBkeyname\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP,
+.I keyname
+is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example:
+.sp
+.RS
+Control-u: universal\-argument
+.br
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+.br
+Control-o: "> output"
+.RE
+.LP
+In the above example,
+.I C\-u
+is bound to the function
+.BR universal\-argument ,
+.I M\-DEL
+is bound to the function
+.BR backward\-kill\-word ,
+and
+.I C\-o
+is bound to run the macro
+expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
+.if t \f(CW> output\fP
+.if n ``> output''
+into the line).
+.PP
+In the second form, \fB"keyseq"\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP,
+.B keyseq
+differs from
+.B keyname
+above in that strings denoting
+an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence
+within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be
+used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names
+are not recognized.
+.sp
+.RS
+"\eC\-u": universal\-argument
+.br
+"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file
+.br
+"\ee[11~": "Function Key 1"
+.RE
+.PP
+In this example,
+.I C\-u
+is again bound to the function
+.BR universal\-argument .
+.I "C\-x C\-r"
+is bound to the function
+.BR re\-read\-init\-file ,
+and
+.I "ESC [ 1 1 ~"
+is bound to insert the text
+.if t \f(CWFunction Key 1\fP.
+.if n ``Function Key 1''.
+.PP
+The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences is
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \eC\-
+control prefix
+.TP
+.B \eM\-
+meta prefix
+.TP
+.B \ee
+an escape character
+.TP
+.B \e\e
+backslash
+.TP
+.B \e"
+literal "
+.TP
+.B \e\(aq
+literal \(aq
+.RE
+.PD
+.PP
+In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
+set of backslash escapes is available:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \ea
+alert (bell)
+.TP
+.B \eb
+backspace
+.TP
+.B \ed
+delete
+.TP
+.B \ef
+form feed
+.TP
+.B \en
+newline
+.TP
+.B \er
+carriage return
+.TP
+.B \et
+horizontal tab
+.TP
+.B \ev
+vertical tab
+.TP
+.B \e\fInnn\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
+(one to three digits)
+.TP
+.B \ex\fIHH\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
+(one or two hex digits)
+.RE
+.PD
+.PP
+When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
+be used to indicate a macro definition.
+Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
+In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
+Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
+including " and \(aq.
+.PP
+.B Bash
+allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified
+with the
+.B bind
+builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive
+use by using the
+.B \-o
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below).
+.SS "Readline Variables"
+.PP
+Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its
+behavior. A variable may be set in the
+.I inputrc
+file with a statement of the form
+.RS
+.PP
+\fBset\fP \fIvariable\-name\fP \fIvalue\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+Except where noted, readline variables can take the values
+.B On
+or
+.B Off
+(without regard to case).
+Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
+When a variable value is read, empty or null values, "on" (case-insensitive),
+and "1" are equivalent to \fBOn\fP. All other values are equivalent to
+\fBOff\fP.
+The variables and their default values are:
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B bell\-style (audible)
+Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
+If set to \fBnone\fP, readline never rings the bell. If set to
+\fBvisible\fP, readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
+If set to \fBaudible\fP, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell.
+.TP
+.B bind\-tty\-special\-chars (On)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline attempts to bind the control characters
+treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their readline
+equivalents.
+.TP
+.B colored\-completion\-prefix (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, when listing completions, readline displays the
+common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the \fBLS_COLORS\fP
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.B colored\-stats (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline displays possible completions using different
+colors to indicate their file type.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the \fBLS_COLORS\fP
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.B comment\-begin (``#'')
+The string that is inserted when the readline
+.B insert\-comment
+command is executed.
+This command is bound to
+.B M\-#
+in emacs mode and to
+.B #
+in vi command mode.
+.TP
+.B completion\-ignore\-case (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline performs filename matching and completion
+in a case\-insensitive fashion.
+.TP
+.B completion\-prefix\-display\-length (0)
+The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
+completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a
+value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
+replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
+.TP
+.B completion\-query\-items (100)
+This determines when the user is queried about viewing
+the number of possible completions
+generated by the \fBpossible\-completions\fP command.
+It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to
+zero. If the number of possible completions is greater than
+or equal to the value of this variable, the user is asked whether
+or not he wishes to view them; otherwise they are simply listed
+on the terminal.
+.TP
+.B convert\-meta (On)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will convert characters with the
+eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence
+by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing an
+escape character (in effect, using escape as the \fImeta prefix\fP).
+.TP
+.B disable\-completion (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion
+characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been
+mapped to \fBself-insert\fP.
+.TP
+.B editing\-mode (emacs)
+Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar
+to \fIEmacs\fP or \fIvi\fP.
+.B editing\-mode
+can be set to either
+.B emacs
+or
+.BR vi .
+.TP
+.B echo\-control\-characters (On)
+When set to \fBOn\fP, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
+readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
+keyboard.
+.TP
+.B enable\-bracketed\-paste (Off)
+When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will configure the terminal in a way
+that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a
+single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if
+it had been read from the keyboard. This can prevent pasted characters
+from being interpreted as editing commands.
+.TP
+.B enable\-keypad (Off)
+When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable the application
+keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the
+arrow keys.
+.TP
+.B enable\-meta\-key (On)
+When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable any meta modifier
+key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals,
+the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
+.TP
+.B expand\-tilde (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, tilde expansion is performed when readline
+attempts word completion.
+.TP
+.B history\-preserve\-point (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, the history code attempts to place point at the
+same location on each history line retrieved with \fBprevious-history\fP
+or \fBnext-history\fP.
+.TP
+.B history\-size (unset)
+Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
+If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
+are saved.
+If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
+limited.
+By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
+.TP
+.B horizontal\-scroll\-mode (Off)
+When set to \fBOn\fP, makes readline use a single line for display,
+scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it
+becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line.
+.TP
+.B input\-meta (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is,
+it will not strip the high bit from the characters it reads),
+regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name
+.B meta\-flag
+is a synonym for this variable.
+.TP
+.B isearch\-terminators (``C\-[C\-J'')
+The string of characters that should terminate an incremental
+search without subsequently executing the character as a command.
+If this variable has not been given a value, the characters
+\fIESC\fP and \fIC\-J\fP will terminate an incremental search.
+.TP
+.B keymap (emacs)
+Set the current readline keymap. The set of valid keymap names is
+\fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi,
+vi\-command\fP, and
+.IR vi\-insert .
+\fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is
+equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. The default value is
+.IR emacs ;
+the value of
+.B editing\-mode
+also affects the default keymap.
+.TP
+.B emacs\-mode\-string (@)
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when emacs editing mode is active. The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the \e1 and \e2 escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+.TP
+.B keyseq\-timeout (500)
+Specifies the duration \fIreadline\fP will wait for a character when reading an
+ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
+the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
+key sequence).
+If no input is received within the timeout, \fIreadline\fP will use the shorter
+but complete key sequence.
+The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
+\fIreadline\fP will wait one second for additional input.
+If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
+non-numeric value, \fIreadline\fP will wait until another key is pressed to
+decide which key sequence to complete.
+.TP
+.B mark\-directories (On)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, completed directory names have a slash
+appended.
+.TP
+.B mark\-modified\-lines (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, history lines that have been modified are displayed
+with a preceding asterisk (\fB*\fP).
+.TP
+.B mark\-symlinked\-directories (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, completed names which are symbolic links to directories
+have a slash appended (subject to the value of
+\fBmark\-directories\fP).
+.TP
+.B match\-hidden\-files (On)
+This variable, when set to \fBOn\fP, causes readline to match files whose
+names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename
+completion.
+If set to \fBOff\fP, the leading `.' must be
+supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
+.TP
+.B menu\-complete\-display\-prefix (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
+list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
+the list.
+.TP
+.B output\-meta (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display characters with the
+eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
+sequence.
+.TP
+.B page\-completions (On)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline uses an internal \fImore\fP-like pager
+to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
+.TP
+.B print\-completions\-horizontally (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display completions with matches
+sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
+.TP
+.B revert\-all\-at\-newline (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will undo all changes to history lines
+before returning when \fBaccept\-line\fP is executed. By default,
+history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
+calls to \fBreadline\fP.
+.TP
+.B show\-all\-if\-ambiguous (Off)
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If
+set to
+.BR On ,
+words which have more than one possible completion cause the
+matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
+.TP
+.B show\-all\-if\-unmodified (Off)
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to \fBshow\-all\-if\-ambiguous\fP.
+If set to
+.BR On ,
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+.TP
+.B show\-mode\-in\-prompt (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, add a character to the beginning of the prompt
+indicating the editing mode: emacs (@), vi command (:) or vi
+insertion (+).
+.TP
+.B skip\-completed\-text (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, this alters the default completion behavior when
+inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when
+performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline
+does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
+after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
+following the cursor are not duplicated.
+.TP
+.B vi\-cmd\-mode\-string ((cmd))
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the \e1 and \e2 escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+.TP
+.B vi\-ins\-mode\-string ((ins))
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available.
+Use the \e1 and \e2 escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+.TP
+.B visible\-stats (Off)
+If set to \fBOn\fP, a character denoting a file's type as reported
+by \fIstat\fP(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible
+completions.
+.PD
+.SS "Readline Conditional Constructs"
+.PP
+Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
+compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
+bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
+of tests. There are four parser directives used.
+.IP \fB$if\fP
+The
+.B $if
+construct allows bindings to be made based on the
+editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
+readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
+no characters are required to isolate it.
+.RS
+.IP \fBmode\fP
+The \fBmode=\fP form of the \fB$if\fP directive is used to test
+whether readline is in emacs or vi mode.
+This may be used in conjunction
+with the \fBset keymap\fP command, for instance, to set bindings in
+the \fIemacs\-standard\fP and \fIemacs\-ctlx\fP keymaps only if
+readline is starting out in emacs mode.
+.IP \fBterm\fP
+The \fBterm=\fP form may be used to include terminal-specific
+key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
+terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the
+.B =
+is tested against the both full name of the terminal and the portion
+of the terminal name before the first \fB\-\fP. This allows
+.I sun
+to match both
+.I sun
+and
+.IR sun\-cmd ,
+for instance.
+.IP \fBapplication\fP
+The \fBapplication\fP construct is used to include
+application-specific settings. Each program using the readline
+library sets the \fIapplication name\fP, and an initialization
+file can test for a particular value.
+This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
+a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a
+key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in \fBbash\fP:
+.sp 1
+.RS
+.nf
+\fB$if\fP Bash
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\eC\-xq": "\eeb\e"\eef\e""
+\fB$endif\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.RE
+.IP \fB$endif\fP
+This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
+\fB$if\fP command.
+.IP \fB$else\fP
+Commands in this branch of the \fB$if\fP directive are executed if
+the test fails.
+.IP \fB$include\fP
+This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
+and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive
+would read \fI/etc/inputrc\fP:
+.sp 1
+.RS
+.nf
+\fB$include\fP \^ \fI/etc/inputrc\fP
+.fi
+.RE
+.SS Searching
+.PP
+Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
+(see
+.SM
+.B HISTORY
+below) for lines containing a specified string.
+There are two search modes:
+.I incremental
+and
+.IR non-incremental .
+.PP
+Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
+search string.
+As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays
+the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
+An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
+find the desired history entry.
+The characters present in the value of the \fBisearch-terminators\fP
+variable are used to terminate an incremental search.
+If that variable has not been assigned a value the Escape and
+Control-J characters will terminate an incremental search.
+Control-G will abort an incremental search and restore the original
+line.
+When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
+search string becomes the current line.
+.PP
+To find other matching entries in the history list, type Control-S or
+Control-R as appropriate.
+This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
+entry matching the search string typed so far.
+Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate
+the search and execute that command.
+For instance, a \fInewline\fP will terminate the search and accept
+the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
+.PP
+Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two
+Control-Rs are typed without any intervening characters defining a
+new search string, any remembered search string is used.
+.PP
+Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
+to search for matching history lines. The search string may be
+typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
+.SS "Readline Command Names"
+.PP
+The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default
+key sequences to which they are bound.
+Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
+In the following descriptions, \fIpoint\fP refers to the current cursor
+position, and \fImark\fP refers to a cursor position saved by the
+\fBset\-mark\fP command.
+The text between the point and mark is referred to as the \fIregion\fP.
+.SS Commands for Moving
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B beginning\-of\-line (C\-a)
+Move to the start of the current line.
+.TP
+.B end\-of\-line (C\-e)
+Move to the end of the line.
+.TP
+.B forward\-char (C\-f)
+Move forward a character.
+.TP
+.B backward\-char (C\-b)
+Move back a character.
+.TP
+.B forward\-word (M\-f)
+Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of
+alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
+.TP
+.B backward\-word (M\-b)
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
+.TP
+.B shell\-forward\-word
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+.TP
+.B shell\-backward\-word
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+.TP
+.B clear\-screen (C\-l)
+Clear the screen leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the
+screen.
+.TP
+.B redraw\-current\-line
+Refresh the current line.
+.PD
+.SS Commands for Manipulating the History
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B accept\-line (Newline, Return)
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. If this line is
+non-empty, add it to the history list according to the state of the
+.SM
+.B HISTCONTROL
+variable. If the line is a modified history
+line, then restore the history line to its original state.
+.TP
+.B previous\-history (C\-p)
+Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in
+the list.
+.TP
+.B next\-history (C\-n)
+Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the
+list.
+.TP
+.B beginning\-of\-history (M\-<)
+Move to the first line in the history.
+.TP
+.B end\-of\-history (M\->)
+Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being
+entered.
+.TP
+.B reverse\-search\-history (C\-r)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+.TP
+.B forward\-search\-history (C\-s)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
+the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
+.TP
+.B non\-incremental\-reverse\-search\-history (M\-p)
+Search backward through the history starting at the current line
+using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user.
+.TP
+.B non\-incremental\-forward\-search\-history (M\-n)
+Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search for
+a string supplied by the user.
+.TP
+.B history\-search\-forward
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+.TP
+.B history\-search\-backward
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+.TP
+.B yank\-nth\-arg (M\-C\-y)
+Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
+the second word on the previous line) at point.
+With an argument
+.IR n ,
+insert the \fIn\fPth word from the previous command (the words
+in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument
+inserts the \fIn\fPth word from the end of the previous command.
+Once the argument \fIn\fP is computed, the argument is extracted
+as if the "!\fIn\fP" history expansion had been specified.
+.TP
+.B
+yank\-last\-arg (M\-.\^, M\-_\^)
+Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of
+the previous history entry).
+With a numeric argument, behave exactly like \fByank\-nth\-arg\fP.
+Successive calls to \fByank\-last\-arg\fP move back through the history
+list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
+the first call) of each line in turn.
+Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
+the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches
+the direction through the history (back or forward).
+The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last word,
+as if the "!$" history expansion had been specified.
+.TP
+.B shell\-expand\-line (M\-C\-e)
+Expand the line as the shell does. This
+performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell
+word expansions. See
+.SM
+.B HISTORY EXPANSION
+below for a description of history expansion.
+.TP
+.B history\-expand\-line (M\-^)
+Perform history expansion on the current line.
+See
+.SM
+.B HISTORY EXPANSION
+below for a description of history expansion.
+.TP
+.B magic\-space
+Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space.
+See
+.SM
+.B HISTORY EXPANSION
+below for a description of history expansion.
+.TP
+.B alias\-expand\-line
+Perform alias expansion on the current line.
+See
+.SM
+.B ALIASES
+above for a description of alias expansion.
+.TP
+.B history\-and\-alias\-expand\-line
+Perform history and alias expansion on the current line.
+.TP
+.B insert\-last\-argument (M\-.\^, M\-_\^)
+A synonym for \fByank\-last\-arg\fP.
+.TP
+.B operate\-and\-get\-next (C\-o)
+Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line
+relative to the current line from the history for editing. Any
+argument is ignored.
+.TP
+.B edit\-and\-execute\-command (C\-xC\-e)
+Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
+commands.
+\fBBash\fP attempts to invoke
+.SM
+.BR $VISUAL ,
+.SM
+.BR $EDITOR ,
+and \fIemacs\fP as the editor, in that order.
+.PD
+.SS Commands for Changing Text
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \fIend\-of\-file\fP (usually C\-d)
+The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
+.if t \f(CWstty\fP.
+.if n ``stty''.
+If this character is read when there are no characters
+on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
+interprets it as the end of input and returns
+.SM
+.BR EOF .
+.TP
+.B delete\-char (C\-d)
+Delete the character at point.
+If this function is bound to the
+same character as the tty \fBEOF\fP character, as \fBC\-d\fP
+commonly is, see above for the effects.
+.TP
+.B backward\-delete\-char (Rubout)
+Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument,
+save the deleted text on the kill ring.
+.TP
+.B forward\-backward\-delete\-char
+Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
+end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
+deleted.
+.TP
+.B quoted\-insert (C\-q, C\-v)
+Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is
+how to insert characters like \fBC\-q\fP, for example.
+.TP
+.B tab\-insert (C\-v TAB)
+Insert a tab character.
+.TP
+.B self\-insert (a,\ b,\ A,\ 1,\ !,\ ...)
+Insert the character typed.
+.TP
+.B transpose\-chars (C\-t)
+Drag the character before point forward over the character at point,
+moving point forward as well.
+If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes
+the two characters before point.
+Negative arguments have no effect.
+.TP
+.B transpose\-words (M\-t)
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point over that word as well.
+If point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+.TP
+.B upcase\-word (M\-u)
+Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+uppercase the previous word, but do not move point.
+.TP
+.B downcase\-word (M\-l)
+Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+lowercase the previous word, but do not move point.
+.TP
+.B capitalize\-word (M\-c)
+Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
+capitalize the previous word, but do not move point.
+.TP
+.B overwrite\-mode
+Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument,
+switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric
+argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only
+\fBemacs\fP mode; \fBvi\fP mode does overwrite differently.
+Each call to \fIreadline()\fP starts in insert mode.
+In overwrite mode, characters bound to \fBself\-insert\fP replace
+the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
+Characters bound to \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP replace the character
+before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound.
+.PD
+.SS Killing and Yanking
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B kill\-line (C\-k)
+Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
+.TP
+.B backward\-kill\-line (C\-x Rubout)
+Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
+.TP
+.B unix\-line\-discard (C\-u)
+Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+.\" There is no real difference between this and backward-kill-line
+.TP
+.B kill\-whole\-line
+Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
+.TP
+.B kill\-word (M\-d)
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBforward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B backward\-kill\-word (M\-Rubout)
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBbackward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B shell\-kill\-word
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBshell\-forward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B shell\-backward\-kill\-word
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBshell\-backward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B unix\-word\-rubout (C\-w)
+Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+.TP
+.B unix\-filename\-rubout
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+.TP
+.B delete\-horizontal\-space (M\-\e)
+Delete all spaces and tabs around point.
+.TP
+.B kill\-region
+Kill the text in the current region.
+.TP
+.B copy\-region\-as\-kill
+Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer.
+.TP
+.B copy\-backward\-word
+Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as \fBbackward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B copy\-forward\-word
+Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as \fBforward\-word\fP.
+.TP
+.B yank (C\-y)
+Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
+.TP
+.B yank\-pop (M\-y)
+Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following
+.B yank
+or
+.BR yank\-pop .
+.PD
+.SS Numeric Arguments
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B digit\-argument (M\-0, M\-1, ..., M\-\-)
+Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
+argument. M\-\- starts a negative argument.
+.TP
+.B universal\-argument
+This is another way to specify an argument.
+If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
+leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
+If the command is followed by digits, executing
+.B universal\-argument
+again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
+As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
+character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
+for the next command is multiplied by four.
+The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
+first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
+argument count sixteen, and so on.
+.PD
+.SS Completing
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B complete (TAB)
+Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
+.B Bash
+attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the
+text begins with \fB$\fP), username (if the text begins with
+\fB~\fP), hostname (if the text begins with \fB@\fP), or
+command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none
+of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted.
+.TP
+.B possible\-completions (M\-?)
+List the possible completions of the text before point.
+.TP
+.B insert\-completions (M\-*)
+Insert all completions of the text before point
+that would have been generated by
+\fBpossible\-completions\fP.
+.TP
+.B menu\-complete
+Similar to \fBcomplete\fP, but replaces the word to be completed
+with a single match from the list of possible completions.
+Repeated execution of \fBmenu\-complete\fP steps through the list
+of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
+At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
+(subject to the setting of \fBbell\-style\fP)
+and the original text is restored.
+An argument of \fIn\fP moves \fIn\fP positions forward in the list
+of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
+through the list.
+This command is intended to be bound to \fBTAB\fP, but is unbound
+by default.
+.TP
+.B menu\-complete\-backward
+Identical to \fBmenu\-complete\fP, but moves backward through the list
+of possible completions, as if \fBmenu\-complete\fP had been given a
+negative argument. This command is unbound by default.
+.TP
+.B delete\-char\-or\-list
+Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
+end of the line (like \fBdelete\-char\fP).
+If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
+\fBpossible\-completions\fP.
+This command is unbound by default.
+.TP
+.B complete\-filename (M\-/)
+Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
+.TP
+.B possible\-filename\-completions (C\-x /)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a filename.
+.TP
+.B complete\-username (M\-~)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a username.
+.TP
+.B possible\-username\-completions (C\-x ~)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a username.
+.TP
+.B complete\-variable (M\-$)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a shell variable.
+.TP
+.B possible\-variable\-completions (C\-x $)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a shell variable.
+.TP
+.B complete\-hostname (M\-@)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a hostname.
+.TP
+.B possible\-hostname\-completions (C\-x @)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a hostname.
+.TP
+.B complete\-command (M\-!)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a command name. Command completion attempts to
+match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell
+functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames,
+in that order.
+.TP
+.B possible\-command\-completions (C\-x !)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a command name.
+.TP
+.B dynamic\-complete\-history (M\-TAB)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+.TP
+.B dabbrev\-expand
+Attempt menu completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+.TP
+.B complete\-into\-braces (M\-{)
+Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions
+enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell (see
+.B Brace Expansion
+above).
+.PD
+.SS Keyboard Macros
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B start\-kbd\-macro (C\-x (\^)
+Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
+.TP
+.B end\-kbd\-macro (C\-x )\^)
+Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
+and store the definition.
+.TP
+.B call\-last\-kbd\-macro (C\-x e)
+Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
+in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
+.TP
+.B print\-last\-kbd\-macro ()
+Print the last keyboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
+\fIinputrc\fP file.
+.PD
+.SS Miscellaneous
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B re\-read\-init\-file (C\-x C\-r)
+Read in the contents of the \fIinputrc\fP file, and incorporate
+any bindings or variable assignments found there.
+.TP
+.B abort (C\-g)
+Abort the current editing command and
+ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
+.BR bell\-style ).
+.TP
+.B do\-uppercase\-version (M\-a, M\-b, M\-\fIx\fP, ...)
+If the metafied character \fIx\fP is lowercase, run the command
+that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
+.TP
+.B prefix\-meta (ESC)
+Metafy the next character typed.
+.SM
+.B ESC
+.B f
+is equivalent to
+.BR Meta\-f .
+.TP
+.B undo (C\-_, C\-x C\-u)
+Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
+.TP
+.B revert\-line (M\-r)
+Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the
+.B undo
+command enough times to return the line to its initial state.
+.TP
+.B tilde\-expand (M\-&)
+Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
+.TP
+.B set\-mark (C\-@, M\-<space>)
+Set the mark to the point. If a
+numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
+.TP
+.B exchange\-point\-and\-mark (C\-x C\-x)
+Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to
+the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
+.TP
+.B character\-search (C\-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
+character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
+.TP
+.B character\-search\-backward (M\-C\-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that
+character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences.
+.TP
+.B skip\-csi\-sequence
+Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
+defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a
+Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC\-[. If this sequence is
+bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
+unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
+stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default,
+but usually bound to ESC\-[.
+.TP
+.B insert\-comment (M\-#)
+Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline
+.B comment\-begin
+variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if
+the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
+of \fBcomment\-begin\fP, the value is inserted, otherwise
+the characters in \fBcomment\-begin\fP are deleted from the beginning of
+the line.
+In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
+The default value of
+\fBcomment\-begin\fP causes this command to make the current line
+a shell comment.
+If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line
+will be executed by the shell.
+.TP
+.B glob\-complete\-word (M\-g)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to
+generate a list of matching filenames for possible completions.
+.TP
+.B glob\-expand\-word (C\-x *)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+and the list of matching filenames is inserted, replacing the word.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+.TP
+.B glob\-list\-expansions (C\-x g)
+The list of expansions that would have been generated by
+.B glob\-expand\-word
+is displayed, and the line is redrawn.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+.TP
+.B dump\-functions
+Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
+readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
+.TP
+.B dump\-variables
+Print all of the settable readline variables and their values to the
+readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
+.TP
+.B dump\-macros
+Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the
+strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an \fIinputrc\fP file.
+.TP
+.B display\-shell\-version (C\-x C\-v)
+Display version information about the current instance of
+.BR bash .
+.PD
+.SS Programmable Completion
+.PP
+When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for
+which a completion specification (a \fIcompspec\fP) has been defined
+using the \fBcomplete\fP builtin (see
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below), the programmable completion facilities are invoked.
+.PP
+First, the command name is identified.
+If the command word is the empty string (completion attempted at the
+beginning of an empty line), any compspec defined with
+the \fB\-E\fP option to \fBcomplete\fP is used.
+If a compspec has been defined for that command, the
+compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word.
+If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full
+pathname is searched for first.
+If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to
+find a compspec for the portion following the final slash.
+If those searches do not result in a compspec, any compspec defined with
+the \fB\-D\fP option to \fBcomplete\fP is used as the default.
+.PP
+Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of
+matching words.
+If a compspec is not found, the default \fBbash\fP completion as
+described above under \fBCompleting\fP is performed.
+.PP
+First, the actions specified by the compspec are used.
+Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are
+returned.
+When the
+.B \-f
+or
+.B \-d
+option is used for filename or directory name completion, the shell
+variable
+.SM
+.B FIGNORE
+is used to filter the matches.
+.PP
+Any completions specified by a pathname expansion pattern to the
+\fB\-G\fP option are generated next.
+The words generated by the pattern need not match the word
+being completed.
+The
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+shell variable is not used to filter the matches, but the
+.SM
+.B FIGNORE
+variable is used.
+.PP
+Next, the string specified as the argument to the \fB\-W\fP option
+is considered.
+The string is first split using the characters in the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+special variable as delimiters.
+Shell quoting is honored.
+Each word is then expanded using
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+as described above under
+.SM
+.BR EXPANSION .
+The results are split using the rules described above under
+\fBWord Splitting\fP.
+The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being
+completed, and the matching words become the possible completions.
+.PP
+After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
+specified with the \fB\-F\fP and \fB\-C\fP options is invoked.
+When the command or function is invoked, the
+.SM
+.BR COMP_LINE ,
+.SM
+.BR COMP_POINT ,
+.SM
+.BR COMP_KEY ,
+and
+.SM
+.B COMP_TYPE
+variables are assigned values as described above under
+\fBShell Variables\fP.
+If a shell function is being invoked, the
+.SM
+.B COMP_WORDS
+and
+.SM
+.B COMP_CWORD
+variables are also set.
+When the function or command is invoked,
+the first argument (\fB$1\fP) is the name of the command whose arguments are
+being completed,
+the second argument (\fB$2\fP) is the word being completed,
+and the third argument (\fB$3\fP) is the word preceding the word being
+completed on the current command line.
+No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed
+is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating
+the matches.
+.PP
+Any function specified with \fB\-F\fP is invoked first.
+The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the
+\fBcompgen\fP builtin described below, to generate the matches.
+It must put the possible completions in the
+.SM
+.B COMPREPLY
+array variable, one per array element.
+.PP
+Next, any command specified with the \fB\-C\fP option is invoked
+in an environment equivalent to command substitution.
+It should print a list of completions, one per line, to the
+standard output.
+Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary.
+.PP
+After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter
+specified with the \fB\-X\fP option is applied to the list.
+The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a \fB&\fP
+in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed.
+A literal \fB&\fP may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash
+is removed before attempting a match.
+Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
+A leading \fB!\fP negates the pattern; in this case any completion
+not matching the pattern will be removed.
+If the
+.B nocasematch
+shell option is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+.PP
+Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP
+options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is
+returned to the readline completion code as the list of possible
+completions.
+.PP
+If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
+\fB\-o dirnames\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
+compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted.
+.PP
+If the \fB\-o plusdirs\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
+compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+.PP
+By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned
+to the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
+The default \fBbash\fP completions are not attempted, and the readline
+default of filename completion is disabled.
+If the \fB\-o bashdefault\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when
+the compspec was defined, the \fBbash\fP default completions are attempted
+if the compspec generates no matches.
+If the \fB\-o default\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the
+compspec was defined, readline's default completion will be performed
+if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default \fBbash\fP completions)
+generate no matches.
+.PP
+When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
+the programmable completion functions force readline to append a slash
+to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to
+the value of the \fBmark\-directories\fP readline variable, regardless
+of the setting of the \fBmark-symlinked\-directories\fP readline variable.
+.PP
+There is some support for dynamically modifying completions. This is
+most useful when used in combination with a default completion specified
+with \fBcomplete -D\fP.
+It's possible for shell functions executed as completion
+handlers to indicate that completion should be retried by returning an
+exit status of 124. If a shell function returns 124, and changes
+the compspec associated with the command on which completion is being
+attempted (supplied as the first argument when the function is executed),
+programmable completion restarts from the beginning, with an
+attempt to find a new compspec for that command. This allows a set of
+completions to be built dynamically as completion is attempted, rather than
+being loaded all at once.
+.PP
+For instance, assuming that there is a library of compspecs, each kept in a
+file corresponding to the name of the command, the following default
+completion function would load completions dynamically:
+.PP
+\f(CW_completion_loader()
+.br
+{
+.br
+ . "/etc/bash_completion.d/$1.sh" >/dev/null 2>&1 && return 124
+.br
+}
+.br
+complete -D -F _completion_loader -o bashdefault -o default
+.br
+\fP
+.SH HISTORY
+When the
+.B \-o history
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin is enabled, the shell provides access to the
+\fIcommand history\fP,
+the list of commands previously typed.
+The value of the
+.SM
+.B HISTSIZE
+variable is used as the
+number of commands to save in a history list.
+The text of the last
+.SM
+.B HISTSIZE
+commands (default 500) is saved. The shell
+stores each command in the history list prior to parameter and
+variable expansion (see
+.SM
+.B EXPANSION
+above) but after history expansion is performed, subject to the
+values of the shell variables
+.SM
+.B HISTIGNORE
+and
+.SM
+.BR HISTCONTROL .
+.PP
+On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by
+the variable
+.SM
+.B HISTFILE
+(default \fI~/.bash_history\fP).
+The file named by the value of
+.SM
+.B HISTFILE
+is truncated, if necessary, to contain no more than
+the number of lines specified by the value of
+.SM
+.BR HISTFILESIZE .
+If \fBHISTFILESIZE\fP is unset, or set to null, a non-numeric value,
+or a numeric value less than zero, the history file is not truncated.
+When the history file is read,
+lines beginning with the history comment character followed immediately
+by a digit are interpreted as timestamps for the preceding history line.
+These timestamps are optionally displayed depending on the value of the
+.SM
+.B HISTTIMEFORMAT
+variable.
+When a shell with history enabled exits, the last
+.SM
+.B $HISTSIZE
+lines are copied from the history list to
+.SM
+.BR $HISTFILE .
+If the
+.B histappend
+shell option is enabled
+(see the description of
+.B shopt
+under
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+below), the lines are appended to the history file,
+otherwise the history file is overwritten.
+If
+.SM
+.B HISTFILE
+is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is
+not saved.
+If the
+.SM
+.B HISTTIMEFORMAT
+variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file, marked
+with the history comment character, so
+they may be preserved across shell sessions.
+This uses the history comment character to distinguish timestamps from
+other history lines.
+After saving the history, the history file is truncated
+to contain no more than
+.SM
+.B HISTFILESIZE
+lines. If
+.SM
+.B HISTFILESIZE
+is unset, or set to null, a non-numeric value,
+or a numeric value less than zero, the history file is not truncated.
+.PP
+The builtin command
+.B fc
+(see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below) may be used to list or edit and re-execute a portion of
+the history list.
+The
+.B history
+builtin may be used to display or modify the history list and
+manipulate the history file.
+When using command-line editing, search commands
+are available in each editing mode that provide access to the
+history list.
+.PP
+The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history
+list. The
+.SM
+.B HISTCONTROL
+and
+.SM
+.B HISTIGNORE
+variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the
+commands entered.
+The
+.B cmdhist
+shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each
+line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding
+semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness.
+The
+.B lithist
+shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines
+instead of semicolons. See the description of the
+.B shopt
+builtin below under
+.SM
+.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+for information on setting and unsetting shell options.
+.SH "HISTORY EXPANSION"
+.PP
+The shell supports a history expansion feature that
+is similar to the history expansion in
+.BR csh.
+This section describes what syntax features are available. This
+feature is enabled by default for interactive shells, and can be
+disabled using the
+.B +H
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
+below). Non-interactive shells do not perform history expansion
+by default.
+.PP
+History expansions introduce words from the history list into
+the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the
+arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or
+fix errors in previous commands quickly.
+.PP
+History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line
+is read, before the shell breaks it into words.
+It takes place in two parts.
+The first is to determine which line from the history list
+to use during substitution.
+The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into
+the current one.
+The line selected from the history is the \fIevent\fP,
+and the portions of that line that are acted upon are \fIwords\fP.
+Various \fImodifiers\fP are available to manipulate the selected words.
+The line is broken into words in the same fashion as when reading input,
+so that several \fImetacharacter\fP-separated words surrounded by
+quotes are considered one word.
+History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the
+history expansion character, which is \^\fB!\fP\^ by default.
+Only backslash (\^\fB\e\fP\^) and single quotes can quote
+the history expansion character.
+.PP
+Several characters inhibit history expansion if found immediately
+following the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted:
+space, tab, newline, carriage return, and \fB=\fP.
+If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled, \fB(\fP will also
+inhibit expansion.
+.PP
+Several shell options settable with the
+.B shopt
+builtin may be used to tailor the behavior of history expansion.
+If the
+.B histverify
+shell option is enabled (see the description of the
+.B shopt
+builtin below), and
+.B readline
+is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to
+the shell parser.
+Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the
+.B readline
+editing buffer for further modification.
+If
+.B readline
+is being used, and the
+.B histreedit
+shell option is enabled, a failed history substitution will be reloaded
+into the
+.B readline
+editing buffer for correction.
+The
+.B \-p
+option to the
+.B history
+builtin command may be used to see what a history expansion will
+do before using it.
+The
+.B \-s
+option to the
+.B history
+builtin may be used to add commands to the end of the history list
+without actually executing them, so that they are available for
+subsequent recall.
+.PP
+The shell allows control of the various characters used by the
+history expansion mechanism (see the description of
+.B histchars
+above under
+.BR "Shell Variables" ).
+The shell uses
+the history comment character to mark history timestamps when
+writing the history file.
+.SS Event Designators
+.PP
+An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the
+history list.
+Unless the reference is absolute, events are relative to the current
+position in the history list.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B !
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a
+.BR blank ,
+newline, carriage return, =
+or ( (when the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using
+the \fBshopt\fP builtin).
+.TP
+.B !\fIn\fR
+Refer to command line
+.IR n .
+.TP
+.B !\-\fIn\fR
+Refer to the current command minus
+.IR n .
+.TP
+.B !!
+Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!\-1'.
+.TP
+.B !\fIstring\fR
+Refer to the most recent command preceding the current position in the
+history list starting with
+.IR string .
+.TP
+.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR
+Refer to the most recent command preceding the current position in the
+history list containing
+.IR string .
+The trailing \fB?\fP may be omitted if
+.I string
+is followed immediately by a newline.
+.TP
+.B \d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring1\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring2\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u
+Quick substitution. Repeat the previous command, replacing
+.I string1
+with
+.IR string2 .
+Equivalent to
+``!!:s/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/''
+(see \fBModifiers\fP below).
+.TP
+.B !#
+The entire command line typed so far.
+.PD
+.SS Word Designators
+.PP
+Word designators are used to select desired words from the event.
+A
+.B :
+separates the event specification from the word designator.
+It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a
+.BR ^ ,
+.BR $ ,
+.BR * ,
+.BR \- ,
+or
+.BR % .
+Words are numbered from the beginning of the line,
+with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero).
+Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B 0 (zero)
+The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command
+word.
+.TP
+.I n
+The \fIn\fRth word.
+.TP
+.B ^
+The first argument. That is, word 1.
+.TP
+.B $
+The last word. This is usually the last argument, but will expand to the
+zeroth word if there is only one word in the line.
+.TP
+.B %
+The word matched by the most recent `?\fIstring\fR?' search.
+.TP
+.I x\fB\-\fPy
+A range of words; `\-\fIy\fR' abbreviates `0\-\fIy\fR'.
+.TP
+.B *
+All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym
+for `\fI1\-$\fP'. It is not an error to use
+.B *
+if there is just one
+word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case.
+.TP
+.B x*
+Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP.
+.TP
+.B x\-
+Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP like \fBx*\fP, but omits the last word.
+.PD
+.PP
+If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
+previous command is used as the event.
+.SS Modifiers
+.PP
+After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of
+one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'.
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.PP
+.TP
+.B h
+Remove a trailing filename component, leaving only the head.
+.TP
+.B t
+Remove all leading filename components, leaving the tail.
+.TP
+.B r
+Remove a trailing suffix of the form \fI.xxx\fP, leaving the
+basename.
+.TP
+.B e
+Remove all but the trailing suffix.
+.TP
+.B p
+Print the new command but do not execute it.
+.TP
+.B q
+Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
+.TP
+.B x
+Quote the substituted words as with
+.BR q ,
+but break into words at
+.B blanks
+and newlines.
+.TP
+.B s/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/
+Substitute
+.I new
+for the first occurrence of
+.I old
+in the event line. Any delimiter can be used in place of /. The
+final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the
+event line. The delimiter may be quoted in
+.I old
+and
+.I new
+with a single backslash. If & appears in
+.IR new ,
+it is replaced by
+.IR old .
+A single backslash will quote the &. If
+.I old
+is null, it is set to the last
+.I old
+substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place,
+the last
+.I string
+in a
+.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR
+search.
+.TP
+.B &
+Repeat the previous substitution.
+.TP
+.B g
+Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is
+used in conjunction with `\fB:s\fP' (e.g., `\fB:gs/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/\fR')
+or `\fB:&\fP'. If used with
+`\fB:s\fP', any delimiter can be used
+in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional
+if it is the last character of the event line.
+An \fBa\fP may be used as a synonym for \fBg\fP.
+.TP
+.B G
+Apply the following `\fBs\fP' modifier once to each word in the event line.
+.PD
+.SH "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS"
+.\" start of bash_builtins
+.zZ
+.PP
+Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented in this
+section as accepting options preceded by
+.B \-
+accepts
+.B \-\-
+to signify the end of the options.
+The \fB:\fP, \fBtrue\fP, \fBfalse\fP, and \fBtest\fP builtins
+do not accept options and do not treat \fB\-\-\fP specially.
+The \fBexit\fP, \fBlogout\fP, \fBbreak\fP, \fBcontinue\fP, \fBlet\fP,
+and \fBshift\fP builtins accept and process arguments beginning with
+\fB\-\fP without requiring \fB\-\-\fP.
+Other builtins that accept arguments but are not specified as accepting
+options interpret arguments beginning with \fB\-\fP as invalid options and
+require \fB\-\-\fP to prevent this interpretation.
+.sp .5
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fB:\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+.PD
+No effect; the command does nothing beyond expanding
+.I arguments
+and performing any specified
+redirections. A zero exit code is returned.
+.TP
+\fB .\| \fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBsource\fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+.PD
+Read and execute commands from
+.I filename
+in the current
+shell environment and return the exit status of the last command
+executed from
+.IR filename .
+If
+.I filename
+does not contain a slash, filenames in
+.SM
+.B PATH
+are used to find the directory containing
+.IR filename .
+The file searched for in
+.SM
+.B PATH
+need not be executable.
+When \fBbash\fP is not in \fIposix mode\fP, the current directory is
+searched if no file is found in
+.SM
+.BR PATH .
+If the
+.B sourcepath
+option to the
+.B shopt
+builtin command is turned off, the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+is not searched.
+If any \fIarguments\fP are supplied, they become the positional
+parameters when \fIfilename\fP is executed. Otherwise the positional
+parameters are unchanged.
+The return status is the status of the last command exited within
+the script (0 if no commands are executed), and false if
+.I filename
+is not found or cannot be read.
+.TP
+\fBalias\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
+\fBAlias\fP with no arguments or with the
+.B \-p
+option prints the list of aliases in the form
+\fBalias\fP \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP on standard output.
+When arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for
+each \fIname\fP whose \fIvalue\fP is given.
+A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP causes the next word to be
+checked for alias substitution when the alias is expanded.
+For each \fIname\fP in the argument list for which no \fIvalue\fP
+is supplied, the name and value of the alias is printed.
+\fBAlias\fP returns true unless a \fIname\fP is given for which
+no alias has been defined.
+.TP
+\fBbg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP ...]
+Resume each suspended job \fIjobspec\fP in the background, as if it
+had been started with
+.BR & .
+If
+.I jobspec
+is not present, the shell's notion of the \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
+.B bg
+.I jobspec
+returns 0 unless run when job control is disabled or, when run with
+job control enabled, any specified \fIjobspec\fP was not found
+or was started without job control.
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-lpsvPSVX\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-q\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-r\fP \fIkeyseq\fP]
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-x\fP \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIfunction\-name\fP
+.TP
+\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIreadline\-command\fP
+.PD
+Display current
+.B readline
+key and function bindings, bind a key sequence to a
+.B readline
+function or macro, or set a
+.B readline
+variable.
+Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in
+.IR .inputrc ,
+but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument;
+e.g., '"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file'.
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-m \fIkeymap\fP
+Use
+.I keymap
+as the keymap to be affected by the subsequent bindings.
+Acceptable
+.I keymap
+names are
+\fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi,
+vi\-move, vi\-command\fP, and
+.IR vi\-insert .
+\fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is
+equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-l
+List the names of all \fBreadline\fP functions.
+.TP
+.B \-p
+Display \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings in such a way
+that they can be re-read.
+.TP
+.B \-P
+List current \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings
+they output in such a way that they can be re-read.
+.TP
+.B \-S
+Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings
+they output.
+.TP
+.B \-v
+Display \fBreadline\fP variable names and values in such a way that they
+can be re-read.
+.TP
+.B \-V
+List current \fBreadline\fP variable names and values.
+.TP
+.B \-f \fIfilename\fP
+Read key bindings from \fIfilename\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-q \fIfunction\fP
+Query about which keys invoke the named \fIfunction\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-u \fIfunction\fP
+Unbind all keys bound to the named \fIfunction\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-r \fIkeyseq\fP
+Remove any current binding for \fIkeyseq\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-x \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP
+Cause \fIshell\-command\fP to be executed whenever \fIkeyseq\fP is
+entered.
+When \fIshell\-command\fP is executed, the shell sets the
+.SM
+.B READLINE_LINE
+variable to the contents of the \fBreadline\fP line buffer and the
+.SM
+.B READLINE_POINT
+variable to the current location of the insertion point.
+If the executed command changes the value of
+.SM
+.B READLINE_LINE
+or
+.SM
+.BR READLINE_POINT ,
+those new values will be reflected in the editing state.
+.TP
+.B \-X
+List all key sequences bound to shell commands and the associated commands
+in a format that can be reused as input.
+.PD
+.PP
+The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given or an
+error occurred.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBbreak\fP [\fIn\fP]
+Exit from within a
+.BR for ,
+.BR while ,
+.BR until ,
+or
+.B select
+loop. If \fIn\fP is specified, break \fIn\fP levels.
+.I n
+must be \(>= 1. If
+.I n
+is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops
+are exited.
+The return value is 0 unless \fIn\fP is not greater than or equal to 1.
+.TP
+\fBbuiltin\fP \fIshell\-builtin\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+Execute the specified shell builtin, passing it
+.IR arguments ,
+and return its exit status.
+This is useful when defining a
+function whose name is the same as a shell builtin,
+retaining the functionality of the builtin within the function.
+The \fBcd\fP builtin is commonly redefined this way.
+The return status is false if
+.I shell\-builtin
+is not a shell builtin command.
+.TP
+\fBcaller\fP [\fIexpr\fP]
+Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or
+a script executed with the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins).
+Without \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP displays the line number and source
+filename of the current subroutine call.
+If a non-negative integer is supplied as \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP
+displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding
+to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra
+information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The
+current frame is frame 0.
+The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine
+call or \fIexpr\fP does not correspond to a valid position in the
+call stack.
+.TP
+\fBcd\fP [\fB\-L\fP|[\fB\-P\fP [\fB\-e\fP]] [\-@]] [\fIdir\fP]
+Change the current directory to \fIdir\fP.
+if \fIdir\fP is not supplied, the value of the
+.SM
+.B HOME
+shell variable is the default.
+Any additional arguments following \fIdir\fP are ignored.
+The variable
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+defines the search path for the directory containing
+.IR dir :
+each directory name in
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+is searched for \fIdir\fP.
+Alternative directory names in
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name in
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+is the same as the current directory, i.e., ``\fB.\fP''. If
+.I dir
+begins with a slash (/),
+then
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+is not used. The
+.B \-P
+option causes \fBcd\fP to use the physical directory structure
+by resolving symbolic links while traversing \fIdir\fP and
+before processing instances of \fI..\fP in \fIdir\fP (see also the
+.B \-P
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command); the
+.B \-L
+option forces symbolic links to be followed by resolving the link
+after processing instances of \fI..\fP in \fIdir\fP.
+If \fI..\fP appears in \fIdir\fP, it is processed by removing the
+immediately previous pathname component from \fIdir\fP, back to a slash
+or the beginning of \fIdir\fP.
+If the
+.B \-e
+option is supplied with
+.BR \-P ,
+and the current working directory cannot be successfully determined
+after a successful directory change, \fBcd\fP will return an unsuccessful
+status.
+On systems that support it, the \fB\-@\fP option presents the extended
+attributes associated with a file as a directory.
+An argument of
+.B \-
+is converted to
+.SM
+.B $OLDPWD
+before the directory change is attempted.
+If a non-empty directory name from
+.SM
+.B CDPATH
+is used, or if
+\fB\-\fP is the first argument, and the directory change is
+successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is
+written to the standard output.
+The return value is true if the directory was successfully changed;
+false otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBcommand\fP [\fB\-pVv\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
+Run
+.I command
+with
+.I args
+suppressing the normal shell function lookup.
+Only builtin commands or commands found in the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+are executed. If the
+.B \-p
+option is given, the search for
+.I command
+is performed using a default value for
+.SM
+.B PATH
+that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities.
+If either the
+.B \-V
+or
+.B \-v
+option is supplied, a description of
+.I command
+is printed. The
+.B \-v
+option causes a single word indicating the command or filename
+used to invoke
+.I command
+to be displayed; the
+.B \-V
+option produces a more verbose description.
+If the
+.B \-V
+or
+.B \-v
+option is supplied, the exit status is 0 if
+.I command
+was found, and 1 if not. If neither option is supplied and
+an error occurred or
+.I command
+cannot be found, the exit status is 127. Otherwise, the exit status of the
+.B command
+builtin is the exit status of
+.IR command .
+.TP
+\fBcompgen\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIword\fP]
+Generate possible completion matches for \fIword\fP according to
+the \fIoption\fPs, which may be any option accepted by the
+.B complete
+builtin with the exception of \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-r\fP, and write
+the matches to the standard output.
+When using the \fB\-F\fP or \fB\-C\fP options, the various shell variables
+set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not
+have useful values.
+.sp 1
+The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable
+completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification
+with the same flags.
+If \fIword\fP is specified, only those completions matching \fIword\fP
+will be displayed.
+.sp 1
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no
+matches were generated.
+.TP
+\fBcomplete\fP [\fB\-abcdefgjksuv\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP] [\fB\-DE\fP] [\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP] [\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP] [\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP] [\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP]
+.br
+[\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP] [\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP] [\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname ...\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBcomplete\fP \fB\-pr\fP [\fB\-DE\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
+.PD
+Specify how arguments to each \fIname\fP should be completed.
+If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied, or if no options are supplied,
+existing completion specifications are printed in a way that allows
+them to be reused as input.
+The \fB\-r\fP option removes a completion specification for
+each \fIname\fP, or, if no \fIname\fPs are supplied, all
+completion specifications.
+The \fB\-D\fP option indicates that the remaining options and actions should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The \fB\-E\fP option indicates that the remaining options and actions should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a
+blank line.
+.sp 1
+The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion
+is attempted is described above under \fBProgrammable Completion\fP.
+.sp 1
+Other options, if specified, have the following meanings.
+The arguments to the \fB\-G\fP, \fB\-W\fP, and \fB\-X\fP options
+(and, if necessary, the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP options)
+should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the
+.B complete
+builtin is invoked.
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP 8
+\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP
+The \fIcomp-option\fP controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior
+beyond the simple generation of completions.
+\fIcomp-option\fP may be one of:
+.RS
+.TP 8
+.B bashdefault
+Perform the rest of the default \fBbash\fP completions if the compspec
+generates no matches.
+.TP 8
+.B default
+Use readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
+no matches.
+.TP 8
+.B dirnames
+Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
+.TP 8
+.B filenames
+Tell readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
+filename\-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names,
+quoting special characters, or suppressing trailing spaces).
+Intended to be used with shell functions.
+.TP 8
+.B noquote
+Tell readline not to quote the completed words if they are filenames
+(quoting filenames is the default).
+.TP 8
+.B nospace
+Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
+the end of the line.
+.TP 8
+.B plusdirs
+After any matches defined by the compspec are generated,
+directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+.RE
+.TP 8
+\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP
+The \fIaction\fP may be one of the following to generate a list of possible
+completions:
+.RS
+.TP 8
+.B alias
+Alias names. May also be specified as \fB\-a\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B arrayvar
+Array variable names.
+.TP 8
+.B binding
+\fBReadline\fP key binding names.
+.TP 8
+.B builtin
+Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as \fB\-b\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B command
+Command names. May also be specified as \fB\-c\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B directory
+Directory names. May also be specified as \fB\-d\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B disabled
+Names of disabled shell builtins.
+.TP 8
+.B enabled
+Names of enabled shell builtins.
+.TP 8
+.B export
+Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-e\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B file
+File names. May also be specified as \fB\-f\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B function
+Names of shell functions.
+.TP 8
+.B group
+Group names. May also be specified as \fB\-g\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B helptopic
+Help topics as accepted by the \fBhelp\fP builtin.
+.TP 8
+.B hostname
+Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the
+.SM
+.B HOSTFILE
+shell variable.
+.TP 8
+.B job
+Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as \fB\-j\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B keyword
+Shell reserved words. May also be specified as \fB\-k\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B running
+Names of running jobs, if job control is active.
+.TP 8
+.B service
+Service names. May also be specified as \fB\-s\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B setopt
+Valid arguments for the \fB\-o\fP option to the \fBset\fP builtin.
+.TP 8
+.B shopt
+Shell option names as accepted by the \fBshopt\fP builtin.
+.TP 8
+.B signal
+Signal names.
+.TP 8
+.B stopped
+Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active.
+.TP 8
+.B user
+User names. May also be specified as \fB\-u\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B variable
+Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-v\fP.
+.RE
+.TP 8
+\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP
+\fIcommand\fP is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is
+used as the possible completions.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP
+The shell function \fIfunction\fP is executed in the current shell
+environment.
+When the function is executed,
+the first argument (\fB$1\fP) is the name of the command whose arguments are
+being completed,
+the second argument (\fB$2\fP) is the word being completed,
+and the third argument (\fB$3\fP) is the word preceding the word being
+completed on the current command line.
+When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value
+of the
+.SM
+.B COMPREPLY
+array variable.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP
+The pathname expansion pattern \fIglobpat\fP is expanded to generate
+the possible completions.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP
+\fIprefix\fP is added at the beginning of each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP
+\fIsuffix\fP is appended to each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP
+The \fIwordlist\fP is split using the characters in the
+.SM
+.B IFS
+special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word is expanded.
+The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which
+match the word being completed.
+.TP 8
+\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP
+\fIfilterpat\fP is a pattern as used for pathname expansion.
+It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the
+preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching
+\fIfilterpat\fP is removed from the list.
+A leading \fB!\fP in \fIfilterpat\fP negates the pattern; in this
+case, any completion not matching \fIfilterpat\fP is removed.
+.PD
+.PP
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option
+other than \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-r\fP is supplied without a \fIname\fP
+argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for
+a \fIname\fP for which no specification exists, or
+an error occurs adding a completion specification.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBcompopt\fP [\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\fP] [\fB\-DE\fP] [\fB+o\fP \fIoption\fP] [\fIname\fP]
+Modify completion options for each \fIname\fP according to the
+\fIoption\fPs, or for the
+currently-executing completion if no \fIname\fPs are supplied.
+If no \fIoption\fPs are given, display the completion options for each
+\fIname\fP or the current completion.
+The possible values of \fIoption\fP are those valid for the \fBcomplete\fP
+builtin described above.
+The \fB\-D\fP option indicates that the remaining options should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The \fB\-E\fP option indicates that the remaining options should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a
+blank line.
+.sp 1
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an attempt
+is made to modify the options for a \fIname\fP for which no completion
+specification exists, or an output error occurs.
+.TP
+\fBcontinue\fP [\fIn\fP]
+Resume the next iteration of the enclosing
+.BR for ,
+.BR while ,
+.BR until ,
+or
+.B select
+loop.
+If
+.I n
+is specified, resume at the \fIn\fPth enclosing loop.
+.I n
+must be \(>= 1. If
+.I n
+is greater than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop
+(the ``top-level'' loop) is resumed.
+The return value is 0 unless \fIn\fP is not greater than or equal to 1.
+.TP
+\fBdeclare\fP [\fB\-aAfFgilnrtux\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBtypeset\fP [\fB\-aAfFgilnrtux\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
+.PD
+Declare variables and/or give them attributes.
+If no \fIname\fPs are given then display the values of variables.
+The
+.B \-p
+option will display the attributes and values of each
+.IR name .
+When
+.B \-p
+is used with \fIname\fP arguments, additional options,
+other than \fB\-f\fP and \fB\-F\fP, are ignored.
+When
+.B \-p
+is supplied without \fIname\fP arguments, it will display the attributes
+and values of all variables having the attributes specified by the
+additional options.
+If no other options are supplied with \fB\-p\fP, \fBdeclare\fP will display
+the attributes and values of all shell variables. The \fB\-f\fP option
+will restrict the display to shell functions.
+The
+.B \-F
+option inhibits the display of function definitions; only the
+function name and attributes are printed.
+If the \fBextdebug\fP shell option is enabled using \fBshopt\fP,
+the source file name and line number where the function is defined
+are displayed as well. The
+.B \-F
+option implies
+.BR \-f .
+The
+.B \-g
+option forces variables to be created or modified at the global scope,
+even when \fBdeclare\fP is executed in a shell function.
+It is ignored in all other cases.
+The following options can
+be used to restrict output to variables with the specified attribute or
+to give variables attributes:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-a
+Each \fIname\fP is an indexed array variable (see
+.B Arrays
+above).
+.TP
+.B \-A
+Each \fIname\fP is an associative array variable (see
+.B Arrays
+above).
+.TP
+.B \-f
+Use function names only.
+.TP
+.B \-i
+The variable is treated as an integer; arithmetic evaluation (see
+.SM
+.B "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION"
+above) is performed when the variable is assigned a value.
+.TP
+.B \-l
+When the variable is assigned a value, all upper-case characters are
+converted to lower-case.
+The upper-case attribute is disabled.
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Give each \fIname\fP the \fInameref\fP attribute, making
+it a name reference to another variable.
+That other variable is defined by the value of \fIname\fP.
+All references, assignments, and attribute modifications
+to \fIname\fP, except for changing the
+\fB\-n\fP attribute itself, are performed on the variable referenced by
+\fIname\fP's value.
+The nameref attribute cannot be applied to array variables.
+.TP
+.B \-r
+Make \fIname\fPs readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values
+by subsequent assignment statements or unset.
+.TP
+.B \-t
+Give each \fIname\fP the \fItrace\fP attribute.
+Traced functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps from
+the calling shell.
+The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables.
+.TP
+.B \-u
+When the variable is assigned a value, all lower-case characters are
+converted to upper-case.
+The lower-case attribute is disabled.
+.TP
+.B \-x
+Mark \fIname\fPs for export to subsequent commands via the environment.
+.PD
+.PP
+Using `+' instead of `\-'
+turns off the attribute instead,
+with the exceptions that \fB+a\fP
+may not be used to destroy an array variable and \fB+r\fP will not
+remove the readonly attribute.
+When used in a function,
+.B declare
+and
+.B typeset
+make each
+\fIname\fP local, as with the
+.B local
+command,
+unless the \fB\-g\fP option is supplied.
+If a variable name is followed by =\fIvalue\fP, the value of
+the variable is set to \fIvalue\fP.
+When using \fB\-a\fP or \fB\-A\fP and the compound assignment syntax to
+create array variables, additional attributes do not take effect until
+subsequent assignments.
+The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered,
+an attempt is made to define a function using
+.if n ``\-f foo=bar'',
+.if t \f(CW\-f foo=bar\fP,
+an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable,
+an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without
+using the compound assignment syntax (see
+.B Arrays
+above), one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name,
+an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable,
+an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable,
+or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with \fB\-f\fP.
+.RE
+.TP
+.B dirs [\fB\-clpv\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
+Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories.
+The default display is on a single line with directory names separated
+by spaces.
+Directories are added to the list with the
+.B pushd
+command; the
+.B popd
+command removes entries from the list.
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-c
+Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the entries.
+.TP
+.B \-l
+Produces a listing using full pathnames;
+the default listing format uses a tilde to denote the home directory.
+.TP
+.B \-p
+Print the directory stack with one entry per line.
+.TP
+.B \-v
+Print the directory stack with one entry per line,
+prefixing each entry with its index in the stack.
+.TP
+\fB+\fP\fIn\fP
+Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list
+shown by
+.B dirs
+when invoked without options, starting with zero.
+.TP
+\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
+Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list
+shown by
+.B dirs
+when invoked without options, starting with zero.
+.PD
+.PP
+The return value is 0 unless an
+invalid option is supplied or \fIn\fP indexes beyond the end
+of the directory stack.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBdisown\fP [\fB\-ar\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fIjobspec\fP ...]
+Without options, remove each
+.I jobspec
+from the table of active jobs.
+If
+.I jobspec
+is not present, and neither the \fB\-a\fP nor the \fB\-r\fP option
+is supplied, the \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
+If the \fB\-h\fP option is given, each
+.I jobspec
+is not removed from the table, but is marked so that
+.SM
+.B SIGHUP
+is not sent to the job if the shell receives a
+.SM
+.BR SIGHUP .
+If no
+.I jobspec
+is supplied, the
+.B \-a
+option means to remove or mark all jobs; the
+.B \-r
+option without a
+.I jobspec
+argument restricts operation to running jobs.
+The return value is 0 unless a
+.I jobspec
+does not specify a valid job.
+.TP
+\fBecho\fP [\fB\-neE\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...]
+Output the \fIarg\fPs, separated by spaces, followed by a newline.
+The return status is 0 unless a write error occurs.
+If \fB\-n\fP is specified, the trailing newline is
+suppressed. If the \fB\-e\fP option is given, interpretation of
+the following backslash-escaped characters is enabled. The
+.B \-E
+option disables the interpretation of these escape characters,
+even on systems where they are interpreted by default.
+The \fBxpg_echo\fP shell option may be used to
+dynamically determine whether or not \fBecho\fP expands these
+escape characters by default.
+.B echo
+does not interpret \fB\-\-\fP to mean the end of options.
+.B echo
+interprets the following escape sequences:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \ea
+alert (bell)
+.TP
+.B \eb
+backspace
+.TP
+.B \ec
+suppress further output
+.TP
+.B \ee
+.TP
+.B \eE
+an escape character
+.TP
+.B \ef
+form feed
+.TP
+.B \en
+new line
+.TP
+.B \er
+carriage return
+.TP
+.B \et
+horizontal tab
+.TP
+.B \ev
+vertical tab
+.TP
+.B \e\e
+backslash
+.TP
+.B \e0\fInnn\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP
+(zero to three octal digits)
+.TP
+.B \ex\fIHH\fP
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP
+(one or two hex digits)
+.TP
+.B \eu\fIHHHH\fP
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+\fIHHHH\fP (one to four hex digits)
+.TP
+.B \eU\fIHHHHHHHH\fP
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+\fIHHHHHHHH\fP (one to eight hex digits)
+.PD
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBenable\fP [\fB\-a\fP] [\fB\-dnps\fP] [\fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
+Enable and disable builtin shell commands.
+Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name
+as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname,
+even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands.
+If \fB\-n\fP is used, each \fIname\fP
+is disabled; otherwise,
+\fInames\fP are enabled. For example, to use the
+.B test
+binary found via the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+instead of the shell builtin version, run
+.if t \f(CWenable -n test\fP.
+.if n ``enable -n test''.
+The
+.B \-f
+option means to load the new builtin command
+.I name
+from shared object
+.IR filename ,
+on systems that support dynamic loading. The
+.B \-d
+option will delete a builtin previously loaded with
+.BR \-f .
+If no \fIname\fP arguments are given, or if the
+.B \-p
+option is supplied, a list of shell builtins is printed.
+With no other option arguments, the list consists of all enabled
+shell builtins.
+If \fB\-n\fP is supplied, only disabled builtins are printed.
+If \fB\-a\fP is supplied, the list printed includes all builtins, with an
+indication of whether or not each is enabled.
+If \fB\-s\fP is supplied, the output is restricted to the POSIX
+\fIspecial\fP builtins.
+The return value is 0 unless a
+.I name
+is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading a new builtin
+from a shared object.
+.TP
+\fBeval\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
+The \fIarg\fPs are read and concatenated together into a single
+command. This command is then read and executed by the shell, and
+its exit status is returned as the value of
+.BR eval .
+If there are no
+.IR args ,
+or only null arguments,
+.B eval
+returns 0.
+.TP
+\fBexec\fP [\fB\-cl\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIname\fP] [\fIcommand\fP [\fIarguments\fP]]
+If
+.I command
+is specified, it replaces the shell.
+No new process is created. The
+.I arguments
+become the arguments to \fIcommand\fP.
+If the
+.B \-l
+option is supplied,
+the shell places a dash at the beginning of the zeroth argument passed to
+.IR command .
+This is what
+.IR login (1)
+does. The
+.B \-c
+option causes
+.I command
+to be executed with an empty environment. If
+.B \-a
+is supplied, the shell passes
+.I name
+as the zeroth argument to the executed command.
+If
+.I command
+cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits,
+unless the
+.B execfail
+shell option
+is enabled. In that case, it returns failure.
+An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed.
+If
+.I command
+is not specified, any redirections take effect in the current shell,
+and the return status is 0. If there is a redirection error, the
+return status is 1.
+.TP
+\fBexit\fP [\fIn\fP]
+Cause the shell to exit
+with a status of \fIn\fP. If
+.I n
+is omitted, the exit status
+is that of the last command executed.
+A trap on
+.SM
+.B EXIT
+is executed before the shell terminates.
+.TP
+\fBexport\fP [\fB\-fn\fP\^] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP]] ...
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B export \-p
+.PD
+The supplied
+.I names
+are marked for automatic export to the environment of
+subsequently executed commands. If the
+.B \-f
+option is given, the
+.I names
+refer to functions.
+If no
+.I names
+are given, or if the
+.B \-p
+option is supplied, a list
+of names of all exported variables is printed.
+The
+.B \-n
+option causes the export property to be removed from each
+\fIname\fP.
+If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of
+the variable is set to \fIword\fP.
+.B export
+returns an exit status of 0 unless an invalid option is
+encountered,
+one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, or
+.B \-f
+is supplied with a
+.I name
+that is not a function.
+.TP
+\fBfc\fP [\fB\-e\fP \fIename\fP] [\fB\-lnr\fP] [\fIfirst\fP] [\fIlast\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBfc\fP \fB\-s\fP [\fIpat\fP=\fIrep\fP] [\fIcmd\fP]
+.PD
+The first form selects a range of commands from
+.I first
+to
+.I last
+from the history list and displays or edits and re-executes them.
+.I First
+and
+.I last
+may be specified as a string (to locate the last command beginning
+with that string) or as a number (an index into the history list,
+where a negative number is used as an offset from the current
+command number). If
+.I last
+is not specified it is set to
+the current command for listing (so that
+.if n ``fc \-l \-10''
+.if t \f(CWfc \-l \-10\fP
+prints the last 10 commands) and to
+.I first
+otherwise.
+If
+.I first
+is not specified it is set to the previous
+command for editing and \-16 for listing.
+.sp 1
+The
+.B \-n
+option suppresses
+the command numbers when listing. The
+.B \-r
+option reverses the order of
+the commands. If the
+.B \-l
+option is given,
+the commands are listed on
+standard output. Otherwise, the editor given by
+.I ename
+is invoked
+on a file containing those commands. If
+.I ename
+is not given, the
+value of the
+.SM
+.B FCEDIT
+variable is used, and
+the value of
+.SM
+.B EDITOR
+if
+.SM
+.B FCEDIT
+is not set. If neither variable is set,
+.FN vi
+is used. When editing is complete, the edited commands are
+echoed and executed.
+.sp 1
+In the second form, \fIcommand\fP is re-executed after each instance
+of \fIpat\fP is replaced by \fIrep\fP.
+\fICommand\fP is intepreted the same as \fIfirst\fP above.
+A useful alias to use with this is
+.if n ``r="fc -s"'',
+.if t \f(CWr='fc \-s'\fP,
+so that typing
+.if n ``r cc''
+.if t \f(CWr cc\fP
+runs the last command beginning with
+.if n ``cc''
+.if t \f(CWcc\fP
+and typing
+.if n ``r''
+.if t \f(CWr\fP
+re-executes the last command.
+.sp 1
+If the first form is used, the return value is 0 unless an invalid
+option is encountered or
+.I first
+or
+.I last
+specify history lines out of range.
+If the
+.B \-e
+option is supplied, the return value is the value of the last
+command executed or failure if an error occurs with the temporary
+file of commands. If the second form is used, the return status
+is that of the command re-executed, unless
+.I cmd
+does not specify a valid history line, in which case
+.B fc
+returns failure.
+.TP
+\fBfg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP]
+Resume
+.I jobspec
+in the foreground, and make it the current job.
+If
+.I jobspec
+is not present, the shell's notion of the \fIcurrent job\fP is used.
+The return value is that of the command placed into the foreground,
+or failure if run when job control is disabled or, when run with
+job control enabled, if
+.I jobspec
+does not specify a valid job or
+.I jobspec
+specifies a job that was started without job control.
+.TP
+\fBgetopts\fP \fIoptstring\fP \fIname\fP [\fIargs\fP]
+.B getopts
+is used by shell procedures to parse positional parameters.
+.I optstring
+contains the option characters to be recognized; if a character
+is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an
+argument, which should be separated from it by white space.
+The colon and question mark characters may not be used as
+option characters.
+Each time it is invoked,
+.B getopts
+places the next option in the shell variable
+.IR name ,
+initializing
+.I name
+if it does not exist,
+and the index of the next argument to be processed into the
+variable
+.SM
+.BR OPTIND .
+.SM
+.B OPTIND
+is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script
+is invoked. When an option requires an argument,
+.B getopts
+places that argument into the variable
+.SM
+.BR OPTARG .
+The shell does not reset
+.SM
+.B OPTIND
+automatically; it must be manually reset between multiple
+calls to
+.B getopts
+within the same shell invocation if a new set of parameters
+is to be used.
+.sp 1
+When the end of options is encountered, \fBgetopts\fP exits with a
+return value greater than zero.
+.SM
+.B OPTIND
+is set to the index of the first non-option argument,
+and \fIname\fP is set to ?.
+.sp 1
+.B getopts
+normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are
+given in
+.IR args ,
+.B getopts
+parses those instead.
+.sp 1
+.B getopts
+can report errors in two ways. If the first character of
+.I optstring
+is a colon,
+.I silent
+error reporting is used. In normal operation, diagnostic messages
+are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are
+encountered.
+If the variable
+.SM
+.B OPTERR
+is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first
+character of
+.I optstring
+is not a colon.
+.sp 1
+If an invalid option is seen,
+.B getopts
+places ? into
+.I name
+and, if not silent,
+prints an error message and unsets
+.SM
+.BR OPTARG .
+If
+.B getopts
+is silent,
+the option character found is placed in
+.SM
+.B OPTARG
+and no diagnostic message is printed.
+.sp 1
+If a required argument is not found, and
+.B getopts
+is not silent,
+a question mark (\^\fB?\fP\^) is placed in
+.IR name ,
+.SM
+.B OPTARG
+is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed.
+If
+.B getopts
+is silent, then a colon (\^\fB:\fP\^) is placed in
+.I name
+and
+.SM
+.B OPTARG
+is set to the option character found.
+.sp 1
+.B getopts
+returns true if an option, specified or unspecified, is found.
+It returns false if the end of options is encountered or an
+error occurs.
+.TP
+\fBhash\fP [\fB\-lr\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fB\-dt\fP] [\fIname\fP]
+Each time \fBhash\fP is invoked,
+the full pathname of the command
+.I name
+is determined by searching
+the directories in
+.B $PATH
+and remembered. Any previously-remembered pathname is discarded.
+If the
+.B \-p
+option is supplied, no path search is performed, and
+.I filename
+is used as the full filename of the command.
+The
+.B \-r
+option causes the shell to forget all
+remembered locations.
+The
+.B \-d
+option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each \fIname\fP.
+If the
+.B \-t
+option is supplied, the full pathname to which each \fIname\fP corresponds
+is printed. If multiple \fIname\fP arguments are supplied with \fB\-t\fP,
+the \fIname\fP is printed before the hashed full pathname.
+The
+.B \-l
+option causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input.
+If no arguments are given, or if only \fB\-l\fP is supplied,
+information about remembered commands is printed.
+The return status is true unless a
+.I name
+is not found or an invalid option is supplied.
+.TP
+\fBhelp\fP [\fB\-dms\fP] [\fIpattern\fP]
+Display helpful information about builtin commands. If
+.I pattern
+is specified,
+.B help
+gives detailed help on all commands matching
+.IR pattern ;
+otherwise help for all the builtins and shell control structures
+is printed.
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+Display a short description of each \fIpattern\fP
+.TP
+.B \-m
+Display the description of each \fIpattern\fP in a manpage-like format
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Display only a short usage synopsis for each \fIpattern\fP
+.PD
+.PP
+The return status is 0 unless no command matches
+.IR pattern .
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBhistory [\fIn\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBhistory\fP \fB\-c\fP
+.TP
+\fBhistory \-d\fP \fIoffset\fP
+.TP
+\fBhistory\fP \fB\-anrw\fP [\fIfilename\fP]
+.TP
+\fBhistory\fP \fB\-p\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP]
+.TP
+\fBhistory\fP \fB\-s\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP]
+.PD
+With no options, display the command
+history list with line numbers. Lines listed
+with a
+.B *
+have been modified. An argument of
+.I n
+lists only the last
+.I n
+lines.
+If the shell variable
+.SM
+.B HISTTIMEFORMAT
+is set and not null,
+it is used as a format string for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to display
+the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry.
+No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp
+and the history line.
+If \fIfilename\fP is supplied, it is used as the
+name of the history file; if not, the value of
+.SM
+.B HISTFILE
+is used. Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-c
+Clear the history list by deleting all the entries.
+.TP
+\fB\-d\fP \fIoffset\fP
+Delete the history entry at position \fIoffset\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-a
+Append the ``new'' history lines (history lines entered since the
+beginning of the current \fBbash\fP session) to the history file.
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Read the history lines not already read from the history
+file into the current history list. These are lines
+appended to the history file since the beginning of the
+current \fBbash\fP session.
+.TP
+.B \-r
+Read the contents of the history file
+and append them to the current history list.
+.TP
+.B \-w
+Write the current history list to the history file, overwriting the
+history file's contents.
+.TP
+.B \-p
+Perform history substitution on the following \fIargs\fP and display
+the result on the standard output.
+Does not store the results in the history list.
+Each \fIarg\fP must be quoted to disable normal history expansion.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Store the
+.I args
+in the history list as a single entry. The last command in the
+history list is removed before the
+.I args
+are added.
+.PD
+.PP
+If the
+.SM
+.B HISTTIMEFORMAT
+variable is set, the time stamp information
+associated with each history entry is written to the history file,
+marked with the history comment character.
+When the history file is read, lines beginning with the history
+comment character followed immediately by a digit are interpreted
+as timestamps for the previous history line.
+The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an
+error occurs while reading or writing the history file, an invalid
+\fIoffset\fP is supplied as an argument to \fB\-d\fP, or the
+history expansion supplied as an argument to \fB\-p\fP fails.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBjobs\fP [\fB\-lnprs\fP] [ \fIjobspec\fP ... ]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBjobs\fP \fB\-x\fP \fIcommand\fP [ \fIargs\fP ... ]
+.PD
+The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the following
+meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-l
+List process IDs
+in addition to the normal information.
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Display information only about jobs that have changed status since
+the user was last notified of their status.
+.TP
+.B \-p
+List only the process ID of the job's process group
+leader.
+.TP
+.B \-r
+Display only running jobs.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Display only stopped jobs.
+.PD
+.PP
+If
+.I jobspec
+is given, output is restricted to information about that job.
+The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered
+or an invalid
+.I jobspec
+is supplied.
+.PP
+If the
+.B \-x
+option is supplied,
+.B jobs
+replaces any
+.I jobspec
+found in
+.I command
+or
+.I args
+with the corresponding process group ID, and executes
+.I command
+passing it
+.IR args ,
+returning its exit status.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBkill\fP [\fB\-s\fP \fIsigspec\fP | \fB\-n\fP \fIsignum\fP | \fB\-\fP\fIsigspec\fP] [\fIpid\fP | \fIjobspec\fP] ...
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBkill\fP \fB\-l\fP [\fIsigspec\fP | \fIexit_status\fP]
+.PD
+Send the signal named by
+.I sigspec
+or
+.I signum
+to the processes named by
+.I pid
+or
+.IR jobspec .
+.I sigspec
+is either a case-insensitive signal name such as
+.SM
+.B SIGKILL
+(with or without the
+.SM
+.B SIG
+prefix) or a signal number;
+.I signum
+is a signal number.
+If
+.I sigspec
+is not present, then
+.SM
+.B SIGTERM
+is assumed.
+An argument of
+.B \-l
+lists the signal names.
+If any arguments are supplied when
+.B \-l
+is given, the names of the signals corresponding to the arguments are
+listed, and the return status is 0.
+The \fIexit_status\fP argument to
+.B \-l
+is a number specifying either a signal number or the exit status of
+a process terminated by a signal.
+.B kill
+returns true if at least one signal was successfully sent, or false
+if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered.
+.TP
+\fBlet\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg\fP ...]
+Each
+.I arg
+is an arithmetic expression to be evaluated (see
+.SM
+.B "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION"
+above).
+If the last
+.I arg
+evaluates to 0,
+.B let
+returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBlocal\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...]
+For each argument, a local variable named
+.I name
+is created, and assigned
+.IR value .
+The \fIoption\fP can be any of the options accepted by \fBdeclare\fP.
+When
+.B local
+is used within a function, it causes the variable
+.I name
+to have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children.
+With no operands,
+.B local
+writes a list of local variables to the standard output. It is
+an error to use
+.B local
+when not within a function. The return status is 0 unless
+.B local
+is used outside a function, an invalid
+.I name
+is supplied, or
+\fIname\fP is a readonly variable.
+.TP
+.B logout
+Exit a login shell.
+.TP
+\fBmapfile\fP [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fIcount\fP] [\fB\-O\fP \fIorigin\fP] [\fB\-s\fP \fIcount\fP] [\fB\-t\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcallback\fP] [\fB\-c\fP \fIquantum\fP] [\fIarray\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBreadarray\fP [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fIcount\fP] [\fB\-O\fP \fIorigin\fP] [\fB\-s\fP \fIcount\fP] [\fB\-t\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcallback\fP] [\fB\-c\fP \fIquantum\fP] [\fIarray\fP]
+.PD
+Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable
+.IR array ,
+or from file descriptor
+.IR fd
+if the
+.B \-u
+option is supplied.
+The variable
+.SM
+.B MAPFILE
+is the default \fIarray\fP.
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+The first character of \fIdelim\fP is used to terminate each input line,
+rather than newline.
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Copy at most
+.I count
+lines. If \fIcount\fP is 0, all lines are copied.
+.TP
+.B \-O
+Begin assigning to
+.I array
+at index
+.IR origin .
+The default index is 0.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Discard the first \fIcount\fP lines read.
+.TP
+.B \-t
+Remove a trailing newline from each line read.
+.TP
+.B \-u
+Read lines from file descriptor \fIfd\fP instead of the standard input.
+.TP
+.B \-C
+Evaluate
+.I callback
+each time \fIquantum\fP lines are read. The \fB\-c\fP option specifies
+.IR quantum .
+.TP
+.B \-c
+Specify the number of lines read between each call to
+.IR callback .
+.PD
+.PP
+If
+.B \-C
+is specified without
+.BR \-c ,
+the default quantum is 5000.
+When \fIcallback\fP is evaluated, it is supplied the index of the next
+array element to be assigned and the line to be assigned to that element
+as additional arguments.
+\fIcallback\fP is evaluated after the line is read but before the
+array element is assigned.
+.PP
+If not supplied with an explicit origin, \fBmapfile\fP will clear \fIarray\fP
+before assigning to it.
+.PP
+\fBmapfile\fP returns successfully unless an invalid option or option
+argument is supplied, \fIarray\fP is invalid or unassignable, or if
+\fIarray\fP is not an indexed array.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBpopd\fP [\-\fBn\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
+Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,
+removes the top directory from the stack, and performs a
+.B cd
+to the new top directory.
+Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories
+from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
+.TP
+\fB+\fP\fIn\fP
+Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list
+shown by
+.BR dirs ,
+starting with zero. For example:
+.if n ``popd +0''
+.if t \f(CWpopd +0\fP
+removes the first directory,
+.if n ``popd +1''
+.if t \f(CWpopd +1\fP
+the second.
+.TP
+\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
+Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list
+shown by
+.BR dirs ,
+starting with zero. For example:
+.if n ``popd -0''
+.if t \f(CWpopd -0\fP
+removes the last directory,
+.if n ``popd -1''
+.if t \f(CWpopd -1\fP
+the next to last.
+.PD
+.PP
+If the
+.B popd
+command is successful, a
+.B dirs
+is performed as well, and the return status is 0.
+.B popd
+returns false if an invalid option is encountered, the directory stack
+is empty, a non-existent directory stack entry is specified, or the
+directory change fails.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBprintf\fP [\fB\-v\fP \fIvar\fP] \fIformat\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+Write the formatted \fIarguments\fP to the standard output under the
+control of the \fIformat\fP.
+The \fB\-v\fP option causes the output to be assigned to the variable
+\fIvar\fP rather than being printed to the standard output.
+.sp 1
+The \fIformat\fP is a character string which contains three types of objects:
+plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character
+escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and
+format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive
+\fIargument\fP.
+In addition to the standard \fIprintf\fP(1) format specifications,
+\fBprintf\fP interprets the following extensions:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B %b
+causes
+\fBprintf\fP to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding
+\fIargument\fP (except that \fB\ec\fP terminates output, backslashes in
+\fB\e\(aq\fP, \fB\e"\fP, and \fB\e?\fP are not removed, and octal escapes
+beginning with \fB\e0\fP may contain up to four digits).
+.TP
+.B %q
+causes \fBprintf\fP to output the corresponding
+\fIargument\fP in a format that can be reused as shell input.
+.TP
+.B %(\fIdatefmt\fP)T
+causes \fBprintf\fP to output the date-time string resulting from using
+\fIdatefmt\fP as a format string for \fIstrftime\fP(3).
+The corresponding \fIargument\fP is an integer representing the number of
+seconds since the epoch.
+Two special argument values may be used: -1 represents the current
+time, and -2 represents the time the shell was invoked.
+If no argument is specified, conversion behaves as if -1 had been given.
+This is an exception to the usual \fBprintf\fP behavior.
+.PD
+.PP
+Arguments to non-string format specifiers are treated as C constants,
+except that a leading plus or minus sign is allowed, and if the leading
+character is a single or double quote, the value is the ASCII value of
+the following character.
+.PP
+The \fIformat\fP is reused as necessary to consume all of the \fIarguments\fP.
+If the \fIformat\fP requires more \fIarguments\fP than are supplied, the
+extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as
+appropriate, had been supplied.
+The return value is zero on success, non-zero on failure.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP]
+.PD
+Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates
+the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working
+directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories
+and returns 0, unless the directory stack is empty.
+Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-n
+Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories
+to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
+.TP
+\fB+\fP\fIn\fP
+Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory
+(counting from the left of the list shown by
+.BR dirs ,
+starting with zero)
+is at the top.
+.TP
+\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP
+Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory
+(counting from the right of the list shown by
+.BR dirs ,
+starting with zero) is at the top.
+.TP
+.I dir
+Adds
+.I dir
+to the directory stack at the top, making it the
+new current working directory as if it had been supplied as the argument
+to the \fBcd\fP builtin.
+.PD
+.PP
+If the
+.B pushd
+command is successful, a
+.B dirs
+is performed as well.
+If the first form is used,
+.B pushd
+returns 0 unless the cd to
+.I dir
+fails. With the second form,
+.B pushd
+returns 0 unless the directory stack is empty,
+a non-existent directory stack element is specified,
+or the directory change to the specified new current directory
+fails.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBpwd\fP [\fB\-LP\fP]
+Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory.
+The pathname printed contains no symbolic links if the
+.B \-P
+option is supplied or the
+.B \-o physical
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin command is enabled.
+If the
+.B \-L
+option is used, the pathname printed may contain symbolic links.
+The return status is 0 unless an error occurs while
+reading the name of the current directory or an
+invalid option is supplied.
+.TP
+\fBread\fP [\fB\-ers\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIaname\fP] [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fItext\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fInchars\fP] [\fB\-N\fP \fInchars\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIprompt\fP] [\fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
+One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor
+\fIfd\fP supplied as an argument to the \fB\-u\fP option, and the first word
+is assigned to the first
+.IR name ,
+the second word to the second
+.IR name ,
+and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned
+to the last
+.IR name .
+If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names,
+the remaining names are assigned empty values.
+The characters in
+.SM
+.B IFS
+are used to split the line into words using the same rules the shell
+uses for expansion (described above under \fBWord Splitting\fP).
+The backslash character (\fB\e\fP) may be used to remove any special
+meaning for the next character read and for line continuation.
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-a \fIaname\fP
+The words are assigned to sequential indices
+of the array variable
+.IR aname ,
+starting at 0.
+.I aname
+is unset before any new values are assigned.
+Other \fIname\fP arguments are ignored.
+.TP
+.B \-d \fIdelim\fP
+The first character of \fIdelim\fP is used to terminate the input line,
+rather than newline.
+.TP
+.B \-e
+If the standard input
+is coming from a terminal,
+.B readline
+(see
+.SM
+.B READLINE
+above) is used to obtain the line.
+Readline uses the current (or default, if line editing was not previously
+active) editing settings.
+.TP
+.B \-i \fItext\fP
+If
+.B readline
+is being used to read the line, \fItext\fP is placed into the editing
+buffer before editing begins.
+.TP
+.B \-n \fInchars\fP
+\fBread\fP returns after reading \fInchars\fP characters rather than
+waiting for a complete line of input, but honor a delimiter if fewer
+than \fInchars\fP characters are read before the delimiter.
+.TP
+.B \-N \fInchars\fP
+\fBread\fP returns after reading exactly \fInchars\fP characters rather
+than waiting for a complete line of input, unless EOF is encountered or
+\fBread\fP times out.
+Delimiter characters encountered in the input are
+not treated specially and do not cause \fBread\fP to return until
+\fInchars\fP characters are read.
+.TP
+.B \-p \fIprompt\fP
+Display \fIprompt\fP on standard error, without a
+trailing newline, before attempting to read any input. The prompt
+is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal.
+.TP
+.B \-r
+Backslash does not act as an escape character.
+The backslash is considered to be part of the line.
+In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line
+continuation.
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are
+not echoed.
+.TP
+.B \-t \fItimeout\fP
+Cause \fBread\fP to time out and return failure if a complete line of
+input (or a specified number of characters)
+is not read within \fItimeout\fP seconds.
+\fItimeout\fP may be a decimal number with a fractional portion following
+the decimal point.
+This option is only effective if \fBread\fP is reading input from a
+terminal, pipe, or other special file; it has no effect when reading
+from regular files.
+If \fBread\fP times out, \fBread\fP saves any partial input read into
+the specified variable \fIname\fP.
+If \fItimeout\fP is 0, \fBread\fP returns immediately, without trying to
+read any data. The exit status is 0 if input is available on
+the specified file descriptor, non-zero otherwise.
+The exit status is greater than 128 if the timeout is exceeded.
+.TP
+.B \-u \fIfd\fP
+Read input from file descriptor \fIfd\fP.
+.PD
+.PP
+If no
+.I names
+are supplied, the line read is assigned to the variable
+.SM
+.BR REPLY .
+The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, \fBread\fP
+times out (in which case the return code is greater than 128),
+a variable assignment error (such as assigning to a readonly variable) occurs,
+or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to \fB\-u\fP.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBreadonly\fP [\fB\-aAf\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP] ...]
+.PD
+The given
+\fInames\fP are marked readonly; the values of these
+.I names
+may not be changed by subsequent assignment.
+If the
+.B \-f
+option is supplied, the functions corresponding to the
+\fInames\fP are so
+marked.
+The
+.B \-a
+option restricts the variables to indexed arrays; the
+.B \-A
+option restricts the variables to associative arrays.
+If both options are supplied,
+.B \-A
+takes precedence.
+If no
+.I name
+arguments are given, or if the
+.B \-p
+option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed.
+The other options may be used to restrict the output to a subset of
+the set of readonly names.
+The
+.B \-p
+option causes output to be displayed in a format that
+may be reused as input.
+If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of
+the variable is set to \fIword\fP.
+The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered,
+one of the
+.I names
+is not a valid shell variable name, or
+.B \-f
+is supplied with a
+.I name
+that is not a function.
+.TP
+\fBreturn\fP [\fIn\fP]
+Causes a function to stop executing and return the value specified by
+.I n
+to its caller.
+If
+.I n
+is omitted, the return status is that of the last command
+executed in the function body.
+If \fBreturn\fP is executed by a trap handler, the last command used to
+determine the status is the last command executed before the trap handler.
+if \fBreturn\fP is executed during a \fBDEBUG\fP trap, the last command
+used to determine the status is the last command executed by the trap
+handler before \fBreturn\fP was invoked.
+If
+.B return
+is used outside a function,
+but during execution of a script by the
+.B .
+(\fBsource\fP) command, it causes the shell to stop executing
+that script and return either
+.I n
+or the exit status of the last command executed within the
+script as the exit status of the script.
+If \fIn\fP is supplied, the return value is its least significant
+8 bits.
+The return status is non-zero if
+.B return
+is supplied a non-numeric argument, or
+is used outside a
+function and not during execution of a script by \fB.\fP\^ or \fBsource\fP.
+Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed
+before execution resumes after the function or script.
+.TP
+\fBset\fP [\fB\-\-abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\-name\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...]
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fBset\fP [\fB+abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT\fP] [\fB+o\fP \fIoption\-name\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...]
+.PD
+Without options, the name and value of each shell variable are displayed
+in a format that can be reused as input
+for setting or resetting the currently-set variables.
+Read-only variables cannot be reset.
+In \fIposix\fP mode, only shell variables are listed.
+The output is sorted according to the current locale.
+When options are specified, they set or unset shell attributes.
+Any arguments remaining after option processing are treated
+as values for the positional parameters and are assigned, in order, to
+.BR $1 ,
+.BR $2 ,
+.B ...
+.BR $\fIn\fP .
+Options, if specified, have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP 8
+.B \-a
+Automatically mark variables and functions which are modified or
+created for export to the environment of subsequent commands.
+.TP 8
+.B \-b
+Report the status of terminated background jobs
+immediately, rather than before the next primary prompt. This is
+effective only when job control is enabled.
+.TP 8
+.B \-e
+Exit immediately if a
+\fIpipeline\fP (which may consist of a single \fIsimple command\fP),
+a \fIlist\fP,
+or a \fIcompound command\fP
+(see
+.SM
+.B SHELL GRAMMAR
+above), exits with a non-zero status.
+The shell does not exit if the
+command that fails is part of the command list immediately following a
+.B while
+or
+.B until
+keyword,
+part of the test following the
+.B if
+or
+.B elif
+reserved words, part of any command executed in a
+.B &&
+or
+.B ||
+list except the command following the final \fB&&\fP or \fB||\fP,
+any command in a pipeline but the last,
+or if the command's return value is
+being inverted with
+.BR ! .
+If a compound command other than a subshell
+returns a non-zero status because a command failed
+while \fB\-e\fP was being ignored, the shell does not exit.
+A trap on \fBERR\fP, if set, is executed before the shell exits.
+This option applies to the shell environment and each subshell environment
+separately (see
+.SM
+.B "COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT"
+above), and may cause
+subshells to exit before executing all the commands in the subshell.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+If a compound command or shell function executes in a context
+where \fB\-e\fP is being ignored,
+none of the commands executed within the compound command or function body
+will be affected by the \fB\-e\fP setting, even if \fB\-e\fP is set
+and a command returns a failure status.
+If a compound command or shell function sets \fB\-e\fP while executing in
+a context where \fB\-e\fP is ignored, that setting will not have any
+effect until the compound command or the command containing the function
+call completes.
+.TP 8
+.B \-f
+Disable pathname expansion.
+.TP 8
+.B \-h
+Remember the location of commands as they are looked up for execution.
+This is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B \-k
+All arguments in the form of assignment statements
+are placed in the environment for a command, not just
+those that precede the command name.
+.TP 8
+.B \-m
+Monitor mode. Job control is enabled. This option is on
+by default for interactive shells on systems that support
+it (see
+.SM
+.B JOB CONTROL
+above).
+All processes run in a separate process group.
+When a background job completes, the shell prints a line
+containing its exit status.
+.TP 8
+.B \-n
+Read commands but do not execute them.
+This may be used to check a shell script for syntax errors.
+This is ignored by interactive shells.
+.TP 8
+.B \-o \fIoption\-name\fP
+The \fIoption\-name\fP can be one of the following:
+.RS
+.TP 8
+.B allexport
+Same as
+.BR \-a .
+.TP 8
+.B braceexpand
+Same as
+.BR \-B .
+.TP 8
+.B emacs
+Use an emacs-style command line editing interface. This is enabled
+by default when the shell is interactive, unless the shell is started
+with the
+.B \-\-noediting
+option.
+This also affects the editing interface used for \fBread \-e\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B errexit
+Same as
+.BR \-e .
+.TP 8
+.B errtrace
+Same as
+.BR \-E .
+.TP 8
+.B functrace
+Same as
+.BR \-T .
+.TP 8
+.B hashall
+Same as
+.BR \-h .
+.TP 8
+.B histexpand
+Same as
+.BR \-H .
+.TP 8
+.B history
+Enable command history, as described above under
+.SM
+.BR HISTORY .
+This option is on by default in interactive shells.
+.TP 8
+.B ignoreeof
+The effect is as if the shell command
+.if t \f(CWIGNOREEOF=10\fP
+.if n ``IGNOREEOF=10''
+had been executed
+(see
+.B Shell Variables
+above).
+.TP 8
+.B keyword
+Same as
+.BR \-k .
+.TP 8
+.B monitor
+Same as
+.BR \-m .
+.TP 8
+.B noclobber
+Same as
+.BR \-C .
+.TP 8
+.B noexec
+Same as
+.BR \-n .
+.TP 8
+.B noglob
+Same as
+.BR \-f .
+.TP 8
+.B nolog
+Currently ignored.
+.TP 8
+.B notify
+Same as
+.BR \-b .
+.TP 8
+.B nounset
+Same as
+.BR \-u .
+.TP 8
+.B onecmd
+Same as
+.BR \-t .
+.TP 8
+.B physical
+Same as
+.BR \-P .
+.TP 8
+.B pipefail
+If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last
+(rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all
+commands in the pipeline exit successfully.
+This option is disabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B posix
+Change the behavior of
+.B bash
+where the default operation differs
+from the POSIX standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP).
+See
+.SM
+.B "SEE ALSO"
+below for a reference to a document that details how posix mode affects
+bash's behavior.
+.TP 8
+.B privileged
+Same as
+.BR \-p .
+.TP 8
+.B verbose
+Same as
+.BR \-v .
+.TP 8
+.B vi
+Use a vi-style command line editing interface.
+This also affects the editing interface used for \fBread \-e\fP.
+.TP 8
+.B xtrace
+Same as
+.BR \-x .
+.sp .5
+.PP
+If
+.B \-o
+is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, the values of the current options are
+printed.
+If
+.B +o
+is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, a series of
+.B set
+commands to recreate the current option settings is displayed on
+the standard output.
+.RE
+.TP 8
+.B \-p
+Turn on
+.I privileged
+mode. In this mode, the
+.SM
+.B $ENV
+and
+.SM
+.B $BASH_ENV
+files are not processed, shell functions are not inherited from the
+environment, and the
+.SM
+.BR SHELLOPTS ,
+.SM
+.BR BASHOPTS ,
+.SM
+.BR CDPATH ,
+and
+.SM
+.B GLOBIGNORE
+variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored.
+If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
+real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, these actions
+are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id.
+If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is
+not reset.
+Turning this option off causes the effective user
+and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids.
+.TP 8
+.B \-t
+Exit after reading and executing one command.
+.TP 8
+.B \-u
+Treat unset variables and parameters other than the special
+parameters "@" and "*" as an error when performing
+parameter expansion. If expansion is attempted on an
+unset variable or parameter, the shell prints an error message, and,
+if not interactive, exits with a non-zero status.
+.TP 8
+.B \-v
+Print shell input lines as they are read.
+.TP 8
+.B \-x
+After expanding each \fIsimple command\fP,
+\fBfor\fP command, \fBcase\fP command, \fBselect\fP command, or
+arithmetic \fBfor\fP command, display the expanded value of
+.SM
+.BR PS4 ,
+followed by the command and its expanded arguments
+or associated word list.
+.TP 8
+.B \-B
+The shell performs brace expansion (see
+.B Brace Expansion
+above). This is on by default.
+.TP 8
+.B \-C
+If set,
+.B bash
+does not overwrite an existing file with the
+.BR > ,
+.BR >& ,
+and
+.B <>
+redirection operators. This may be overridden when
+creating output files by using the redirection operator
+.B >|
+instead of
+.BR > .
+.TP 8
+.B \-E
+If set, any trap on \fBERR\fP is inherited by shell functions, command
+substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment.
+The \fBERR\fP trap is normally not inherited in such cases.
+.TP 8
+.B \-H
+Enable
+.B !
+style history substitution. This option is on by
+default when the shell is interactive.
+.TP 8
+.B \-P
+If set, the shell does not resolve symbolic links when executing
+commands such as
+.B cd
+that change the current working directory. It uses the
+physical directory structure instead. By default,
+.B bash
+follows the logical chain of directories when performing commands
+which change the current directory.
+.TP 8
+.B \-T
+If set, any traps on \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP are inherited by shell
+functions, command substitutions, and commands executed in a
+subshell environment.
+The \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps are normally not inherited
+in such cases.
+.TP 8
+.B \-\-
+If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are
+unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the
+\fIarg\fPs, even if some of them begin with a
+.BR \- .
+.TP 8
+.B \-
+Signal the end of options, cause all remaining \fIarg\fPs to be
+assigned to the positional parameters. The
+.B \-x
+and
+.B \-v
+options are turned off.
+If there are no \fIarg\fPs,
+the positional parameters remain unchanged.
+.PD
+.PP
+The options are off by default unless otherwise noted.
+Using + rather than \- causes these options to be turned off.
+The options can also be specified as arguments to an invocation of
+the shell.
+The current set of options may be found in
+.BR $\- .
+The return status is always true unless an invalid option is encountered.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBshift\fP [\fIn\fP]
+The positional parameters from \fIn\fP+1 ... are renamed to
+.B $1
+.B ....
+Parameters represented by the numbers \fB$#\fP
+down to \fB$#\fP\-\fIn\fP+1 are unset.
+.I n
+must be a non-negative number less than or equal to \fB$#\fP.
+If
+.I n
+is 0, no parameters are changed.
+If
+.I n
+is not given, it is assumed to be 1.
+If
+.I n
+is greater than \fB$#\fP, the positional parameters are not changed.
+The return status is greater than zero if
+.I n
+is greater than
+.B $#
+or less than zero; otherwise 0.
+.TP
+\fBshopt\fP [\fB\-pqsu\fP] [\fB\-o\fP] [\fIoptname\fP ...]
+Toggle the values of settings controlling optional shell behavior.
+The settings can be either those listed below, or, if the
+.B \-o
+option is used, those available with the
+.B \-o
+option to the \fBset\fP builtin command.
+With no options, or with the
+.B \-p
+option, a list of all settable options is displayed, with
+an indication of whether or not each is set.
+The \fB\-p\fP option causes output to be displayed in a form that
+may be reused as input.
+Other options have the following meanings:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-s
+Enable (set) each \fIoptname\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-u
+Disable (unset) each \fIoptname\fP.
+.TP
+.B \-q
+Suppresses normal output (quiet mode); the return status indicates
+whether the \fIoptname\fP is set or unset.
+If multiple \fIoptname\fP arguments are given with
+.BR \-q ,
+the return status is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP are enabled; non-zero
+otherwise.
+.TP
+.B \-o
+Restricts the values of \fIoptname\fP to be those defined for the
+.B \-o
+option to the
+.B set
+builtin.
+.PD
+.PP
+If either
+.B \-s
+or
+.B \-u
+is used with no \fIoptname\fP arguments,
+.B shopt
+shows only those options which are set or unset, respectively.
+Unless otherwise noted, the \fBshopt\fP options are disabled (unset)
+by default.
+.PP
+The return status when listing options is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP
+are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options,
+the return status is zero unless an \fIoptname\fP is not a valid shell
+option.
+.PP
+The list of \fBshopt\fP options is:
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp 1v
+.PD 0
+.TP 8
+.B autocd
+If set, a command name that is the name of a directory is executed as if
+it were the argument to the \fBcd\fP command.
+This option is only used by interactive shells.
+.TP 8
+.B cdable_vars
+If set, an argument to the
+.B cd
+builtin command that
+is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose
+value is the directory to change to.
+.TP 8
+.B cdspell
+If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a
+.B cd
+command will be corrected.
+The errors checked for are transposed characters,
+a missing character, and one character too many.
+If a correction is found, the corrected filename is printed,
+and the command proceeds.
+This option is only used by interactive shells.
+.TP 8
+.B checkhash
+If set, \fBbash\fP checks that a command found in the hash
+table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no
+longer exists, a normal path search is performed.
+.TP 8
+.B checkjobs
+If set, \fBbash\fP lists the status of any stopped and running jobs before
+exiting an interactive shell. If any jobs are running, this causes
+the exit to be deferred until a second exit is attempted without an
+intervening command (see
+.SM
+.B "JOB CONTROL"
+above). The shell always
+postpones exiting if any jobs are stopped.
+.TP 8
+.B checkwinsize
+If set, \fBbash\fP checks the window size after each command
+and, if necessary, updates the values of
+.SM
+.B LINES
+and
+.SM
+.BR COLUMNS .
+.TP 8
+.B cmdhist
+If set,
+.B bash
+attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line
+command in the same history entry. This allows
+easy re-editing of multi-line commands.
+.TP 8
+.B compat31
+If set,
+.B bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 3.1 with respect to quoted
+arguments to the \fB[[\fP conditional command's \fB=~\fP operator
+and locale-specific string comparison when using the \fB[[\fP
+conditional command's \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators.
+Bash versions prior to bash-4.1 use ASCII collation and
+.IR strcmp (3);
+bash-4.1 and later use the current locale's collation sequence and
+.IR strcoll (3).
+.TP 8
+.B compat32
+If set,
+.B bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 3.2 with respect to
+locale-specific string comparison when using the \fB[[\fP
+conditional command's \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators (see previous item).
+.TP 8
+.B compat40
+If set,
+.B bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 4.0 with respect to locale-specific
+string comparison when using the \fB[[\fP
+conditional command's \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators (see description of
+\fBcompat31\fP)
+and the effect of interrupting a command list.
+Bash versions 4.0 and later interrupt the list as if the shell received the
+interrupt; previous versions continue with the next command in the list.
+.TP 8
+.B compat41
+If set,
+.BR bash ,
+when in \fIposix\fP mode, treats a single quote in a double-quoted
+parameter expansion as a special character. The single quotes must match
+(an even number) and the characters between the single quotes are considered
+quoted. This is the behavior of posix mode through version 4.1.
+The default bash behavior remains as in previous versions.
+.TP 8
+.B compat42
+If set,
+.B bash
+does not process the replacement string in the pattern substitution word
+expansion using quote removal.
+.TP 8
+.B complete_fullquote
+If set,
+.B bash
+quotes all shell metacharacters in filenames and directory names when
+performing completion.
+If not set,
+.B bash
+removes metacharacters such as the dollar sign from the set of
+characters that will be quoted in completed filenames
+when these metacharacters appear in shell variable references in words to be
+completed.
+This means that dollar signs in variable names that expand to directories
+will not be quoted;
+however, any dollar signs appearing in filenames will not be quoted, either.
+This is active only when bash is using backslashes to quote completed
+filenames.
+This variable is set by default, which is the default bash behavior in
+versions through 4.2.
+.TP 8
+.B direxpand
+If set,
+.B bash
+replaces directory names with the results of word expansion when performing
+filename completion. This changes the contents of the readline editing
+buffer.
+If not set,
+.B bash
+attempts to preserve what the user typed.
+.TP 8
+.B dirspell
+If set,
+.B bash
+attempts spelling correction on directory names during word completion
+if the directory name initially supplied does not exist.
+.TP 8
+.B dotglob
+If set,
+.B bash
+includes filenames beginning with a `.' in the results of pathname
+expansion.
+.TP 8
+.B execfail
+If set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if
+it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the
+.B exec
+builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if
+.B exec
+fails.
+.TP 8
+.B expand_aliases
+If set, aliases are expanded as described above under
+.SM
+.BR ALIASES .
+This option is enabled by default for interactive shells.
+.TP 8
+.B extdebug
+If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B 1.
+The \fB\-F\fP option to the \fBdeclare\fP builtin displays the source
+file name and line number corresponding to each function name supplied
+as an argument.
+.TP
+.B 2.
+If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a non-zero value, the
+next command is skipped and not executed.
+.TP
+.B 3.
+If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a value of 2, and the
+shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script
+executed by the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins), the shell simulates
+a call to \fBreturn\fP.
+.TP
+.B 4.
+.SM
+.B BASH_ARGC
+and
+.SM
+.B BASH_ARGV
+are updated as described in their descriptions above.
+.TP
+.B 5.
+Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
+subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the
+\fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps.
+.TP
+.B 6.
+Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
+subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the
+\fBERR\fP trap.
+.RE
+.TP 8
+.B extglob
+If set, the extended pattern matching features described above under
+\fBPathname Expansion\fP are enabled.
+.TP 8
+.B extquote
+If set, \fB$\fP\(aq\fIstring\fP\(aq and \fB$\fP"\fIstring\fP" quoting is
+performed within \fB${\fP\fIparameter\fP\fB}\fP expansions
+enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B failglob
+If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion
+result in an expansion error.
+.TP 8
+.B force_fignore
+If set, the suffixes specified by the
+.SM
+.B FIGNORE
+shell variable
+cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if
+the ignored words are the only possible completions.
+See
+.SM
+\fBSHELL VARIABLES\fP
+above for a description of
+.SM
+.BR FIGNORE .
+This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B globasciiranges
+If set, range expressions used in pattern matching bracket expressions (see
+.SM
+.B Pattern Matching
+above) behave as if in the traditional C locale when performing
+comparisons. That is, the current locale's collating sequence
+is not taken into account, so
+.B b
+will not collate between
+.B A
+and
+.BR B ,
+and upper-case and lower-case ASCII characters will collate together.
+.TP 8
+.B globstar
+If set, the pattern \fB**\fP used in a pathname expansion context will
+match all files and zero or more directories and subdirectories.
+If the pattern is followed by a \fB/\fP, only directories and
+subdirectories match.
+.TP 8
+.B gnu_errfmt
+If set, shell error messages are written in the standard GNU error
+message format.
+.TP 8
+.B histappend
+If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value
+of the
+.SM
+.B HISTFILE
+variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file.
+.TP 8
+.B histreedit
+If set, and
+.B readline
+is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a
+failed history substitution.
+.TP 8
+.B histverify
+If set, and
+.B readline
+is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately
+passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into
+the \fBreadline\fP editing buffer, allowing further modification.
+.TP 8
+.B hostcomplete
+If set, and
+.B readline
+is being used, \fBbash\fP will attempt to perform hostname completion when a
+word containing a \fB@\fP is being completed (see
+.B Completing
+under
+.SM
+.B READLINE
+above).
+This is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B huponexit
+If set, \fBbash\fP will send
+.SM
+.B SIGHUP
+to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.
+.TP 8
+.B interactive_comments
+If set, allow a word beginning with
+.B #
+to cause that word and all remaining characters on that
+line to be ignored in an interactive shell (see
+.SM
+.B COMMENTS
+above). This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B lastpipe
+If set, and job control is not active, the shell runs the last command of
+a pipeline not executed in the background in the current shell environment.
+.TP 8
+.B lithist
+If set, and the
+.B cmdhist
+option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with
+embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible.
+.TP 8
+.B login_shell
+The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell (see
+.SM
+.B "INVOCATION"
+above).
+The value may not be changed.
+.TP 8
+.B mailwarn
+If set, and a file that \fBbash\fP is checking for mail has been
+accessed since the last time it was checked, the message ``The mail in
+\fImailfile\fP has been read'' is displayed.
+.TP 8
+.B no_empty_cmd_completion
+If set, and
+.B readline
+is being used,
+.B bash
+will not attempt to search the
+.SM
+.B PATH
+for possible completions when
+completion is attempted on an empty line.
+.TP 8
+.B nocaseglob
+If set,
+.B bash
+matches filenames in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing pathname
+expansion (see
+.B Pathname Expansion
+above).
+.TP 8
+.B nocasematch
+If set,
+.B bash
+matches patterns in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing matching
+while executing \fBcase\fP or \fB[[\fP conditional commands,
+when performing pattern substitution word expansions,
+or when filtering possible completions as part of programmable completion.
+.TP 8
+.B nullglob
+If set,
+.B bash
+allows patterns which match no
+files (see
+.B Pathname Expansion
+above)
+to expand to a null string, rather than themselves.
+.TP 8
+.B progcomp
+If set, the programmable completion facilities (see
+\fBProgrammable Completion\fP above) are enabled.
+This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B promptvars
+If set, prompt strings undergo
+parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
+expansion, and quote removal after being expanded as described in
+.SM
+.B PROMPTING
+above. This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B restricted_shell
+The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode (see
+.SM
+.B "RESTRICTED SHELL"
+below).
+The value may not be changed.
+This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing
+the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted.
+.TP 8
+.B shift_verbose
+If set, the
+.B shift
+builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the
+number of positional parameters.
+.TP 8
+.B sourcepath
+If set, the
+\fBsource\fP (\fB.\fP) builtin uses the value of
+.SM
+.B PATH
+to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument.
+This option is enabled by default.
+.TP 8
+.B xpg_echo
+If set, the \fBecho\fP builtin expands backslash-escape sequences
+by default.
+.RE
+.PD
+.TP
+\fBsuspend\fP [\fB\-f\fP]
+Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a
+.SM
+.B SIGCONT
+signal. A login shell cannot be suspended; the
+.B \-f
+option can be used to override this and force the suspension.
+The return status is 0 unless the shell is a login shell and
+.B \-f
+is not supplied, or if job control is not enabled.
+.TP
+\fBtest\fP \fIexpr\fP
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fB[\fP \fIexpr\fP \fB]\fP
+Return a status of 0 (true) or 1 (false) depending on
+the evaluation of the conditional expression
+.IR expr .
+Each operator and operand must be a separate argument.
+Expressions are composed of the primaries described above under
+.SM
+.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" .
+\fBtest\fP does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore
+an argument of \fB\-\-\fP as signifying the end of options.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed
+in decreasing order of precedence.
+The evaluation depends on the number of arguments; see below.
+Operator precedence is used when there are five or more arguments.
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B ! \fIexpr\fP
+True if
+.I expr
+is false.
+.TP
+.B ( \fIexpr\fP )
+Returns the value of \fIexpr\fP.
+This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
+.TP
+\fIexpr1\fP \-\fBa\fP \fIexpr2\fP
+True if both
+.I expr1
+and
+.I expr2
+are true.
+.TP
+\fIexpr1\fP \-\fBo\fP \fIexpr2\fP
+True if either
+.I expr1
+or
+.I expr2
+is true.
+.PD
+.PP
+\fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP evaluate conditional
+expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+.PD 0
+.TP
+0 arguments
+The expression is false.
+.TP
+1 argument
+The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null.
+.TP
+2 arguments
+If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the expression is true if and
+only if the second argument is null.
+If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators listed above
+under
+.SM
+.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" ,
+the expression is true if the unary test is true.
+If the first argument is not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression
+is false.
+.TP
+3 arguments
+The following conditions are applied in the order listed.
+If the second argument is one of the binary conditional operators listed above
+under
+.SM
+.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" ,
+the result of the expression is the result of the binary test using
+the first and third arguments as operands.
+The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-o\fP operators are considered binary operators
+when there are three arguments.
+If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the value is the negation of
+the two-argument test using the second and third arguments.
+If the first argument is exactly \fB(\fP and the third argument is
+exactly \fB)\fP, the result is the one-argument test of the second
+argument.
+Otherwise, the expression is false.
+.TP
+4 arguments
+If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the result is the negation of
+the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments.
+Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to
+precedence using the rules listed above.
+.TP
+5 or more arguments
+The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence
+using the rules listed above.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+.LP
+When used with \fBtest\fP or \fB[\fP, the \fB<\fP and \fB>\fP operators
+sort lexicographically using ASCII ordering.
+.RE
+.PD
+.TP
+.B times
+Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and
+for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0.
+.TP
+\fBtrap\fP [\fB\-lp\fP] [[\fIarg\fP] \fIsigspec\fP ...]
+The command
+.I arg
+is to be read and executed when the shell receives
+signal(s)
+.IR sigspec .
+If
+.I arg
+is absent (and there is a single \fIsigspec\fP) or
+.BR \- ,
+each specified signal is
+reset to its original disposition (the value it had
+upon entrance to the shell).
+If
+.I arg
+is the null string the signal specified by each
+.I sigspec
+is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes.
+If
+.I arg
+is not present and
+.B \-p
+has been supplied, then the trap commands associated with each
+.I sigspec
+are displayed.
+If no arguments are supplied or if only
+.B \-p
+is given,
+.B trap
+prints the list of commands associated with each signal.
+The
+.B \-l
+option causes the shell to print a list of signal names and
+their corresponding numbers.
+Each
+.I sigspec
+is either
+a signal name defined in <\fIsignal.h\fP>, or a signal number.
+Signal names are case insensitive and the
+.SM
+.B SIG
+prefix is optional.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+If a
+.I sigspec
+is
+.SM
+.B EXIT
+(0) the command
+.I arg
+is executed on exit from the shell.
+If a
+.I sigspec
+is
+.SM
+.BR DEBUG ,
+the command
+.I arg
+is executed before every \fIsimple command\fP, \fIfor\fP command,
+\fIcase\fP command, \fIselect\fP command, every arithmetic \fIfor\fP
+command, and before the first command executes in a shell function (see
+.SM
+.B SHELL GRAMMAR
+above).
+Refer to the description of the \fBextdebug\fP option to the
+\fBshopt\fP builtin for details of its effect on the \fBDEBUG\fP trap.
+If a
+.I sigspec
+is
+.SM
+.BR RETURN ,
+the command
+.I arg
+is executed each time a shell function or a script executed with
+the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins finishes executing.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+If a
+.I sigspec
+is
+.SM
+.BR ERR ,
+the command
+.I arg
+is executed whenever a
+a pipeline (which may consist of a single simple
+command), a list, or a compound command returns a
+non\-zero exit status,
+subject to the following conditions.
+The
+.SM
+.B ERR
+trap is not executed if the failed
+command is part of the command list immediately following a
+.B while
+or
+.B until
+keyword,
+part of the test in an
+.I if
+statement, part of a command executed in a
+.B &&
+or
+.B ||
+list except the command following the final \fB&&\fP or \fB||\fP,
+any command in a pipeline but the last,
+or if the command's return value is
+being inverted using
+.BR ! .
+These are the same conditions obeyed by the \fBerrexit\fP (\fB\-e\fP) option.
+.if t .sp 0.5
+.if n .sp 1
+Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset.
+Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to their original
+values in a subshell or subshell environment when one is created.
+The return status is false if any
+.I sigspec
+is invalid; otherwise
+.B trap
+returns true.
+.TP
+\fBtype\fP [\fB\-aftpP\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname\fP ...]
+With no options,
+indicate how each
+.I name
+would be interpreted if used as a command name.
+If the
+.B \-t
+option is used,
+.B type
+prints a string which is one of
+.IR alias ,
+.IR keyword ,
+.IR function ,
+.IR builtin ,
+or
+.I file
+if
+.I name
+is an alias, shell reserved word, function, builtin, or disk file,
+respectively.
+If the
+.I name
+is not found, then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false
+is returned.
+If the
+.B \-p
+option is used,
+.B type
+either returns the name of the disk file
+that would be executed if
+.I name
+were specified as a command name,
+or nothing if
+.if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP
+.if n ``type -t name''
+would not return
+.IR file .
+The
+.B \-P
+option forces a
+.SM
+.B PATH
+search for each \fIname\fP, even if
+.if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP
+.if n ``type -t name''
+would not return
+.IR file .
+If a command is hashed,
+.B \-p
+and
+.B \-P
+print the hashed value, which is not necessarily the file that appears
+first in
+.SM
+.BR PATH .
+If the
+.B \-a
+option is used,
+.B type
+prints all of the places that contain
+an executable named
+.IR name .
+This includes aliases and functions,
+if and only if the
+.B \-p
+option is not also used.
+The table of hashed commands is not consulted
+when using
+.BR \-a .
+The
+.B \-f
+option suppresses shell function lookup, as with the \fBcommand\fP builtin.
+.B type
+returns true if all of the arguments are found, false if
+any are not found.
+.TP
+\fBulimit\fP [\fB\-HSabcdefiklmnpqrstuvxPT\fP [\fIlimit\fP]]
+Provides control over the resources available to the shell and to
+processes started by it, on systems that allow such control.
+The \fB\-H\fP and \fB\-S\fP options specify that the hard or soft limit is
+set for the given resource.
+A hard limit cannot be increased by a non-root user once it is set;
+a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit.
+If neither \fB\-H\fP nor \fB\-S\fP is specified, both the soft and hard
+limits are set.
+The value of
+.I limit
+can be a number in the unit specified for the resource
+or one of the special values
+.BR hard ,
+.BR soft ,
+or
+.BR unlimited ,
+which stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and
+no limit, respectively.
+If
+.I limit
+is omitted, the current value of the soft limit of the resource is
+printed, unless the \fB\-H\fP option is given. When more than one
+resource is specified, the limit name and unit are printed before the value.
+Other options are interpreted as follows:
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B \-a
+All current limits are reported
+.TP
+.B \-b
+The maximum socket buffer size
+.TP
+.B \-c
+The maximum size of core files created
+.TP
+.B \-d
+The maximum size of a process's data segment
+.TP
+.B \-e
+The maximum scheduling priority ("nice")
+.TP
+.B \-f
+The maximum size of files written by the shell and its children
+.TP
+.B \-i
+The maximum number of pending signals
+.TP
+.B \-k
+The maximum number of kqueues that may be allocated
+.TP
+.B \-l
+The maximum size that may be locked into memory
+.TP
+.B \-m
+The maximum resident set size (many systems do not honor this limit)
+.TP
+.B \-n
+The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not
+allow this value to be set)
+.TP
+.B \-p
+The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may not be set)
+.TP
+.B \-q
+The maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues
+.TP
+.B \-r
+The maximum real-time scheduling priority
+.TP
+.B \-s
+The maximum stack size
+.TP
+.B \-t
+The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds
+.TP
+.B \-u
+The maximum number of processes available to a single user
+.TP
+.B \-v
+The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell and, on
+some systems, to its children
+.TP
+.B \-x
+The maximum number of file locks
+.TP
+.B \-P
+The maximum number of pseudoterminals
+.TP
+.B \-T
+The maximum number of threads
+.PD
+.PP
+If
+.I limit
+is given, and the
+.B \-a
+option is not used,
+\fIlimit\fP is the new value of the specified resource.
+If no option is given, then
+.B \-f
+is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except for
+.BR \-t ,
+which is in seconds;
+.BR \-p ,
+which is in units of 512-byte blocks;
+and
+.BR \-P ,
+.BR \-T ,
+.BR \-b ,
+.BR \-k ,
+.BR \-n ,
+and
+.BR \-u ,
+which are unscaled values.
+The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argument is supplied,
+or an error occurs while setting a new limit.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBumask\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fImode\fP]
+The user file-creation mask is set to
+.IR mode .
+If
+.I mode
+begins with a digit, it
+is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise
+it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar
+to that accepted by
+.IR chmod (1).
+If
+.I mode
+is omitted, the current value of the mask is printed.
+The
+.B \-S
+option causes the mask to be printed in symbolic form; the
+default output is an octal number.
+If the
+.B \-p
+option is supplied, and
+.I mode
+is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input.
+The return status is 0 if the mode was successfully changed or if
+no \fImode\fP argument was supplied, and false otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBunalias\fP [\-\fBa\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
+Remove each \fIname\fP from the list of defined aliases. If
+.B \-a
+is supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return
+value is true unless a supplied
+.I name
+is not a defined alias.
+.TP
+\fBunset\fP [\-\fBfv\fP] [\-\fBn\fP] [\fIname\fP ...]
+For each
+.IR name ,
+remove the corresponding variable or function.
+If the
+.B \-v
+option is given, each
+.I name
+refers to a shell variable, and that variable is removed.
+Read-only variables may not be unset.
+If
+.B \-f
+is specified, each
+.I name
+refers to a shell function, and the function definition
+is removed.
+If the
+.B \-n
+option is supplied, and \fIname\fP is a variable with the \fInameref\fP
+attribute, \fIname\fP will be unset rather than the variable it
+references.
+\fB\-n\fP has no effect if the \fB\-f\fP option is supplied.
+If no options are supplied, each \fIname\fP refers to a variable; if
+there is no variable by that name, any function with that name is
+unset.
+Each unset variable or function is removed from the environment
+passed to subsequent commands.
+If any of
+.SM
+.BR COMP_WORDBREAKS ,
+.SM
+.BR RANDOM ,
+.SM
+.BR SECONDS ,
+.SM
+.BR LINENO ,
+.SM
+.BR HISTCMD ,
+.SM
+.BR FUNCNAME ,
+.SM
+.BR GROUPS ,
+or
+.SM
+.B DIRSTACK
+are unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are
+subsequently reset. The exit status is true unless a
+.I name
+is readonly.
+.TP
+\fBwait\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIn ...\fP]
+Wait for each specified child process and return its termination status.
+Each
+.I n
+may be a process
+ID or a job specification; if a job spec is given, all processes
+in that job's pipeline are waited for. If
+.I n
+is not given, all currently active child processes
+are waited for, and the return status is zero.
+If the \fB\-n\fP option is supplied, \fBwait\fP waits for any job to
+terminate and returns its exit status.
+If
+.I n
+specifies a non-existent process or job, the return status is
+127. Otherwise, the return status is the exit status of the last
+process or job waited for.
+.\" bash_builtins
+.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
+.SH "RESTRICTED SHELL"
+.\" rbash.1
+.zY
+.PP
+If
+.B bash
+is started with the name
+.BR rbash ,
+or the
+.B \-r
+option is supplied at invocation,
+the shell becomes restricted.
+A restricted shell is used to
+set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell.
+It behaves identically to
+.B bash
+with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed:
+.IP \(bu
+changing directories with \fBcd\fP
+.IP \(bu
+setting or unsetting the values of
+.SM
+.BR SHELL ,
+.SM
+.BR PATH ,
+.SM
+.BR ENV ,
+or
+.SM
+.B BASH_ENV
+.IP \(bu
+specifying command names containing
+.B /
+.IP \(bu
+specifying a filename containing a
+.B /
+as an argument to the
+.B .
+builtin command
+.IP \(bu
+specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the
+.B \-p
+option to the
+.B hash
+builtin command
+.IP \(bu
+importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup
+.IP \(bu
+parsing the value of
+.SM
+.B SHELLOPTS
+from the shell environment at startup
+.IP \(bu
+redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirection operators
+.IP \(bu
+using the
+.B exec
+builtin command to replace the shell with another command
+.IP \(bu
+adding or deleting builtin commands with the
+.B \-f
+and
+.B \-d
+options to the
+.B enable
+builtin command
+.IP \(bu
+using the \fBenable\fP builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins
+.IP \(bu
+specifying the
+.B \-p
+option to the
+.B command
+builtin command
+.IP \(bu
+turning off restricted mode with
+\fBset +r\fP or \fBset +o restricted\fP.
+.PP
+These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read.
+.PP
+.ie \n(zY=1 When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed,
+.el \{ When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed
+(see
+.SM
+.B "COMMAND EXECUTION"
+above),
+\}
+.B rbash
+turns off any restrictions in the shell spawned to execute the
+script.
+.\" end of rbash.1
+.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PD 0
+.TP
+\fIBash Reference Manual\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
+.TP
+\fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
+.TP
+\fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
+.TP
+\fIPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, IEEE --
+http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/
+.TP
+http://tiswww.case.edu/~chet/bash/POSIX -- a description of posix mode
+.TP
+\fIsh\fP(1), \fIksh\fP(1), \fIcsh\fP(1)
+.TP
+\fIemacs\fP(1), \fIvi\fP(1)
+.TP
+\fIreadline\fP(3)
+.PD
+.SH FILES
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.FN /bin/bash
+The \fBbash\fP executable
+.TP
+.FN /etc/profile
+The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells
+.TP
+.FN ~/.bash_profile
+The personal initialization file, executed for login shells
+.TP
+.FN ~/.bashrc
+The individual per-interactive-shell startup file
+.TP
+.FN ~/.bash_logout
+The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login shell exits
+.TP
+.FN ~/.inputrc
+Individual \fIreadline\fP initialization file
+.PD
+.SH AUTHORS
+Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+.br
+bfox@gnu.org
+.PP
+Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+.br
+chet.ramey@case.edu
+.SH BUG REPORTS
+If you find a bug in
+.B bash,
+you should report it. But first, you should
+make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest
+version of
+.BR bash .
+The latest version is always available from
+\fIftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/\fP.
+.PP
+Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the
+.I bashbug
+command to submit a bug report.
+If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well!
+Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed
+to \fIbug-bash@gnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet
+newsgroup
+.BR gnu.bash.bug .
+.PP
+ALL bug reports should include:
+.PP
+.PD 0
+.TP 20
+The version number of \fBbash\fR
+.TP
+The hardware and operating system
+.TP
+The compiler used to compile
+.TP
+A description of the bug behaviour
+.TP
+A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug
+.PD
+.PP
+.I bashbug
+inserts the first three items automatically into the template
+it provides for filing a bug report.
+.PP
+Comments and bug reports concerning
+this manual page should be directed to
+.IR chet.ramey@case.edu .
+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+It's too big and too slow.
+.PP
+There are some subtle differences between
+.B bash
+and traditional versions of
+.BR sh ,
+mostly because of the
+.SM
+.B POSIX
+specification.
+.PP
+Aliases are confusing in some uses.
+.PP
+Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable.
+.PP
+Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c'
+are not handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted.
+When a process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next
+command in the sequence.
+It suffices to place the sequence of commands between
+parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as
+a unit.
+.PP
+Array variables may not (yet) be exported.
+.PP
+There may be only one active coprocess at a time.
+.zZ
+.zY
is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}@@@var{operator}@}
+The expansion is either a transformation of the value of @var{parameter}
+or information about @var{parameter} itself, depending on the value of
+@var{operator}. Each @var{operator} is a single letter:
+
+@table @code
+@item Q
+The expansion is a string that is the value of @var{parameter} quoted in a
+format that can be reused as input.
+@item E
+The expansion is a string that is the value of @var{parameter} with backslash
+escape sequences expanded as with the @code{$'@dots{}'} quoting mechansim.
+@item P
+The expansion is a string that is the result of expanding the value of
+@var{parameter} as if it were a prompt string (@pxref{Controlling the Prompt}).
+@item A
+The expansion is a string in the form of a @code{declare} command that, if
+evaluated, will recreate @var{parameter} with its attributes and value.
+@item a
+The expansion is a string consisting of flag values representing
+@var{parameter}'s attributes.
+@end table
+
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+The result of the expansion is subject to word splitting and pathname
+expansion as described below.
@end table
@node Command Substitution
If set, Bash matches patterns in a case-insensitive fashion when
performing matching while executing @code{case} or @code{[[}
conditional commands,
+when performing pattern substitution word expansions,
or when filtering possible completions as part of programmable completion.
@item nullglob
@code{$@{@var{name}[@var{subscript}]@}}.
If @var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or
@samp{*}, the expansion is the number of elements in the array.
-Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
-referencing with a subscript of 0.
If the @var{subscript}
used to reference an element of an indexed array
evaluates to a number less than zero, it is
so negative indices count back from the end of the array,
and an index of -1 refers to the last element.
+Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
+referencing with a subscript of 0.
+Any reference to a variable using a valid subscript is legal, and
+@code{bash} will create an array if necessary.
+
An array variable is considered set if a subscript has been assigned a
value. The null string is a valid value.
--- /dev/null
+\input texinfo.tex @c -*- texinfo -*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename bashref.info
+@settitle Bash Reference Manual
+
+@include version.texi
+@c %**end of header
+
+@copying
+This text is a brief description of the features that are present in
+the Bash shell (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}).
+
+This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED},
+of @cite{The GNU Bash Reference Manual},
+for @code{Bash}, Version @value{VERSION}.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988--2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@defcodeindex bt
+@defcodeindex rw
+@set BashFeatures
+
+@dircategory Basics
+@direntry
+* Bash: (bash). The GNU Bourne-Again SHell.
+@end direntry
+
+@finalout
+
+@titlepage
+@title Bash Reference Manual
+@subtitle Reference Documentation for Bash
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Bash} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
+@top Bash Features
+
+This text is a brief description of the features that are present in
+the Bash shell (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}).
+The Bash home page is @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/}.
+
+This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED},
+of @cite{The GNU Bash Reference Manual},
+for @code{Bash}, Version @value{VERSION}.
+
+Bash contains features that appear in other popular shells, and some
+features that only appear in Bash. Some of the shells that Bash has
+borrowed concepts from are the Bourne Shell (@file{sh}), the Korn Shell
+(@file{ksh}), and the C-shell (@file{csh} and its successor,
+@file{tcsh}). The following menu breaks the features up into
+categories, noting which features were inspired by other shells and
+which are specific to Bash.
+
+This manual is meant as a brief introduction to features found in
+Bash. The Bash manual page should be used as the definitive
+reference on shell behavior.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction:: An introduction to the shell.
+* Definitions:: Some definitions used in the rest of this
+ manual.
+* Basic Shell Features:: The shell "building blocks".
+* Shell Builtin Commands:: Commands that are a part of the shell.
+* Shell Variables:: Variables used or set by Bash.
+* Bash Features:: Features found only in Bash.
+* Job Control:: What job control is and how Bash allows you
+ to use it.
+* Command Line Editing:: Chapter describing the command line
+ editing features.
+* Using History Interactively:: Command History Expansion
+* Installing Bash:: How to build and install Bash on your system.
+* Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs in Bash.
+* Major Differences From The Bourne Shell:: A terse list of the differences
+ between Bash and historical
+ versions of /bin/sh.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: Copying and sharing this documentation.
+* Indexes:: Various indexes for this manual.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@node Introduction
+@chapter Introduction
+@menu
+* What is Bash?:: A short description of Bash.
+* What is a shell?:: A brief introduction to shells.
+@end menu
+
+@node What is Bash?
+@section What is Bash?
+
+Bash is the shell, or command language interpreter,
+for the @sc{gnu} operating system.
+The name is an acronym for the @samp{Bourne-Again SHell},
+a pun on Stephen Bourne, the author of the direct ancestor of
+the current Unix shell @code{sh},
+which appeared in the Seventh Edition Bell Labs Research version
+of Unix.
+
+Bash is largely compatible with @code{sh} and incorporates useful
+features from the Korn shell @code{ksh} and the C shell @code{csh}.
+It is intended to be a conformant implementation of the @sc{ieee}
+@sc{posix} Shell and Tools portion of the @sc{ieee} @sc{posix}
+specification (@sc{ieee} Standard 1003.1).
+It offers functional improvements over @code{sh} for both interactive and
+programming use.
+
+While the @sc{gnu} operating system provides other shells, including
+a version of @code{csh}, Bash is the default shell.
+Like other @sc{gnu} software, Bash is quite portable. It currently runs
+on nearly every version of Unix and a few other operating systems @minus{}
+independently-supported ports exist for @sc{ms-dos}, @sc{os/2},
+and Windows platforms.
+
+@node What is a shell?
+@section What is a shell?
+
+At its base, a shell is simply a macro processor that executes
+commands. The term macro processor means functionality where text
+and symbols are expanded to create larger expressions.
+
+A Unix shell is both a command interpreter and a programming
+language. As a command interpreter, the shell provides the user
+interface to the rich set of @sc{gnu} utilities. The programming
+language features allow these utilities to be combined.
+Files containing commands can be created, and become
+commands themselves. These new commands have the same status as
+system commands in directories such as @file{/bin}, allowing users
+or groups to establish custom environments to automate their common
+tasks.
+
+Shells may be used interactively or non-interactively. In
+interactive mode, they accept input typed from the keyboard.
+When executing non-interactively, shells execute commands read
+from a file.
+
+A shell allows execution of @sc{gnu} commands, both synchronously and
+asynchronously.
+The shell waits for synchronous commands to complete before accepting
+more input; asynchronous commands continue to execute in parallel
+with the shell while it reads and executes additional commands.
+The @dfn{redirection} constructs permit
+fine-grained control of the input and output of those commands.
+Moreover, the shell allows control over the contents of commands'
+environments.
+
+Shells also provide a small set of built-in
+commands (@dfn{builtins}) implementing functionality impossible
+or inconvenient to obtain via separate utilities.
+For example, @code{cd}, @code{break}, @code{continue}, and
+@code{exec} cannot be implemented outside of the shell because
+they directly manipulate the shell itself.
+The @code{history}, @code{getopts}, @code{kill}, or @code{pwd}
+builtins, among others, could be implemented in separate utilities,
+but they are more convenient to use as builtin commands.
+All of the shell builtins are described in
+subsequent sections.
+
+While executing commands is essential, most of the power (and
+complexity) of shells is due to their embedded programming
+languages. Like any high-level language, the shell provides
+variables, flow control constructs, quoting, and functions.
+
+Shells offer features geared specifically for
+interactive use rather than to augment the programming language.
+These interactive features include job control, command line
+editing, command history and aliases. Each of these features is
+described in this manual.
+
+@node Definitions
+@chapter Definitions
+These definitions are used throughout the remainder of this manual.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item POSIX
+@cindex POSIX
+A family of open system standards based on Unix. Bash
+is primarily concerned with the Shell and Utilities portion of the
+@sc{posix} 1003.1 standard.
+
+@item blank
+A space or tab character.
+
+@item builtin
+@cindex builtin
+A command that is implemented internally by the shell itself, rather
+than by an executable program somewhere in the file system.
+
+@item control operator
+@cindex control operator
+A @code{token} that performs a control function. It is a @code{newline}
+or one of the following:
+@samp{||}, @samp{&&}, @samp{&}, @samp{;}, @samp{;;},
+@samp{|}, @samp{|&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
+
+@item exit status
+@cindex exit status
+The value returned by a command to its caller. The value is restricted
+to eight bits, so the maximum value is 255.
+
+@item field
+@cindex field
+A unit of text that is the result of one of the shell expansions. After
+expansion, when executing a command, the resulting fields are used as
+the command name and arguments.
+
+@item filename
+@cindex filename
+A string of characters used to identify a file.
+
+@item job
+@cindex job
+A set of processes comprising a pipeline, and any processes descended
+from it, that are all in the same process group.
+
+@item job control
+@cindex job control
+A mechanism by which users can selectively stop (suspend) and restart
+(resume) execution of processes.
+
+@item metacharacter
+@cindex metacharacter
+A character that, when unquoted, separates words. A metacharacter is
+a @code{blank} or one of the following characters:
+@samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{;}, @samp{(}, @samp{)}, @samp{<}, or
+@samp{>}.
+
+@item name
+@cindex name
+@cindex identifier
+A @code{word} consisting solely of letters, numbers, and underscores,
+and beginning with a letter or underscore. @code{Name}s are used as
+shell variable and function names.
+Also referred to as an @code{identifier}.
+
+@item operator
+@cindex operator, shell
+A @code{control operator} or a @code{redirection operator}.
+@xref{Redirections}, for a list of redirection operators.
+Operators contain at least one unquoted @code{metacharacter}.
+
+@item process group
+@cindex process group
+A collection of related processes each having the same process
+group @sc{id}.
+
+@item process group ID
+@cindex process group ID
+A unique identifier that represents a @code{process group}
+during its lifetime.
+
+@item reserved word
+@cindex reserved word
+A @code{word} that has a special meaning to the shell. Most reserved
+words introduce shell flow control constructs, such as @code{for} and
+@code{while}.
+
+@item return status
+@cindex return status
+A synonym for @code{exit status}.
+
+@item signal
+@cindex signal
+A mechanism by which a process may be notified by the kernel
+of an event occurring in the system.
+
+@item special builtin
+@cindex special builtin
+A shell builtin command that has been classified as special by the
+@sc{posix} standard.
+
+@item token
+@cindex token
+A sequence of characters considered a single unit by the shell.
+It is either a @code{word} or an @code{operator}.
+
+@item word
+@cindex word
+A sequence of characters treated as a unit by the shell.
+Words may not include unquoted @code{metacharacters}.
+@end table
+
+@node Basic Shell Features
+@chapter Basic Shell Features
+@cindex Bourne shell
+
+Bash is an acronym for @samp{Bourne-Again SHell}.
+The Bourne shell is
+the traditional Unix shell originally written by Stephen Bourne.
+All of the Bourne shell builtin commands are available in Bash,
+The rules for evaluation and quoting are taken from the @sc{posix}
+specification for the `standard' Unix shell.
+
+This chapter briefly summarizes the shell's `building blocks':
+commands, control structures, shell functions, shell @i{parameters},
+shell expansions,
+@i{redirections}, which are a way to direct input and output from
+and to named files, and how the shell executes commands.
+
+@menu
+* Shell Syntax:: What your input means to the shell.
+* Shell Commands:: The types of commands you can use.
+* Shell Functions:: Grouping commands by name.
+* Shell Parameters:: How the shell stores values.
+* Shell Expansions:: How Bash expands parameters and the various
+ expansions available.
+* Redirections:: A way to control where input and output go.
+* Executing Commands:: What happens when you run a command.
+* Shell Scripts:: Executing files of shell commands.
+@end menu
+
+@node Shell Syntax
+@section Shell Syntax
+@menu
+* Shell Operation:: The basic operation of the shell.
+* Quoting:: How to remove the special meaning from characters.
+* Comments:: How to specify comments.
+@end menu
+
+When the shell reads input, it proceeds through a
+sequence of operations. If the input indicates the beginning of a
+comment, the shell ignores the comment symbol (@samp{#}), and the rest
+of that line.
+
+Otherwise, roughly speaking, the shell reads its input and
+divides the input into words and operators, employing the quoting rules
+to select which meanings to assign various words and characters.
+
+The shell then parses these tokens into commands and other constructs,
+removes the special meaning of certain words or characters, expands
+others, redirects input and output as needed, executes the specified
+command, waits for the command's exit status, and makes that exit status
+available for further inspection or processing.
+
+@node Shell Operation
+@subsection Shell Operation
+
+The following is a brief description of the shell's operation when it
+reads and executes a command. Basically, the shell does the
+following:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Reads its input from a file (@pxref{Shell Scripts}), from a string
+supplied as an argument to the @option{-c} invocation option
+(@pxref{Invoking Bash}), or from the user's terminal.
+
+@item
+Breaks the input into words and operators, obeying the quoting rules
+described in @ref{Quoting}. These tokens are separated by
+@code{metacharacters}. Alias expansion is performed by this step
+(@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item
+Parses the tokens into simple and compound commands
+(@pxref{Shell Commands}).
+
+@item
+Performs the various shell expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}), breaking
+the expanded tokens into lists of filenames (@pxref{Filename Expansion})
+and commands and arguments.
+
+@item
+Performs any necessary redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) and removes
+the redirection operators and their operands from the argument list.
+
+@item
+Executes the command (@pxref{Executing Commands}).
+
+@item
+Optionally waits for the command to complete and collects its exit
+status (@pxref{Exit Status}).
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Quoting
+@subsection Quoting
+@cindex quoting
+@menu
+* Escape Character:: How to remove the special meaning from a single
+ character.
+* Single Quotes:: How to inhibit all interpretation of a sequence
+ of characters.
+* Double Quotes:: How to suppress most of the interpretation of a
+ sequence of characters.
+* ANSI-C Quoting:: How to expand ANSI-C sequences in quoted strings.
+* Locale Translation:: How to translate strings into different languages.
+@end menu
+
+Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain
+characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to
+disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent
+reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent
+parameter expansion.
+
+Each of the shell metacharacters (@pxref{Definitions})
+has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to
+represent itself.
+When the command history expansion facilities are being used
+(@pxref{History Interaction}), the
+@var{history expansion} character, usually @samp{!}, must be quoted
+to prevent history expansion. @xref{Bash History Facilities}, for
+more details concerning history expansion.
+
+There are three quoting mechanisms: the
+@var{escape character}, single quotes, and double quotes.
+
+@node Escape Character
+@subsubsection Escape Character
+A non-quoted backslash @samp{\} is the Bash escape character.
+It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows,
+with the exception of @code{newline}. If a @code{\newline} pair
+appears, and the backslash itself is not quoted, the @code{\newline}
+is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from
+the input stream and effectively ignored).
+
+@node Single Quotes
+@subsubsection Single Quotes
+
+Enclosing characters in single quotes (@samp{'}) preserves the literal value
+of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur
+between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash.
+
+@node Double Quotes
+@subsubsection Double Quotes
+
+Enclosing characters in double quotes (@samp{"}) preserves the literal value
+of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of
+@samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{\},
+and, when history expansion is enabled, @samp{!}.
+The characters @samp{$} and @samp{`}
+retain their special meaning within double quotes (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+The backslash retains its special meaning only when followed by one of
+the following characters:
+@samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{"}, @samp{\}, or @code{newline}.
+Within double quotes, backslashes that are followed by one of these
+characters are removed. Backslashes preceding characters without a
+special meaning are left unmodified.
+A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with
+a backslash.
+If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an @samp{!}
+appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash.
+The backslash preceding the @samp{!} is not removed.
+
+The special parameters @samp{*} and @samp{@@} have special meaning
+when in double quotes (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@node ANSI-C Quoting
+@subsubsection ANSI-C Quoting
+@cindex quoting, ANSI
+
+Words of the form @code{$'@var{string}'} are treated specially. The
+word expands to @var{string}, with backslash-escaped characters replaced
+as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if
+present, are decoded as follows:
+
+@table @code
+@item \a
+alert (bell)
+@item \b
+backspace
+@item \e
+@itemx \E
+an escape character (not ANSI C)
+@item \f
+form feed
+@item \n
+newline
+@item \r
+carriage return
+@item \t
+horizontal tab
+@item \v
+vertical tab
+@item \\
+backslash
+@item \'
+single quote
+@item \"
+double quote
+@item \@var{nnn}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn}
+(one to three digits)
+@item \x@var{HH}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH}
+(one or two hex digits)
+@item \u@var{HHHH}
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+@var{HHHH} (one to four hex digits)
+@item \U@var{HHHHHHHH}
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+@var{HHHHHHHH} (one to eight hex digits)
+@item \c@var{x}
+a control-@var{x} character
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had not
+been present.
+
+@node Locale Translation
+@subsubsection Locale-Specific Translation
+@cindex localization
+@cindex internationalization
+@cindex native languages
+@cindex translation, native languages
+
+A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (@samp{$}) will cause
+the string to be translated according to the current locale.
+If the current locale is @code{C} or @code{POSIX}, the dollar sign
+is ignored.
+If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is
+double-quoted.
+
+@vindex LC_MESSAGES
+@vindex TEXTDOMAIN
+@vindex TEXTDOMAINDIR
+Some systems use the message catalog selected by the @env{LC_MESSAGES}
+shell variable. Others create the name of the message catalog from the
+value of the @env{TEXTDOMAIN} shell variable, possibly adding a
+suffix of @samp{.mo}. If you use the @env{TEXTDOMAIN} variable, you
+may need to set the @env{TEXTDOMAINDIR} variable to the location of
+the message catalog files. Still others use both variables in this
+fashion:
+@env{TEXTDOMAINDIR}/@env{LC_MESSAGES}/LC_MESSAGES/@env{TEXTDOMAIN}.mo.
+
+@node Comments
+@subsection Comments
+@cindex comments, shell
+
+In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the
+@code{interactive_comments} option to the @code{shopt}
+builtin is enabled (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}),
+a word beginning with @samp{#}
+causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to
+be ignored. An interactive shell without the @code{interactive_comments}
+option enabled does not allow comments. The @code{interactive_comments}
+option is on by default in interactive shells.
+@xref{Interactive Shells}, for a description of what makes
+a shell interactive.
+
+@node Shell Commands
+@section Shell Commands
+@cindex commands, shell
+
+A simple shell command such as @code{echo a b c} consists of the command
+itself followed by arguments, separated by spaces.
+
+More complex shell commands are composed of simple commands arranged together
+in a variety of ways: in a pipeline in which the output of one command
+becomes the input of a second, in a loop or conditional construct, or in
+some other grouping.
+
+@menu
+* Simple Commands:: The most common type of command.
+* Pipelines:: Connecting the input and output of several
+ commands.
+* Lists:: How to execute commands sequentially.
+* Compound Commands:: Shell commands for control flow.
+* Coprocesses:: Two-way communication between commands.
+* GNU Parallel:: Running commands in parallel.
+@end menu
+
+@node Simple Commands
+@subsection Simple Commands
+@cindex commands, simple
+
+A simple command is the kind of command encountered most often.
+It's just a sequence of words separated by @code{blank}s, terminated
+by one of the shell's control operators (@pxref{Definitions}). The
+first word generally specifies a command to be executed, with the
+rest of the words being that command's arguments.
+
+The return status (@pxref{Exit Status}) of a simple command is
+its exit status as provided
+by the @sc{posix} 1003.1 @code{waitpid} function, or 128+@var{n} if
+the command was terminated by signal @var{n}.
+
+@node Pipelines
+@subsection Pipelines
+@cindex pipeline
+@cindex commands, pipelines
+
+A @code{pipeline} is a sequence of one or more commands separated by
+one of the control operators @samp{|} or @samp{|&}.
+
+@rwindex time
+@rwindex !
+@cindex command timing
+The format for a pipeline is
+@example
+[time [-p]] [!] @var{command1} [ | or |& @var{command2} ] @dots{}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The output of each command in the pipeline is connected via a pipe
+to the input of the next command.
+That is, each command reads the previous command's output. This
+connection is performed before any redirections specified by the
+command.
+
+If @samp{|&} is used, @var{command1}'s standard error, in addition to
+its standard output, is connected to
+@var{command2}'s standard input through the pipe;
+it is shorthand for @code{2>&1 |}.
+This implicit redirection of the standard error to the standard output is
+performed after any redirections specified by the command.
+
+The reserved word @code{time} causes timing statistics
+to be printed for the pipeline once it finishes.
+The statistics currently consist of elapsed (wall-clock) time and
+user and system time consumed by the command's execution.
+The @option{-p} option changes the output format to that specified
+by @sc{posix}.
+When the shell is in @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}),
+it does not recognize @code{time} as a reserved word if the next
+token begins with a @samp{-}.
+The @env{TIMEFORMAT} variable may be set to a format string that
+specifies how the timing information should be displayed.
+@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of the available formats.
+The use of @code{time} as a reserved word permits the timing of
+shell builtins, shell functions, and pipelines. An external
+@code{time} command cannot time these easily.
+
+When the shell is in @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}), @code{time}
+may be followed by a newline. In this case, the shell displays the
+total user and system time consumed by the shell and its children.
+The @env{TIMEFORMAT} variable may be used to specify the format of
+the time information.
+
+If the pipeline is not executed asynchronously (@pxref{Lists}), the
+shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to complete.
+
+Each command in a pipeline is executed in its own subshell
+(@pxref{Command Execution Environment}). The exit
+status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last command in the
+pipeline, unless the @code{pipefail} option is enabled
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+If @code{pipefail} is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the
+value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status,
+or zero if all commands exit successfully.
+If the reserved word @samp{!} precedes the pipeline, the
+exit status is the logical negation of the exit status as described
+above.
+The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to terminate before
+returning a value.
+
+@node Lists
+@subsection Lists of Commands
+@cindex commands, lists
+
+A @code{list} is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one
+of the operators @samp{;}, @samp{&}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
+and optionally terminated by one of @samp{;}, @samp{&}, or a
+@code{newline}.
+
+Of these list operators, @samp{&&} and @samp{||}
+have equal precedence, followed by @samp{;} and @samp{&},
+which have equal precedence.
+
+A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a @code{list}
+to delimit commands, equivalent to a semicolon.
+
+If a command is terminated by the control operator @samp{&},
+the shell executes the command asynchronously in a subshell.
+This is known as executing the command in the @var{background}.
+The shell does not wait for the command to finish, and the return
+status is 0 (true).
+When job control is not active (@pxref{Job Control}),
+the standard input for asynchronous commands, in the absence of any
+explicit redirections, is redirected from @code{/dev/null}.
+
+Commands separated by a @samp{;} are executed sequentially; the shell
+waits for each command to terminate in turn. The return status is the
+exit status of the last command executed.
+
+@sc{and} and @sc{or} lists are sequences of one or more pipelines
+separated by the control operators @samp{&&} and @samp{||},
+respectively. @sc{and} and @sc{or} lists are executed with left
+associativity.
+
+An @sc{and} list has the form
+@example
+@var{command1} && @var{command2}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@var{command2} is executed if, and only if, @var{command1}
+returns an exit status of zero.
+
+An @sc{or} list has the form
+@example
+@var{command1} || @var{command2}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@var{command2} is executed if, and only if, @var{command1}
+returns a non-zero exit status.
+
+The return status of
+@sc{and} and @sc{or} lists is the exit status of the last command
+executed in the list.
+
+@node Compound Commands
+@subsection Compound Commands
+@cindex commands, compound
+
+@menu
+* Looping Constructs:: Shell commands for iterative action.
+* Conditional Constructs:: Shell commands for conditional execution.
+* Command Grouping:: Ways to group commands.
+@end menu
+
+Compound commands are the shell programming constructs.
+Each construct begins with a reserved word or control operator and is
+terminated by a corresponding reserved word or operator.
+Any redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) associated with a compound command
+apply to all commands within that compound command unless explicitly overridden.
+
+In most cases a list of commands in a compound command's description may be
+separated from the rest of the command by one or more newlines, and may be
+followed by a newline in place of a semicolon.
+
+Bash provides looping constructs, conditional commands, and mechanisms
+to group commands and execute them as a unit.
+
+@node Looping Constructs
+@subsubsection Looping Constructs
+@cindex commands, looping
+
+Bash supports the following looping constructs.
+
+Note that wherever a @samp{;} appears in the description of a
+command's syntax, it may be replaced with one or more newlines.
+
+@table @code
+@item until
+@rwindex until
+@rwindex do
+@rwindex done
+The syntax of the @code{until} command is:
+
+@example
+until @var{test-commands}; do @var{consequent-commands}; done
+@end example
+
+Execute @var{consequent-commands} as long as
+@var{test-commands} has an exit status which is not zero.
+The return status is the exit status of the last command executed
+in @var{consequent-commands}, or zero if none was executed.
+
+@item while
+@rwindex while
+The syntax of the @code{while} command is:
+
+@example
+while @var{test-commands}; do @var{consequent-commands}; done
+@end example
+
+Execute @var{consequent-commands} as long as
+@var{test-commands} has an exit status of zero.
+The return status is the exit status of the last command executed
+in @var{consequent-commands}, or zero if none was executed.
+
+@item for
+@rwindex for
+The syntax of the @code{for} command is:
+
+@example
+for @var{name} [ [in [@var{words} @dots{}] ] ; ] do @var{commands}; done
+@end example
+
+Expand @var{words}, and execute @var{commands} once for each member
+in the resultant list, with @var{name} bound to the current member.
+If @samp{in @var{words}} is not present, the @code{for} command
+executes the @var{commands} once for each positional parameter that is
+set, as if @samp{in "$@@"} had been specified
+(@pxref{Special Parameters}).
+The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes.
+If there are no items in the expansion of @var{words}, no commands are
+executed, and the return status is zero.
+
+An alternate form of the @code{for} command is also supported:
+
+@example
+for (( @var{expr1} ; @var{expr2} ; @var{expr3} )) ; do @var{commands} ; done
+@end example
+
+First, the arithmetic expression @var{expr1} is evaluated according
+to the rules described below (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}).
+The arithmetic expression @var{expr2} is then evaluated repeatedly
+until it evaluates to zero.
+Each time @var{expr2} evaluates to a non-zero value, @var{commands} are
+executed and the arithmetic expression @var{expr3} is evaluated.
+If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1.
+The return value is the exit status of the last command in @var{commands}
+that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid.
+@end table
+
+The @code{break} and @code{continue} builtins (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins})
+may be used to control loop execution.
+
+@node Conditional Constructs
+@subsubsection Conditional Constructs
+@cindex commands, conditional
+
+@table @code
+@item if
+@rwindex if
+@rwindex then
+@rwindex else
+@rwindex elif
+@rwindex fi
+The syntax of the @code{if} command is:
+
+@example
+if @var{test-commands}; then
+ @var{consequent-commands};
+[elif @var{more-test-commands}; then
+ @var{more-consequents};]
+[else @var{alternate-consequents};]
+fi
+@end example
+
+The @var{test-commands} list is executed, and if its return status is zero,
+the @var{consequent-commands} list is executed.
+If @var{test-commands} returns a non-zero status, each @code{elif} list
+is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero,
+the corresponding @var{more-consequents} is executed and the
+command completes.
+If @samp{else @var{alternate-consequents}} is present, and
+the final command in the final @code{if} or @code{elif} clause
+has a non-zero exit status, then @var{alternate-consequents} is executed.
+The return status is the exit status of the last command executed, or
+zero if no condition tested true.
+
+@item case
+@rwindex case
+@rwindex in
+@rwindex esac
+The syntax of the @code{case} command is:
+
+@example
+case @var{word} in [ [(] @var{pattern} [| @var{pattern}]@dots{}) @var{command-list} ;;]@dots{} esac
+@end example
+
+@code{case} will selectively execute the @var{command-list} corresponding to
+the first @var{pattern} that matches @var{word}.
+If the @code{nocasematch} shell option
+(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin})
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+The @samp{|} is used to separate multiple patterns, and the @samp{)}
+operator terminates a pattern list.
+A list of patterns and an associated command-list is known
+as a @var{clause}.
+
+Each clause must be terminated with @samp{;;}, @samp{;&}, or @samp{;;&}.
+The @var{word} undergoes tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command
+substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal before matching is
+attempted. Each @var{pattern} undergoes tilde expansion, parameter
+expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion.
+
+There may be an arbitrary number of @code{case} clauses, each terminated
+by a @samp{;;}, @samp{;&}, or @samp{;;&}.
+The first pattern that matches determines the
+command-list that is executed.
+It's a common idiom to use @samp{*} as the final pattern to define the
+default case, since that pattern will always match.
+
+Here is an example using @code{case} in a script that could be used to
+describe one interesting feature of an animal:
+
+@example
+echo -n "Enter the name of an animal: "
+read ANIMAL
+echo -n "The $ANIMAL has "
+case $ANIMAL in
+ horse | dog | cat) echo -n "four";;
+ man | kangaroo ) echo -n "two";;
+ *) echo -n "an unknown number of";;
+esac
+echo " legs."
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+
+If the @samp{;;} operator is used, no subsequent matches are attempted after
+the first pattern match.
+Using @samp{;&} in place of @samp{;;} causes execution to continue with
+the @var{command-list} associated with the next clause, if any.
+Using @samp{;;&} in place of @samp{;;} causes the shell to test the patterns
+in the next clause, if any, and execute any associated @var{command-list}
+on a successful match.
+
+The return status is zero if no @var{pattern} is matched. Otherwise, the
+return status is the exit status of the @var{command-list} executed.
+
+@item select
+@rwindex select
+
+The @code{select} construct allows the easy generation of menus.
+It has almost the same syntax as the @code{for} command:
+
+@example
+select @var{name} [in @var{words} @dots{}]; do @var{commands}; done
+@end example
+
+The list of words following @code{in} is expanded, generating a list
+of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard
+error output stream, each preceded by a number. If the
+@samp{in @var{words}} is omitted, the positional parameters are printed,
+as if @samp{in "$@@"} had been specified.
+The @env{PS3} prompt is then displayed and a line is read from the
+standard input.
+If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of the displayed
+words, then the value of @var{name} is set to that word.
+If the line is empty, the words and prompt are displayed again.
+If @code{EOF} is read, the @code{select} command completes.
+Any other value read causes @var{name} to be set to null.
+The line read is saved in the variable @env{REPLY}.
+
+The @var{commands} are executed after each selection until a
+@code{break} command is executed, at which
+point the @code{select} command completes.
+
+Here is an example that allows the user to pick a filename from the
+current directory, and displays the name and index of the file
+selected.
+
+@example
+select fname in *;
+do
+ echo you picked $fname \($REPLY\)
+ break;
+done
+@end example
+
+@item ((@dots{}))
+@example
+(( @var{expression} ))
+@end example
+
+The arithmetic @var{expression} is evaluated according to the rules
+described below (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}).
+If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0;
+otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to
+@example
+let "@var{expression}"
+@end example
+@noindent
+@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a full description of the @code{let} builtin.
+
+@item [[@dots{}]]
+@rwindex [[
+@rwindex ]]
+@example
+[[ @var{expression} ]]
+@end example
+
+Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of
+the conditional expression @var{expression}.
+Expressions are composed of the primaries described below in
+@ref{Bash Conditional Expressions}.
+Word splitting and filename expansion are not performed on the words
+between the @code{[[} and @code{]]}; tilde expansion, parameter and
+variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process
+substitution, and quote removal are performed.
+Conditional operators such as @samp{-f} must be unquoted to be recognized
+as primaries.
+
+When used with @code{[[}, the @samp{<} and @samp{>} operators sort
+lexicographically using the current locale.
+
+When the @samp{==} and @samp{!=} operators are used, the string to the
+right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according
+to the rules described below in @ref{Pattern Matching},
+as if the @code{extglob} shell option were enabled.
+The @samp{=} operator is identical to @samp{==}.
+If the @code{nocasematch} shell option
+(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin})
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+The return value is 0 if the string matches (@samp{==}) or does not
+match (@samp{!=})the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
+Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion
+to be matched as a string.
+
+An additional binary operator, @samp{=~}, is available, with the same
+precedence as @samp{==} and @samp{!=}.
+When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered
+an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in @i{regex}3)).
+The return value is 0 if the string matches
+the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
+If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional
+expression's return value is 2.
+If the @code{nocasematch} shell option
+(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin})
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force the quoted portion
+to be matched as a string.
+Bracket expressions in regular expressions must be treated carefully,
+since normal quoting characters lose their meanings between brackets.
+If the pattern is stored in a shell variable, quoting the variable
+expansion forces the entire pattern to be matched as a string.
+Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular
+expression are saved in the array variable @code{BASH_REMATCH}.
+The element of @code{BASH_REMATCH} with index 0 is the portion of the string
+matching the entire regular expression.
+The element of @code{BASH_REMATCH} with index @var{n} is the portion of the
+string matching the @var{n}th parenthesized subexpression.
+
+For example, the following will match a line
+(stored in the shell variable @var{line})
+if there is a sequence of characters in the value consisting of
+any number, including zero, of
+space characters, zero or one instances of @samp{a}, then a @samp{b}:
+@example
+[[ $line =~ [[:space:]]*(a)?b ]]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+That means values like @samp{aab} and @samp{ aaaaaab} will match, as
+will a line containing a @samp{b} anywhere in its value.
+
+Storing the regular expression in a shell variable is often a useful
+way to avoid problems with quoting characters that are special to the
+shell.
+It is sometimes difficult to specify a regular expression literally
+without using quotes, or to keep track of the quoting used by regular
+expressions while paying attention to the shell's quote removal.
+Using a shell variable to store the pattern decreases these problems.
+For example, the following is equivalent to the above:
+@example
+pattern='[[:space:]]*(a)?b'
+[[ $line =~ $pattern ]]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+If you want to match a character that's special to the regular expression
+grammar, it has to be quoted to remove its special meaning.
+This means that in the pattern @samp{xxx.txt}, the @samp{.} matches any
+character in the string (its usual regular expression meaning), but in the
+pattern @samp{"xxx.txt"} it can only match a literal @samp{.}.
+Shell programmers should take special care with backslashes, since backslashes
+are used both by the shell and regular expressions to remove the special
+meaning from the following character.
+The following two sets of commands are @emph{not} equivalent:
+@example
+pattern='\.'
+
+[[ . =~ $pattern ]]
+[[ . =~ \. ]]
+
+[[ . =~ "$pattern" ]]
+[[ . =~ '\.' ]]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The first two matches will succeed, but the second two will not, because
+in the second two the backslash will be part of the pattern to be matched.
+In the first two examples, the backslash removes the special meaning from
+@samp{.}, so the literal @samp{.} matches.
+If the string in the first examples were anything other than @samp{.}, say
+@samp{a}, the pattern would not match, because the quoted @samp{.} in the
+pattern loses its special meaning of matching any single character.
+
+Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed
+in decreasing order of precedence:
+
+@table @code
+@item ( @var{expression} )
+Returns the value of @var{expression}.
+This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
+
+@item ! @var{expression}
+True if @var{expression} is false.
+
+@item @var{expression1} && @var{expression2}
+True if both @var{expression1} and @var{expression2} are true.
+
+@item @var{expression1} || @var{expression2}
+True if either @var{expression1} or @var{expression2} is true.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The @code{&&} and @code{||} operators do not evaluate @var{expression2} if the
+value of @var{expression1} is sufficient to determine the return
+value of the entire conditional expression.
+@end table
+
+@node Command Grouping
+@subsubsection Grouping Commands
+@cindex commands, grouping
+
+Bash provides two ways to group a list of commands to be executed
+as a unit. When commands are grouped, redirections may be applied
+to the entire command list. For example, the output of all the
+commands in the list may be redirected to a single stream.
+
+@table @code
+@item ()
+@example
+( @var{list} )
+@end example
+
+Placing a list of commands between parentheses causes a subshell
+environment to be created (@pxref{Command Execution Environment}), and each
+of the commands in @var{list} to be executed in that subshell. Since the
+@var{list} is executed in a subshell, variable assignments do not remain in
+effect after the subshell completes.
+
+@item @{@}
+@rwindex @{
+@rwindex @}
+@example
+@{ @var{list}; @}
+@end example
+
+Placing a list of commands between curly braces causes the list to
+be executed in the current shell context. No subshell is created.
+The semicolon (or newline) following @var{list} is required.
+@end table
+
+In addition to the creation of a subshell, there is a subtle difference
+between these two constructs due to historical reasons. The braces
+are @code{reserved words}, so they must be separated from the @var{list}
+by @code{blank}s or other shell metacharacters.
+The parentheses are @code{operators}, and are
+recognized as separate tokens by the shell even if they are not separated
+from the @var{list} by whitespace.
+
+The exit status of both of these constructs is the exit status of
+@var{list}.
+
+@node Coprocesses
+@subsection Coprocesses
+@cindex coprocess
+
+A @code{coprocess} is a shell command preceded by the @code{coproc}
+reserved word.
+A coprocess is executed asynchronously in a subshell, as if the command
+had been terminated with the @samp{&} control operator, with a two-way pipe
+established between the executing shell and the coprocess.
+
+The format for a coprocess is:
+@example
+coproc [@var{NAME}] @var{command} [@var{redirections}]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This creates a coprocess named @var{NAME}.
+If @var{NAME} is not supplied, the default name is @var{COPROC}.
+@var{NAME} must not be supplied if @var{command} is a simple
+command (@pxref{Simple Commands}); otherwise, it is interpreted as
+the first word of the simple command.
+
+When the coprocess is executed, the shell creates an array variable
+(@pxref{Arrays})
+named @env{NAME} in the context of the executing shell.
+The standard output of @var{command}
+is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell,
+and that file descriptor is assigned to @env{NAME}[0].
+The standard input of @var{command}
+is connected via a pipe to a file descriptor in the executing shell,
+and that file descriptor is assigned to @env{NAME}[1].
+This pipe is established before any redirections specified by the
+command (@pxref{Redirections}).
+The file descriptors can be utilized as arguments to shell commands
+and redirections using standard word expansions.
+The file descriptors are not available in subshells.
+
+The process ID of the shell spawned to execute the coprocess is
+available as the value of the variable @env{NAME}_PID.
+The @code{wait}
+builtin command may be used to wait for the coprocess to terminate.
+
+Since the coprocess is created as an asynchronous command,
+the @code{coproc} command always returns success.
+The return status of a coprocess is the exit status of @var{command}.
+
+@node GNU Parallel
+@subsection GNU Parallel
+
+There are ways to run commands in parallel that are not built into Bash.
+GNU Parallel is a tool to do just that.
+
+GNU Parallel, as its name suggests, can be used to build and run commands
+in parallel. You may run the same command with different arguments, whether
+they are filenames, usernames, hostnames, or lines read from files. GNU
+Parallel provides shorthand references to many of the most common operations
+(input lines, various portions of the input line, different ways to specify
+the input source, and so on). Parallel can replace @code{xargs} or feed
+commands from its input sources to several different instances of Bash.
+
+For a complete description, refer to the GNU Parallel documentation. A few
+examples should provide a brief introduction to its use.
+
+For example, it is easy to replace @code{xargs} to gzip all html files in the
+current directory and its subdirectories:
+@example
+find . -type f -name '*.html' -print | parallel gzip
+@end example
+@noindent
+If you need to protect special characters such as newlines in file names,
+use find's @option{-print0} option and parallel's @option{-0} option.
+
+You can use Parallel to move files from the current directory when the
+number of files is too large to process with one @code{mv} invocation:
+@example
+ls | parallel mv @{@} destdir
+@end example
+
+As you can see, the @{@} is replaced with each line read from standard input.
+While using @code{ls} will work in most instances, it is not sufficient to
+deal with all filenames.
+If you need to accommodate special characters in filenames, you can use
+
+@example
+find . -depth 1 \! -name '.*' -print0 | parallel -0 mv @{@} destdir
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+as alluded to above.
+
+This will run as many @code{mv} commands as there are files in the current
+directory.
+You can emulate a parallel @code{xargs} by adding the @option{-X} option:
+@example
+find . -depth 1 \! -name '.*' -print0 | parallel -0 -X mv @{@} destdir
+@end example
+
+GNU Parallel can replace certain common idioms that operate on lines read
+from a file (in this case, filenames listed one per line):
+@example
+ while IFS= read -r x; do
+ do-something1 "$x" "config-$x"
+ do-something2 < "$x"
+ done < file | process-output
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+with a more compact syntax reminiscent of lambdas:
+@example
+cat list | parallel "do-something1 @{@} config-@{@} ; do-something2 < @{@}" | process-output
+@end example
+
+Parallel provides a built-in mechanism to remove filename extensions, which
+lends itself to batch file transformations or renaming:
+@example
+ls *.gz | parallel -j+0 "zcat @{@} | bzip2 >@{.@}.bz2 && rm @{@}"
+@end example
+@noindent
+This will recompress all files in the current directory with names ending
+in .gz using bzip2, running one job per CPU (-j+0) in parallel.
+(We use @code{ls} for brevity here; using @code{find} as above is more
+robust in the face of filenames containing unexpected characters.)
+Parallel can take arguments from the command line; the above can also be
+written as
+
+@example
+parallel "zcat @{@} | bzip2 >@{.@}.bz2 && rm @{@}" ::: *.gz
+@end example
+
+If a command generates output, you may want to preserve the input order in
+the output. For instance, the following command
+@example
+@{ echo foss.org.my ; echo debian.org; echo freenetproject.org; @} | parallel traceroute
+@end example
+@noindent
+will display as output the traceroute invocation that finishes first.
+Adding the @option{-k} option
+@example
+@{ echo foss.org.my ; echo debian.org; echo freenetproject.org; @} | parallel -k traceroute
+@end example
+@noindent
+will ensure that the output of @code{traceroute foss.org.my} is displayed first.
+
+Finally, Parallel can be used to run a sequence of shell commands in parallel,
+similar to @samp{cat file | bash}.
+It is not uncommon to take a list of filenames, create a series of shell
+commands to operate on them, and feed that list of commnds to a shell.
+Parallel can speed this up. Assuming that @file{file} contains a list of
+shell commands, one per line,
+
+@example
+parallel -j 10 < file
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will evaluate the commands using the shell (since no explicit command is
+supplied as an argument), in blocks of ten shell jobs at a time.
+
+@node Shell Functions
+@section Shell Functions
+@cindex shell function
+@cindex functions, shell
+
+Shell functions are a way to group commands for later execution
+using a single name for the group. They are executed just like
+a "regular" command.
+When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name,
+the list of commands associated with that function name is executed.
+Shell functions are executed in the current
+shell context; no new process is created to interpret them.
+
+Functions are declared using this syntax:
+@rwindex function
+@example
+@var{name} () @var{compound-command} [ @var{redirections} ]
+@end example
+
+or
+
+@example
+function @var{name} [()] @var{compound-command} [ @var{redirections} ]
+@end example
+
+This defines a shell function named @var{name}. The reserved
+word @code{function} is optional.
+If the @code{function} reserved
+word is supplied, the parentheses are optional.
+The @var{body} of the function is the compound command
+@var{compound-command} (@pxref{Compound Commands}).
+That command is usually a @var{list} enclosed between @{ and @}, but
+may be any compound command listed above,
+with one exception: If the @code{function} reserved word is used, but the
+parentheses are not supplied, the braces are required.
+@var{compound-command} is executed whenever @var{name} is specified as the
+name of a command.
+When the shell is in @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}),
+@var{name} may not be the same as one of the special builtins
+(@pxref{Special Builtins}).
+Any redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) associated with the shell function
+are performed when the function is executed.
+
+A function definition may be deleted using the @option{-f} option to the
+@code{unset} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error
+occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists.
+When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the
+last command executed in the body.
+
+Note that for historical reasons, in the most common usage the curly braces
+that surround the body of the function must be separated from the body by
+@code{blank}s or newlines.
+This is because the braces are reserved words and are only recognized
+as such when they are separated from the command list
+by whitespace or another shell metacharacter.
+Also, when using the braces, the @var{list} must be terminated by a semicolon,
+a @samp{&}, or a newline.
+
+When a function is executed, the arguments to the
+function become the positional parameters
+during its execution (@pxref{Positional Parameters}).
+The special parameter @samp{#} that expands to the number of
+positional parameters is updated to reflect the change.
+Special parameter @code{0} is unchanged.
+The first element of the @env{FUNCNAME} variable is set to the
+name of the function while the function is executing.
+
+All other aspects of the shell execution
+environment are identical between a function and its caller
+with these exceptions:
+the @env{DEBUG} and @env{RETURN} traps
+are not inherited unless the function has been given the
+@code{trace} attribute using the @code{declare} builtin or
+the @code{-o functrace} option has been enabled with
+the @code{set} builtin,
+(in which case all functions inherit the @env{DEBUG} and @env{RETURN} traps),
+and the @env{ERR} trap is not inherited unless the @code{-o errtrace}
+shell option has been enabled.
+@xref{Bourne Shell Builtins}, for the description of the
+@code{trap} builtin.
+
+The @env{FUNCNEST} variable, if set to a numeric value greater
+than 0, defines a maximum function nesting level. Function
+invocations that exceed the limit cause the entire command to
+abort.
+
+If the builtin command @code{return}
+is executed in a function, the function completes and
+execution resumes with the next command after the function
+call.
+Any command associated with the @code{RETURN} trap is executed
+before execution resumes.
+When a function completes, the values of the
+positional parameters and the special parameter @samp{#}
+are restored to the values they had prior to the function's
+execution. If a numeric argument is given to @code{return},
+that is the function's return status; otherwise the function's
+return status is the exit status of the last command executed
+before the @code{return}.
+
+Variables local to the function may be declared with the
+@code{local} builtin. These variables are visible only to
+the function and the commands it invokes.
+
+Function names and definitions may be listed with the
+@option{-f} option to the @code{declare} (@code{typeset})
+builtin command (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+The @option{-F} option to @code{declare} or @code{typeset}
+will list the function names only
+(and optionally the source file and line number, if the @code{extdebug}
+shell option is enabled).
+Functions may be exported so that subshells
+automatically have them defined with the
+@option{-f} option to the @code{export} builtin
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result
+in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the
+shell's children.
+Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem.
+
+Functions may be recursive.
+The @code{FUNCNEST} variable may be used to limit the depth of the
+function call stack and restrict the number of function invocations.
+By default, no limit is placed on the number of recursive calls.
+
+@node Shell Parameters
+@section Shell Parameters
+@cindex parameters
+@cindex variable, shell
+@cindex shell variable
+
+@menu
+* Positional Parameters:: The shell's command-line arguments.
+* Special Parameters:: Parameters denoted by special characters.
+@end menu
+
+A @var{parameter} is an entity that stores values.
+It can be a @code{name}, a number, or one of the special characters
+listed below.
+A @var{variable} is a parameter denoted by a @code{name}.
+A variable has a @var{value} and zero or more @var{attributes}.
+Attributes are assigned using the @code{declare} builtin command
+(see the description of the @code{declare} builtin in @ref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is
+a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using
+the @code{unset} builtin command.
+
+A variable may be assigned to by a statement of the form
+@example
+@var{name}=[@var{value}]
+@end example
+@noindent
+If @var{value}
+is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All
+@var{value}s undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote
+removal (detailed below). If the variable has its @code{integer}
+attribute set, then @var{value}
+is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the @code{$((@dots{}))}
+expansion is not used (@pxref{Arithmetic Expansion}).
+Word splitting is not performed, with the exception
+of @code{"$@@"} as explained below.
+Filename expansion is not performed.
+Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the
+@code{alias},
+@code{declare}, @code{typeset}, @code{export}, @code{readonly},
+and @code{local} builtin commands (@var{declaration} commands).
+When in @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}), these builtins may appear
+in a command after one or more instances of the @code{command} builtin
+and retain these assignment statement properties.
+
+In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value
+to a shell variable or array index (@pxref{Arrays}), the @samp{+=}
+operator can be used to
+append to or add to the variable's previous value.
+This includes arguments to builtin commands such as @code{declare} that
+accept assignment statements (@var{declaration} commands).
+When @samp{+=} is applied to a variable for which the @var{integer} attribute
+has been set, @var{value} is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and
+added to the variable's current value, which is also evaluated.
+When @samp{+=} is applied to an array variable using compound assignment
+(@pxref{Arrays}), the
+variable's value is not unset (as it is when using @samp{=}), and new
+values are appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's
+maximum index (for indexed arrays), or added as additional key-value pairs
+in an associative array.
+When applied to a string-valued variable, @var{value} is expanded and
+appended to the variable's value.
+
+A variable can be assigned the @var{nameref} attribute using the
+@option{-n} option to the \fBdeclare\fP or \fBlocal\fP builtin commands
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins})
+to create a @var{nameref}, or a reference to another variable.
+This allows variables to be manipulated indirectly.
+Whenever the nameref variable is referenced, assigned to, unset, or has
+its attributes modified (other than the nameref attribute itself), the
+operation is actually performed on the variable specified by the nameref
+variable's value.
+A nameref is commonly used within shell functions to refer to a variable
+whose name is passed as an argument to the function.
+For instance, if a variable name is passed to a shell function as its first
+argument, running
+@example
+declare -n ref=$1
+@end example
+@noindent
+inside the function creates a nameref variable @var{ref} whose value is
+the variable name passed as the first argument.
+References and assignments to @var{ref}, and changes to its attributes,
+are treated as references, assignments, and attribute modifications
+to the variable whose name was passed as @code{$1}.
+
+If the control variable in a @code{for} loop has the nameref attribute,
+the list of words can be a list of shell variables, and a name reference
+will be established for each word in the list, in turn, when the loop is
+executed.
+Array variables cannot be given the nameref attribute.
+However, nameref variables can reference array variables and subscripted
+array variables.
+Namerefs can be unset using the @option{-n} option to the @code{unset} builtin
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+Otherwise, if @code{unset} is executed with the name of a nameref variable
+as an argument, the variable referenced by the nameref variable will be unset.
+
+@node Positional Parameters
+@subsection Positional Parameters
+@cindex parameters, positional
+
+A @var{positional parameter} is a parameter denoted by one or more
+digits, other than the single digit @code{0}. Positional parameters are
+assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked,
+and may be reassigned using the @code{set} builtin command.
+Positional parameter @code{N} may be referenced as @code{$@{N@}}, or
+as @code{$N} when @code{N} consists of a single digit.
+Positional parameters may not be assigned to with assignment statements.
+The @code{set} and @code{shift} builtins are used to set and
+unset them (@pxref{Shell Builtin Commands}).
+The positional parameters are
+temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed
+(@pxref{Shell Functions}).
+
+When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single
+digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces.
+
+@node Special Parameters
+@subsection Special Parameters
+@cindex parameters, special
+
+The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may
+only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed.
+
+@vtable @code
+
+@item *
+@vindex $*
+($*) Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one.
+When the expansion is not within double quotes, each positional parameter
+expands to a separate word.
+In contexts where it is performed, those words
+are subject to further word splitting and pathname expansion.
+When the expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word
+with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of the
+@env{IFS} special variable. That is, @code{"$*"} is equivalent
+to @code{"$1@var{c}$2@var{c}@dots{}"}, where @var{c}
+is the first character of the value of the @code{IFS}
+variable.
+If @env{IFS} is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces.
+If @env{IFS} is null, the parameters are joined without intervening
+separators.
+
+@item @@
+@vindex $@@
+($@@) Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the
+expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a
+separate word. That is, @code{"$@@"} is equivalent to
+@code{"$1" "$2" @dots{}}.
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
+When there are no positional parameters, @code{"$@@"} and
+@code{$@@}
+expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed).
+
+@item #
+@vindex $#
+($#) Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal.
+
+@item ?
+@vindex $?
+($?) Expands to the exit status of the most recently executed foreground
+pipeline.
+
+@item -
+@vindex $-
+($-, a hyphen.) Expands to the current option flags as specified upon
+invocation, by the @code{set}
+builtin command, or those set by the shell itself
+(such as the @option{-i} option).
+
+@item $
+@vindex $$
+($$) Expands to the process @sc{id} of the shell. In a @code{()} subshell, it
+expands to the process @sc{id} of the invoking shell, not the subshell.
+
+@item !
+@vindex $!
+($!) Expands to the process @sc{id} of the job most recently placed into the
+background, whether executed as an asynchronous command or using
+the @code{bg} builtin (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}).
+
+@item 0
+@vindex $0
+($0) Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at
+shell initialization. If Bash is invoked with a file of commands
+(@pxref{Shell Scripts}), @code{$0} is set to the name of that file.
+If Bash is started with the @option{-c} option (@pxref{Invoking Bash}),
+then @code{$0} is set to the first argument after the string to be
+executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set
+to the filename used to invoke Bash, as given by argument zero.
+
+@item _
+@vindex $_
+($_, an underscore.)
+At shell startup, set to the absolute pathname used to invoke the
+shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment
+or argument list.
+Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command,
+after expansion.
+Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed
+and placed in the environment exported to that command.
+When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file.
+@end vtable
+
+@node Shell Expansions
+@section Shell Expansions
+@cindex expansion
+
+Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into
+@code{token}s. There are seven kinds of expansion performed:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item brace expansion
+@item tilde expansion
+@item parameter and variable expansion
+@item command substitution
+@item arithmetic expansion
+@item word splitting
+@item filename expansion
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Brace Expansion:: Expansion of expressions within braces.
+* Tilde Expansion:: Expansion of the ~ character.
+* Shell Parameter Expansion:: How Bash expands variables to their values.
+* Command Substitution:: Using the output of a command as an argument.
+* Arithmetic Expansion:: How to use arithmetic in shell expansions.
+* Process Substitution:: A way to write and read to and from a
+ command.
+* Word Splitting:: How the results of expansion are split into separate
+ arguments.
+* Filename Expansion:: A shorthand for specifying filenames matching patterns.
+* Quote Removal:: How and when quote characters are removed from
+ words.
+@end menu
+
+The order of expansions is:
+brace expansion;
+tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic expansion,
+and command substitution (done in a left-to-right fashion);
+word splitting;
+and filename expansion.
+
+On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion
+available: @var{process substitution}.
+This is performed at the
+same time as tilde, parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and
+command substitution.
+
+Only brace expansion, word splitting, and filename expansion
+can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions
+expand a single word to a single word.
+The only exceptions to this are the expansions of
+@code{"$@@"} (@pxref{Special Parameters}) and @code{"$@{@var{name}[@@]@}"}
+(@pxref{Arrays}).
+
+After all expansions, @code{quote removal} (@pxref{Quote Removal})
+is performed.
+
+@node Brace Expansion
+@subsection Brace Expansion
+@cindex brace expansion
+@cindex expansion, brace
+
+Brace expansion is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings may be generated.
+This mechanism is similar to
+@var{filename expansion} (@pxref{Filename Expansion}),
+but the filenames generated need not exist.
+Patterns to be brace expanded take the form of an optional @var{preamble},
+followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or a sequence expression
+between a pair of braces,
+followed by an optional @var{postscript}.
+The preamble is prefixed to each string contained within the braces, and
+the postscript is then appended to each resulting string, expanding left
+to right.
+
+Brace expansions may be nested.
+The results of each expanded string are not sorted; left to right order
+is preserved.
+For example,
+@example
+bash$ echo a@{d,c,b@}e
+ade ace abe
+@end example
+
+A sequence expression takes the form @code{@{@var{x}..@var{y}[..@var{incr}]@}},
+where @var{x} and @var{y} are either integers or single characters,
+and @var{incr}, an optional increment, is an integer.
+When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between
+@var{x} and @var{y}, inclusive.
+Supplied integers may be prefixed with @samp{0} to force each term to have the
+same width.
+When either @var{x} or @var{y} begins with a zero, the shell
+attempts to force all generated terms to contain the same number of digits,
+zero-padding where necessary.
+When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character
+lexicographically between @var{x} and @var{y}, inclusive,
+using the default C locale.
+Note that both @var{x} and @var{y} must be of the same type.
+When the increment is supplied, it is used as the difference between
+each term. The default increment is 1 or -1 as appropriate.
+
+Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions,
+and any characters special to other expansions are preserved
+in the result. It is strictly textual. Bash
+does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the
+expansion or the text between the braces.
+To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string @samp{$@{}
+is not considered eligible for brace expansion.
+
+A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening
+and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid
+sequence expression.
+Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged.
+
+A @{ or @samp{,} may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its
+being considered part of a brace expression.
+To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string @samp{$@{}
+is not considered eligible for brace expansion.
+
+This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common
+prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the
+above example:
+@example
+mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/@{old,new,dist,bugs@}
+@end example
+or
+@example
+chown root /usr/@{ucb/@{ex,edit@},lib/@{ex?.?*,how_ex@}@}
+@end example
+
+@node Tilde Expansion
+@subsection Tilde Expansion
+@cindex tilde expansion
+@cindex expansion, tilde
+
+If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (@samp{~}), all of the
+characters up to the first unquoted slash (or all characters,
+if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a @var{tilde-prefix}.
+If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the
+characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a
+possible @var{login name}.
+If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the
+value of the @env{HOME} shell variable.
+If @env{HOME} is unset, the home directory of the user executing the
+shell is substituted instead.
+Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory
+associated with the specified login name.
+
+If the tilde-prefix is @samp{~+}, the value of
+the shell variable @env{PWD} replaces the tilde-prefix.
+If the tilde-prefix is @samp{~-}, the value of the shell variable
+@env{OLDPWD}, if it is set, is substituted.
+
+If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a
+number @var{N}, optionally prefixed by a @samp{+} or a @samp{-},
+the tilde-prefix is replaced with the
+corresponding element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed
+by the @code{dirs} builtin invoked with the characters following tilde
+in the tilde-prefix as an argument (@pxref{The Directory Stack}).
+If the tilde-prefix, sans the tilde, consists of a number without a
+leading @samp{+} or @samp{-}, @samp{+} is assumed.
+
+If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word is
+left unchanged.
+
+Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately
+following a @samp{:} or the first @samp{=}.
+In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed.
+Consequently, one may use filenames with tildes in assignments to
+@env{PATH}, @env{MAILPATH}, and @env{CDPATH},
+and the shell assigns the expanded value.
+
+The following table shows how Bash treats unquoted tilde-prefixes:
+
+@table @code
+@item ~
+The value of @code{$HOME}
+@item ~/foo
+@file{$HOME/foo}
+
+@item ~fred/foo
+The subdirectory @code{foo} of the home directory of the user
+@code{fred}
+
+@item ~+/foo
+@file{$PWD/foo}
+
+@item ~-/foo
+@file{$@{OLDPWD-'~-'@}/foo}
+
+@item ~@var{N}
+The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs +@var{N}}
+
+@item ~+@var{N}
+The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs +@var{N}}
+
+@item ~-@var{N}
+The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs -@var{N}}
+@end table
+
+@node Shell Parameter Expansion
+@subsection Shell Parameter Expansion
+@cindex parameter expansion
+@cindex expansion, parameter
+
+The @samp{$} character introduces parameter expansion,
+command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name
+or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which
+are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from
+characters immediately following it which could be
+interpreted as part of the name.
+
+When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first @samp{@}}
+not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an
+embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter
+expansion.
+
+The basic form of parameter expansion is $@{@var{parameter}@}.
+The value of @var{parameter} is substituted.
+The @var{parameter} is a shell parameter as described above
+(@pxref{Shell Parameters}) or an array reference (@pxref{Arrays}).
+The braces are required when @var{parameter}
+is a positional parameter with more than one digit,
+or when @var{parameter} is followed by a character that is not to be
+interpreted as part of its name.
+
+If the first character of @var{parameter} is an exclamation point (!),
+it introduces a level of variable indirection.
+Bash uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of
+@var{parameter} as the name of the variable; this variable is then
+expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather
+than the value of @var{parameter} itself.
+This is known as @code{indirect expansion}.
+The exceptions to this are the expansions of $@{!@var{prefix}*@}
+and $@{!@var{name}[@@]@}
+described below.
+The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to
+introduce indirection.
+
+In each of the cases below, @var{word} is subject to tilde expansion,
+parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion.
+
+When not performing substring expansion, using the form described
+below (e.g., @samp{:-}), Bash tests for a parameter that is unset or null.
+Omitting the colon results in a test only for a parameter that is unset.
+Put another way, if the colon is included,
+the operator tests for both @var{parameter}'s existence and that its value
+is not null; if the colon is omitted, the operator tests only for existence.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}:@minus{}@var{word}@}
+If @var{parameter} is unset or null, the expansion of
+@var{word} is substituted. Otherwise, the value of
+@var{parameter} is substituted.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}:=@var{word}@}
+If @var{parameter}
+is unset or null, the expansion of @var{word}
+is assigned to @var{parameter}.
+The value of @var{parameter} is then substituted.
+Positional parameters and special parameters may not be assigned to
+in this way.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}:?@var{word}@}
+If @var{parameter}
+is null or unset, the expansion of @var{word} (or a message
+to that effect if @var{word}
+is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it
+is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of @var{parameter} is
+substituted.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}:+@var{word}@}
+If @var{parameter}
+is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of
+@var{word} is substituted.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}:@var{offset}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter}:@var{offset}:@var{length}@}
+This is referred to as Substring Expansion.
+It expands to up to @var{length} characters of the value of @var{parameter}
+starting at the character specified by @var{offset}.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@}, an indexed array subscripted by
+@samp{@@} or @samp{*}, or an associative array name, the results differ as
+described below.
+If @var{length} is omitted, it expands to the substring of the value of
+@var{parameter} starting at the character specified by @var{offset}
+and extending to the end of the value.
+@var{length} and @var{offset} are arithmetic expressions
+(@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}).
+
+If @var{offset} evaluates to a number less than zero, the value
+is used as an offset in characters
+from the end of the value of @var{parameter}.
+If @var{length} evaluates to a number less than zero,
+it is interpreted as an offset in characters
+from the end of the value of @var{parameter} rather than
+a number of characters, and the expansion is the characters between
+@var{offset} and that result.
+Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least
+one space to avoid being confused with the @samp{:-} expansion.
+
+Here are some examples illustrating substring expansion on parameters and
+subscripted arrays:
+
+@verbatim
+$ string=01234567890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${string:7}
+7890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${string:7:0}
+
+$ echo ${string:7:2}
+78
+$ echo ${string:7:-2}
+7890abcdef
+$ echo ${string: -7}
+bcdefgh
+$ echo ${string: -7:0}
+
+$ echo ${string: -7:2}
+bc
+$ echo ${string: -7:-2}
+bcdef
+$ set -- 01234567890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${1:7}
+7890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${1:7:0}
+
+$ echo ${1:7:2}
+78
+$ echo ${1:7:-2}
+7890abcdef
+$ echo ${1: -7}
+bcdefgh
+$ echo ${1: -7:0}
+
+$ echo ${1: -7:2}
+bc
+$ echo ${1: -7:-2}
+bcdef
+$ array[0]=01234567890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${array[0]:7}
+7890abcdefgh
+$ echo ${array[0]:7:0}
+
+$ echo ${array[0]:7:2}
+78
+$ echo ${array[0]:7:-2}
+7890abcdef
+$ echo ${array[0]: -7}
+bcdefgh
+$ echo ${array[0]: -7:0}
+
+$ echo ${array[0]: -7:2}
+bc
+$ echo ${array[0]: -7:-2}
+bcdef
+@end verbatim
+
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@}, the result is @var{length} positional
+parameters beginning at @var{offset}.
+A negative @var{offset} is taken relative to one greater than the greatest
+positional parameter, so an offset of -1 evaluates to the last positional
+parameter.
+It is an expansion error if @var{length} evaluates to a number less than zero.
+
+The following examples illustrate substring expansion using positional
+parameters:
+
+@verbatim
+$ set -- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h
+$ echo ${@:7}
+7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h
+$ echo ${@:7:0}
+
+$ echo ${@:7:2}
+7 8
+$ echo ${@:7:-2}
+bash: -2: substring expression < 0
+$ echo ${@: -7:2}
+b c
+$ echo ${@:0}
+./bash 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h
+$ echo ${@:0:2}
+./bash 1
+$ echo ${@: -7:0}
+
+@end verbatim
+
+If @var{parameter} is an indexed array name subscripted
+by @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, the result is the @var{length}
+members of the array beginning with @code{$@{@var{parameter}[@var{offset}]@}}.
+A negative @var{offset} is taken relative to one greater than the maximum
+index of the specified array.
+It is an expansion error if @var{length} evaluates to a number less than zero.
+
+These examples show how you can use substring expansion with indexed
+arrays:
+
+@verbatim
+$ array=(0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h)
+$ echo ${array[@]:7}
+7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h
+$ echo ${array[@]:7:2}
+7 8
+$ echo ${array[@]: -7:2}
+b c
+$ echo ${array[@]: -7:-2}
+bash: -2: substring expression < 0
+$ echo ${array[@]:0}
+0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 a b c d e f g h
+$ echo ${array[@]:0:2}
+0 1
+$ echo ${array[@]: -7:0}
+
+@end verbatim
+
+Substring expansion applied to an associative array produces undefined
+results.
+
+Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters
+are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default.
+If @var{offset} is 0, and the positional parameters are used, @code{$@@} is
+prefixed to the list.
+
+@item $@{!@var{prefix}*@}
+@itemx $@{!@var{prefix}@@@}
+Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with @var{prefix},
+separated by the first character of the @env{IFS} special variable.
+When @samp{@@} is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each
+variable name expands to a separate word.
+
+@item $@{!@var{name}[@@]@}
+@itemx $@{!@var{name}[*]@}
+If @var{name} is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices
+(keys) assigned in @var{name}.
+If @var{name} is not an array, expands to 0 if @var{name} is set and null
+otherwise.
+When @samp{@@} is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each
+key expands to a separate word.
+
+@item $@{#@var{parameter}@}
+The length in characters of the expanded value of @var{parameter} is
+substituted.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{*} or @samp{@@}, the value substituted
+is the number of positional parameters.
+If @var{parameter} is an array name subscripted by @samp{*} or @samp{@@},
+the value substituted is the number of elements in the array.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an indexed array name subscripted by a negative number, that number is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of
+@var{parameter}, so negative indices count back from the end of the
+array, and an index of -1 references the last element.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}#@var{word}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter}##@var{word}@}
+The @var{word}
+is expanded to produce a pattern just as in filename
+expansion (@pxref{Filename Expansion}). If the pattern matches
+the beginning of the expanded value of @var{parameter},
+then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of @var{parameter}
+with the shortest matching pattern (the @samp{#} case) or the
+longest matching pattern (the @samp{##} case) deleted.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter} is an array variable subscripted with
+@samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}%@var{word}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter}%%@var{word}@}
+The @var{word} is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+filename expansion.
+If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of
+@var{parameter}, then the result of the expansion is the value of
+@var{parameter} with the shortest matching pattern (the @samp{%} case)
+or the longest matching pattern (the @samp{%%} case) deleted.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}/@var{pattern}/@var{string}@}
+
+The @var{pattern} is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+filename expansion.
+@var{Parameter} is expanded and the longest match of @var{pattern}
+against its value is replaced with @var{string}.
+If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{/}, all matches of @var{pattern} are
+replaced with @var{string}. Normally only the first match is replaced.
+If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{#}, it must match at the beginning
+of the expanded value of @var{parameter}.
+If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{%}, it must match at the end
+of the expanded value of @var{parameter}.
+If @var{string} is null, matches of @var{pattern} are deleted
+and the @code{/} following @var{pattern} may be omitted.
+If the @code{nocasematch} shell option
+(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin})
+is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case
+of alphabetic characters.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the substitution operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the substitution operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}^@var{pattern}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter}^^@var{pattern}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter},@var{pattern}@}
+@itemx $@{@var{parameter},,@var{pattern}@}
+This expansion modifies the case of alphabetic characters in @var{parameter}.
+The @var{pattern} is expanded to produce a pattern just as in
+filename expansion.
+Each character in the expanded value of @var{parameter} is tested against
+@var{pattern}, and, if it matches the pattern, its case is converted.
+The pattern should not attempt to match more than one character.
+The @samp{^} operator converts lowercase letters matching @var{pattern}
+to uppercase; the @samp{,} operator converts matching uppercase letters
+to lowercase.
+The @samp{^^} and @samp{,,} expansions convert each matched character in the
+expanded value; the @samp{^} and @samp{,} expansions match and convert only
+the first character in the expanded value.
+If @var{pattern} is omitted, it is treated like a @samp{?}, which matches
+every character.
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the case modification operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the case modification operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+@item $@{@var{parameter}@@@var{operator}@}
+The expansion is either a transformation of the value of @var{parameter}
+or information about @var{parameter} itself, depending on the value of
+@var{operator}. Each @var{operator} is a single letter:
+
+@table @code
+@item Q
+The expansion is a string that is the value of @var{parameter} quoted in a
+format that can be reused as input.
+@item E
+The expansion is a string that is the value of @var{parameter} with backslash
+escape sequences expanded as with the $'...' quoting mechansim.
+@item P
+The expansion is a string that is the result of expanding the value of
+@var{parameter} as if it were a prompt string (@pxref{Controlling the Prompt}).
+@item A
+The expansion is a string in the form of a @code{declare} command that, if
+evaluated, will recreate @var{parameter} with its attributes and value.
+@item a
+The expansion is a string consisting of flag values representing
+@var{parameter}'s attributes.
+@end table
+
+If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the operation is applied to each positional
+parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+If @var{parameter}
+is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*},
+the operation is applied to each member of the
+array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list.
+
+The result of the expansion is subject to word splitting and pathname
+expansion as described below.
+@end table
+
+@node Command Substitution
+@subsection Command Substitution
+@cindex command substitution
+
+Command substitution allows the output of a command to replace
+the command itself.
+Command substitution occurs when a command is enclosed as follows:
+@example
+$(@var{command})
+@end example
+@noindent
+or
+@example
+`@var{command}`
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Bash performs the expansion by executing @var{command} and
+replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the
+command, with any trailing newlines deleted.
+Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during
+word splitting.
+The command substitution @code{$(cat @var{file})} can be
+replaced by the equivalent but faster @code{$(< @var{file})}.
+
+When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used,
+backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by
+@samp{$}, @samp{`}, or @samp{\}.
+The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the
+command substitution.
+When using the @code{$(@var{command})} form, all characters between
+the parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially.
+
+Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted
+form, escape the inner backquotes with backslashes.
+
+If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and
+filename expansion are not performed on the results.
+
+@node Arithmetic Expansion
+@subsection Arithmetic Expansion
+@cindex expansion, arithmetic
+@cindex arithmetic expansion
+
+Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression
+and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is:
+
+@example
+$(( @var{expression} ))
+@end example
+
+The expression is treated as if it were within double quotes, but
+a double quote inside the parentheses is not treated specially.
+All tokens in the expression undergo parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and quote removal.
+The result is treated as the arithmetic expression to be evaluated.
+Arithmetic expansions may be nested.
+
+The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below
+(@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}).
+If the expression is invalid, Bash prints a message indicating
+failure to the standard error and no substitution occurs.
+
+@node Process Substitution
+@subsection Process Substitution
+@cindex process substitution
+
+Process substitution is supported on systems that support named
+pipes (@sc{fifo}s) or the @file{/dev/fd} method of naming open files.
+It takes the form of
+@example
+<(@var{list})
+@end example
+@noindent
+or
+@example
+>(@var{list})
+@end example
+@noindent
+The process @var{list} is run with its input or output connected to a
+@sc{fifo} or some file in @file{/dev/fd}. The name of this file is
+passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the
+expansion. If the @code{>(@var{list})} form is used, writing to
+the file will provide input for @var{list}. If the
+@code{<(@var{list})} form is used, the file passed as an
+argument should be read to obtain the output of @var{list}.
+Note that no space may appear between the @code{<} or @code{>}
+and the left parenthesis, otherwise the construct would be interpreted
+as a redirection.
+
+When available, process substitution is performed simultaneously with
+parameter and variable expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+expansion.
+
+@node Word Splitting
+@subsection Word Splitting
+@cindex word splitting
+
+The shell scans the results of parameter expansion, command substitution,
+and arithmetic expansion that did not occur within double quotes for
+word splitting.
+
+The shell treats each character of @env{$IFS} as a delimiter, and splits
+the results of the other expansions into words using these characters
+as field terminators.
+If @env{IFS} is unset, or its value is exactly @code{<space><tab><newline>},
+the default, then sequences of
+@code{ <space>}, @code{<tab>}, and @code{<newline>}
+at the beginning and end of the results of the previous
+expansions are ignored, and any sequence of @env{IFS}
+characters not at the beginning or end serves to delimit words.
+If @env{IFS} has a value other than the default, then sequences of
+the whitespace characters @code{space} and @code{tab}
+are ignored at the beginning and end of the
+word, as long as the whitespace character is in the
+value of @env{IFS} (an @env{IFS} whitespace character).
+Any character in @env{IFS} that is not @env{IFS}
+whitespace, along with any adjacent @env{IFS}
+whitespace characters, delimits a field. A sequence of @env{IFS}
+whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter.
+If the value of @env{IFS} is null, no word splitting occurs.
+
+Explicit null arguments (@code{""} or @code{''}) are retained.
+Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of
+parameters that have no values, are removed.
+If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a
+null argument results and is retained.
+
+Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting
+is performed.
+
+@node Filename Expansion
+@subsection Filename Expansion
+@menu
+* Pattern Matching:: How the shell matches patterns.
+@end menu
+@cindex expansion, filename
+@cindex expansion, pathname
+@cindex filename expansion
+@cindex pathname expansion
+
+After word splitting, unless the @option{-f} option has been set
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}), Bash scans each word for the characters
+@samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[}.
+If one of these characters appears, then the word is
+regarded as a @var{pattern},
+and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of
+filenames matching the pattern (@pxref{Pattern Matching}).
+If no matching filenames are found,
+and the shell option @code{nullglob} is disabled, the word is left
+unchanged.
+If the @code{nullglob} option is set, and no matches are found, the word
+is removed.
+If the @code{failglob} shell option is set, and no matches are found,
+an error message is printed and the command is not executed.
+If the shell option @code{nocaseglob} is enabled, the match is performed
+without regard to the case of alphabetic characters.
+
+When a pattern is used for filename expansion, the character @samp{.}
+at the start of a filename or immediately following a slash
+must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option @code{dotglob} is set.
+When matching a filename, the slash character must always be
+matched explicitly.
+In other cases, the @samp{.} character is not treated specially.
+
+See the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{The Shopt Builtin},
+for a description of the @code{nocaseglob}, @code{nullglob},
+@code{failglob}, and @code{dotglob} options.
+
+The @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+shell variable may be used to restrict the set of filenames matching a
+pattern. If @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+is set, each matching filename that also matches one of the patterns in
+@env{GLOBIGNORE} is removed from the list of matches.
+If the @code{nocaseglob} option is set, the matching against the patterns in
+@env{GLOBIGNORE} is performed without regard to case.
+The filenames
+@file{.} and @file{..}
+are always ignored when @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+is set and not null.
+However, setting @env{GLOBIGNORE} to a non-null value has the effect of
+enabling the @code{dotglob}
+shell option, so all other filenames beginning with a
+@samp{.} will match.
+To get the old behavior of ignoring filenames beginning with a
+@samp{.}, make @samp{.*} one of the patterns in @env{GLOBIGNORE}.
+The @code{dotglob} option is disabled when @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+is unset.
+
+@node Pattern Matching
+@subsubsection Pattern Matching
+@cindex pattern matching
+@cindex matching, pattern
+
+Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern
+characters described below, matches itself.
+The @sc{nul} character may not occur in a pattern.
+A backslash escapes the following character; the
+escaping backslash is discarded when matching.
+The special pattern characters must be quoted if they are to be matched
+literally.
+
+The special pattern characters have the following meanings:
+@table @code
+@item *
+Matches any string, including the null string.
+When the @code{globstar} shell option is enabled, and @samp{*} is used in
+a filename expansion context, two adjacent @samp{*}s used as a single
+pattern will match all files and zero or more directories and
+subdirectories.
+If followed by a @samp{/}, two adjacent @samp{*}s will match only
+directories and subdirectories.
+@item ?
+Matches any single character.
+@item [@dots{}]
+Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters
+separated by a hyphen denotes a @var{range expression};
+any character that falls between those two characters, inclusive,
+using the current locale's collating sequence and character set,
+is matched. If the first character following the
+@samp{[} is a @samp{!} or a @samp{^}
+then any character not enclosed is matched. A @samp{@minus{}}
+may be matched by including it as the first or last character
+in the set. A @samp{]} may be matched by including it as the first
+character in the set.
+The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by
+the current locale and the values of the
+@env{LC_COLLATE} and @env{LC_ALL} shell variables, if set.
+
+For example, in the default C locale, @samp{[a-dx-z]} is equivalent to
+@samp{[abcdxyz]}. Many locales sort characters in dictionary order, and in
+these locales @samp{[a-dx-z]} is typically not equivalent to @samp{[abcdxyz]};
+it might be equivalent to @samp{[aBbCcDdxXyYz]}, for example. To obtain
+the traditional interpretation of ranges in bracket expressions, you can
+force the use of the C locale by setting the @env{LC_COLLATE} or
+@env{LC_ALL} environment variable to the value @samp{C}, or enable the
+@code{globasciiranges} shell option.
+
+Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, @var{character classes} can be specified
+using the syntax
+@code{[:}@var{class}@code{:]}, where @var{class} is one of the
+following classes defined in the @sc{posix} standard:
+@example
+alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower
+print punct space upper word xdigit
+@end example
+@noindent
+A character class matches any character belonging to that class.
+The @code{word} character class matches letters, digits, and the character
+@samp{_}.
+
+Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, an @var{equivalence class} can be
+specified using the syntax @code{[=}@var{c}@code{=]}, which
+matches all characters with the same collation weight (as defined
+by the current locale) as the character @var{c}.
+
+Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, the syntax @code{[.}@var{symbol}@code{.]}
+matches the collating symbol @var{symbol}.
+@end table
+
+If the @code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt}
+builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized.
+In the following description, a @var{pattern-list} is a list of one
+or more patterns separated by a @samp{|}.
+Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following
+sub-patterns:
+
+@table @code
+@item ?(@var{pattern-list})
+Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns.
+
+@item *(@var{pattern-list})
+Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns.
+
+@item +(@var{pattern-list})
+Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns.
+
+@item @@(@var{pattern-list})
+Matches one of the given patterns.
+
+@item !(@var{pattern-list})
+Matches anything except one of the given patterns.
+@end table
+
+@node Quote Removal
+@subsection Quote Removal
+
+After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the
+characters @samp{\}, @samp{'}, and @samp{"} that did not
+result from one of the above expansions are removed.
+
+@node Redirections
+@section Redirections
+@cindex redirection
+
+Before a command is executed, its input and output
+may be @var{redirected}
+using a special notation interpreted by the shell.
+Redirection allows commands' file handles to be
+duplicated, opened, closed,
+made to refer to different files,
+and can change the files the command reads from and writes to.
+Redirection may also be used to modify file handles in the
+current shell execution environment. The following redirection
+operators may precede or appear anywhere within a
+simple command or may follow a command.
+Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from
+left to right.
+
+Each redirection that may be preceded by a file descriptor number
+may instead be preceded by a word of the form @{@var{varname}@}.
+In this case, for each redirection operator except
+>&- and <&-, the shell will allocate a file descriptor greater
+than 10 and assign it to @{@var{varname}@}. If >&- or <&- is preceded
+by @{@var{varname}@}, the value of @var{varname} defines the file
+descriptor to close.
+
+In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is
+omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is
+@samp{<}, the redirection refers to the standard input (file
+descriptor 0). If the first character of the redirection operator
+is @samp{>}, the redirection refers to the standard output (file
+descriptor 1).
+
+The word following the redirection operator in the following
+descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace expansion,
+tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
+expansion, quote removal, filename expansion, and word splitting.
+If it expands to more than one word, Bash reports an error.
+
+Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example,
+the command
+@example
+ls > @var{dirlist} 2>&1
+@end example
+@noindent
+directs both standard output (file descriptor 1) and standard error
+(file descriptor 2) to the file @var{dirlist}, while the command
+@example
+ls 2>&1 > @var{dirlist}
+@end example
+@noindent
+directs only the standard output to file @var{dirlist},
+because the standard error was made a copy of the standard output
+before the standard output was redirected to @var{dirlist}.
+
+Bash handles several filenames specially when they are used in
+redirections, as described in the following table:
+
+@table @code
+@item /dev/fd/@var{fd}
+If @var{fd} is a valid integer, file descriptor @var{fd} is duplicated.
+
+@item /dev/stdin
+File descriptor 0 is duplicated.
+
+@item /dev/stdout
+File descriptor 1 is duplicated.
+
+@item /dev/stderr
+File descriptor 2 is duplicated.
+
+@item /dev/tcp/@var{host}/@var{port}
+If @var{host} is a valid hostname or Internet address, and @var{port}
+is an integer port number or service name, Bash attempts to open
+the corresponding TCP socket.
+
+@item /dev/udp/@var{host}/@var{port}
+If @var{host} is a valid hostname or Internet address, and @var{port}
+is an integer port number or service name, Bash attempts to open
+the corresponding UDP socket.
+@end table
+
+A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail.
+
+Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with
+care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses
+internally.
+
+@subsection Redirecting Input
+Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of @var{word}
+to be opened for reading on file descriptor @code{n},
+or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if @code{n}
+is not specified.
+
+The general format for redirecting input is:
+@example
+[@var{n}]<@var{word}
+@end example
+
+@subsection Redirecting Output
+Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of @var{word}
+to be opened for writing on file descriptor @var{n},
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n}
+is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created;
+if it does exist it is truncated to zero size.
+
+The general format for redirecting output is:
+@example
+[@var{n}]>[|]@var{word}
+@end example
+
+If the redirection operator is @samp{>}, and the @code{noclobber}
+option to the @code{set} builtin has been enabled, the redirection
+will fail if the file whose name results from the expansion of
+@var{word} exists and is a regular file.
+If the redirection operator is @samp{>|}, or the redirection operator is
+@samp{>} and the @code{noclobber} option is not enabled, the redirection
+is attempted even if the file named by @var{word} exists.
+
+@subsection Appending Redirected Output
+Redirection of output in this fashion
+causes the file whose name results from
+the expansion of @var{word}
+to be opened for appending on file descriptor @var{n},
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n}
+is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created.
+
+The general format for appending output is:
+@example
+[@var{n}]>>@var{word}
+@end example
+
+@subsection Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error
+This construct allows both the
+standard output (file descriptor 1) and
+the standard error output (file descriptor 2)
+to be redirected to the file whose name is the
+expansion of @var{word}.
+
+There are two formats for redirecting standard output and
+standard error:
+@example
+&>@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+and
+@example
+>&@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+Of the two forms, the first is preferred.
+This is semantically equivalent to
+@example
+>@var{word} 2>&1
+@end example
+When using the second form, @var{word} may not expand to a number or
+@samp{-}. If it does, other redirection operators apply
+(see Duplicating File Descriptors below) for compatibility reasons.
+
+@subsection Appending Standard Output and Standard Error
+This construct allows both the
+standard output (file descriptor 1) and
+the standard error output (file descriptor 2)
+to be appended to the file whose name is the
+expansion of @var{word}.
+
+The format for appending standard output and standard error is:
+@example
+&>>@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+This is semantically equivalent to
+@example
+>>@var{word} 2>&1
+@end example
+(see Duplicating File Descriptors below).
+
+@subsection Here Documents
+This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the
+current source until a line containing only @var{word}
+(with no trailing blanks) is seen. All of
+the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard
+input (or file descriptor @var{n} if @var{n} is specified) for a command.
+
+The format of here-documents is:
+@example
+[@var{n}]<<[@minus{}]@var{word}
+ @var{here-document}
+@var{delimiter}
+@end example
+
+No parameter and variable expansion, command substitution,
+arithmetic expansion, or filename expansion is performed on
+@var{word}. If any characters in @var{word} are quoted, the
+@var{delimiter} is the result of quote removal on @var{word},
+and the lines in the here-document are not expanded.
+If @var{word} is unquoted,
+all lines of the here-document are subjected to
+parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+the character sequence @code{\newline} is ignored, and @samp{\}
+must be used to quote the characters
+@samp{\}, @samp{$}, and @samp{`}.
+
+If the redirection operator is @samp{<<-},
+then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the
+line containing @var{delimiter}.
+This allows here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a
+natural fashion.
+
+@subsection Here Strings
+A variant of here documents, the format is:
+@example
+[@var{n}]<<< @var{word}
+@end example
+
+The @var{word} undergoes
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal.
+Pathname expansion and word splitting are not performed.
+The result is supplied as a single string to the command on its
+standard input (or file descriptor @var{n} if @var{n} is specified).
+
+@subsection Duplicating File Descriptors
+The redirection operator
+@example
+[@var{n}]<&@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+is used to duplicate input file descriptors.
+If @var{word}
+expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by @var{n}
+is made to be a copy of that file descriptor.
+If the digits in @var{word} do not specify a file descriptor open for
+input, a redirection error occurs.
+If @var{word}
+evaluates to @samp{-}, file descriptor @var{n} is closed.
+If @var{n} is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used.
+
+The operator
+@example
+[@var{n}]>&@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If
+@var{n} is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used.
+If the digits in @var{word} do not specify a file descriptor open for
+output, a redirection error occurs.
+If @var{word}
+evaluates to @samp{-}, file descriptor @var{n} is closed.
+As a special case, if @var{n} is omitted, and @var{word} does not
+expand to one or more digits or @samp{-}, the standard output and standard
+error are redirected as described previously.
+
+@subsection Moving File Descriptors
+The redirection operator
+@example
+[@var{n}]<&@var{digit}-
+@end example
+@noindent
+moves the file descriptor @var{digit} to file descriptor @var{n},
+or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if @var{n} is not specified.
+@var{digit} is closed after being duplicated to @var{n}.
+
+Similarly, the redirection operator
+@example
+[@var{n}]>&@var{digit}-
+@end example
+@noindent
+moves the file descriptor @var{digit} to file descriptor @var{n},
+or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n} is not specified.
+
+@subsection Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing
+The redirection operator
+@example
+[@var{n}]<>@var{word}
+@end example
+@noindent
+causes the file whose name is the expansion of @var{word}
+to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor
+@var{n}, or on file descriptor 0 if @var{n}
+is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created.
+
+@node Executing Commands
+@section Executing Commands
+
+@menu
+* Simple Command Expansion:: How Bash expands simple commands before
+ executing them.
+* Command Search and Execution:: How Bash finds commands and runs them.
+* Command Execution Environment:: The environment in which Bash
+ executes commands that are not
+ shell builtins.
+* Environment:: The environment given to a command.
+* Exit Status:: The status returned by commands and how Bash
+ interprets it.
+* Signals:: What happens when Bash or a command it runs
+ receives a signal.
+@end menu
+
+@node Simple Command Expansion
+@subsection Simple Command Expansion
+@cindex command expansion
+
+When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following
+expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those
+preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later
+processing.
+
+@item
+The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are
+expanded (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+If any words remain after expansion, the first word
+is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are
+the arguments.
+
+@item
+Redirections are performed as described above (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item
+The text after the @samp{=} in each variable assignment undergoes tilde
+expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+and quote removal before being assigned to the variable.
+@end enumerate
+
+If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current
+shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment
+of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment.
+If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable,
+an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status.
+
+If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not
+affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the
+command to exit with a non-zero status.
+
+If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as
+described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions
+contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is
+the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there
+were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero.
+
+@node Command Search and Execution
+@subsection Command Search and Execution
+@cindex command execution
+@cindex command search
+
+After a command has been split into words, if it results in a
+simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following
+actions are taken.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to
+locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that
+function is invoked as described in @ref{Shell Functions}.
+
+@item
+If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for
+it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that
+builtin is invoked.
+
+@item
+If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin,
+and contains no slashes, Bash searches each element of
+@env{$PATH} for a directory containing an executable file
+by that name. Bash uses a hash table to remember the full
+pathnames of executable files to avoid multiple @env{PATH} searches
+(see the description of @code{hash} in @ref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+A full search of the directories in @env{$PATH}
+is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table.
+If the search is unsuccessful, the shell searches for a defined shell
+function named @code{command_not_found_handle}.
+If that function exists, it is invoked with the original command and
+the original command's arguments as its arguments, and the function's
+exit status becomes the exit status of the shell.
+If that function is not defined, the shell prints an error
+message and returns an exit status of 127.
+
+@item
+If the search is successful, or if the command name contains
+one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in
+a separate execution environment.
+Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments
+to the command are set to the arguments supplied, if any.
+
+@item
+If this execution fails because the file is not in executable
+format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a
+@var{shell script} and the shell executes it as described in
+@ref{Shell Scripts}.
+
+@item
+If the command was not begun asynchronously, the shell waits for
+the command to complete and collects its exit status.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Command Execution Environment
+@subsection Command Execution Environment
+@cindex execution environment
+
+The shell has an @var{execution environment}, which consists of the
+following:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by
+redirections supplied to the @code{exec} builtin
+
+@item
+the current working directory as set by @code{cd}, @code{pushd}, or
+@code{popd}, or inherited by the shell at invocation
+
+@item
+the file creation mode mask as set by @code{umask} or inherited from
+the shell's parent
+
+@item
+current traps set by @code{trap}
+
+@item
+shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with @code{set}
+or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment
+
+@item
+shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's
+parent in the environment
+
+@item
+options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line
+arguments) or by @code{set}
+
+@item
+options enabled by @code{shopt} (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin})
+
+@item
+shell aliases defined with @code{alias} (@pxref{Aliases})
+
+@item
+various process @sc{id}s, including those of background jobs
+(@pxref{Lists}), the value of @code{$$}, and the value of
+@env{$PPID}
+
+@end itemize
+
+When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function
+is to be executed, it
+is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of
+the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited
+from the shell.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified
+by redirections to the command
+
+@item
+the current working directory
+
+@item
+the file creation mode mask
+
+@item
+shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables
+exported for the command, passed in the environment (@pxref{Environment})
+
+@item
+traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the
+shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored
+
+@end itemize
+
+A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the
+shell's execution environment.
+
+Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses,
+and asynchronous commands are invoked in a
+subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment,
+except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values
+that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin
+commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed
+in a subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment
+cannot affect the shell's execution environment.
+
+Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of
+the @option{-e} option from the parent shell. When not in @sc{posix} mode,
+Bash clears the @option{-e} option in such subshells.
+
+If a command is followed by a @samp{&} and job control is not active, the
+default standard input for the command is the empty file @file{/dev/null}.
+Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling
+shell as modified by redirections.
+
+@node Environment
+@subsection Environment
+@cindex environment
+
+When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings
+called the @var{environment}.
+This is a list of name-value pairs, of the form @code{name=value}.
+
+Bash provides several ways to manipulate the environment.
+On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and
+creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking
+it for @var{export}
+to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment.
+The @code{export} and @samp{declare -x}
+commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and
+deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter
+in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part
+of the environment, replacing the old. The environment
+inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's
+initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell,
+less any pairs removed by the @code{unset} and @samp{export -n}
+commands, plus any additions via the @code{export} and
+@samp{declare -x} commands.
+
+The environment for any simple command
+or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with
+parameter assignments, as described in @ref{Shell Parameters}.
+These assignment statements affect only the environment seen
+by that command.
+
+If the @option{-k} option is set (@pxref{The Set Builtin}), then all
+parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command,
+not just those that precede the command name.
+
+When Bash invokes an external command, the variable @samp{$_}
+is set to the full pathname of the command and passed to that
+command in its environment.
+
+@node Exit Status
+@subsection Exit Status
+@cindex exit status
+
+The exit status of an executed command is the value returned by the
+@var{waitpid} system call or equivalent function. Exit statuses
+fall between 0 and 255, though, as explained below, the shell may
+use values above 125 specially. Exit statuses from shell builtins and
+compound commands are also limited to this range. Under certain
+circumstances, the shell will use special values to indicate specific
+failure modes.
+
+For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a
+zero exit status has succeeded.
+A non-zero exit status indicates failure.
+This seemingly counter-intuitive scheme is used so there
+is one well-defined way to indicate success and a variety of
+ways to indicate various failure modes.
+When a command terminates on a fatal signal whose number is @var{N},
+Bash uses the value 128+@var{N} as the exit status.
+
+If a command is not found, the child process created to
+execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found
+but is not executable, the return status is 126.
+
+If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection,
+the exit status is greater than zero.
+
+The exit status is used by the Bash conditional commands
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}) and some of the list
+constructs (@pxref{Lists}).
+
+All of the Bash builtins return an exit status of zero if they succeed
+and a non-zero status on failure, so they may be used by the
+conditional and list constructs.
+All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage,
+generally invalid options or missing arguments.
+
+@node Signals
+@subsection Signals
+@cindex signal handling
+
+When Bash is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores
+@code{SIGTERM} (so that @samp{kill 0} does not kill an interactive shell),
+and @code{SIGINT}
+is caught and handled (so that the @code{wait} builtin is interruptible).
+When Bash receives a @code{SIGINT}, it breaks out of any executing loops.
+In all cases, Bash ignores @code{SIGQUIT}.
+If job control is in effect (@pxref{Job Control}), Bash
+ignores @code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}.
+
+Non-builtin commands started by Bash have signal handlers set to the
+values inherited by the shell from its parent.
+When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands
+ignore @code{SIGINT} and @code{SIGQUIT} in addition to these inherited
+handlers.
+Commands run as a result of
+command substitution ignore the keyboard-generated job control signals
+@code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}.
+
+The shell exits by default upon receipt of a @code{SIGHUP}.
+Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the @code{SIGHUP} to
+all jobs, running or stopped.
+Stopped jobs are sent @code{SIGCONT} to ensure that they receive
+the @code{SIGHUP}.
+To prevent the shell from sending the @code{SIGHUP} signal to a
+particular job, it should be removed
+from the jobs table with the @code{disown}
+builtin (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}) or marked
+to not receive @code{SIGHUP} using @code{disown -h}.
+
+If the @code{huponexit} shell option has been set with @code{shopt}
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}), Bash sends a @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs when
+an interactive login shell exits.
+
+If Bash is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal
+for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until
+the command completes.
+When Bash is waiting for an asynchronous
+command via the @code{wait} builtin, the reception of a signal for
+which a trap has been set will cause the @code{wait} builtin to return
+immediately with an exit status greater than 128, immediately after
+which the trap is executed.
+
+@node Shell Scripts
+@section Shell Scripts
+@cindex shell script
+
+A shell script is a text file containing shell commands. When such
+a file is used as the first non-option argument when invoking Bash,
+and neither the @option{-c} nor @option{-s} option is supplied
+(@pxref{Invoking Bash}),
+Bash reads and executes commands from the file, then exits. This
+mode of operation creates a non-interactive shell. The shell first
+searches for the file in the current directory, and looks in the
+directories in @env{$PATH} if not found there.
+
+When Bash runs
+a shell script, it sets the special parameter @code{0} to the name
+of the file, rather than the name of the shell, and the positional
+parameters are set to the remaining arguments, if any are given.
+If no additional arguments are supplied, the positional parameters
+are unset.
+
+A shell script may be made executable by using the @code{chmod} command
+to turn on the execute bit. When Bash finds such a file while
+searching the @env{$PATH} for a command, it spawns a subshell to
+execute it. In other words, executing
+@example
+filename @var{arguments}
+@end example
+@noindent
+is equivalent to executing
+@example
+bash filename @var{arguments}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+if @code{filename} is an executable shell script.
+This subshell reinitializes itself, so that the effect is as if a
+new shell had been invoked to interpret the script, with the
+exception that the locations of commands remembered by the parent
+(see the description of @code{hash} in @ref{Bourne Shell Builtins})
+are retained by the child.
+
+Most versions of Unix make this a part of the operating system's command
+execution mechanism. If the first line of a script begins with
+the two characters @samp{#!}, the remainder of the line specifies
+an interpreter for the program.
+Thus, you can specify Bash, @code{awk}, Perl, or some other
+interpreter and write the rest of the script file in that language.
+
+The arguments to the interpreter
+consist of a single optional argument following the interpreter
+name on the first line of the script file, followed by the name of
+the script file, followed by the rest of the arguments. Bash
+will perform this action on operating systems that do not handle it
+themselves. Note that some older versions of Unix limit the interpreter
+name and argument to a maximum of 32 characters.
+
+Bash scripts often begin with @code{#! /bin/bash} (assuming that
+Bash has been installed in @file{/bin}), since this ensures that
+Bash will be used to interpret the script, even if it is executed
+under another shell.
+
+@node Shell Builtin Commands
+@chapter Shell Builtin Commands
+
+@menu
+* Bourne Shell Builtins:: Builtin commands inherited from the Bourne
+ Shell.
+* Bash Builtins:: Table of builtins specific to Bash.
+* Modifying Shell Behavior:: Builtins to modify shell attributes and
+ optional behavior.
+* Special Builtins:: Builtin commands classified specially by
+ POSIX.
+@end menu
+
+Builtin commands are contained within the shell itself.
+When the name of a builtin command is used as the first word of
+a simple command (@pxref{Simple Commands}), the shell executes
+the command directly, without invoking another program.
+Builtin commands are necessary to implement functionality impossible
+or inconvenient to obtain with separate utilities.
+
+This section briefly describes the builtins which Bash inherits from
+the Bourne Shell, as well as the builtin commands which are unique
+to or have been extended in Bash.
+
+Several builtin commands are described in other chapters: builtin
+commands which provide the Bash interface to the job control
+facilities (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}), the directory stack
+(@pxref{Directory Stack Builtins}), the command history
+(@pxref{Bash History Builtins}), and the programmable completion
+facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}).
+
+Many of the builtins have been extended by @sc{posix} or Bash.
+
+Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented as accepting
+options preceded by @samp{-} accepts @samp{--}
+to signify the end of the options.
+The @code{:}, @code{true}, @code{false}, and @code{test}
+builtins do not accept options and do not treat @samp{--} specially.
+The @code{exit}, @code{logout}, @code{break}, @code{continue}, @code{let},
+and @code{shift} builtins accept and process arguments beginning
+with @samp{-} without requiring @samp{--}.
+Other builtins that accept arguments but are not specified as accepting
+options interpret arguments beginning with @samp{-} as invalid options and
+require @samp{--} to prevent this interpretation.
+
+@node Bourne Shell Builtins
+@section Bourne Shell Builtins
+
+The following shell builtin commands are inherited from the Bourne Shell.
+These commands are implemented as specified by the @sc{posix} standard.
+
+@table @code
+@item : @r{(a colon)}
+@btindex :
+@example
+: [@var{arguments}]
+@end example
+
+Do nothing beyond expanding @var{arguments} and performing redirections.
+The return status is zero.
+
+@item . @r{(a period)}
+@btindex .
+@example
+. @var{filename} [@var{arguments}]
+@end example
+
+Read and execute commands from the @var{filename} argument in the
+current shell context. If @var{filename} does not contain a slash,
+the @env{PATH} variable is used to find @var{filename}.
+When Bash is not in @sc{posix} mode, the current directory is searched
+if @var{filename} is not found in @env{$PATH}.
+If any @var{arguments} are supplied, they become the positional
+parameters when @var{filename} is executed. Otherwise the positional
+parameters are unchanged.
+The return status is the exit status of the last command executed, or
+zero if no commands are executed. If @var{filename} is not found, or
+cannot be read, the return status is non-zero.
+This builtin is equivalent to @code{source}.
+
+@item break
+@btindex break
+@example
+break [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Exit from a @code{for}, @code{while}, @code{until}, or @code{select} loop.
+If @var{n} is supplied, the @var{n}th enclosing loop is exited.
+@var{n} must be greater than or equal to 1.
+The return status is zero unless @var{n} is not greater than or equal to 1.
+
+@item cd
+@btindex cd
+@example
+cd [-L|[-P [-e]] [-@@] [@var{directory}]
+@end example
+
+Change the current working directory to @var{directory}.
+If @var{directory} is not supplied, the value of the @env{HOME}
+shell variable is used.
+Any additional arguments following @var{directory} are ignored.
+If the shell variable
+@env{CDPATH} exists, it is used as a search path:
+each directory name in @env{CDPATH} is searched for
+@var{directory}, with alternative directory names in @env{CDPATH}
+separated by a colon (@samp{:}).
+If @var{directory} begins with a slash, @env{CDPATH} is not used.
+
+The @option{-P} option means to not follow symbolic links: symbolic links
+are resolved while @code{cd} is traversing @var{directory} and before
+processing an instance of @samp{..} in @var{directory}.
+
+By default, or when the @option{-L} option is supplied, symbolic links
+in @var{directory} are resolved after @code{cd} processes an instance
+of @samp{..} in @var{directory}.
+
+If @samp{..} appears in @var{directory}, it is processed by removing the
+immediately preceding pathname component, back to a slash or the beginning
+of @var{directory}.
+
+If the @option{-e} option is supplied with @option{-P}
+and the current working directory cannot be successfully determined
+after a successful directory change, @code{cd} will return an unsuccessful
+status.
+
+On systems that support it, the @option{-@@} option presents the extended
+attributes associated with a file as a directory.
+
+If @var{directory} is @samp{-}, it is converted to @env{$OLDPWD}
+before the directory change is attempted.
+
+If a non-empty directory name from @env{CDPATH} is used, or if
+@samp{-} is the first argument, and the directory change is
+successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is
+written to the standard output.
+
+The return status is zero if the directory is successfully changed,
+non-zero otherwise.
+
+@item continue
+@btindex continue
+@example
+continue [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Resume the next iteration of an enclosing @code{for}, @code{while},
+@code{until}, or @code{select} loop.
+If @var{n} is supplied, the execution of the @var{n}th enclosing loop
+is resumed.
+@var{n} must be greater than or equal to 1.
+The return status is zero unless @var{n} is not greater than or equal to 1.
+
+@item eval
+@btindex eval
+@example
+eval [@var{arguments}]
+@end example
+
+The arguments are concatenated together into a single command, which is
+then read and executed, and its exit status returned as the exit status
+of @code{eval}.
+If there are no arguments or only empty arguments, the return status is
+zero.
+
+@item exec
+@btindex exec
+@example
+exec [-cl] [-a @var{name}] [@var{command} [@var{arguments}]]
+@end example
+
+If @var{command}
+is supplied, it replaces the shell without creating a new process.
+If the @option{-l} option is supplied, the shell places a dash at the
+beginning of the zeroth argument passed to @var{command}.
+This is what the @code{login} program does.
+The @option{-c} option causes @var{command} to be executed with an empty
+environment.
+If @option{-a} is supplied, the shell passes @var{name} as the zeroth
+argument to @var{command}.
+If @var{command}
+cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits,
+unless the @code{execfail} shell option
+is enabled. In that case, it returns failure.
+An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed.
+If no @var{command} is specified, redirections may be used to affect
+the current shell environment. If there are no redirection errors, the
+return status is zero; otherwise the return status is non-zero.
+
+@item exit
+@btindex exit
+@example
+exit [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Exit the shell, returning a status of @var{n} to the shell's parent.
+If @var{n} is omitted, the exit status is that of the last command executed.
+Any trap on @code{EXIT} is executed before the shell terminates.
+
+@item export
+@btindex export
+@example
+export [-fn] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}]]
+@end example
+
+Mark each @var{name} to be passed to child processes
+in the environment. If the @option{-f} option is supplied, the @var{name}s
+refer to shell functions; otherwise the names refer to shell variables.
+The @option{-n} option means to no longer mark each @var{name} for export.
+If no @var{names} are supplied, or if the @option{-p} option is given, a
+list of names of all exported variables is displayed.
+The @option{-p} option displays output in a form that may be reused as input.
+If a variable name is followed by =@var{value}, the value of
+the variable is set to @var{value}.
+
+The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied, one of
+the names is not a valid shell variable name, or @option{-f} is supplied
+with a name that is not a shell function.
+
+@item getopts
+@btindex getopts
+@example
+getopts @var{optstring} @var{name} [@var{args}]
+@end example
+
+@code{getopts} is used by shell scripts to parse positional parameters.
+@var{optstring} contains the option characters to be recognized; if a
+character is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an
+argument, which should be separated from it by whitespace.
+The colon (@samp{:}) and question mark (@samp{?}) may not be
+used as option characters.
+Each time it is invoked, @code{getopts}
+places the next option in the shell variable @var{name}, initializing
+@var{name} if it does not exist,
+and the index of the next argument to be processed into the
+variable @env{OPTIND}.
+@env{OPTIND} is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script
+is invoked.
+When an option requires an argument,
+@code{getopts} places that argument into the variable @env{OPTARG}.
+The shell does not reset @env{OPTIND} automatically; it must be manually
+reset between multiple calls to @code{getopts} within the same shell
+invocation if a new set of parameters is to be used.
+
+When the end of options is encountered, @code{getopts} exits with a
+return value greater than zero.
+@env{OPTIND} is set to the index of the first non-option argument,
+and @var{name} is set to @samp{?}.
+
+@code{getopts}
+normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are
+given in @var{args}, @code{getopts} parses those instead.
+
+@code{getopts} can report errors in two ways. If the first character of
+@var{optstring} is a colon, @var{silent}
+error reporting is used. In normal operation, diagnostic messages
+are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are
+encountered.
+If the variable @env{OPTERR}
+is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first
+character of @code{optstring} is not a colon.
+
+If an invalid option is seen,
+@code{getopts} places @samp{?} into @var{name} and, if not silent,
+prints an error message and unsets @env{OPTARG}.
+If @code{getopts} is silent, the option character found is placed in
+@env{OPTARG} and no diagnostic message is printed.
+
+If a required argument is not found, and @code{getopts}
+is not silent, a question mark (@samp{?}) is placed in @var{name},
+@code{OPTARG} is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed.
+If @code{getopts} is silent, then a colon (@samp{:}) is placed in
+@var{name} and @env{OPTARG} is set to the option character found.
+
+@item hash
+@btindex hash
+@example
+hash [-r] [-p @var{filename}] [-dt] [@var{name}]
+@end example
+
+Each time @code{hash} is invoked, it remembers the full pathnames of the
+commands specified as @var{name} arguments,
+so they need not be searched for on subsequent invocations.
+The commands are found by searching through the directories listed in
+@env{$PATH}.
+Any previously-remembered pathname is discarded.
+The @option{-p} option inhibits the path search, and @var{filename} is
+used as the location of @var{name}.
+The @option{-r} option causes the shell to forget all remembered locations.
+The @option{-d} option causes the shell to forget the remembered location
+of each @var{name}.
+If the @option{-t} option is supplied, the full pathname to which each
+@var{name} corresponds is printed. If multiple @var{name} arguments are
+supplied with @option{-t} the @var{name} is printed before the hashed
+full pathname.
+The @option{-l} option causes output to be displayed in a format
+that may be reused as input.
+If no arguments are given, or if only @option{-l} is supplied,
+information about remembered commands is printed.
+The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is not found or an invalid
+option is supplied.
+
+@item pwd
+@btindex pwd
+@example
+pwd [-LP]
+@end example
+
+Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory.
+If the @option{-P} option is supplied, the pathname printed will not
+contain symbolic links.
+If the @option{-L} option is supplied, the pathname printed may contain
+symbolic links.
+The return status is zero unless an error is encountered while
+determining the name of the current directory or an invalid option
+is supplied.
+
+@item readonly
+@btindex readonly
+@example
+readonly [-aAf] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}]] @dots{}
+@end example
+
+Mark each @var{name} as readonly.
+The values of these names may not be changed by subsequent assignment.
+If the @option{-f} option is supplied, each @var{name} refers to a shell
+function.
+The @option{-a} option means each @var{name} refers to an indexed
+array variable; the @option{-A} option means each @var{name} refers
+to an associative array variable.
+If both options are supplied, @option{-A} takes precedence.
+If no @var{name} arguments are given, or if the @option{-p}
+option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed.
+The other options may be used to restrict the output to a subset of
+the set of readonly names.
+The @option{-p} option causes output to be displayed in a format that
+may be reused as input.
+If a variable name is followed by =@var{value}, the value of
+the variable is set to @var{value}.
+The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied, one of
+the @var{name} arguments is not a valid shell variable or function name,
+or the @option{-f} option is supplied with a name that is not a shell function.
+
+@item return
+@btindex return
+@example
+return [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Cause a shell function to stop executing and return the value @var{n}
+to its caller.
+If @var{n} is not supplied, the return value is the exit status of the
+last command executed in the function.
+If @code{return} is executed by a trap handler, the last command used to
+determine the status is the last command executed before the trap handler.
+if @code{return} is executed during a @code{DEBUG} trap, the last command
+used to determine the status is the last command executed by the trap
+handler before @code{return} was invoked.
+@code{return} may also be used to terminate execution of a script
+being executed with the @code{.} (@code{source}) builtin,
+returning either @var{n} or
+the exit status of the last command executed within the script as the exit
+status of the script.
+If @var{n} is supplied, the return value is its least significant
+8 bits.
+Any command associated with the @code{RETURN} trap is executed
+before execution resumes after the function or script.
+The return status is non-zero if @code{return} is supplied a non-numeric
+argument or is used outside a function
+and not during the execution of a script by @code{.} or @code{source}.
+
+@item shift
+@btindex shift
+@example
+shift [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Shift the positional parameters to the left by @var{n}.
+The positional parameters from @var{n}+1 @dots{} @code{$#} are
+renamed to @code{$1} @dots{} @code{$#}-@var{n}.
+Parameters represented by the numbers @code{$#} to @code{$#}-@var{n}+1
+are unset.
+@var{n} must be a non-negative number less than or equal to @code{$#}.
+If @var{n} is zero or greater than @code{$#}, the positional parameters
+are not changed.
+If @var{n} is not supplied, it is assumed to be 1.
+The return status is zero unless @var{n} is greater than @code{$#} or
+less than zero, non-zero otherwise.
+
+@item test
+@itemx [
+@btindex test
+@btindex [
+@example
+test @var{expr}
+@end example
+
+Evaluate a conditional express
+ion @var{expr} and return a status of 0
+(true) or 1 (false).
+Each operator and operand must be a separate argument.
+Expressions are composed of the primaries described below in
+@ref{Bash Conditional Expressions}.
+@code{test} does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore
+an argument of @option{--} as signifying the end of options.
+
+When the @code{[} form is used, the last argument to the command must
+be a @code{]}.
+
+Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed in
+decreasing order of precedence.
+The evaluation depends on the number of arguments; see below.
+Operator precedence is used when there are five or more arguments.
+
+@table @code
+@item ! @var{expr}
+True if @var{expr} is false.
+
+@item ( @var{expr} )
+Returns the value of @var{expr}.
+This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators.
+
+@item @var{expr1} -a @var{expr2}
+True if both @var{expr1} and @var{expr2} are true.
+
+@item @var{expr1} -o @var{expr2}
+True if either @var{expr1} or @var{expr2} is true.
+@end table
+
+The @code{test} and @code{[} builtins evaluate conditional
+expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments.
+
+@table @asis
+@item 0 arguments
+The expression is false.
+
+@item 1 argument
+The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null.
+
+@item 2 arguments
+If the first argument is @samp{!}, the expression is true if and
+only if the second argument is null.
+If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators
+(@pxref{Bash Conditional Expressions}), the expression
+is true if the unary test is true.
+If the first argument is not a valid unary operator, the expression is
+false.
+
+@item 3 arguments
+The following conditions are applied in the order listed.
+If the second argument is one of the binary conditional
+operators (@pxref{Bash Conditional Expressions}), the
+result of the expression is the result of the binary test using the
+first and third arguments as operands.
+The @samp{-a} and @samp{-o} operators are considered binary operators
+when there are three arguments.
+If the first argument is @samp{!}, the value is the negation of
+the two-argument test using the second and third arguments.
+If the first argument is exactly @samp{(} and the third argument is
+exactly @samp{)}, the result is the one-argument test of the second
+argument.
+Otherwise, the expression is false.
+
+@item 4 arguments
+If the first argument is @samp{!}, the result is the negation of
+the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments.
+Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to
+precedence using the rules listed above.
+
+@item 5 or more arguments
+The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence
+using the rules listed above.
+@end table
+
+When used with @code{test} or @samp{[}, the @samp{<} and @samp{>}
+operators sort lexicographically using ASCII ordering.
+
+@item times
+@btindex times
+@example
+times
+@end example
+
+Print out the user and system times used by the shell and its children.
+The return status is zero.
+
+@item trap
+@btindex trap
+@example
+trap [-lp] [@var{arg}] [@var{sigspec} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+The commands in @var{arg} are to be read and executed when the
+shell receives signal @var{sigspec}. If @var{arg} is absent (and
+there is a single @var{sigspec}) or
+equal to @samp{-}, each specified signal's disposition is reset
+to the value it had when the shell was started.
+If @var{arg} is the null string, then the signal specified by
+each @var{sigspec} is ignored by the shell and commands it invokes.
+If @var{arg} is not present and @option{-p} has been supplied,
+the shell displays the trap commands associated with each @var{sigspec}.
+If no arguments are supplied, or
+only @option{-p} is given, @code{trap} prints the list of commands
+associated with each signal number in a form that may be reused as
+shell input.
+The @option{-l} option causes the shell to print a list of signal names
+and their corresponding numbers.
+Each @var{sigspec} is either a signal name or a signal number.
+Signal names are case insensitive and the @code{SIG} prefix is optional.
+
+If a @var{sigspec}
+is @code{0} or @code{EXIT}, @var{arg} is executed when the shell exits.
+If a @var{sigspec} is @code{DEBUG}, the command @var{arg} is executed
+before every simple command, @code{for} command, @code{case} command,
+@code{select} command, every arithmetic @code{for} command, and before
+the first command executes in a shell function.
+Refer to the description of the @code{extdebug} option to the
+@code{shopt} builtin (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}) for details of its
+effect on the @code{DEBUG} trap.
+If a @var{sigspec} is @code{RETURN}, the command @var{arg} is executed
+each time a shell function or a script executed with the @code{.} or
+@code{source} builtins finishes executing.
+
+If a @var{sigspec} is @code{ERR}, the command @var{arg}
+is executed whenever
+a pipeline (which may consist of a single simple
+command), a list, or a compound command returns a
+non-zero exit status,
+subject to the following conditions.
+The @code{ERR} trap is not executed if the failed command is part of the
+command list immediately following an @code{until} or @code{while} keyword,
+part of the test following the @code{if} or @code{elif} reserved words,
+part of a command executed in a @code{&&} or @code{||} list
+except the command following the final @code{&&} or @code{||},
+any command in a pipeline but the last,
+or if the command's return
+status is being inverted using @code{!}.
+These are the same conditions obeyed by the @code{errexit} (@option{-e})
+option.
+
+Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset.
+Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to their original
+values in a subshell or subshell environment when one is created.
+
+The return status is zero unless a @var{sigspec} does not specify a
+valid signal.
+
+@item umask
+@btindex umask
+@example
+umask [-p] [-S] [@var{mode}]
+@end example
+
+Set the shell process's file creation mask to @var{mode}. If
+@var{mode} begins with a digit, it is interpreted as an octal number;
+if not, it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar
+to that accepted by the @code{chmod} command. If @var{mode} is
+omitted, the current value of the mask is printed. If the @option{-S}
+option is supplied without a @var{mode} argument, the mask is printed
+in a symbolic format.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied, and @var{mode}
+is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input.
+The return status is zero if the mode is successfully changed or if
+no @var{mode} argument is supplied, and non-zero otherwise.
+
+Note that when the mode is interpreted as an octal number, each number
+of the umask is subtracted from @code{7}. Thus, a umask of @code{022}
+results in permissions of @code{755}.
+
+@item unset
+@btindex unset
+@example
+unset [-fnv] [@var{name}]
+@end example
+
+Remove each variable or function @var{name}.
+If the @option{-v} option is given, each
+@var{name} refers to a shell variable and that variable is remvoved.
+If the @option{-f} option is given, the @var{name}s refer to shell
+functions, and the function definition is removed.
+If the @option{-n} option is supplied, and @var{name} is a variable with
+the @var{nameref} attribute, @var{name} will be unset rather than the
+variable it references.
+@option{-n} has no effect if the @option{-f} option is supplied.
+If no options are supplied, each @var{name} refers to a variable; if
+there is no variable by that name, any function with that name is
+unset.
+Readonly variables and functions may not be unset.
+The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is readonly.
+@end table
+
+@node Bash Builtins
+@section Bash Builtin Commands
+
+This section describes builtin commands which are unique to
+or have been extended in Bash.
+Some of these commands are specified in the @sc{posix} standard.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item alias
+@btindex alias
+@example
+alias [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Without arguments or with the @option{-p} option, @code{alias} prints
+the list of aliases on the standard output in a form that allows
+them to be reused as input.
+If arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for each @var{name}
+whose @var{value} is given. If no @var{value} is given, the name
+and value of the alias is printed.
+Aliases are described in @ref{Aliases}.
+
+@item bind
+@btindex bind
+@example
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] [-lpsvPSVX]
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] [-q @var{function}] [-u @var{function}] [-r @var{keyseq}]
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] -f @var{filename}
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] -x @var{keyseq:shell-command}
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] @var{keyseq:function-name}
+bind [-m @var{keymap}] @var{keyseq:readline-command}
+@end example
+
+Display current Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing})
+key and function bindings,
+bind a key sequence to a Readline function or macro,
+or set a Readline variable.
+Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in a
+Readline initialization file (@pxref{Readline Init File}),
+but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument; e.g.,
+@samp{"\C-x\C-r":re-read-init-file}.
+
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -m @var{keymap}
+Use @var{keymap} as the keymap to be affected by
+the subsequent bindings. Acceptable @var{keymap}
+names are
+@code{emacs},
+@code{emacs-standard},
+@code{emacs-meta},
+@code{emacs-ctlx},
+@code{vi},
+@code{vi-move},
+@code{vi-command}, and
+@code{vi-insert}.
+@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command};
+@code{emacs} is equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}.
+
+@item -l
+List the names of all Readline functions.
+
+@item -p
+Display Readline function names and bindings in such a way that they
+can be used as input or in a Readline initialization file.
+
+@item -P
+List current Readline function names and bindings.
+
+@item -v
+Display Readline variable names and values in such a way that they
+can be used as input or in a Readline initialization file.
+
+@item -V
+List current Readline variable names and values.
+
+@item -s
+Display Readline key sequences bound to macros and the strings they output
+in such a way that they can be used as input or in a Readline
+initialization file.
+
+@item -S
+Display Readline key sequences bound to macros and the strings they output.
+
+@item -f @var{filename}
+Read key bindings from @var{filename}.
+
+@item -q @var{function}
+Query about which keys invoke the named @var{function}.
+
+@item -u @var{function}
+Unbind all keys bound to the named @var{function}.
+
+@item -r @var{keyseq}
+Remove any current binding for @var{keyseq}.
+
+@item -x @var{keyseq:shell-command}
+Cause @var{shell-command} to be executed whenever @var{keyseq} is
+entered.
+When @var{shell-command} is executed, the shell sets the
+@code{READLINE_LINE} variable to the contents of the Readline line
+buffer and the @code{READLINE_POINT} variable to the current location
+of the insertion point.
+If the executed command changes the value of @code{READLINE_LINE} or
+@code{READLINE_POINT}, those new values will be reflected in the
+editing state.
+
+@item -X
+List all key sequences bound to shell commands and the associated commands
+in a format that can be reused as input.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied or an
+error occurs.
+
+@item builtin
+@btindex builtin
+@example
+builtin [@var{shell-builtin} [@var{args}]]
+@end example
+
+Run a shell builtin, passing it @var{args}, and return its exit status.
+This is useful when defining a shell function with the same
+name as a shell builtin, retaining the functionality of the builtin within
+the function.
+The return status is non-zero if @var{shell-builtin} is not a shell
+builtin command.
+
+@item caller
+@btindex caller
+@example
+caller [@var{expr}]
+@end example
+
+Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or
+a script executed with the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins).
+
+Without @var{expr}, @code{caller} displays the line number and source
+filename of the current subroutine call.
+If a non-negative integer is supplied as @var{expr}, @code{caller}
+displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding
+to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra
+information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The
+current frame is frame 0.
+
+The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine
+call or @var{expr} does not correspond to a valid position in the
+call stack.
+
+@item command
+@btindex command
+@example
+command [-pVv] @var{command} [@var{arguments} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Runs @var{command} with @var{arguments} ignoring any shell function
+named @var{command}.
+Only shell builtin commands or commands found by searching the
+@env{PATH} are executed.
+If there is a shell function named @code{ls}, running @samp{command ls}
+within the function will execute the external command @code{ls}
+instead of calling the function recursively.
+The @option{-p} option means to use a default value for @env{PATH}
+that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities.
+The return status in this case is 127 if @var{command} cannot be
+found or an error occurred, and the exit status of @var{command}
+otherwise.
+
+If either the @option{-V} or @option{-v} option is supplied, a
+description of @var{command} is printed. The @option{-v} option
+causes a single word indicating the command or file name used to
+invoke @var{command} to be displayed; the @option{-V} option produces
+a more verbose description. In this case, the return status is
+zero if @var{command} is found, and non-zero if not.
+
+@item declare
+@btindex declare
+@example
+declare [-aAfFgilnrtux] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Declare variables and give them attributes. If no @var{name}s
+are given, then display the values of variables instead.
+
+The @option{-p} option will display the attributes and values of each
+@var{name}.
+When @option{-p} is used with @var{name} arguments, additional options,
+other than @option{-f} and @option{-F}, are ignored.
+
+When @option{-p} is supplied without @var{name} arguments, @code{declare}
+will display the attributes and values of all variables having the
+attributes specified by the additional options.
+If no other options are supplied with @option{-p}, @code{declare} will
+display the attributes and values of all shell variables. The @option{-f}
+option will restrict the display to shell functions.
+
+The @option{-F} option inhibits the display of function definitions;
+only the function name and attributes are printed.
+If the @code{extdebug} shell option is enabled using @code{shopt}
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}), the source file name and line number where
+the function is defined are displayed as well.
+@option{-F} implies @option{-f}.
+
+The @option{-g} option forces variables to be created or modified at
+the global scope, even when @code{declare} is executed in a shell function.
+It is ignored in all other cases.
+
+The following options can be used to restrict output to variables with
+the specified attributes or to give variables attributes:
+
+@table @code
+@item -a
+Each @var{name} is an indexed array variable (@pxref{Arrays}).
+
+@item -A
+Each @var{name} is an associative array variable (@pxref{Arrays}).
+
+@item -f
+Use function names only.
+
+@item -i
+The variable is to be treated as
+an integer; arithmetic evaluation (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}) is
+performed when the variable is assigned a value.
+
+@item -l
+When the variable is assigned a value, all upper-case characters are
+converted to lower-case.
+The upper-case attribute is disabled.
+
+@item -n
+Give each @var{name} the @var{nameref} attribute, making
+it a name reference to another variable.
+That other variable is defined by the value of @var{name}.
+All references, assignments, and attribute modifications
+to @var{name}, except for changing the
+@option{-n} attribute itself, are performed on the variable referenced by
+@var{name}'s value.
+The nameref attribute cannot be applied to array variables.
+
+@item -r
+Make @var{name}s readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values
+by subsequent assignment statements or unset.
+
+@item -t
+Give each @var{name} the @code{trace} attribute.
+Traced functions inherit the @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps from
+the calling shell.
+The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables.
+
+@item -u
+When the variable is assigned a value, all lower-case characters are
+converted to upper-case.
+The lower-case attribute is disabled.
+
+@item -x
+Mark each @var{name} for export to subsequent commands via
+the environment.
+@end table
+
+Using @samp{+} instead of @samp{-} turns off the attribute instead,
+with the exceptions that @samp{+a}
+may not be used to destroy an array variable and @samp{+r} will not
+remove the readonly attribute.
+When used in a function, @code{declare} makes each @var{name} local,
+as with the @code{local} command, unless the @option{-g} option is used.
+If a variable name is followed by =@var{value}, the value of the variable
+is set to @var{value}.
+
+When using @option{-a} or @option{-A} and the compound assignment syntax to
+create array variables, additional attributes do not take effect until
+subsequent assignments.
+
+The return status is zero unless an invalid option is encountered,
+an attempt is made to define a function using @samp{-f foo=bar},
+an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable,
+an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without
+using the compound assignment syntax (@pxref{Arrays}),
+one of the @var{names} is not a valid shell variable name,
+an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable,
+an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable,
+or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with @option{-f}.
+
+@item echo
+@btindex echo
+@example
+echo [-neE] [@var{arg} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Output the @var{arg}s, separated by spaces, terminated with a
+newline.
+The return status is 0 unless a write error occurs.
+If @option{-n} is specified, the trailing newline is suppressed.
+If the @option{-e} option is given, interpretation of the following
+backslash-escaped characters is enabled.
+The @option{-E} option disables the interpretation of these escape characters,
+even on systems where they are interpreted by default.
+The @code{xpg_echo} shell option may be used to
+dynamically determine whether or not @code{echo} expands these
+escape characters by default.
+@code{echo} does not interpret @option{--} to mean the end of options.
+
+@code{echo} interprets the following escape sequences:
+@table @code
+@item \a
+alert (bell)
+@item \b
+backspace
+@item \c
+suppress further output
+@item \e
+@itemx \E
+escape
+@item \f
+form feed
+@item \n
+new line
+@item \r
+carriage return
+@item \t
+horizontal tab
+@item \v
+vertical tab
+@item \\
+backslash
+@item \0@var{nnn}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn}
+(zero to three octal digits)
+@item \x@var{HH}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH}
+(one or two hex digits)
+@item \u@var{HHHH}
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+@var{HHHH} (one to four hex digits)
+@item \U@var{HHHHHHHH}
+the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is the hexadecimal value
+@var{HHHHHHHH} (one to eight hex digits)
+@end table
+
+@item enable
+@btindex enable
+@example
+enable [-a] [-dnps] [-f @var{filename}] [@var{name} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Enable and disable builtin shell commands.
+Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name
+as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname,
+even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands.
+If @option{-n} is used, the @var{name}s become disabled. Otherwise
+@var{name}s are enabled. For example, to use the @code{test} binary
+found via @env{$PATH} instead of the shell builtin version, type
+@samp{enable -n test}.
+
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or no @var{name} arguments appear,
+a list of shell builtins is printed. With no other arguments, the list
+consists of all enabled shell builtins.
+The @option{-a} option means to list
+each builtin with an indication of whether or not it is enabled.
+
+The @option{-f} option means to load the new builtin command @var{name}
+from shared object @var{filename}, on systems that support dynamic loading.
+The @option{-d} option will delete a builtin loaded with @option{-f}.
+
+If there are no options, a list of the shell builtins is displayed.
+The @option{-s} option restricts @code{enable} to the @sc{posix} special
+builtins. If @option{-s} is used with @option{-f}, the new builtin becomes
+a special builtin (@pxref{Special Builtins}).
+
+The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is not a shell builtin
+or there is an error loading a new builtin from a shared object.
+
+@item help
+@btindex help
+@example
+help [-dms] [@var{pattern}]
+@end example
+
+Display helpful information about builtin commands.
+If @var{pattern} is specified, @code{help} gives detailed help
+on all commands matching @var{pattern}, otherwise a list of
+the builtins is printed.
+
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -d
+Display a short description of each @var{pattern}
+@item -m
+Display the description of each @var{pattern} in a manpage-like format
+@item -s
+Display only a short usage synopsis for each @var{pattern}
+@end table
+
+The return status is zero unless no command matches @var{pattern}.
+
+@item let
+@btindex let
+@example
+let @var{expression} [@var{expression} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+The @code{let} builtin allows arithmetic to be performed on shell
+variables. Each @var{expression} is evaluated according to the
+rules given below in @ref{Shell Arithmetic}. If the
+last @var{expression} evaluates to 0, @code{let} returns 1;
+otherwise 0 is returned.
+
+@item local
+@btindex local
+@example
+local [@var{option}] @var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}
+@end example
+
+For each argument, a local variable named @var{name} is created,
+and assigned @var{value}.
+The @var{option} can be any of the options accepted by @code{declare}.
+@code{local} can only be used within a function; it makes the variable
+@var{name} have a visible scope restricted to that function and its
+children. The return status is zero unless @code{local} is used outside
+a function, an invalid @var{name} is supplied, or @var{name} is a
+readonly variable.
+
+@item logout
+@btindex logout
+@example
+logout [@var{n}]
+@end example
+
+Exit a login shell, returning a status of @var{n} to the shell's
+parent.
+
+@item mapfile
+@btindex mapfile
+@example
+mapfile [-d @var{delim}] [-n @var{count}] [-O @var{origin}] [-s @var{count}] [-t] [-u @var{fd}]
+ [-C @var{callback}] [-c @var{quantum}] [@var{array}]
+@end example
+
+Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable @var{array},
+or from file descriptor @var{fd}
+if the @option{-u} option is supplied.
+The variable @code{MAPFILE} is the default @var{array}.
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+
+@item -d
+The first character of @var{delim} is used to terminate each input line,
+rather than newline.
+@item -n
+Copy at most @var{count} lines. If @var{count} is 0, all lines are copied.
+@item -O
+Begin assigning to @var{array} at index @var{origin}.
+The default index is 0.
+@item -s
+Discard the first @var{count} lines read.
+@item -t
+Remove a trailing newline from each line read.
+@item -u
+Read lines from file descriptor @var{fd} instead of the standard input.
+@item -C
+Evaluate @var{callback} each time @var{quantum}P lines are read.
+The @option{-c} option specifies @var{quantum}.
+@item -c
+Specify the number of lines read between each call to @var{callback}.
+@end table
+
+If @option{-C} is specified without @option{-c},
+the default quantum is 5000.
+When @var{callback} is evaluated, it is supplied the index of the next
+array element to be assigned and the line to be assigned to that element
+as additional arguments.
+@var{callback} is evaluated after the line is read but before the
+array element is assigned.
+
+If not supplied with an explicit origin, @code{mapfile} will clear @var{array}
+before assigning to it.
+
+@code{mapfile} returns successfully unless an invalid option or option
+argument is supplied, @var{array} is invalid or unassignable, or @var{array}
+is not an indexed array.
+
+@item printf
+@btindex printf
+@example
+printf [-v @var{var}] @var{format} [@var{arguments}]
+@end example
+
+Write the formatted @var{arguments} to the standard output under the
+control of the @var{format}.
+The @option{-v} option causes the output to be assigned to the variable
+@var{var} rather than being printed to the standard output.
+
+The @var{format} is a character string which contains three types of objects:
+plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character
+escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and
+format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive
+@var{argument}.
+In addition to the standard @code{printf(1)} formats, @code{printf}
+interprets the following extensions:
+
+@table @code
+@item %b
+Causes @code{printf} to expand backslash escape sequences in the
+corresponding @var{argument},
+except that @samp{\c} terminates output, backslashes in
+@samp{\'}, @samp{\"}, and @samp{\?} are not removed, and octal escapes
+beginning with @samp{\0} may contain up to four digits.
+@item %q
+Causes @code{printf} to output the
+corresponding @var{argument} in a format that can be reused as shell input.
+@item %(@var{datefmt})T
+Causes @code{printf} to output the date-time string resulting from using
+@var{datefmt} as a format string for @code{strftime}(3).
+The corresponding @var{argument} is an integer representing the number of
+seconds since the epoch.
+Two special argument values may be used: -1 represents the current
+time, and -2 represents the time the shell was invoked.
+If no argument is specified, conversion behaves as if -1 had been given.
+This is an exception to the usual @code{printf} behavior.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+Arguments to non-string format specifiers are treated as C language constants,
+except that a leading plus or minus sign is allowed, and if the leading
+character is a single or double quote, the value is the ASCII value of
+the following character.
+
+The @var{format} is reused as necessary to consume all of the @var{arguments}.
+If the @var{format} requires more @var{arguments} than are supplied, the
+extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as
+appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success,
+non-zero on failure.
+
+@item read
+@btindex read
+@example
+read [-ers] [-a @var{aname}] [-d @var{delim}] [-i @var{text}] [-n @var{nchars}]
+ [-N @var{nchars}] [-p @var{prompt}] [-t @var{timeout}] [-u @var{fd}] [@var{name} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor
+@var{fd} supplied as an argument to the @option{-u} option, and the first word
+is assigned to the first @var{name}, the second word to the second @var{name},
+and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned
+to the last @var{name}.
+If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names,
+the remaining names are assigned empty values.
+The characters in the value of the @env{IFS} variable
+are used to split the line into words using the same rules the shell
+uses for expansion (described above in @ref{Word Splitting}).
+The backslash character @samp{\} may be used to remove any special
+meaning for the next character read and for line continuation.
+If no names are supplied, the line read is assigned to the
+variable @env{REPLY}.
+The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, @code{read}
+times out (in which case the return code is greater than 128),
+a variable assignment error (such as assigning to a readonly variable) occurs,
+or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to @option{-u}.
+
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -a @var{aname}
+The words are assigned to sequential indices of the array variable
+@var{aname}, starting at 0.
+All elements are removed from @var{aname} before the assignment.
+Other @var{name} arguments are ignored.
+
+@item -d @var{delim}
+The first character of @var{delim} is used to terminate the input line,
+rather than newline.
+
+@item -e
+Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) is used to obtain the line.
+Readline uses the current (or default, if line editing was not previously
+active) editing settings.
+
+@item -i @var{text}
+If Readline is being used to read the line, @var{text} is placed into
+the editing buffer before editing begins.
+
+@item -n @var{nchars}
+@code{read} returns after reading @var{nchars} characters rather than
+waiting for a complete line of input, but honor a delimiter if fewer
+than @var{nchars} characters are read before the delimiter.
+
+@item -N @var{nchars}
+@code{read} returns after reading exactly @var{nchars} characters rather
+than waiting for a complete line of input, unless EOF is encountered or
+@code{read} times out.
+Delimiter characters encountered in the input are
+not treated specially and do not cause @code{read} to return until
+@var{nchars} characters are read.
+
+@item -p @var{prompt}
+Display @var{prompt}, without a trailing newline, before attempting
+to read any input.
+The prompt is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal.
+
+@item -r
+If this option is given, backslash does not act as an escape character.
+The backslash is considered to be part of the line.
+In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line
+continuation.
+
+@item -s
+Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are
+not echoed.
+
+@item -t @var{timeout}
+Cause @code{read} to time out and return failure if a complete line of
+input (or a specified number of characters)
+is not read within @var{timeout} seconds.
+@var{timeout} may be a decimal number with a fractional portion following
+the decimal point.
+This option is only effective if @code{read} is reading input from a
+terminal, pipe, or other special file; it has no effect when reading
+from regular files.
+If @code{read} times out, @code{read} saves any partial input read into
+the specified variable @var{name}.
+If @var{timeout} is 0, @code{read} returns immediately, without trying to
+read and data. The exit status is 0 if input is available on
+the specified file descriptor, non-zero otherwise.
+The exit status is greater than 128 if the timeout is exceeded.
+
+@item -u @var{fd}
+Read input from file descriptor @var{fd}.
+@end table
+
+@item readarray
+@btindex readarray
+@example
+readarray [-d @var{delim}] [-n @var{count}] [-O @var{origin}] [-s @var{count}] [-t] [-u @var{fd}]
+ [-C @var{callback}] [-c @var{quantum}] [@var{array}]
+@end example
+
+Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable @var{array},
+or from file descriptor @var{fd}
+if the @option{-u} option is supplied.
+
+A synonym for @code{mapfile}.
+
+@item source
+@btindex source
+@example
+source @var{filename}
+@end example
+
+A synonym for @code{.} (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item type
+@btindex type
+@example
+type [-afptP] [@var{name} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+For each @var{name}, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a
+command name.
+
+If the @option{-t} option is used, @code{type} prints a single word
+which is one of @samp{alias}, @samp{function}, @samp{builtin},
+@samp{file} or @samp{keyword},
+if @var{name} is an alias, shell function, shell builtin,
+disk file, or shell reserved word, respectively.
+If the @var{name} is not found, then nothing is printed, and
+@code{type} returns a failure status.
+
+If the @option{-p} option is used, @code{type} either returns the name
+of the disk file that would be executed, or nothing if @option{-t}
+would not return @samp{file}.
+
+The @option{-P} option forces a path search for each @var{name}, even if
+@option{-t} would not return @samp{file}.
+
+If a command is hashed, @option{-p} and @option{-P} print the hashed value,
+which is not necessarily the file that appears first in @code{$PATH}.
+
+If the @option{-a} option is used, @code{type} returns all of the places
+that contain an executable named @var{file}.
+This includes aliases and functions, if and only if the @option{-p} option
+is not also used.
+
+If the @option{-f} option is used, @code{type} does not attempt to find
+shell functions, as with the @code{command} builtin.
+
+The return status is zero if all of the @var{names} are found, non-zero
+if any are not found.
+
+@item typeset
+@btindex typeset
+@example
+typeset [-afFgrxilnrtux] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+The @code{typeset} command is supplied for compatibility with the Korn
+shell.
+It is a synonym for the @code{declare} builtin command.
+
+@item ulimit
+@btindex ulimit
+@example
+ulimit [-HSabcdefiklmnpqrstuvxPT] [@var{limit}]
+@end example
+
+@code{ulimit} provides control over the resources available to processes
+started by the shell, on systems that allow such control. If an
+option is given, it is interpreted as follows:
+
+@table @code
+@item -S
+Change and report the soft limit associated with a resource.
+
+@item -H
+Change and report the hard limit associated with a resource.
+
+@item -a
+All current limits are reported.
+
+@item -b
+The maximum socket buffer size.
+
+@item -c
+The maximum size of core files created.
+
+@item -d
+The maximum size of a process's data segment.
+
+@item -e
+The maximum scheduling priority ("nice").
+
+@item -f
+The maximum size of files written by the shell and its children.
+
+@item -i
+The maximum number of pending signals.
+
+@item -k
+The maximum number of kqueues that may be allocated.
+
+@item -l
+The maximum size that may be locked into memory.
+
+@item -m
+The maximum resident set size (many systems do not honor this limit).
+
+@item -n
+The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not
+allow this value to be set).
+
+@item -p
+The pipe buffer size.
+
+@item -q
+The maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues.
+
+@item -r
+The maximum real-time scheduling priority.
+
+@item -s
+The maximum stack size.
+
+@item -t
+The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds.
+
+@item -u
+The maximum number of processes available to a single user.
+
+@item -v
+The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell, and, on
+some systems, to its children.
+
+@item -x
+The maximum number of file locks.
+
+@item -P
+The maximum number of pseudoterminals.
+
+@item -T
+The maximum number of threads.
+@end table
+
+If @var{limit} is given, and the @option{-a} option is not used,
+@var{limit} is the new value of the specified resource.
+The special @var{limit} values @code{hard}, @code{soft}, and
+@code{unlimited} stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit,
+and no limit, respectively.
+A hard limit cannot be increased by a non-root user once it is set;
+a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit.
+Otherwise, the current value of the soft limit for the specified resource
+is printed, unless the @option{-H} option is supplied.
+When setting new limits, if neither @option{-H} nor @option{-S} is supplied,
+both the hard and soft limits are set.
+If no option is given, then @option{-f} is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte
+increments, except for @option{-t}, which is in seconds; @option{-p},
+which is in units of 512-byte blocks; and @option{-P}, @option{-T},
+@option{-b},
+@option{-k}, @option{-n} and @option{-u}, which are unscaled values.
+
+The return status is zero unless an invalid option or argument is supplied,
+or an error occurs while setting a new limit.
+
+@item unalias
+@btindex unalias
+@example
+unalias [-a] [@var{name} @dots{} ]
+@end example
+
+Remove each @var{name} from the list of aliases. If @option{-a} is
+supplied, all aliases are removed.
+Aliases are described in @ref{Aliases}.
+@end table
+
+@node Modifying Shell Behavior
+@section Modifying Shell Behavior
+
+@menu
+* The Set Builtin:: Change the values of shell attributes and
+ positional parameters.
+* The Shopt Builtin:: Modify shell optional behavior.
+@end menu
+
+@node The Set Builtin
+@subsection The Set Builtin
+
+This builtin is so complicated that it deserves its own section. @code{set}
+allows you to change the values of shell options and set the positional
+parameters, or to display the names and values of shell variables.
+
+@table @code
+@item set
+@btindex set
+@example
+set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT] [-o @var{option-name}] [@var{argument} @dots{}]
+set [+abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT] [+o @var{option-name}] [@var{argument} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+If no options or arguments are supplied, @code{set} displays the names
+and values of all shell variables and functions, sorted according to the
+current locale, in a format that may be reused as input
+for setting or resetting the currently-set variables.
+Read-only variables cannot be reset.
+In @sc{posix} mode, only shell variables are listed.
+
+When options are supplied, they set or unset shell attributes.
+Options, if specified, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -a
+Mark variables and function which are modified or created for export
+to the environment of subsequent commands.
+
+@item -b
+Cause the status of terminated background jobs to be reported
+immediately, rather than before printing the next primary prompt.
+
+@item -e
+Exit immediately if
+a pipeline (@pxref{Pipelines}), which may consist of a single simple command
+(@pxref{Simple Commands}),
+a list (@pxref{Lists}),
+or a compound command (@pxref{Compound Commands})
+returns a non-zero status.
+The shell does not exit if the command that fails is part of the
+command list immediately following a @code{while} or @code{until} keyword,
+part of the test in an @code{if} statement,
+part of any command executed in a @code{&&} or @code{||} list except
+the command following the final @code{&&} or @code{||},
+any command in a pipeline but the last,
+or if the command's return status is being inverted with @code{!}.
+If a compound command other than a subshell
+returns a non-zero status because a command failed
+while @option{-e} was being ignored, the shell does not exit.
+A trap on @code{ERR}, if set, is executed before the shell exits.
+
+This option applies to the shell environment and each subshell environment
+separately (@pxref{Command Execution Environment}), and may cause
+subshells to exit before executing all the commands in the subshell.
+
+If a compound command or shell function executes in a context where
+@option{-e} is being ignored,
+none of the commands executed within the compound command or function body
+will be affected by the @option{-e} setting, even if @option{-e} is set
+and a command returns a failure status.
+If a compound command or shell function sets @option{-e} while executing in
+a context where @option{-e} is ignored, that setting will not have any
+effect until the compound command or the command containing the function
+call completes.
+
+@item -f
+Disable filename expansion (globbing).
+
+@item -h
+Locate and remember (hash) commands as they are looked up for execution.
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item -k
+All arguments in the form of assignment statements are placed
+in the environment for a command, not just those that precede
+the command name.
+
+@item -m
+Job control is enabled (@pxref{Job Control}).
+All processes run in a separate process group.
+When a background job completes, the shell prints a line
+containing its exit status.
+
+@item -n
+Read commands but do not execute them.
+This may be used to check a script for syntax errors.
+This option is ignored by interactive shells.
+
+@item -o @var{option-name}
+
+Set the option corresponding to @var{option-name}:
+
+@table @code
+@item allexport
+Same as @code{-a}.
+
+@item braceexpand
+Same as @code{-B}.
+
+@item emacs
+Use an @code{emacs}-style line editing interface (@pxref{Command Line Editing}).
+This also affects the editing interface used for @code{read -e}.
+
+@item errexit
+Same as @code{-e}.
+
+@item errtrace
+Same as @code{-E}.
+
+@item functrace
+Same as @code{-T}.
+
+@item hashall
+Same as @code{-h}.
+
+@item histexpand
+Same as @code{-H}.
+
+@item history
+Enable command history, as described in @ref{Bash History Facilities}.
+This option is on by default in interactive shells.
+
+@item ignoreeof
+An interactive shell will not exit upon reading EOF.
+
+@item keyword
+Same as @code{-k}.
+
+@item monitor
+Same as @code{-m}.
+
+@item noclobber
+Same as @code{-C}.
+
+@item noexec
+Same as @code{-n}.
+
+@item noglob
+Same as @code{-f}.
+
+@item nolog
+Currently ignored.
+
+@item notify
+Same as @code{-b}.
+
+@item nounset
+Same as @code{-u}.
+
+@item onecmd
+Same as @code{-t}.
+
+@item physical
+Same as @code{-P}.
+
+@item pipefail
+If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last
+(rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all
+commands in the pipeline exit successfully.
+This option is disabled by default.
+
+@item posix
+Change the behavior of Bash where the default operation differs
+from the @sc{posix} standard to match the standard
+(@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}).
+This is intended to make Bash behave as a strict superset of that
+standard.
+
+@item privileged
+Same as @code{-p}.
+
+@item verbose
+Same as @code{-v}.
+
+@item vi
+Use a @code{vi}-style line editing interface.
+This also affects the editing interface used for @code{read -e}.
+
+@item xtrace
+Same as @code{-x}.
+@end table
+
+@item -p
+Turn on privileged mode.
+In this mode, the @env{$BASH_ENV} and @env{$ENV} files are not
+processed, shell functions are not inherited from the environment,
+and the @env{SHELLOPTS}, @env{BASHOPTS}, @env{CDPATH} and @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored.
+If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
+real user (group) id, and the @option{-p} option is not supplied, these actions
+are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is
+not reset.
+Turning this option off causes the effective user
+and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids.
+
+@item -t
+Exit after reading and executing one command.
+
+@item -u
+Treat unset variables and parameters other than the special parameters
+@samp{@@} or @samp{*} as an error when performing parameter expansion.
+An error message will be written to the standard error, and a non-interactive
+shell will exit.
+
+@item -v
+Print shell input lines as they are read.
+
+@item -x
+Print a trace of simple commands, @code{for} commands, @code{case}
+commands, @code{select} commands, and arithmetic @code{for} commands
+and their arguments or associated word lists after they are
+expanded and before they are executed. The value of the @env{PS4}
+variable is expanded and the resultant value is printed before
+the command and its expanded arguments.
+
+@item -B
+The shell will perform brace expansion (@pxref{Brace Expansion}).
+This option is on by default.
+
+@item -C
+Prevent output redirection using @samp{>}, @samp{>&}, and @samp{<>}
+from overwriting existing files.
+
+@item -E
+If set, any trap on @code{ERR} is inherited by shell functions, command
+substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment.
+The @code{ERR} trap is normally not inherited in such cases.
+
+@item -H
+Enable @samp{!} style history substitution (@pxref{History Interaction}).
+This option is on by default for interactive shells.
+
+@item -P
+If set, do not resolve symbolic links when performing commands such as
+@code{cd} which change the current directory. The physical directory
+is used instead. By default, Bash follows
+the logical chain of directories when performing commands
+which change the current directory.
+
+For example, if @file{/usr/sys} is a symbolic link to @file{/usr/local/sys}
+then:
+@example
+$ cd /usr/sys; echo $PWD
+/usr/sys
+$ cd ..; pwd
+/usr
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+If @code{set -P} is on, then:
+@example
+$ cd /usr/sys; echo $PWD
+/usr/local/sys
+$ cd ..; pwd
+/usr/local
+@end example
+
+@item -T
+If set, any trap on @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} are inherited by
+shell functions, command substitutions, and commands executed
+in a subshell environment.
+The @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps are normally not inherited
+in such cases.
+
+@item --
+If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are
+unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the
+@var{arguments}, even if some of them begin with a @samp{-}.
+
+@item -
+Signal the end of options, cause all remaining @var{arguments}
+to be assigned to the positional parameters. The @option{-x}
+and @option{-v} options are turned off.
+If there are no arguments, the positional parameters remain unchanged.
+@end table
+
+Using @samp{+} rather than @samp{-} causes these options to be
+turned off. The options can also be used upon invocation of the
+shell. The current set of options may be found in @code{$-}.
+
+The remaining N @var{arguments} are positional parameters and are
+assigned, in order, to @code{$1}, @code{$2}, @dots{} @code{$N}.
+The special parameter @code{#} is set to N.
+
+The return status is always zero unless an invalid option is supplied.
+@end table
+
+@node The Shopt Builtin
+@subsection The Shopt Builtin
+
+This builtin allows you to change additional shell optional behavior.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item shopt
+@btindex shopt
+@example
+shopt [-pqsu] [-o] [@var{optname} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Toggle the values of settings controlling optional shell behavior.
+The settings can be either those listed below, or, if the
+@option{-o} option is used, those available with the @option{-o}
+option to the @code{set} builtin command (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+With no options, or with the @option{-p} option, a list of all settable
+options is displayed, with an indication of whether or not each is set.
+The @option{-p} option causes output to be displayed in a form that
+may be reused as input.
+Other options have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -s
+Enable (set) each @var{optname}.
+
+@item -u
+Disable (unset) each @var{optname}.
+
+@item -q
+Suppresses normal output; the return status
+indicates whether the @var{optname} is set or unset.
+If multiple @var{optname} arguments are given with @option{-q},
+the return status is zero if all @var{optnames} are enabled;
+non-zero otherwise.
+
+@item -o
+Restricts the values of
+@var{optname} to be those defined for the @option{-o} option to the
+@code{set} builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+@end table
+
+If either @option{-s} or @option{-u}
+is used with no @var{optname} arguments, @code{shopt} shows only
+those options which are set or unset, respectively.
+
+Unless otherwise noted, the @code{shopt} options are disabled (off)
+by default.
+
+The return status when listing options is zero if all @var{optnames}
+are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options,
+the return status is zero unless an @var{optname} is not a valid shell
+option.
+
+The list of @code{shopt} options is:
+@table @code
+
+@item autocd
+If set, a command name that is the name of a directory is executed as if
+it were the argument to the @code{cd} command.
+This option is only used by interactive shells.
+
+@item cdable_vars
+If this is set, an argument to the @code{cd} builtin command that
+is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose
+value is the directory to change to.
+
+@item cdspell
+If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a
+@code{cd} command will be corrected.
+The errors checked for are transposed characters,
+a missing character, and a character too many.
+If a correction is found, the corrected path is printed,
+and the command proceeds.
+This option is only used by interactive shells.
+
+@item checkhash
+If this is set, Bash checks that a command found in the hash
+table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no
+longer exists, a normal path search is performed.
+
+@item checkjobs
+If set, Bash lists the status of any stopped and running jobs before
+exiting an interactive shell. If any jobs are running, this causes
+the exit to be deferred until a second exit is attempted without an
+intervening command (@pxref{Job Control}).
+The shell always postpones exiting if any jobs are stopped.
+
+@item checkwinsize
+If set, Bash checks the window size after each command
+ and, if necessary, updates the values of
+@env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}.
+
+@item cmdhist
+If set, Bash
+attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line
+command in the same history entry. This allows
+easy re-editing of multi-line commands.
+
+@item compat31
+If set, Bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 3.1 with respect to quoted
+arguments to the conditional command's @samp{=~} operator
+and with respect to locale-specific
+string comparison when using the @code{[[}
+conditional command's @samp{<} and @samp{>} operators.
+Bash versions prior to bash-4.1 use ASCII collation and strcmp(3);
+bash-4.1 and later use the current locale's collation sequence and strcoll(3).
+
+@item compat32
+If set, Bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 3.2 with respect to locale-specific
+string comparison when using the @code{[[}
+conditional command's @samp{<} and @samp{>} operators (see previous item).
+
+@item compat40
+If set, Bash
+changes its behavior to that of version 4.0 with respect to locale-specific
+string comparison when using the @code{[[}
+conditional command's @samp{<} and @samp{>} operators (see description
+of @code{compat31})
+and the effect of interrupting a command list.
+Bash versions 4.0 and later interrupt the list as if the shell received the
+interrupt; previous versions continue with the next command in the list.
+
+@item compat41
+If set, Bash, when in @sc{posix} mode, treats a single quote in a double-quoted
+parameter expansion as a special character. The single quotes must match
+(an even number) and the characters between the single quotes are considered
+quoted. This is the behavior of @sc{posix} mode through version 4.1.
+The default Bash behavior remains as in previous versions.
+
+@item compat42
+If set, Bash
+does not process the replacement string in the pattern substitution word
+expansion using quote removal.
+
+@item complete_fullquote
+If set, Bash
+quotes all shell metacharacters in filenames and directory names when
+performing completion.
+If not set, Bash
+removes metacharacters such as the dollar sign from the set of
+characters that will be quoted in completed filenames
+when these metacharacters appear in shell variable references in words to be
+completed.
+This means that dollar signs in variable names that expand to directories
+will not be quoted;
+however, any dollar signs appearing in filenames will not be quoted, either.
+This is active only when bash is using backslashes to quote completed
+filenames.
+This variable is set by default, which is the default Bash behavior in
+versions through 4.2.
+
+@item direxpand
+If set, Bash
+replaces directory names with the results of word expansion when performing
+filename completion. This changes the contents of the readline editing
+buffer.
+If not set, Bash attempts to preserve what the user typed.
+
+@item dirspell
+If set, Bash
+attempts spelling correction on directory names during word completion
+if the directory name initially supplied does not exist.
+
+@item dotglob
+If set, Bash includes filenames beginning with a `.' in
+the results of filename expansion.
+
+@item execfail
+If this is set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if
+it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the @code{exec}
+builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if @code{exec}
+fails.
+
+@item expand_aliases
+If set, aliases are expanded as described below under Aliases,
+@ref{Aliases}.
+This option is enabled by default for interactive shells.
+
+@item extdebug
+If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+The @option{-F} option to the @code{declare} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins})
+displays the source file name and line number corresponding to each function
+name supplied as an argument.
+
+@item
+If the command run by the @code{DEBUG} trap returns a non-zero value, the
+next command is skipped and not executed.
+
+@item
+If the command run by the @code{DEBUG} trap returns a value of 2, and the
+shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script
+executed by the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins), the shell simulates
+a call to @code{return}.
+
+@item
+@code{BASH_ARGC} and @code{BASH_ARGV} are updated as described in their
+descriptions (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item
+Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
+subshells invoked with @code{( @var{command} )} inherit the
+@code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps.
+
+@item
+Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and
+subshells invoked with @code{( @var{command} )} inherit the
+@code{ERR} trap.
+@end enumerate
+
+@item extglob
+If set, the extended pattern matching features described above
+(@pxref{Pattern Matching}) are enabled.
+
+@item extquote
+If set, @code{$'@var{string}'} and @code{$"@var{string}"} quoting is
+performed within @code{$@{@var{parameter}@}} expansions
+enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item failglob
+If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during filename expansion
+result in an expansion error.
+
+@item force_fignore
+If set, the suffixes specified by the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable
+cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if
+the ignored words are the only possible completions.
+@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}.
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item globasciiranges
+If set, range expressions used in pattern matching bracket expressions
+(@pxref{Pattern Matching})
+behave as if in the traditional C locale when performing
+comparisons. That is, the current locale's collating sequence
+is not taken into account, so
+@samp{b} will not collate between @samp{A} and @samp{B},
+and upper-case and lower-case ASCII characters will collate together.
+
+@item globstar
+If set, the pattern @samp{**} used in a filename expansion context will
+match all files and zero or more directories and subdirectories.
+If the pattern is followed by a @samp{/}, only directories and
+subdirectories match.
+
+@item gnu_errfmt
+If set, shell error messages are written in the standard @sc{gnu} error
+message format.
+
+@item histappend
+If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value
+of the @env{HISTFILE}
+variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file.
+
+@item histreedit
+If set, and Readline
+is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a
+failed history substitution.
+
+@item histverify
+If set, and Readline
+is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately
+passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into
+the Readline editing buffer, allowing further modification.
+
+@item hostcomplete
+If set, and Readline is being used, Bash will attempt to perform
+hostname completion when a word containing a @samp{@@} is being
+completed (@pxref{Commands For Completion}). This option is enabled
+by default.
+
+@item huponexit
+If set, Bash will send @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs when an interactive
+login shell exits (@pxref{Signals}).
+
+@item interactive_comments
+Allow a word beginning with @samp{#}
+to cause that word and all remaining characters on that
+line to be ignored in an interactive shell.
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item lastpipe
+If set, and job control is not active, the shell runs the last command of
+a pipeline not executed in the background in the current shell environment.
+
+@item lithist
+If enabled, and the @code{cmdhist}
+option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with
+embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible.
+
+@item login_shell
+The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell
+(@pxref{Invoking Bash}).
+The value may not be changed.
+
+@item mailwarn
+If set, and a file that Bash is checking for mail has been
+accessed since the last time it was checked, the message
+@code{"The mail in @var{mailfile} has been read"} is displayed.
+
+@item no_empty_cmd_completion
+If set, and Readline is being used, Bash will not attempt to search
+the @env{PATH} for possible completions when completion is attempted
+on an empty line.
+
+@item nocaseglob
+If set, Bash matches filenames in a case-insensitive fashion when
+performing filename expansion.
+
+@item nocasematch
+If set, Bash matches patterns in a case-insensitive fashion when
+performing matching while executing @code{case} or @code{[[}
+conditional commands,
+when performing pattern substitution word expansions,
+or when filtering possible completions as part of programmable completion.
+
+@item nullglob
+If set, Bash allows filename patterns which match no
+files to expand to a null string, rather than themselves.
+
+@item progcomp
+If set, the programmable completion facilities
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion}) are enabled.
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item promptvars
+If set, prompt strings undergo
+parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
+expansion, and quote removal after being expanded
+as described below (@pxref{Controlling the Prompt}).
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item restricted_shell
+The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode
+(@pxref{The Restricted Shell}).
+The value may not be changed.
+This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing
+the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted.
+
+@item shift_verbose
+If this is set, the @code{shift}
+builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the
+number of positional parameters.
+
+@item sourcepath
+If set, the @code{source} builtin uses the value of @env{PATH}
+to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument.
+This option is enabled by default.
+
+@item xpg_echo
+If set, the @code{echo} builtin expands backslash-escape sequences
+by default.
+
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The return status when listing options is zero if all @var{optnames}
+are enabled, non-zero otherwise.
+When setting or unsetting options, the return status is zero unless an
+@var{optname} is not a valid shell option.
+@end table
+
+@node Special Builtins
+@section Special Builtins
+@cindex special builtin
+
+For historical reasons, the @sc{posix} standard has classified
+several builtin commands as @emph{special}.
+When Bash is executing in @sc{posix} mode, the special builtins
+differ from other builtin commands in three respects:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Special builtins are found before shell functions during command lookup.
+
+@item
+If a special builtin returns an error status, a non-interactive shell exits.
+
+@item
+Assignment statements preceding the command stay in effect in the shell
+environment after the command completes.
+@end enumerate
+
+When Bash is not executing in @sc{posix} mode, these builtins behave no
+differently than the rest of the Bash builtin commands.
+The Bash @sc{posix} mode is described in @ref{Bash POSIX Mode}.
+
+These are the @sc{posix} special builtins:
+@example
+@w{break : . continue eval exec exit export readonly return set}
+@w{shift trap unset}
+@end example
+
+@node Shell Variables
+@chapter Shell Variables
+
+@menu
+* Bourne Shell Variables:: Variables which Bash uses in the same way
+ as the Bourne Shell.
+* Bash Variables:: List of variables that exist in Bash.
+@end menu
+
+This chapter describes the shell variables that Bash uses.
+Bash automatically assigns default values to a number of variables.
+
+@node Bourne Shell Variables
+@section Bourne Shell Variables
+
+Bash uses certain shell variables in the same way as the Bourne shell.
+In some cases, Bash assigns a default value to the variable.
+
+@vtable @code
+
+@item CDPATH
+A colon-separated list of directories used as a search path for
+the @code{cd} builtin command.
+
+@item HOME
+The current user's home directory; the default for the @code{cd} builtin
+command.
+The value of this variable is also used by tilde expansion
+(@pxref{Tilde Expansion}).
+
+@item IFS
+A list of characters that separate fields; used when the shell splits
+words as part of expansion.
+
+@item MAIL
+If this parameter is set to a filename or directory name
+and the @env{MAILPATH} variable
+is not set, Bash informs the user of the arrival of mail in
+the specified file or Maildir-format directory.
+
+@item MAILPATH
+A colon-separated list of filenames which the shell periodically checks
+for new mail.
+Each list entry can specify the message that is printed when new mail
+arrives in the mail file by separating the filename from the message with
+a @samp{?}.
+When used in the text of the message, @code{$_} expands to the name of
+the current mail file.
+
+@item OPTARG
+The value of the last option argument processed by the @code{getopts} builtin.
+
+@item OPTIND
+The index of the last option argument processed by the @code{getopts} builtin.
+
+@item PATH
+A colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks for
+commands.
+A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of @code{PATH} indicates the
+current directory.
+A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial
+or trailing colon.
+
+
+@item PS1
+The primary prompt string. The default value is @samp{\s-\v\$ }.
+@xref{Controlling the Prompt}, for the complete list of escape
+sequences that are expanded before @env{PS1} is displayed.
+
+@item PS2
+The secondary prompt string. The default value is @samp{> }.
+
+@end vtable
+
+@node Bash Variables
+@section Bash Variables
+
+These variables are set or used by Bash, but other shells
+do not normally treat them specially.
+
+A few variables used by Bash are described in different chapters:
+variables for controlling the job control facilities
+(@pxref{Job Control Variables}).
+
+@vtable @code
+
+@item BASH
+The full pathname used to execute the current instance of Bash.
+
+@item BASHOPTS
+A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in
+the list is a valid argument for the @option{-s} option to the
+@code{shopt} builtin command (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+The options appearing in @env{BASHOPTS} are those reported
+as @samp{on} by @samp{shopt}.
+If this variable is in the environment when Bash
+starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before
+reading any startup files. This variable is readonly.
+
+@item BASHPID
+Expands to the process ID of the current Bash process.
+This differs from @code{$$} under certain circumstances, such as subshells
+that do not require Bash to be re-initialized.
+
+@item BASH_ALIASES
+An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal
+list of aliases as maintained by the @code{alias} builtin.
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+Elements added to this array appear in the alias list; unsetting array
+elements cause aliases to be removed from the alias list.
+
+@item BASH_ARGC
+An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each
+frame of the current bash execution call stack. The number of
+parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed
+with @code{.} or @code{source}) is at the top of the stack. When a
+subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto
+@code{BASH_ARGC}.
+The shell sets @code{BASH_ARGC} only when in extended debugging mode
+(see @ref{The Shopt Builtin}
+for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt}
+builtin).
+
+@item BASH_ARGV
+An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current bash
+execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call
+is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is
+at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied
+are pushed onto @code{BASH_ARGV}.
+The shell sets @code{BASH_ARGV} only when in extended debugging mode
+(see @ref{The Shopt Builtin}
+for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt}
+builtin).
+
+@item BASH_CMDS
+An associative array variable whose members correspond to the internal
+hash table of commands as maintained by the @code{hash} builtin
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+Elements added to this array appear in the hash table; unsetting array
+elements cause commands to be removed from the hash table.
+
+@item BASH_COMMAND
+The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the
+shell is executing a command as the result of a trap,
+in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap.
+
+@item BASH_COMPAT
+The value is used to set the shell's compatibility level.
+@xref{The Shopt Builtin}, for a description of the various compatibility
+levels and their effects.
+The value may be a decimal number (e.g., 4.2) or an integer (e.g., 42)
+corresponding to the desired compatibility level.
+If @code{BASH_COMPAT} is unset or set to the empty string, the compatibility
+level is set to the default for the current version.
+If @code{BASH_COMPAT} is set to a value that is not one of the valid
+compatibility levels, the shell prints an error message and sets the
+compatibility level to the default for the current version.
+The valid compatibility levels correspond to the compatibility options
+accepted by the @code{shopt} builtin described above (for example,
+@var{compat42} means that 4.2 and 42 are valid values).
+The current version is also a valid value.
+
+@item BASH_ENV
+If this variable is set when Bash is invoked to execute a shell
+script, its value is expanded and used as the name of a startup file
+to read before executing the script. @xref{Bash Startup Files}.
+
+@item BASH_EXECUTION_STRING
+The command argument to the @option{-c} invocation option.
+
+@item BASH_LINENO
+An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files
+where each corresponding member of @var{FUNCNAME} was invoked.
+@code{$@{BASH_LINENO[$i]@}} is the line number in the source file
+(@code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]@}}) where
+@code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i]@}} was called (or @code{$@{BASH_LINENO[$i-1]@}} if
+referenced within another shell function).
+Use @code{LINENO} to obtain the current line number.
+
+@item BASH_REMATCH
+An array variable whose members are assigned by the @samp{=~} binary
+operator to the @code{[[} conditional command
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+The element with index 0 is the portion of the string
+matching the entire regular expression.
+The element with index @var{n} is the portion of the
+string matching the @var{n}th parenthesized subexpression.
+This variable is read-only.
+
+@item BASH_SOURCE
+An array variable whose members are the source filenames where the
+corresponding shell function names in the @code{FUNCNAME} array
+variable are defined.
+The shell function @code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i]@}} is defined in the file
+@code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i]@}} and called from @code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]@}}
+
+@item BASH_SUBSHELL
+Incremented by one within each subshell or subshell environment when
+the shell begins executing in that environment.
+The initial value is 0.
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO
+A readonly array variable (@pxref{Arrays})
+whose members hold version information for this instance of Bash.
+The values assigned to the array members are as follows:
+
+@table @code
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[0]
+The major version number (the @var{release}).
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[1]
+The minor version number (the @var{version}).
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[2]
+The patch level.
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[3]
+The build version.
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[4]
+The release status (e.g., @var{beta1}).
+
+@item BASH_VERSINFO[5]
+The value of @env{MACHTYPE}.
+@end table
+
+@item BASH_VERSION
+The version number of the current instance of Bash.
+
+@item BASH_XTRACEFD
+If set to an integer corresponding to a valid file descriptor, Bash
+will write the trace output generated when @samp{set -x}
+is enabled to that file descriptor.
+This allows tracing output to be separated from diagnostic and error
+messages.
+The file descriptor is closed when @code{BASH_XTRACEFD} is unset or assigned
+a new value.
+Unsetting @code{BASH_XTRACEFD} or assigning it the empty string causes the
+trace output to be sent to the standard error.
+Note that setting @code{BASH_XTRACEFD} to 2 (the standard error file
+descriptor) and then unsetting it will result in the standard error
+being closed.
+
+@item CHILD_MAX
+Set the number of exited child status values for the shell to remember.
+Bash will not allow this value to be decreased below a @sc{posix}-mandated
+minimum, and there is a maximum value (currently 8192) that this may
+not exceed.
+The minimum value is system-dependent.
+
+@item COLUMNS
+Used by the @code{select} command to determine the terminal width
+when printing selection lists.
+Automatically set if the @code{checkwinsize} option is enabled
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}), or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a
+@code{SIGWINCH}.
+
+@item COMP_CWORD
+An index into @env{$@{COMP_WORDS@}} of the word containing the current
+cursor position.
+This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+@item COMP_LINE
+The current command line.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+@item COMP_POINT
+The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of
+the current command.
+If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command,
+the value of this variable is equal to @code{$@{#COMP_LINE@}}.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+@item COMP_TYPE
+Set to an integer value corresponding to the type of completion attempted
+that caused a completion function to be called:
+@var{TAB}, for normal completion,
+@samp{?}, for listing completions after successive tabs,
+@samp{!}, for listing alternatives on partial word completion,
+@samp{@@}, to list completions if the word is not unmodified,
+or
+@samp{%}, for menu completion.
+This variable is available only in shell functions and external
+commands invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+@item COMP_KEY
+The key (or final key of a key sequence) used to invoke the current
+completion function.
+
+@item COMP_WORDBREAKS
+The set of characters that the Readline library treats as word
+separators when performing word completion.
+If @code{COMP_WORDBREAKS} is unset, it loses its special properties,
+even if it is subsequently reset.
+
+@item COMP_WORDS
+An array variable consisting of the individual
+words in the current command line.
+The line is split into words as Readline would split it, using
+@code{COMP_WORDBREAKS} as described above.
+This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the
+programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+@item COMPREPLY
+An array variable from which Bash reads the possible completions
+generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion
+facility (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+Each array element contains one possible completion.
+
+@item COPROC
+An array variable created to hold the file descriptors
+for output from and input to an unnamed coprocess (@pxref{Coprocesses}).
+
+@item DIRSTACK
+An array variable containing the current contents of the directory stack.
+Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the
+@code{dirs} builtin.
+Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify
+directories already in the stack, but the @code{pushd} and @code{popd}
+builtins must be used to add and remove directories.
+Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory.
+If @env{DIRSTACK} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if
+it is subsequently reset.
+
+@item EMACS
+If Bash finds this variable in the environment when the shell
+starts with value @samp{t}, it assumes that the shell is running in an
+Emacs shell buffer and disables line editing.
+
+@item ENV
+Similar to @code{BASH_ENV}; used when the shell is invoked in
+@sc{posix} Mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}).
+
+@item EUID
+The numeric effective user id of the current user. This variable
+is readonly.
+
+@item FCEDIT
+The editor used as a default by the @option{-e} option to the @code{fc}
+builtin command.
+
+@item FIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing
+filename completion.
+A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in
+@env{FIGNORE}
+is excluded from the list of matched filenames. A sample
+value is @samp{.o:~}
+
+@item FUNCNAME
+An array variable containing the names of all shell functions
+currently in the execution call stack.
+The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing
+shell function.
+The bottom-most element (the one with the highest index)
+is @code{"main"}.
+This variable exists only when a shell function is executing.
+Assignments to @env{FUNCNAME} have no effect and return an error status.
+If @env{FUNCNAME} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if
+it is subsequently reset.
+
+This variable can be used with @code{BASH_LINENO} and @code{BASH_SOURCE}.
+Each element of @code{FUNCNAME} has corresponding elements in
+@code{BASH_LINENO} and @code{BASH_SOURCE} to describe the call stack.
+For instance, @code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i]@}} was called from the file
+@code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]@}} at line number @code{$@{BASH_LINENO[$i]@}}.
+The @code{caller} builtin displays the current call stack using this
+information.
+
+@item FUNCNEST
+If set to a numeric value greater than 0, defines a maximum function
+nesting level. Function invocations that exceed this nesting level
+will cause the current command to abort.
+
+@item GLOBIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to
+be ignored by filename expansion.
+If a filename matched by a filename expansion pattern also matches one
+of the patterns in @env{GLOBIGNORE}, it is removed from the list
+of matches.
+
+@item GROUPS
+An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current
+user is a member.
+Assignments to @env{GROUPS} have no effect and return an error status.
+If @env{GROUPS} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is
+subsequently reset.
+
+@item histchars
+Up to three characters which control history expansion, quick
+substitution, and tokenization (@pxref{History Interaction}).
+The first character is the
+@var{history expansion} character, that is, the character which signifies the
+start of a history expansion, normally @samp{!}. The second character is the
+character which signifies `quick substitution' when seen as the first
+character on a line, normally @samp{^}. The optional third character is the
+character which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when
+found as the first character of a word, usually @samp{#}. The history
+comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the
+remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell
+parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment.
+
+@item HISTCMD
+The history number, or index in the history list, of the current
+command. If @env{HISTCMD} is unset, it loses its special properties,
+even if it is subsequently reset.
+
+@item HISTCONTROL
+A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on
+the history list.
+If the list of values includes @samp{ignorespace}, lines which begin
+with a space character are not saved in the history list.
+A value of @samp{ignoredups} causes lines which match the previous
+history entry to not be saved.
+A value of @samp{ignoreboth} is shorthand for
+@samp{ignorespace} and @samp{ignoredups}.
+A value of @samp{erasedups} causes all previous lines matching the
+current line to be removed from the history list before that line
+is saved.
+Any value not in the above list is ignored.
+If @env{HISTCONTROL} is unset, or does not include a valid value,
+all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list,
+subject to the value of @env{HISTIGNORE}.
+The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
+not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
+@env{HISTCONTROL}.
+
+@item HISTFILE
+The name of the file to which the command history is saved. The
+default value is @file{~/.bash_history}.
+
+@item HISTFILESIZE
+The maximum number of lines contained in the history file.
+When this variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated,
+if necessary, to contain no more than that number of lines
+by removing the oldest entries.
+The history file is also truncated to this size after
+writing it when a shell exits.
+If the value is 0, the history file is truncated to zero size.
+Non-numeric values and numeric values less than zero inhibit truncation.
+The shell sets the default value to the value of @env{HISTSIZE}
+after reading any startup files.
+
+@item HISTIGNORE
+A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command
+lines should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is
+anchored at the beginning of the line and must match the complete
+line (no implicit @samp{*} is appended). Each pattern is tested
+against the line after the checks specified by @env{HISTCONTROL}
+are applied. In addition to the normal shell pattern matching
+characters, @samp{&} matches the previous history line. @samp{&}
+may be escaped using a backslash; the backslash is removed
+before attempting a match.
+The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are
+not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of
+@env{HISTIGNORE}.
+
+@env{HISTIGNORE} subsumes the function of @env{HISTCONTROL}. A
+pattern of @samp{&} is identical to @code{ignoredups}, and a
+pattern of @samp{[ ]*} is identical to @code{ignorespace}.
+Combining these two patterns, separating them with a colon,
+provides the functionality of @code{ignoreboth}.
+
+@item HISTSIZE
+The maximum number of commands to remember on the history list.
+If the value is 0, commands are not saved in the history list.
+Numeric values less than zero result in every command being saved
+on the history list (there is no limit).
+The shell sets the default value to 500 after reading any startup files.
+
+@item HISTTIMEFORMAT
+If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string
+for @var{strftime} to print the time stamp associated with each history
+entry displayed by the @code{history} builtin.
+If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so
+they may be preserved across shell sessions.
+This uses the history comment character to distinguish timestamps from
+other history lines.
+
+@item HOSTFILE
+Contains the name of a file in the same format as @file{/etc/hosts} that
+should be read when the shell needs to complete a hostname.
+The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the shell
+is running;
+the next time hostname completion is attempted after the
+value is changed, Bash adds the contents of the new file to the
+existing list.
+If @env{HOSTFILE} is set, but has no value, or does not name a readable file,
+Bash attempts to read
+@file{/etc/hosts} to obtain the list of possible hostname completions.
+When @env{HOSTFILE} is unset, the hostname list is cleared.
+
+@item HOSTNAME
+The name of the current host.
+
+@item HOSTTYPE
+A string describing the machine Bash is running on.
+
+@item IGNOREEOF
+Controls the action of the shell on receipt of an @code{EOF} character
+as the sole input. If set, the value denotes the number
+of consecutive @code{EOF} characters that can be read as the
+first character on an input line
+before the shell will exit. If the variable exists but does not
+have a numeric value (or has no value) then the default is 10.
+If the variable does not exist, then @code{EOF} signifies the end of
+input to the shell. This is only in effect for interactive shells.
+
+@item INPUTRC
+The name of the Readline initialization file, overriding the default
+of @file{~/.inputrc}.
+
+@item LANG
+Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically
+selected with a variable starting with @code{LC_}.
+
+@item LC_ALL
+This variable overrides the value of @env{LANG} and any other
+@code{LC_} variable specifying a locale category.
+
+@item LC_COLLATE
+This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the
+results of filename expansion, and
+determines the behavior of range expressions, equivalence classes,
+and collating sequences within filename expansion and pattern matching
+(@pxref{Filename Expansion}).
+
+@item LC_CTYPE
+This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the
+behavior of character classes within filename expansion and pattern
+matching (@pxref{Filename Expansion}).
+
+@item LC_MESSAGES
+This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted
+strings preceded by a @samp{$} (@pxref{Locale Translation}).
+
+@item LC_NUMERIC
+This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting.
+
+@item LINENO
+The line number in the script or shell function currently executing.
+
+@item LINES
+Used by the @code{select} command to determine the column length
+for printing selection lists.
+Automatically set if the @code{checkwinsize} option is enabled
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}), or in an interactive shell upon receipt of a
+@code{SIGWINCH}.
+
+@item MACHTYPE
+A string that fully describes the system type on which Bash
+is executing, in the standard @sc{gnu} @var{cpu-company-system} format.
+
+@item MAILCHECK
+How often (in seconds) that the shell should check for mail in the
+files specified in the @env{MAILPATH} or @env{MAIL} variables.
+The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check
+for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt.
+If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number
+greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking.
+
+@item MAPFILE
+An array variable created to hold the text read by the
+@code{mapfile} builtin when no variable name is supplied.
+
+@item OLDPWD
+The previous working directory as set by the @code{cd} builtin.
+
+@item OPTERR
+If set to the value 1, Bash displays error messages
+generated by the @code{getopts} builtin command.
+
+@item OSTYPE
+A string describing the operating system Bash is running on.
+
+@item PIPESTATUS
+An array variable (@pxref{Arrays})
+containing a list of exit status values from the processes
+in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may
+contain only a single command).
+
+@item POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If this variable is in the environment when Bash starts, the shell
+enters @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}) before reading the
+startup files, as if the @option{--posix} invocation option had been supplied.
+If it is set while the shell is running, Bash enables @sc{posix} mode,
+as if the command
+@example
+@code{set -o posix}
+@end example
+@noindent
+had been executed.
+
+@item PPID
+The process @sc{id} of the shell's parent process. This variable
+is readonly.
+
+@item PROMPT_COMMAND
+If set, the value is interpreted as a command to execute
+before the printing of each primary prompt (@env{$PS1}).
+
+@item PROMPT_DIRTRIM
+If set to a number greater than zero, the value is used as the number of
+trailing directory components to retain when expanding the @code{\w} and
+@code{\W} prompt string escapes (@pxref{Controlling the Prompt}).
+Characters removed are replaced with an ellipsis.
+
+@item PS3
+The value of this variable is used as the prompt for the
+@code{select} command. If this variable is not set, the
+@code{select} command prompts with @samp{#? }
+
+@item PS4
+The value is the prompt printed before the command line is echoed
+when the @option{-x} option is set (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+The first character of @env{PS4} is replicated multiple times, as
+necessary, to indicate multiple levels of indirection.
+The default is @samp{+ }.
+
+@item PWD
+The current working directory as set by the @code{cd} builtin.
+
+@item RANDOM
+Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer
+between 0 and 32767 is generated. Assigning a value to this
+variable seeds the random number generator.
+
+@item READLINE_LINE
+The contents of the Readline line buffer, for use
+with @samp{bind -x} (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item READLINE_POINT
+The position of the insertion point in the Readline line buffer, for use
+with @samp{bind -x} (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item REPLY
+The default variable for the @code{read} builtin.
+
+@item SECONDS
+This variable expands to the number of seconds since the
+shell was started. Assignment to this variable resets
+the count to the value assigned, and the expanded value
+becomes the value assigned plus the number of seconds
+since the assignment.
+
+@item SHELL
+The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable.
+If it is not set when the shell starts,
+Bash assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell.
+
+@item SHELLOPTS
+A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in
+the list is a valid argument for the @option{-o} option to the
+@code{set} builtin command (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+The options appearing in @env{SHELLOPTS} are those reported
+as @samp{on} by @samp{set -o}.
+If this variable is in the environment when Bash
+starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before
+reading any startup files. This variable is readonly.
+
+@item SHLVL
+Incremented by one each time a new instance of Bash is started. This is
+intended to be a count of how deeply your Bash shells are nested.
+
+@item TIMEFORMAT
+The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying
+how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the @code{time}
+reserved word should be displayed.
+The @samp{%} character introduces an
+escape sequence that is expanded to a time value or other
+information.
+The escape sequences and their meanings are as
+follows; the braces denote optional portions.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item %%
+A literal @samp{%}.
+
+@item %[@var{p}][l]R
+The elapsed time in seconds.
+
+@item %[@var{p}][l]U
+The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode.
+
+@item %[@var{p}][l]S
+The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode.
+
+@item %P
+The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R.
+@end table
+
+The optional @var{p} is a digit specifying the precision, the number of
+fractional digits after a decimal point.
+A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output.
+At most three places after the decimal point may be specified; values
+of @var{p} greater than 3 are changed to 3.
+If @var{p} is not specified, the value 3 is used.
+
+The optional @code{l} specifies a longer format, including minutes, of
+the form @var{MM}m@var{SS}.@var{FF}s.
+The value of @var{p} determines whether or not the fraction is included.
+
+If this variable is not set, Bash acts as if it had the value
+@example
+@code{$'\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS'}
+@end example
+If the value is null, no timing information is displayed.
+A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed.
+
+@item TMOUT
+If set to a value greater than zero, @code{TMOUT} is treated as the
+default timeout for the @code{read} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+The @code{select} command (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}) terminates
+if input does not arrive after @code{TMOUT} seconds when input is coming
+from a terminal.
+
+In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as
+the number of seconds to wait for a line of input after issuing
+the primary prompt.
+Bash
+terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if a complete
+line of input does not arrive.
+
+@item TMPDIR
+If set, Bash uses its value as the name of a directory in which
+Bash creates temporary files for the shell's use.
+
+@item UID
+The numeric real user id of the current user. This variable is readonly.
+
+@end vtable
+
+@node Bash Features
+@chapter Bash Features
+
+This chapter describes features unique to Bash.
+
+@menu
+* Invoking Bash:: Command line options that you can give
+ to Bash.
+* Bash Startup Files:: When and how Bash executes scripts.
+* Interactive Shells:: What an interactive shell is.
+* Bash Conditional Expressions:: Primitives used in composing expressions for
+ the @code{test} builtin.
+* Shell Arithmetic:: Arithmetic on shell variables.
+* Aliases:: Substituting one command for another.
+* Arrays:: Array Variables.
+* The Directory Stack:: History of visited directories.
+* Controlling the Prompt:: Customizing the various prompt strings.
+* The Restricted Shell:: A more controlled mode of shell execution.
+* Bash POSIX Mode:: Making Bash behave more closely to what
+ the POSIX standard specifies.
+@end menu
+
+@node Invoking Bash
+@section Invoking Bash
+
+@example
+bash [long-opt] [-ir] [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] [@var{argument} @dots{}]
+bash [long-opt] [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] -c @var{string} [@var{argument} @dots{}]
+bash [long-opt] -s [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] [@var{argument} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+All of the single-character options used with the @code{set} builtin
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}) can be used as options when the shell is invoked.
+In addition, there are several multi-character
+options that you can use. These options must appear on the command
+line before the single-character options to be recognized.
+
+@table @code
+@item --debugger
+Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell
+starts. Turns on extended debugging mode (see @ref{The Shopt Builtin}
+for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt}
+builtin).
+
+@item --dump-po-strings
+A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by @samp{$}
+is printed on the standard output
+in the @sc{gnu} @code{gettext} PO (portable object) file format.
+Equivalent to @option{-D} except for the output format.
+
+@item --dump-strings
+Equivalent to @option{-D}.
+
+@item --help
+Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully.
+
+@item --init-file @var{filename}
+@itemx --rcfile @var{filename}
+Execute commands from @var{filename} (instead of @file{~/.bashrc})
+in an interactive shell.
+
+@item --login
+Equivalent to @option{-l}.
+
+@item --noediting
+Do not use the @sc{gnu} Readline library (@pxref{Command Line Editing})
+to read command lines when the shell is interactive.
+
+@item --noprofile
+Don't load the system-wide startup file @file{/etc/profile}
+or any of the personal initialization files
+@file{~/.bash_profile}, @file{~/.bash_login}, or @file{~/.profile}
+when Bash is invoked as a login shell.
+
+@item --norc
+Don't read the @file{~/.bashrc} initialization file in an
+interactive shell. This is on by default if the shell is
+invoked as @code{sh}.
+
+@item --posix
+Change the behavior of Bash where the default operation differs
+from the @sc{posix} standard to match the standard. This
+is intended to make Bash behave as a strict superset of that
+standard. @xref{Bash POSIX Mode}, for a description of the Bash
+@sc{posix} mode.
+
+@item --restricted
+Make the shell a restricted shell (@pxref{The Restricted Shell}).
+
+@item --verbose
+Equivalent to @option{-v}. Print shell input lines as they're read.
+
+@item --version
+Show version information for this instance of
+Bash on the standard output and exit successfully.
+@end table
+
+There are several single-character options that may be supplied at
+invocation which are not available with the @code{set} builtin.
+
+@table @code
+@item -c
+Read and execute commands from the first non-option argument
+@var{command_string}, then exit.
+If there are arguments after the @var{command_string},
+the first argument is assigned to @code{$0}
+and any remaining arguments are assigned to the positional parameters.
+The assignment to @code{$0} sets the name of the shell, which is used
+in warning and error messages.
+
+@item -i
+Force the shell to run interactively. Interactive shells are
+described in @ref{Interactive Shells}.
+
+@item -l
+Make this shell act as if it had been directly invoked by login.
+When the shell is interactive, this is equivalent to starting a
+login shell with @samp{exec -l bash}.
+When the shell is not interactive, the login shell startup files will
+be executed.
+@samp{exec bash -l} or @samp{exec bash --login}
+will replace the current shell with a Bash login shell.
+@xref{Bash Startup Files}, for a description of the special behavior
+of a login shell.
+
+@item -r
+Make the shell a restricted shell (@pxref{The Restricted Shell}).
+
+@item -s
+If this option is present, or if no arguments remain after option
+processing, then commands are read from the standard input.
+This option allows the positional parameters to be set
+when invoking an interactive shell.
+
+@item -D
+A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by @samp{$}
+is printed on the standard output.
+These are the strings that
+are subject to language translation when the current locale
+is not @code{C} or @code{POSIX} (@pxref{Locale Translation}).
+This implies the @option{-n} option; no commands will be executed.
+
+@item [-+]O [@var{shopt_option}]
+@var{shopt_option} is one of the shell options accepted by the
+@code{shopt} builtin (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+If @var{shopt_option} is present, @option{-O} sets the value of that option;
+@option{+O} unsets it.
+If @var{shopt_option} is not supplied, the names and values of the shell
+options accepted by @code{shopt} are printed on the standard output.
+If the invocation option is @option{+O}, the output is displayed in a format
+that may be reused as input.
+
+@item --
+A @code{--} signals the end of options and disables further option
+processing.
+Any arguments after the @code{--} are treated as filenames and arguments.
+@end table
+
+@cindex login shell
+A @emph{login} shell is one whose first character of argument zero is
+@samp{-}, or one invoked with the @option{--login} option.
+
+@cindex interactive shell
+An @emph{interactive} shell is one started without non-option arguments,
+unless @option{-s} is specified,
+without specifying the @option{-c} option, and whose input and output are both
+connected to terminals (as determined by @code{isatty(3)}), or one
+started with the @option{-i} option. @xref{Interactive Shells}, for more
+information.
+
+If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the
+@option{-c} nor the @option{-s}
+option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to
+be the name of a file containing shell commands (@pxref{Shell Scripts}).
+When Bash is invoked in this fashion, @code{$0}
+is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters
+are set to the remaining arguments.
+Bash reads and executes commands from this file, then exits.
+Bash's exit status is the exit status of the last command executed
+in the script. If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0.
+
+@node Bash Startup Files
+@section Bash Startup Files
+@cindex startup files
+
+This section describes how Bash executes its startup files.
+If any of the files exist but cannot be read, Bash reports an error.
+Tildes are expanded in filenames as described above under
+Tilde Expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}).
+
+Interactive shells are described in @ref{Interactive Shells}.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked as an interactive login shell, or with @option{--login}
+
+When Bash is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a
+non-interactive shell with the @option{--login} option, it first reads and
+executes commands from the file @file{/etc/profile}, if that file exists.
+After reading that file, it looks for @file{~/.bash_profile},
+@file{~/.bash_login}, and @file{~/.profile}, in that order, and reads
+and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable.
+The @option{--noprofile} option may be used when the shell is started to
+inhibit this behavior.
+
+When a login shell exits, Bash reads and executes commands from
+the file @file{~/.bash_logout}, if it exists.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked as an interactive non-login shell
+
+When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started, Bash
+reads and executes commands from @file{~/.bashrc}, if that file exists.
+This may be inhibited by using the @option{--norc} option.
+The @option{--rcfile @var{file}} option will force Bash to read and
+execute commands from @var{file} instead of @file{~/.bashrc}.
+
+So, typically, your @file{~/.bash_profile} contains the line
+@example
+@code{if [ -f ~/.bashrc ]; then . ~/.bashrc; fi}
+@end example
+@noindent
+after (or before) any login-specific initializations.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked non-interactively
+
+When Bash is started non-interactively, to run a shell script,
+for example, it looks for the variable @env{BASH_ENV} in the environment,
+expands its value if it appears there, and uses the expanded value as
+the name of a file to read and execute. Bash behaves as if the
+following command were executed:
+@example
+@code{if [ -n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi}
+@end example
+@noindent
+but the value of the @env{PATH} variable is not used to search for the
+filename.
+
+As noted above, if a non-interactive shell is invoked with the
+@option{--login} option, Bash attempts to read and execute commands from the
+login shell startup files.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked with name @code{sh}
+
+If Bash is invoked with the name @code{sh}, it tries to mimic the
+startup behavior of historical versions of @code{sh} as closely as
+possible, while conforming to the @sc{posix} standard as well.
+
+When invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive
+shell with the @option{--login} option, it first attempts to read
+and execute commands from @file{/etc/profile} and @file{~/.profile}, in
+that order.
+The @option{--noprofile} option may be used to inhibit this behavior.
+When invoked as an interactive shell with the name @code{sh}, Bash
+looks for the variable @env{ENV}, expands its value if it is defined,
+and uses the expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute.
+Since a shell invoked as @code{sh} does not attempt to read and execute
+commands from any other startup files, the @option{--rcfile} option has
+no effect.
+A non-interactive shell invoked with the name @code{sh} does not attempt
+to read any other startup files.
+
+When invoked as @code{sh}, Bash enters @sc{posix} mode after
+the startup files are read.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked in @sc{posix} mode
+
+When Bash is started in @sc{posix} mode, as with the
+@option{--posix} command line option, it follows the @sc{posix} standard
+for startup files.
+In this mode, interactive shells expand the @env{ENV} variable
+and commands are read and executed from the file whose name is the
+expanded value.
+No other startup files are read.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked by remote shell daemon
+
+Bash attempts to determine when it is being run with its standard input
+connected to a network connection, as when executed by the remote shell
+daemon, usually @code{rshd}, or the secure shell daemon @code{sshd}.
+If Bash determines it is being run in
+this fashion, it reads and executes commands from @file{~/.bashrc}, if that
+file exists and is readable.
+It will not do this if invoked as @code{sh}.
+The @option{--norc} option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the
+@option{--rcfile} option may be used to force another file to be read, but
+neither @code{rshd} nor @code{sshd} generally invoke the shell with those
+options or allow them to be specified.
+
+@subsubheading Invoked with unequal effective and real @sc{uid/gid}s
+
+If Bash is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the
+real user (group) id, and the @option{-p} option is not supplied, no startup
+files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment,
+the @env{SHELLOPTS}, @env{BASHOPTS}, @env{CDPATH}, and @env{GLOBIGNORE}
+variables, if they appear in the environment, are ignored, and the effective
+user id is set to the real user id.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is
+the same, but the effective user id is not reset.
+
+@node Interactive Shells
+@section Interactive Shells
+@cindex interactive shell
+@cindex shell, interactive
+
+@menu
+* What is an Interactive Shell?:: What determines whether a shell is Interactive.
+* Is this Shell Interactive?:: How to tell if a shell is interactive.
+* Interactive Shell Behavior:: What changes in a interactive shell?
+@end menu
+
+@node What is an Interactive Shell?
+@subsection What is an Interactive Shell?
+
+An interactive shell
+is one started without non-option arguments, unless @option{-s} is
+specified, without specifying the @option{-c} option, and
+whose input and error output are both
+connected to terminals (as determined by @code{isatty(3)}),
+or one started with the @option{-i} option.
+
+An interactive shell generally reads from and writes to a user's
+terminal.
+
+The @option{-s} invocation option may be used to set the positional parameters
+when an interactive shell is started.
+
+@node Is this Shell Interactive?
+@subsection Is this Shell Interactive?
+
+To determine within a startup script whether or not Bash is
+running interactively,
+test the value of the @samp{-} special parameter.
+It contains @code{i} when the shell is interactive. For example:
+
+@example
+case "$-" in
+*i*) echo This shell is interactive ;;
+*) echo This shell is not interactive ;;
+esac
+@end example
+
+Alternatively, startup scripts may examine the variable
+@env{PS1}; it is unset in non-interactive shells, and set in
+interactive shells. Thus:
+
+@example
+if [ -z "$PS1" ]; then
+ echo This shell is not interactive
+else
+ echo This shell is interactive
+fi
+@end example
+
+@node Interactive Shell Behavior
+@subsection Interactive Shell Behavior
+
+When the shell is running interactively, it changes its behavior in
+several ways.
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Startup files are read and executed as described in @ref{Bash Startup Files}.
+
+@item
+Job Control (@pxref{Job Control}) is enabled by default. When job
+control is in effect, Bash ignores the keyboard-generated job control
+signals @code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}.
+
+@item
+Bash expands and displays @env{PS1} before reading the first line
+of a command, and expands and displays @env{PS2} before reading the
+second and subsequent lines of a multi-line command.
+
+@item
+Bash executes the value of the @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} variable as a command
+before printing the primary prompt, @env{$PS1}
+(@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item
+Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) is used to read commands from
+the user's terminal.
+
+@item
+Bash inspects the value of the @code{ignoreeof} option to @code{set -o}
+instead of exiting immediately when it receives an @code{EOF} on its
+standard input when reading a command (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item
+Command history (@pxref{Bash History Facilities})
+and history expansion (@pxref{History Interaction})
+are enabled by default.
+Bash will save the command history to the file named by @env{$HISTFILE}
+when a shell with history enabled exits.
+
+@item
+Alias expansion (@pxref{Aliases}) is performed by default.
+
+@item
+In the absence of any traps, Bash ignores @code{SIGTERM}
+(@pxref{Signals}).
+
+@item
+In the absence of any traps, @code{SIGINT} is caught and handled
+((@pxref{Signals}).
+@code{SIGINT} will interrupt some shell builtins.
+
+@item
+An interactive login shell sends a @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs on exit
+if the @code{huponexit} shell option has been enabled (@pxref{Signals}).
+
+@item
+The @option{-n} invocation option is ignored, and @samp{set -n} has
+no effect (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item
+Bash will check for mail periodically, depending on the values of the
+@env{MAIL}, @env{MAILPATH}, and @env{MAILCHECK} shell variables
+(@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item
+Expansion errors due to references to unbound shell variables after
+@samp{set -u} has been enabled will not cause the shell to exit
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item
+The shell will not exit on expansion errors caused by @var{var} being unset
+or null in @code{$@{@var{var}:?@var{word}@}} expansions
+(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+Redirection errors encountered by shell builtins will not cause the
+shell to exit.
+
+@item
+When running in @sc{posix} mode, a special builtin returning an error
+status will not cause the shell to exit (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}).
+
+@item
+A failed @code{exec} will not cause the shell to exit
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Parser syntax errors will not cause the shell to exit.
+
+@item
+Simple spelling correction for directory arguments to the @code{cd}
+builtin is enabled by default (see the description of the @code{cdspell}
+option to the @code{shopt} builtin in @ref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+
+@item
+The shell will check the value of the @env{TMOUT} variable and exit
+if a command is not read within the specified number of seconds after
+printing @env{$PS1} (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Bash Conditional Expressions
+@section Bash Conditional Expressions
+@cindex expressions, conditional
+
+Conditional expressions are used by the @code{[[} compound command
+and the @code{test} and @code{[} builtin commands.
+
+Expressions may be unary or binary.
+Unary expressions are often used to examine the status of a file.
+There are string operators and numeric comparison operators as well.
+If the @var{file} argument to one of the primaries is of the form
+@file{/dev/fd/@var{N}}, then file descriptor @var{N} is checked.
+If the @var{file} argument to one of the primaries is one of
+@file{/dev/stdin}, @file{/dev/stdout}, or @file{/dev/stderr}, file
+descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked.
+
+When used with @code{[[}, the @samp{<} and @samp{>} operators sort
+lexicographically using the current locale.
+The @code{test} command uses ASCII ordering.
+
+Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic
+links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself.
+
+@table @code
+@item -a @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists.
+
+@item -b @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a block special file.
+
+@item -c @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a character special file.
+
+@item -d @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a directory.
+
+@item -e @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists.
+
+@item -f @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a regular file.
+
+@item -g @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and its set-group-id bit is set.
+
+@item -h @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link.
+
+@item -k @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and its "sticky" bit is set.
+
+@item -p @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a named pipe (FIFO).
+
+@item -r @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is readable.
+
+@item -s @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and has a size greater than zero.
+
+@item -t @var{fd}
+True if file descriptor @var{fd} is open and refers to a terminal.
+
+@item -u @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and its set-user-id bit is set.
+
+@item -w @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is writable.
+
+@item -x @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is executable.
+
+@item -G @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is owned by the effective group id.
+
+@item -L @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link.
+
+@item -N @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and has been modified since it was last read.
+
+@item -O @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is owned by the effective user id.
+
+@item -S @var{file}
+True if @var{file} exists and is a socket.
+
+@item @var{file1} -ef @var{file2}
+True if @var{file1} and @var{file2} refer to the same device and
+inode numbers.
+
+@item @var{file1} -nt @var{file2}
+True if @var{file1} is newer (according to modification date)
+than @var{file2}, or if @var{file1} exists and @var{file2} does not.
+
+@item @var{file1} -ot @var{file2}
+True if @var{file1} is older than @var{file2},
+or if @var{file2} exists and @var{file1} does not.
+
+@item -o @var{optname}
+True if the shell option @var{optname} is enabled.
+The list of options appears in the description of the @option{-o}
+option to the @code{set} builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item -v @var{varname}
+True if the shell variable @var{varname} is set (has been assigned a value).
+
+@item -R @var{varname}
+True if the shell variable @var{varname} is set and is a name reference.
+
+@item -z @var{string}
+True if the length of @var{string} is zero.
+
+@item -n @var{string}
+@itemx @var{string}
+True if the length of @var{string} is non-zero.
+
+@item @var{string1} == @var{string2}
+@itemx @var{string1} = @var{string2}
+True if the strings are equal.
+When used with the @code{[[} command, this performs pattern matching as
+described above (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@samp{=} should be used with the @code{test} command for @sc{posix} conformance.
+
+@item @var{string1} != @var{string2}
+True if the strings are not equal.
+
+@item @var{string1} < @var{string2}
+True if @var{string1} sorts before @var{string2} lexicographically.
+
+@item @var{string1} > @var{string2}
+True if @var{string1} sorts after @var{string2} lexicographically.
+
+@item @var{arg1} OP @var{arg2}
+@code{OP} is one of
+@samp{-eq}, @samp{-ne}, @samp{-lt}, @samp{-le}, @samp{-gt}, or @samp{-ge}.
+These arithmetic binary operators return true if @var{arg1}
+is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to,
+greater than, or greater than or equal to @var{arg2},
+respectively. @var{Arg1} and @var{arg2}
+may be positive or negative integers.
+@end table
+
+@node Shell Arithmetic
+@section Shell Arithmetic
+@cindex arithmetic, shell
+@cindex shell arithmetic
+@cindex expressions, arithmetic
+@cindex evaluation, arithmetic
+@cindex arithmetic evaluation
+
+The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, as one of
+the shell expansions or by the @code{let} and the @option{-i} option
+to the @code{declare} builtins.
+
+Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow,
+though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error.
+The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values
+are the same as in the C language.
+The following list of operators is grouped into levels of
+equal-precedence operators.
+The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item @var{id}++ @var{id}--
+variable post-increment and post-decrement
+
+@item ++@var{id} --@var{id}
+variable pre-increment and pre-decrement
+
+@item - +
+unary minus and plus
+
+@item ! ~
+logical and bitwise negation
+
+@item **
+exponentiation
+
+@item * / %
+multiplication, division, remainder
+
+@item + -
+addition, subtraction
+
+@item << >>
+left and right bitwise shifts
+
+@item <= >= < >
+comparison
+
+@item == !=
+equality and inequality
+
+@item &
+bitwise AND
+
+@item ^
+bitwise exclusive OR
+
+@item |
+bitwise OR
+
+@item &&
+logical AND
+
+@item ||
+logical OR
+
+@item expr ? expr : expr
+conditional operator
+
+@item = *= /= %= += -= <<= >>= &= ^= |=
+assignment
+
+@item expr1 , expr2
+comma
+@end table
+
+Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is
+performed before the expression is evaluated.
+Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name
+without using the parameter expansion syntax.
+A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced
+by name without using the parameter expansion syntax.
+The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression
+when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the
+@var{integer} attribute using @samp{declare -i} is assigned a value.
+A null value evaluates to 0.
+A shell variable need not have its @var{integer} attribute turned on
+to be used in an expression.
+
+Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers.
+A leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} denotes hexadecimal. Otherwise,
+numbers take the form [@var{base}@code{#}]@var{n}, where the optional @var{base}
+is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic
+base, and @var{n} is a number in that base.
+If @var{base}@code{#} is omitted, then base 10 is used.
+When specifying @var{n},
+he digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters,
+the uppercase letters, @samp{@@}, and @samp{_}, in that order.
+If @var{base} is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase
+letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10
+and 35.
+
+Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in
+parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence
+rules above.
+
+@node Aliases
+@section Aliases
+@cindex alias expansion
+
+@var{Aliases} allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used
+as the first word of a simple command.
+The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with
+the @code{alias} and @code{unalias} builtin commands.
+
+The first word of each simple command, if unquoted, is checked to see
+if it has an alias.
+If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias.
+The characters @samp{/}, @samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{=} and any of the
+shell metacharacters or quoting characters listed above may not appear
+in an alias name.
+The replacement text may contain any valid
+shell input, including shell metacharacters.
+The first word of the replacement text is tested for
+aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded
+is not expanded a second time.
+This means that one may alias @code{ls} to @code{"ls -F"},
+for instance, and Bash does not try to recursively expand the
+replacement text.
+If the last character of the alias value is a
+@var{blank}, then the next command word following the
+alias is also checked for alias expansion.
+
+Aliases are created and listed with the @code{alias}
+command, and removed with the @code{unalias} command.
+
+There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text,
+as in @code{csh}.
+If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used
+(@pxref{Shell Functions}).
+
+Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive,
+unless the @code{expand_aliases} shell option is set using
+@code{shopt} (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+
+The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are
+somewhat confusing. Bash
+always reads at least one complete line
+of input before executing any
+of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a
+command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an
+alias definition appearing on the same line as another
+command does not take effect until the next line of input is read.
+The commands following the alias definition
+on that line are not affected by the new alias.
+This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed.
+Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read,
+not when the function is executed, because a function definition
+is itself a command. As a consequence, aliases
+defined in a function are not available until after that
+function is executed. To be safe, always put
+alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use @code{alias}
+in compound commands.
+
+For almost every purpose, shell functions are preferred over aliases.
+
+@node Arrays
+@section Arrays
+@cindex arrays
+
+Bash provides one-dimensional indexed and associative array variables.
+Any variable may be used as an indexed array;
+the @code{declare} builtin will explicitly declare an array.
+There is no maximum
+limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members
+be indexed or assigned contiguously.
+Indexed arrays are referenced using integers (including arithmetic
+expressions (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic})) and are zero-based;
+associative arrays use arbitrary strings.
+Unless otherwise noted, indexed array indices must be non-negative integers.
+
+An indexed array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to
+using the syntax
+@example
+@var{name}[@var{subscript}]=@var{value}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The @var{subscript}
+is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number.
+To explicitly declare an array, use
+@example
+declare -a @var{name}
+@end example
+@noindent
+The syntax
+@example
+declare -a @var{name}[@var{subscript}]
+@end example
+@noindent
+is also accepted; the @var{subscript} is ignored.
+
+@noindent
+Associative arrays are created using
+@example
+declare -A @var{name}.
+@end example
+
+Attributes may be
+specified for an array variable using the @code{declare} and
+@code{readonly} builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of
+an array.
+
+Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form
+@example
+@var{name}=(@var{value1} @var{value2} @dots{} )
+@end example
+@noindent
+where each
+@var{value} is of the form @code{[@var{subscript}]=}@var{string}.
+Indexed array assignments do not require anything but @var{string}.
+When assigning to indexed arrays, if
+the optional subscript is supplied, that index is assigned to;
+otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned
+to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero.
+
+When assigning to an associative array, the subscript is required.
+
+This syntax is also accepted by the @code{declare}
+builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the
+@code{@var{name}[@var{subscript}]=@var{value}} syntax introduced above.
+
+When assigning to an indexed array, if @var{name}
+is subscripted by a negative number, that number is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of
+@var{name}, so negative indices count back from the end of the
+array, and an index of -1 references the last element.
+
+Any element of an array may be referenced using
+@code{$@{@var{name}[@var{subscript}]@}}.
+The braces are required to avoid
+conflicts with the shell's filename expansion operators. If the
+@var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, the word expands to all members
+of the array @var{name}. These subscripts differ only when the word
+appears within double quotes.
+If the word is double-quoted,
+@code{$@{@var{name}[*]@}} expands to a single word with
+the value of each array member separated by the first character of the
+@env{IFS} variable, and @code{$@{@var{name}[@@]@}} expands each element of
+@var{name} to a separate word. When there are no array members,
+@code{$@{@var{name}[@@]@}} expands to nothing.
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
+This is analogous to the
+expansion of the special parameters @samp{@@} and @samp{*}.
+@code{$@{#@var{name}[@var{subscript}]@}} expands to the length of
+@code{$@{@var{name}[@var{subscript}]@}}.
+If @var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or
+@samp{*}, the expansion is the number of elements in the array.
+If the @var{subscript}
+used to reference an element of an indexed array
+evaluates to a number less than zero, it is
+interpreted as relative to one greater than the maximum index of the array,
+so negative indices count back from the end of the array,
+and an index of -1 refers to the last element.
+
+Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to
+referencing with a subscript of 0.
+Any reference to a variable using a valid subscript is legal, and
+@code{bash} will create an array if necessary.
+
+An array variable is considered set if a subscript has been assigned a
+value. The null string is a valid value.
+
+It is possible to obtain the keys (indices) of an array as well as the values.
+$@{!@var{name}[@@]@} and $@{!@var{name}[*]@} expand to the indices
+assigned in array variable @var{name}.
+The treatment when in double quotes is similar to the expansion of the
+special parameters @samp{@@} and @samp{*} within double quotes.
+
+The @code{unset} builtin is used to destroy arrays.
+@code{unset @var{name}[@var{subscript}]}
+destroys the array element at index @var{subscript}.
+Negative subscripts to indexed arrays are interpreted as described above.
+Care must be taken to avoid unwanted side effects caused by filename
+expansion.
+@code{unset @var{name}}, where @var{name} is an array, removes the
+entire array. A subscript of @samp{*} or @samp{@@} also removes the
+entire array.
+
+The @code{declare}, @code{local}, and @code{readonly}
+builtins each accept a @option{-a} option to specify an indexed
+array and a @option{-A} option to specify an associative array.
+If both options are supplied, @option{-A} takes precedence.
+The @code{read} builtin accepts a @option{-a}
+option to assign a list of words read from the standard input
+to an array, and can read values from the standard input into
+individual array elements. The @code{set} and @code{declare}
+builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be
+reused as input.
+
+@node The Directory Stack
+@section The Directory Stack
+@cindex directory stack
+
+@menu
+* Directory Stack Builtins:: Bash builtin commands to manipulate
+ the directory stack.
+@end menu
+
+The directory stack is a list of recently-visited directories. The
+@code{pushd} builtin adds directories to the stack as it changes
+the current directory, and the @code{popd} builtin removes specified
+directories from the stack and changes the current directory to
+the directory removed. The @code{dirs} builtin displays the contents
+of the directory stack.
+
+The contents of the directory stack are also visible
+as the value of the @env{DIRSTACK} shell variable.
+
+@node Directory Stack Builtins
+@subsection Directory Stack Builtins
+
+@table @code
+
+@item dirs
+@btindex dirs
+@example
+dirs [-clpv] [+@var{N} | -@var{N}]
+@end example
+
+Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories
+are added to the list with the @code{pushd} command; the
+@code{popd} command removes directories from the list.
+
+@table @code
+@item -c
+Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements.
+@item -l
+Produces a listing using full pathnames;
+the default listing format uses a tilde to denote the home directory.
+@item -p
+Causes @code{dirs} to print the directory stack with one entry per
+line.
+@item -v
+Causes @code{dirs} to print the directory stack with one entry per
+line, prefixing each entry with its index in the stack.
+@item +@var{N}
+Displays the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the
+list printed by @code{dirs} when invoked without options), starting
+with zero.
+@item -@var{N}
+Displays the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the
+list printed by @code{dirs} when invoked without options), starting
+with zero.
+@end table
+
+@item popd
+@btindex popd
+@example
+popd [-n] [+@var{N} | -@var{N}]
+@end example
+
+Remove the top entry from the directory stack, and @code{cd}
+to the new top directory.
+When no arguments are given, @code{popd}
+removes the top directory from the stack and
+performs a @code{cd} to the new top directory. The
+elements are numbered from 0 starting at the first directory listed with
+@code{dirs}; that is, @code{popd} is equivalent to @code{popd +0}.
+
+@table @code
+@item -n
+Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories
+from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
+@item +@var{N}
+Removes the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the
+list printed by @code{dirs}), starting with zero.
+@item -@var{N}
+Removes the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the
+list printed by @code{dirs}), starting with zero.
+@end table
+
+@btindex pushd
+@item pushd
+@example
+pushd [-n] [@var{+N} | @var{-N} | @var{dir}]
+@end example
+
+Save the current directory on the top of the directory stack
+and then @code{cd} to @var{dir}.
+With no arguments, @code{pushd} exchanges the top two directories.
+
+@table @code
+@item -n
+Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories
+to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated.
+@item +@var{N}
+Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the
+list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of
+the list by rotating the stack.
+@item -@var{N}
+Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the
+list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of
+the list by rotating the stack.
+@item @var{dir}
+Makes the current working directory be the top of the stack, making
+it the new current directory as if it had been supplied as an argument
+to the @code{cd} builtin.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node Controlling the Prompt
+@section Controlling the Prompt
+@cindex prompting
+
+The value of the variable @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} is examined just before
+Bash prints each primary prompt. If @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} is set and
+has a non-null value, then the
+value is executed just as if it had been typed on the command line.
+
+In addition, the following table describes the special characters which
+can appear in the prompt variables @env{PS1} to @env{PS4}:
+
+@table @code
+@item \a
+A bell character.
+@item \d
+The date, in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26").
+@item \D@{@var{format}@}
+The @var{format} is passed to @code{strftime}(3) and the result is inserted
+into the prompt string; an empty @var{format} results in a locale-specific
+time representation. The braces are required.
+@item \e
+An escape character.
+@item \h
+The hostname, up to the first `.'.
+@item \H
+The hostname.
+@item \j
+The number of jobs currently managed by the shell.
+@item \l
+The basename of the shell's terminal device name.
+@item \n
+A newline.
+@item \r
+A carriage return.
+@item \s
+The name of the shell, the basename of @code{$0} (the portion
+following the final slash).
+@item \t
+The time, in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format.
+@item \T
+The time, in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format.
+@item \@@
+The time, in 12-hour am/pm format.
+@item \A
+The time, in 24-hour HH:MM format.
+@item \u
+The username of the current user.
+@item \v
+The version of Bash (e.g., 2.00)
+@item \V
+The release of Bash, version + patchlevel (e.g., 2.00.0)
+@item \w
+The current working directory, with @env{$HOME} abbreviated with a tilde
+(uses the @env{$PROMPT_DIRTRIM} variable).
+@item \W
+The basename of @env{$PWD}, with @env{$HOME} abbreviated with a tilde.
+@item \!
+The history number of this command.
+@item \#
+The command number of this command.
+@item \$
+If the effective uid is 0, @code{#}, otherwise @code{$}.
+@item \@var{nnn}
+The character whose ASCII code is the octal value @var{nnn}.
+@item \\
+A backslash.
+@item \[
+Begin a sequence of non-printing characters. This could be used to
+embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt.
+@item \]
+End a sequence of non-printing characters.
+@end table
+
+The command number and the history number are usually different:
+the history number of a command is its position in the history
+list, which may include commands restored from the history file
+(@pxref{Bash History Facilities}), while the command number is
+the position in the sequence of commands executed during the current
+shell session.
+
+After the string is decoded, it is expanded via
+parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
+expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the
+@code{promptvars} shell option (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@node The Restricted Shell
+@section The Restricted Shell
+@cindex restricted shell
+
+If Bash is started with the name @code{rbash}, or the
+@option{--restricted}
+or
+@option{-r}
+option is supplied at invocation, the shell becomes restricted.
+A restricted shell is used to
+set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell.
+A restricted shell behaves identically to @code{bash}
+with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Changing directories with the @code{cd} builtin.
+@item
+Setting or unsetting the values of the @env{SHELL}, @env{PATH},
+@env{ENV}, or @env{BASH_ENV} variables.
+@item
+Specifying command names containing slashes.
+@item
+Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the @code{.}
+builtin command.
+@item
+Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the @option{-p}
+option to the @code{hash} builtin command.
+@item
+Importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup.
+@item
+Parsing the value of @env{SHELLOPTS} from the shell environment at startup.
+@item
+Redirecting output using the @samp{>}, @samp{>|}, @samp{<>}, @samp{>&},
+@samp{&>}, and @samp{>>} redirection operators.
+@item
+Using the @code{exec} builtin to replace the shell with another command.
+@item
+Adding or deleting builtin commands with the
+@option{-f} and @option{-d} options to the @code{enable} builtin.
+@item
+Using the @code{enable} builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins.
+@item
+Specifying the @option{-p} option to the @code{command} builtin.
+@item
+Turning off restricted mode with @samp{set +r} or @samp{set +o restricted}.
+@end itemize
+
+These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read.
+
+When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed
+(@pxref{Shell Scripts}), @code{rbash} turns off any restrictions in
+the shell spawned to execute the script.
+
+@node Bash POSIX Mode
+@section Bash POSIX Mode
+@cindex POSIX Mode
+
+Starting Bash with the @option{--posix} command-line option or executing
+@samp{set -o posix} while Bash is running will cause Bash to conform more
+closely to the @sc{posix} standard by changing the behavior to
+match that specified by @sc{posix} in areas where the Bash default differs.
+
+When invoked as @code{sh}, Bash enters @sc{posix} mode after reading the
+startup files.
+
+The following list is what's changed when `@sc{posix} mode' is in effect:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+When a command in the hash table no longer exists, Bash will re-search
+@env{$PATH} to find the new location. This is also available with
+@samp{shopt -s checkhash}.
+
+@item
+The message printed by the job control code and builtins when a job
+exits with a non-zero status is `Done(status)'.
+
+@item
+The message printed by the job control code and builtins when a job
+is stopped is `Stopped(@var{signame})', where @var{signame} is, for
+example, @code{SIGTSTP}.
+
+@item
+The @code{bg} builtin uses the required format to describe each job placed
+in the background, which does not include an indication of whether the job
+is the current or previous job.
+
+@item
+Reserved words appearing in a context where reserved words are recognized
+do not undergo alias expansion.
+
+@item
+The @sc{posix} @env{PS1} and @env{PS2} expansions of @samp{!} to
+the history number and @samp{!!} to @samp{!} are enabled,
+and parameter expansion is performed on the values of @env{PS1} and
+@env{PS2} regardless of the setting of the @code{promptvars} option.
+
+@item
+The @sc{posix} startup files are executed (@env{$ENV}) rather than
+the normal Bash files.
+
+@item
+Tilde expansion is only performed on assignments preceding a command
+name, rather than on all assignment statements on the line.
+
+@item
+The @code{command} builtin does not prevent builtins that take assignment
+statements as arguments from expanding them as assignment statements;
+when not in @sc{posix} mode, assignment builtins lose their assignment
+statement expansion properties when preceded by @code{command}.
+
+@item
+The default history file is @file{~/.sh_history} (this is the
+default value of @env{$HISTFILE}).
+
+@item
+The output of @samp{kill -l} prints all the signal names on a single line,
+separated by spaces, without the @samp{SIG} prefix.
+
+@item
+The @code{kill} builtin does not accept signal names with a @samp{SIG}
+prefix.
+
+@item
+Non-interactive shells exit if @var{filename} in @code{.} @var{filename}
+is not found.
+
+@item
+Non-interactive shells exit if a syntax error in an arithmetic expansion
+results in an invalid expression.
+
+@item
+Non-interactive shells exit if there is a syntax error in a script read
+with the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins, or in a string processed by
+the @code{eval} builtin.
+
+@item
+Redirection operators do not perform filename expansion on the word
+in the redirection unless the shell is interactive.
+
+@item
+Redirection operators do not perform word splitting on the word in the
+redirection.
+
+@item
+Function names must be valid shell @code{name}s. That is, they may not
+contain characters other than letters, digits, and underscores, and
+may not start with a digit. Declaring a function with an invalid name
+causes a fatal syntax error in non-interactive shells.
+
+@item
+Function names may not be the same as one of the @sc{posix} special
+builtins.
+
+@item
+@sc{posix} special builtins are found before shell functions
+during command lookup.
+
+@item
+Literal tildes that appear as the first character in elements of
+the @env{PATH} variable are not expanded as described above
+under @ref{Tilde Expansion}.
+
+@item
+The @code{time} reserved word may be used by itself as a command. When
+used in this way, it displays timing statistics for the shell and its
+completed children. The @env{TIMEFORMAT} variable controls the format
+of the timing information.
+
+@item
+When parsing and expanding a $@{@dots{}@} expansion that appears within
+double quotes, single quotes are no longer special and cannot be used to
+quote a closing brace or other special character, unless the operator is
+one of those defined to perform pattern removal. In this case, they do
+not have to appear as matched pairs.
+
+@item
+The parser does not recognize @code{time} as a reserved word if the next
+token begins with a @samp{-}.
+
+@item
+If a @sc{posix} special builtin returns an error status, a
+non-interactive shell exits. The fatal errors are those listed in
+the @sc{posix} standard, and include things like passing incorrect options,
+redirection errors, variable assignment errors for assignments preceding
+the command name, and so on.
+
+@item
+A non-interactive shell exits with an error status if a variable
+assignment error occurs when no command name follows the assignment
+statements.
+A variable assignment error occurs, for example, when trying to assign
+a value to a readonly variable.
+
+@item
+A non-interactive shell exits with an error status if a variable
+assignment error occurs in an assignment statement preceding a special
+builtin, but not with any other simple command.
+
+@item
+A non-interactive shell exits with an error status if the iteration
+variable in a @code{for} statement or the selection variable in a
+@code{select} statement is a readonly variable.
+
+@item
+Process substitution is not available.
+
+@item
+While variable indirection is available, it may not be applied to the
+@samp{#} and @samp{?} special parameters.
+
+@item
+Assignment statements preceding @sc{posix} special builtins
+persist in the shell environment after the builtin completes.
+
+@item
+Assignment statements preceding shell function calls persist in the
+shell environment after the function returns, as if a @sc{posix}
+special builtin command had been executed.
+
+@item
+The @code{export} and @code{readonly} builtin commands display their
+output in the format required by @sc{posix}.
+
+@item
+The @code{trap} builtin displays signal names without the leading
+@code{SIG}.
+
+@item
+The @code{trap} builtin doesn't check the first argument for a possible
+signal specification and revert the signal handling to the original
+disposition if it is, unless that argument consists solely of digits and
+is a valid signal number. If users want to reset the handler for a given
+signal to the original disposition, they should use @samp{-} as the
+first argument.
+
+@item
+The @code{.} and @code{source} builtins do not search the current directory
+for the filename argument if it is not found by searching @env{PATH}.
+
+@item
+Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of
+the @option{-e} option from the parent shell. When not in @sc{posix} mode,
+Bash clears the @option{-e} option in such subshells.
+
+@item
+Alias expansion is always enabled, even in non-interactive shells.
+
+@item
+When the @code{alias} builtin displays alias definitions, it does not
+display them with a leading @samp{alias } unless the @option{-p} option
+is supplied.
+
+@item
+When the @code{set} builtin is invoked without options, it does not display
+shell function names and definitions.
+
+@item
+When the @code{set} builtin is invoked without options, it displays
+variable values without quotes, unless they contain shell metacharacters,
+even if the result contains nonprinting characters.
+
+@item
+When the @code{cd} builtin is invoked in @var{logical} mode, and the pathname
+constructed from @code{$PWD} and the directory name supplied as an argument
+does not refer to an existing directory, @code{cd} will fail instead of
+falling back to @var{physical} mode.
+
+@item
+The @code{pwd} builtin verifies that the value it prints is the same as the
+current directory, even if it is not asked to check the file system with the
+@option{-P} option.
+
+@item
+When listing the history, the @code{fc} builtin does not include an
+indication of whether or not a history entry has been modified.
+
+@item
+The default editor used by @code{fc} is @code{ed}.
+
+@item
+The @code{type} and @code{command} builtins will not report a non-executable
+file as having been found, though the shell will attempt to execute such a
+file if it is the only so-named file found in @code{$PATH}.
+
+@item
+The @code{vi} editing mode will invoke the @code{vi} editor directly when
+the @samp{v} command is run, instead of checking @code{$VISUAL} and
+@code{$EDITOR}.
+
+@item
+When the @code{xpg_echo} option is enabled, Bash does not attempt to interpret
+any arguments to @code{echo} as options. Each argument is displayed, after
+escape characters are converted.
+
+@item
+The @code{ulimit} builtin uses a block size of 512 bytes for the @option{-c}
+and @option{-f} options.
+
+@item
+The arrival of @code{SIGCHLD} when a trap is set on @code{SIGCHLD} does
+not interrupt the @code{wait} builtin and cause it to return immediately.
+The trap command is run once for each child that exits.
+
+@item
+The @code{read} builtin may be interrupted by a signal for which a trap
+has been set.
+If Bash receives a trapped signal while executing @code{read}, the trap
+handler executes and @code{read} returns an exit status greater than 128.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+There is other @sc{posix} behavior that Bash does not implement by
+default even when in @sc{posix} mode.
+Specifically:
+
+@enumerate
+
+@item
+The @code{fc} builtin checks @code{$EDITOR} as a program to edit history
+entries if @code{FCEDIT} is unset, rather than defaulting directly to
+@code{ed}. @code{fc} uses @code{ed} if @code{EDITOR} is unset.
+
+@item
+As noted above, Bash requires the @code{xpg_echo} option to be enabled for
+the @code{echo} builtin to be fully conformant.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+Bash can be configured to be @sc{posix}-conformant by default, by specifying
+the @option{--enable-strict-posix-default} to @code{configure} when building
+(@pxref{Optional Features}).
+
+@node Job Control
+@chapter Job Control
+
+This chapter discusses what job control is, how it works, and how
+Bash allows you to access its facilities.
+
+@menu
+* Job Control Basics:: How job control works.
+* Job Control Builtins:: Bash builtin commands used to interact
+ with job control.
+* Job Control Variables:: Variables Bash uses to customize job
+ control.
+@end menu
+
+@node Job Control Basics
+@section Job Control Basics
+@cindex job control
+@cindex foreground
+@cindex background
+@cindex suspending jobs
+
+Job control
+refers to the ability to selectively stop (suspend)
+the execution of processes and continue (resume)
+their execution at a later point. A user typically employs
+this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly
+by the operating system kernel's terminal driver and Bash.
+
+The shell associates a @var{job} with each pipeline. It keeps a
+table of currently executing jobs, which may be listed with the
+@code{jobs} command. When Bash starts a job
+asynchronously, it prints a line that looks
+like:
+@example
+[1] 25647
+@end example
+@noindent
+indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process @sc{id}
+of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is
+25647. All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of
+the same job. Bash uses the @var{job} abstraction as the
+basis for job control.
+
+To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job
+control, the operating system maintains the notion of a current terminal
+process group @sc{id}. Members of this process group (processes whose
+process group @sc{id} is equal to the current terminal process group
+@sc{id}) receive keyboard-generated signals such as @code{SIGINT}.
+These processes are said to be in the foreground. Background
+processes are those whose process group @sc{id} differs from the
+terminal's; such processes are immune to keyboard-generated
+signals. Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or, if
+the user so specifies with @code{stty tostop}, write to the terminal.
+Background processes which attempt to
+read from (write to when @code{stty tostop} is in effect) the
+terminal are sent a @code{SIGTTIN} (@code{SIGTTOU})
+signal by the kernel's terminal driver,
+which, unless caught, suspends the process.
+
+If the operating system on which Bash is running supports
+job control, Bash contains facilities to use it. Typing the
+@var{suspend} character (typically @samp{^Z}, Control-Z) while a
+process is running causes that process to be stopped and returns
+control to Bash. Typing the @var{delayed suspend} character
+(typically @samp{^Y}, Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped
+when it attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to
+be returned to Bash. The user then manipulates the state of
+this job, using the @code{bg} command to continue it in the
+background, the @code{fg} command to continue it in the
+foreground, or the @code{kill} command to kill it. A @samp{^Z}
+takes effect immediately, and has the additional side effect of
+causing pending output and typeahead to be discarded.
+
+There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell. The
+character @samp{%} introduces a job specification (@var{jobspec}).
+
+Job number @code{n} may be referred to as @samp{%n}.
+The symbols @samp{%%} and @samp{%+} refer to the shell's notion of the
+current job, which is the last job stopped while it was in the foreground
+or started in the background.
+A single @samp{%} (with no accompanying job specification) also refers
+to the current job.
+The previous job may be referenced using @samp{%-}.
+If there is only a single job, @samp{%+} and @samp{%-} can both be used
+to refer to that job.
+In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the @code{jobs}
+command), the current job is always flagged with a @samp{+}, and the
+previous job with a @samp{-}.
+
+A job may also be referred to
+using a prefix of the name used to start it, or using a substring
+that appears in its command line. For example, @samp{%ce} refers
+to a stopped @code{ce} job. Using @samp{%?ce}, on the
+other hand, refers to any job containing the string @samp{ce} in
+its command line. If the prefix or substring matches more than one job,
+Bash reports an error.
+
+Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the foreground:
+@samp{%1} is a synonym for @samp{fg %1}, bringing job 1 from the
+background into the foreground. Similarly, @samp{%1 &} resumes
+job 1 in the background, equivalent to @samp{bg %1}
+
+The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state.
+Normally, Bash waits until it is about to print a prompt
+before reporting changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt
+any other output.
+If the @option{-b} option to the @code{set} builtin is enabled,
+Bash reports such changes immediately (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+Any trap on @code{SIGCHLD} is executed for each child process
+that exits.
+
+If an attempt to exit Bash is made while jobs are stopped, (or running, if
+the @code{checkjobs} option is enabled -- see @ref{The Shopt Builtin}), the
+shell prints a warning message, and if the @code{checkjobs} option is
+enabled, lists the jobs and their statuses.
+The @code{jobs} command may then be used to inspect their status.
+If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command,
+Bash does not print another warning, and any stopped jobs are terminated.
+
+@node Job Control Builtins
+@section Job Control Builtins
+
+@table @code
+
+@item bg
+@btindex bg
+@example
+bg [@var{jobspec} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Resume each suspended job @var{jobspec} in the background, as if it
+had been started with @samp{&}.
+If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the current job is used.
+The return status is zero unless it is run when job control is not
+enabled, or, when run with job control enabled, any
+@var{jobspec} was not found or specifies a job
+that was started without job control.
+
+@item fg
+@btindex fg
+@example
+fg [@var{jobspec}]
+@end example
+
+Resume the job @var{jobspec} in the foreground and make it the current job.
+If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the current job is used.
+The return status is that of the command placed into the foreground,
+or non-zero if run when job control is disabled or, when run with
+job control enabled, @var{jobspec} does not specify a valid job or
+@var{jobspec} specifies a job that was started without job control.
+
+@item jobs
+@btindex jobs
+@example
+jobs [-lnprs] [@var{jobspec}]
+jobs -x @var{command} [@var{arguments}]
+@end example
+
+The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the
+following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -l
+List process @sc{id}s in addition to the normal information.
+
+@item -n
+Display information only about jobs that have changed status since
+the user was last notified of their status.
+
+@item -p
+List only the process @sc{id} of the job's process group leader.
+
+@item -r
+Display only running jobs.
+
+@item -s
+Display only stopped jobs.
+@end table
+
+If @var{jobspec} is given,
+output is restricted to information about that job.
+If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the status of all jobs is
+listed.
+
+If the @option{-x} option is supplied, @code{jobs} replaces any
+@var{jobspec} found in @var{command} or @var{arguments} with the
+corresponding process group @sc{id}, and executes @var{command},
+passing it @var{argument}s, returning its exit status.
+
+@item kill
+@btindex kill
+@example
+kill [-s @var{sigspec}] [-n @var{signum}] [-@var{sigspec}] @var{jobspec} or @var{pid}
+kill -l [@var{exit_status}]
+@end example
+
+Send a signal specified by @var{sigspec} or @var{signum} to the process
+named by job specification @var{jobspec} or process @sc{id} @var{pid}.
+@var{sigspec} is either a case-insensitive signal name such as
+@code{SIGINT} (with or without the @code{SIG} prefix)
+or a signal number; @var{signum} is a signal number.
+If @var{sigspec} and @var{signum} are not present, @code{SIGTERM} is used.
+The @option{-l} option lists the signal names.
+If any arguments are supplied when @option{-l} is given, the names of the
+signals corresponding to the arguments are listed, and the return status
+is zero.
+@var{exit_status} is a number specifying a signal number or the exit
+status of a process terminated by a signal.
+The return status is zero if at least one signal was successfully sent,
+or non-zero if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered.
+
+@item wait
+@btindex wait
+@example
+wait [-n] [@var{jobspec} or @var{pid} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Wait until the child process specified by each process @sc{id} @var{pid}
+or job specification @var{jobspec} exits and return the exit status of the
+last command waited for.
+If a job spec is given, all processes in the job are waited for.
+If no arguments are given, all currently active child processes are
+waited for, and the return status is zero.
+If the @option{-n} option is supplied, @code{wait} waits for any job to
+terminate and returns its exit status.
+If neither @var{jobspec} nor @var{pid} specifies an active child process
+of the shell, the return status is 127.
+
+@item disown
+@btindex disown
+@example
+disown [-ar] [-h] [@var{jobspec} @dots{}]
+@end example
+
+Without options, remove each @var{jobspec} from the table of
+active jobs.
+If the @option{-h} option is given, the job is not removed from the table,
+but is marked so that @code{SIGHUP} is not sent to the job if the shell
+receives a @code{SIGHUP}.
+If @var{jobspec} is not present, and neither the @option{-a} nor the
+@option{-r} option is supplied, the current job is used.
+If no @var{jobspec} is supplied, the @option{-a} option means to remove or
+mark all jobs; the @option{-r} option without a @var{jobspec}
+argument restricts operation to running jobs.
+
+@item suspend
+@btindex suspend
+@example
+suspend [-f]
+@end example
+
+Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a
+@code{SIGCONT} signal.
+A login shell cannot be suspended; the @option{-f}
+option can be used to override this and force the suspension.
+@end table
+
+When job control is not active, the @code{kill} and @code{wait}
+builtins do not accept @var{jobspec} arguments. They must be
+supplied process @sc{id}s.
+
+@node Job Control Variables
+@section Job Control Variables
+
+@vtable @code
+
+@item auto_resume
+This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and
+job control. If this variable exists then single word simple
+commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption
+of an existing job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is
+more than one job beginning with the string typed, then
+the most recently accessed job will be selected.
+The name of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line
+used to start it. If this variable is set to the value @samp{exact},
+the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly;
+if set to @samp{substring},
+the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a
+stopped job. The @samp{substring} value provides functionality
+analogous to the @samp{%?} job @sc{id} (@pxref{Job Control Basics}).
+If set to any other value, the supplied string must
+be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality
+analogous to the @samp{%} job @sc{id}.
+
+@end vtable
+
+@set readline-appendix
+@set history-appendix
+@cindex Readline, how to use
+@include rluser.texi
+@cindex History, how to use
+@include hsuser.texi
+@clear readline-appendix
+@clear history-appendix
+
+@node Installing Bash
+@chapter Installing Bash
+
+This chapter provides basic instructions for installing Bash on
+the various supported platforms. The distribution supports the
+@sc{gnu} operating systems, nearly every version of Unix, and several
+non-Unix systems such as BeOS and Interix.
+Other independent ports exist for
+@sc{ms-dos}, @sc{os/2}, and Windows platforms.
+
+@menu
+* Basic Installation:: Installation instructions.
+* Compilers and Options:: How to set special options for various
+ systems.
+* Compiling For Multiple Architectures:: How to compile Bash for more
+ than one kind of system from
+ the same source tree.
+* Installation Names:: How to set the various paths used by the installation.
+* Specifying the System Type:: How to configure Bash for a particular system.
+* Sharing Defaults:: How to share default configuration values among GNU
+ programs.
+* Operation Controls:: Options recognized by the configuration program.
+* Optional Features:: How to enable and disable optional features when
+ building Bash.
+@end menu
+
+@node Basic Installation
+@section Basic Installation
+@cindex installation
+@cindex configuration
+@cindex Bash installation
+@cindex Bash configuration
+
+These are installation instructions for Bash.
+
+The simplest way to compile Bash is:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+@code{cd} to the directory containing the source code and type
+@samp{./configure} to configure Bash for your system. If you're
+using @code{csh} on an old version of System V, you might need to
+type @samp{sh ./configure} instead to prevent @code{csh} from trying
+to execute @code{configure} itself.
+
+Running @code{configure} takes some time.
+While running, it prints messages telling which features it is
+checking for.
+
+@item
+Type @samp{make} to compile Bash and build the @code{bashbug} bug
+reporting script.
+
+@item
+Optionally, type @samp{make tests} to run the Bash test suite.
+
+@item
+Type @samp{make install} to install @code{bash} and @code{bashbug}.
+This will also install the manual pages and Info file.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+The @code{configure} shell script attempts to guess correct
+values for various system-dependent variables used during
+compilation. It uses those values to create a @file{Makefile} in
+each directory of the package (the top directory, the
+@file{builtins}, @file{doc}, and @file{support} directories,
+each directory under @file{lib}, and several others). It also creates a
+@file{config.h} file containing system-dependent definitions.
+Finally, it creates a shell script named @code{config.status} that you
+can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a
+file @file{config.cache} that saves the results of its tests to
+speed up reconfiguring, and a file @file{config.log} containing
+compiler output (useful mainly for debugging @code{configure}).
+If at some point
+@file{config.cache} contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+To find out more about the options and arguments that the
+@code{configure} script understands, type
+
+@example
+bash-2.04$ ./configure --help
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+at the Bash prompt in your Bash source directory.
+
+If you need to do unusual things to compile Bash, please
+try to figure out how @code{configure} could check whether or not
+to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to
+@email{bash-maintainers@@gnu.org} so they can be
+considered for the next release.
+
+The file @file{configure.ac} is used to create @code{configure}
+by a program called Autoconf. You only need
+@file{configure.ac} if you want to change it or regenerate
+@code{configure} using a newer version of Autoconf. If
+you do this, make sure you are using Autoconf version 2.50 or
+newer.
+
+You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+source code directory by typing @samp{make clean}. To also remove the
+files that @code{configure} created (so you can compile Bash for
+a different kind of computer), type @samp{make distclean}.
+
+@node Compilers and Options
+@section Compilers and Options
+
+Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking
+that the @code{configure} script does not know about. You can
+give @code{configure} initial values for variables by setting
+them in the environment. Using a Bourne-compatible shell, you
+can do that on the command line like this:
+
+@example
+CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+@end example
+
+On systems that have the @code{env} program, you can do it like this:
+
+@example
+env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+@end example
+
+The configuration process uses GCC to build Bash if it
+is available.
+
+@node Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+@section Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+
+You can compile Bash for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you must use a version of @code{make} that
+supports the @code{VPATH} variable, such as GNU @code{make}.
+@code{cd} to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the @code{configure} script from the source directory. You may need to
+supply the @option{--srcdir=PATH} argument to tell @code{configure} where the
+source files are. @code{configure} automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that @code{configure} is in and in `..'.
+
+If you have to use a @code{make} that does not supports the @code{VPATH}
+variable, you can compile Bash for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory. After you have installed
+Bash for one architecture, use @samp{make distclean} before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+Alternatively, if your system supports symbolic links, you can use the
+@file{support/mkclone} script to create a build tree which has
+symbolic links back to each file in the source directory. Here's an
+example that creates a build directory in the current directory from a
+source directory @file{/usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0}:
+
+@example
+bash /usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0/support/mkclone -s /usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0 .
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The @code{mkclone} script requires Bash, so you must have already built
+Bash for at least one architecture before you can create build
+directories for other architectures.
+
+@node Installation Names
+@section Installation Names
+
+By default, @samp{make install} will install into
+@file{/usr/local/bin}, @file{/usr/local/man}, etc. You can
+specify an installation prefix other than @file{/usr/local} by
+giving @code{configure} the option @option{--prefix=@var{PATH}},
+or by specifying a value for the @code{DESTDIR} @samp{make}
+variable when running @samp{make install}.
+
+You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.
+If you give @code{configure} the option
+@option{--exec-prefix=@var{PATH}}, @samp{make install} will use
+@var{PATH} as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+@node Specifying the System Type
+@section Specifying the System Type
+
+There may be some features @code{configure} can not figure out
+automatically, but need to determine by the type of host Bash
+will run on. Usually @code{configure} can figure that
+out, but if it prints a message saying it can not guess the host
+type, give it the @option{--host=TYPE} option. @samp{TYPE} can
+either be a short name for the system type, such as @samp{sun4},
+or a canonical name with three fields: @samp{CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM}
+(e.g., @samp{i386-unknown-freebsd4.2}).
+
+See the file @file{support/config.sub} for the possible
+values of each field.
+
+@node Sharing Defaults
+@section Sharing Defaults
+
+If you want to set default values for @code{configure} scripts to
+share, you can create a site shell script called
+@code{config.site} that gives default values for variables like
+@code{CC}, @code{cache_file}, and @code{prefix}. @code{configure}
+looks for @file{PREFIX/share/config.site} if it exists, then
+@file{PREFIX/etc/config.site} if it exists. Or, you can set the
+@code{CONFIG_SITE} environment variable to the location of the site
+script. A warning: the Bash @code{configure} looks for a site script,
+but not all @code{configure} scripts do.
+
+@node Operation Controls
+@section Operation Controls
+
+@code{configure} recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item --cache-file=@var{file}
+Use and save the results of the tests in
+@var{file} instead of @file{./config.cache}. Set @var{file} to
+@file{/dev/null} to disable caching, for debugging
+@code{configure}.
+
+@item --help
+Print a summary of the options to @code{configure}, and exit.
+
+@item --quiet
+@itemx --silent
+@itemx -q
+Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+
+@item --srcdir=@var{dir}
+Look for the Bash source code in directory @var{dir}. Usually
+@code{configure} can determine that directory automatically.
+
+@item --version
+Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the @code{configure}
+script, and exit.
+@end table
+
+@code{configure} also accepts some other, not widely used, boilerplate
+options. @samp{configure --help} prints the complete list.
+
+@node Optional Features
+@section Optional Features
+
+The Bash @code{configure} has a number of @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
+options, where @var{feature} indicates an optional part of Bash.
+There are also several @option{--with-@var{package}} options,
+where @var{package} is something like @samp{bash-malloc} or @samp{purify}.
+To turn off the default use of a package, use
+@option{--without-@var{package}}. To configure Bash without a feature
+that is enabled by default, use @option{--disable-@var{feature}}.
+
+Here is a complete list of the @option{--enable-} and
+@option{--with-} options that the Bash @code{configure} recognizes.
+
+@table @code
+@item --with-afs
+Define if you are using the Andrew File System from Transarc.
+
+@item --with-bash-malloc
+Use the Bash version of
+@code{malloc} in the directory @file{lib/malloc}. This is not the same
+@code{malloc} that appears in @sc{gnu} libc, but an older version
+originally derived from the 4.2 @sc{bsd} @code{malloc}. This @code{malloc}
+is very fast, but wastes some space on each allocation.
+This option is enabled by default.
+The @file{NOTES} file contains a list of systems for
+which this should be turned off, and @code{configure} disables this
+option automatically for a number of systems.
+
+@item --with-curses
+Use the curses library instead of the termcap library. This should
+be supplied if your system has an inadequate or incomplete termcap
+database.
+
+@item --with-gnu-malloc
+A synonym for @code{--with-bash-malloc}.
+
+@item --with-installed-readline[=@var{PREFIX}]
+Define this to make Bash link with a locally-installed version of Readline
+rather than the version in @file{lib/readline}. This works only with
+Readline 5.0 and later versions. If @var{PREFIX} is @code{yes} or not
+supplied, @code{configure} uses the values of the make variables
+@code{includedir} and @code{libdir}, which are subdirectories of @code{prefix}
+by default, to find the installed version of Readline if it is not in
+the standard system include and library directories.
+If @var{PREFIX} is @code{no}, Bash links with the version in
+@file{lib/readline}.
+If @var{PREFIX} is set to any other value, @code{configure} treats it as
+a directory pathname and looks for
+the installed version of Readline in subdirectories of that directory
+(include files in @var{PREFIX}/@code{include} and the library in
+@var{PREFIX}/@code{lib}).
+
+@item --with-purify
+Define this to use the Purify memory allocation checker from Rational
+Software.
+
+@item --enable-minimal-config
+This produces a shell with minimal features, close to the historical
+Bourne shell.
+@end table
+
+There are several @option{--enable-} options that alter how Bash is
+compiled and linked, rather than changing run-time features.
+
+@table @code
+@item --enable-largefile
+Enable support for @uref{http://www.sas.com/standards/large_file/x_open.20Mar96.html,
+large files} if the operating system requires special compiler options
+to build programs which can access large files. This is enabled by
+default, if the operating system provides large file support.
+
+@item --enable-profiling
+This builds a Bash binary that produces profiling information to be
+processed by @code{gprof} each time it is executed.
+
+@item --enable-static-link
+This causes Bash to be linked statically, if @code{gcc} is being used.
+This could be used to build a version to use as root's shell.
+@end table
+
+The @samp{minimal-config} option can be used to disable all of
+the following options, but it is processed first, so individual
+options may be enabled using @samp{enable-@var{feature}}.
+
+All of the following options except for @samp{disabled-builtins},
+@samp{direxpand-default}, and
+@samp{xpg-echo-default} are
+enabled by default, unless the operating system does not provide the
+necessary support.
+
+@table @code
+@item --enable-alias
+Allow alias expansion and include the @code{alias} and @code{unalias}
+builtins (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item --enable-arith-for-command
+Include support for the alternate form of the @code{for} command
+that behaves like the C language @code{for} statement
+(@pxref{Looping Constructs}).
+
+@item --enable-array-variables
+Include support for one-dimensional array shell variables
+(@pxref{Arrays}).
+
+@item --enable-bang-history
+Include support for @code{csh}-like history substitution
+(@pxref{History Interaction}).
+
+@item --enable-brace-expansion
+Include @code{csh}-like brace expansion
+( @code{b@{a,b@}c} @expansion{} @code{bac bbc} ).
+See @ref{Brace Expansion}, for a complete description.
+
+@item --enable-casemod-attributes
+Include support for case-modifying attributes in the @code{declare} builtin
+and assignment statements. Variables with the @var{uppercase} attribute,
+for example, will have their values converted to uppercase upon assignment.
+
+@item --enable-casemod-expansion
+Include support for case-modifying word expansions.
+
+@item --enable-command-timing
+Include support for recognizing @code{time} as a reserved word and for
+displaying timing statistics for the pipeline following @code{time}
+(@pxref{Pipelines}).
+This allows pipelines as well as shell builtins and functions to be timed.
+
+@item --enable-cond-command
+Include support for the @code{[[} conditional command.
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@item --enable-cond-regexp
+Include support for matching @sc{posix} regular expressions using the
+@samp{=~} binary operator in the @code{[[} conditional command.
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@item --enable-coprocesses
+Include support for coprocesses and the @code{coproc} reserved word
+(@pxref{Pipelines}).
+
+@item --enable-debugger
+Include support for the bash debugger (distributed separately).
+
+@item --enable-direxpand-default
+Cause the @code{direxpand} shell option (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin})
+to be enabled by default when the shell starts.
+It is normally disabled by default.
+
+@item --enable-directory-stack
+Include support for a @code{csh}-like directory stack and the
+@code{pushd}, @code{popd}, and @code{dirs} builtins
+(@pxref{The Directory Stack}).
+
+@item --enable-disabled-builtins
+Allow builtin commands to be invoked via @samp{builtin xxx}
+even after @code{xxx} has been disabled using @samp{enable -n xxx}.
+See @ref{Bash Builtins}, for details of the @code{builtin} and
+@code{enable} builtin commands.
+
+@item --enable-dparen-arithmetic
+Include support for the @code{((@dots{}))} command
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@item --enable-extended-glob
+Include support for the extended pattern matching features described
+above under @ref{Pattern Matching}.
+
+@item --enable-extended-glob-default
+Set the default value of the @var{extglob} shell option described
+above under @ref{The Shopt Builtin} to be enabled.
+
+@item --enable-function-import
+Include support for importing function definitions exported by another
+instance of the shell from the environment. This option is enabled by
+default.
+
+@item --enable-glob-asciirange-default
+Set the default value of the @var{globasciiranges} shell option described
+above under @ref{The Shopt Builtin} to be enabled.
+This controls the behavior of character ranges when used in pattern matching
+bracket expressions.
+
+@item --enable-help-builtin
+Include the @code{help} builtin, which displays help on shell builtins and
+variables (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item --enable-history
+Include command history and the @code{fc} and @code{history}
+builtin commands (@pxref{Bash History Facilities}).
+
+@item --enable-job-control
+This enables the job control features (@pxref{Job Control}),
+if the operating system supports them.
+
+@item --enable-multibyte
+This enables support for multibyte characters if the operating
+system provides the necessary support.
+
+@item --enable-net-redirections
+This enables the special handling of filenames of the form
+@code{/dev/tcp/@var{host}/@var{port}} and
+@code{/dev/udp/@var{host}/@var{port}}
+when used in redirections (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item --enable-process-substitution
+This enables process substitution (@pxref{Process Substitution}) if
+the operating system provides the necessary support.
+
+@item --enable-progcomp
+Enable the programmable completion facilities
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+If Readline is not enabled, this option has no effect.
+
+@item --enable-prompt-string-decoding
+Turn on the interpretation of a number of backslash-escaped characters
+in the @env{$PS1}, @env{$PS2}, @env{$PS3}, and @env{$PS4} prompt
+strings. See @ref{Controlling the Prompt}, for a complete list of prompt
+string escape sequences.
+
+@item --enable-readline
+Include support for command-line editing and history with the Bash
+version of the Readline library (@pxref{Command Line Editing}).
+
+@item --enable-restricted
+Include support for a @dfn{restricted shell}. If this is enabled, Bash,
+when called as @code{rbash}, enters a restricted mode. See
+@ref{The Restricted Shell}, for a description of restricted mode.
+
+@item --enable-select
+Include the @code{select} compound command, which allows the generation of
+simple menus (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@item --enable-separate-helpfiles
+Use external files for the documentation displayed by the @code{help} builtin
+instead of storing the text internally.
+
+@item --enable-single-help-strings
+Store the text displayed by the @code{help} builtin as a single string for
+each help topic. This aids in translating the text to different languages.
+You may need to disable this if your compiler cannot handle very long string
+literals.
+
+@item --enable-strict-posix-default
+Make Bash @sc{posix}-conformant by default (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}).
+
+@item --enable-usg-echo-default
+A synonym for @code{--enable-xpg-echo-default}.
+
+@item --enable-xpg-echo-default
+Make the @code{echo} builtin expand backslash-escaped characters by default,
+without requiring the @option{-e} option.
+This sets the default value of the @code{xpg_echo} shell option to @code{on},
+which makes the Bash @code{echo} behave more like the version specified in
+the Single Unix Specification, version 3.
+@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a description of the escape sequences that
+@code{echo} recognizes.
+@end table
+
+The file @file{config-top.h} contains C Preprocessor
+@samp{#define} statements for options which are not settable from
+@code{configure}.
+Some of these are not meant to be changed; beware of the consequences if
+you do.
+Read the comments associated with each definition for more
+information about its effect.
+
+@node Reporting Bugs
+@appendix Reporting Bugs
+
+Please report all bugs you find in Bash.
+But first, you should
+make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest
+version of Bash.
+The latest version of Bash is always available for FTP from
+@uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/}.
+
+Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the
+@code{bashbug} command to submit a bug report.
+If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well!
+Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed
+to @email{bug-bash@@gnu.org} or posted to the Usenet
+newsgroup @code{gnu.bash.bug}.
+
+All bug reports should include:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The version number of Bash.
+@item
+The hardware and operating system.
+@item
+The compiler used to compile Bash.
+@item
+A description of the bug behaviour.
+@item
+A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug and may be used
+to reproduce it.
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+@code{bashbug} inserts the first three items automatically into
+the template it provides for filing a bug report.
+
+Please send all reports concerning this manual to
+@email{bug-bash@@gnu.org}.
+
+@node Major Differences From The Bourne Shell
+@appendix Major Differences From The Bourne Shell
+
+Bash implements essentially the same grammar, parameter and
+variable expansion, redirection, and quoting as the Bourne Shell.
+Bash uses the @sc{posix} standard as the specification of
+how these features are to be implemented. There are some
+differences between the traditional Bourne shell and Bash; this
+section quickly details the differences of significance. A
+number of these differences are explained in greater depth in
+previous sections.
+This section uses the version of @code{sh} included in SVR4.2 (the
+last version of the historical Bourne shell) as the baseline reference.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Bash is @sc{posix}-conformant, even where the @sc{posix} specification
+differs from traditional @code{sh} behavior (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}).
+
+@item
+Bash has multi-character invocation options (@pxref{Invoking Bash}).
+
+@item
+Bash has command-line editing (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) and
+the @code{bind} builtin.
+
+@item
+Bash provides a programmable word completion mechanism
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion}), and builtin commands
+@code{complete}, @code{compgen}, and @code{compopt}, to
+manipulate it.
+
+@item
+Bash has command history (@pxref{Bash History Facilities}) and the
+@code{history} and @code{fc} builtins to manipulate it.
+The Bash history list maintains timestamp information and uses the
+value of the @code{HISTTIMEFORMAT} variable to display it.
+
+@item
+Bash implements @code{csh}-like history expansion
+(@pxref{History Interaction}).
+
+@item
+Bash has one-dimensional array variables (@pxref{Arrays}), and the
+appropriate variable expansions and assignment syntax to use them.
+Several of the Bash builtins take options to act on arrays.
+Bash provides a number of built-in array variables.
+
+@item
+The @code{$'@dots{}'} quoting syntax, which expands ANSI-C
+backslash-escaped characters in the text between the single quotes,
+is supported (@pxref{ANSI-C Quoting}).
+
+@item
+Bash supports the @code{$"@dots{}"} quoting syntax to do
+locale-specific translation of the characters between the double
+quotes. The @option{-D}, @option{--dump-strings}, and @option{--dump-po-strings}
+invocation options list the translatable strings found in a script
+(@pxref{Locale Translation}).
+
+@item
+Bash implements the @code{!} keyword to negate the return value of
+a pipeline (@pxref{Pipelines}).
+Very useful when an @code{if} statement needs to act only if a test fails.
+The Bash @samp{-o pipefail} option to @code{set} will cause a pipeline to
+return a failure status if any command fails.
+
+@item
+Bash has the @code{time} reserved word and command timing (@pxref{Pipelines}).
+The display of the timing statistics may be controlled with the
+@env{TIMEFORMAT} variable.
+
+@item
+Bash implements the @code{for (( @var{expr1} ; @var{expr2} ; @var{expr3} ))}
+arithmetic for command, similar to the C language (@pxref{Looping Constructs}).
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @code{select} compound command, which allows the
+generation of simple menus (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}).
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @code{[[} compound command, which makes conditional
+testing part of the shell grammar (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}), including
+optional regular expression matching.
+
+@item
+Bash provides optional case-insensitive matching for the @code{case} and
+@code{[[} constructs.
+
+@item
+Bash includes brace expansion (@pxref{Brace Expansion}) and tilde
+expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}).
+
+@item
+Bash implements command aliases and the @code{alias} and @code{unalias}
+builtins (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item
+Bash provides shell arithmetic, the @code{((} compound command
+(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}),
+and arithmetic expansion (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}).
+
+@item
+Variables present in the shell's initial environment are automatically
+exported to child processes. The Bourne shell does not normally do
+this unless the variables are explicitly marked using the @code{export}
+command.
+
+@item
+Bash supports the @samp{+=} assignment operator, which appends to the value
+of the variable named on the left hand side.
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @sc{posix} pattern removal @samp{%}, @samp{#}, @samp{%%}
+and @samp{##} expansions to remove leading or trailing substrings from
+variable values (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+The expansion @code{$@{#xx@}}, which returns the length of @code{$@{xx@}},
+is supported (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+The expansion @code{$@{var:}@var{offset}@code{[:}@var{length}@code{]@}},
+which expands to the substring of @code{var}'s value of length
+@var{length}, beginning at @var{offset}, is present
+(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+The expansion
+@code{$@{var/[/]}@var{pattern}@code{[/}@var{replacement}@code{]@}},
+which matches @var{pattern} and replaces it with @var{replacement} in
+the value of @code{var}, is available (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+The expansion @code{$@{!@var{prefix}*@}} expansion, which expands to
+the names of all shell variables whose names begin with @var{prefix},
+is available (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+Bash has @var{indirect} variable expansion using @code{$@{!word@}}
+(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}).
+
+@item
+Bash can expand positional parameters beyond @code{$9} using
+@code{$@{@var{num}@}}.
+
+@item
+The @sc{posix} @code{$()} form of command substitution
+is implemented (@pxref{Command Substitution}),
+and preferred to the Bourne shell's @code{``} (which
+is also implemented for backwards compatibility).
+
+@item
+Bash has process substitution (@pxref{Process Substitution}).
+
+@item
+Bash automatically assigns variables that provide information about the
+current user (@env{UID}, @env{EUID}, and @env{GROUPS}), the current host
+(@env{HOSTTYPE}, @env{OSTYPE}, @env{MACHTYPE}, and @env{HOSTNAME}),
+and the instance of Bash that is running (@env{BASH},
+@env{BASH_VERSION}, and @env{BASH_VERSINFO}). @xref{Bash Variables},
+for details.
+
+@item
+The @env{IFS} variable is used to split only the results of expansion,
+not all words (@pxref{Word Splitting}).
+This closes a longstanding shell security hole.
+
+@item
+The filename expansion bracket expression code uses @samp{!} and @samp{^}
+to negate the set of characters between the brackets.
+The Bourne shell uses only @samp{!}.
+
+@item
+Bash implements the full set of @sc{posix} filename expansion operators,
+including @var{character classes}, @var{equivalence classes}, and
+@var{collating symbols} (@pxref{Filename Expansion}).
+
+@item
+Bash implements extended pattern matching features when the @code{extglob}
+shell option is enabled (@pxref{Pattern Matching}).
+
+@item
+It is possible to have a variable and a function with the same name;
+@code{sh} does not separate the two name spaces.
+
+@item
+Bash functions are permitted to have local variables using the
+@code{local} builtin, and thus useful recursive functions may be written
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Variable assignments preceding commands affect only that command, even
+builtins and functions (@pxref{Environment}).
+In @code{sh}, all variable assignments
+preceding commands are global unless the command is executed from the
+file system.
+
+@item
+Bash performs filename expansion on filenames specified as operands
+to input and output redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item
+Bash contains the @samp{<>} redirection operator, allowing a file to be
+opened for both reading and writing, and the @samp{&>} redirection
+operator, for directing standard output and standard error to the same
+file (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @samp{<<<} redirection operator, allowing a string to
+be used as the standard input to a command.
+
+@item
+Bash implements the @samp{[n]<&@var{word}} and @samp{[n]>&@var{word}}
+redirection operators, which move one file descriptor to another.
+
+@item
+Bash treats a number of filenames specially when they are
+used in redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item
+Bash can open network connections to arbitrary machines and services
+with the redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}).
+
+@item
+The @code{noclobber} option is available to avoid overwriting existing
+files with output redirection (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+The @samp{>|} redirection operator may be used to override @code{noclobber}.
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{cd} and @code{pwd} builtins (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins})
+each take @option{-L} and @option{-P} options to switch between logical and
+physical modes.
+
+@item
+Bash allows a function to override a builtin with the same name, and provides
+access to that builtin's functionality within the function via the
+@code{builtin} and @code{command} builtins (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+The @code{command} builtin allows selective disabling of functions
+when command lookup is performed (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Individual builtins may be enabled or disabled using the @code{enable}
+builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{exec} builtin takes additional options that allow users
+to control the contents of the environment passed to the executed
+command, and what the zeroth argument to the command is to be
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Shell functions may be exported to children via the environment
+using @code{export -f} (@pxref{Shell Functions}).
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{export}, @code{readonly}, and @code{declare} builtins can
+take a @option{-f} option to act on shell functions, a @option{-p} option to
+display variables with various attributes set in a format that can be
+used as shell input, a @option{-n} option to remove various variable
+attributes, and @samp{name=value} arguments to set variable attributes
+and values simultaneously.
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{hash} builtin allows a name to be associated with
+an arbitrary filename, even when that filename cannot be found by
+searching the @env{$PATH}, using @samp{hash -p}
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Bash includes a @code{help} builtin for quick reference to shell
+facilities (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+The @code{printf} builtin is available to display formatted output
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{read} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins})
+will read a line ending in @samp{\} with
+the @option{-r} option, and will use the @env{REPLY} variable as a
+default if no non-option arguments are supplied.
+The Bash @code{read} builtin
+also accepts a prompt string with the @option{-p} option and will use
+Readline to obtain the line when given the @option{-e} option.
+The @code{read} builtin also has additional options to control input:
+the @option{-s} option will turn off echoing of input characters as
+they are read, the @option{-t} option will allow @code{read} to time out
+if input does not arrive within a specified number of seconds, the
+@option{-n} option will allow reading only a specified number of
+characters rather than a full line, and the @option{-d} option will read
+until a particular character rather than newline.
+
+@item
+The @code{return} builtin may be used to abort execution of scripts
+executed with the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @code{shopt} builtin, for finer control of shell
+optional capabilities (@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}), and allows these options
+to be set and unset at shell invocation (@pxref{Invoking Bash}).
+
+@item
+Bash has much more optional behavior controllable with the @code{set}
+builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item
+The @samp{-x} (@option{xtrace}) option displays commands other than
+simple commands when performing an execution trace
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item
+The @code{test} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins})
+is slightly different, as it implements the @sc{posix} algorithm,
+which specifies the behavior based on the number of arguments.
+
+@item
+Bash includes the @code{caller} builtin, which displays the context of
+any active subroutine call (a shell function or a script executed with
+the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins). This supports the bash
+debugger.
+
+@item
+The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows a
+@code{DEBUG} pseudo-signal specification, similar to @code{EXIT}.
+Commands specified with a @code{DEBUG} trap are executed before every
+simple command, @code{for} command, @code{case} command,
+@code{select} command, every arithmetic @code{for} command, and before
+the first command executes in a shell function.
+The @code{DEBUG} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the
+function has been given the @code{trace} attribute or the
+@code{functrace} option has been enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin.
+The @code{extdebug} shell option has additional effects on the
+@code{DEBUG} trap.
+
+The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows an
+@code{ERR} pseudo-signal specification, similar to @code{EXIT} and @code{DEBUG}.
+Commands specified with an @code{ERR} trap are executed after a simple
+command fails, with a few exceptions.
+The @code{ERR} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the
+@code{-o errtrace} option to the @code{set} builtin is enabled.
+
+The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows a
+@code{RETURN} pseudo-signal specification, similar to
+@code{EXIT} and @code{DEBUG}.
+Commands specified with an @code{RETURN} trap are executed before
+execution resumes after a shell function or a shell script executed with
+@code{.} or @code{source} returns.
+The @code{RETURN} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the
+function has been given the @code{trace} attribute or the
+@code{functrace} option has been enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin.
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{type} builtin is more extensive and gives more information
+about the names it finds (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item
+The Bash @code{umask} builtin permits a @option{-p} option to cause
+the output to be displayed in the form of a @code{umask} command
+that may be reused as input (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}).
+
+@item
+Bash implements a @code{csh}-like directory stack, and provides the
+@code{pushd}, @code{popd}, and @code{dirs} builtins to manipulate it
+(@pxref{The Directory Stack}).
+Bash also makes the directory stack visible as the value of the
+@env{DIRSTACK} shell variable.
+
+@item
+Bash interprets special backslash-escaped characters in the prompt
+strings when interactive (@pxref{Controlling the Prompt}).
+
+@item
+The Bash restricted mode is more useful (@pxref{The Restricted Shell});
+the SVR4.2 shell restricted mode is too limited.
+
+@item
+The @code{disown} builtin can remove a job from the internal shell
+job table (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}) or suppress the sending
+of @code{SIGHUP} to a job when the shell exits as the result of a
+@code{SIGHUP}.
+
+@item
+Bash includes a number of features to support a separate debugger for
+shell scripts.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell has two privilege-related builtins
+(@code{mldmode} and @code{priv}) not present in Bash.
+
+@item
+Bash does not have the @code{stop} or @code{newgrp} builtins.
+
+@item
+Bash does not use the @env{SHACCT} variable or perform shell accounting.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 @code{sh} uses a @env{TIMEOUT} variable like Bash uses
+@env{TMOUT}.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+More features unique to Bash may be found in @ref{Bash Features}.
+
+
+@appendixsec Implementation Differences From The SVR4.2 Shell
+
+Since Bash is a completely new implementation, it does not suffer from
+many of the limitations of the SVR4.2 shell. For instance:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+
+@item
+Bash does not fork a subshell when redirecting into or out of
+a shell control structure such as an @code{if} or @code{while}
+statement.
+
+@item
+Bash does not allow unbalanced quotes. The SVR4.2 shell will silently
+insert a needed closing quote at @code{EOF} under certain circumstances.
+This can be the cause of some hard-to-find errors.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell uses a baroque memory management scheme based on
+trapping @code{SIGSEGV}. If the shell is started from a process with
+@code{SIGSEGV} blocked (e.g., by using the @code{system()} C library
+function call), it misbehaves badly.
+
+@item
+In a questionable attempt at security, the SVR4.2 shell,
+when invoked without the @option{-p} option, will alter its real
+and effective @sc{uid} and @sc{gid} if they are less than some
+magic threshold value, commonly 100.
+This can lead to unexpected results.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell does not allow users to trap @code{SIGSEGV},
+@code{SIGALRM}, or @code{SIGCHLD}.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell does not allow the @env{IFS}, @env{MAILCHECK},
+@env{PATH}, @env{PS1}, or @env{PS2} variables to be unset.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell treats @samp{^} as the undocumented equivalent of
+@samp{|}.
+
+@item
+Bash allows multiple option arguments when it is invoked (@code{-x -v});
+the SVR4.2 shell allows only one option argument (@code{-xv}). In
+fact, some versions of the shell dump core if the second argument begins
+with a @samp{-}.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell exits a script if any builtin fails; Bash exits
+a script only if one of the @sc{posix} special builtins fails, and
+only for certain failures, as enumerated in the @sc{posix} standard.
+
+@item
+The SVR4.2 shell behaves differently when invoked as @code{jsh}
+(it turns on job control).
+@end itemize
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Indexes
+@appendix Indexes
+
+@menu
+* Builtin Index:: Index of Bash builtin commands.
+* Reserved Word Index:: Index of Bash reserved words.
+* Variable Index:: Quick reference helps you find the
+ variable you want.
+* Function Index:: Index of bindable Readline functions.
+* Concept Index:: General index for concepts described in
+ this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@node Builtin Index
+@appendixsec Index of Shell Builtin Commands
+@printindex bt
+
+@node Reserved Word Index
+@appendixsec Index of Shell Reserved Words
+@printindex rw
+
+@node Variable Index
+@appendixsec Parameter and Variable Index
+@printindex vr
+
+@node Function Index
+@appendixsec Function Index
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Concept Index
+@appendixsec Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@bye
Copyright (C) 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@end ignore
-@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 21 08:07:43 EST 2014
+@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 28 18:36:44 EST 2014
@set EDITION 4.3
@set VERSION 4.3
-@set UPDATED 21 November 2014
+@set UPDATED 28 November 2014
@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2014
--- /dev/null
+@ignore
+Copyright (C) 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@end ignore
+
+@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 21 08:07:43 EST 2014
+
+@set EDITION 4.3
+@set VERSION 4.3
+
+@set UPDATED 21 November 2014
+@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2014
# include "bashhist.h"
#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+struct func_array_state
+ {
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *funcname_v;
+ ARRAY *source_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *source_v;
+ ARRAY *lineno_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *lineno_v;
+ };
+#endif
+
extern int dollar_dollar_pid;
extern int posixly_correct;
extern int expand_aliases;
free (gs);
}
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static void
+restore_funcarray_state (fa)
+ struct func_array_state *fa;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nfv;
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+
+ array_pop (fa->source_a);
+ array_pop (fa->lineno_a);
+
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
+ if (nfv == fa->funcname_v)
+ array_pop (funcname_a);
+
+ free (fa);
+}
+#endif
+
static int
execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, async, subshell)
SHELL_VAR *var;
ARRAY *funcname_a;
volatile ARRAY *bash_source_a;
volatile ARRAY *bash_lineno_a;
+ struct func_array_state *fa;
#endif
FUNCTION_DEF *shell_fn;
char *sfile, *t;
free (t);
#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ fa = (struct func_array_state *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct func_array_state));
+ fa->source_a = bash_source_a;
+ fa->source_v = bash_source_v;
+ fa->lineno_a = bash_lineno_a;
+ fa->lineno_v = bash_lineno_v;
+ fa->funcname_a = funcname_a;
+ fa->funcname_v = funcname_v;
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (restore_funcarray_state, fa);
+#endif
+
/* The temporary environment for a function is supposed to apply to
all commands executed within the function body. */
if (subshell == 0)
run_unwind_frame ("function_calling");
-
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
- /* These two variables cannot be unset, and cannot be affected by the
- function. */
- array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_source_a);
- array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_lineno_a);
-
- /* FUNCNAME can be unset, and so can potentially be changed by the
- function. */
- GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
- if (nfv == funcname_v)
- array_pop (funcname_a);
+ else
+ restore_funcarray_state (fa);
#endif
-
+
if (variable_context == 0 || this_shell_function == 0)
{
make_funcname_visible (0);
--- /dev/null
+/* execute_cmd.c -- Execute a COMMAND structure. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixtime.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && !defined (RLIMTYPE)
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H) && defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "shell.h"
+#include <y.tab.h> /* use <...> so we pick it up from the build directory */
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "hashlib.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "findcmd.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "hashcmd.h"
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+# include "test.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+#include "builtins/builtext.h" /* list of builtins */
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+
+#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT)
+# include "input.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+# include "alias.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+# include "bashhist.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+struct func_array_state
+ {
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *funcname_v;
+ ARRAY *source_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *source_v;
+ ARRAY *lineno_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *lineno_v;
+ };
+#endif
+
+extern int dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern int expand_aliases;
+extern int autocd;
+extern int breaking, continuing, loop_level;
+extern int parse_and_execute_level, running_trap, sourcelevel;
+extern int command_string_index, line_number;
+extern int dot_found_in_search;
+extern int already_making_children;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+extern char *the_printed_command, *shell_name;
+extern pid_t last_command_subst_pid;
+extern sh_builtin_func_t *last_shell_builtin, *this_shell_builtin;
+extern char **subshell_argv, **subshell_envp;
+extern int subshell_argc;
+extern time_t shell_start_time;
+#if 0
+extern char *glob_argv_flags;
+#endif
+
+extern int job_control; /* XXX */
+
+extern int close __P((int));
+
+/* Static functions defined and used in this file. */
+static void close_pipes __P((int, int));
+static void do_piping __P((int, int));
+static void bind_lastarg __P((char *));
+static int shell_control_structure __P((enum command_type));
+static void cleanup_redirects __P((REDIRECT *));
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+static int restore_signal_mask __P((sigset_t *));
+#endif
+
+static void async_redirect_stdin __P((void));
+
+static int builtin_status __P((int));
+
+static int execute_for_command __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+static int displen __P((const char *));
+static int print_index_and_element __P((int, int, WORD_LIST *));
+static void indent __P((int, int));
+static void print_select_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int, int));
+static char *select_query __P((WORD_LIST *, int, char *, int));
+static int execute_select_command __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+static int execute_arith_command __P((ARITH_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+static int execute_cond_node __P((COND_COM *));
+static int execute_cond_command __P((COND_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+static int mkfmt __P((char *, int, int, time_t, int));
+static void print_formatted_time __P((FILE *, char *,
+ time_t, int, time_t, int,
+ time_t, int, int));
+static int time_command __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+static intmax_t eval_arith_for_expr __P((WORD_LIST *, int *));
+static int execute_arith_for_command __P((ARITH_FOR_COM *));
+#endif
+static int execute_case_command __P((CASE_COM *));
+static int execute_while_command __P((WHILE_COM *));
+static int execute_until_command __P((WHILE_COM *));
+static int execute_while_or_until __P((WHILE_COM *, int));
+static int execute_if_command __P((IF_COM *));
+static int execute_null_command __P((REDIRECT *, int, int, int));
+static void fix_assignment_words __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static int execute_simple_command __P((SIMPLE_COM *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+static int execute_builtin __P((sh_builtin_func_t *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static int execute_function __P((SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, struct fd_bitmap *, int, int));
+static int execute_builtin_or_function __P((WORD_LIST *, sh_builtin_func_t *,
+ SHELL_VAR *,
+ REDIRECT *, struct fd_bitmap *, int));
+static void execute_subshell_builtin_or_function __P((WORD_LIST *, REDIRECT *,
+ sh_builtin_func_t *,
+ SHELL_VAR *,
+ int, int, int,
+ struct fd_bitmap *,
+ int));
+static int execute_disk_command __P((WORD_LIST *, REDIRECT *, char *,
+ int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *, int));
+
+static char *getinterp __P((char *, int, int *));
+static void initialize_subshell __P((void));
+static int execute_in_subshell __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+static int execute_coproc __P((COMMAND *, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#endif
+
+static int execute_pipeline __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+
+static int execute_connection __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+
+static int execute_intern_function __P((WORD_DESC *, FUNCTION_DEF *));
+
+/* Set to 1 if fd 0 was the subject of redirection to a subshell. Global
+ so that reader_loop can set it to zero before executing a command. */
+int stdin_redir;
+
+/* The name of the command that is currently being executed.
+ `test' needs this, for example. */
+char *this_command_name;
+
+/* The printed representation of the currently-executing command (same as
+ the_printed_command), except when a trap is being executed. Useful for
+ a debugger to know where exactly the program is currently executing. */
+char *the_printed_command_except_trap;
+
+/* For catching RETURN in a function. */
+int return_catch_flag;
+int return_catch_value;
+procenv_t return_catch;
+
+/* The value returned by the last synchronous command. */
+volatile int last_command_exit_value;
+
+/* Whether or not the last command (corresponding to last_command_exit_value)
+ was terminated by a signal, and, if so, which one. */
+int last_command_exit_signal;
+
+/* Are we currently ignoring the -e option for the duration of a builtin's
+ execution? */
+int builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+
+/* The list of redirections to perform which will undo the redirections
+ that I made in the shell. */
+REDIRECT *redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+/* The list of redirections to perform which will undo the internal
+ redirections performed by the `exec' builtin. These are redirections
+ that must be undone even when exec discards redirection_undo_list. */
+REDIRECT *exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+/* When greater than zero, value is the `level' of builtins we are
+ currently executing (e.g. `eval echo a' would have it set to 2). */
+int executing_builtin = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if we are executing a command list (a;b;c, etc.) */
+int executing_list = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if failing commands in a command substitution should not exit the
+ shell even if -e is set. Used to pass the CMD_IGNORE_RETURN flag down to
+ commands run in command substitutions by parse_and_execute. */
+int comsub_ignore_return = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if we have just forked and are currently running in a subshell
+ environment. */
+int subshell_environment;
+
+/* Count of nested subshells, like SHLVL. Available via $BASH_SUBSHELL */
+int subshell_level = 0;
+
+/* Currently-executing shell function. */
+SHELL_VAR *this_shell_function;
+
+/* If non-zero, matches in case and [[ ... ]] are case-insensitive */
+int match_ignore_case = 0;
+
+int executing_command_builtin = 0;
+
+struct stat SB; /* used for debugging */
+
+static int special_builtin_failed;
+
+static COMMAND *currently_executing_command;
+
+/* The line number that the currently executing function starts on. */
+static int function_line_number;
+
+/* XXX - set to 1 if we're running the DEBUG trap and we want to show the line
+ number containing the function name. Used by executing_line_number to
+ report the correct line number. Kind of a hack. */
+static int showing_function_line;
+
+/* $LINENO ($BASH_LINENO) for use by an ERR trap. Global so parse_and_execute
+ can save and restore it. */
+int line_number_for_err_trap;
+
+/* A sort of function nesting level counter */
+int funcnest = 0;
+int funcnest_max = 0;
+
+int evalnest = 0; /* bash-4.4/bash-5.0 */
+int evalnest_max = EVALNEST_MAX;
+
+int sourcenest = 0;
+int sourcenest_max = SOURCENEST_MAX;
+
+volatile int from_return_trap = 0;
+
+int lastpipe_opt = 0;
+
+struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+
+#define FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE 32
+
+/* Functions to allocate and deallocate the structures used to pass
+ information from the shell to its children about file descriptors
+ to close. */
+struct fd_bitmap *
+new_fd_bitmap (size)
+ int size;
+{
+ struct fd_bitmap *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct fd_bitmap *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct fd_bitmap));
+
+ ret->size = size;
+
+ if (size)
+ {
+ ret->bitmap = (char *)xmalloc (size);
+ memset (ret->bitmap, '\0', size);
+ }
+ else
+ ret->bitmap = (char *)NULL;
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+void
+dispose_fd_bitmap (fdbp)
+ struct fd_bitmap *fdbp;
+{
+ FREE (fdbp->bitmap);
+ free (fdbp);
+}
+
+void
+close_fd_bitmap (fdbp)
+ struct fd_bitmap *fdbp;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (fdbp)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < fdbp->size; i++)
+ if (fdbp->bitmap[i])
+ {
+ close (i);
+ fdbp->bitmap[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the line number of the currently executing command. */
+int
+executing_line_number ()
+{
+ if (executing && showing_function_line == 0 &&
+ (variable_context == 0 || interactive_shell == 0) &&
+ currently_executing_command)
+ {
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_cond)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.Cond->line;
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_arith)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.Arith->line;
+#endif
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_arith_for)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.ArithFor->line;
+#endif
+
+ return line_number;
+ }
+ else
+ return line_number;
+}
+
+/* Execute the command passed in COMMAND. COMMAND is exactly what
+ read_command () places into GLOBAL_COMMAND. See "command.h" for the
+ details of the command structure.
+
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS or EXECUTION_FAILURE are the only possible
+ return values. Executing a command with nothing in it returns
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+int
+execute_command (command)
+ COMMAND *command;
+{
+ struct fd_bitmap *bitmap;
+ int result;
+
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE);
+ begin_unwind_frame ("execute-command");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, (char *)bitmap);
+
+ /* Just do the command, but not asynchronously. */
+ result = execute_command_internal (command, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, bitmap);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("execute-command");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* don't unlink fifos if we're in a shell function; wait until the function
+ returns. */
+ if (variable_context == 0)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ QUIT;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if TYPE is a shell control structure type. */
+static int
+shell_control_structure (type)
+ enum command_type type;
+{
+ switch (type)
+ {
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ case cm_arith_for:
+#endif
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+ case cm_select:
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+#endif
+ case cm_case:
+ case cm_while:
+ case cm_until:
+ case cm_if:
+ case cm_for:
+ case cm_group:
+ case cm_function_def:
+ return (1);
+
+ default:
+ return (0);
+ }
+}
+
+/* A function to use to unwind_protect the redirection undo list
+ for loops. */
+static void
+cleanup_redirects (list)
+ REDIRECT *list;
+{
+ do_redirections (list, RX_ACTIVE);
+ dispose_redirects (list);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Function to unwind_protect the redirections for functions and builtins. */
+static void
+cleanup_func_redirects (list)
+ REDIRECT *list;
+{
+ do_redirections (list, RX_ACTIVE);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+dispose_exec_redirects ()
+{
+ if (exec_redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+/* A function to restore the signal mask to its proper value when the shell
+ is interrupted or errors occur while creating a pipeline. */
+static int
+restore_signal_mask (set)
+ sigset_t *set;
+{
+ return (sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, set, (sigset_t *)NULL));
+}
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* A debugging function that can be called from gdb, for instance. */
+void
+open_files ()
+{
+ register int i;
+ int f, fd_table_size;
+
+ fd_table_size = getdtablesize ();
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld open files:", (long)getpid ());
+ for (i = 3; i < fd_table_size; i++)
+ {
+ if ((f = fcntl (i, F_GETFD, 0)) != -1)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d (%s)", i, f ? "close" : "open");
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+async_redirect_stdin ()
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ fd = open ("/dev/null", O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd > 0)
+ {
+ dup2 (fd, 0);
+ close (fd);
+ }
+ else if (fd < 0)
+ internal_error (_("cannot redirect standard input from /dev/null: %s"), strerror (errno));
+}
+
+#define DESCRIBE_PID(pid) do { if (interactive) describe_pid (pid); } while (0)
+
+/* Execute the command passed in COMMAND, perhaps doing it asynchronously.
+ COMMAND is exactly what read_command () places into GLOBAL_COMMAND.
+ ASYNCHROUNOUS, if non-zero, says to do this command in the background.
+ PIPE_IN and PIPE_OUT are file descriptors saying where input comes
+ from and where it goes. They can have the value of NO_PIPE, which means
+ I/O is stdin/stdout.
+ FDS_TO_CLOSE is a list of file descriptors to close once the child has
+ been forked. This list often contains the unusable sides of pipes, etc.
+
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS or EXECUTION_FAILURE are the only possible
+ return values. Executing a command with nothing in it returns
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+int
+execute_command_internal (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int exec_result, user_subshell, invert, ignore_return, was_error_trap;
+ REDIRECT *my_undo_list, *exec_undo_list;
+ char *tcmd;
+ volatile int last_pid;
+ volatile int save_line_number;
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ volatile int ofifo, nfifo, osize, saved_fifo;
+ volatile char *ofifo_list;
+#endif
+
+ if (breaking || continuing)
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ if (command == 0 || read_but_dont_execute)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ QUIT;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = command;
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ /* If we're inverting the return value and `set -e' has been executed,
+ we don't want a failing command to inadvertently cause the shell
+ to exit. */
+ if (exit_immediately_on_error && invert) /* XXX */
+ command->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN; /* XXX */
+
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* If a command was being explicitly run in a subshell, or if it is
+ a shell control-structure, and it has a pipe, then we do the command
+ in a subshell. */
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell && (command->flags & CMD_NO_FORK))
+ return (execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close));
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ if (command->type == cm_coproc)
+ return (execute_coproc (command, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close));
+#endif
+
+ user_subshell = command->type == cm_subshell || ((command->flags & CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL) != 0);
+
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell ||
+ (command->flags & (CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL)) ||
+ (shell_control_structure (command->type) &&
+ (pipe_out != NO_PIPE || pipe_in != NO_PIPE || asynchronous)))
+ {
+ pid_t paren_pid;
+ int s;
+
+ /* Fork a subshell, turn off the subshell bit, turn off job
+ control and call execute_command () on the command again. */
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number;
+ tcmd = make_command_string (command);
+ paren_pid = make_child (savestring (tcmd), asynchronous);
+
+ if (user_subshell && signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) &&
+ signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ if (paren_pid == 0)
+ {
+ /* We want to run the exit trap for forced {} subshells, and we
+ want to note this before execute_in_subshell modifies the
+ COMMAND struct. Need to keep in mind that execute_in_subshell
+ runs the exit trap for () subshells itself. */
+ /* This handles { command; } & */
+ s = user_subshell == 0 && command->type == cm_group && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && asynchronous;
+ /* run exit trap for : | { ...; } and { ...; } | : */
+ /* run exit trap for : | ( ...; ) and ( ...; ) | : */
+ s += user_subshell == 0 && command->type == cm_group && (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE) && asynchronous == 0;
+
+ last_command_exit_value = execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ if (s)
+ subshell_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (variable_context == 0) /* wait until shell function completes */
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ /* If we are part of a pipeline, and not the end of the pipeline,
+ then we should simply return and let the last command in the
+ pipe be waited for. If we are not in a pipeline, or are the
+ last command in the pipeline, then we wait for the subshell
+ and return its exit status as usual. */
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ stop_pipeline (asynchronous, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+
+ if (asynchronous == 0)
+ {
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ exec_result = wait_for (paren_pid);
+
+ /* If we have to, invert the return value. */
+ if (invert)
+ exec_result = ((exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ if (user_subshell && was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (user_subshell && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DESCRIBE_PID (paren_pid);
+
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+ /* Posix 2013 2.9.3.1: "the exit status of an asynchronous list
+ shall be zero." */
+ last_command_exit_value = 0;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE)
+ {
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ exec_result = time_command (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (exec_result);
+ }
+#endif /* COMMAND_TIMING */
+
+ if (shell_control_structure (command->type) && command->redirects)
+ stdin_redir = stdin_redirects (command->redirects);
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (variable_context != 0)
+ {
+ ofifo = num_fifos ();
+ ofifo_list = copy_fifo_list ((int *)&osize);
+ saved_fifo = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved_fifo = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle WHILE FOR CASE etc. with redirections. (Also '&' input
+ redirection.) */
+ if (do_redirections (command->redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE) != 0)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (saved_fifo)
+ free ((void *)ofifo_list);
+#endif
+ return (last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ /* XXX - why copy here? */
+ my_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)copy_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ dispose_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ my_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (exec_redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ /* XXX - why copy here? */
+ exec_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)copy_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ dispose_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ exec_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (my_undo_list || exec_undo_list)
+ begin_unwind_frame ("loop_redirections");
+
+ if (my_undo_list)
+ add_unwind_protect ((Function *)cleanup_redirects, my_undo_list);
+
+ if (exec_undo_list)
+ add_unwind_protect ((Function *)dispose_redirects, exec_undo_list);
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ switch (command->type)
+ {
+ case cm_simple:
+ {
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ /* We can't rely on variables retaining their values across a
+ call to execute_simple_command if a longjmp occurs as the
+ result of a `return' builtin. This is true for sure with gcc. */
+#if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS)
+ last_made_pid = NO_PID;
+#endif
+ last_pid = last_made_pid;
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Simple)
+ command->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR)
+ command->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number = command->value.Simple->line;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_simple_command (command->value.Simple, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ asynchronous, fds_to_close);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ /* The temporary environment should be used for only the simple
+ command immediately following its definition. */
+ dispose_used_env_vars ();
+
+#if (defined (ultrix) && defined (mips)) || defined (C_ALLOCA)
+ /* Reclaim memory allocated with alloca () on machines which
+ may be using the alloca emulation code. */
+ (void) alloca (0);
+#endif /* (ultrix && mips) || C_ALLOCA */
+
+ /* If we forked to do the command, then we must wait_for ()
+ the child. */
+
+ /* XXX - this is something to watch out for if there are problems
+ when the shell is compiled without job control. Don't worry about
+ whether or not last_made_pid == last_pid; already_making_children
+ tells us whether or not there are unwaited-for children to wait
+ for and reap. */
+ if (already_making_children && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ stop_pipeline (asynchronous, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ DESCRIBE_PID (last_made_pid);
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ invert = 0; /* async commands always succeed */
+ }
+ else
+#if !defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Do not wait for asynchronous processes started from
+ startup files. */
+ if (last_made_pid != last_asynchronous_pid)
+#endif
+ /* When executing a shell function that executes other
+ commands, this causes the last simple command in
+ the function to be waited for twice. This also causes
+ subshells forked to execute builtin commands (e.g., in
+ pipelines) to be waited for twice. */
+ exec_result = wait_for (last_made_pid);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 2009/02/13 -- pipeline failure is processed elsewhere. This handles
+ only the failure of a simple command. */
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 &&
+ ((posixly_correct && interactive == 0 && special_builtin_failed) ||
+ (exit_immediately_on_error && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+#if 0 /* XXX - bash-4.4 or bash-5.0 */
+ /* Undo redirections before running exit trap on the way out of
+ set -e. Report by Mark Farrell 5/19/2014 */
+ if (exit_immediately_on_error && signal_is_trapped (0) &&
+ unwind_protect_tag_on_stack ("saved-redirects"))
+ run_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+#endif
+
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case cm_for:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.For->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_for_command (command->value.For);
+ break;
+
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ case cm_arith_for:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.ArithFor->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_arith_for_command (command->value.ArithFor);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+ case cm_select:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Select->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_select_command (command->value.Select);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case cm_case:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_case_command (command->value.Case);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_while:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.While->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_while_command (command->value.While);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_until:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.While->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_until_command (command->value.While);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_if:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.If->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_if_command (command->value.If);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_group:
+
+ /* This code can be executed from either of two paths: an explicit
+ '{}' command, or via a function call. If we are executed via a
+ function call, we have already taken care of the function being
+ executed in the background (down there in execute_simple_command ()),
+ and this command should *not* be marked as asynchronous. If we
+ are executing a regular '{}' group command, and asynchronous == 1,
+ we must want to execute the whole command in the background, so we
+ need a subshell, and we want the stuff executed in that subshell
+ (this group command) to be executed in the foreground of that
+ subshell (i.e. there will not be *another* subshell forked).
+
+ What we do is to force a subshell if asynchronous, and then call
+ execute_command_internal again with asynchronous still set to 1,
+ but with the original group command, so the printed command will
+ look right.
+
+ The code above that handles forking off subshells will note that
+ both subshell and async are on, and turn off async in the child
+ after forking the subshell (but leave async set in the parent, so
+ the normal call to describe_pid is made). This turning off
+ async is *crucial*; if it is not done, this will fall into an
+ infinite loop of executions through this spot in subshell after
+ subshell until the process limit is exhausted. */
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Group->command)
+ command->value.Group->command->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_command_internal (command->value.Group->command,
+ asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case cm_connection:
+ exec_result = execute_connection (command, asynchronous,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ if (asynchronous)
+ invert = 0; /* XXX */
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Arith->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ line_number_for_err_trap = save_line_number = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_arith_command (command->value.Arith);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Cond->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = save_line_number = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_cond_command (command->value.Cond);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case cm_function_def:
+ exec_result = execute_intern_function (command->value.Function_def->name,
+ command->value.Function_def);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ command_error ("execute_command", CMDERR_BADTYPE, command->type, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (my_undo_list)
+ {
+ do_redirections (my_undo_list, RX_ACTIVE);
+ dispose_redirects (my_undo_list);
+ }
+
+ if (exec_undo_list)
+ dispose_redirects (exec_undo_list);
+
+ if (my_undo_list || exec_undo_list)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("loop_redirections");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (saved_fifo)
+ {
+ nfifo = num_fifos ();
+ if (nfifo > ofifo)
+ close_new_fifos ((char *)ofifo_list, osize);
+ free ((void *)ofifo_list);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Invert the return value if we have to */
+ if (invert)
+ exec_result = (exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC) || defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ /* This is where we set PIPESTATUS from the exit status of the appropriate
+ compound commands (the ones that look enough like simple commands to
+ cause confusion). We might be able to optimize by not doing this if
+ subshell_environment != 0. */
+ switch (command->type)
+ {
+# if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+# endif
+# if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+# endif
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (exec_result);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+}
+
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+extern struct timeval *difftimeval __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+extern struct timeval *addtimeval __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+extern int timeval_to_cpu __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+#endif
+
+#define POSIX_TIMEFORMAT "real %2R\nuser %2U\nsys %2S"
+#define BASH_TIMEFORMAT "\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS"
+
+static const int precs[] = { 0, 100, 10, 1 };
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H) && defined (HAVE_LOCALECONV)
+static int
+decpoint ()
+{
+ struct lconv *lv;
+
+ lv = localeconv ();
+ return (lv && lv->decimal_point && lv->decimal_point[0]) ? lv->decimal_point[0] : '.';
+}
+#else
+# define decpoint() '.'
+#endif
+
+/* Expand one `%'-prefixed escape sequence from a time format string. */
+static int
+mkfmt (buf, prec, lng, sec, sec_fraction)
+ char *buf;
+ int prec, lng;
+ time_t sec;
+ int sec_fraction;
+{
+ time_t min;
+ char abuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(time_t) + 1];
+ int ind, aind;
+
+ ind = 0;
+ abuf[sizeof(abuf) - 1] = '\0';
+
+ /* If LNG is non-zero, we want to decompose SEC into minutes and seconds. */
+ if (lng)
+ {
+ min = sec / 60;
+ sec %= 60;
+ aind = sizeof(abuf) - 2;
+ do
+ abuf[aind--] = (min % 10) + '0';
+ while (min /= 10);
+ aind++;
+ while (abuf[aind])
+ buf[ind++] = abuf[aind++];
+ buf[ind++] = 'm';
+ }
+
+ /* Now add the seconds. */
+ aind = sizeof (abuf) - 2;
+ do
+ abuf[aind--] = (sec % 10) + '0';
+ while (sec /= 10);
+ aind++;
+ while (abuf[aind])
+ buf[ind++] = abuf[aind++];
+
+ /* We want to add a decimal point and PREC places after it if PREC is
+ nonzero. PREC is not greater than 3. SEC_FRACTION is between 0
+ and 999. */
+ if (prec != 0)
+ {
+ buf[ind++] = decpoint ();
+ for (aind = 1; aind <= prec; aind++)
+ {
+ buf[ind++] = (sec_fraction / precs[aind]) + '0';
+ sec_fraction %= precs[aind];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (lng)
+ buf[ind++] = 's';
+ buf[ind] = '\0';
+
+ return (ind);
+}
+
+/* Interpret the format string FORMAT, interpolating the following escape
+ sequences:
+ %[prec][l][RUS]
+
+ where the optional `prec' is a precision, meaning the number of
+ characters after the decimal point, the optional `l' means to format
+ using minutes and seconds (MMmNN[.FF]s), like the `times' builtin',
+ and the last character is one of
+
+ R number of seconds of `real' time
+ U number of seconds of `user' time
+ S number of seconds of `system' time
+
+ An occurrence of `%%' in the format string is translated to a `%'. The
+ result is printed to FP, a pointer to a FILE. The other variables are
+ the seconds and thousandths of a second of real, user, and system time,
+ resectively. */
+static void
+print_formatted_time (fp, format, rs, rsf, us, usf, ss, ssf, cpu)
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *format;
+ time_t rs;
+ int rsf;
+ time_t us;
+ int usf;
+ time_t ss;
+ int ssf, cpu;
+{
+ int prec, lng, len;
+ char *str, *s, ts[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t) + sizeof ("mSS.FFFF")];
+ time_t sum;
+ int sum_frac;
+ int sindex, ssize;
+
+ len = strlen (format);
+ ssize = (len + 64) - (len % 64);
+ str = (char *)xmalloc (ssize);
+ sindex = 0;
+
+ for (s = format; *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s != '%' || s[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, 1, ssize, 64);
+ str[sindex++] = *s;
+ }
+ else if (s[1] == '%')
+ {
+ s++;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, 1, ssize, 64);
+ str[sindex++] = *s;
+ }
+ else if (s[1] == 'P')
+ {
+ s++;
+#if 0
+ /* clamp CPU usage at 100% */
+ if (cpu > 10000)
+ cpu = 10000;
+#endif
+ sum = cpu / 100;
+ sum_frac = (cpu % 100) * 10;
+ len = mkfmt (ts, 2, 0, sum, sum_frac);
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, len, ssize, 64);
+ strcpy (str + sindex, ts);
+ sindex += len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prec = 3; /* default is three places past the decimal point. */
+ lng = 0; /* default is to not use minutes or append `s' */
+ s++;
+ if (DIGIT (*s)) /* `precision' */
+ {
+ prec = *s++ - '0';
+ if (prec > 3) prec = 3;
+ }
+ if (*s == 'l') /* `length extender' */
+ {
+ lng = 1;
+ s++;
+ }
+ if (*s == 'R' || *s == 'E')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, rs, rsf);
+ else if (*s == 'U')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, us, usf);
+ else if (*s == 'S')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, ss, ssf);
+ else
+ {
+ internal_error (_("TIMEFORMAT: `%c': invalid format character"), *s);
+ free (str);
+ return;
+ }
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, len, ssize, 64);
+ strcpy (str + sindex, ts);
+ sindex += len;
+ }
+ }
+
+ str[sindex] = '\0';
+ fprintf (fp, "%s\n", str);
+ fflush (fp);
+
+ free (str);
+}
+
+static int
+time_command (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int rv, posix_time, old_flags, nullcmd;
+ time_t rs, us, ss;
+ int rsf, usf, ssf;
+ int cpu;
+ char *time_format;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+ struct timeval real, user, sys;
+ struct timeval before, after;
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ struct timezone dtz; /* posix doesn't define this */
+# endif
+ struct rusage selfb, selfa, kidsb, kidsa; /* a = after, b = before */
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ clock_t tbefore, tafter, real, user, sys;
+ struct tms before, after;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ gettimeofday (&before, &dtz);
+# else
+ gettimeofday (&before, (void *)NULL);
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE */
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &selfb);
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &kidsb);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ tbefore = times (&before);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ posix_time = command && (command->flags & CMD_TIME_POSIX);
+
+ nullcmd = (command == 0) || (command->type == cm_simple && command->value.Simple->words == 0 && command->value.Simple->redirects == 0);
+ if (posixly_correct && nullcmd)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+ selfb.ru_utime.tv_sec = kidsb.ru_utime.tv_sec = selfb.ru_stime.tv_sec = kidsb.ru_stime.tv_sec = 0;
+ selfb.ru_utime.tv_usec = kidsb.ru_utime.tv_usec = selfb.ru_stime.tv_usec = kidsb.ru_stime.tv_usec = 0;
+ before.tv_sec = shell_start_time;
+ before.tv_usec = 0;
+#else
+ before.tms_utime = before.tms_stime = before.tms_cutime = before.tms_cstime = 0;
+ tbefore = shell_start_time;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ old_flags = command->flags;
+ command->flags &= ~(CMD_TIME_PIPELINE|CMD_TIME_POSIX);
+ rv = execute_command_internal (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ command->flags = old_flags;
+
+ rs = us = ss = 0;
+ rsf = usf = ssf = cpu = 0;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ gettimeofday (&after, &dtz);
+# else
+ gettimeofday (&after, (void *)NULL);
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE */
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &selfa);
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &kidsa);
+
+ difftimeval (&real, &before, &after);
+ timeval_to_secs (&real, &rs, &rsf);
+
+ addtimeval (&user, difftimeval(&after, &selfb.ru_utime, &selfa.ru_utime),
+ difftimeval(&before, &kidsb.ru_utime, &kidsa.ru_utime));
+ timeval_to_secs (&user, &us, &usf);
+
+ addtimeval (&sys, difftimeval(&after, &selfb.ru_stime, &selfa.ru_stime),
+ difftimeval(&before, &kidsb.ru_stime, &kidsa.ru_stime));
+ timeval_to_secs (&sys, &ss, &ssf);
+
+ cpu = timeval_to_cpu (&real, &user, &sys);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ tafter = times (&after);
+
+ real = tafter - tbefore;
+ clock_t_to_secs (real, &rs, &rsf);
+
+ user = (after.tms_utime - before.tms_utime) + (after.tms_cutime - before.tms_cutime);
+ clock_t_to_secs (user, &us, &usf);
+
+ sys = (after.tms_stime - before.tms_stime) + (after.tms_cstime - before.tms_cstime);
+ clock_t_to_secs (sys, &ss, &ssf);
+
+ cpu = (real == 0) ? 0 : ((user + sys) * 10000) / real;
+
+# else
+ rs = us = ss = 0;
+ rsf = usf = ssf = cpu = 0;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ if (posix_time)
+ time_format = POSIX_TIMEFORMAT;
+ else if ((time_format = get_string_value ("TIMEFORMAT")) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && nullcmd)
+ time_format = "user\t%2lU\nsys\t%2lS";
+ else
+ time_format = BASH_TIMEFORMAT;
+ }
+ if (time_format && *time_format)
+ print_formatted_time (stderr, time_format, rs, rsf, us, usf, ss, ssf, cpu);
+
+ return rv;
+}
+#endif /* COMMAND_TIMING */
+
+/* Execute a command that's supposed to be in a subshell. This must be
+ called after make_child and we must be running in the child process.
+ The caller will return or exit() immediately with the value this returns. */
+static int
+execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int user_subshell, return_code, function_value, should_redir_stdin, invert;
+ int ois, user_coproc;
+ int result;
+ volatile COMMAND *tcom;
+
+ USE_VAR(user_subshell);
+ USE_VAR(user_coproc);
+ USE_VAR(invert);
+ USE_VAR(tcom);
+ USE_VAR(asynchronous);
+
+ subshell_level++;
+ should_redir_stdin = (asynchronous && (command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ stdin_redirects (command->redirects) == 0);
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ user_subshell = command->type == cm_subshell || ((command->flags & CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL) != 0);
+ user_coproc = command->type == cm_coproc;
+
+ command->flags &= ~(CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL | CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL | CMD_INVERT_RETURN);
+
+ /* If a command is asynchronous in a subshell (like ( foo ) & or
+ the special case of an asynchronous GROUP command where the
+ the subshell bit is turned on down in case cm_group: below),
+ turn off `asynchronous', so that two subshells aren't spawned.
+ XXX - asynchronous used to be set to 0 in this block, but that
+ means that setup_async_signals was never run. Now it's set to
+ 0 after subshell_environment is set appropriately and setup_async_signals
+ is run.
+
+ This seems semantically correct to me. For example,
+ ( foo ) & seems to say ``do the command `foo' in a subshell
+ environment, but don't wait for that subshell to finish'',
+ and "{ foo ; bar ; } &" seems to me to be like functions or
+ builtins in the background, which executed in a subshell
+ environment. I just don't see the need to fork two subshells. */
+
+ /* Don't fork again, we are already in a subshell. A `doubly
+ async' shell is not interactive, however. */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If a construct like ( exec xxx yyy ) & is given while job
+ control is active, we want to prevent exec from putting the
+ subshell back into the original process group, carefully
+ undoing all the work we just did in make_child. */
+ original_pgrp = -1;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ ois = interactive_shell;
+ interactive_shell = 0;
+ /* This test is to prevent alias expansion by interactive shells that
+ run `(command) &' but to allow scripts that have enabled alias
+ expansion with `shopt -s expand_alias' to continue to expand
+ aliases. */
+ if (ois != interactive_shell)
+ expand_aliases = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Subshells are neither login nor interactive. */
+ login_shell = interactive = 0;
+
+ if (user_subshell)
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_PAREN; /* XXX */
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_environment = 0; /* XXX */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+ if (user_coproc)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COPROC;
+ }
+
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* in sig.c */
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+
+ /* Make sure restore_original_signals doesn't undo the work done by
+ make_child to ensure that asynchronous children are immune to SIGINT
+ and SIGQUIT. Turn off asynchronous to make sure more subshells are
+ not spawned. */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ asynchronous = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Delete all traces that there were any jobs running. This is
+ only for subshells. */
+ without_job_control ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ /* If this is a user subshell, set a flag if stdin was redirected.
+ This is used later to decide whether to redirect fd 0 to
+ /dev/null for async commands in the subshell. This adds more
+ sh compatibility, but I'm not sure it's the right thing to do. */
+ if (user_subshell)
+ {
+ stdin_redir = stdin_redirects (command->redirects);
+ restore_default_signal (EXIT_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an asynchronous command (command &), we want to
+ redirect the standard input from /dev/null in the absence of
+ any specific redirection involving stdin. */
+ if (should_redir_stdin && stdin_redir == 0)
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+
+ /* Do redirections, then dispose of them before recursive call. */
+ if (command->redirects)
+ {
+ if (do_redirections (command->redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0)
+ exit (invert ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ dispose_redirects (command->redirects);
+ command->redirects = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell)
+ tcom = command->value.Subshell->command;
+ else if (user_coproc)
+ tcom = command->value.Coproc->command;
+ else
+ tcom = command;
+
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_TIME_PIPELINE;
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_POSIX)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_TIME_POSIX;
+
+ /* Make sure the subshell inherits any CMD_IGNORE_RETURN flag. */
+ if ((command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) && tcom != command)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ /* If this is a simple command, tell execute_disk_command that it
+ might be able to get away without forking and simply exec.
+ This means things like ( sleep 10 ) will only cause one fork.
+ If we're timing the command or inverting its return value, however,
+ we cannot do this optimization. */
+ if ((user_subshell || user_coproc) && (tcom->type == cm_simple || tcom->type == cm_subshell) &&
+ ((tcom->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE) == 0) &&
+ ((tcom->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) == 0))
+ {
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+ if (tcom->type == cm_simple)
+ tcom->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+ }
+
+ invert = (tcom->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ tcom->flags &= ~CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
+
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're inside a function while executing this subshell, we
+ need to handle a possible `return'. */
+ function_value = 0;
+ if (return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ /* If we're going to exit the shell, we don't want to invert the return
+ status. */
+ if (result == EXITPROG)
+ invert = 0, return_code = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ return_code = (last_command_exit_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (function_value)
+ return_code = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ return_code = execute_command_internal ((COMMAND *)tcom, asynchronous, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ /* If we are asked to, invert the return value. */
+ if (invert)
+ return_code = (return_code == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* If we were explicitly placed in a subshell with (), we need
+ to do the `shell cleanup' things, such as running traps[0]. */
+ if (user_subshell && signal_is_trapped (0))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = return_code;
+ return_code = run_exit_trap ();
+ }
+
+ subshell_level--;
+ return (return_code);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+#define COPROC_MAX 16
+
+typedef struct cpelement
+ {
+ struct cpelement *next;
+ struct coproc *coproc;
+ }
+cpelement_t;
+
+typedef struct cplist
+ {
+ struct cpelement *head;
+ struct cpelement *tail;
+ int ncoproc;
+ int lock;
+ }
+cplist_t;
+
+static struct cpelement *cpe_alloc __P((struct coproc *));
+static void cpe_dispose __P((struct cpelement *));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_add __P((struct coproc *));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_delete __P((pid_t));
+static void cpl_reap __P((void));
+static void cpl_flush __P((void));
+static void cpl_closeall __P((void));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_search __P((pid_t));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_searchbyname __P((const char *));
+static void cpl_prune __P((void));
+
+static void coproc_free __P((struct coproc *));
+
+/* Will go away when there is fully-implemented support for multiple coprocs. */
+Coproc sh_coproc = { 0, NO_PID, -1, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+cplist_t coproc_list = {0, 0, 0};
+
+/* Functions to manage the list of coprocs */
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpe_alloc (cp)
+ Coproc *cp;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = (struct cpelement *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct cpelement));
+ cpe->coproc = cp;
+ cpe->next = (struct cpelement *)0;
+ return cpe;
+}
+
+static void
+cpe_dispose (cpe)
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+{
+ free (cpe);
+}
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_add (cp)
+ Coproc *cp;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = cpe_alloc (cp);
+
+ if (coproc_list.head == 0)
+ {
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = cpe;
+ coproc_list.ncoproc = 0; /* just to make sure */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ coproc_list.tail->next = cpe;
+ coproc_list.tail = cpe;
+ }
+ coproc_list.ncoproc++;
+
+ return cpe;
+}
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_delete (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct cpelement *prev, *p;
+
+ for (prev = p = coproc_list.head; p; prev = p, p = p->next)
+ if (p->coproc->c_pid == pid)
+ {
+ prev->next = p->next; /* remove from list */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (p == 0)
+ return 0; /* not found */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+ itrace("cpl_delete: deleting %d", pid);
+#endif
+
+ /* Housekeeping in the border cases. */
+ if (p == coproc_list.head)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.head->next;
+ else if (p == coproc_list.tail)
+ coproc_list.tail = prev;
+
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--;
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 0)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ else if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 1)
+ coproc_list.tail = coproc_list.head; /* just to make sure */
+
+ return (p);
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_reap ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *p, *next, *nh, *nt;
+
+ /* Build a new list by removing dead coprocs and fix up the coproc_list
+ pointers when done. */
+ nh = nt = next = (struct cpelement *)0;
+ for (p = coproc_list.head; p; p = next)
+ {
+ next = p->next;
+ if (p->coproc->c_flags & COPROC_DEAD)
+ {
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--; /* keep running count, fix up pointers later */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+ itrace("cpl_reap: deleting %d", p->coproc->c_pid);
+#endif
+
+ coproc_dispose (p->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (p);
+ }
+ else if (nh == 0)
+ nh = nt = p;
+ else
+ {
+ nt->next = p;
+ nt = nt->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 0)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ if (nt)
+ nt->next = 0;
+ coproc_list.head = nh;
+ coproc_list.tail = nt;
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 1)
+ coproc_list.tail = coproc_list.head; /* just to make sure */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Clear out the list of saved statuses */
+static void
+cpl_flush ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe, *p;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; )
+ {
+ p = cpe;
+ cpe = cpe->next;
+
+ coproc_dispose (p->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (p);
+ }
+
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ coproc_list.ncoproc = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_closeall ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ coproc_close (cpe->coproc);
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_fdchk (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ coproc_checkfd (cpe->coproc, fd);
+}
+
+/* Search for PID in the list of coprocs; return the cpelement struct if
+ found. If not found, return NULL. */
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_search (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head ; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ if (cpe->coproc->c_pid == pid)
+ return cpe;
+ return (struct cpelement *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Search for the coproc named NAME in the list of coprocs; return the
+ cpelement struct if found. If not found, return NULL. */
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_searchbyname (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cp;
+
+ for (cp = coproc_list.head ; cp; cp = cp->next)
+ if (STREQ (cp->coproc->c_name, name))
+ return cp;
+ return (struct cpelement *)NULL;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static void
+cpl_prune ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cp;
+
+ while (coproc_list.head && coproc_list.ncoproc > COPROC_MAX)
+ {
+ cp = coproc_list.head;
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.head->next;
+ coproc_dispose (cp->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (cp);
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* These currently use a single global "shell coproc" but are written in a
+ way to not preclude additional coprocs later (using the list management
+ package above). */
+
+struct coproc *
+getcoprocbypid (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *p;
+
+ p = cpl_search (pid);
+ return (p ? p->coproc : 0);
+#else
+ return (pid == sh_coproc.c_pid ? &sh_coproc : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+struct coproc *
+getcoprocbyname (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *p;
+
+ p = cpl_searchbyname (name);
+ return (p ? p->coproc : 0);
+#else
+ return ((sh_coproc.c_name && STREQ (sh_coproc.c_name, name)) ? &sh_coproc : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_init (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_name = 0;
+ cp->c_pid = NO_PID;
+ cp->c_rfd = cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_wsave = -1;
+ cp->c_flags = cp->c_status = cp->c_lock = 0;
+}
+
+struct coproc *
+coproc_alloc (name, pid)
+ char *name;
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cp = (struct coproc *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct coproc));
+#else
+ cp = &sh_coproc;
+#endif
+ coproc_init (cp);
+ cp->c_lock = 2;
+
+ cp->c_pid = pid;
+ cp->c_name = savestring (name);
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_add (cp);
+#endif
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+ return (cp);
+}
+
+static void
+coproc_free (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ free (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_dispose (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+
+ if (cp == 0)
+ return;
+
+ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGCHLD, set, oset);
+ cp->c_lock = 3;
+ coproc_unsetvars (cp);
+ FREE (cp->c_name);
+ coproc_close (cp);
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ coproc_free (cp);
+#else
+ coproc_init (cp);
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+#endif
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+}
+
+/* Placeholder for now. Will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+void
+coproc_flush ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_flush ();
+#else
+ coproc_dispose (&sh_coproc);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_close (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_rfd);
+ cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ }
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_wfd);
+ cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ }
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_wsave = -1;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_closeall ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_closeall ();
+#else
+ coproc_close (&sh_coproc); /* XXX - will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_reap ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_reap ();
+#else
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+ cp = &sh_coproc; /* XXX - will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+ if (cp && (cp->c_flags & COPROC_DEAD))
+ coproc_dispose (cp);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_rclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0 && cp->c_rfd == fd)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_rfd);
+ cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_wclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0 && cp->c_wfd == fd)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_wfd);
+ cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_checkfd (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ int update;
+
+ update = 0;
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0 && cp->c_rfd == fd)
+ update = cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0 && cp->c_wfd == fd)
+ update = cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ if (update)
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdchk (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_fdchk (fd);
+#else
+ coproc_checkfd (&sh_coproc, fd);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ coproc_rclose (cp, fd);
+ coproc_wclose (cp, fd);
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdsave (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_rfd;
+ cp->c_wsave = cp->c_wfd;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdrestore (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_rfd = cp->c_rsave;
+ cp->c_wfd = cp->c_wsave;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_pidchk (pid, status)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = cpl_delete (pid);
+ cp = cpe ? cpe->coproc : 0;
+#else
+ cp = getcoprocbypid (pid);
+#endif
+ if (cp)
+ {
+ cp->c_lock = 4;
+ cp->c_status = status;
+ cp->c_flags |= COPROC_DEAD;
+ cp->c_flags &= ~COPROC_RUNNING;
+ /* Don't dispose the coproc or unset the COPROC_XXX variables because
+ this is executed in a signal handler context. Wait until coproc_reap
+ takes care of it. */
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_setvars (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *namevar, *t;
+ int l;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ arrayind_t ind;
+#endif
+
+ if (cp->c_name == 0)
+ return;
+
+ l = strlen (cp->c_name);
+ namevar = xmalloc (l + 16);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ v = find_variable (cp->c_name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ v = make_new_array_variable (cp->c_name);
+ if (array_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_array (v);
+
+ t = itos (cp->c_rfd);
+ ind = 0;
+ v = bind_array_variable (cp->c_name, ind, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ t = itos (cp->c_wfd);
+ ind = 1;
+ bind_array_variable (cp->c_name, ind, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+#else
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_READ", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_rfd);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_WRITE", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_wfd);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+#endif
+
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_PID", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_pid);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ free (namevar);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_unsetvars (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ int l;
+ char *namevar;
+
+ if (cp->c_name == 0)
+ return;
+
+ l = strlen (cp->c_name);
+ namevar = xmalloc (l + 16);
+
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_PID", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ unbind_variable (cp->c_name);
+#else
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_READ", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_WRITE", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+#endif
+
+ free (namevar);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_coproc (command, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int rpipe[2], wpipe[2], estat, invert;
+ pid_t coproc_pid;
+ Coproc *cp;
+ char *tcmd;
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+
+ /* XXX -- can be removed after changes to handle multiple coprocs */
+#if !MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ if (sh_coproc.c_pid != NO_PID)
+ internal_warning ("execute_coproc: coproc [%d:%s] still exists", sh_coproc.c_pid, sh_coproc.c_name);
+ coproc_init (&sh_coproc);
+#endif
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ tcmd = make_command_string (command);
+
+ sh_openpipe ((int *)&rpipe); /* 0 = parent read, 1 = child write */
+ sh_openpipe ((int *)&wpipe); /* 0 = child read, 1 = parent write */
+
+ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGCHLD, set, oset);
+
+ coproc_pid = make_child (savestring (tcmd), 1);
+
+ if (coproc_pid == 0)
+ {
+ close (rpipe[0]);
+ close (wpipe[1]);
+
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+ estat = execute_in_subshell (command, 1, wpipe[0], rpipe[1], fds_to_close);
+
+ fflush (stdout);
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ exit (estat);
+ }
+
+ close (rpipe[1]);
+ close (wpipe[0]);
+
+ /* XXX - possibly run Coproc->name through word expansion? */
+ cp = coproc_alloc (command->value.Coproc->name, coproc_pid);
+ cp->c_rfd = rpipe[0];
+ cp->c_wfd = wpipe[1];
+
+ SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (cp->c_rfd);
+ SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (cp->c_wfd);
+
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+
+#if 0
+ itrace ("execute_coproc: [%d] %s", coproc_pid, the_printed_command);
+#endif
+
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ stop_pipeline (1, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+ DESCRIBE_PID (coproc_pid);
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+ return (invert ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+restore_stdin (s)
+ int s;
+{
+ dup2 (s, 0);
+ close (s);
+}
+
+/* Catch-all cleanup function for lastpipe code for unwind-protects */
+static void
+lastpipe_cleanup (s)
+ int s;
+{
+ unfreeze_jobs_list ();
+}
+
+static int
+execute_pipeline (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int prev, fildes[2], new_bitmap_size, dummyfd, ignore_return, exec_result;
+ int lstdin, lastpipe_flag, lastpipe_jid;
+ COMMAND *cmd;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fd_bitmap;
+ pid_t lastpid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+ BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ prev = pipe_in;
+ cmd = command;
+
+ while (cmd && cmd->type == cm_connection &&
+ cmd->value.Connection && cmd->value.Connection->connector == '|')
+ {
+ /* Make a pipeline between the two commands. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("pipe error"));
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ terminate_current_pipeline ();
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+ UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ /* The unwind-protects installed below will take care
+ of closing all of the open file descriptors. */
+ throw_to_top_level ();
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ /* Here is a problem: with the new file close-on-exec
+ code, the read end of the pipe (fildes[0]) stays open
+ in the first process, so that process will never get a
+ SIGPIPE. There is no way to signal the first process
+ that it should close fildes[0] after forking, so it
+ remains open. No SIGPIPE is ever sent because there
+ is still a file descriptor open for reading connected
+ to the pipe. We take care of that here. This passes
+ around a bitmap of file descriptors that must be
+ closed after making a child process in execute_simple_command. */
+
+ /* We need fd_bitmap to be at least as big as fildes[0].
+ If fildes[0] is less than fds_to_close->size, then
+ use fds_to_close->size. */
+ new_bitmap_size = (fildes[0] < fds_to_close->size)
+ ? fds_to_close->size
+ : fildes[0] + 8;
+
+ fd_bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (new_bitmap_size);
+
+ /* Now copy the old information into the new bitmap. */
+ xbcopy ((char *)fds_to_close->bitmap, (char *)fd_bitmap->bitmap, fds_to_close->size);
+
+ /* And mark the pipe file descriptors to be closed. */
+ fd_bitmap->bitmap[fildes[0]] = 1;
+
+ /* In case there are pipe or out-of-processes errors, we
+ want all these file descriptors to be closed when
+ unwind-protects are run, and the storage used for the
+ bitmaps freed up. */
+ begin_unwind_frame ("pipe-file-descriptors");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, fd_bitmap);
+ add_unwind_protect (close_fd_bitmap, fd_bitmap);
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (close, prev);
+ dummyfd = fildes[1];
+ add_unwind_protect (close, dummyfd);
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ add_unwind_protect (restore_signal_mask, &oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (ignore_return && cmd->value.Connection->first)
+ cmd->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ execute_command_internal (cmd->value.Connection->first, asynchronous,
+ prev, fildes[1], fd_bitmap);
+
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ close (prev);
+
+ prev = fildes[0];
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (fd_bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("pipe-file-descriptors");
+
+ cmd = cmd->value.Connection->second;
+ }
+
+ lastpid = last_made_pid;
+
+ /* Now execute the rightmost command in the pipeline. */
+ if (ignore_return && cmd)
+ cmd->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ lastpipe_flag = 0;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("lastpipe-exec");
+ lstdin = -1;
+ /* If the `lastpipe' option is set with shopt, and job control is not
+ enabled, execute the last element of non-async pipelines in the
+ current shell environment. */
+ if (lastpipe_opt && job_control == 0 && asynchronous == 0 && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && prev > 0)
+ {
+ lstdin = move_to_high_fd (0, 1, -1);
+ if (lstdin > 0)
+ {
+ do_piping (prev, pipe_out);
+ prev = NO_PIPE;
+ add_unwind_protect (restore_stdin, lstdin);
+ lastpipe_flag = 1;
+ freeze_jobs_list ();
+ lastpipe_jid = stop_pipeline (0, (COMMAND *)NULL); /* XXX */
+ add_unwind_protect (lastpipe_cleanup, lastpipe_jid);
+ }
+ if (cmd)
+ cmd->flags |= CMD_LASTPIPE;
+ }
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (close, prev);
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (cmd, asynchronous, prev, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+
+ if (lstdin > 0)
+ restore_stdin (lstdin);
+
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ close (prev);
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset);
+#endif
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (lastpipe_flag)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (INVALID_JOB (lastpipe_jid) == 0)
+ {
+ append_process (savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap), dollar_dollar_pid, exec_result, lastpipe_jid);
+ lstdin = wait_for (lastpid);
+ }
+ else
+ lstdin = wait_for_single_pid (lastpid); /* checks bgpids list */
+#else
+ lstdin = wait_for (lastpid);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If wait_for removes the job from the jobs table, use result of last
+ command as pipeline's exit status as usual. The jobs list can get
+ frozen and unfrozen at inconvenient times if there are multiple pipelines
+ running simultaneously. */
+ if (INVALID_JOB (lastpipe_jid) == 0)
+ exec_result = job_exit_status (lastpipe_jid);
+ else if (pipefail_opt)
+ exec_result = exec_result | lstdin; /* XXX */
+ /* otherwise we use exec_result */
+
+#endif
+ unfreeze_jobs_list ();
+ }
+
+ discard_unwind_frame ("lastpipe-exec");
+
+ return (exec_result);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_connection (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ COMMAND *tc, *second;
+ int ignore_return, exec_result, was_error_trap, invert;
+ volatile int save_line_number;
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ switch (command->value.Connection->connector)
+ {
+ /* Do the first command asynchronously. */
+ case '&':
+ tc = command->value.Connection->first;
+ if (tc == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ if (ignore_return)
+ tc->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ tc->flags |= CMD_AMPERSAND;
+
+ /* If this shell was compiled without job control support,
+ if we are currently in a subshell via `( xxx )', or if job
+ control is not active then the standard input for an
+ asynchronous command is forced to /dev/null. */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if ((subshell_environment || !job_control) && !stdin_redir)
+#else
+ if (!stdin_redir)
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ tc->flags |= CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (tc, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (tc->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR)
+ tc->flags &= ~CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ second = command->value.Connection->second;
+ if (second)
+ {
+ if (ignore_return)
+ second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (second, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ /* Just call execute command on both sides. */
+ case ';':
+ if (ignore_return)
+ {
+ if (command->value.Connection->first)
+ command->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (command->value.Connection->second)
+ command->value.Connection->second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ }
+ executing_list++;
+ QUIT;
+ execute_command (command->value.Connection->first);
+ QUIT;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command->value.Connection->second,
+ asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ executing_list--;
+ break;
+
+ case '|':
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_pipeline (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ invert = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case AND_AND:
+ case OR_OR:
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ /* If we have something like `a && b &' or `a || b &', run the
+ && or || stuff in a subshell. Force a subshell and just call
+ execute_command_internal again. Leave asynchronous on
+ so that we get a report from the parent shell about the
+ background job. */
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Execute the first command. If the result of that is successful
+ and the connector is AND_AND, or the result is not successful
+ and the connector is OR_OR, then execute the second command,
+ otherwise return. */
+
+ executing_list++;
+ if (command->value.Connection->first)
+ command->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command (command->value.Connection->first);
+ QUIT;
+ if (((command->value.Connection->connector == AND_AND) &&
+ (exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)) ||
+ ((command->value.Connection->connector == OR_OR) &&
+ (exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)))
+ {
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Connection->second)
+ command->value.Connection->second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command (command->value.Connection->second);
+ }
+ executing_list--;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ command_error ("execute_connection", CMDERR_BADCONN, command->value.Connection->connector, 0);
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ return exec_result;
+}
+
+#define REAP() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (!interactive_shell) \
+ reap_dead_jobs (); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Execute a FOR command. The syntax is: FOR word_desc IN word_list;
+ DO command; DONE */
+static int
+execute_for_command (for_command)
+ FOR_COM *for_command;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *releaser, *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *identifier;
+ int retval, save_line_number;
+#if 0
+ SHELL_VAR *old_value = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; /* Remember the old value of x. */
+#endif
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ if (check_identifier (for_command->name, 1) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ loop_level++;
+ identifier = for_command->name->word;
+
+ line_number = for_command->line; /* for expansion error messages */
+ list = releaser = expand_words_no_vars (for_command->map_list);
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("for");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, releaser);
+
+#if 0
+ if (lexical_scoping)
+ {
+ old_value = copy_variable (find_variable (identifier));
+ if (old_value)
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_variable, old_value);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (for_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ for_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ for (retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; list; list = list->next)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ line_number = for_command->line;
+
+ /* Remember what this command looks like, for debugger. */
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_for_command_head (for_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_for_command_head (for_command);
+
+ /* Save this command unless it's a trap command and we're not running
+ a debug trap. */
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ continue;
+#endif
+
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ /* XXX - special ksh93 for command index variable handling */
+ v = find_variable_last_nameref (identifier);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ v = bind_variable_value (v, list->word->word, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ v = bind_variable (identifier, list->word->word, 0);
+ if (readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v))
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ if (readonly_p (v) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("for");
+ loop_level--;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+ retval = execute_command (for_command->action);
+ REAP ();
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+#if 0
+ if (lexical_scoping)
+ {
+ if (!old_value)
+ unbind_variable (identifier);
+ else
+ {
+ SHELL_VAR *new_value;
+
+ new_value = bind_variable (identifier, value_cell(old_value), 0);
+ new_value->attributes = old_value->attributes;
+ dispose_variable (old_value);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("for");
+ return (retval);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+/* Execute an arithmetic for command. The syntax is
+
+ for (( init ; step ; test ))
+ do
+ body
+ done
+
+ The execution should be exactly equivalent to
+
+ eval \(\( init \)\)
+ while eval \(\( test \)\) ; do
+ body;
+ eval \(\( step \)\)
+ done
+*/
+static intmax_t
+eval_arith_for_expr (l, okp)
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int *okp;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new;
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ int r;
+
+ new = expand_words_no_vars (l);
+ if (new)
+ {
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_arith_cmd (new);
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) for expression error messages */
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_arith_command (new);
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ r = run_debug_trap ();
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ if (debugging_mode == 0 || r == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ expresult = evalexp (new->word->word, okp);
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ if (okp)
+ *okp = 1;
+ }
+#else
+ expresult = evalexp (new->word->word, okp);
+#endif
+ dispose_words (new);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ if (okp)
+ *okp = 1;
+ }
+ return (expresult);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_arith_for_command (arith_for_command)
+ ARITH_FOR_COM *arith_for_command;
+{
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ int expok, body_status, arith_lineno, save_lineno;
+
+ body_status = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ loop_level++;
+ save_lineno = line_number;
+
+ if (arith_for_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ arith_for_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) for expression error messages */
+
+ /* save the starting line number of the command so we can reset
+ line_number before executing each expression -- for $LINENO
+ and the DEBUG trap. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno = arith_for_command->line;
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ /* Evaluate the initialization expression. */
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->init, &expok);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Evaluate the test expression. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno;
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->test, &expok);
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ body_status = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+ REAP ();
+ if (expresult == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Execute the body of the arithmetic for command. */
+ QUIT;
+ body_status = execute_command (arith_for_command->action);
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Handle any `break' or `continue' commands executed by the body. */
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Evaluate the step expression. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno;
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->step, &expok);
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ body_status = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ return (body_status);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+static int LINES, COLS, tabsize;
+
+#define RP_SPACE ") "
+#define RP_SPACE_LEN 2
+
+/* XXX - does not handle numbers > 1000000 at all. */
+#define NUMBER_LEN(s) \
+((s < 10) ? 1 \
+ : ((s < 100) ? 2 \
+ : ((s < 1000) ? 3 \
+ : ((s < 10000) ? 4 \
+ : ((s < 100000) ? 5 \
+ : 6)))))
+
+static int
+displen (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t *wcstr;
+ size_t slen;
+ int wclen;
+
+ wcstr = 0;
+ slen = mbstowcs (wcstr, s, 0);
+ if (slen == -1)
+ slen = 0;
+ wcstr = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (slen + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcstr, s, slen + 1);
+ wclen = wcswidth (wcstr, slen);
+ free (wcstr);
+ return (wclen < 0 ? STRLEN(s) : wclen);
+#else
+ return (STRLEN (s));
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+print_index_and_element (len, ind, list)
+ int len, ind;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *l;
+ register int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return (0);
+ for (i = ind, l = list; l && --i; l = l->next)
+ ;
+ if (l == 0) /* don't think this can happen */
+ return (0);
+ fprintf (stderr, "%*d%s%s", len, ind, RP_SPACE, l->word->word);
+ return (displen (l->word->word));
+}
+
+static void
+indent (from, to)
+ int from, to;
+{
+ while (from < to)
+ {
+ if ((to / tabsize) > (from / tabsize))
+ {
+ putc ('\t', stderr);
+ from += tabsize - from % tabsize;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ putc (' ', stderr);
+ from++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_select_list (list, list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len;
+{
+ int ind, row, elem_len, pos, cols, rows;
+ int first_column_indices_len, other_indices_len;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ putc ('\n', stderr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ cols = max_elem_len ? COLS / max_elem_len : 1;
+ if (cols == 0)
+ cols = 1;
+ rows = list_len ? list_len / cols + (list_len % cols != 0) : 1;
+ cols = list_len ? list_len / rows + (list_len % rows != 0) : 1;
+
+ if (rows == 1)
+ {
+ rows = cols;
+ cols = 1;
+ }
+
+ first_column_indices_len = NUMBER_LEN (rows);
+ other_indices_len = indices_len;
+
+ for (row = 0; row < rows; row++)
+ {
+ ind = row;
+ pos = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ indices_len = (pos == 0) ? first_column_indices_len : other_indices_len;
+ elem_len = print_index_and_element (indices_len, ind + 1, list);
+ elem_len += indices_len + RP_SPACE_LEN;
+ ind += rows;
+ if (ind >= list_len)
+ break;
+ indent (pos + elem_len, pos + max_elem_len);
+ pos += max_elem_len;
+ }
+ putc ('\n', stderr);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the elements of LIST, one per line, preceded by an index from 1 to
+ LIST_LEN. Then display PROMPT and wait for the user to enter a number.
+ If the number is between 1 and LIST_LEN, return that selection. If EOF
+ is read, return a null string. If a blank line is entered, or an invalid
+ number is entered, the loop is executed again. */
+static char *
+select_query (list, list_len, prompt, print_menu)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int list_len;
+ char *prompt;
+ int print_menu;
+{
+ int max_elem_len, indices_len, len;
+ intmax_t reply;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *repl_string, *t;
+
+#if 0
+ t = get_string_value ("LINES");
+ LINES = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 24;
+#endif
+ t = get_string_value ("COLUMNS");
+ COLS = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 80;
+
+#if 0
+ t = get_string_value ("TABSIZE");
+ tabsize = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 8;
+ if (tabsize <= 0)
+ tabsize = 8;
+#else
+ tabsize = 8;
+#endif
+
+ max_elem_len = 0;
+ for (l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ len = displen (l->word->word);
+ if (len > max_elem_len)
+ max_elem_len = len;
+ }
+ indices_len = NUMBER_LEN (list_len);
+ max_elem_len += indices_len + RP_SPACE_LEN + 2;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (print_menu)
+ print_select_list (list, list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len);
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s", prompt);
+ fflush (stderr);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (read_builtin ((WORD_LIST *)NULL) != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ putchar ('\n');
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ repl_string = get_string_value ("REPLY");
+ if (*repl_string == 0)
+ {
+ print_menu = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (legal_number (repl_string, &reply) == 0)
+ return "";
+ if (reply < 1 || reply > list_len)
+ return "";
+
+ for (l = list; l && --reply; l = l->next)
+ ;
+ return (l->word->word); /* XXX - can't be null? */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a SELECT command. The syntax is:
+ SELECT word IN list DO command_list DONE
+ Only `break' or `return' in command_list will terminate
+ the command. */
+static int
+execute_select_command (select_command)
+ SELECT_COM *select_command;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *releaser, *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *identifier, *ps3_prompt, *selection;
+ int retval, list_len, show_menu, save_line_number;
+
+ if (check_identifier (select_command->name, 1) == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = select_command->line;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_select_command_head (select_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_select_command_head (select_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+#endif
+
+ loop_level++;
+ identifier = select_command->name->word;
+
+ /* command and arithmetic substitution, parameter and variable expansion,
+ word splitting, pathname expansion, and quote removal. */
+ list = releaser = expand_words_no_vars (select_command->map_list);
+ list_len = list_length (list);
+ if (list == 0 || list_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("select");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, releaser);
+
+ if (select_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ select_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ show_menu = 1;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ line_number = select_command->line;
+ ps3_prompt = get_string_value ("PS3");
+ if (ps3_prompt == 0)
+ ps3_prompt = "#? ";
+
+ QUIT;
+ selection = select_query (list, list_len, ps3_prompt, show_menu);
+ QUIT;
+ if (selection == 0)
+ {
+ /* select_query returns EXECUTION_FAILURE if the read builtin
+ fails, so we want to return failure in this case. */
+ retval = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ v = bind_variable (identifier, selection, 0);
+ if (readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (v) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("select");
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ retval = execute_command (select_command->action);
+
+ REAP ();
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined (KSH_COMPATIBLE_SELECT)
+ show_menu = 0;
+ selection = get_string_value ("REPLY");
+ if (selection && *selection == '\0')
+ show_menu = 1;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("select");
+ return (retval);
+}
+#endif /* SELECT_COMMAND */
+
+/* Execute a CASE command. The syntax is: CASE word_desc IN pattern_list ESAC.
+ The pattern_list is a linked list of pattern clauses; each clause contains
+ some patterns to compare word_desc against, and an associated command to
+ execute. */
+static int
+execute_case_command (case_command)
+ CASE_COM *case_command;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_LIST *wlist, *es;
+ PATTERN_LIST *clauses;
+ char *word, *pattern;
+ int retval, match, ignore_return, save_line_number;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = case_command->line;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_case_command_head (case_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_case_command_head (case_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ wlist = expand_word_unsplit (case_command->word, 0);
+ word = wlist ? string_list (wlist) : savestring ("");
+ dispose_words (wlist);
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ ignore_return = case_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("case");
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, word);
+
+#define EXIT_CASE() goto exit_case_command
+
+ for (clauses = case_command->clauses; clauses; clauses = clauses->next)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+ for (list = clauses->patterns; list; list = list->next)
+ {
+ es = expand_word_leave_quoted (list->word, 0);
+
+ if (es && es->word && es->word->word && *(es->word->word))
+ pattern = quote_string_for_globbing (es->word->word, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ else
+ {
+ pattern = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ pattern[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* Since the pattern does not undergo quote removal (as per
+ Posix.2, section 3.9.4.3), the strmatch () call must be able
+ to recognize backslashes as escape characters. */
+ match = strmatch (pattern, word, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG|FNMATCH_IGNCASE) != FNM_NOMATCH;
+ free (pattern);
+
+ dispose_words (es);
+
+ if (match)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if (clauses->action && ignore_return)
+ clauses->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ retval = execute_command (clauses->action);
+ }
+ while ((clauses->flags & CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH) && (clauses = clauses->next));
+ if (clauses == 0 || (clauses->flags & CASEPAT_TESTNEXT) == 0)
+ EXIT_CASE ();
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ QUIT;
+ }
+ }
+
+exit_case_command:
+ free (word);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("case");
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (retval);
+}
+
+#define CMD_WHILE 0
+#define CMD_UNTIL 1
+
+/* The WHILE command. Syntax: WHILE test DO action; DONE.
+ Repeatedly execute action while executing test produces
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+static int
+execute_while_command (while_command)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+{
+ return (execute_while_or_until (while_command, CMD_WHILE));
+}
+
+/* UNTIL is just like WHILE except that the test result is negated. */
+static int
+execute_until_command (while_command)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+{
+ return (execute_while_or_until (while_command, CMD_UNTIL));
+}
+
+/* The body for both while and until. The only difference between the
+ two is that the test value is treated differently. TYPE is
+ CMD_WHILE or CMD_UNTIL. The return value for both commands should
+ be EXECUTION_SUCCESS if no commands in the body are executed, and
+ the status of the last command executed in the body otherwise. */
+static int
+execute_while_or_until (while_command, type)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+ int type;
+{
+ int return_value, body_status;
+
+ body_status = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ loop_level++;
+
+ while_command->test->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (while_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ while_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ return_value = execute_command (while_command->test);
+ REAP ();
+
+ /* Need to handle `break' in the test when we would break out of the
+ loop. The job control code will set `breaking' to loop_level
+ when a job in a loop is stopped with SIGTSTP. If the stopped job
+ is in the loop test, `breaking' will not be reset unless we do
+ this, and the shell will cease to execute commands. */
+ if (type == CMD_WHILE && return_value != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ if (breaking)
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (type == CMD_UNTIL && return_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ if (breaking)
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ QUIT;
+ body_status = execute_command (while_command->action);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ loop_level--;
+
+ return (body_status);
+}
+
+/* IF test THEN command [ELSE command].
+ IF also allows ELIF in the place of ELSE IF, but
+ the parser makes *that* stupidity transparent. */
+static int
+execute_if_command (if_command)
+ IF_COM *if_command;
+{
+ int return_value, save_line_number;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ if_command->test->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ return_value = execute_command (if_command->test);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (return_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (if_command->true_case && (if_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ if_command->true_case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ return (execute_command (if_command->true_case));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (if_command->false_case && (if_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ if_command->false_case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ return (execute_command (if_command->false_case));
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+static int
+execute_arith_command (arith_command)
+ ARITH_COM *arith_command;
+{
+ int expok, save_line_number, retval;
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ WORD_LIST *new;
+ char *exp;
+
+ expresult = 0;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) */
+ line_number = arith_command->line;
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_arith_command (arith_command->exp);
+
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each arithmetic command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information and before we expand the various
+ words in the expression. */
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ new = expand_words_no_vars (arith_command->exp);
+
+ /* If we're tracing, make a new word list with `((' at the front and `))'
+ at the back and print it. */
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_arith_cmd (new);
+
+ if (new)
+ {
+ exp = new->next ? string_list (new) : new->word->word;
+ expresult = evalexp (exp, &expok);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ if (exp != new->word->word)
+ free (exp);
+ dispose_words (new);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ expok = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ return (expresult == 0 ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+#endif /* DPAREN_ARITHMETIC */
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+
+static char * const nullstr = "";
+
+/* XXX - can COND ever be NULL when this is called? */
+static int
+execute_cond_node (cond)
+ COND_COM *cond;
+{
+ int result, invert, patmatch, rmatch, mflags, ignore;
+ char *arg1, *arg2;
+#if 0
+ char *t1, *t2;
+#endif
+
+ invert = (cond->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN);
+ ignore = (cond->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN);
+ if (ignore)
+ {
+ if (cond->left)
+ cond->left->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (cond->right)
+ cond->right->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ }
+
+ if (cond->type == COND_EXPR)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ else if (cond->type == COND_OR)
+ {
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ if (result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->right);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_AND)
+ {
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ if (result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->right);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_UNARY)
+ {
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg1 = cond_expand_word (cond->left->op, 0);
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg1 == 0)
+ arg1 = nullstr;
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_cond_term (cond->type, invert, cond->op, arg1, (char *)NULL);
+ result = unary_test (cond->op->word, arg1) ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (arg1 != nullstr)
+ free (arg1);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_BINARY)
+ {
+ rmatch = 0;
+ patmatch = (((cond->op->word[1] == '=') && (cond->op->word[2] == '\0') &&
+ (cond->op->word[0] == '!' || cond->op->word[0] == '=')) ||
+ (cond->op->word[0] == '=' && cond->op->word[1] == '\0'));
+#if defined (COND_REGEXP)
+ rmatch = (cond->op->word[0] == '=' && cond->op->word[1] == '~' &&
+ cond->op->word[2] == '\0');
+#endif
+
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg1 = cond_expand_word (cond->left->op, 0);
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg1 == 0)
+ arg1 = nullstr;
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg2 = cond_expand_word (cond->right->op,
+ (rmatch && shell_compatibility_level > 31) ? 2 : (patmatch ? 1 : 0));
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg2 == 0)
+ arg2 = nullstr;
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_cond_term (cond->type, invert, cond->op, arg1, arg2);
+
+#if defined (COND_REGEXP)
+ if (rmatch)
+ {
+ mflags = SHMAT_PWARN;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ mflags |= SHMAT_SUBEXP;
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ t1 = strescape(arg1);
+ t2 = strescape(arg2);
+ itrace("execute_cond_node: sh_regmatch on `%s' and `%s'", t1, t2);
+ free(t1);
+ free(t2);
+#endif
+
+ result = sh_regmatch (arg1, arg2, mflags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* COND_REGEXP */
+ {
+ int oe;
+ oe = extended_glob;
+ extended_glob = 1;
+ result = binary_test (cond->op->word, arg1, arg2, TEST_PATMATCH|TEST_ARITHEXP|TEST_LOCALE)
+ ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS
+ : EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ extended_glob = oe;
+ }
+ if (arg1 != nullstr)
+ free (arg1);
+ if (arg2 != nullstr)
+ free (arg2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ command_error ("execute_cond_node", CMDERR_BADTYPE, cond->type, 0);
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ if (invert)
+ result = (result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+execute_cond_command (cond_command)
+ COND_COM *cond_command;
+{
+ int retval, save_line_number;
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+
+ this_command_name = "[[";
+ line_number = cond_command->line;
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_cond_command (cond_command);
+
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each conditional command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information. */
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ debug_print_cond_command (cond_command);
+#endif
+
+ last_command_exit_value = retval = execute_cond_node (cond_command);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (retval);
+}
+#endif /* COND_COMMAND */
+
+static void
+bind_lastarg (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (arg == 0)
+ arg = "";
+ var = bind_variable ("_", arg, 0);
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+}
+
+/* Execute a null command. Fork a subshell if the command uses pipes or is
+ to be run asynchronously. This handles all the side effects that are
+ supposed to take place. */
+static int
+execute_null_command (redirects, pipe_in, pipe_out, async)
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+{
+ int r;
+ int forcefork;
+ REDIRECT *rd;
+
+ for (forcefork = 0, rd = redirects; rd; rd = rd->next)
+ forcefork += rd->rflags & REDIR_VARASSIGN;
+
+ if (forcefork || pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE || async)
+ {
+ /* We have a null command, but we really want a subshell to take
+ care of it. Just fork, do piping and redirections, and exit. */
+ if (make_child ((char *)NULL, async) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX */
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ subshell_environment = 0;
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) == 0)
+ exit (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ else
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Even if there aren't any command names, pretend to do the
+ redirections that are specified. The user expects the side
+ effects to take place. If the redirections fail, then return
+ failure. Otherwise, if a command substitution took place while
+ expanding the command or a redirection, return the value of that
+ substitution. Otherwise, return EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+
+ r = do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE);
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (r != 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ else if (last_command_subst_pid != NO_PID)
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is a hack to suppress word splitting for assignment statements
+ given as arguments to builtins with the ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN flag set. */
+static void
+fix_assignment_words (words)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *w, *wcmd;
+ struct builtin *b;
+ int assoc, global, array, integer;
+
+ if (words == 0)
+ return;
+
+ b = 0;
+ assoc = global = array = integer = 0;
+
+ /* Skip over assignment statements preceding a command name */
+ wcmd = words;
+ for (wcmd = words; wcmd; wcmd = wcmd->next)
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0)
+ break;
+
+ for (w = wcmd; w; w = w->next)
+ if (w->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ if (b == 0)
+ {
+ /* Posix (post-2008) says that `command' doesn't change whether
+ or not the builtin it shadows is a `declaration command', even
+ though it removes other special builtin properties. In Posix
+ mode, we skip over one or more instances of `command' and
+ deal with the next word as the assignment builtin. */
+ while (posixly_correct && wcmd && wcmd->word && wcmd->word->word && STREQ (wcmd->word->word, "command"))
+ wcmd = wcmd->next;
+ b = builtin_address_internal (wcmd->word->word, 0);
+ if (b == 0 || (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN) == 0)
+ return;
+ else if (b && (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN))
+ wcmd->word->flags |= W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ }
+ w->word->flags |= (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOGLOB|W_TILDEEXP|W_ASSIGNARG);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ if (array)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNARRAY;
+#endif
+ if (global)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSNGLOBAL;
+ if (integer)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNINT;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Note that we saw an associative array option to a builtin that takes
+ assignment statements. This is a bit of a kludge. */
+ else if (w->word->word[0] == '-' && (strchr (w->word->word+1, 'A') || strchr (w->word->word+1, 'a') || strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g')))
+#else
+ else if (w->word->word[0] == '-' && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g'))
+#endif
+ {
+ if (b == 0)
+ {
+ while (posixly_correct && wcmd && wcmd->word && wcmd->word->word && STREQ (wcmd->word->word, "command"))
+ wcmd = wcmd->next;
+ b = builtin_address_internal (wcmd->word->word, 0);
+ if (b == 0 || (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN) == 0)
+ return;
+ else if (b && (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN))
+ wcmd->word->flags |= W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ }
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'A'))
+ assoc = 1;
+ else if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'a'))
+ array = 1;
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g'))
+ global = 1;
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'i'))
+ integer = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if the file found by searching $PATH for PATHNAME, defaulting
+ to PATHNAME, is a directory. Used by the autocd code below. */
+static int
+is_dirname (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ int ret;
+
+ temp = search_for_command (pathname, 0);
+ ret = (temp ? file_isdir (temp) : file_isdir (pathname));
+ free (temp);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* The meaty part of all the executions. We have to start hacking the
+ real execution of commands here. Fork a process, set things up,
+ execute the command. */
+static int
+execute_simple_command (simple_command, pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close)
+ SIMPLE_COM *simple_command;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *words, *lastword;
+ char *command_line, *lastarg, *temp;
+ int first_word_quoted, result, builtin_is_special, already_forked, dofork;
+ pid_t old_last_async_pid;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *func;
+ volatile int old_builtin, old_command_builtin;
+
+ result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ special_builtin_failed = builtin_is_special = 0;
+ command_line = (char *)0;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell && sourcelevel == 0)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ /* Remember what this command line looks like at invocation. */
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_simple_command (simple_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = the_printed_command ? savestring (the_printed_command) : (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each simple command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information. */
+ result = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+#endif
+
+ first_word_quoted =
+ simple_command->words ? (simple_command->words->word->flags & W_QUOTED) : 0;
+
+ last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+ old_last_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+
+ already_forked = dofork = 0;
+
+ /* If we're in a pipeline or run in the background, set DOFORK so we
+ make the child early, before word expansion. This keeps assignment
+ statements from affecting the parent shell's environment when they
+ should not. */
+ dofork = pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE || async;
+
+ /* Something like `%2 &' should restart job 2 in the background, not cause
+ the shell to fork here. */
+ if (dofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE &&
+ simple_command->words && simple_command->words->word &&
+ simple_command->words->word->word &&
+ (simple_command->words->word->word[0] == '%'))
+ dofork = 0;
+
+ if (dofork)
+ {
+ /* Do this now, because execute_disk_command will do it anyway in the
+ vast majority of cases. */
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+
+ /* Don't let a DEBUG trap overwrite the command string to be saved with
+ the process/job associated with this child. */
+ if (make_child (savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap), async) == 0)
+ {
+ already_forked = 1;
+ simple_command->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_FORK; /* XXX */
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+
+ /* We need to do this before piping to handle some really
+ pathological cases where one of the pipe file descriptors
+ is < 2. */
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+ pipe_in = pipe_out = NO_PIPE;
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_last_async_pid;
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Don't let simple commands that aren't the last command in a
+ pipeline change $? for the rest of the pipeline (or at all). */
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ result = last_command_exit_value;
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Close /dev/fd file descriptors in the parent after forking the
+ last child in a (possibly one-element) pipeline. Defer this
+ until any running shell function completes. */
+ if (pipe_out == NO_PIPE && variable_context == 0) /* XXX */
+ unlink_fifo_list (); /* XXX */
+#endif
+ command_line = (char *)NULL; /* don't free this. */
+ bind_lastarg ((char *)NULL);
+ return (result);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we are re-running this as the result of executing the `command'
+ builtin, do not expand the command words a second time. */
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_INHIBIT_EXPANSION) == 0)
+ {
+ current_fds_to_close = fds_to_close;
+ fix_assignment_words (simple_command->words);
+ /* Pass the ignore return flag down to command substitutions */
+ if (simple_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) /* XXX */
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ words = expand_words (simple_command->words);
+ if (simple_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ words = copy_word_list (simple_command->words);
+
+ /* It is possible for WORDS not to have anything left in it.
+ Perhaps all the words consisted of `$foo', and there was
+ no variable `$foo'. */
+ if (words == 0)
+ {
+ this_command_name = 0;
+ result = execute_null_command (simple_command->redirects,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ already_forked ? 0 : async);
+ if (already_forked)
+ exit (result);
+ else
+ {
+ bind_lastarg ((char *)NULL);
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (result);
+ return (result);
+ }
+ }
+
+ lastarg = (char *)NULL;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_word_list (words, 1);
+
+ builtin = (sh_builtin_func_t *)NULL;
+ func = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_NO_FUNCTIONS) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Posix.2 says special builtins are found before functions. We
+ don't set builtin_is_special anywhere other than here, because
+ this path is followed only when the `command' builtin is *not*
+ being used, and we don't want to exit the shell if a special
+ builtin executed with `command builtin' fails. `command' is not
+ a special builtin. */
+ if (posixly_correct)
+ {
+ builtin = find_special_builtin (words->word->word);
+ if (builtin)
+ builtin_is_special = 1;
+ }
+ if (builtin == 0)
+ func = find_function (words->word->word);
+ }
+
+ /* In POSIX mode, assignment errors in the temporary environment cause a
+ non-interactive shell to exit. */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0 && tempenv_assign_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0; /* don't care about this any more */
+
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, words);
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Bind the last word in this command to "$_" after execution. */
+ for (lastword = words; lastword->next; lastword = lastword->next)
+ ;
+ lastarg = lastword->word->word;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Is this command a job control related thing? */
+ if (words->word->word[0] == '%' && already_forked == 0)
+ {
+ this_command_name = async ? "bg" : "fg";
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin_address (this_command_name);
+ result = (*this_shell_builtin) (words);
+ goto return_result;
+ }
+
+ /* One other possibililty. The user may want to resume an existing job.
+ If they do, find out whether this word is a candidate for a running
+ job. */
+ if (job_control && already_forked == 0 && async == 0 &&
+ !first_word_quoted &&
+ !words->next &&
+ words->word->word[0] &&
+ !simple_command->redirects &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ pipe_out == NO_PIPE &&
+ (temp = get_string_value ("auto_resume")))
+ {
+ int job, jflags, started_status;
+
+ jflags = JM_STOPPED|JM_FIRSTMATCH;
+ if (STREQ (temp, "exact"))
+ jflags |= JM_EXACT;
+ else if (STREQ (temp, "substring"))
+ jflags |= JM_SUBSTRING;
+ else
+ jflags |= JM_PREFIX;
+ job = get_job_by_name (words->word->word, jflags);
+ if (job != NO_JOB)
+ {
+ run_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+ this_command_name = "fg";
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin_address ("fg");
+
+ started_status = start_job (job, 1);
+ return ((started_status < 0) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : started_status);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+run_builtin:
+ /* Remember the name of this command globally. */
+ this_command_name = words->word->word;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* This command could be a shell builtin or a user-defined function.
+ We have already found special builtins by this time, so we do not
+ set builtin_is_special. If this is a function or builtin, and we
+ have pipes, then fork a subshell in here. Otherwise, just execute
+ the command directly. */
+ if (func == 0 && builtin == 0)
+ builtin = find_shell_builtin (this_command_name);
+
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin;
+
+ if (builtin || func)
+ {
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ old_builtin = executing_builtin;
+ old_command_builtin = executing_command_builtin;
+ unwind_protect_int (executing_builtin); /* modified in execute_builtin */
+ unwind_protect_int (executing_command_builtin); /* ditto */
+ }
+ if (already_forked)
+ {
+ /* reset_terminating_signals (); */ /* XXX */
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+
+ if (async)
+ {
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ (stdin_redirects (simple_command->redirects) == 0))
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ }
+
+ subshell_level++;
+ execute_subshell_builtin_or_function
+ (words, simple_command->redirects, builtin, func,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = execute_builtin_or_function
+ (words, builtin, func, simple_command->redirects, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ if (result > EX_SHERRBASE)
+ {
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case EX_REDIRFAIL:
+ case EX_BADASSIGN:
+ case EX_EXPFAIL:
+ /* These errors cause non-interactive posix mode shells to exit */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ }
+ result = builtin_status (result);
+ if (builtin_is_special)
+ special_builtin_failed = 1;
+ }
+ /* In POSIX mode, if there are assignment statements preceding
+ a special builtin, they persist after the builtin
+ completes. */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && temporary_env)
+ merge_temporary_env ();
+ }
+ else /* function */
+ {
+ if (result == EX_USAGE)
+ result = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ else if (result > EX_SHERRBASE)
+ result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (result);
+
+ goto return_result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (autocd && interactive && words->word && is_dirname (words->word->word))
+ {
+ words = make_word_list (make_word ("cd"), words);
+ xtrace_print_word_list (words, 0);
+ goto run_builtin;
+ }
+
+ if (command_line == 0)
+ command_line = savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap ? the_printed_command_except_trap : "");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_COMSUB) && (simple_command->flags & CMD_NO_FORK) && fifos_pending() > 0)
+ simple_command->flags &= ~CMD_NO_FORK;
+#endif
+
+ result = execute_disk_command (words, simple_command->redirects, command_line,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+
+ return_result:
+ bind_lastarg (lastarg);
+ FREE (command_line);
+ dispose_words (words);
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ executing_builtin = old_builtin;
+ executing_command_builtin = old_command_builtin;
+ }
+ discard_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* points to freed memory now */
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Translate the special builtin exit statuses. We don't really need a
+ function for this; it's a placeholder for future work. */
+static int
+builtin_status (result)
+ int result;
+{
+ int r;
+
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case EX_USAGE:
+ r = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ break;
+ case EX_REDIRFAIL:
+ case EX_BADSYNTAX:
+ case EX_BADASSIGN:
+ case EX_EXPFAIL:
+ r = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ r = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ break;
+ }
+ return (r);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, subshell)
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ int flags, subshell;
+{
+ int old_e_flag, result, eval_unwind;
+ int isbltinenv;
+ char *error_trap;
+
+ error_trap = 0;
+ old_e_flag = exit_immediately_on_error;
+
+ /* The eval builtin calls parse_and_execute, which does not know about
+ the setting of flags, and always calls the execution functions with
+ flags that will exit the shell on an error if -e is set. If the
+ eval builtin is being called, and we're supposed to ignore the exit
+ value of the command, we turn the -e flag off ourselves and disable
+ the ERR trap, then restore them when the command completes. This is
+ also a problem (as below) for the command and source/. builtins. */
+ if (subshell == 0 && (flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) &&
+ (builtin == eval_builtin || builtin == command_builtin || builtin == source_builtin))
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("eval_builtin");
+ unwind_protect_int (exit_immediately_on_error);
+ unwind_protect_int (builtin_ignoring_errexit);
+ error_trap = TRAP_STRING (ERROR_TRAP);
+ if (error_trap)
+ {
+ error_trap = savestring (error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_error_trap, error_trap);
+ restore_default_signal (ERROR_TRAP);
+ }
+ exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 1;
+ eval_unwind = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ eval_unwind = 0;
+
+ /* The temporary environment for a builtin is supposed to apply to
+ all commands executed by that builtin. Currently, this is a
+ problem only with the `unset', `source' and `eval' builtins.
+ `mapfile' is a special case because it uses evalstring (same as
+ eval or source) to run its callbacks. */
+ isbltinenv = (builtin == source_builtin || builtin == eval_builtin || builtin == unset_builtin || builtin == mapfile_builtin);
+
+ if (isbltinenv)
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ begin_unwind_frame ("builtin_env");
+
+ if (temporary_env)
+ {
+ push_scope (VC_BLTNENV, temporary_env);
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (pop_scope, (flags & CMD_COMMAND_BUILTIN) ? 0 : "1");
+ temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (subshell == 0 && builtin == eval_builtin)
+ {
+ if (evalnest_max > 0 && evalnest >= evalnest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("eval: maximum eval nesting level exceeded (%d)"), evalnest);
+ evalnest = 0;
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ unwind_protect_int (evalnest);
+ /* The test for subshell == 0 above doesn't make a difference */
+ evalnest++; /* execute_subshell_builtin_or_function sets this to 0 */
+ }
+ else if (subshell == 0 && builtin == source_builtin)
+ {
+ if (sourcenest_max > 0 && sourcenest >= sourcenest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: maximum source nesting level exceeded (%d)"), this_command_name, sourcenest);
+ sourcenest = 0;
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ unwind_protect_int (sourcenest);
+ /* The test for subshell == 0 above doesn't make a difference */
+ sourcenest++; /* execute_subshell_builtin_or_function sets this to 0 */
+ }
+
+
+ /* `return' does a longjmp() back to a saved environment in execute_function.
+ If a variable assignment list preceded the command, and the shell is
+ running in POSIX mode, we need to merge that into the shell_variables
+ table, since `return' is a POSIX special builtin. */
+ if (posixly_correct && subshell == 0 && builtin == return_builtin && temporary_env)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("return_temp_env");
+ add_unwind_protect (merge_temporary_env, (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ executing_builtin++;
+ executing_command_builtin |= builtin == command_builtin;
+ result = ((*builtin) (words->next));
+
+ /* This shouldn't happen, but in case `return' comes back instead of
+ longjmp'ing, we need to unwind. */
+ if (posixly_correct && subshell == 0 && builtin == return_builtin && temporary_env)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("return_temp_env");
+
+ if (subshell == 0 && isbltinenv)
+ run_unwind_frame ("builtin_env");
+
+ if (eval_unwind)
+ {
+ exit_immediately_on_error = errexit_flag;
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+ if (error_trap)
+ {
+ set_error_trap (error_trap);
+ xfree (error_trap);
+ }
+ discard_unwind_frame ("eval_builtin");
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static void
+maybe_restore_getopt_state (gs)
+ sh_getopt_state_t *gs;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* If we have a local copy of OPTIND and it's at the right (current)
+ context, then we restore getopt's internal state. If not, we just
+ let it go. We know there is a local OPTIND if gs->gs_flags & 1.
+ This is set below in execute_function() before the context is run. */
+ if (gs->gs_flags & 1)
+ sh_getopt_restore_istate (gs);
+ else
+ free (gs);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static void
+restore_funcarray_state (fa)
+ struct func_array_state *fa;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nfv;
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+
+ array_pop (fa->source_a);
+ array_pop (fa->lineno_a);
+
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
+ if (nfv == fa->funcname_v)
+ array_pop (funcname_a);
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, async, subshell)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ int flags;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int async, subshell;
+{
+ int return_val, result;
+ COMMAND *tc, *fc, *save_current;
+ char *debug_trap, *error_trap, *return_trap;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *funcname_v, *nfv, *bash_source_v, *bash_lineno_v;
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+ volatile ARRAY *bash_source_a;
+ volatile ARRAY *bash_lineno_a;
+ struct func_array_state fa;
+#endif
+ FUNCTION_DEF *shell_fn;
+ char *sfile, *t;
+ sh_getopt_state_t *gs;
+
+ USE_VAR(fc);
+
+ if (funcnest_max > 0 && funcnest >= funcnest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: maximum function nesting level exceeded (%d)"), var->name, funcnest);
+ funcnest = 0; /* XXX - should we reset it somewhere else? */
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", funcname_v, funcname_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_SOURCE", bash_source_v, bash_source_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_LINENO", bash_lineno_v, bash_lineno_a);
+#endif
+
+ tc = (COMMAND *)copy_command (function_cell (var));
+ if (tc && (flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ tc->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ gs = sh_getopt_save_istate ();
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("function_calling");
+ push_context (var->name, subshell, temporary_env);
+ /* This has to be before the pop_context(), because the unwinding of
+ local variables may cause the restore of a local declaration of
+ OPTIND to force a getopts state reset. */
+ add_unwind_protect (maybe_restore_getopt_state, gs);
+ add_unwind_protect (pop_context, (char *)NULL);
+ unwind_protect_int (line_number);
+ unwind_protect_int (return_catch_flag);
+ unwind_protect_jmp_buf (return_catch);
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_command, (char *)tc);
+ unwind_protect_pointer (this_shell_function);
+ unwind_protect_int (funcnest);
+ unwind_protect_int (loop_level);
+ }
+ else
+ push_context (var->name, subshell, temporary_env); /* don't unwind-protect for subshells */
+
+ temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ this_shell_function = var;
+ make_funcname_visible (1);
+
+ debug_trap = TRAP_STRING(DEBUG_TRAP);
+ error_trap = TRAP_STRING(ERROR_TRAP);
+ return_trap = TRAP_STRING(RETURN_TRAP);
+
+ /* The order of the unwind protects for debug_trap, error_trap and
+ return_trap is important here! unwind-protect commands are run
+ in reverse order of registration. If this causes problems, take
+ out the xfree unwind-protect calls and live with the small memory leak. */
+
+ /* function_trace_mode != 0 means that all functions inherit the DEBUG trap.
+ if the function has the trace attribute set, it inherits the DEBUG trap */
+ if (debug_trap && ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0))
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ debug_trap = savestring (debug_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, debug_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_debug_trap, debug_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (DEBUG_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* error_trace_mode != 0 means that functions inherit the ERR trap. */
+ if (error_trap && error_trace_mode == 0)
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ error_trap = savestring (error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_error_trap, error_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (ERROR_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* Shell functions inherit the RETURN trap if function tracing is on
+ globally or on individually for this function. */
+#if 0
+ if (return_trap && ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0))
+#else
+ if (return_trap && (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) || ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0)))
+#endif
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ return_trap = savestring (return_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, return_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_return_trap, return_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (RETURN_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ funcnest++;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* This is quite similar to the code in shell.c and elsewhere. */
+ shell_fn = find_function_def (this_shell_function->name);
+ sfile = shell_fn ? shell_fn->source_file : "";
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)funcname_a, this_shell_function->name);
+
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)bash_source_a, sfile);
+ t = itos (executing_line_number ());
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)bash_lineno_a, t);
+ free (t);
+#endif
+
+ /* The temporary environment for a function is supposed to apply to
+ all commands executed within the function body. */
+
+ remember_args (words->next, 1);
+
+ /* Update BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC */
+ if (debugging_mode)
+ push_args (words->next);
+
+ /* Number of the line on which the function body starts. */
+ line_number = function_line_number = tc->line;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (subshell)
+ stop_pipeline (async, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+#endif
+
+ loop_level = 0;
+
+ fc = tc;
+
+ from_return_trap = 0;
+
+ return_catch_flag++;
+ return_val = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ if (return_val)
+ {
+ result = return_catch_value;
+ /* Run the RETURN trap in the function's context. */
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ if (from_return_trap == 0)
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Run the debug trap here so we can trap at the start of a function's
+ execution rather than the execution of the body's first command. */
+ showing_function_line = 1;
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ result = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode == 0 || result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ showing_function_line = 0;
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ result = execute_command_internal (fc, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ /* Run the RETURN trap in the function's context */
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ }
+#else
+ result = execute_command_internal (fc, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+#endif
+ showing_function_line = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Restore BASH_ARGC and BASH_ARGV */
+ if (debugging_mode)
+ pop_args ();
+
+ /* If we have a local copy of OPTIND, note it in the saved getopts state. */
+ nfv = find_variable ("OPTIND");
+ if (nfv && nfv->context == variable_context)
+ gs->gs_flags |= 1;
+
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ run_unwind_frame ("function_calling");
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* These two variables cannot be unset, and cannot be affected by the
+ function. */
+ array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_source_a);
+ array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_lineno_a);
+
+ /* FUNCNAME can be unset, and so can potentially be changed by the
+ function. */
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
+ if (nfv == funcname_v)
+ array_pop (funcname_a);
+#endif
+
+ if (variable_context == 0 || this_shell_function == 0)
+ {
+ make_funcname_visible (0);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* A convenience routine for use by other parts of the shell to execute
+ a particular shell function. */
+int
+execute_shell_function (var, words)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+{
+ int ret;
+ struct fd_bitmap *bitmap;
+
+ bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE);
+ begin_unwind_frame ("execute-shell-function");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, (char *)bitmap);
+
+ ret = execute_function (var, words, 0, bitmap, 0, 0);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("execute-shell-function");
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Execute a shell builtin or function in a subshell environment. This
+ routine does not return; it only calls exit(). If BUILTIN is non-null,
+ it points to a function to call to execute a shell builtin; otherwise
+ VAR points at the body of a function to execute. WORDS is the arguments
+ to the command, REDIRECTS specifies redirections to perform before the
+ command is executed. */
+static void
+execute_subshell_builtin_or_function (words, redirects, builtin, var,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ flags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int result, r, funcvalue;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ int jobs_hack;
+
+ jobs_hack = (builtin == jobs_builtin) &&
+ ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0 || pipe_out != NO_PIPE);
+#endif
+
+ /* A subshell is neither a login shell nor interactive. */
+ login_shell = interactive = 0;
+ if (builtin == eval_builtin)
+ evalnest = 0;
+ else if (builtin == source_builtin)
+ sourcenest = 0;
+
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX - is this needed? */
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Eradicate all traces of job control after we fork the subshell, so
+ all jobs begun by this subshell are in the same process group as
+ the shell itself. */
+
+ /* Allow the output of `jobs' to be piped. */
+ if (jobs_hack)
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+ else
+ without_job_control ();
+
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0)
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ /* Give builtins a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main(). */
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* Give the return builtin a place to jump to when executed in a subshell
+ or pipeline */
+ funcvalue = 0;
+ if (return_catch_flag && builtin == return_builtin)
+ funcvalue = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ if (result == EXITPROG)
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else if (result)
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ else if (funcvalue)
+ exit (return_catch_value);
+ else
+ {
+ r = execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, 1);
+ fflush (stdout);
+ if (r == EX_USAGE)
+ r = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ exit (r);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r = execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, async, 1);
+ fflush (stdout);
+ exit (r);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a builtin or function in the current shell context. If BUILTIN
+ is non-null, it is the builtin command to execute, otherwise VAR points
+ to the body of a function. WORDS are the command's arguments, REDIRECTS
+ are the redirections to perform. FDS_TO_CLOSE is the usual bitmap of
+ file descriptors to close.
+
+ If BUILTIN is exec_builtin, the redirections specified in REDIRECTS are
+ not undone before this function returns. */
+static int
+execute_builtin_or_function (words, builtin, var, redirects,
+ fds_to_close, flags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int result;
+ REDIRECT *saved_undo_list;
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ int ofifo, nfifo, osize;
+ char *ofifo_list;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ ofifo = num_fifos ();
+ ofifo_list = copy_fifo_list (&osize);
+#endif
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE) != 0)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ free (ofifo_list);
+#endif
+ return (EX_REDIRFAIL); /* was EXECUTION_FAILURE */
+ }
+
+ saved_undo_list = redirection_undo_list;
+
+ /* Calling the "exec" builtin changes redirections forever. */
+ if (builtin == exec_builtin)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (saved_undo_list);
+ saved_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list;
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ add_unwind_protect (cleanup_redirects, (char *)saved_undo_list);
+ }
+
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (builtin)
+ result = execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, 0);
+ else
+ result = execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, 0, 0);
+
+ /* We do this before undoing the effects of any redirections. */
+ fflush (stdout);
+ fpurge (stdout);
+ if (ferror (stdout))
+ clearerr (stdout);
+
+ /* If we are executing the `command' builtin, but this_shell_builtin is
+ set to `exec_builtin', we know that we have something like
+ `command exec [redirection]', since otherwise `exec' would have
+ overwritten the shell and we wouldn't get here. In this case, we
+ want to behave as if the `command' builtin had not been specified
+ and preserve the redirections. */
+ if (builtin == command_builtin && this_shell_builtin == exec_builtin)
+ {
+ int discard;
+
+ discard = 0;
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (saved_undo_list);
+ discard = 1;
+ }
+ redirection_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list;
+ saved_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ if (discard)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ }
+
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ redirection_undo_list = saved_undo_list;
+ discard_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ }
+
+ if (redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Close any FIFOs created by this builtin or function. */
+ nfifo = num_fifos ();
+ if (nfifo > ofifo)
+ close_new_fifos (ofifo_list, osize);
+ free (ofifo_list);
+#endif
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+void
+setup_async_signals ()
+{
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+ set_signal_handler (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); /* they want csh-like behavior */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (job_control == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ /* Make sure we get the original signal dispositions now so we don't
+ confuse the trap builtin later if the subshell tries to use it to
+ reset SIGINT/SIGQUIT. Don't call set_signal_ignored; that sets
+ the value of original_signals to SIG_IGN. Posix interpretation 751. */
+ get_original_signal (SIGINT);
+ set_signal_handler (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+
+ get_original_signal (SIGQUIT);
+ set_signal_handler (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a simple command that is hopefully defined in a disk file
+ somewhere.
+
+ 1) fork ()
+ 2) connect pipes
+ 3) look up the command
+ 4) do redirections
+ 5) execve ()
+ 6) If the execve failed, see if the file has executable mode set.
+ If so, and it isn't a directory, then execute its contents as
+ a shell script.
+
+ Note that the filename hashing stuff has to take place up here,
+ in the parent. This is probably why the Bourne style shells
+ don't handle it, since that would require them to go through
+ this gnarly hair, for no good reason.
+
+ NOTE: callers expect this to fork or exit(). */
+
+/* Name of a shell function to call when a command name is not found. */
+#ifndef NOTFOUND_HOOK
+# define NOTFOUND_HOOK "command_not_found_handle"
+#endif
+
+static int
+execute_disk_command (words, redirects, command_line, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ async, fds_to_close, cmdflags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ char *command_line;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int cmdflags;
+{
+ char *pathname, *command, **args;
+ int nofork, result;
+ pid_t pid;
+ SHELL_VAR *hookf;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+
+ nofork = (cmdflags & CMD_NO_FORK); /* Don't fork, just exec, if no pipes */
+ pathname = words->word->word;
+
+ result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+ command = (char *)NULL;
+ if (restricted && mbschr (pathname, '/'))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: restricted: cannot specify `/' in command names"),
+ pathname);
+ result = last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+
+ /* If we're not going to fork below, we must already be in a child
+ process or a context in which it's safe to call exit(2). */
+ if (nofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ goto parent_return;
+ }
+#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */
+
+ command = search_for_command (pathname, 1);
+
+ if (command)
+ {
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+ put_command_name_into_env (command);
+ }
+
+ /* We have to make the child before we check for the non-existence
+ of COMMAND, since we want the error messages to be redirected. */
+ /* If we can get away without forking and there are no pipes to deal with,
+ don't bother to fork, just directly exec the command. */
+ if (nofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ pid = 0;
+ else
+ pid = make_child (savestring (command_line), async);
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ int old_interactive;
+
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals ();
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+
+ /* restore_original_signals may have undone the work done
+ by make_child to ensure that SIGINT and SIGQUIT are ignored
+ in asynchronous children. */
+ if (async)
+ {
+ if ((cmdflags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ (stdin_redirects (redirects) == 0))
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ }
+
+ /* This functionality is now provided by close-on-exec of the
+ file descriptors manipulated by redirection and piping.
+ Some file descriptors still need to be closed in all children
+ because of the way bash does pipes; fds_to_close is a
+ bitmap of all such file descriptors. */
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+ old_interactive = interactive;
+ if (async)
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_FORK; /* XXX */
+
+ if (redirects && (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0))
+ {
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Try to remove named pipes that may have been created as the
+ result of redirections. */
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (async)
+ interactive = old_interactive;
+
+ if (command == 0)
+ {
+ hookf = find_function (NOTFOUND_HOOK);
+ if (hookf == 0)
+ {
+ /* Make sure filenames are displayed using printable characters */
+ pathname = printable_filename (pathname, 0);
+ internal_error (_("%s: command not found"), pathname);
+ exit (EX_NOTFOUND); /* Posix.2 says the exit status is 127 */
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* May need to reinitialize more of the job control state here. */
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+#endif
+
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (NOTFOUND_HOOK), words);
+ exit (execute_shell_function (hookf, wl));
+ }
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+
+ /* Execve expects the command name to be in args[0]. So we
+ leave it there, in the same format that the user used to
+ type it in. */
+ args = strvec_from_word_list (words, 0, 0, (int *)NULL);
+ exit (shell_execve (command, args, export_env));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+parent_return:
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Make sure that the pipes are closed in the parent. */
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (variable_context == 0)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ FREE (command);
+ return (result);
+ }
+}
+
+/* CPP defines to decide whether a particular index into the #! line
+ corresponds to a valid interpreter name or argument character, or
+ whitespace. The MSDOS define is to allow \r to be treated the same
+ as \n. */
+
+#if !defined (MSDOS)
+# define STRINGCHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && !whitespace (sample[ind]) && sample[ind] != '\n')
+# define WHITECHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && whitespace (sample[ind]))
+#else /* MSDOS */
+# define STRINGCHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && !whitespace (sample[ind]) && sample[ind] != '\n' && sample[ind] != '\r')
+# define WHITECHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && whitespace (sample[ind]))
+#endif /* MSDOS */
+
+static char *
+getinterp (sample, sample_len, endp)
+ char *sample;
+ int sample_len, *endp;
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *execname;
+ int start;
+
+ /* Find the name of the interpreter to exec. */
+ for (i = 2; i < sample_len && whitespace (sample[i]); i++)
+ ;
+
+ for (start = i; STRINGCHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+
+ execname = substring (sample, start, i);
+
+ if (endp)
+ *endp = i;
+ return execname;
+}
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+/* If the operating system on which we're running does not handle
+ the #! executable format, then help out. SAMPLE is the text read
+ from the file, SAMPLE_LEN characters. COMMAND is the name of
+ the script; it and ARGS, the arguments given by the user, will
+ become arguments to the specified interpreter. ENV is the environment
+ to pass to the interpreter.
+
+ The word immediately following the #! is the interpreter to execute.
+ A single argument to the interpreter is allowed. */
+
+static int
+execute_shell_script (sample, sample_len, command, args, env)
+ char *sample;
+ int sample_len;
+ char *command;
+ char **args, **env;
+{
+ char *execname, *firstarg;
+ int i, start, size_increment, larry;
+
+ /* Find the name of the interpreter to exec. */
+ execname = getinterp (sample, sample_len, &i);
+ size_increment = 1;
+
+ /* Now the argument, if any. */
+ for (firstarg = (char *)NULL, start = i; WHITECHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* If there is more text on the line, then it is an argument for the
+ interpreter. */
+
+ if (STRINGCHAR(i))
+ {
+ for (start = i; STRINGCHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+ firstarg = substring ((char *)sample, start, i);
+ size_increment = 2;
+ }
+
+ larry = strvec_len (args) + size_increment;
+ args = strvec_resize (args, larry + 1);
+
+ for (i = larry - 1; i; i--)
+ args[i] = args[i - size_increment];
+
+ args[0] = execname;
+ if (firstarg)
+ {
+ args[1] = firstarg;
+ args[2] = command;
+ }
+ else
+ args[1] = command;
+
+ args[larry] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (shell_execve (execname, args, env));
+}
+#undef STRINGCHAR
+#undef WHITECHAR
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC */
+
+static void
+initialize_subshell ()
+{
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ /* Forget about any aliases that we knew of. We are in a subshell. */
+ delete_all_aliases ();
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ /* Forget about the history lines we have read. This is a non-interactive
+ subshell. */
+ history_lines_this_session = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Forget about the way job control was working. We are in a subshell. */
+ without_job_control ();
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ init_job_stats ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ /* Reset the values of the shell flags and options. */
+ reset_shell_flags ();
+ reset_shell_options ();
+ reset_shopt_options ();
+
+ /* Zero out builtin_env, since this could be a shell script run from a
+ sourced file with a temporary environment supplied to the `source/.'
+ builtin. Such variables are not supposed to be exported (empirical
+ testing with sh and ksh). Just throw it away; don't worry about a
+ memory leak. */
+ if (vc_isbltnenv (shell_variables))
+ shell_variables = shell_variables->down;
+
+ clear_unwind_protect_list (0);
+ /* XXX -- are there other things we should be resetting here? */
+ parse_and_execute_level = 0; /* nothing left to restore it */
+
+ /* We're no longer inside a shell function. */
+ variable_context = return_catch_flag = funcnest = evalnest = sourcenest = 0;
+
+ executing_list = 0; /* XXX */
+
+ /* If we're not interactive, close the file descriptor from which we're
+ reading the current shell script. */
+ if (interactive_shell == 0)
+ unset_bash_input (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETOSTYPE) && defined (_POSIX_SOURCE)
+# define SETOSTYPE(x) __setostype(x)
+#else
+# define SETOSTYPE(x)
+#endif
+
+#define READ_SAMPLE_BUF(file, buf, len) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ fd = open(file, O_RDONLY); \
+ if (fd >= 0) \
+ { \
+ len = read (fd, buf, 80); \
+ close (fd); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ len = -1; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Call execve (), handling interpreting shell scripts, and handling
+ exec failures. */
+int
+shell_execve (command, args, env)
+ char *command;
+ char **args, **env;
+{
+ int larray, i, fd;
+ char sample[80];
+ int sample_len;
+
+ SETOSTYPE (0); /* Some systems use for USG/POSIX semantics */
+ execve (command, args, env);
+ i = errno; /* error from execve() */
+ CHECK_TERMSIG;
+ SETOSTYPE (1);
+
+ /* If we get to this point, then start checking out the file.
+ Maybe it is something we can hack ourselves. */
+ if (i != ENOEXEC)
+ {
+ /* make sure this is set correctly for file_error/report_error */
+ last_command_exit_value = (i == ENOENT) ? EX_NOTFOUND : EX_NOEXEC; /* XXX Posix.2 says that exit status is 126 */
+ if (file_isdir (command))
+#if defined (EISDIR)
+ internal_error (_("%s: %s"), command, strerror (EISDIR));
+#else
+ internal_error (_("%s: is a directory"), command);
+#endif
+ else if (executable_file (command) == 0)
+ {
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ /* errors not involving the path argument to execve. */
+ else if (i == E2BIG || i == ENOMEM)
+ {
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The file has the execute bits set, but the kernel refuses to
+ run it for some reason. See why. */
+#if defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+ READ_SAMPLE_BUF (command, sample, sample_len);
+ sample[sample_len - 1] = '\0';
+ if (sample_len > 2 && sample[0] == '#' && sample[1] == '!')
+ {
+ char *interp;
+ int ilen;
+
+ interp = getinterp (sample, sample_len, (int *)NULL);
+ ilen = strlen (interp);
+ errno = i;
+ if (interp[ilen - 1] == '\r')
+ {
+ interp = xrealloc (interp, ilen + 2);
+ interp[ilen - 1] = '^';
+ interp[ilen] = 'M';
+ interp[ilen + 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ sys_error (_("%s: %s: bad interpreter"), command, interp ? interp : "");
+ FREE (interp);
+ return (EX_NOEXEC);
+ }
+#endif
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ }
+
+ /* This file is executable.
+ If it begins with #!, then help out people with losing operating
+ systems. Otherwise, check to see if it is a binary file by seeing
+ if the contents of the first line (or up to 80 characters) are in the
+ ASCII set. If it's a text file, execute the contents as shell commands,
+ otherwise return 126 (EX_BINARY_FILE). */
+ READ_SAMPLE_BUF (command, sample, sample_len);
+
+ if (sample_len == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ /* Is this supposed to be an executable script?
+ If so, the format of the line is "#! interpreter [argument]".
+ A single argument is allowed. The BSD kernel restricts
+ the length of the entire line to 32 characters (32 bytes
+ being the size of the BSD exec header), but we allow 80
+ characters. */
+ if (sample_len > 0)
+ {
+#if !defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+ if (sample_len > 2 && sample[0] == '#' && sample[1] == '!')
+ return (execute_shell_script (sample, sample_len, command, args, env));
+ else
+#endif
+ if (check_binary_file (sample, sample_len))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: cannot execute binary file: %s"), command, strerror (i));
+ return (EX_BINARY_FILE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We have committed to attempting to execute the contents of this file
+ as shell commands. */
+
+ initialize_subshell ();
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+ /* Insert the name of this shell into the argument list. */
+ larray = strvec_len (args) + 1;
+ args = strvec_resize (args, larray + 1);
+
+ for (i = larray - 1; i; i--)
+ args[i] = args[i - 1];
+
+ args[0] = shell_name;
+ args[1] = command;
+ args[larray] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (args[0][0] == '-')
+ args[0]++;
+
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+ if (restricted)
+ change_flag ('r', FLAG_OFF);
+#endif
+
+ if (subshell_argv)
+ {
+ /* Can't free subshell_argv[0]; that is shell_name. */
+ for (i = 1; i < subshell_argc; i++)
+ free (subshell_argv[i]);
+ free (subshell_argv);
+ }
+
+ dispose_command (currently_executing_command); /* XXX */
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+
+ subshell_argc = larray;
+ subshell_argv = args;
+ subshell_envp = env;
+
+ unbind_args (); /* remove the positional parameters */
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ clear_fifo_list (); /* pipe fds are what they are now */
+#endif
+
+ longjmp (subshell_top_level, 1);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+static int
+execute_intern_function (name, funcdef)
+ WORD_DESC *name;
+ FUNCTION_DEF *funcdef;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (check_identifier (name, posixly_correct) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* Posix interpretation 383 */
+ if (posixly_correct && find_special_builtin (name->word))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("`%s': is a special builtin"), name->word);
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (interactive_shell ? DISCARD : ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ var = find_function (name->word);
+ if (var && (readonly_p (var) || noassign_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (var))
+ internal_error (_("%s: readonly function"), var->name);
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ bind_function_def (name->word, funcdef);
+#endif
+
+ bind_function (name->word, funcdef->command);
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+#if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+void
+close_all_files ()
+{
+ register int i, fd_table_size;
+
+ fd_table_size = getdtablesize ();
+ if (fd_table_size > 256) /* clamp to a reasonable value */
+ fd_table_size = 256;
+
+ for (i = 3; i < fd_table_size; i++)
+ close (i);
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#endif
+
+static void
+close_pipes (in, out)
+ int in, out;
+{
+ if (in >= 0)
+ close (in);
+ if (out >= 0)
+ close (out);
+}
+
+static void
+dup_error (oldd, newd)
+ int oldd, newd;
+{
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate fd %d to fd %d"), oldd, newd);
+}
+
+/* Redirect input and output to be from and to the specified pipes.
+ NO_PIPE and REDIRECT_BOTH are handled correctly. */
+static void
+do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out)
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+{
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ if (dup2 (pipe_in, 0) < 0)
+ dup_error (pipe_in, 0);
+ if (pipe_in > 0)
+ close (pipe_in);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode. */
+ freopen (NULL, "r", stdin);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+ }
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ if (pipe_out != REDIRECT_BOTH)
+ {
+ if (dup2 (pipe_out, 1) < 0)
+ dup_error (pipe_out, 1);
+ if (pipe_out == 0 || pipe_out > 1)
+ close (pipe_out);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (dup2 (1, 2) < 0)
+ dup_error (1, 2);
+ }
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
+ make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
+ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
+ sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* execute_cmd.c -- Execute a COMMAND structure. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixtime.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && !defined (RLIMTYPE)
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H) && defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "shell.h"
+#include <y.tab.h> /* use <...> so we pick it up from the build directory */
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "builtins.h"
+#include "hashlib.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "findcmd.h"
+#include "redir.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "hashcmd.h"
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+# include "test.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+#include "builtins/builtext.h" /* list of builtins */
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+
+#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT)
+# include "input.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+# include "alias.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+# include "bashhist.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+struct func_array_state
+ {
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *funcname_v;
+ ARRAY *source_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *source_v;
+ ARRAY *lineno_a;
+ SHELL_VAR *lineno_v;
+ };
+#endif
+
+extern int dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern int expand_aliases;
+extern int autocd;
+extern int breaking, continuing, loop_level;
+extern int parse_and_execute_level, running_trap, sourcelevel;
+extern int command_string_index, line_number;
+extern int dot_found_in_search;
+extern int already_making_children;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+extern char *the_printed_command, *shell_name;
+extern pid_t last_command_subst_pid;
+extern sh_builtin_func_t *last_shell_builtin, *this_shell_builtin;
+extern char **subshell_argv, **subshell_envp;
+extern int subshell_argc;
+extern time_t shell_start_time;
+#if 0
+extern char *glob_argv_flags;
+#endif
+
+extern int job_control; /* XXX */
+
+extern int close __P((int));
+
+/* Static functions defined and used in this file. */
+static void close_pipes __P((int, int));
+static void do_piping __P((int, int));
+static void bind_lastarg __P((char *));
+static int shell_control_structure __P((enum command_type));
+static void cleanup_redirects __P((REDIRECT *));
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+static int restore_signal_mask __P((sigset_t *));
+#endif
+
+static void async_redirect_stdin __P((void));
+
+static int builtin_status __P((int));
+
+static int execute_for_command __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+static int displen __P((const char *));
+static int print_index_and_element __P((int, int, WORD_LIST *));
+static void indent __P((int, int));
+static void print_select_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int, int));
+static char *select_query __P((WORD_LIST *, int, char *, int));
+static int execute_select_command __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+static int execute_arith_command __P((ARITH_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+static int execute_cond_node __P((COND_COM *));
+static int execute_cond_command __P((COND_COM *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+static int mkfmt __P((char *, int, int, time_t, int));
+static void print_formatted_time __P((FILE *, char *,
+ time_t, int, time_t, int,
+ time_t, int, int));
+static int time_command __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+static intmax_t eval_arith_for_expr __P((WORD_LIST *, int *));
+static int execute_arith_for_command __P((ARITH_FOR_COM *));
+#endif
+static int execute_case_command __P((CASE_COM *));
+static int execute_while_command __P((WHILE_COM *));
+static int execute_until_command __P((WHILE_COM *));
+static int execute_while_or_until __P((WHILE_COM *, int));
+static int execute_if_command __P((IF_COM *));
+static int execute_null_command __P((REDIRECT *, int, int, int));
+static void fix_assignment_words __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static int execute_simple_command __P((SIMPLE_COM *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+static int execute_builtin __P((sh_builtin_func_t *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static int execute_function __P((SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, struct fd_bitmap *, int, int));
+static int execute_builtin_or_function __P((WORD_LIST *, sh_builtin_func_t *,
+ SHELL_VAR *,
+ REDIRECT *, struct fd_bitmap *, int));
+static void execute_subshell_builtin_or_function __P((WORD_LIST *, REDIRECT *,
+ sh_builtin_func_t *,
+ SHELL_VAR *,
+ int, int, int,
+ struct fd_bitmap *,
+ int));
+static int execute_disk_command __P((WORD_LIST *, REDIRECT *, char *,
+ int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *, int));
+
+static char *getinterp __P((char *, int, int *));
+static void initialize_subshell __P((void));
+static int execute_in_subshell __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+static int execute_coproc __P((COMMAND *, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+#endif
+
+static int execute_pipeline __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+
+static int execute_connection __P((COMMAND *, int, int, int, struct fd_bitmap *));
+
+static int execute_intern_function __P((WORD_DESC *, FUNCTION_DEF *));
+
+/* Set to 1 if fd 0 was the subject of redirection to a subshell. Global
+ so that reader_loop can set it to zero before executing a command. */
+int stdin_redir;
+
+/* The name of the command that is currently being executed.
+ `test' needs this, for example. */
+char *this_command_name;
+
+/* The printed representation of the currently-executing command (same as
+ the_printed_command), except when a trap is being executed. Useful for
+ a debugger to know where exactly the program is currently executing. */
+char *the_printed_command_except_trap;
+
+/* For catching RETURN in a function. */
+int return_catch_flag;
+int return_catch_value;
+procenv_t return_catch;
+
+/* The value returned by the last synchronous command. */
+volatile int last_command_exit_value;
+
+/* Whether or not the last command (corresponding to last_command_exit_value)
+ was terminated by a signal, and, if so, which one. */
+int last_command_exit_signal;
+
+/* Are we currently ignoring the -e option for the duration of a builtin's
+ execution? */
+int builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+
+/* The list of redirections to perform which will undo the redirections
+ that I made in the shell. */
+REDIRECT *redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+/* The list of redirections to perform which will undo the internal
+ redirections performed by the `exec' builtin. These are redirections
+ that must be undone even when exec discards redirection_undo_list. */
+REDIRECT *exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+/* When greater than zero, value is the `level' of builtins we are
+ currently executing (e.g. `eval echo a' would have it set to 2). */
+int executing_builtin = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if we are executing a command list (a;b;c, etc.) */
+int executing_list = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if failing commands in a command substitution should not exit the
+ shell even if -e is set. Used to pass the CMD_IGNORE_RETURN flag down to
+ commands run in command substitutions by parse_and_execute. */
+int comsub_ignore_return = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero if we have just forked and are currently running in a subshell
+ environment. */
+int subshell_environment;
+
+/* Count of nested subshells, like SHLVL. Available via $BASH_SUBSHELL */
+int subshell_level = 0;
+
+/* Currently-executing shell function. */
+SHELL_VAR *this_shell_function;
+
+/* If non-zero, matches in case and [[ ... ]] are case-insensitive */
+int match_ignore_case = 0;
+
+int executing_command_builtin = 0;
+
+struct stat SB; /* used for debugging */
+
+static int special_builtin_failed;
+
+static COMMAND *currently_executing_command;
+
+/* The line number that the currently executing function starts on. */
+static int function_line_number;
+
+/* XXX - set to 1 if we're running the DEBUG trap and we want to show the line
+ number containing the function name. Used by executing_line_number to
+ report the correct line number. Kind of a hack. */
+static int showing_function_line;
+
+/* $LINENO ($BASH_LINENO) for use by an ERR trap. Global so parse_and_execute
+ can save and restore it. */
+int line_number_for_err_trap;
+
+/* A sort of function nesting level counter */
+int funcnest = 0;
+int funcnest_max = 0;
+
+int evalnest = 0; /* bash-4.4/bash-5.0 */
+int evalnest_max = EVALNEST_MAX;
+
+int sourcenest = 0;
+int sourcenest_max = SOURCENEST_MAX;
+
+volatile int from_return_trap = 0;
+
+int lastpipe_opt = 0;
+
+struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+
+#define FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE 32
+
+/* Functions to allocate and deallocate the structures used to pass
+ information from the shell to its children about file descriptors
+ to close. */
+struct fd_bitmap *
+new_fd_bitmap (size)
+ int size;
+{
+ struct fd_bitmap *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct fd_bitmap *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct fd_bitmap));
+
+ ret->size = size;
+
+ if (size)
+ {
+ ret->bitmap = (char *)xmalloc (size);
+ memset (ret->bitmap, '\0', size);
+ }
+ else
+ ret->bitmap = (char *)NULL;
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+void
+dispose_fd_bitmap (fdbp)
+ struct fd_bitmap *fdbp;
+{
+ FREE (fdbp->bitmap);
+ free (fdbp);
+}
+
+void
+close_fd_bitmap (fdbp)
+ struct fd_bitmap *fdbp;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (fdbp)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < fdbp->size; i++)
+ if (fdbp->bitmap[i])
+ {
+ close (i);
+ fdbp->bitmap[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the line number of the currently executing command. */
+int
+executing_line_number ()
+{
+ if (executing && showing_function_line == 0 &&
+ (variable_context == 0 || interactive_shell == 0) &&
+ currently_executing_command)
+ {
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_cond)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.Cond->line;
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_arith)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.Arith->line;
+#endif
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ if (currently_executing_command->type == cm_arith_for)
+ return currently_executing_command->value.ArithFor->line;
+#endif
+
+ return line_number;
+ }
+ else
+ return line_number;
+}
+
+/* Execute the command passed in COMMAND. COMMAND is exactly what
+ read_command () places into GLOBAL_COMMAND. See "command.h" for the
+ details of the command structure.
+
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS or EXECUTION_FAILURE are the only possible
+ return values. Executing a command with nothing in it returns
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+int
+execute_command (command)
+ COMMAND *command;
+{
+ struct fd_bitmap *bitmap;
+ int result;
+
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE);
+ begin_unwind_frame ("execute-command");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, (char *)bitmap);
+
+ /* Just do the command, but not asynchronously. */
+ result = execute_command_internal (command, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, bitmap);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("execute-command");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* don't unlink fifos if we're in a shell function; wait until the function
+ returns. */
+ if (variable_context == 0)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ QUIT;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if TYPE is a shell control structure type. */
+static int
+shell_control_structure (type)
+ enum command_type type;
+{
+ switch (type)
+ {
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ case cm_arith_for:
+#endif
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+ case cm_select:
+#endif
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+#endif
+ case cm_case:
+ case cm_while:
+ case cm_until:
+ case cm_if:
+ case cm_for:
+ case cm_group:
+ case cm_function_def:
+ return (1);
+
+ default:
+ return (0);
+ }
+}
+
+/* A function to use to unwind_protect the redirection undo list
+ for loops. */
+static void
+cleanup_redirects (list)
+ REDIRECT *list;
+{
+ do_redirections (list, RX_ACTIVE);
+ dispose_redirects (list);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Function to unwind_protect the redirections for functions and builtins. */
+static void
+cleanup_func_redirects (list)
+ REDIRECT *list;
+{
+ do_redirections (list, RX_ACTIVE);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+dispose_exec_redirects ()
+{
+ if (exec_redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+/* A function to restore the signal mask to its proper value when the shell
+ is interrupted or errors occur while creating a pipeline. */
+static int
+restore_signal_mask (set)
+ sigset_t *set;
+{
+ return (sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, set, (sigset_t *)NULL));
+}
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* A debugging function that can be called from gdb, for instance. */
+void
+open_files ()
+{
+ register int i;
+ int f, fd_table_size;
+
+ fd_table_size = getdtablesize ();
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld open files:", (long)getpid ());
+ for (i = 3; i < fd_table_size; i++)
+ {
+ if ((f = fcntl (i, F_GETFD, 0)) != -1)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d (%s)", i, f ? "close" : "open");
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+async_redirect_stdin ()
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ fd = open ("/dev/null", O_RDONLY);
+ if (fd > 0)
+ {
+ dup2 (fd, 0);
+ close (fd);
+ }
+ else if (fd < 0)
+ internal_error (_("cannot redirect standard input from /dev/null: %s"), strerror (errno));
+}
+
+#define DESCRIBE_PID(pid) do { if (interactive) describe_pid (pid); } while (0)
+
+/* Execute the command passed in COMMAND, perhaps doing it asynchronously.
+ COMMAND is exactly what read_command () places into GLOBAL_COMMAND.
+ ASYNCHROUNOUS, if non-zero, says to do this command in the background.
+ PIPE_IN and PIPE_OUT are file descriptors saying where input comes
+ from and where it goes. They can have the value of NO_PIPE, which means
+ I/O is stdin/stdout.
+ FDS_TO_CLOSE is a list of file descriptors to close once the child has
+ been forked. This list often contains the unusable sides of pipes, etc.
+
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS or EXECUTION_FAILURE are the only possible
+ return values. Executing a command with nothing in it returns
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+int
+execute_command_internal (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int exec_result, user_subshell, invert, ignore_return, was_error_trap;
+ REDIRECT *my_undo_list, *exec_undo_list;
+ char *tcmd;
+ volatile int last_pid;
+ volatile int save_line_number;
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ volatile int ofifo, nfifo, osize, saved_fifo;
+ volatile char *ofifo_list;
+#endif
+
+ if (breaking || continuing)
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ if (command == 0 || read_but_dont_execute)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ QUIT;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = command;
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ /* If we're inverting the return value and `set -e' has been executed,
+ we don't want a failing command to inadvertently cause the shell
+ to exit. */
+ if (exit_immediately_on_error && invert) /* XXX */
+ command->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN; /* XXX */
+
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* If a command was being explicitly run in a subshell, or if it is
+ a shell control-structure, and it has a pipe, then we do the command
+ in a subshell. */
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell && (command->flags & CMD_NO_FORK))
+ return (execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close));
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ if (command->type == cm_coproc)
+ return (execute_coproc (command, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close));
+#endif
+
+ user_subshell = command->type == cm_subshell || ((command->flags & CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL) != 0);
+
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell ||
+ (command->flags & (CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL|CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL)) ||
+ (shell_control_structure (command->type) &&
+ (pipe_out != NO_PIPE || pipe_in != NO_PIPE || asynchronous)))
+ {
+ pid_t paren_pid;
+ int s;
+
+ /* Fork a subshell, turn off the subshell bit, turn off job
+ control and call execute_command () on the command again. */
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number;
+ tcmd = make_command_string (command);
+ paren_pid = make_child (savestring (tcmd), asynchronous);
+
+ if (user_subshell && signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) &&
+ signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ if (paren_pid == 0)
+ {
+ /* We want to run the exit trap for forced {} subshells, and we
+ want to note this before execute_in_subshell modifies the
+ COMMAND struct. Need to keep in mind that execute_in_subshell
+ runs the exit trap for () subshells itself. */
+ /* This handles { command; } & */
+ s = user_subshell == 0 && command->type == cm_group && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && asynchronous;
+ /* run exit trap for : | { ...; } and { ...; } | : */
+ /* run exit trap for : | ( ...; ) and ( ...; ) | : */
+ s += user_subshell == 0 && command->type == cm_group && (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE) && asynchronous == 0;
+
+ last_command_exit_value = execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ if (s)
+ subshell_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (variable_context == 0) /* wait until shell function completes */
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ /* If we are part of a pipeline, and not the end of the pipeline,
+ then we should simply return and let the last command in the
+ pipe be waited for. If we are not in a pipeline, or are the
+ last command in the pipeline, then we wait for the subshell
+ and return its exit status as usual. */
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ stop_pipeline (asynchronous, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+
+ if (asynchronous == 0)
+ {
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ exec_result = wait_for (paren_pid);
+
+ /* If we have to, invert the return value. */
+ if (invert)
+ exec_result = ((exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ if (user_subshell && was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (user_subshell && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DESCRIBE_PID (paren_pid);
+
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+ /* Posix 2013 2.9.3.1: "the exit status of an asynchronous list
+ shall be zero." */
+ last_command_exit_value = 0;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE)
+ {
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ exec_result = time_command (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (exec_result);
+ }
+#endif /* COMMAND_TIMING */
+
+ if (shell_control_structure (command->type) && command->redirects)
+ stdin_redir = stdin_redirects (command->redirects);
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (variable_context != 0)
+ {
+ ofifo = num_fifos ();
+ ofifo_list = copy_fifo_list ((int *)&osize);
+ saved_fifo = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved_fifo = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle WHILE FOR CASE etc. with redirections. (Also '&' input
+ redirection.) */
+ if (do_redirections (command->redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE) != 0)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (saved_fifo)
+ free ((void *)ofifo_list);
+#endif
+ return (last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ /* XXX - why copy here? */
+ my_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)copy_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ dispose_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ my_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (exec_redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ /* XXX - why copy here? */
+ exec_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)copy_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ dispose_redirects (exec_redirection_undo_list);
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ exec_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (my_undo_list || exec_undo_list)
+ begin_unwind_frame ("loop_redirections");
+
+ if (my_undo_list)
+ add_unwind_protect ((Function *)cleanup_redirects, my_undo_list);
+
+ if (exec_undo_list)
+ add_unwind_protect ((Function *)dispose_redirects, exec_undo_list);
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ switch (command->type)
+ {
+ case cm_simple:
+ {
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ /* We can't rely on variables retaining their values across a
+ call to execute_simple_command if a longjmp occurs as the
+ result of a `return' builtin. This is true for sure with gcc. */
+#if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS)
+ last_made_pid = NO_PID;
+#endif
+ last_pid = last_made_pid;
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Simple)
+ command->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR)
+ command->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number = command->value.Simple->line;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_simple_command (command->value.Simple, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ asynchronous, fds_to_close);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ /* The temporary environment should be used for only the simple
+ command immediately following its definition. */
+ dispose_used_env_vars ();
+
+#if (defined (ultrix) && defined (mips)) || defined (C_ALLOCA)
+ /* Reclaim memory allocated with alloca () on machines which
+ may be using the alloca emulation code. */
+ (void) alloca (0);
+#endif /* (ultrix && mips) || C_ALLOCA */
+
+ /* If we forked to do the command, then we must wait_for ()
+ the child. */
+
+ /* XXX - this is something to watch out for if there are problems
+ when the shell is compiled without job control. Don't worry about
+ whether or not last_made_pid == last_pid; already_making_children
+ tells us whether or not there are unwaited-for children to wait
+ for and reap. */
+ if (already_making_children && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ stop_pipeline (asynchronous, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ DESCRIBE_PID (last_made_pid);
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ invert = 0; /* async commands always succeed */
+ }
+ else
+#if !defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Do not wait for asynchronous processes started from
+ startup files. */
+ if (last_made_pid != last_asynchronous_pid)
+#endif
+ /* When executing a shell function that executes other
+ commands, this causes the last simple command in
+ the function to be waited for twice. This also causes
+ subshells forked to execute builtin commands (e.g., in
+ pipelines) to be waited for twice. */
+ exec_result = wait_for (last_made_pid);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 2009/02/13 -- pipeline failure is processed elsewhere. This handles
+ only the failure of a simple command. */
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 &&
+ ((posixly_correct && interactive == 0 && special_builtin_failed) ||
+ (exit_immediately_on_error && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+#if 0 /* XXX - bash-4.4 or bash-5.0 */
+ /* Undo redirections before running exit trap on the way out of
+ set -e. Report by Mark Farrell 5/19/2014 */
+ if (exit_immediately_on_error && signal_is_trapped (0) &&
+ unwind_protect_tag_on_stack ("saved-redirects"))
+ run_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+#endif
+
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case cm_for:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.For->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_for_command (command->value.For);
+ break;
+
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+ case cm_arith_for:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.ArithFor->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_arith_for_command (command->value.ArithFor);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+ case cm_select:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Select->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_select_command (command->value.Select);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case cm_case:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_case_command (command->value.Case);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_while:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.While->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_while_command (command->value.While);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_until:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.While->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_until_command (command->value.While);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_if:
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.If->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result = execute_if_command (command->value.If);
+ break;
+
+ case cm_group:
+
+ /* This code can be executed from either of two paths: an explicit
+ '{}' command, or via a function call. If we are executed via a
+ function call, we have already taken care of the function being
+ executed in the background (down there in execute_simple_command ()),
+ and this command should *not* be marked as asynchronous. If we
+ are executing a regular '{}' group command, and asynchronous == 1,
+ we must want to execute the whole command in the background, so we
+ need a subshell, and we want the stuff executed in that subshell
+ (this group command) to be executed in the foreground of that
+ subshell (i.e. there will not be *another* subshell forked).
+
+ What we do is to force a subshell if asynchronous, and then call
+ execute_command_internal again with asynchronous still set to 1,
+ but with the original group command, so the printed command will
+ look right.
+
+ The code above that handles forking off subshells will note that
+ both subshell and async are on, and turn off async in the child
+ after forking the subshell (but leave async set in the parent, so
+ the normal call to describe_pid is made). This turning off
+ async is *crucial*; if it is not done, this will fall into an
+ infinite loop of executions through this spot in subshell after
+ subshell until the process limit is exhausted. */
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Group->command)
+ command->value.Group->command->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ exec_result =
+ execute_command_internal (command->value.Group->command,
+ asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case cm_connection:
+ exec_result = execute_connection (command, asynchronous,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ if (asynchronous)
+ invert = 0; /* XXX */
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Arith->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ line_number_for_err_trap = save_line_number = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_arith_command (command->value.Arith);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ if (ignore_return)
+ command->value.Cond->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = save_line_number = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_cond_command (command->value.Cond);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case cm_function_def:
+ exec_result = execute_intern_function (command->value.Function_def->name,
+ command->value.Function_def);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ command_error ("execute_command", CMDERR_BADTYPE, command->type, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (my_undo_list)
+ {
+ do_redirections (my_undo_list, RX_ACTIVE);
+ dispose_redirects (my_undo_list);
+ }
+
+ if (exec_undo_list)
+ dispose_redirects (exec_undo_list);
+
+ if (my_undo_list || exec_undo_list)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("loop_redirections");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if (saved_fifo)
+ {
+ nfifo = num_fifos ();
+ if (nfifo > ofifo)
+ close_new_fifos ((char *)ofifo_list, osize);
+ free ((void *)ofifo_list);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Invert the return value if we have to */
+ if (invert)
+ exec_result = (exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC) || defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ /* This is where we set PIPESTATUS from the exit status of the appropriate
+ compound commands (the ones that look enough like simple commands to
+ cause confusion). We might be able to optimize by not doing this if
+ subshell_environment != 0. */
+ switch (command->type)
+ {
+# if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+ case cm_arith:
+# endif
+# if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+ case cm_cond:
+# endif
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (exec_result);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+#if 0
+ if (running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+}
+
+#if defined (COMMAND_TIMING)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+extern struct timeval *difftimeval __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+extern struct timeval *addtimeval __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+extern int timeval_to_cpu __P((struct timeval *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *));
+#endif
+
+#define POSIX_TIMEFORMAT "real %2R\nuser %2U\nsys %2S"
+#define BASH_TIMEFORMAT "\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS"
+
+static const int precs[] = { 0, 100, 10, 1 };
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H) && defined (HAVE_LOCALECONV)
+static int
+decpoint ()
+{
+ struct lconv *lv;
+
+ lv = localeconv ();
+ return (lv && lv->decimal_point && lv->decimal_point[0]) ? lv->decimal_point[0] : '.';
+}
+#else
+# define decpoint() '.'
+#endif
+
+/* Expand one `%'-prefixed escape sequence from a time format string. */
+static int
+mkfmt (buf, prec, lng, sec, sec_fraction)
+ char *buf;
+ int prec, lng;
+ time_t sec;
+ int sec_fraction;
+{
+ time_t min;
+ char abuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(time_t) + 1];
+ int ind, aind;
+
+ ind = 0;
+ abuf[sizeof(abuf) - 1] = '\0';
+
+ /* If LNG is non-zero, we want to decompose SEC into minutes and seconds. */
+ if (lng)
+ {
+ min = sec / 60;
+ sec %= 60;
+ aind = sizeof(abuf) - 2;
+ do
+ abuf[aind--] = (min % 10) + '0';
+ while (min /= 10);
+ aind++;
+ while (abuf[aind])
+ buf[ind++] = abuf[aind++];
+ buf[ind++] = 'm';
+ }
+
+ /* Now add the seconds. */
+ aind = sizeof (abuf) - 2;
+ do
+ abuf[aind--] = (sec % 10) + '0';
+ while (sec /= 10);
+ aind++;
+ while (abuf[aind])
+ buf[ind++] = abuf[aind++];
+
+ /* We want to add a decimal point and PREC places after it if PREC is
+ nonzero. PREC is not greater than 3. SEC_FRACTION is between 0
+ and 999. */
+ if (prec != 0)
+ {
+ buf[ind++] = decpoint ();
+ for (aind = 1; aind <= prec; aind++)
+ {
+ buf[ind++] = (sec_fraction / precs[aind]) + '0';
+ sec_fraction %= precs[aind];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (lng)
+ buf[ind++] = 's';
+ buf[ind] = '\0';
+
+ return (ind);
+}
+
+/* Interpret the format string FORMAT, interpolating the following escape
+ sequences:
+ %[prec][l][RUS]
+
+ where the optional `prec' is a precision, meaning the number of
+ characters after the decimal point, the optional `l' means to format
+ using minutes and seconds (MMmNN[.FF]s), like the `times' builtin',
+ and the last character is one of
+
+ R number of seconds of `real' time
+ U number of seconds of `user' time
+ S number of seconds of `system' time
+
+ An occurrence of `%%' in the format string is translated to a `%'. The
+ result is printed to FP, a pointer to a FILE. The other variables are
+ the seconds and thousandths of a second of real, user, and system time,
+ resectively. */
+static void
+print_formatted_time (fp, format, rs, rsf, us, usf, ss, ssf, cpu)
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *format;
+ time_t rs;
+ int rsf;
+ time_t us;
+ int usf;
+ time_t ss;
+ int ssf, cpu;
+{
+ int prec, lng, len;
+ char *str, *s, ts[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t) + sizeof ("mSS.FFFF")];
+ time_t sum;
+ int sum_frac;
+ int sindex, ssize;
+
+ len = strlen (format);
+ ssize = (len + 64) - (len % 64);
+ str = (char *)xmalloc (ssize);
+ sindex = 0;
+
+ for (s = format; *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s != '%' || s[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, 1, ssize, 64);
+ str[sindex++] = *s;
+ }
+ else if (s[1] == '%')
+ {
+ s++;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, 1, ssize, 64);
+ str[sindex++] = *s;
+ }
+ else if (s[1] == 'P')
+ {
+ s++;
+#if 0
+ /* clamp CPU usage at 100% */
+ if (cpu > 10000)
+ cpu = 10000;
+#endif
+ sum = cpu / 100;
+ sum_frac = (cpu % 100) * 10;
+ len = mkfmt (ts, 2, 0, sum, sum_frac);
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, len, ssize, 64);
+ strcpy (str + sindex, ts);
+ sindex += len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prec = 3; /* default is three places past the decimal point. */
+ lng = 0; /* default is to not use minutes or append `s' */
+ s++;
+ if (DIGIT (*s)) /* `precision' */
+ {
+ prec = *s++ - '0';
+ if (prec > 3) prec = 3;
+ }
+ if (*s == 'l') /* `length extender' */
+ {
+ lng = 1;
+ s++;
+ }
+ if (*s == 'R' || *s == 'E')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, rs, rsf);
+ else if (*s == 'U')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, us, usf);
+ else if (*s == 'S')
+ len = mkfmt (ts, prec, lng, ss, ssf);
+ else
+ {
+ internal_error (_("TIMEFORMAT: `%c': invalid format character"), *s);
+ free (str);
+ return;
+ }
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (str, sindex, len, ssize, 64);
+ strcpy (str + sindex, ts);
+ sindex += len;
+ }
+ }
+
+ str[sindex] = '\0';
+ fprintf (fp, "%s\n", str);
+ fflush (fp);
+
+ free (str);
+}
+
+static int
+time_command (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int rv, posix_time, old_flags, nullcmd;
+ time_t rs, us, ss;
+ int rsf, usf, ssf;
+ int cpu;
+ char *time_format;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+ struct timeval real, user, sys;
+ struct timeval before, after;
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ struct timezone dtz; /* posix doesn't define this */
+# endif
+ struct rusage selfb, selfa, kidsb, kidsa; /* a = after, b = before */
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ clock_t tbefore, tafter, real, user, sys;
+ struct tms before, after;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ gettimeofday (&before, &dtz);
+# else
+ gettimeofday (&before, (void *)NULL);
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE */
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &selfb);
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &kidsb);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ tbefore = times (&before);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ posix_time = command && (command->flags & CMD_TIME_POSIX);
+
+ nullcmd = (command == 0) || (command->type == cm_simple && command->value.Simple->words == 0 && command->value.Simple->redirects == 0);
+ if (posixly_correct && nullcmd)
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+ selfb.ru_utime.tv_sec = kidsb.ru_utime.tv_sec = selfb.ru_stime.tv_sec = kidsb.ru_stime.tv_sec = 0;
+ selfb.ru_utime.tv_usec = kidsb.ru_utime.tv_usec = selfb.ru_stime.tv_usec = kidsb.ru_stime.tv_usec = 0;
+ before.tv_sec = shell_start_time;
+ before.tv_usec = 0;
+#else
+ before.tms_utime = before.tms_stime = before.tms_cutime = before.tms_cstime = 0;
+ tbefore = shell_start_time;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ old_flags = command->flags;
+ command->flags &= ~(CMD_TIME_PIPELINE|CMD_TIME_POSIX);
+ rv = execute_command_internal (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ command->flags = old_flags;
+
+ rs = us = ss = 0;
+ rsf = usf = ssf = cpu = 0;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+# if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE)
+ gettimeofday (&after, &dtz);
+# else
+ gettimeofday (&after, (void *)NULL);
+# endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE */
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &selfa);
+ getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &kidsa);
+
+ difftimeval (&real, &before, &after);
+ timeval_to_secs (&real, &rs, &rsf);
+
+ addtimeval (&user, difftimeval(&after, &selfb.ru_utime, &selfa.ru_utime),
+ difftimeval(&before, &kidsb.ru_utime, &kidsa.ru_utime));
+ timeval_to_secs (&user, &us, &usf);
+
+ addtimeval (&sys, difftimeval(&after, &selfb.ru_stime, &selfa.ru_stime),
+ difftimeval(&before, &kidsb.ru_stime, &kidsa.ru_stime));
+ timeval_to_secs (&sys, &ss, &ssf);
+
+ cpu = timeval_to_cpu (&real, &user, &sys);
+#else
+# if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+ tafter = times (&after);
+
+ real = tafter - tbefore;
+ clock_t_to_secs (real, &rs, &rsf);
+
+ user = (after.tms_utime - before.tms_utime) + (after.tms_cutime - before.tms_cutime);
+ clock_t_to_secs (user, &us, &usf);
+
+ sys = (after.tms_stime - before.tms_stime) + (after.tms_cstime - before.tms_cstime);
+ clock_t_to_secs (sys, &ss, &ssf);
+
+ cpu = (real == 0) ? 0 : ((user + sys) * 10000) / real;
+
+# else
+ rs = us = ss = 0;
+ rsf = usf = ssf = cpu = 0;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ if (posix_time)
+ time_format = POSIX_TIMEFORMAT;
+ else if ((time_format = get_string_value ("TIMEFORMAT")) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && nullcmd)
+ time_format = "user\t%2lU\nsys\t%2lS";
+ else
+ time_format = BASH_TIMEFORMAT;
+ }
+ if (time_format && *time_format)
+ print_formatted_time (stderr, time_format, rs, rsf, us, usf, ss, ssf, cpu);
+
+ return rv;
+}
+#endif /* COMMAND_TIMING */
+
+/* Execute a command that's supposed to be in a subshell. This must be
+ called after make_child and we must be running in the child process.
+ The caller will return or exit() immediately with the value this returns. */
+static int
+execute_in_subshell (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int user_subshell, return_code, function_value, should_redir_stdin, invert;
+ int ois, user_coproc;
+ int result;
+ volatile COMMAND *tcom;
+
+ USE_VAR(user_subshell);
+ USE_VAR(user_coproc);
+ USE_VAR(invert);
+ USE_VAR(tcom);
+ USE_VAR(asynchronous);
+
+ subshell_level++;
+ should_redir_stdin = (asynchronous && (command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ stdin_redirects (command->redirects) == 0);
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ user_subshell = command->type == cm_subshell || ((command->flags & CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL) != 0);
+ user_coproc = command->type == cm_coproc;
+
+ command->flags &= ~(CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL | CMD_WANT_SUBSHELL | CMD_INVERT_RETURN);
+
+ /* If a command is asynchronous in a subshell (like ( foo ) & or
+ the special case of an asynchronous GROUP command where the
+ the subshell bit is turned on down in case cm_group: below),
+ turn off `asynchronous', so that two subshells aren't spawned.
+ XXX - asynchronous used to be set to 0 in this block, but that
+ means that setup_async_signals was never run. Now it's set to
+ 0 after subshell_environment is set appropriately and setup_async_signals
+ is run.
+
+ This seems semantically correct to me. For example,
+ ( foo ) & seems to say ``do the command `foo' in a subshell
+ environment, but don't wait for that subshell to finish'',
+ and "{ foo ; bar ; } &" seems to me to be like functions or
+ builtins in the background, which executed in a subshell
+ environment. I just don't see the need to fork two subshells. */
+
+ /* Don't fork again, we are already in a subshell. A `doubly
+ async' shell is not interactive, however. */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If a construct like ( exec xxx yyy ) & is given while job
+ control is active, we want to prevent exec from putting the
+ subshell back into the original process group, carefully
+ undoing all the work we just did in make_child. */
+ original_pgrp = -1;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ ois = interactive_shell;
+ interactive_shell = 0;
+ /* This test is to prevent alias expansion by interactive shells that
+ run `(command) &' but to allow scripts that have enabled alias
+ expansion with `shopt -s expand_alias' to continue to expand
+ aliases. */
+ if (ois != interactive_shell)
+ expand_aliases = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Subshells are neither login nor interactive. */
+ login_shell = interactive = 0;
+
+ if (user_subshell)
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_PAREN; /* XXX */
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_environment = 0; /* XXX */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+ if (user_coproc)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COPROC;
+ }
+
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* in sig.c */
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+
+ /* Make sure restore_original_signals doesn't undo the work done by
+ make_child to ensure that asynchronous children are immune to SIGINT
+ and SIGQUIT. Turn off asynchronous to make sure more subshells are
+ not spawned. */
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ asynchronous = 0;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Delete all traces that there were any jobs running. This is
+ only for subshells. */
+ without_job_control ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ /* If this is a user subshell, set a flag if stdin was redirected.
+ This is used later to decide whether to redirect fd 0 to
+ /dev/null for async commands in the subshell. This adds more
+ sh compatibility, but I'm not sure it's the right thing to do. */
+ if (user_subshell)
+ {
+ stdin_redir = stdin_redirects (command->redirects);
+ restore_default_signal (EXIT_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an asynchronous command (command &), we want to
+ redirect the standard input from /dev/null in the absence of
+ any specific redirection involving stdin. */
+ if (should_redir_stdin && stdin_redir == 0)
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+
+ /* Do redirections, then dispose of them before recursive call. */
+ if (command->redirects)
+ {
+ if (do_redirections (command->redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0)
+ exit (invert ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ dispose_redirects (command->redirects);
+ command->redirects = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (command->type == cm_subshell)
+ tcom = command->value.Subshell->command;
+ else if (user_coproc)
+ tcom = command->value.Coproc->command;
+ else
+ tcom = command;
+
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_TIME_PIPELINE;
+ if (command->flags & CMD_TIME_POSIX)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_TIME_POSIX;
+
+ /* Make sure the subshell inherits any CMD_IGNORE_RETURN flag. */
+ if ((command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) && tcom != command)
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ /* If this is a simple command, tell execute_disk_command that it
+ might be able to get away without forking and simply exec.
+ This means things like ( sleep 10 ) will only cause one fork.
+ If we're timing the command or inverting its return value, however,
+ we cannot do this optimization. */
+ if ((user_subshell || user_coproc) && (tcom->type == cm_simple || tcom->type == cm_subshell) &&
+ ((tcom->flags & CMD_TIME_PIPELINE) == 0) &&
+ ((tcom->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) == 0))
+ {
+ tcom->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+ if (tcom->type == cm_simple)
+ tcom->value.Simple->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+ }
+
+ invert = (tcom->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ tcom->flags &= ~CMD_INVERT_RETURN;
+
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're inside a function while executing this subshell, we
+ need to handle a possible `return'. */
+ function_value = 0;
+ if (return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ /* If we're going to exit the shell, we don't want to invert the return
+ status. */
+ if (result == EXITPROG)
+ invert = 0, return_code = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ return_code = (last_command_exit_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (function_value)
+ return_code = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ return_code = execute_command_internal ((COMMAND *)tcom, asynchronous, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ /* If we are asked to, invert the return value. */
+ if (invert)
+ return_code = (return_code == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE
+ : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* If we were explicitly placed in a subshell with (), we need
+ to do the `shell cleanup' things, such as running traps[0]. */
+ if (user_subshell && signal_is_trapped (0))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = return_code;
+ return_code = run_exit_trap ();
+ }
+
+ subshell_level--;
+ return (return_code);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+#define COPROC_MAX 16
+
+typedef struct cpelement
+ {
+ struct cpelement *next;
+ struct coproc *coproc;
+ }
+cpelement_t;
+
+typedef struct cplist
+ {
+ struct cpelement *head;
+ struct cpelement *tail;
+ int ncoproc;
+ int lock;
+ }
+cplist_t;
+
+static struct cpelement *cpe_alloc __P((struct coproc *));
+static void cpe_dispose __P((struct cpelement *));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_add __P((struct coproc *));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_delete __P((pid_t));
+static void cpl_reap __P((void));
+static void cpl_flush __P((void));
+static void cpl_closeall __P((void));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_search __P((pid_t));
+static struct cpelement *cpl_searchbyname __P((const char *));
+static void cpl_prune __P((void));
+
+static void coproc_free __P((struct coproc *));
+
+/* Will go away when there is fully-implemented support for multiple coprocs. */
+Coproc sh_coproc = { 0, NO_PID, -1, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+cplist_t coproc_list = {0, 0, 0};
+
+/* Functions to manage the list of coprocs */
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpe_alloc (cp)
+ Coproc *cp;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = (struct cpelement *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct cpelement));
+ cpe->coproc = cp;
+ cpe->next = (struct cpelement *)0;
+ return cpe;
+}
+
+static void
+cpe_dispose (cpe)
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+{
+ free (cpe);
+}
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_add (cp)
+ Coproc *cp;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = cpe_alloc (cp);
+
+ if (coproc_list.head == 0)
+ {
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = cpe;
+ coproc_list.ncoproc = 0; /* just to make sure */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ coproc_list.tail->next = cpe;
+ coproc_list.tail = cpe;
+ }
+ coproc_list.ncoproc++;
+
+ return cpe;
+}
+
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_delete (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct cpelement *prev, *p;
+
+ for (prev = p = coproc_list.head; p; prev = p, p = p->next)
+ if (p->coproc->c_pid == pid)
+ {
+ prev->next = p->next; /* remove from list */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (p == 0)
+ return 0; /* not found */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+ itrace("cpl_delete: deleting %d", pid);
+#endif
+
+ /* Housekeeping in the border cases. */
+ if (p == coproc_list.head)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.head->next;
+ else if (p == coproc_list.tail)
+ coproc_list.tail = prev;
+
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--;
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 0)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ else if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 1)
+ coproc_list.tail = coproc_list.head; /* just to make sure */
+
+ return (p);
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_reap ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *p, *next, *nh, *nt;
+
+ /* Build a new list by removing dead coprocs and fix up the coproc_list
+ pointers when done. */
+ nh = nt = next = (struct cpelement *)0;
+ for (p = coproc_list.head; p; p = next)
+ {
+ next = p->next;
+ if (p->coproc->c_flags & COPROC_DEAD)
+ {
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--; /* keep running count, fix up pointers later */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+ itrace("cpl_reap: deleting %d", p->coproc->c_pid);
+#endif
+
+ coproc_dispose (p->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (p);
+ }
+ else if (nh == 0)
+ nh = nt = p;
+ else
+ {
+ nt->next = p;
+ nt = nt->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 0)
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ if (nt)
+ nt->next = 0;
+ coproc_list.head = nh;
+ coproc_list.tail = nt;
+ if (coproc_list.ncoproc == 1)
+ coproc_list.tail = coproc_list.head; /* just to make sure */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Clear out the list of saved statuses */
+static void
+cpl_flush ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe, *p;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; )
+ {
+ p = cpe;
+ cpe = cpe->next;
+
+ coproc_dispose (p->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (p);
+ }
+
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.tail = 0;
+ coproc_list.ncoproc = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_closeall ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ coproc_close (cpe->coproc);
+}
+
+static void
+cpl_fdchk (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ coproc_checkfd (cpe->coproc, fd);
+}
+
+/* Search for PID in the list of coprocs; return the cpelement struct if
+ found. If not found, return NULL. */
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_search (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ for (cpe = coproc_list.head ; cpe; cpe = cpe->next)
+ if (cpe->coproc->c_pid == pid)
+ return cpe;
+ return (struct cpelement *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Search for the coproc named NAME in the list of coprocs; return the
+ cpelement struct if found. If not found, return NULL. */
+static struct cpelement *
+cpl_searchbyname (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ struct cpelement *cp;
+
+ for (cp = coproc_list.head ; cp; cp = cp->next)
+ if (STREQ (cp->coproc->c_name, name))
+ return cp;
+ return (struct cpelement *)NULL;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static void
+cpl_prune ()
+{
+ struct cpelement *cp;
+
+ while (coproc_list.head && coproc_list.ncoproc > COPROC_MAX)
+ {
+ cp = coproc_list.head;
+ coproc_list.head = coproc_list.head->next;
+ coproc_dispose (cp->coproc);
+ cpe_dispose (cp);
+ coproc_list.ncoproc--;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* These currently use a single global "shell coproc" but are written in a
+ way to not preclude additional coprocs later (using the list management
+ package above). */
+
+struct coproc *
+getcoprocbypid (pid)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *p;
+
+ p = cpl_search (pid);
+ return (p ? p->coproc : 0);
+#else
+ return (pid == sh_coproc.c_pid ? &sh_coproc : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+struct coproc *
+getcoprocbyname (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *p;
+
+ p = cpl_searchbyname (name);
+ return (p ? p->coproc : 0);
+#else
+ return ((sh_coproc.c_name && STREQ (sh_coproc.c_name, name)) ? &sh_coproc : 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_init (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_name = 0;
+ cp->c_pid = NO_PID;
+ cp->c_rfd = cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_wsave = -1;
+ cp->c_flags = cp->c_status = cp->c_lock = 0;
+}
+
+struct coproc *
+coproc_alloc (name, pid)
+ char *name;
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cp = (struct coproc *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct coproc));
+#else
+ cp = &sh_coproc;
+#endif
+ coproc_init (cp);
+ cp->c_lock = 2;
+
+ cp->c_pid = pid;
+ cp->c_name = savestring (name);
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_add (cp);
+#endif
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+ return (cp);
+}
+
+static void
+coproc_free (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ free (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_dispose (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+
+ if (cp == 0)
+ return;
+
+ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGCHLD, set, oset);
+ cp->c_lock = 3;
+ coproc_unsetvars (cp);
+ FREE (cp->c_name);
+ coproc_close (cp);
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ coproc_free (cp);
+#else
+ coproc_init (cp);
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+#endif
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+}
+
+/* Placeholder for now. Will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+void
+coproc_flush ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_flush ();
+#else
+ coproc_dispose (&sh_coproc);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_close (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_rfd);
+ cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ }
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_wfd);
+ cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ }
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_wsave = -1;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_closeall ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_closeall ();
+#else
+ coproc_close (&sh_coproc); /* XXX - will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_reap ()
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_reap ();
+#else
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+ cp = &sh_coproc; /* XXX - will require changes for multiple coprocs */
+ if (cp && (cp->c_flags & COPROC_DEAD))
+ coproc_dispose (cp);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_rclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0 && cp->c_rfd == fd)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_rfd);
+ cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_wclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0 && cp->c_wfd == fd)
+ {
+ close (cp->c_wfd);
+ cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_checkfd (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ int update;
+
+ update = 0;
+ if (cp->c_rfd >= 0 && cp->c_rfd == fd)
+ update = cp->c_rfd = -1;
+ if (cp->c_wfd >= 0 && cp->c_wfd == fd)
+ update = cp->c_wfd = -1;
+ if (update)
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdchk (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ cpl_fdchk (fd);
+#else
+ coproc_checkfd (&sh_coproc, fd);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdclose (cp, fd)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+ int fd;
+{
+ coproc_rclose (cp, fd);
+ coproc_wclose (cp, fd);
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdsave (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_rsave = cp->c_rfd;
+ cp->c_wsave = cp->c_wfd;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_fdrestore (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ cp->c_rfd = cp->c_rsave;
+ cp->c_wfd = cp->c_wsave;
+}
+
+void
+coproc_pidchk (pid, status)
+ pid_t pid;
+{
+ struct coproc *cp;
+
+#if MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ struct cpelement *cpe;
+
+ cpe = cpl_delete (pid);
+ cp = cpe ? cpe->coproc : 0;
+#else
+ cp = getcoprocbypid (pid);
+#endif
+ if (cp)
+ {
+ cp->c_lock = 4;
+ cp->c_status = status;
+ cp->c_flags |= COPROC_DEAD;
+ cp->c_flags &= ~COPROC_RUNNING;
+ /* Don't dispose the coproc or unset the COPROC_XXX variables because
+ this is executed in a signal handler context. Wait until coproc_reap
+ takes care of it. */
+ cp->c_lock = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+coproc_setvars (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *namevar, *t;
+ int l;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ arrayind_t ind;
+#endif
+
+ if (cp->c_name == 0)
+ return;
+
+ l = strlen (cp->c_name);
+ namevar = xmalloc (l + 16);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ v = find_variable (cp->c_name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ v = make_new_array_variable (cp->c_name);
+ if (array_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_array (v);
+
+ t = itos (cp->c_rfd);
+ ind = 0;
+ v = bind_array_variable (cp->c_name, ind, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ t = itos (cp->c_wfd);
+ ind = 1;
+ bind_array_variable (cp->c_name, ind, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+#else
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_READ", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_rfd);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_WRITE", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_wfd);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+#endif
+
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_PID", cp->c_name);
+ t = itos (cp->c_pid);
+ bind_variable (namevar, t, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ free (namevar);
+}
+
+void
+coproc_unsetvars (cp)
+ struct coproc *cp;
+{
+ int l;
+ char *namevar;
+
+ if (cp->c_name == 0)
+ return;
+
+ l = strlen (cp->c_name);
+ namevar = xmalloc (l + 16);
+
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_PID", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ unbind_variable (cp->c_name);
+#else
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_READ", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+ sprintf (namevar, "%s_WRITE", cp->c_name);
+ unbind_variable (namevar);
+#endif
+
+ free (namevar);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_coproc (command, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int rpipe[2], wpipe[2], estat, invert;
+ pid_t coproc_pid;
+ Coproc *cp;
+ char *tcmd;
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+
+ /* XXX -- can be removed after changes to handle multiple coprocs */
+#if !MULTIPLE_COPROCS
+ if (sh_coproc.c_pid != NO_PID)
+ internal_warning ("execute_coproc: coproc [%d:%s] still exists", sh_coproc.c_pid, sh_coproc.c_name);
+ coproc_init (&sh_coproc);
+#endif
+
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ tcmd = make_command_string (command);
+
+ sh_openpipe ((int *)&rpipe); /* 0 = parent read, 1 = child write */
+ sh_openpipe ((int *)&wpipe); /* 0 = child read, 1 = parent write */
+
+ BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGCHLD, set, oset);
+
+ coproc_pid = make_child (savestring (tcmd), 1);
+
+ if (coproc_pid == 0)
+ {
+ close (rpipe[0]);
+ close (wpipe[1]);
+
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+ estat = execute_in_subshell (command, 1, wpipe[0], rpipe[1], fds_to_close);
+
+ fflush (stdout);
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ exit (estat);
+ }
+
+ close (rpipe[1]);
+ close (wpipe[0]);
+
+ /* XXX - possibly run Coproc->name through word expansion? */
+ cp = coproc_alloc (command->value.Coproc->name, coproc_pid);
+ cp->c_rfd = rpipe[0];
+ cp->c_wfd = wpipe[1];
+
+ SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (cp->c_rfd);
+ SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (cp->c_wfd);
+
+ coproc_setvars (cp);
+
+ UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset);
+
+#if 0
+ itrace ("execute_coproc: [%d] %s", coproc_pid, the_printed_command);
+#endif
+
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ stop_pipeline (1, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+ DESCRIBE_PID (coproc_pid);
+ run_pending_traps ();
+
+ return (invert ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+restore_stdin (s)
+ int s;
+{
+ dup2 (s, 0);
+ close (s);
+}
+
+/* Catch-all cleanup function for lastpipe code for unwind-protects */
+static void
+lastpipe_cleanup (s)
+ int s;
+{
+ unfreeze_jobs_list ();
+}
+
+static int
+execute_pipeline (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ int prev, fildes[2], new_bitmap_size, dummyfd, ignore_return, exec_result;
+ int lstdin, lastpipe_flag, lastpipe_jid;
+ COMMAND *cmd;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fd_bitmap;
+ pid_t lastpid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ sigset_t set, oset;
+ BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ prev = pipe_in;
+ cmd = command;
+
+ while (cmd && cmd->type == cm_connection &&
+ cmd->value.Connection && cmd->value.Connection->connector == '|')
+ {
+ /* Make a pipeline between the two commands. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("pipe error"));
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ terminate_current_pipeline ();
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+ UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ /* The unwind-protects installed below will take care
+ of closing all of the open file descriptors. */
+ throw_to_top_level ();
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); /* XXX */
+ }
+
+ /* Here is a problem: with the new file close-on-exec
+ code, the read end of the pipe (fildes[0]) stays open
+ in the first process, so that process will never get a
+ SIGPIPE. There is no way to signal the first process
+ that it should close fildes[0] after forking, so it
+ remains open. No SIGPIPE is ever sent because there
+ is still a file descriptor open for reading connected
+ to the pipe. We take care of that here. This passes
+ around a bitmap of file descriptors that must be
+ closed after making a child process in execute_simple_command. */
+
+ /* We need fd_bitmap to be at least as big as fildes[0].
+ If fildes[0] is less than fds_to_close->size, then
+ use fds_to_close->size. */
+ new_bitmap_size = (fildes[0] < fds_to_close->size)
+ ? fds_to_close->size
+ : fildes[0] + 8;
+
+ fd_bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (new_bitmap_size);
+
+ /* Now copy the old information into the new bitmap. */
+ xbcopy ((char *)fds_to_close->bitmap, (char *)fd_bitmap->bitmap, fds_to_close->size);
+
+ /* And mark the pipe file descriptors to be closed. */
+ fd_bitmap->bitmap[fildes[0]] = 1;
+
+ /* In case there are pipe or out-of-processes errors, we
+ want all these file descriptors to be closed when
+ unwind-protects are run, and the storage used for the
+ bitmaps freed up. */
+ begin_unwind_frame ("pipe-file-descriptors");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, fd_bitmap);
+ add_unwind_protect (close_fd_bitmap, fd_bitmap);
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (close, prev);
+ dummyfd = fildes[1];
+ add_unwind_protect (close, dummyfd);
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ add_unwind_protect (restore_signal_mask, &oset);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (ignore_return && cmd->value.Connection->first)
+ cmd->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ execute_command_internal (cmd->value.Connection->first, asynchronous,
+ prev, fildes[1], fd_bitmap);
+
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ close (prev);
+
+ prev = fildes[0];
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (fd_bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("pipe-file-descriptors");
+
+ cmd = cmd->value.Connection->second;
+ }
+
+ lastpid = last_made_pid;
+
+ /* Now execute the rightmost command in the pipeline. */
+ if (ignore_return && cmd)
+ cmd->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ lastpipe_flag = 0;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("lastpipe-exec");
+ lstdin = -1;
+ /* If the `lastpipe' option is set with shopt, and job control is not
+ enabled, execute the last element of non-async pipelines in the
+ current shell environment. */
+ if (lastpipe_opt && job_control == 0 && asynchronous == 0 && pipe_out == NO_PIPE && prev > 0)
+ {
+ lstdin = move_to_high_fd (0, 1, -1);
+ if (lstdin > 0)
+ {
+ do_piping (prev, pipe_out);
+ prev = NO_PIPE;
+ add_unwind_protect (restore_stdin, lstdin);
+ lastpipe_flag = 1;
+ freeze_jobs_list ();
+ lastpipe_jid = stop_pipeline (0, (COMMAND *)NULL); /* XXX */
+ add_unwind_protect (lastpipe_cleanup, lastpipe_jid);
+ }
+ if (cmd)
+ cmd->flags |= CMD_LASTPIPE;
+ }
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (close, prev);
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (cmd, asynchronous, prev, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+
+ if (lstdin > 0)
+ restore_stdin (lstdin);
+
+ if (prev >= 0)
+ close (prev);
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset);
+#endif
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (lastpipe_flag)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (INVALID_JOB (lastpipe_jid) == 0)
+ {
+ append_process (savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap), dollar_dollar_pid, exec_result, lastpipe_jid);
+ lstdin = wait_for (lastpid);
+ }
+ else
+ lstdin = wait_for_single_pid (lastpid); /* checks bgpids list */
+#else
+ lstdin = wait_for (lastpid);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If wait_for removes the job from the jobs table, use result of last
+ command as pipeline's exit status as usual. The jobs list can get
+ frozen and unfrozen at inconvenient times if there are multiple pipelines
+ running simultaneously. */
+ if (INVALID_JOB (lastpipe_jid) == 0)
+ exec_result = job_exit_status (lastpipe_jid);
+ else if (pipefail_opt)
+ exec_result = exec_result | lstdin; /* XXX */
+ /* otherwise we use exec_result */
+
+#endif
+ unfreeze_jobs_list ();
+ }
+
+ discard_unwind_frame ("lastpipe-exec");
+
+ return (exec_result);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_connection (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close)
+ COMMAND *command;
+ int asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ COMMAND *tc, *second;
+ int ignore_return, exec_result, was_error_trap, invert;
+ volatile int save_line_number;
+
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ switch (command->value.Connection->connector)
+ {
+ /* Do the first command asynchronously. */
+ case '&':
+ tc = command->value.Connection->first;
+ if (tc == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ if (ignore_return)
+ tc->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ tc->flags |= CMD_AMPERSAND;
+
+ /* If this shell was compiled without job control support,
+ if we are currently in a subshell via `( xxx )', or if job
+ control is not active then the standard input for an
+ asynchronous command is forced to /dev/null. */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if ((subshell_environment || !job_control) && !stdin_redir)
+#else
+ if (!stdin_redir)
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+ tc->flags |= CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (tc, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (tc->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR)
+ tc->flags &= ~CMD_STDIN_REDIR;
+
+ second = command->value.Connection->second;
+ if (second)
+ {
+ if (ignore_return)
+ second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (second, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ /* Just call execute command on both sides. */
+ case ';':
+ if (ignore_return)
+ {
+ if (command->value.Connection->first)
+ command->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (command->value.Connection->second)
+ command->value.Connection->second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ }
+ executing_list++;
+ QUIT;
+ execute_command (command->value.Connection->first);
+ QUIT;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command->value.Connection->second,
+ asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ fds_to_close);
+ executing_list--;
+ break;
+
+ case '|':
+ was_error_trap = signal_is_trapped (ERROR_TRAP) && signal_is_ignored (ERROR_TRAP) == 0;
+ invert = (command->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN) != 0;
+ ignore_return = (command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) != 0;
+
+ line_number_for_err_trap = line_number;
+ exec_result = execute_pipeline (command, asynchronous, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ invert = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (was_error_trap && ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = line_number_for_err_trap;
+ run_error_trap ();
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ }
+
+ if (ignore_return == 0 && invert == 0 && exit_immediately_on_error && exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = exec_result;
+ run_pending_traps ();
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case AND_AND:
+ case OR_OR:
+ if (asynchronous)
+ {
+ /* If we have something like `a && b &' or `a || b &', run the
+ && or || stuff in a subshell. Force a subshell and just call
+ execute_command_internal again. Leave asynchronous on
+ so that we get a report from the parent shell about the
+ background job. */
+ command->flags |= CMD_FORCE_SUBSHELL;
+ exec_result = execute_command_internal (command, 1, pipe_in, pipe_out, fds_to_close);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Execute the first command. If the result of that is successful
+ and the connector is AND_AND, or the result is not successful
+ and the connector is OR_OR, then execute the second command,
+ otherwise return. */
+
+ executing_list++;
+ if (command->value.Connection->first)
+ command->value.Connection->first->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command (command->value.Connection->first);
+ QUIT;
+ if (((command->value.Connection->connector == AND_AND) &&
+ (exec_result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)) ||
+ ((command->value.Connection->connector == OR_OR) &&
+ (exec_result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)))
+ {
+ if (ignore_return && command->value.Connection->second)
+ command->value.Connection->second->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ exec_result = execute_command (command->value.Connection->second);
+ }
+ executing_list--;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ command_error ("execute_connection", CMDERR_BADCONN, command->value.Connection->connector, 0);
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ exec_result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ return exec_result;
+}
+
+#define REAP() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (!interactive_shell) \
+ reap_dead_jobs (); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Execute a FOR command. The syntax is: FOR word_desc IN word_list;
+ DO command; DONE */
+static int
+execute_for_command (for_command)
+ FOR_COM *for_command;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *releaser, *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *identifier;
+ int retval, save_line_number;
+#if 0
+ SHELL_VAR *old_value = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; /* Remember the old value of x. */
+#endif
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ if (check_identifier (for_command->name, 1) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ loop_level++;
+ identifier = for_command->name->word;
+
+ line_number = for_command->line; /* for expansion error messages */
+ list = releaser = expand_words_no_vars (for_command->map_list);
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("for");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, releaser);
+
+#if 0
+ if (lexical_scoping)
+ {
+ old_value = copy_variable (find_variable (identifier));
+ if (old_value)
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_variable, old_value);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (for_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ for_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ for (retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; list; list = list->next)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ line_number = for_command->line;
+
+ /* Remember what this command looks like, for debugger. */
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_for_command_head (for_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_for_command_head (for_command);
+
+ /* Save this command unless it's a trap command and we're not running
+ a debug trap. */
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ continue;
+#endif
+
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ /* XXX - special ksh93 for command index variable handling */
+ v = find_variable_last_nameref (identifier);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ v = bind_variable_value (v, list->word->word, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ v = bind_variable (identifier, list->word->word, 0);
+ if (readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v))
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ if (readonly_p (v) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("for");
+ loop_level--;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+ retval = execute_command (for_command->action);
+ REAP ();
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+#if 0
+ if (lexical_scoping)
+ {
+ if (!old_value)
+ unbind_variable (identifier);
+ else
+ {
+ SHELL_VAR *new_value;
+
+ new_value = bind_variable (identifier, value_cell(old_value), 0);
+ new_value->attributes = old_value->attributes;
+ dispose_variable (old_value);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("for");
+ return (retval);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARITH_FOR_COMMAND)
+/* Execute an arithmetic for command. The syntax is
+
+ for (( init ; step ; test ))
+ do
+ body
+ done
+
+ The execution should be exactly equivalent to
+
+ eval \(\( init \)\)
+ while eval \(\( test \)\) ; do
+ body;
+ eval \(\( step \)\)
+ done
+*/
+static intmax_t
+eval_arith_for_expr (l, okp)
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int *okp;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new;
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ int r;
+
+ new = expand_words_no_vars (l);
+ if (new)
+ {
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_arith_cmd (new);
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) for expression error messages */
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_arith_command (new);
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ r = run_debug_trap ();
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ if (debugging_mode == 0 || r == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ expresult = evalexp (new->word->word, okp);
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ if (okp)
+ *okp = 1;
+ }
+#else
+ expresult = evalexp (new->word->word, okp);
+#endif
+ dispose_words (new);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ if (okp)
+ *okp = 1;
+ }
+ return (expresult);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_arith_for_command (arith_for_command)
+ ARITH_FOR_COM *arith_for_command;
+{
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ int expok, body_status, arith_lineno, save_lineno;
+
+ body_status = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ loop_level++;
+ save_lineno = line_number;
+
+ if (arith_for_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ arith_for_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) for expression error messages */
+
+ /* save the starting line number of the command so we can reset
+ line_number before executing each expression -- for $LINENO
+ and the DEBUG trap. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno = arith_for_command->line;
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ /* Evaluate the initialization expression. */
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->init, &expok);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Evaluate the test expression. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno;
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->test, &expok);
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ body_status = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+ REAP ();
+ if (expresult == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Execute the body of the arithmetic for command. */
+ QUIT;
+ body_status = execute_command (arith_for_command->action);
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Handle any `break' or `continue' commands executed by the body. */
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Evaluate the step expression. */
+ line_number = arith_lineno;
+ expresult = eval_arith_for_expr (arith_for_command->step, &expok);
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ body_status = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_lineno;
+
+ return (body_status);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+static int LINES, COLS, tabsize;
+
+#define RP_SPACE ") "
+#define RP_SPACE_LEN 2
+
+/* XXX - does not handle numbers > 1000000 at all. */
+#define NUMBER_LEN(s) \
+((s < 10) ? 1 \
+ : ((s < 100) ? 2 \
+ : ((s < 1000) ? 3 \
+ : ((s < 10000) ? 4 \
+ : ((s < 100000) ? 5 \
+ : 6)))))
+
+static int
+displen (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ wchar_t *wcstr;
+ size_t slen;
+ int wclen;
+
+ wcstr = 0;
+ slen = mbstowcs (wcstr, s, 0);
+ if (slen == -1)
+ slen = 0;
+ wcstr = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (slen + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcstr, s, slen + 1);
+ wclen = wcswidth (wcstr, slen);
+ free (wcstr);
+ return (wclen < 0 ? STRLEN(s) : wclen);
+#else
+ return (STRLEN (s));
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+print_index_and_element (len, ind, list)
+ int len, ind;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *l;
+ register int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return (0);
+ for (i = ind, l = list; l && --i; l = l->next)
+ ;
+ if (l == 0) /* don't think this can happen */
+ return (0);
+ fprintf (stderr, "%*d%s%s", len, ind, RP_SPACE, l->word->word);
+ return (displen (l->word->word));
+}
+
+static void
+indent (from, to)
+ int from, to;
+{
+ while (from < to)
+ {
+ if ((to / tabsize) > (from / tabsize))
+ {
+ putc ('\t', stderr);
+ from += tabsize - from % tabsize;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ putc (' ', stderr);
+ from++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_select_list (list, list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len;
+{
+ int ind, row, elem_len, pos, cols, rows;
+ int first_column_indices_len, other_indices_len;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ putc ('\n', stderr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ cols = max_elem_len ? COLS / max_elem_len : 1;
+ if (cols == 0)
+ cols = 1;
+ rows = list_len ? list_len / cols + (list_len % cols != 0) : 1;
+ cols = list_len ? list_len / rows + (list_len % rows != 0) : 1;
+
+ if (rows == 1)
+ {
+ rows = cols;
+ cols = 1;
+ }
+
+ first_column_indices_len = NUMBER_LEN (rows);
+ other_indices_len = indices_len;
+
+ for (row = 0; row < rows; row++)
+ {
+ ind = row;
+ pos = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ indices_len = (pos == 0) ? first_column_indices_len : other_indices_len;
+ elem_len = print_index_and_element (indices_len, ind + 1, list);
+ elem_len += indices_len + RP_SPACE_LEN;
+ ind += rows;
+ if (ind >= list_len)
+ break;
+ indent (pos + elem_len, pos + max_elem_len);
+ pos += max_elem_len;
+ }
+ putc ('\n', stderr);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the elements of LIST, one per line, preceded by an index from 1 to
+ LIST_LEN. Then display PROMPT and wait for the user to enter a number.
+ If the number is between 1 and LIST_LEN, return that selection. If EOF
+ is read, return a null string. If a blank line is entered, or an invalid
+ number is entered, the loop is executed again. */
+static char *
+select_query (list, list_len, prompt, print_menu)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int list_len;
+ char *prompt;
+ int print_menu;
+{
+ int max_elem_len, indices_len, len;
+ intmax_t reply;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *repl_string, *t;
+
+#if 0
+ t = get_string_value ("LINES");
+ LINES = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 24;
+#endif
+ t = get_string_value ("COLUMNS");
+ COLS = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 80;
+
+#if 0
+ t = get_string_value ("TABSIZE");
+ tabsize = (t && *t) ? atoi (t) : 8;
+ if (tabsize <= 0)
+ tabsize = 8;
+#else
+ tabsize = 8;
+#endif
+
+ max_elem_len = 0;
+ for (l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ len = displen (l->word->word);
+ if (len > max_elem_len)
+ max_elem_len = len;
+ }
+ indices_len = NUMBER_LEN (list_len);
+ max_elem_len += indices_len + RP_SPACE_LEN + 2;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (print_menu)
+ print_select_list (list, list_len, max_elem_len, indices_len);
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s", prompt);
+ fflush (stderr);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (read_builtin ((WORD_LIST *)NULL) != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ putchar ('\n');
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ repl_string = get_string_value ("REPLY");
+ if (*repl_string == 0)
+ {
+ print_menu = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (legal_number (repl_string, &reply) == 0)
+ return "";
+ if (reply < 1 || reply > list_len)
+ return "";
+
+ for (l = list; l && --reply; l = l->next)
+ ;
+ return (l->word->word); /* XXX - can't be null? */
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a SELECT command. The syntax is:
+ SELECT word IN list DO command_list DONE
+ Only `break' or `return' in command_list will terminate
+ the command. */
+static int
+execute_select_command (select_command)
+ SELECT_COM *select_command;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *releaser, *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *identifier, *ps3_prompt, *selection;
+ int retval, list_len, show_menu, save_line_number;
+
+ if (check_identifier (select_command->name, 1) == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = select_command->line;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_select_command_head (select_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_select_command_head (select_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+#endif
+
+ loop_level++;
+ identifier = select_command->name->word;
+
+ /* command and arithmetic substitution, parameter and variable expansion,
+ word splitting, pathname expansion, and quote removal. */
+ list = releaser = expand_words_no_vars (select_command->map_list);
+ list_len = list_length (list);
+ if (list == 0 || list_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("select");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, releaser);
+
+ if (select_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ select_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ show_menu = 1;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ line_number = select_command->line;
+ ps3_prompt = get_string_value ("PS3");
+ if (ps3_prompt == 0)
+ ps3_prompt = "#? ";
+
+ QUIT;
+ selection = select_query (list, list_len, ps3_prompt, show_menu);
+ QUIT;
+ if (selection == 0)
+ {
+ /* select_query returns EXECUTION_FAILURE if the read builtin
+ fails, so we want to return failure in this case. */
+ retval = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ v = bind_variable (identifier, selection, 0);
+ if (readonly_p (v) || noassign_p (v))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (v) && interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("select");
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ retval = execute_command (select_command->action);
+
+ REAP ();
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+
+#if defined (KSH_COMPATIBLE_SELECT)
+ show_menu = 0;
+ selection = get_string_value ("REPLY");
+ if (selection && *selection == '\0')
+ show_menu = 1;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ loop_level--;
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ dispose_words (releaser);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("select");
+ return (retval);
+}
+#endif /* SELECT_COMMAND */
+
+/* Execute a CASE command. The syntax is: CASE word_desc IN pattern_list ESAC.
+ The pattern_list is a linked list of pattern clauses; each clause contains
+ some patterns to compare word_desc against, and an associated command to
+ execute. */
+static int
+execute_case_command (case_command)
+ CASE_COM *case_command;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_LIST *wlist, *es;
+ PATTERN_LIST *clauses;
+ char *word, *pattern;
+ int retval, match, ignore_return, save_line_number;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ line_number = case_command->line;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_case_command_head (case_command);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_case_command_head (case_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ retval = run_debug_trap();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ wlist = expand_word_unsplit (case_command->word, 0);
+ word = wlist ? string_list (wlist) : savestring ("");
+ dispose_words (wlist);
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ ignore_return = case_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("case");
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, word);
+
+#define EXIT_CASE() goto exit_case_command
+
+ for (clauses = case_command->clauses; clauses; clauses = clauses->next)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+ for (list = clauses->patterns; list; list = list->next)
+ {
+ es = expand_word_leave_quoted (list->word, 0);
+
+ if (es && es->word && es->word->word && *(es->word->word))
+ pattern = quote_string_for_globbing (es->word->word, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ else
+ {
+ pattern = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ pattern[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* Since the pattern does not undergo quote removal (as per
+ Posix.2, section 3.9.4.3), the strmatch () call must be able
+ to recognize backslashes as escape characters. */
+ match = strmatch (pattern, word, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG|FNMATCH_IGNCASE) != FNM_NOMATCH;
+ free (pattern);
+
+ dispose_words (es);
+
+ if (match)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ if (clauses->action && ignore_return)
+ clauses->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ retval = execute_command (clauses->action);
+ }
+ while ((clauses->flags & CASEPAT_FALLTHROUGH) && (clauses = clauses->next));
+ if (clauses == 0 || (clauses->flags & CASEPAT_TESTNEXT) == 0)
+ EXIT_CASE ();
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ QUIT;
+ }
+ }
+
+exit_case_command:
+ free (word);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("case");
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (retval);
+}
+
+#define CMD_WHILE 0
+#define CMD_UNTIL 1
+
+/* The WHILE command. Syntax: WHILE test DO action; DONE.
+ Repeatedly execute action while executing test produces
+ EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+static int
+execute_while_command (while_command)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+{
+ return (execute_while_or_until (while_command, CMD_WHILE));
+}
+
+/* UNTIL is just like WHILE except that the test result is negated. */
+static int
+execute_until_command (while_command)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+{
+ return (execute_while_or_until (while_command, CMD_UNTIL));
+}
+
+/* The body for both while and until. The only difference between the
+ two is that the test value is treated differently. TYPE is
+ CMD_WHILE or CMD_UNTIL. The return value for both commands should
+ be EXECUTION_SUCCESS if no commands in the body are executed, and
+ the status of the last command executed in the body otherwise. */
+static int
+execute_while_or_until (while_command, type)
+ WHILE_COM *while_command;
+ int type;
+{
+ int return_value, body_status;
+
+ body_status = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ loop_level++;
+
+ while_command->test->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (while_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ while_command->action->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ return_value = execute_command (while_command->test);
+ REAP ();
+
+ /* Need to handle `break' in the test when we would break out of the
+ loop. The job control code will set `breaking' to loop_level
+ when a job in a loop is stopped with SIGTSTP. If the stopped job
+ is in the loop test, `breaking' will not be reset unless we do
+ this, and the shell will cease to execute commands. */
+ if (type == CMD_WHILE && return_value != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ if (breaking)
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (type == CMD_UNTIL && return_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ if (breaking)
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ QUIT;
+ body_status = execute_command (while_command->action);
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (breaking)
+ {
+ breaking--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (continuing)
+ {
+ continuing--;
+ if (continuing)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ loop_level--;
+
+ return (body_status);
+}
+
+/* IF test THEN command [ELSE command].
+ IF also allows ELIF in the place of ELSE IF, but
+ the parser makes *that* stupidity transparent. */
+static int
+execute_if_command (if_command)
+ IF_COM *if_command;
+{
+ int return_value, save_line_number;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ if_command->test->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ return_value = execute_command (if_command->test);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+
+ if (return_value == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (if_command->true_case && (if_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ if_command->true_case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ return (execute_command (if_command->true_case));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUIT;
+
+ if (if_command->false_case && (if_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ if_command->false_case->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ return (execute_command (if_command->false_case));
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+static int
+execute_arith_command (arith_command)
+ ARITH_COM *arith_command;
+{
+ int expok, save_line_number, retval;
+ intmax_t expresult;
+ WORD_LIST *new;
+ char *exp;
+
+ expresult = 0;
+
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+ this_command_name = "(("; /* )) */
+ line_number = arith_command->line;
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_arith_command (arith_command->exp);
+
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each arithmetic command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information and before we expand the various
+ words in the expression. */
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ new = expand_words_no_vars (arith_command->exp);
+
+ /* If we're tracing, make a new word list with `((' at the front and `))'
+ at the back and print it. */
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_arith_cmd (new);
+
+ if (new)
+ {
+ exp = new->next ? string_list (new) : new->word->word;
+ expresult = evalexp (exp, &expok);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ if (exp != new->word->word)
+ free (exp);
+ dispose_words (new);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ expresult = 0;
+ expok = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ return (expresult == 0 ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+#endif /* DPAREN_ARITHMETIC */
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+
+static char * const nullstr = "";
+
+/* XXX - can COND ever be NULL when this is called? */
+static int
+execute_cond_node (cond)
+ COND_COM *cond;
+{
+ int result, invert, patmatch, rmatch, mflags, ignore;
+ char *arg1, *arg2;
+#if 0
+ char *t1, *t2;
+#endif
+
+ invert = (cond->flags & CMD_INVERT_RETURN);
+ ignore = (cond->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN);
+ if (ignore)
+ {
+ if (cond->left)
+ cond->left->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ if (cond->right)
+ cond->right->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+ }
+
+ if (cond->type == COND_EXPR)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ else if (cond->type == COND_OR)
+ {
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ if (result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->right);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_AND)
+ {
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->left);
+ if (result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ result = execute_cond_node (cond->right);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_UNARY)
+ {
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg1 = cond_expand_word (cond->left->op, 0);
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg1 == 0)
+ arg1 = nullstr;
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_cond_term (cond->type, invert, cond->op, arg1, (char *)NULL);
+ result = unary_test (cond->op->word, arg1) ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (arg1 != nullstr)
+ free (arg1);
+ }
+ else if (cond->type == COND_BINARY)
+ {
+ rmatch = 0;
+ patmatch = (((cond->op->word[1] == '=') && (cond->op->word[2] == '\0') &&
+ (cond->op->word[0] == '!' || cond->op->word[0] == '=')) ||
+ (cond->op->word[0] == '=' && cond->op->word[1] == '\0'));
+#if defined (COND_REGEXP)
+ rmatch = (cond->op->word[0] == '=' && cond->op->word[1] == '~' &&
+ cond->op->word[2] == '\0');
+#endif
+
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg1 = cond_expand_word (cond->left->op, 0);
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg1 == 0)
+ arg1 = nullstr;
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ arg2 = cond_expand_word (cond->right->op,
+ (rmatch && shell_compatibility_level > 31) ? 2 : (patmatch ? 1 : 0));
+ if (ignore)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ if (arg2 == 0)
+ arg2 = nullstr;
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_cond_term (cond->type, invert, cond->op, arg1, arg2);
+
+#if defined (COND_REGEXP)
+ if (rmatch)
+ {
+ mflags = SHMAT_PWARN;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ mflags |= SHMAT_SUBEXP;
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ t1 = strescape(arg1);
+ t2 = strescape(arg2);
+ itrace("execute_cond_node: sh_regmatch on `%s' and `%s'", t1, t2);
+ free(t1);
+ free(t2);
+#endif
+
+ result = sh_regmatch (arg1, arg2, mflags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* COND_REGEXP */
+ {
+ int oe;
+ oe = extended_glob;
+ extended_glob = 1;
+ result = binary_test (cond->op->word, arg1, arg2, TEST_PATMATCH|TEST_ARITHEXP|TEST_LOCALE)
+ ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS
+ : EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ extended_glob = oe;
+ }
+ if (arg1 != nullstr)
+ free (arg1);
+ if (arg2 != nullstr)
+ free (arg2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ command_error ("execute_cond_node", CMDERR_BADTYPE, cond->type, 0);
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ if (invert)
+ result = (result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+execute_cond_command (cond_command)
+ COND_COM *cond_command;
+{
+ int retval, save_line_number;
+
+ retval = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ save_line_number = line_number;
+
+ this_command_name = "[[";
+ line_number = cond_command->line;
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_cond_command (cond_command);
+
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = savestring (the_printed_command);
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each conditional command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information. */
+ retval = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+ debug_print_cond_command (cond_command);
+#endif
+
+ last_command_exit_value = retval = execute_cond_node (cond_command);
+ line_number = save_line_number;
+ return (retval);
+}
+#endif /* COND_COMMAND */
+
+static void
+bind_lastarg (arg)
+ char *arg;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (arg == 0)
+ arg = "";
+ var = bind_variable ("_", arg, 0);
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+}
+
+/* Execute a null command. Fork a subshell if the command uses pipes or is
+ to be run asynchronously. This handles all the side effects that are
+ supposed to take place. */
+static int
+execute_null_command (redirects, pipe_in, pipe_out, async)
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+{
+ int r;
+ int forcefork;
+ REDIRECT *rd;
+
+ for (forcefork = 0, rd = redirects; rd; rd = rd->next)
+ forcefork += rd->rflags & REDIR_VARASSIGN;
+
+ if (forcefork || pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE || async)
+ {
+ /* We have a null command, but we really want a subshell to take
+ care of it. Just fork, do piping and redirections, and exit. */
+ if (make_child ((char *)NULL, async) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX */
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ subshell_environment = 0;
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) == 0)
+ exit (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ else
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Even if there aren't any command names, pretend to do the
+ redirections that are specified. The user expects the side
+ effects to take place. If the redirections fail, then return
+ failure. Otherwise, if a command substitution took place while
+ expanding the command or a redirection, return the value of that
+ substitution. Otherwise, return EXECUTION_SUCCESS. */
+
+ r = do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE);
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (r != 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ else if (last_command_subst_pid != NO_PID)
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is a hack to suppress word splitting for assignment statements
+ given as arguments to builtins with the ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN flag set. */
+static void
+fix_assignment_words (words)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *w, *wcmd;
+ struct builtin *b;
+ int assoc, global, array, integer;
+
+ if (words == 0)
+ return;
+
+ b = 0;
+ assoc = global = array = integer = 0;
+
+ /* Skip over assignment statements preceding a command name */
+ wcmd = words;
+ for (wcmd = words; wcmd; wcmd = wcmd->next)
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0)
+ break;
+
+ for (w = wcmd; w; w = w->next)
+ if (w->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ if (b == 0)
+ {
+ /* Posix (post-2008) says that `command' doesn't change whether
+ or not the builtin it shadows is a `declaration command', even
+ though it removes other special builtin properties. In Posix
+ mode, we skip over one or more instances of `command' and
+ deal with the next word as the assignment builtin. */
+ while (posixly_correct && wcmd && wcmd->word && wcmd->word->word && STREQ (wcmd->word->word, "command"))
+ wcmd = wcmd->next;
+ b = builtin_address_internal (wcmd->word->word, 0);
+ if (b == 0 || (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN) == 0)
+ return;
+ else if (b && (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN))
+ wcmd->word->flags |= W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ }
+ w->word->flags |= (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOGLOB|W_TILDEEXP|W_ASSIGNARG);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ if (array)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNARRAY;
+#endif
+ if (global)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSNGLOBAL;
+ if (integer)
+ w->word->flags |= W_ASSIGNINT;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Note that we saw an associative array option to a builtin that takes
+ assignment statements. This is a bit of a kludge. */
+ else if (w->word->word[0] == '-' && (strchr (w->word->word+1, 'A') || strchr (w->word->word+1, 'a') || strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g')))
+#else
+ else if (w->word->word[0] == '-' && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g'))
+#endif
+ {
+ if (b == 0)
+ {
+ while (posixly_correct && wcmd && wcmd->word && wcmd->word->word && STREQ (wcmd->word->word, "command"))
+ wcmd = wcmd->next;
+ b = builtin_address_internal (wcmd->word->word, 0);
+ if (b == 0 || (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN) == 0)
+ return;
+ else if (b && (b->flags & ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN))
+ wcmd->word->flags |= W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ }
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'A'))
+ assoc = 1;
+ else if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'a'))
+ array = 1;
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'g'))
+ global = 1;
+ if ((wcmd->word->flags & W_ASSNBLTIN) && strchr (w->word->word+1, 'i'))
+ integer = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if the file found by searching $PATH for PATHNAME, defaulting
+ to PATHNAME, is a directory. Used by the autocd code below. */
+static int
+is_dirname (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ int ret;
+
+ temp = search_for_command (pathname, 0);
+ ret = (temp ? file_isdir (temp) : file_isdir (pathname));
+ free (temp);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* The meaty part of all the executions. We have to start hacking the
+ real execution of commands here. Fork a process, set things up,
+ execute the command. */
+static int
+execute_simple_command (simple_command, pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close)
+ SIMPLE_COM *simple_command;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *words, *lastword;
+ char *command_line, *lastarg, *temp;
+ int first_word_quoted, result, builtin_is_special, already_forked, dofork;
+ pid_t old_last_async_pid;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *func;
+ volatile int old_builtin, old_command_builtin;
+
+ result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ special_builtin_failed = builtin_is_special = 0;
+ command_line = (char *)0;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* If we're in a function, update the line number information. */
+ if (variable_context && interactive_shell && sourcelevel == 0)
+ line_number -= function_line_number;
+
+ /* Remember what this command line looks like at invocation. */
+ command_string_index = 0;
+ print_simple_command (simple_command);
+
+#if 0
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && (this_command_name == 0 || (STREQ (this_command_name, "trap") == 0)))
+#else
+ if (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) == 0 && running_trap == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ the_printed_command_except_trap = the_printed_command ? savestring (the_printed_command) : (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ /* Run the debug trap before each simple command, but do it after we
+ update the line number information. */
+ result = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode && result != EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+#endif
+
+ first_word_quoted =
+ simple_command->words ? (simple_command->words->word->flags & W_QUOTED) : 0;
+
+ last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+ old_last_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+
+ already_forked = dofork = 0;
+
+ /* If we're in a pipeline or run in the background, set DOFORK so we
+ make the child early, before word expansion. This keeps assignment
+ statements from affecting the parent shell's environment when they
+ should not. */
+ dofork = pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE || async;
+
+ /* Something like `%2 &' should restart job 2 in the background, not cause
+ the shell to fork here. */
+ if (dofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE &&
+ simple_command->words && simple_command->words->word &&
+ simple_command->words->word->word &&
+ (simple_command->words->word->word[0] == '%'))
+ dofork = 0;
+
+ if (dofork)
+ {
+ /* Do this now, because execute_disk_command will do it anyway in the
+ vast majority of cases. */
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+
+ /* Don't let a DEBUG trap overwrite the command string to be saved with
+ the process/job associated with this child. */
+ if (make_child (savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap), async) == 0)
+ {
+ already_forked = 1;
+ simple_command->flags |= CMD_NO_FORK;
+
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_FORK; /* XXX */
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+
+ /* We need to do this before piping to handle some really
+ pathological cases where one of the pipe file descriptors
+ is < 2. */
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+ pipe_in = pipe_out = NO_PIPE;
+#if defined (COPROCESS_SUPPORT)
+ coproc_closeall ();
+#endif
+
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_last_async_pid;
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Don't let simple commands that aren't the last command in a
+ pipeline change $? for the rest of the pipeline (or at all). */
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ result = last_command_exit_value;
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Close /dev/fd file descriptors in the parent after forking the
+ last child in a (possibly one-element) pipeline. Defer this
+ until any running shell function completes. */
+ if (pipe_out == NO_PIPE && variable_context == 0) /* XXX */
+ unlink_fifo_list (); /* XXX */
+#endif
+ command_line = (char *)NULL; /* don't free this. */
+ bind_lastarg ((char *)NULL);
+ return (result);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we are re-running this as the result of executing the `command'
+ builtin, do not expand the command words a second time. */
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_INHIBIT_EXPANSION) == 0)
+ {
+ current_fds_to_close = fds_to_close;
+ fix_assignment_words (simple_command->words);
+ /* Pass the ignore return flag down to command substitutions */
+ if (simple_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) /* XXX */
+ comsub_ignore_return++;
+ words = expand_words (simple_command->words);
+ if (simple_command->flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN)
+ comsub_ignore_return--;
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ words = copy_word_list (simple_command->words);
+
+ /* It is possible for WORDS not to have anything left in it.
+ Perhaps all the words consisted of `$foo', and there was
+ no variable `$foo'. */
+ if (words == 0)
+ {
+ this_command_name = 0;
+ result = execute_null_command (simple_command->redirects,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ already_forked ? 0 : async);
+ if (already_forked)
+ exit (result);
+ else
+ {
+ bind_lastarg ((char *)NULL);
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (result);
+ return (result);
+ }
+ }
+
+ lastarg = (char *)NULL;
+
+ begin_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_word_list (words, 1);
+
+ builtin = (sh_builtin_func_t *)NULL;
+ func = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_NO_FUNCTIONS) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Posix.2 says special builtins are found before functions. We
+ don't set builtin_is_special anywhere other than here, because
+ this path is followed only when the `command' builtin is *not*
+ being used, and we don't want to exit the shell if a special
+ builtin executed with `command builtin' fails. `command' is not
+ a special builtin. */
+ if (posixly_correct)
+ {
+ builtin = find_special_builtin (words->word->word);
+ if (builtin)
+ builtin_is_special = 1;
+ }
+ if (builtin == 0)
+ func = find_function (words->word->word);
+ }
+
+ /* In POSIX mode, assignment errors in the temporary environment cause a
+ non-interactive shell to exit. */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0 && tempenv_assign_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0; /* don't care about this any more */
+
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_words, words);
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Bind the last word in this command to "$_" after execution. */
+ for (lastword = words; lastword->next; lastword = lastword->next)
+ ;
+ lastarg = lastword->word->word;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Is this command a job control related thing? */
+ if (words->word->word[0] == '%' && already_forked == 0)
+ {
+ this_command_name = async ? "bg" : "fg";
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin_address (this_command_name);
+ result = (*this_shell_builtin) (words);
+ goto return_result;
+ }
+
+ /* One other possibililty. The user may want to resume an existing job.
+ If they do, find out whether this word is a candidate for a running
+ job. */
+ if (job_control && already_forked == 0 && async == 0 &&
+ !first_word_quoted &&
+ !words->next &&
+ words->word->word[0] &&
+ !simple_command->redirects &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ pipe_out == NO_PIPE &&
+ (temp = get_string_value ("auto_resume")))
+ {
+ int job, jflags, started_status;
+
+ jflags = JM_STOPPED|JM_FIRSTMATCH;
+ if (STREQ (temp, "exact"))
+ jflags |= JM_EXACT;
+ else if (STREQ (temp, "substring"))
+ jflags |= JM_SUBSTRING;
+ else
+ jflags |= JM_PREFIX;
+ job = get_job_by_name (words->word->word, jflags);
+ if (job != NO_JOB)
+ {
+ run_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+ this_command_name = "fg";
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin_address ("fg");
+
+ started_status = start_job (job, 1);
+ return ((started_status < 0) ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : started_status);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+run_builtin:
+ /* Remember the name of this command globally. */
+ this_command_name = words->word->word;
+
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* This command could be a shell builtin or a user-defined function.
+ We have already found special builtins by this time, so we do not
+ set builtin_is_special. If this is a function or builtin, and we
+ have pipes, then fork a subshell in here. Otherwise, just execute
+ the command directly. */
+ if (func == 0 && builtin == 0)
+ builtin = find_shell_builtin (this_command_name);
+
+ last_shell_builtin = this_shell_builtin;
+ this_shell_builtin = builtin;
+
+ if (builtin || func)
+ {
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ old_builtin = executing_builtin;
+ old_command_builtin = executing_command_builtin;
+ unwind_protect_int (executing_builtin); /* modified in execute_builtin */
+ unwind_protect_int (executing_command_builtin); /* ditto */
+ }
+ if (already_forked)
+ {
+ /* reset_terminating_signals (); */ /* XXX */
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+
+ if (async)
+ {
+ if ((simple_command->flags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ (stdin_redirects (simple_command->redirects) == 0))
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ }
+
+ subshell_level++;
+ execute_subshell_builtin_or_function
+ (words, simple_command->redirects, builtin, func,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = execute_builtin_or_function
+ (words, builtin, func, simple_command->redirects, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ if (result > EX_SHERRBASE)
+ {
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case EX_REDIRFAIL:
+ case EX_BADASSIGN:
+ case EX_EXPFAIL:
+ /* These errors cause non-interactive posix mode shells to exit */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ }
+ result = builtin_status (result);
+ if (builtin_is_special)
+ special_builtin_failed = 1;
+ }
+ /* In POSIX mode, if there are assignment statements preceding
+ a special builtin, they persist after the builtin
+ completes. */
+ if (posixly_correct && builtin_is_special && temporary_env)
+ merge_temporary_env ();
+ }
+ else /* function */
+ {
+ if (result == EX_USAGE)
+ result = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ else if (result > EX_SHERRBASE)
+ result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (result);
+
+ goto return_result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (autocd && interactive && words->word && is_dirname (words->word->word))
+ {
+ words = make_word_list (make_word ("cd"), words);
+ xtrace_print_word_list (words, 0);
+ goto run_builtin;
+ }
+
+ if (command_line == 0)
+ command_line = savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap ? the_printed_command_except_trap : "");
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_COMSUB) && (simple_command->flags & CMD_NO_FORK) && fifos_pending() > 0)
+ simple_command->flags &= ~CMD_NO_FORK;
+#endif
+
+ result = execute_disk_command (words, simple_command->redirects, command_line,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ simple_command->flags);
+
+ return_result:
+ bind_lastarg (lastarg);
+ FREE (command_line);
+ dispose_words (words);
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ executing_builtin = old_builtin;
+ executing_command_builtin = old_command_builtin;
+ }
+ discard_unwind_frame ("simple-command");
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* points to freed memory now */
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Translate the special builtin exit statuses. We don't really need a
+ function for this; it's a placeholder for future work. */
+static int
+builtin_status (result)
+ int result;
+{
+ int r;
+
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case EX_USAGE:
+ r = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ break;
+ case EX_REDIRFAIL:
+ case EX_BADSYNTAX:
+ case EX_BADASSIGN:
+ case EX_EXPFAIL:
+ r = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ r = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+ break;
+ }
+ return (r);
+}
+
+static int
+execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, subshell)
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ int flags, subshell;
+{
+ int old_e_flag, result, eval_unwind;
+ int isbltinenv;
+ char *error_trap;
+
+ error_trap = 0;
+ old_e_flag = exit_immediately_on_error;
+
+ /* The eval builtin calls parse_and_execute, which does not know about
+ the setting of flags, and always calls the execution functions with
+ flags that will exit the shell on an error if -e is set. If the
+ eval builtin is being called, and we're supposed to ignore the exit
+ value of the command, we turn the -e flag off ourselves and disable
+ the ERR trap, then restore them when the command completes. This is
+ also a problem (as below) for the command and source/. builtins. */
+ if (subshell == 0 && (flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN) &&
+ (builtin == eval_builtin || builtin == command_builtin || builtin == source_builtin))
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("eval_builtin");
+ unwind_protect_int (exit_immediately_on_error);
+ unwind_protect_int (builtin_ignoring_errexit);
+ error_trap = TRAP_STRING (ERROR_TRAP);
+ if (error_trap)
+ {
+ error_trap = savestring (error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_error_trap, error_trap);
+ restore_default_signal (ERROR_TRAP);
+ }
+ exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 1;
+ eval_unwind = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ eval_unwind = 0;
+
+ /* The temporary environment for a builtin is supposed to apply to
+ all commands executed by that builtin. Currently, this is a
+ problem only with the `unset', `source' and `eval' builtins.
+ `mapfile' is a special case because it uses evalstring (same as
+ eval or source) to run its callbacks. */
+ isbltinenv = (builtin == source_builtin || builtin == eval_builtin || builtin == unset_builtin || builtin == mapfile_builtin);
+
+ if (isbltinenv)
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ begin_unwind_frame ("builtin_env");
+
+ if (temporary_env)
+ {
+ push_scope (VC_BLTNENV, temporary_env);
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ add_unwind_protect (pop_scope, (flags & CMD_COMMAND_BUILTIN) ? 0 : "1");
+ temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (subshell == 0 && builtin == eval_builtin)
+ {
+ if (evalnest_max > 0 && evalnest >= evalnest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("eval: maximum eval nesting level exceeded (%d)"), evalnest);
+ evalnest = 0;
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ unwind_protect_int (evalnest);
+ /* The test for subshell == 0 above doesn't make a difference */
+ evalnest++; /* execute_subshell_builtin_or_function sets this to 0 */
+ }
+ else if (subshell == 0 && builtin == source_builtin)
+ {
+ if (sourcenest_max > 0 && sourcenest >= sourcenest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: maximum source nesting level exceeded (%d)"), this_command_name, sourcenest);
+ sourcenest = 0;
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ unwind_protect_int (sourcenest);
+ /* The test for subshell == 0 above doesn't make a difference */
+ sourcenest++; /* execute_subshell_builtin_or_function sets this to 0 */
+ }
+
+
+ /* `return' does a longjmp() back to a saved environment in execute_function.
+ If a variable assignment list preceded the command, and the shell is
+ running in POSIX mode, we need to merge that into the shell_variables
+ table, since `return' is a POSIX special builtin. */
+ if (posixly_correct && subshell == 0 && builtin == return_builtin && temporary_env)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("return_temp_env");
+ add_unwind_protect (merge_temporary_env, (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ executing_builtin++;
+ executing_command_builtin |= builtin == command_builtin;
+ result = ((*builtin) (words->next));
+
+ /* This shouldn't happen, but in case `return' comes back instead of
+ longjmp'ing, we need to unwind. */
+ if (posixly_correct && subshell == 0 && builtin == return_builtin && temporary_env)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("return_temp_env");
+
+ if (subshell == 0 && isbltinenv)
+ run_unwind_frame ("builtin_env");
+
+ if (eval_unwind)
+ {
+ exit_immediately_on_error = errexit_flag;
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+ if (error_trap)
+ {
+ set_error_trap (error_trap);
+ xfree (error_trap);
+ }
+ discard_unwind_frame ("eval_builtin");
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static void
+maybe_restore_getopt_state (gs)
+ sh_getopt_state_t *gs;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* If we have a local copy of OPTIND and it's at the right (current)
+ context, then we restore getopt's internal state. If not, we just
+ let it go. We know there is a local OPTIND if gs->gs_flags & 1.
+ This is set below in execute_function() before the context is run. */
+ if (gs->gs_flags & 1)
+ sh_getopt_restore_istate (gs);
+ else
+ free (gs);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static void
+restore_funcarray_state (fa)
+ struct func_array_state *fa;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nfv;
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+
+ array_pop (fa->source_a);
+ array_pop (fa->lineno_a);
+
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
+ if (nfv == fa->funcname_v)
+ array_pop (funcname_a);
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, async, subshell)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ int flags;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int async, subshell;
+{
+ int return_val, result;
+ COMMAND *tc, *fc, *save_current;
+ char *debug_trap, *error_trap, *return_trap;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *funcname_v, *nfv, *bash_source_v, *bash_lineno_v;
+ ARRAY *funcname_a;
+ volatile ARRAY *bash_source_a;
+ volatile ARRAY *bash_lineno_a;
+ struct func_array_state fa;
+#endif
+ FUNCTION_DEF *shell_fn;
+ char *sfile, *t;
+ sh_getopt_state_t *gs;
+
+ USE_VAR(fc);
+
+ if (funcnest_max > 0 && funcnest >= funcnest_max)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: maximum function nesting level exceeded (%d)"), var->name, funcnest);
+ funcnest = 0; /* XXX - should we reset it somewhere else? */
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", funcname_v, funcname_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_SOURCE", bash_source_v, bash_source_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_LINENO", bash_lineno_v, bash_lineno_a);
+#endif
+
+ tc = (COMMAND *)copy_command (function_cell (var));
+ if (tc && (flags & CMD_IGNORE_RETURN))
+ tc->flags |= CMD_IGNORE_RETURN;
+
+ gs = sh_getopt_save_istate ();
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("function_calling");
+ push_context (var->name, subshell, temporary_env);
+ /* This has to be before the pop_context(), because the unwinding of
+ local variables may cause the restore of a local declaration of
+ OPTIND to force a getopts state reset. */
+ add_unwind_protect (maybe_restore_getopt_state, gs);
+ add_unwind_protect (pop_context, (char *)NULL);
+ unwind_protect_int (line_number);
+ unwind_protect_int (return_catch_flag);
+ unwind_protect_jmp_buf (return_catch);
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_command, (char *)tc);
+ unwind_protect_pointer (this_shell_function);
+ unwind_protect_int (funcnest);
+ unwind_protect_int (loop_level);
+ }
+ else
+ push_context (var->name, subshell, temporary_env); /* don't unwind-protect for subshells */
+
+ temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ this_shell_function = var;
+ make_funcname_visible (1);
+
+ debug_trap = TRAP_STRING(DEBUG_TRAP);
+ error_trap = TRAP_STRING(ERROR_TRAP);
+ return_trap = TRAP_STRING(RETURN_TRAP);
+
+ /* The order of the unwind protects for debug_trap, error_trap and
+ return_trap is important here! unwind-protect commands are run
+ in reverse order of registration. If this causes problems, take
+ out the xfree unwind-protect calls and live with the small memory leak. */
+
+ /* function_trace_mode != 0 means that all functions inherit the DEBUG trap.
+ if the function has the trace attribute set, it inherits the DEBUG trap */
+ if (debug_trap && ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0))
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ debug_trap = savestring (debug_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, debug_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_debug_trap, debug_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (DEBUG_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* error_trace_mode != 0 means that functions inherit the ERR trap. */
+ if (error_trap && error_trace_mode == 0)
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ error_trap = savestring (error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, error_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_error_trap, error_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (ERROR_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ /* Shell functions inherit the RETURN trap if function tracing is on
+ globally or on individually for this function. */
+#if 0
+ if (return_trap && ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0))
+#else
+ if (return_trap && (signal_in_progress (DEBUG_TRAP) || ((trace_p (var) == 0) && function_trace_mode == 0)))
+#endif
+ {
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ {
+ return_trap = savestring (return_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (xfree, return_trap);
+ add_unwind_protect (set_return_trap, return_trap);
+ }
+ restore_default_signal (RETURN_TRAP);
+ }
+
+ funcnest++;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* This is quite similar to the code in shell.c and elsewhere. */
+ shell_fn = find_function_def (this_shell_function->name);
+ sfile = shell_fn ? shell_fn->source_file : "";
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)funcname_a, this_shell_function->name);
+
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)bash_source_a, sfile);
+ t = itos (executing_line_number ());
+ array_push ((ARRAY *)bash_lineno_a, t);
+ free (t);
+#endif
+
+ /* The temporary environment for a function is supposed to apply to
+ all commands executed within the function body. */
+
+ remember_args (words->next, 1);
+
+ /* Update BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC */
+ if (debugging_mode)
+ push_args (words->next);
+
+ /* Number of the line on which the function body starts. */
+ line_number = function_line_number = tc->line;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (subshell)
+ stop_pipeline (async, (COMMAND *)NULL);
+#endif
+
+ loop_level = 0;
+
+ fc = tc;
+
+ from_return_trap = 0;
+
+ return_catch_flag++;
+ return_val = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ if (return_val)
+ {
+ result = return_catch_value;
+ /* Run the RETURN trap in the function's context. */
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ if (from_return_trap == 0)
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Run the debug trap here so we can trap at the start of a function's
+ execution rather than the execution of the body's first command. */
+ showing_function_line = 1;
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ result = run_debug_trap ();
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ /* In debugging mode, if the DEBUG trap returns a non-zero status, we
+ skip the command. */
+ if (debugging_mode == 0 || result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ showing_function_line = 0;
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ result = execute_command_internal (fc, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ /* Run the RETURN trap in the function's context */
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+ }
+#else
+ result = execute_command_internal (fc, 0, NO_PIPE, NO_PIPE, fds_to_close);
+
+ save_current = currently_executing_command;
+ run_return_trap ();
+ currently_executing_command = save_current;
+#endif
+ showing_function_line = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Restore BASH_ARGC and BASH_ARGV */
+ if (debugging_mode)
+ pop_args ();
+
+ /* If we have a local copy of OPTIND, note it in the saved getopts state. */
+ nfv = find_variable ("OPTIND");
+ if (nfv && nfv->context == variable_context)
+ gs->gs_flags |= 1;
+
+ if (subshell == 0)
+ run_unwind_frame ("function_calling");
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* These two variables cannot be unset, and cannot be affected by the
+ function. */
+ array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_source_a);
+ array_pop ((ARRAY *)bash_lineno_a);
+
+ /* FUNCNAME can be unset, and so can potentially be changed by the
+ function. */
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", nfv, funcname_a);
+ if (nfv == funcname_v)
+ array_pop (funcname_a);
+#endif
+
+ if (variable_context == 0 || this_shell_function == 0)
+ {
+ make_funcname_visible (0);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* A convenience routine for use by other parts of the shell to execute
+ a particular shell function. */
+int
+execute_shell_function (var, words)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+{
+ int ret;
+ struct fd_bitmap *bitmap;
+
+ bitmap = new_fd_bitmap (FD_BITMAP_DEFAULT_SIZE);
+ begin_unwind_frame ("execute-shell-function");
+ add_unwind_protect (dispose_fd_bitmap, (char *)bitmap);
+
+ ret = execute_function (var, words, 0, bitmap, 0, 0);
+
+ dispose_fd_bitmap (bitmap);
+ discard_unwind_frame ("execute-shell-function");
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Execute a shell builtin or function in a subshell environment. This
+ routine does not return; it only calls exit(). If BUILTIN is non-null,
+ it points to a function to call to execute a shell builtin; otherwise
+ VAR points at the body of a function to execute. WORDS is the arguments
+ to the command, REDIRECTS specifies redirections to perform before the
+ command is executed. */
+static void
+execute_subshell_builtin_or_function (words, redirects, builtin, var,
+ pipe_in, pipe_out, async, fds_to_close,
+ flags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int result, r, funcvalue;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ int jobs_hack;
+
+ jobs_hack = (builtin == jobs_builtin) &&
+ ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0 || pipe_out != NO_PIPE);
+#endif
+
+ /* A subshell is neither a login shell nor interactive. */
+ login_shell = interactive = 0;
+ if (builtin == eval_builtin)
+ evalnest = 0;
+ else if (builtin == source_builtin)
+ sourcenest = 0;
+
+ if (async)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_ASYNC;
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE || pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_PIPE;
+
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX - is this needed? */
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Eradicate all traces of job control after we fork the subshell, so
+ all jobs begun by this subshell are in the same process group as
+ the shell itself. */
+
+ /* Allow the output of `jobs' to be piped. */
+ if (jobs_hack)
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+ else
+ without_job_control ();
+
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0)
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ if (builtin)
+ {
+ /* Give builtins a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main(). */
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* Give the return builtin a place to jump to when executed in a subshell
+ or pipeline */
+ funcvalue = 0;
+ if (return_catch_flag && builtin == return_builtin)
+ funcvalue = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+
+ if (result == EXITPROG)
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else if (result)
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ else if (funcvalue)
+ exit (return_catch_value);
+ else
+ {
+ r = execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, 1);
+ fflush (stdout);
+ if (r == EX_USAGE)
+ r = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ exit (r);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r = execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, async, 1);
+ fflush (stdout);
+ exit (r);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a builtin or function in the current shell context. If BUILTIN
+ is non-null, it is the builtin command to execute, otherwise VAR points
+ to the body of a function. WORDS are the command's arguments, REDIRECTS
+ are the redirections to perform. FDS_TO_CLOSE is the usual bitmap of
+ file descriptors to close.
+
+ If BUILTIN is exec_builtin, the redirections specified in REDIRECTS are
+ not undone before this function returns. */
+static int
+execute_builtin_or_function (words, builtin, var, redirects,
+ fds_to_close, flags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ sh_builtin_func_t *builtin;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int result;
+ REDIRECT *saved_undo_list;
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ int ofifo, nfifo, osize;
+ char *ofifo_list;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ ofifo = num_fifos ();
+ ofifo_list = copy_fifo_list (&osize);
+#endif
+
+ if (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE|RX_UNDOABLE) != 0)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ free (ofifo_list);
+#endif
+ return (EX_REDIRFAIL); /* was EXECUTION_FAILURE */
+ }
+
+ saved_undo_list = redirection_undo_list;
+
+ /* Calling the "exec" builtin changes redirections forever. */
+ if (builtin == exec_builtin)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (saved_undo_list);
+ saved_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list;
+ exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ dispose_exec_redirects ();
+
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ begin_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ add_unwind_protect (cleanup_redirects, (char *)saved_undo_list);
+ }
+
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+
+ if (builtin)
+ result = execute_builtin (builtin, words, flags, 0);
+ else
+ result = execute_function (var, words, flags, fds_to_close, 0, 0);
+
+ /* We do this before undoing the effects of any redirections. */
+ fflush (stdout);
+ fpurge (stdout);
+ if (ferror (stdout))
+ clearerr (stdout);
+
+ /* If we are executing the `command' builtin, but this_shell_builtin is
+ set to `exec_builtin', we know that we have something like
+ `command exec [redirection]', since otherwise `exec' would have
+ overwritten the shell and we wouldn't get here. In this case, we
+ want to behave as if the `command' builtin had not been specified
+ and preserve the redirections. */
+ if (builtin == command_builtin && this_shell_builtin == exec_builtin)
+ {
+ int discard;
+
+ discard = 0;
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ dispose_redirects (saved_undo_list);
+ discard = 1;
+ }
+ redirection_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list;
+ saved_undo_list = exec_redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ if (discard)
+ discard_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ }
+
+ if (saved_undo_list)
+ {
+ redirection_undo_list = saved_undo_list;
+ discard_unwind_frame ("saved-redirects");
+ }
+
+ if (redirection_undo_list)
+ {
+ cleanup_redirects (redirection_undo_list);
+ redirection_undo_list = (REDIRECT *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Close any FIFOs created by this builtin or function. */
+ nfifo = num_fifos ();
+ if (nfifo > ofifo)
+ close_new_fifos (ofifo_list, osize);
+ free (ofifo_list);
+#endif
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+void
+setup_async_signals ()
+{
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+ set_signal_handler (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); /* they want csh-like behavior */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ if (job_control == 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ /* Make sure we get the original signal dispositions now so we don't
+ confuse the trap builtin later if the subshell tries to use it to
+ reset SIGINT/SIGQUIT. Don't call set_signal_ignored; that sets
+ the value of original_signals to SIG_IGN. Posix interpretation 751. */
+ get_original_signal (SIGINT);
+ set_signal_handler (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+
+ get_original_signal (SIGQUIT);
+ set_signal_handler (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Execute a simple command that is hopefully defined in a disk file
+ somewhere.
+
+ 1) fork ()
+ 2) connect pipes
+ 3) look up the command
+ 4) do redirections
+ 5) execve ()
+ 6) If the execve failed, see if the file has executable mode set.
+ If so, and it isn't a directory, then execute its contents as
+ a shell script.
+
+ Note that the filename hashing stuff has to take place up here,
+ in the parent. This is probably why the Bourne style shells
+ don't handle it, since that would require them to go through
+ this gnarly hair, for no good reason.
+
+ NOTE: callers expect this to fork or exit(). */
+
+/* Name of a shell function to call when a command name is not found. */
+#ifndef NOTFOUND_HOOK
+# define NOTFOUND_HOOK "command_not_found_handle"
+#endif
+
+static int
+execute_disk_command (words, redirects, command_line, pipe_in, pipe_out,
+ async, fds_to_close, cmdflags)
+ WORD_LIST *words;
+ REDIRECT *redirects;
+ char *command_line;
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out, async;
+ struct fd_bitmap *fds_to_close;
+ int cmdflags;
+{
+ char *pathname, *command, **args;
+ int nofork, result;
+ pid_t pid;
+ SHELL_VAR *hookf;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+
+ nofork = (cmdflags & CMD_NO_FORK); /* Don't fork, just exec, if no pipes */
+ pathname = words->word->word;
+
+ result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+ command = (char *)NULL;
+ if (restricted && mbschr (pathname, '/'))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: restricted: cannot specify `/' in command names"),
+ pathname);
+ result = last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+
+ /* If we're not going to fork below, we must already be in a child
+ process or a context in which it's safe to call exit(2). */
+ if (nofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ exit (last_command_exit_value);
+ else
+ goto parent_return;
+ }
+#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */
+
+ command = search_for_command (pathname, 1);
+
+ if (command)
+ {
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+ put_command_name_into_env (command);
+ }
+
+ /* We have to make the child before we check for the non-existence
+ of COMMAND, since we want the error messages to be redirected. */
+ /* If we can get away without forking and there are no pipes to deal with,
+ don't bother to fork, just directly exec the command. */
+ if (nofork && pipe_in == NO_PIPE && pipe_out == NO_PIPE)
+ pid = 0;
+ else
+ pid = make_child (savestring (command_line), async);
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ int old_interactive;
+
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals ();
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+
+ /* restore_original_signals may have undone the work done
+ by make_child to ensure that SIGINT and SIGQUIT are ignored
+ in asynchronous children. */
+ if (async)
+ {
+ if ((cmdflags & CMD_STDIN_REDIR) &&
+ pipe_in == NO_PIPE &&
+ (stdin_redirects (redirects) == 0))
+ async_redirect_stdin ();
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ }
+
+ /* This functionality is now provided by close-on-exec of the
+ file descriptors manipulated by redirection and piping.
+ Some file descriptors still need to be closed in all children
+ because of the way bash does pipes; fds_to_close is a
+ bitmap of all such file descriptors. */
+ if (fds_to_close)
+ close_fd_bitmap (fds_to_close);
+
+ do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+
+ old_interactive = interactive;
+ if (async)
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ subshell_environment = SUBSHELL_FORK; /* XXX */
+
+ if (redirects && (do_redirections (redirects, RX_ACTIVE) != 0))
+ {
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Try to remove named pipes that may have been created as the
+ result of redirections. */
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (async)
+ interactive = old_interactive;
+
+ if (command == 0)
+ {
+ hookf = find_function (NOTFOUND_HOOK);
+ if (hookf == 0)
+ {
+ /* Make sure filenames are displayed using printable characters */
+ pathname = printable_filename (pathname, 0);
+ internal_error (_("%s: command not found"), pathname);
+ exit (EX_NOTFOUND); /* Posix.2 says the exit status is 127 */
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* May need to reinitialize more of the job control state here. */
+ kill_current_pipeline ();
+#endif
+
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (NOTFOUND_HOOK), words);
+ exit (execute_shell_function (hookf, wl));
+ }
+
+ CHECK_SIGTERM;
+
+ /* Execve expects the command name to be in args[0]. So we
+ leave it there, in the same format that the user used to
+ type it in. */
+ args = strvec_from_word_list (words, 0, 0, (int *)NULL);
+ exit (shell_execve (command, args, export_env));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+parent_return:
+ QUIT;
+
+ /* Make sure that the pipes are closed in the parent. */
+ close_pipes (pipe_in, pipe_out);
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) && defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ if (variable_context == 0)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ FREE (command);
+ return (result);
+ }
+}
+
+/* CPP defines to decide whether a particular index into the #! line
+ corresponds to a valid interpreter name or argument character, or
+ whitespace. The MSDOS define is to allow \r to be treated the same
+ as \n. */
+
+#if !defined (MSDOS)
+# define STRINGCHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && !whitespace (sample[ind]) && sample[ind] != '\n')
+# define WHITECHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && whitespace (sample[ind]))
+#else /* MSDOS */
+# define STRINGCHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && !whitespace (sample[ind]) && sample[ind] != '\n' && sample[ind] != '\r')
+# define WHITECHAR(ind) \
+ (ind < sample_len && whitespace (sample[ind]))
+#endif /* MSDOS */
+
+static char *
+getinterp (sample, sample_len, endp)
+ char *sample;
+ int sample_len, *endp;
+{
+ register int i;
+ char *execname;
+ int start;
+
+ /* Find the name of the interpreter to exec. */
+ for (i = 2; i < sample_len && whitespace (sample[i]); i++)
+ ;
+
+ for (start = i; STRINGCHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+
+ execname = substring (sample, start, i);
+
+ if (endp)
+ *endp = i;
+ return execname;
+}
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+/* If the operating system on which we're running does not handle
+ the #! executable format, then help out. SAMPLE is the text read
+ from the file, SAMPLE_LEN characters. COMMAND is the name of
+ the script; it and ARGS, the arguments given by the user, will
+ become arguments to the specified interpreter. ENV is the environment
+ to pass to the interpreter.
+
+ The word immediately following the #! is the interpreter to execute.
+ A single argument to the interpreter is allowed. */
+
+static int
+execute_shell_script (sample, sample_len, command, args, env)
+ char *sample;
+ int sample_len;
+ char *command;
+ char **args, **env;
+{
+ char *execname, *firstarg;
+ int i, start, size_increment, larry;
+
+ /* Find the name of the interpreter to exec. */
+ execname = getinterp (sample, sample_len, &i);
+ size_increment = 1;
+
+ /* Now the argument, if any. */
+ for (firstarg = (char *)NULL, start = i; WHITECHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* If there is more text on the line, then it is an argument for the
+ interpreter. */
+
+ if (STRINGCHAR(i))
+ {
+ for (start = i; STRINGCHAR(i); i++)
+ ;
+ firstarg = substring ((char *)sample, start, i);
+ size_increment = 2;
+ }
+
+ larry = strvec_len (args) + size_increment;
+ args = strvec_resize (args, larry + 1);
+
+ for (i = larry - 1; i; i--)
+ args[i] = args[i - size_increment];
+
+ args[0] = execname;
+ if (firstarg)
+ {
+ args[1] = firstarg;
+ args[2] = command;
+ }
+ else
+ args[1] = command;
+
+ args[larry] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (shell_execve (execname, args, env));
+}
+#undef STRINGCHAR
+#undef WHITECHAR
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC */
+
+static void
+initialize_subshell ()
+{
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+ /* Forget about any aliases that we knew of. We are in a subshell. */
+ delete_all_aliases ();
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ /* Forget about the history lines we have read. This is a non-interactive
+ subshell. */
+ history_lines_this_session = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* Forget about the way job control was working. We are in a subshell. */
+ without_job_control ();
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ init_job_stats ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ /* Reset the values of the shell flags and options. */
+ reset_shell_flags ();
+ reset_shell_options ();
+ reset_shopt_options ();
+
+ /* Zero out builtin_env, since this could be a shell script run from a
+ sourced file with a temporary environment supplied to the `source/.'
+ builtin. Such variables are not supposed to be exported (empirical
+ testing with sh and ksh). Just throw it away; don't worry about a
+ memory leak. */
+ if (vc_isbltnenv (shell_variables))
+ shell_variables = shell_variables->down;
+
+ clear_unwind_protect_list (0);
+ /* XXX -- are there other things we should be resetting here? */
+ parse_and_execute_level = 0; /* nothing left to restore it */
+
+ /* We're no longer inside a shell function. */
+ variable_context = return_catch_flag = funcnest = evalnest = sourcenest = 0;
+
+ executing_list = 0; /* XXX */
+
+ /* If we're not interactive, close the file descriptor from which we're
+ reading the current shell script. */
+ if (interactive_shell == 0)
+ unset_bash_input (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETOSTYPE) && defined (_POSIX_SOURCE)
+# define SETOSTYPE(x) __setostype(x)
+#else
+# define SETOSTYPE(x)
+#endif
+
+#define READ_SAMPLE_BUF(file, buf, len) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ fd = open(file, O_RDONLY); \
+ if (fd >= 0) \
+ { \
+ len = read (fd, buf, 80); \
+ close (fd); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ len = -1; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Call execve (), handling interpreting shell scripts, and handling
+ exec failures. */
+int
+shell_execve (command, args, env)
+ char *command;
+ char **args, **env;
+{
+ int larray, i, fd;
+ char sample[80];
+ int sample_len;
+
+ SETOSTYPE (0); /* Some systems use for USG/POSIX semantics */
+ execve (command, args, env);
+ i = errno; /* error from execve() */
+ CHECK_TERMSIG;
+ SETOSTYPE (1);
+
+ /* If we get to this point, then start checking out the file.
+ Maybe it is something we can hack ourselves. */
+ if (i != ENOEXEC)
+ {
+ /* make sure this is set correctly for file_error/report_error */
+ last_command_exit_value = (i == ENOENT) ? EX_NOTFOUND : EX_NOEXEC; /* XXX Posix.2 says that exit status is 126 */
+ if (file_isdir (command))
+#if defined (EISDIR)
+ internal_error (_("%s: %s"), command, strerror (EISDIR));
+#else
+ internal_error (_("%s: is a directory"), command);
+#endif
+ else if (executable_file (command) == 0)
+ {
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ /* errors not involving the path argument to execve. */
+ else if (i == E2BIG || i == ENOMEM)
+ {
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The file has the execute bits set, but the kernel refuses to
+ run it for some reason. See why. */
+#if defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+ READ_SAMPLE_BUF (command, sample, sample_len);
+ sample[sample_len - 1] = '\0';
+ if (sample_len > 2 && sample[0] == '#' && sample[1] == '!')
+ {
+ char *interp;
+ int ilen;
+
+ interp = getinterp (sample, sample_len, (int *)NULL);
+ ilen = strlen (interp);
+ errno = i;
+ if (interp[ilen - 1] == '\r')
+ {
+ interp = xrealloc (interp, ilen + 2);
+ interp[ilen - 1] = '^';
+ interp[ilen] = 'M';
+ interp[ilen + 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ sys_error (_("%s: %s: bad interpreter"), command, interp ? interp : "");
+ FREE (interp);
+ return (EX_NOEXEC);
+ }
+#endif
+ errno = i;
+ file_error (command);
+ }
+ return (last_command_exit_value);
+ }
+
+ /* This file is executable.
+ If it begins with #!, then help out people with losing operating
+ systems. Otherwise, check to see if it is a binary file by seeing
+ if the contents of the first line (or up to 80 characters) are in the
+ ASCII set. If it's a text file, execute the contents as shell commands,
+ otherwise return 126 (EX_BINARY_FILE). */
+ READ_SAMPLE_BUF (command, sample, sample_len);
+
+ if (sample_len == 0)
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+
+ /* Is this supposed to be an executable script?
+ If so, the format of the line is "#! interpreter [argument]".
+ A single argument is allowed. The BSD kernel restricts
+ the length of the entire line to 32 characters (32 bytes
+ being the size of the BSD exec header), but we allow 80
+ characters. */
+ if (sample_len > 0)
+ {
+#if !defined (HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC)
+ if (sample_len > 2 && sample[0] == '#' && sample[1] == '!')
+ return (execute_shell_script (sample, sample_len, command, args, env));
+ else
+#endif
+ if (check_binary_file (sample, sample_len))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: cannot execute binary file: %s"), command, strerror (i));
+ return (EX_BINARY_FILE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We have committed to attempting to execute the contents of this file
+ as shell commands. */
+
+ initialize_subshell ();
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+ /* Insert the name of this shell into the argument list. */
+ larray = strvec_len (args) + 1;
+ args = strvec_resize (args, larray + 1);
+
+ for (i = larray - 1; i; i--)
+ args[i] = args[i - 1];
+
+ args[0] = shell_name;
+ args[1] = command;
+ args[larray] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (args[0][0] == '-')
+ args[0]++;
+
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+ if (restricted)
+ change_flag ('r', FLAG_OFF);
+#endif
+
+ if (subshell_argv)
+ {
+ /* Can't free subshell_argv[0]; that is shell_name. */
+ for (i = 1; i < subshell_argc; i++)
+ free (subshell_argv[i]);
+ free (subshell_argv);
+ }
+
+ dispose_command (currently_executing_command); /* XXX */
+ currently_executing_command = (COMMAND *)NULL;
+
+ subshell_argc = larray;
+ subshell_argv = args;
+ subshell_envp = env;
+
+ unbind_args (); /* remove the positional parameters */
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ clear_fifo_list (); /* pipe fds are what they are now */
+#endif
+
+ longjmp (subshell_top_level, 1);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+static int
+execute_intern_function (name, funcdef)
+ WORD_DESC *name;
+ FUNCTION_DEF *funcdef;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (check_identifier (name, posixly_correct) == 0)
+ {
+ if (posixly_correct && interactive_shell == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (ERREXIT);
+ }
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* Posix interpretation 383 */
+ if (posixly_correct && find_special_builtin (name->word))
+ {
+ internal_error (_("`%s': is a special builtin"), name->word);
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_BADUSAGE;
+ jump_to_top_level (interactive_shell ? DISCARD : ERREXIT);
+ }
+
+ var = find_function (name->word);
+ if (var && (readonly_p (var) || noassign_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (var))
+ internal_error (_("%s: readonly function"), var->name);
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ bind_function_def (name->word, funcdef);
+#endif
+
+ bind_function (name->word, funcdef->command);
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+#if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+void
+close_all_files ()
+{
+ register int i, fd_table_size;
+
+ fd_table_size = getdtablesize ();
+ if (fd_table_size > 256) /* clamp to a reasonable value */
+ fd_table_size = 256;
+
+ for (i = 3; i < fd_table_size; i++)
+ close (i);
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#endif
+
+static void
+close_pipes (in, out)
+ int in, out;
+{
+ if (in >= 0)
+ close (in);
+ if (out >= 0)
+ close (out);
+}
+
+static void
+dup_error (oldd, newd)
+ int oldd, newd;
+{
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate fd %d to fd %d"), oldd, newd);
+}
+
+/* Redirect input and output to be from and to the specified pipes.
+ NO_PIPE and REDIRECT_BOTH are handled correctly. */
+static void
+do_piping (pipe_in, pipe_out)
+ int pipe_in, pipe_out;
+{
+ if (pipe_in != NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ if (dup2 (pipe_in, 0) < 0)
+ dup_error (pipe_in, 0);
+ if (pipe_in > 0)
+ close (pipe_in);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode. */
+ freopen (NULL, "r", stdin);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+ }
+ if (pipe_out != NO_PIPE)
+ {
+ if (pipe_out != REDIRECT_BOTH)
+ {
+ if (dup2 (pipe_out, 1) < 0)
+ dup_error (pipe_out, 1);
+ if (pipe_out == 0 || pipe_out > 1)
+ close (pipe_out);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (dup2 (1, 2) < 0)
+ dup_error (1, 2);
+ }
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
+ make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
+ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
+ sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+ }
+}
extern char *sh_un_double_quote __P((char *));
extern char *sh_backslash_quote __P((char *, const char *, int));
extern char *sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_quote_reusable __P((char *, int));
extern int sh_contains_shell_metas __P((char *));
extern int sh_contains_quotes __P((char *));
--- /dev/null
+/* externs.h -- extern function declarations which do not appear in their
+ own header file. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Make sure that this is included *after* config.h! */
+
+#if !defined (_EXTERNS_H_)
+# define _EXTERNS_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* Functions from expr.c. */
+extern intmax_t evalexp __P((char *, int *));
+
+/* Functions from print_cmd.c. */
+#define FUNC_MULTILINE 0x01
+#define FUNC_EXTERNAL 0x02
+
+extern char *make_command_string __P((COMMAND *));
+extern char *named_function_string __P((char *, COMMAND *, int));
+
+extern void print_command __P((COMMAND *));
+extern void print_simple_command __P((SIMPLE_COM *));
+extern void print_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, char *));
+
+/* debugger support */
+extern void print_for_command_head __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+extern void print_select_command_head __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+extern void print_case_command_head __P((CASE_COM *));
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+extern void print_arith_command __P((WORD_LIST *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern void print_cond_command __P((COND_COM *));
+#endif
+
+/* set -x support */
+extern void xtrace_init __P((void));
+#ifdef NEED_XTRACE_SET_DECL
+extern void xtrace_set __P((int, FILE *));
+#endif
+extern void xtrace_fdchk __P((int));
+extern void xtrace_reset __P((void));
+extern char *indirection_level_string __P((void));
+extern void xtrace_print_assignment __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+extern void xtrace_print_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+extern void xtrace_print_for_command_head __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+extern void xtrace_print_select_command_head __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+extern void xtrace_print_case_command_head __P((CASE_COM *));
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+extern void xtrace_print_arith_cmd __P((WORD_LIST *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern void xtrace_print_cond_term __P((int, int, WORD_DESC *, char *, char *));
+#endif
+
+/* Functions from shell.c. */
+extern void exit_shell __P((int)) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+extern void sh_exit __P((int)) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+extern void subshell_exit __P((int)) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+extern void disable_priv_mode __P((void));
+extern void unbind_args __P((void));
+
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+extern int shell_is_restricted __P((char *));
+extern int maybe_make_restricted __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+extern void unset_bash_input __P((int));
+extern void get_current_user_info __P((void));
+
+/* Functions from eval.c. */
+extern int reader_loop __P((void));
+extern int parse_command __P((void));
+extern int read_command __P((void));
+
+/* Functions from braces.c. */
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+extern char **brace_expand __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+/* Miscellaneous functions from parse.y */
+extern int yyparse __P((void));
+extern int return_EOF __P((void));
+extern char *xparse_dolparen __P((char *, char *, int *, int));
+extern void reset_parser __P((void));
+extern WORD_LIST *parse_string_to_word_list __P((char *, int, const char *));
+
+extern int parser_in_command_position __P((void));
+
+extern void free_pushed_string_input __P((void));
+
+extern int parser_expanding_alias __P((void));
+extern void parser_save_alias __P((void));
+extern void parser_restore_alias __P((void));
+
+extern char *decode_prompt_string __P((char *));
+
+extern int get_current_prompt_level __P((void));
+extern void set_current_prompt_level __P((int));
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+extern char *history_delimiting_chars __P((const char *));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in locale.c */
+extern void set_default_locale __P((void));
+extern void set_default_locale_vars __P((void));
+extern int set_locale_var __P((char *, char *));
+extern int set_lang __P((char *, char *));
+extern void set_default_lang __P((void));
+extern char *get_locale_var __P((char *));
+extern char *localetrans __P((char *, int, int *));
+extern char *mk_msgstr __P((char *, int *));
+extern char *localeexpand __P((char *, int, int, int, int *));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in list.c. */
+extern void list_walk __P((GENERIC_LIST *, sh_glist_func_t *));
+extern void wlist_walk __P((WORD_LIST *, sh_icpfunc_t *));
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_reverse ();
+extern int list_length ();
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_append ();
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_remove ();
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in stringlib.c */
+extern int find_string_in_alist __P((char *, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+extern char *find_token_in_alist __P((int, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+extern int find_index_in_alist __P((char *, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+
+extern char *substring __P((const char *, int, int));
+extern char *strsub __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+extern char *strcreplace __P((char *, int, char *, int));
+extern void strip_leading __P((char *));
+extern void strip_trailing __P((char *, int, int));
+extern void xbcopy __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Functions from version.c. */
+extern char *shell_version_string __P((void));
+extern void show_shell_version __P((int));
+
+/* Functions from the bash library, lib/sh/libsh.a. These should really
+ go into a separate include file. */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/casemod.c */
+extern char *sh_modcase __P((const char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Defines for flags argument to sh_modcase. These need to agree with what's
+ in lib/sh/casemode.c */
+#define CASE_LOWER 0x0001
+#define CASE_UPPER 0x0002
+#define CASE_CAPITALIZE 0x0004
+#define CASE_UNCAP 0x0008
+#define CASE_TOGGLE 0x0010
+#define CASE_TOGGLEALL 0x0020
+#define CASE_UPFIRST 0x0040
+#define CASE_LOWFIRST 0x0080
+
+#define CASE_USEWORDS 0x1000
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/clktck.c */
+extern long get_clk_tck __P((void));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/clock.c */
+extern void clock_t_to_secs ();
+extern void print_clock_t ();
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/dprintf.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_DPRINTF)
+extern void dprintf __P((int, const char *, ...)) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtulong.c */
+#define FL_PREFIX 0x01 /* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+#define FL_ADDBASE 0x02 /* add base# prefix to converted value */
+#define FL_HEXUPPER 0x04 /* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+#define FL_UNSIGNED 0x08 /* don't add any sign */
+
+extern char *fmtulong __P((unsigned long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtulong.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG)
+extern char *fmtullong __P((unsigned long long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtumax.c */
+extern char *fmtumax __P((uintmax_t, int, char *, size_t, int));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fnxform.c */
+extern char *fnx_fromfs __P((char *, size_t));
+extern char *fnx_tofs __P((char *, size_t));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fpurge.c */
+
+#if defined NEED_FPURGE_DECL
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+
+#if HAVE_FPURGE
+# define fpurge _bash_fpurge
+#endif
+extern int fpurge __P((FILE *stream));
+
+#endif /* HAVE_DECL_FPURGE */
+#endif /* NEED_FPURGE_DECL */
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/getcwd.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+extern char *getcwd __P((char *, size_t));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/input_avail.c */
+extern int input_avail __P((int));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/itos.c */
+extern char *inttostr __P((intmax_t, char *, size_t));
+extern char *itos __P((intmax_t));
+extern char *mitos __P((intmax_t));
+extern char *uinttostr __P((uintmax_t, char *, size_t));
+extern char *uitos __P((uintmax_t));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/makepath.c */
+#define MP_DOTILDE 0x01
+#define MP_DOCWD 0x02
+#define MP_RMDOT 0x04
+#define MP_IGNDOT 0x08
+
+extern char *sh_makepath __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/mbscasecmp.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_MBSCASECMP)
+extern char *mbscasecmp __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/mbschr.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_MBSCHR)
+extern char *mbschr __P((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/mbscmp.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_MBSCMP)
+extern char *mbscmp __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/netconn.c */
+extern int isnetconn __P((int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/netopen.c */
+extern int netopen __P((char *));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/oslib.c */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DUP2) || defined (DUP2_BROKEN)
+extern int dup2 __P((int, int));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)
+extern int getdtablesize __P((void));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)
+extern int gethostname __P((char *, int));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETHOSTNAME */
+
+extern int getmaxgroups __P((void));
+extern long getmaxchild __P((void));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/pathcanon.c */
+#define PATH_CHECKDOTDOT 0x0001
+#define PATH_CHECKEXISTS 0x0002
+#define PATH_HARDPATH 0x0004
+#define PATH_NOALLOC 0x0008
+
+extern char *sh_canonpath __P((char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/pathphys.c */
+extern char *sh_physpath __P((char *, int));
+extern char *sh_realpath __P((const char *, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/setlinebuf.c */
+#ifdef NEED_SH_SETLINEBUF_DECL
+extern int sh_setlinebuf __P((FILE *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shaccess.c */
+extern int sh_eaccess __P((char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shmatch.c */
+extern int sh_regmatch __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* defines for flags argument to sh_regmatch. */
+#define SHMAT_SUBEXP 0x001 /* save subexpressions in SH_REMATCH */
+#define SHMAT_PWARN 0x002 /* print a warning message on invalid regexp */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shmbchar.c */
+extern size_t mbstrlen __P((const char *));
+extern char *mbsmbchar __P((const char *));
+extern int sh_mbsnlen __P((const char *, size_t, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shquote.c */
+extern char *sh_single_quote __P((const char *));
+extern char *sh_double_quote __P((const char *));
+extern char *sh_mkdoublequoted __P((const char *, int, int));
+extern char *sh_un_double_quote __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_backslash_quote __P((char *, const char *, int));
+extern char *sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes __P((char *));
+extern int sh_contains_shell_metas __P((char *));
+extern int sh_contains_quotes __P((char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/spell.c */
+extern int spname __P((char *, char *));
+extern char *dirspell __P((char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strcasecmp.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+extern int strncasecmp __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+extern int strcasecmp __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif /* HAVE_STRCASECMP */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strcasestr.c */
+#if ! HAVE_STRCASESTR
+extern char *strcasestr __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strchrnul.c */
+#if ! HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+extern char *strchrnul __P((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strerror.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) && !defined (strerror)
+extern char *strerror __P((int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strftime.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRFTIME) && defined (NEED_STRFTIME_DECL)
+extern size_t strftime __P((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions and structures defined in lib/sh/stringlist.c */
+
+/* This is a general-purpose argv-style array struct. */
+typedef struct _list_of_strings {
+ char **list;
+ int list_size;
+ int list_len;
+} STRINGLIST;
+
+typedef int sh_strlist_map_func_t __P((char *));
+
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_create __P((int));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_resize __P((STRINGLIST *, int));
+extern void strlist_flush __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern void strlist_dispose __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern int strlist_remove __P((STRINGLIST *, char *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_copy __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_merge __P((STRINGLIST *, STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_append __P((STRINGLIST *, STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_prefix_suffix __P((STRINGLIST *, char *, char *));
+extern void strlist_print __P((STRINGLIST *, char *));
+extern void strlist_walk __P((STRINGLIST *, sh_strlist_map_func_t *));
+extern void strlist_sort __P((STRINGLIST *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/stringvec.c */
+
+extern char **strvec_create __P((int));
+extern char **strvec_resize __P((char **, int));
+extern char **strvec_mcreate __P((int));
+extern char **strvec_mresize __P((char **, int));
+extern void strvec_flush __P((char **));
+extern void strvec_dispose __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_remove __P((char **, char *));
+extern int strvec_len __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_search __P((char **, char *));
+extern char **strvec_copy __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_strcmp __P((char **, char **));
+extern void strvec_sort __P((char **));
+
+extern char **strvec_from_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int, int *));
+extern WORD_LIST *strvec_to_word_list __P((char **, int, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strnlen.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRNLEN)
+extern size_t strnlen __P((const char *, size_t));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strpbrk.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRPBRK)
+extern char *strpbrk __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtod.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRTOD)
+extern double strtod __P((const char *, char **));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtol.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+extern long strtol __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoll.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+extern long long strtoll __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoul.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+extern unsigned long strtoul __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoull.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+extern unsigned long long strtoull __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strimax.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+extern intmax_t strtoimax __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strumax.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+extern uintmax_t strtoumax __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtrans.c */
+extern char *ansicstr __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+extern char *ansic_quote __P((char *, int, int *));
+extern int ansic_shouldquote __P((const char *));
+extern char *ansiexpand __P((char *, int, int, int *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/timeval.c. No prototypes
+ so we don't have to count on having a definition of struct timeval in
+ scope when this file is included. */
+extern void timeval_to_secs ();
+extern void print_timeval ();
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/tmpfile.c */
+#define MT_USETMPDIR 0x0001
+#define MT_READWRITE 0x0002
+#define MT_USERANDOM 0x0004
+
+extern char *sh_mktmpname __P((char *, int));
+extern int sh_mktmpfd __P((char *, int, char **));
+/* extern FILE *sh_mktmpfp __P((char *, int, char **)); */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/uconvert.c */
+extern int uconvert __P((char *, long *, long *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/ufuncs.c */
+extern unsigned int falarm __P((unsigned int, unsigned int));
+extern unsigned int fsleep __P((unsigned int, unsigned int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/unicode.c */
+extern int u32cconv __P((unsigned long, char *));
+extern void u32reset __P((void));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/wcsnwidth.c */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int wcsnwidth __P((const wchar_t *, size_t, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/winsize.c */
+extern void get_new_window_size __P((int, int *, int *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zcatfd.c */
+extern int zcatfd __P((int, int, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zgetline.c */
+extern ssize_t zgetline __P((int, char **, size_t *, int, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zmapfd.c */
+extern int zmapfd __P((int, char **, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zread.c */
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadretry __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadintr __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadc __P((int, char *));
+extern ssize_t zreadcintr __P((int, char *));
+extern ssize_t zreadn __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern void zreset __P((void));
+extern void zsyncfd __P((int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zwrite.c */
+extern int zwrite __P((int, char *, size_t));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/glob/gmisc.c */
+extern int match_pattern_char __P((char *, char *, int));
+extern int umatchlen __P((char *, size_t));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int match_pattern_wchar __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+extern int wmatchlen __P((wchar_t *, size_t));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _EXTERNS_H_ */
for (list = table->bucket_array ? table->bucket_array[bucket] : 0; list; list = list->next)
{
+ /* This is the comparison function */
if (hv == list->khash && STREQ (list->key, string))
{
list->times_found++;
abort();
}
+void
+internal_warning (const char *format, ...)
+{
+}
+
main ()
{
char string[256];
int count = 0;
BUCKET_CONTENTS *tt;
+#if defined (TEST_NBUCKETS)
+ table = hash_create (TEST_NBUCKETS);
+#else
table = hash_create (0);
+#endif
for (;;)
{
(BUCKET_CONTENTS *)NULL)
/* Default number of buckets in the hash table. */
-#define DEFAULT_HASH_BUCKETS 64 /* was 107, then 53, must be power of two now */
+#define DEFAULT_HASH_BUCKETS 128 /* must be power of two */
#define HASH_ENTRIES(ht) ((ht) ? (ht)->nentries : 0)
{
int result;
unsigned char c;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ sigset_t empty_set;
+ fd_set readfds;
+#endif
while (1)
{
if (isatty (fileno (stream)))
return (getch ());
#endif
- result = read (fileno (stream), &c, sizeof (unsigned char));
+ result = 0;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ sigemptyset (&empty_set);
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (stream), &readfds);
+ result = pselect (fileno (stream) + 1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, NULL, &empty_set);
+# if 0
+ if (result < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+ goto handle_error;
+# endif
+#endif
+ if (result >= 0)
+ result = read (fileno (stream), &c, sizeof (unsigned char));
if (result == sizeof (unsigned char))
return (c);
/* fprintf(stderr, "rl_getc: result = %d errno = %d\n", result, errno); */
+handle_error:
/* If the error that we received was EINTR, then try again,
this is simply an interrupted system call to read (). We allow
- the read to be interrupted if we caught SIGHUP or SIGTERM (but
- not SIGINT; let the signal handler deal with that), but if the
+ the read to be interrupted if we caught SIGHUP, SIGTERM, or any
+ of the other signals readline treats specially. If the
application sets an event hook, call it for other signals.
Otherwise (not EINTR), some error occurred, also signifying EOF. */
if (errno != EINTR)
return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
+ /* fatal signals of interest */
else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGHUP || _rl_caught_signal == SIGTERM)
return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
/* keyboard-generated signals of interest */
else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT || _rl_caught_signal == SIGQUIT)
RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
/* non-keyboard-generated signals of interest */
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGWINCH)
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGALRM
#if defined (SIGVTALRM)
|| _rl_caught_signal == SIGVTALRM
--- /dev/null
+/* input.c -- character input functions for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+ for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Readline. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+# include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "posixselect.h"
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* What kind of non-blocking I/O do we have? */
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY) && defined (O_NONBLOCK)
+# define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK /* Posix style */
+#endif
+
+/* Non-null means it is a pointer to a function to run while waiting for
+ character input. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* A function to call if a read(2) is interrupted by a signal. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_signal_event_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* A function to replace _rl_input_available for applications using the
+ callback interface. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_input_available_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function = rl_getc;
+
+static int _keyboard_input_timeout = 100000; /* 0.1 seconds; it's in usec */
+
+static int ibuffer_space PARAMS((void));
+static int rl_get_char PARAMS((int *));
+static int rl_gather_tyi PARAMS((void));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Character Input Buffering */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static int pop_index, push_index;
+static unsigned char ibuffer[512];
+static int ibuffer_len = sizeof (ibuffer) - 1;
+
+#define any_typein (push_index != pop_index)
+
+int
+_rl_any_typein ()
+{
+ return any_typein;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_pushed_input_available ()
+{
+ return (push_index != pop_index);
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of space available in the buffer for stuffing
+ characters. */
+static int
+ibuffer_space ()
+{
+ if (pop_index > push_index)
+ return (pop_index - push_index - 1);
+ else
+ return (ibuffer_len - (push_index - pop_index));
+}
+
+/* Get a key from the buffer of characters to be read.
+ Return the key in KEY.
+ Result is non-zero if there was a key, or 0 if there wasn't. */
+static int
+rl_get_char (key)
+ int *key;
+{
+ if (push_index == pop_index)
+ return (0);
+
+ *key = ibuffer[pop_index++];
+#if 0
+ if (pop_index >= ibuffer_len)
+#else
+ if (pop_index > ibuffer_len)
+#endif
+ pop_index = 0;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Stuff KEY into the *front* of the input buffer.
+ Returns non-zero if successful, zero if there is
+ no space left in the buffer. */
+int
+_rl_unget_char (key)
+ int key;
+{
+ if (ibuffer_space ())
+ {
+ pop_index--;
+ if (pop_index < 0)
+ pop_index = ibuffer_len;
+ ibuffer[pop_index] = key;
+ return (1);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* If a character is available to be read, then read it and stuff it into
+ IBUFFER. Otherwise, just return. Returns number of characters read
+ (0 if none available) and -1 on error (EIO). */
+static int
+rl_gather_tyi ()
+{
+ int tty;
+ register int tem, result;
+ int chars_avail, k;
+ char input;
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+ fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+ struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+
+ chars_avail = 0;
+ input = 0;
+ tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+ USEC_TO_TIMEVAL (_keyboard_input_timeout, timeout);
+ result = select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout);
+ if (result <= 0)
+ return 0; /* Nothing to read. */
+#endif
+
+ result = -1;
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+ errno = 0;
+ result = ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail);
+ if (result == -1 && errno == EIO)
+ return -1;
+ if (result == -1)
+ chars_avail = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (O_NDELAY)
+ if (result == -1)
+ {
+ tem = fcntl (tty, F_GETFL, 0);
+
+ fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, (tem | O_NDELAY));
+ chars_avail = read (tty, &input, 1);
+
+ fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, tem);
+ if (chars_avail == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+ return 0;
+ if (chars_avail == 0) /* EOF */
+ {
+ rl_stuff_char (EOF);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* O_NDELAY */
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ /* Use getch/_kbhit to check for available console input, in the same way
+ that we read it normally. */
+ chars_avail = isatty (tty) ? _kbhit () : 0;
+ result = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* If there's nothing available, don't waste time trying to read
+ something. */
+ if (chars_avail <= 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ tem = ibuffer_space ();
+
+ if (chars_avail > tem)
+ chars_avail = tem;
+
+ /* One cannot read all of the available input. I can only read a single
+ character at a time, or else programs which require input can be
+ thwarted. If the buffer is larger than one character, I lose.
+ Damn! */
+ if (tem < ibuffer_len)
+ chars_avail = 0;
+
+ if (result != -1)
+ {
+ while (chars_avail--)
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ k = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+ if (rl_stuff_char (k) == 0)
+ break; /* some problem; no more room */
+ if (k == NEWLINE || k == RETURN)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (chars_avail)
+ rl_stuff_char (input);
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (u)
+ int u;
+{
+ int o;
+
+ o = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+ if (u >= 0)
+ _keyboard_input_timeout = u;
+ return (o);
+}
+
+/* Is there input available to be read on the readline input file
+ descriptor? Only works if the system has select(2) or FIONREAD.
+ Uses the value of _keyboard_input_timeout as the timeout; if another
+ readline function wants to specify a timeout and not leave it up to
+ the user, it should use _rl_input_queued(timeout_value_in_microseconds)
+ instead. */
+int
+_rl_input_available ()
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+ fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+ struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+#if !defined (HAVE_SELECT) && defined(FIONREAD)
+ int chars_avail;
+#endif
+ int tty;
+
+ if (rl_input_available_hook)
+ return (*rl_input_available_hook) ();
+
+ tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+ FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+ timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+ timeout.tv_usec = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+ return (select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout) > 0);
+#else
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+ if (ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail) == 0)
+ return (chars_avail);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ if (isatty (tty))
+ return (_kbhit ());
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_input_queued (t)
+ int t;
+{
+ int old_timeout, r;
+
+ old_timeout = rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (t);
+ r = _rl_input_available ();
+ rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (old_timeout);
+ return r;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_insert_typein (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ int key, t, i;
+ char *string;
+
+ i = key = 0;
+ string = (char *)xmalloc (ibuffer_len + 1);
+ string[i++] = (char) c;
+
+ while ((t = rl_get_char (&key)) &&
+ _rl_keymap[key].type == ISFUNC &&
+ _rl_keymap[key].function == rl_insert)
+ string[i++] = key;
+
+ if (t)
+ _rl_unget_char (key);
+
+ string[i] = '\0';
+ rl_insert_text (string);
+ xfree (string);
+}
+
+/* Add KEY to the buffer of characters to be read. Returns 1 if the
+ character was stuffed correctly; 0 otherwise. */
+int
+rl_stuff_char (key)
+ int key;
+{
+ if (ibuffer_space () == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (key == EOF)
+ {
+ key = NEWLINE;
+ rl_pending_input = EOF;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ }
+ ibuffer[push_index++] = key;
+#if 0
+ if (push_index >= ibuffer_len)
+#else
+ if (push_index > ibuffer_len)
+#endif
+ push_index = 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Make C be the next command to be executed. */
+int
+rl_execute_next (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ rl_pending_input = c;
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear any pending input pushed with rl_execute_next() */
+int
+rl_clear_pending_input ()
+{
+ rl_pending_input = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Character Input */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Read a key, including pending input. */
+int
+rl_read_key ()
+{
+ int c, r;
+
+ if (rl_pending_input)
+ {
+ c = rl_pending_input;
+ rl_clear_pending_input ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If input is coming from a macro, then use that. */
+ if (c = _rl_next_macro_key ())
+ return (c);
+
+ /* If the user has an event function, then call it periodically. */
+ if (rl_event_hook)
+ {
+ while (rl_event_hook)
+ {
+ if (rl_get_char (&c) != 0)
+ break;
+
+ if ((r = rl_gather_tyi ()) < 0) /* XXX - EIO */
+ {
+ rl_done = 1;
+ return ('\n');
+ }
+ else if (r > 0) /* read something */
+ continue;
+
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ if (rl_done) /* XXX - experimental */
+ return ('\n');
+ (*rl_event_hook) ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_get_char (&c) == 0)
+ c = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+/* fprintf(stderr, "rl_read_key: calling RL_CHECK_SIGNALS: _rl_caught_signal = %d", _rl_caught_signal); */
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (c);
+}
+
+int
+rl_getc (stream)
+ FILE *stream;
+{
+ int result;
+ unsigned char c;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ sigset_t empty_set;
+ fd_set readfds;
+#endif
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ /* We know at this point that _rl_caught_signal == 0 */
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+ if (isatty (fileno (stream)))
+ return (getch ());
+#endif
+ result = 0;
+#if defined (HAVE_PSELECT)
+ sigemptyset (&empty_set);
+ FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+ FD_SET (fileno (stream), &readfds);
+ result = pselect (fileno (stream) + 1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, NULL, &empty_set);
+ if (result < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+{
+fprintf(stderr, "\r\npselect returns -1 errno == EINTR signal = %d\n", _rl_caught_signal);
+/* goto handle_error; */
+}
+#endif
+ if (result >= 0)
+ result = read (fileno (stream), &c, sizeof (unsigned char));
+
+ if (result == sizeof (unsigned char))
+ return (c);
+
+ /* If zero characters are returned, then the file that we are
+ reading from is empty! Return EOF in that case. */
+ if (result == 0)
+ return (EOF);
+
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+ if (errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)
+# define X_EWOULDBLOCK EWOULDBLOCK
+#else
+# define X_EWOULDBLOCK -99
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EAGAIN)
+# define X_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#else
+# define X_EAGAIN -99
+#endif
+
+ if (errno == X_EWOULDBLOCK || errno == X_EAGAIN)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fileno (stream)) < 0)
+ return (EOF);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#undef X_EWOULDBLOCK
+#undef X_EAGAIN
+
+/* fprintf(stderr, "rl_getc: result = %d errno = %d\n", result, errno); */
+
+handle_error:
+ /* If the error that we received was EINTR, then try again,
+ this is simply an interrupted system call to read (). We allow
+ the read to be interrupted if we caught SIGHUP, SIGTERM, or any
+ of the other signals readline treats specially. If the
+ application sets an event hook, call it for other signals.
+ Otherwise (not EINTR), some error occurred, also signifying EOF. */
+ if (errno != EINTR)
+ return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
+ /* fatal signals of interest */
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGHUP || _rl_caught_signal == SIGTERM)
+ return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
+ /* keyboard-generated signals of interest */
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT || _rl_caught_signal == SIGQUIT)
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ /* non-keyboard-generated signals of interest */
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGWINCH)
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+ else if (_rl_caught_signal == SIGALRM
+#if defined (SIGVTALRM)
+ || _rl_caught_signal == SIGVTALRM
+#endif
+ )
+ RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+ if (rl_signal_event_hook)
+ (*rl_signal_event_hook) ();
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* read multibyte char */
+int
+_rl_read_mbchar (mbchar, size)
+ char *mbchar;
+ int size;
+{
+ int mb_len, c;
+ size_t mbchar_bytes_length;
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mbstate_t ps, ps_back;
+
+ memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset(&ps_back, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+ mb_len = 0;
+ while (mb_len < size)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c < 0)
+ break;
+
+ mbchar[mb_len++] = c;
+
+ mbchar_bytes_length = mbrtowc (&wc, mbchar, mb_len, &ps);
+ if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-1))
+ break; /* invalid byte sequence for the current locale */
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-2))
+ {
+ /* shorted bytes */
+ ps = ps_back;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length == 0)
+ {
+ mbchar[0] = '\0'; /* null wide character */
+ mb_len = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (mbchar_bytes_length > (size_t)(0))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return mb_len;
+}
+
+/* Read a multibyte-character string whose first character is FIRST into
+ the buffer MB of length MLEN. Returns the last character read, which
+ may be FIRST. Used by the search functions, among others. Very similar
+ to _rl_read_mbchar. */
+int
+_rl_read_mbstring (first, mb, mlen)
+ int first;
+ char *mb;
+ int mlen;
+{
+ int i, c;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ c = first;
+ memset (mb, 0, mlen);
+ for (i = 0; c >= 0 && i < mlen; i++)
+ {
+ mb[i] = (char)c;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ if (_rl_get_char_len (mb, &ps) == -2)
+ {
+ /* Read more for multibyte character */
+ RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ return c;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
#include "syntax.h"
#include <xmalloc.h>
+extern char *ansic_quote __P((char *, int, int *));
+
/* Default set of characters that should be backslash-quoted in strings */
static const char bstab[256] =
{
}
#endif /* PROMPT_STRING_DECODE */
+char *
+sh_quote_reusable (s, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return s;
+ else if (*s == 0)
+ {
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ ret[0] = ret[1] = '\'';
+ ret[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (ansic_shouldquote (s))
+ ret = ansic_quote (s, 0, (int *)0);
+ else if (flags)
+ ret = sh_backslash_quote (s, 0, 1);
+ else
+ ret = sh_single_quote (s);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
int
sh_contains_shell_metas (string)
char *string;
--- /dev/null
+/* shquote - functions to quote and dequote strings */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+/* Default set of characters that should be backslash-quoted in strings */
+static const char bstab[256] =
+ {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TAB, NL */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, /* SPACE, !, DQUOTE, DOL, AMP, SQUOTE */
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, /* LPAR, RPAR, STAR, COMMA */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, /* SEMI, LESSTHAN, GREATERTHAN, QUEST */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* LBRACK, BS, RBRACK, CARAT */
+
+ 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BACKQ */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, /* LBRACE, BAR, RBRACE */
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ };
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for quoting strings to be re-read as input */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a new string which is the single-quoted version of STRING.
+ Used by alias and trap, among others. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ register int c;
+ char *result, *r;
+ const char *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+
+ if (string[0] == '\'' && string[1] == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = 0;
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\'; /* insert escaped single quote */
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\''; /* start new quoted string */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING using double quotes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_double_quote (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ register unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r;
+ const char *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (2 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+ *r++ = '"';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ /* Backslash-newline disappears within double quotes, so don't add one. */
+ if ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) && c != '\n')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '"';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Turn S into a simple double-quoted string. If FLAGS is non-zero, quote
+ double quote characters in S with backslashes. */
+char *
+sh_mkdoublequoted (s, slen, flags)
+ const char *s;
+ int slen, flags;
+{
+ char *r, *ret;
+ int rlen;
+
+ rlen = (flags == 0) ? slen + 3 : (2 * slen) + 1;
+ ret = r = (char *)xmalloc (rlen);
+
+ *r++ = '"';
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (flags && *s == '"')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r++ = '"';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes that are quoting characters that are special between
+ double quotes. Return a new string. XXX - should this handle CTLESC
+ and CTLNUL? */
+char *
+sh_un_double_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int c, pass_next;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (pass_next = 0, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\\' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) s[1]] & CBSDQUOTE))
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Quote special characters in STRING using backslashes. Return a new
+ string. NOTE: if the string is to be further expanded, we need a
+ way to protect the CTLESC and CTLNUL characters. As I write this,
+ the current callers will never cause the string to be expanded without
+ going through the shell parser, which will protect the internal
+ quoting characters. TABLE, if set, points to a map of the ascii code
+ set with char needing to be backslash-quoted if table[char]==1. FLAGS,
+ if 1, causes tildes to be quoted as well. */
+
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote (string, table, flags)
+ char *string;
+ char *table;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int c;
+ char *result, *r, *s, *backslash_table;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ backslash_table = table ? table : (char *)bstab;
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (backslash_table[c] == 1)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if (c == '#' && s == string) /* comment char */
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if ((flags&1) && c == '~' && (s == string || s[-1] == ':' || s[-1] == '='))
+ /* Tildes are special at the start of a word or after a `:' or `='
+ (technically unquoted, but it doesn't make a difference in practice) */
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#if defined (PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+/* Quote characters that get special treatment when in double quotes in STRING
+ using backslashes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* I should probably add flags for these to sh_syntaxtab[] */
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif /* PROMPT_STRING_DECODE */
+
+char *
+sh_quote_reusable (s, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return s;
+ else if (*s == 0)
+ {
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ ret[0] = ret[1] = '\'';
+ ret[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (ansic_shouldquote (s))
+ ret = ansic_quote (s, 0, (int *)0);
+ else if (flags)
+ ret = sh_backslash_quote (s, 0, 1);
+ else
+ ret = sh_single_quote (s);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int
+sh_contains_shell_metas (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ switch (*s)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': /* IFS white space */
+ case '\'': case '"': case '\\': /* quoting chars */
+ case '|': case '&': case ';': /* shell metacharacters */
+ case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+ case '!': case '{': case '}': /* reserved words */
+ case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']': /* globbing chars */
+ case '^':
+ case '$': case '`': /* expansion chars */
+ return (1);
+ case '~': /* tilde expansion */
+ if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+ return (1);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ if (s == string) /* comment char */
+ return (1);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sh_contains_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == '\'' || *s == '"' || *s == '\\')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
# Messages français pour GNU concernant bash.
-# Copyright © 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the bash package.
# Michel Robitaille <robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA>, 2004
# Christophe Combelles <ccomb@free.fr>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
-#
+# Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>, 2014
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: bash-4.2\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: bash-4.3-rc2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-11 11:19-0500\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-07 21:52+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Christophe Combelles <ccomb@free.fr>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-23 16:04-0500\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-27 11:24+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>\n"
"Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#: arrayfunc.c:586
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %s: must use subscript when assigning associative array"
-msgstr ""
-"%s : %s : l'assignation d'un tableau associatif doit se faire avec un indice"
+msgstr "%s : %s : l'assignation d'un tableau associatif doit se faire avec un indice"
#: bashhist.c:388
#, c-format
msgid "%s: cannot create: %s"
msgstr "%s : impossible de créer : %s"
-#: bashline.c:3982
+#: bashline.c:3971
msgid "bash_execute_unix_command: cannot find keymap for command"
-msgstr ""
-"bash_execute_unix_command : impossible de trouver le mappage clavier pour la "
-"commande"
+msgstr "bash_execute_unix_command : impossible de trouver le mappage clavier pour la commande"
-#: bashline.c:4069
+#: bashline.c:4058
#, c-format
msgid "%s: first non-whitespace character is not `\"'"
msgstr "%s : le premier caractère non vide n'est pas « \" »"
-#: bashline.c:4098
+#: bashline.c:4087
#, c-format
msgid "no closing `%c' in %s"
msgstr "pas de « %c » de fermeture dans %s"
-#: bashline.c:4132
+#: bashline.c:4121
#, c-format
msgid "%s: missing colon separator"
msgstr "%s : virgule de séparation manquante"
#: braces.c:321
#, c-format
msgid "brace expansion: cannot allocate memory for %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "expansion des accolades : impossible d'allouer la mémoire pour %s"
#: braces.c:413
#, c-format
msgid "brace expansion: failed to allocate memory for %d elements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "expansion des accolades : échec lors de l'allocation mémoire pour %d éléments"
#: braces.c:452
#, c-format
msgid "brace expansion: failed to allocate memory for `%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "expansion des accolades : échec de l'allocation mémoire pour « %s »"
#: builtins/alias.def:132
#, c-format
#: builtins/bind.def:266
#, c-format
msgid "`%s': cannot unbind"
-msgstr "%s : impossible à délier"
+msgstr "« %s » : impossible à délier"
#: builtins/bind.def:304 builtins/bind.def:334
#, c-format
msgid "`%s': unknown function name"
-msgstr "%s : nom de fonction inconnu"
+msgstr "« %s » : nom de fonction inconnu"
#: builtins/bind.def:312
#, c-format
msgid "HOME not set"
msgstr "« HOME » non défini"
-#: builtins/cd.def:327 builtins/common.c:166 test.c:876
+#: builtins/cd.def:327 builtins/common.c:166 test.c:855
msgid "too many arguments"
msgstr "trop d'arguments"
msgid "%s: invalid option name"
msgstr "%s : nom d'option non valable"
-#: builtins/common.c:228 general.c:235 general.c:240
+#: builtins/common.c:228 general.c:234 general.c:239
#, c-format
msgid "`%s': not a valid identifier"
msgstr "« %s » : identifiant non valable"
#: builtins/common.c:257
#, c-format
msgid "`%s': not a pid or valid job spec"
-msgstr ""
-"« %s » : ce n'est pas un n° de processus ou une spécification de tâche "
-"valable"
+msgstr "« %s » : ce n'est pas un n° de processus ou une spécification de tâche valable"
#: builtins/common.c:264 error.c:488
#, c-format
#: builtins/common.c:329
#, c-format
msgid "error setting terminal attributes: %s"
-msgstr "erreur lors de la définition de l'attribut du terminal %s"
+msgstr "erreur lors de la définition de l'attribut du terminal : %s"
#: builtins/common.c:331
#, c-format
#: builtins/complete.def:697
msgid "warning: -F option may not work as you expect"
-msgstr ""
-"avertissement : l'option « -F » peut fonctionner différemment de ce à quoi "
-"vous vous attendez"
+msgstr "avertissement : l'option « -F » peut fonctionner différemment de ce à quoi vous vous attendez"
#: builtins/complete.def:699
msgid "warning: -C option may not work as you expect"
-msgstr ""
-"avertissement : l'option « -C » peut fonctionner différemment de ce à quoi "
-"vous vous attendez"
+msgstr "avertissement : l'option « -C » peut fonctionner différemment de ce à quoi vous vous attendez"
#: builtins/complete.def:828
msgid "not currently executing completion function"
-msgstr "fonction de completion actuellement non en cours d'exécution"
+msgstr "fonction de complétion actuellement non en cours d'exécution"
#: builtins/declare.def:126
msgid "can only be used in a function"
#: builtins/declare.def:315 builtins/declare.def:509
#, c-format
msgid "%s: reference variable cannot be an array"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s : la variable de référence ne peut pas être un tableau"
#: builtins/declare.def:324
#, c-format
msgid "%s: nameref variable self references not allowed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s : références bouclées sur la même variable interdites"
#: builtins/declare.def:398
msgid "cannot use `-f' to make functions"
msgstr "« -f » ne peut pas être utilisé pour fabriquer des fonctions"
-#: builtins/declare.def:410 execute_cmd.c:5361
+#: builtins/declare.def:410 execute_cmd.c:5349
#, c-format
msgid "%s: readonly function"
msgstr "%s : fonction en lecture seule"
msgid "%s: cannot delete: %s"
msgstr "%s : impossible d'effacer : %s"
-#: builtins/evalfile.c:140 builtins/hash.def:171 execute_cmd.c:5208
+#: builtins/evalfile.c:140 builtins/hash.def:171 execute_cmd.c:5196
#: shell.c:1481
#, c-format
msgid "%s: is a directory"
#: builtins/evalfile.c:190 builtins/evalfile.c:208 shell.c:1491
#, c-format
msgid "%s: cannot execute binary file"
-msgstr "%s : fichier binaire impossible à lancer"
+msgstr "%s : ne peut exécuter le fichier binaire"
#: builtins/exec.def:154 builtins/exec.def:156 builtins/exec.def:228
#, c-format
#: builtins/hash.def:245
#, c-format
msgid "hits\tcommand\n"
-msgstr "touche la commande\n"
+msgstr "occurrences\tcommande\n"
#: builtins/help.def:130
#, c-format
#: builtins/help.def:182
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"no help topics match `%s'. Try `help help' or `man -k %s' or `info %s'."
-msgstr ""
-"Aucune rubrique d'aide ne correspond à « %s ». Essayez « help help », « man -"
-"k %s » ou « info %s »."
+msgid "no help topics match `%s'. Try `help help' or `man -k %s' or `info %s'."
+msgstr "Aucune rubrique d'aide ne correspond à « %s ». Essayez « help help », « man -k %s » ou « info %s »."
#: builtins/help.def:199
#, c-format
"A star (*) next to a name means that the command is disabled.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Ces commandes de shell sont définies de manière interne. Saisissez « help » "
-"pour voir cette liste.\n"
-"Tapez « help nom » pour en savoir plus sur la fonction qui s'appelle « nom "
-"».\n"
+"Ces commandes de shell sont définies de manière interne. Saisissez « help » pour voir cette liste.\n"
+"Tapez « help nom » pour en savoir plus sur la fonction qui s'appelle « nom ».\n"
"Utilisez « info bash » pour en savoir plus sur le shell en général.\n"
"Utilisez « man -k » ou « info » pour en savoir plus sur les commandes qui\n"
"ne font pas partie de cette liste.\n"
#: builtins/kill.def:200
#, c-format
msgid "%s: arguments must be process or job IDs"
-msgstr ""
-"%s : les arguments doivent être des identifiants de tâche ou de processus"
+msgstr "%s : les arguments doivent être des identifiants de tâche ou de processus"
#: builtins/kill.def:263
msgid "Unknown error"
#: builtins/printf.def:456
#, c-format
msgid "`%c': invalid time format specification"
-msgstr "`%c' : spécification de format d'heure incorrecte"
+msgstr "« %c » : spécification de format d'heure incorrecte"
#: builtins/printf.def:658
#, c-format
#: builtins/printf.def:768
#, c-format
msgid "format parsing problem: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "problème d'analyse du format : %s"
#: builtins/printf.def:865
msgid "missing hex digit for \\x"
msgstr "pas d'autre répertoire"
#: builtins/pushd.def:354
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: invalid argument"
-msgstr "%s : argument de limite non valable"
+msgstr "%s : argument non valable"
#: builtins/pushd.def:468
msgid "<no current directory>"
" \twith its position in the stack\n"
" \n"
" Arguments:\n"
-" +N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown "
-"by\n"
+" +N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by\n"
" \tdirs when invoked without options, starting with zero.\n"
" \n"
-" -N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown "
-"by\n"
+" -N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by\n"
"\tdirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."
msgstr ""
"Affiche la liste des répertoires actuellement mémorisés. Les répertoires\n"
-" sont insérés dans la liste avec la commande « pushd ». Vous pouvez "
-"remonter\n"
+" sont insérés dans la liste avec la commande « pushd ». Vous pouvez remonter\n"
" dans la liste en enlevant des éléments avec la commande « popd ».\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -c\tefface la pile des répertoires en enlevant tous les éléments.\n"
-" -l\tne pas afficher les versions raccourcies (avec ~) des répertoires\n"
+" -l\tn'affiche pas les versions raccourcies (avec ~) des répertoires\n"
" \trelativement à votre répertoire personnel\n"
-" -p\tafficher la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne\n"
-" -v\tafficher la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne\n"
+" -p\taffiche la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne\n"
+" -v\taffiche la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne préfixé\n"
" \tavec la position dans la pile\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
-" +N\t affiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de "
-"la\n"
+" +N\tAffiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la\n"
" liste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option.\n"
" \n"
-" -N\t affiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la droite de "
-"la\n"
+" -N\tAffiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la\n"
" liste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option."
#: builtins/pushd.def:711
" répertoires en haut de la pile sont échangés.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n\tne pas changer de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
+" -n\tNe change pas de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
" \tsont ajoutés à la pile, de façon que seule la pile soit manipulée\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" +N\tPermute la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
-" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la liste fournie par « dirs "
-"».\n"
+" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la liste fournie par « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
" -N\tPermute la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
-" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la liste fournie par « dirs "
-"».\n"
+" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la liste fournie par « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
-" dir\tajoute le répertoire DIR en haut de la pile, et en fait le "
-"nouveau\n"
+" dir\tAjoute le répertoire DIR en haut de la pile, et en fait le nouveau\n"
" \trépertoire de travail.\n"
" \n"
" Vous pouvez voir la pile des répertoires avec la commande « dirs »."
" et le nouveau sommet de la pile devient le répertoire de travail.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n\tne pas changer de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
-" \tsont enlevés de la pile, de façon que seule la pile soit manipulée\n"
+" -n\tNe change pas de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
+" \tsont enlevés de la pile, de façon que seule la pile soit manipulée.\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" +N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche\n"
" \tde la liste fournie par « dirs ». Par exemple : « popd +0 »\n"
-" \tenlève le premier répertoire, « popd +1 » le deuxième. \n"
+" \tenlève le premier répertoire, « popd +1 » le deuxième.\n"
" \n"
" -N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la droite\n"
" \tde la liste fournie par « dirs ». Par exemple : « popd -0 »\n"
-" \tenlève le dernier répertoire, « popd -1 » l'avant-dernier. \n"
+" \tenlève le dernier répertoire, « popd -1 » l'avant-dernier.\n"
" \n"
" Vous pouvez voir la pile des répertoires avec la commande « dirs »."
#: builtins/read.def:678
#, c-format
msgid "read error: %d: %s"
-msgstr "Erreur de lecture : %d : %s"
+msgstr "erreur de lecture : %d : %s"
#: builtins/return.def:75
msgid "can only `return' from a function or sourced script"
-msgstr ""
-"« return » n'est possible que depuis une fonction ou depuis un script "
-"exécuté par « source »"
+msgstr "« return » n'est possible que depuis une fonction ou depuis un script exécuté par « source »"
#: builtins/set.def:782
msgid "cannot simultaneously unset a function and a variable"
-msgstr ""
-"« unset » ne peut pas s'appliquer simultanément à une fonction et à une "
-"variable"
+msgstr "« unset » ne peut pas s'appliquer simultanément à une fonction et à une variable"
#: builtins/set.def:826
#, c-format
#: builtins/shopt.def:279
msgid "cannot set and unset shell options simultaneously"
-msgstr ""
-"les options du shell ne peuvent pas être simultanément activées et "
-"désactivées"
+msgstr "les options du shell ne peuvent pas être simultanément activées et désactivées"
#: builtins/shopt.def:346
#, c-format
#: error.c:173
#, c-format
msgid "Aborting..."
-msgstr "Annulation..."
+msgstr "Annulation…"
#: error.c:440
msgid "unknown command error"
msgid "pipe error"
msgstr "erreur de tube"
-#: execute_cmd.c:4386
+#: execute_cmd.c:4374
#, c-format
msgid "%s: maximum function nesting level exceeded (%d)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s : dépassement de la profondeur maximum d'imbrication de fonctions (%d)"
-#: execute_cmd.c:4884
+#: execute_cmd.c:4872
#, c-format
msgid "%s: restricted: cannot specify `/' in command names"
-msgstr ""
-"%s : restriction : « / » ne peut pas être spécifié dans un nom de commande"
+msgstr "%s : restriction : « / » ne peut pas être spécifié dans un nom de commande"
-#: execute_cmd.c:4973
+#: execute_cmd.c:4961
#, c-format
msgid "%s: command not found"
msgstr "%s : commande introuvable"
-#: execute_cmd.c:5206
+#: execute_cmd.c:5194
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %s"
msgstr "%s : %s"
-#: execute_cmd.c:5243
+#: execute_cmd.c:5231
#, c-format
msgid "%s: %s: bad interpreter"
msgstr "%s : %s : mauvais interpréteur"
-#: execute_cmd.c:5280
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#: execute_cmd.c:5268
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: cannot execute binary file: %s"
-msgstr "%s : fichier binaire impossible à lancer"
+msgstr "%s : impossible d'exécuter le fichier binaire : %s"
-#: execute_cmd.c:5352
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#: execute_cmd.c:5340
+#, c-format
msgid "`%s': is a special builtin"
-msgstr "%s est une primitive du shell\n"
+msgstr "« %s » : est une primitive spéciale"
-#: execute_cmd.c:5404
+#: execute_cmd.c:5392
#, c-format
msgid "cannot duplicate fd %d to fd %d"
msgstr "impossible de dupliquer le fd %d vers le fd %d"
#: expr.c:595
msgid "`:' expected for conditional expression"
-msgstr "« : » attendu pour une expression conditionnelle."
+msgstr "« : » attendu pour une expression conditionnelle"
#: expr.c:919
msgid "exponent less than 0"
#: expr.c:1053 expr.c:1390
msgid "syntax error: operand expected"
-msgstr "erreur de syntaxe : opérande attendue"
+msgstr "erreur de syntaxe : opérande attendu"
#: expr.c:1392
msgid "syntax error: invalid arithmetic operator"
#: expr.c:1416
#, c-format
msgid "%s%s%s: %s (error token is \"%s\")"
-msgstr "%s%s%s : %s (le symbole erroné est \"%s\")"
+msgstr "%s%s%s : %s (le symbole erroné est « %s »)"
#: expr.c:1474
msgid "invalid arithmetic base"
msgid "%s: expression error\n"
msgstr "%s : erreur d'expression\n"
-#: general.c:62
+#: general.c:61
msgid "getcwd: cannot access parent directories"
msgstr "getcwd : ne peut accéder aux répertoires parents"
#: input.c:102 subst.c:5168
#, c-format
msgid "cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"
-msgstr "Impossible de réinitialiser le mode « nodelay » pour le fd %d"
+msgstr "impossible de réinitialiser le mode « nodelay » pour le fd %d"
-#: input.c:271
+#: input.c:269
#, c-format
msgid "cannot allocate new file descriptor for bash input from fd %d"
-msgstr ""
-"impossible d'allouer un nouveau descripteur de fichier pour l'entrée de bash "
-"depuis le fd %d"
+msgstr "impossible d'allouer un nouveau descripteur de fichier pour l'entrée de bash depuis le fd %d"
-#: input.c:279
+#: input.c:277
#, c-format
msgid "save_bash_input: buffer already exists for new fd %d"
msgstr "save_bash_input : le tampon existe déjà pour le nouveau fd %d"
#: jobs.c:2138 nojobs.c:605
#, c-format
msgid "wait: pid %ld is not a child of this shell"
-msgstr "wait : le processus n°%ld n'est pas un fils de ce shell."
+msgstr "wait : le processus n°%ld n'est pas un fils de ce shell"
#: jobs.c:2385
#, c-format
msgid "wait_for: No record of process %ld"
-msgstr "wait_for : aucun enregistrement du processus n°%ld"
+msgstr "wait_for : Aucun enregistrement du processus n°%ld"
#: jobs.c:2694
#, c-format
#: jobs.c:3874 jobs.c:3883
#, c-format
msgid "cannot set terminal process group (%d)"
-msgstr "impossible de régler le groupe de processus du terminlal (%d)"
+msgstr "impossible de régler le groupe de processus du terminal (%d)"
#: jobs.c:3888
msgid "no job control in this shell"
#: lib/malloc/malloc.c:1026
msgid "realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ"
-msgstr ""
-"realloc : les tailles de fragment au début et à la fin sont différentes"
+msgstr "realloc : les tailles de fragment au début et à la fin sont différentes"
#: lib/malloc/table.c:194
#, c-format
#: locale.c:202
#, c-format
msgid "setlocale: LC_ALL: cannot change locale (%s): %s"
-msgstr ""
-"setlocale : LC_ALL : impossible de changer le paramètre de langue (%s) : %s"
+msgstr "setlocale : LC_ALL : impossible de changer le paramètre de langue (%s) : %s"
#: locale.c:259
#, c-format
#: locale.c:261
#, c-format
msgid "setlocale: %s: cannot change locale (%s): %s"
-msgstr ""
-"setlocale : %s : impossible de changer le paramètre de langue (%s) : %s"
+msgstr "setlocale : %s : impossible de changer le paramètre de langue (%s) : %s"
#: mailcheck.c:439
msgid "You have mail in $_"
#: mailcheck.c:480
#, c-format
msgid "The mail in %s has been read\n"
-msgstr "Le courrier dans %s a été lu.\n"
+msgstr "Le courrier dans %s a été lu\n"
#: make_cmd.c:323
msgid "syntax error: arithmetic expression required"
#: make_cmd.c:662
#, c-format
msgid "here-document at line %d delimited by end-of-file (wanted `%s')"
-msgstr ""
-"« here-document » à la ligne %d délimité par la fin du fichier (au lieu de « "
-"%s »)"
+msgstr "« here-document » à la ligne %d délimité par la fin du fichier (au lieu de « %s »)"
#: make_cmd.c:759
#, c-format
msgid "make_redirection: redirection instruction `%d' out of range"
msgstr "make_redirection : l'instruction de redirection « %d » est hors plage"
-#: parse.y:3278 parse.y:3561
+#: parse.y:3273 parse.y:3556
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected EOF while looking for matching `%c'"
-msgstr ""
-"caractère de fin de fichier (EOF) prématuré lors de la recherche du « %c » "
-"correspondant"
+msgstr "fin de fichier (EOF) prématurée lors de la recherche du « %c » correspondant"
-#: parse.y:4170
+#: parse.y:4163
msgid "unexpected EOF while looking for `]]'"
-msgstr ""
-"caractère de fin de fichier (EOF) prématuré lors de la recherche de « ]] »"
+msgstr "fin de fichier (EOF) prématurée lors de la recherche de « ]] »"
-#: parse.y:4175
+#: parse.y:4168
#, c-format
msgid "syntax error in conditional expression: unexpected token `%s'"
-msgstr ""
-"erreur de syntaxe dans une expression conditionnelle : symbole « %s » "
-"inattendu"
+msgstr "erreur de syntaxe dans une expression conditionnelle : symbole « %s » inattendu"
-#: parse.y:4179
+#: parse.y:4172
msgid "syntax error in conditional expression"
msgstr "erreur de syntaxe dans une expression conditionnelle"
-#: parse.y:4257
+#: parse.y:4250
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected token `%s', expected `)'"
msgstr "symbole inattendu « %s » au lieu de « ) »"
-#: parse.y:4261
+#: parse.y:4254
msgid "expected `)'"
msgstr "« ) » attendu"
-#: parse.y:4289
+#: parse.y:4282
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected argument `%s' to conditional unary operator"
msgstr "argument inattendu « %s » pour l'opérateur conditionnel à un argument"
-#: parse.y:4293
+#: parse.y:4286
msgid "unexpected argument to conditional unary operator"
msgstr "argument inattendu pour l'opérateur conditionnel à un argument"
-#: parse.y:4339
+#: parse.y:4332
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected token `%s', conditional binary operator expected"
msgstr "symbole « %s » trouvé à la place d'un opérateur binaire conditionnel"
-#: parse.y:4343
+#: parse.y:4336
msgid "conditional binary operator expected"
msgstr "opérateur binaire conditionnel attendu"
-#: parse.y:4365
+#: parse.y:4358
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected argument `%s' to conditional binary operator"
msgstr "argument « %s » inattendu pour l'opérateur binaire conditionnel"
-#: parse.y:4369
+#: parse.y:4362
msgid "unexpected argument to conditional binary operator"
msgstr "argument inattendu pour l'opérateur binaire conditionnel"
-#: parse.y:4380
+#: parse.y:4373
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected token `%c' in conditional command"
msgstr "symbole « %c » inattendu dans la commande conditionnelle"
-#: parse.y:4383
+#: parse.y:4376
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected token `%s' in conditional command"
msgstr "symbole « %s » inattendu dans la commande conditionnelle"
-#: parse.y:4387
+#: parse.y:4380
#, c-format
msgid "unexpected token %d in conditional command"
msgstr "symbole « %d » inattendu dans la commande conditionnelle"
-#: parse.y:5737
+#: parse.y:5730
#, c-format
msgid "syntax error near unexpected token `%s'"
msgstr "erreur de syntaxe près du symbole inattendu « %s »"
-#: parse.y:5755
+#: parse.y:5748
#, c-format
msgid "syntax error near `%s'"
msgstr "erreur de syntaxe près de « %s »"
-#: parse.y:5765
+#: parse.y:5758
msgid "syntax error: unexpected end of file"
msgstr "erreur de syntaxe : fin de fichier prématurée"
-#: parse.y:5765
+#: parse.y:5758
msgid "syntax error"
msgstr "erreur de syntaxe"
-#: parse.y:5827
+#: parse.y:5820
#, c-format
msgid "Use \"%s\" to leave the shell.\n"
msgstr "Utilisez « %s » pour quitter le shell.\n"
-#: parse.y:5989
+#: parse.y:5982
msgid "unexpected EOF while looking for matching `)'"
-msgstr ""
-"caractère de fin de fichier (EOF) prématuré lors de la recherche d'un « ) » "
-"correspondant"
+msgstr "fin de fichier (EOF) prématurée lors de la recherche d'une « ) » correspondante"
#: pcomplete.c:1094
#, c-format
#: redir.c:191
#, c-format
msgid "cannot create temp file for here-document: %s"
-msgstr ""
-"impossible de créer un fichier temporaire pour le « here-document » : %s"
+msgstr "impossible de créer un fichier temporaire pour le « here-document » : %s"
#: redir.c:195
#, c-format
#: redir.c:861 redir.c:973 redir.c:1034 redir.c:1199
msgid "redirection error: cannot duplicate fd"
-msgstr ""
-"erreur de redirection : impossible de dupliquer le descripteur de fichier"
+msgstr "erreur de redirection : impossible de dupliquer le descripteur de fichier"
#: shell.c:339
msgid "could not find /tmp, please create!"
#: shell.c:343
msgid "/tmp must be a valid directory name"
-msgstr "« /tmp » doit être un nom de répertoire correct"
+msgstr "« /tmp » doit être un nom de répertoire valable"
#: shell.c:890
#, c-format
msgstr "Options du shell :\n"
#: shell.c:1835
-#, fuzzy
msgid "\t-ilrsD or -c command or -O shopt_option\t\t(invocation only)\n"
-msgstr "\t-irsD ou -c commande ou -O shopt_option\t\t(invocation seulement)\n"
+msgstr "\t-ilrsD ou -c commande ou -O shopt_option\t\t(invocation seulement)\n"
#: shell.c:1850
#, c-format
#: shell.c:1856
#, c-format
msgid "Type `%s -c \"help set\"' for more information about shell options.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour en savoir plus sur les options du shell, saisissez « %s -c \"help set\" "
-"».\n"
+msgstr "Pour en savoir plus sur les options du shell, saisissez « %s -c \"help set\" ».\n"
#: shell.c:1857
#, c-format
msgid "Type `%s -c help' for more information about shell builtin commands.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour en savoir plus sur les primitives du shell, saisissez « %s -c help ».\n"
+msgstr "Pour en savoir plus sur les primitives du shell, saisissez « %s -c help ».\n"
#: shell.c:1858
#, c-format
#: sig.c:691
#, c-format
msgid "sigprocmask: %d: invalid operation"
-msgstr "sigprocmask : %d : operation non valable"
+msgstr "sigprocmask : %d : opération non valable"
#: siglist.c:48
msgid "Bogus signal"
#: siglist.c:159
msgid "Alarm (virtual)"
-msgstr "Alarme (virtual)"
+msgstr "Alarme (virtuelle)"
#: siglist.c:163
msgid "Alarm (profile)"
#: siglist.c:199
msgid "programming error"
-msgstr "Erreur de programmation"
+msgstr "erreur de programmation"
#: siglist.c:203
msgid "HFT monitor mode granted"
#: subst.c:5414
msgid "cannot make child for command substitution"
-msgstr ""
-"impossible de fabriquer un processus fils pour une substitution de commande"
+msgstr "impossible de fabriquer un processus fils pour une substitution de commande"
#: subst.c:5433
msgid "command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"
msgstr "command_substitute : impossible de dupliquer le tube vers le fd 1"
#: subst.c:5837 subst.c:8050
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: invalid variable name for name reference"
-msgstr "%s : %s : valeur non valable pour un descripteur de fichier de trace"
+msgstr "%s : nom de variable invalide pour une référence de nom"
#: subst.c:6048
#, c-format
msgstr "$%s : affectation impossible de cette façon"
#: subst.c:7917
-msgid ""
-"future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic "
-"substitution"
-msgstr ""
-"Les versions futures du shell forceront l'évaluation comme une substitution "
-"arithmétique"
+msgid "future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"
+msgstr "les versions futures du shell forceront l'évaluation comme une substitution arithmétique"
#: subst.c:8421
#, c-format
msgid "bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s"
-msgstr "Mauvais remplacement : pas de « ` » de fermeture dans %s"
+msgstr "mauvais remplacement : pas de « ` » de fermeture dans %s"
#: subst.c:9322
#, c-format
#: test.c:266
#, c-format
msgid "`)' expected, found %s"
-msgstr "« ) » attendu au lieu de %s"
+msgstr "« ) » attendue au lieu de %s"
-#: test.c:281 test.c:742 test.c:745
+#: test.c:281 test.c:721 test.c:724
#, c-format
msgid "%s: unary operator expected"
msgstr "%s : opérateur unaire attendu"
-#: test.c:468 test.c:785
+#: test.c:468 test.c:764
#, c-format
msgid "%s: binary operator expected"
msgstr "%s : opérateur binaire attendu"
-#: test.c:860
+#: test.c:839
msgid "missing `]'"
msgstr "« ] » manquant"
#: trap.c:375
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"run_pending_traps: signal handler is SIG_DFL, resending %d (%s) to myself"
-msgstr ""
-"run_pending_traps : le gestionnaire de signal est SIG_DFL, %d (%s) renvoyé à "
-"moi-même"
+msgid "run_pending_traps: signal handler is SIG_DFL, resending %d (%s) to myself"
+msgstr "run_pending_traps : le gestionnaire de signal est SIG_DFL, renvoi de %d (%s) à moi-même"
#: trap.c:428
#, c-format
#: variables.c:382
#, c-format
msgid "error importing function definition for `%s'"
-msgstr "erreur lors de l'import de la définition de fonction pour « %s »"
+msgstr "erreur lors de l'importation de la définition de fonction pour « %s »"
#: variables.c:780
#, c-format
msgstr "niveau de shell trop élevé (%d), initialisation à 1"
#: variables.c:1865
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: circular name reference"
-msgstr "%s : %s : valeur non valable pour un descripteur de fichier de trace"
+msgstr "%s : référence de nom circulaire"
#: variables.c:2228
msgid "make_local_variable: no function context at current scope"
-msgstr ""
-"make_local_variable : aucun contexte de fonction dans le champ d'application "
-"actuel"
+msgstr "make_local_variable : aucun contexte de fonction dans le champ d'application actuel"
#: variables.c:2247
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: variable may not be assigned value"
-msgstr "%s : impossible d'affecter le descripteur de fichier à la variable"
+msgstr "%s : la variable ne peut se voir assigner une valeur"
#: variables.c:3646
msgid "all_local_variables: no function context at current scope"
-msgstr ""
-"all_local_variables : aucun contexte de fonction dans le champ d'application "
-"actuel"
+msgstr "all_local_variables : aucun contexte de fonction dans le champ d'application actuel"
#: variables.c:3891
#, c-format
msgid "%s has null exportstr"
-msgstr "%s a un « exportstr » vide"
+msgstr "%s a un « exportstr » nul"
#: variables.c:3896 variables.c:3905
#, c-format
#: variables.c:3911
#, c-format
msgid "no `=' in exportstr for %s"
-msgstr "Pas de « = » dans « exportstr » pour %s"
+msgstr "pas de « = » dans « exportstr » pour %s"
#: variables.c:4344
msgid "pop_var_context: head of shell_variables not a function context"
-msgstr ""
-"pop_var_context : le début de « shell_variables » n'est pas un contexte de "
-"fonction"
+msgstr "pop_var_context : le début de « shell_variables » n'est pas un contexte de fonction"
#: variables.c:4357
msgid "pop_var_context: no global_variables context"
#: variables.c:4431
msgid "pop_scope: head of shell_variables not a temporary environment scope"
-msgstr ""
-"pop_scope : le début de « shell_variables » n'est pas un champ d'application "
-"temporaire d'environnement"
+msgstr "pop_scope : le début de « shell_variables » n'est pas un champ d'application temporaire d'environnement"
#: variables.c:5257
#, c-format
msgstr "%s : %s : valeur non valable pour un descripteur de fichier de trace"
#: variables.c:5307
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
msgid "%s: %s: compatibility value out of range"
-msgstr "%s : %s hors plage"
+msgstr "%s : %s : valeur de compatibilité hors plage"
#: version.c:46
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
-msgstr "Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
#: version.c:47 version2.c:47
-msgid ""
-"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl."
-"html>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Licence GPLv3+ : GNU GPL version 3 ou ultérieure <http://gnu.org/licenses/"
-"gpl.html>\n"
+msgid "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>\n"
+msgstr "Licence GPLv3+ : GNU GPL version 3 ou ultérieure <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>\n"
#: version.c:86 version2.c:86
#, c-format
msgstr "GNU bash, version %s (%s)\n"
#: version.c:91 version2.c:91
-#, fuzzy
msgid "This is free software; you are free to change and redistribute it."
-msgstr ""
-"Ceci est un logiciel libre ; vous être libre de le modifier et de le "
-"redistribuer.\n"
+msgstr "Ceci est un logiciel libre ; vous être libre de le modifier et de le redistribuer."
#: version.c:92 version2.c:92
-#, fuzzy
msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-"Aucune garantie n'est fournie, dans la mesure de ce que la loi autorise.\n"
+msgstr "AUCUNE GARANTIE n'est fournie, dans les limites permises par la loi."
#: version2.c:46
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
-msgstr "Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc."
#: xmalloc.c:91
#, c-format
msgstr "unalias [-a] nom [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:51
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"bind [-lpsvPSVX] [-m keymap] [-f filename] [-q name] [-u name] [-r keyseq] [-"
-"x keyseq:shell-command] [keyseq:readline-function or readline-command]"
-msgstr ""
-"bind [-lpvsPVS] [-m keymap] [-f nomfichier] [-q nom] [-u nom] [-r seqtouche] "
-"[-x seqtouche:commande-shell] [seqtouche:fonction-readline ou commande-"
-"readline]"
+msgid "bind [-lpsvPSVX] [-m keymap] [-f filename] [-q name] [-u name] [-r keyseq] [-x keyseq:shell-command] [keyseq:readline-function or readline-command]"
+msgstr "bind [-lpvsPSVX] [-m keymap] [-f nomfichier] [-q nom] [-u nom] [-r seqtouche] [-x seqtouche:commande-shell] [seqtouche:fonction-readline ou commande-readline]"
#: builtins.c:54
msgid "break [n]"
msgstr "caller [expr]"
#: builtins.c:64
-#, fuzzy
msgid "cd [-L|[-P [-e]] [-@]] [dir]"
-msgstr "cd [-L|[-P [-e]]] [rép]"
+msgstr "cd [-L|[-P [-e]] [-@]] [rép]"
#: builtins.c:66
msgid "pwd [-LP]"
msgstr "command [-pVv] commande [arg ...]"
#: builtins.c:76
-#, fuzzy
msgid "declare [-aAfFgilnrtux] [-p] [name[=value] ...]"
-msgstr "declare [-aAfFgilrtux] [-p] [nom[=valeur] ...]"
+msgstr "declare [-aAfFgilnrtux] [-p] [nom[=valeur] ...]"
#: builtins.c:78
msgid "typeset [-aAfFgilrtux] [-p] name[=value] ..."
#: builtins.c:103
msgid "fc [-e ename] [-lnr] [first] [last] or fc -s [pat=rep] [command]"
-msgstr ""
-"fc [-e ename] [-lnr] [premier] [dernier] ou fc -s [ancien=nouveau] [commande]"
+msgstr "fc [-e ename] [-lnr] [premier] [dernier] ou fc -s [motif=nouveau] [commande]"
#: builtins.c:107
msgid "fg [job_spec]"
msgstr "help [-dms] [motif ...]"
#: builtins.c:121
-msgid ""
-"history [-c] [-d offset] [n] or history -anrw [filename] or history -ps arg "
-"[arg...]"
-msgstr ""
-"history [-c] [-d décalage] [n] ou history -anrw [nomfichier] ou history -ps "
-"arg [arg...]"
+msgid "history [-c] [-d offset] [n] or history -anrw [filename] or history -ps arg [arg...]"
+msgstr "history [-c] [-d décalage] [n] ou history -anrw [nomfichier] ou history -ps arg [arg...]"
#: builtins.c:125
msgid "jobs [-lnprs] [jobspec ...] or jobs -x command [args]"
msgstr "disown [-h] [-ar] [jobspec ...]"
#: builtins.c:132
-msgid ""
-"kill [-s sigspec | -n signum | -sigspec] pid | jobspec ... or kill -l "
-"[sigspec]"
-msgstr ""
-"kill [-s sigspec | -n signum | -sigspec] pid | jobspec ... ou kill -l "
-"[sigspec]"
+msgid "kill [-s sigspec | -n signum | -sigspec] pid | jobspec ... or kill -l [sigspec]"
+msgstr "kill [-s sigspec | -n signum | -sigspec] pid | jobspec ... ou kill -l [sigspec]"
#: builtins.c:134
msgid "let arg [arg ...]"
msgstr "let arg [arg ...]"
#: builtins.c:136
-msgid ""
-"read [-ers] [-a array] [-d delim] [-i text] [-n nchars] [-N nchars] [-p "
-"prompt] [-t timeout] [-u fd] [name ...]"
-msgstr ""
-"read [-ers] [-a tableau] [-d delim] [-i texte] [-n nchars] [-N nchars] [-p "
-"prompt] [-t timeout] [-u fd] [nom ...]"
+msgid "read [-ers] [-a array] [-d delim] [-i text] [-n nchars] [-N nchars] [-p prompt] [-t timeout] [-u fd] [name ...]"
+msgstr "read [-ers] [-a tableau] [-d delim] [-i texte] [-n ncars] [-N ncars] [-p prompt] [-t timeout] [-u fd] [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:138
msgid "return [n]"
msgstr "set [-abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o nom-option] [--] [arg ...]"
#: builtins.c:142
-#, fuzzy
msgid "unset [-f] [-v] [-n] [name ...]"
-msgstr "unset [-f] [-v] [nom ...]"
+msgstr "unset [-f] [-v] [-n] [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:144
msgid "export [-fn] [name[=value] ...] or export -p"
msgstr "type [-afptP] nom [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:169
-#, fuzzy
msgid "ulimit [-SHabcdefilmnpqrstuvxT] [limit]"
-msgstr "ulimit [-SHacdefilmnpqrstuvx] [limite]"
+msgstr "ulimit [-SHabcdefilmnpqrstuvxT] [limite]"
#: builtins.c:172
msgid "umask [-p] [-S] [mode]"
msgstr "umask [-p] [-S] [mode]"
#: builtins.c:175
-#, fuzzy
msgid "wait [-n] [id ...]"
-msgstr "wait [id]"
+msgstr "wait [-n] [id ...]"
#: builtins.c:179
-#, fuzzy
msgid "wait [pid ...]"
-msgstr "wait [pid]"
+msgstr "wait [pid ...]"
#: builtins.c:182
msgid "for NAME [in WORDS ... ] ; do COMMANDS; done"
msgstr "case MOT in [MOTIF [| MOTIF]...) COMMANDES ;;]... esac"
#: builtins.c:192
-msgid ""
-"if COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; [ elif COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; ]... [ else "
-"COMMANDS; ] fi"
-msgstr ""
-"if COMMANDES; then COMMANDES; [ elif COMMANDES; then COMMANDES; ]... [ else "
-"COMMANDES; ] fi"
+msgid "if COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; [ elif COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; ]... [ else COMMANDS; ] fi"
+msgstr "if COMMANDES; then COMMANDES; [ elif COMMANDES; then COMMANDES; ]... [ else COMMANDES; ] fi"
#: builtins.c:194
msgid "while COMMANDS; do COMMANDS; done"
#: builtins.c:210
msgid "variables - Names and meanings of some shell variables"
-msgstr "variables - Nom et signification de certaines variables du shell"
+msgstr "variables - Noms et significations de certaines variables du shell"
#: builtins.c:213
msgid "pushd [-n] [+N | -N | dir]"
msgstr "printf [-v var] format [arguments]"
#: builtins.c:229
-msgid ""
-"complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-pr] [-DE] [-o option] [-A action] [-G globpat] [-"
-"W wordlist] [-F function] [-C command] [-X filterpat] [-P prefix] [-S "
-"suffix] [name ...]"
-msgstr ""
-"complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-pr] [-DE] [-o option] [-A action] [-G motif_glob] "
-"[-W liste_mots] [-F fonction] [-C commande] [-X motif_filtre] [-P prefixe] "
-"[-S suffixe] [nom ...]"
+msgid "complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-pr] [-DE] [-o option] [-A action] [-G globpat] [-W wordlist] [-F function] [-C command] [-X filterpat] [-P prefix] [-S suffix] [name ...]"
+msgstr "complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-pr] [-DE] [-o option] [-A action] [-G motif_glob] [-W liste_mots] [-F fonction] [-C commande] [-X motif_filtre] [-P prefixe] [-S suffixe] [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:233
-msgid ""
-"compgen [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o option] [-A action] [-G globpat] [-W wordlist] "
-"[-F function] [-C command] [-X filterpat] [-P prefix] [-S suffix] [word]"
-msgstr ""
-"compgen [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o option] [-A action] [-G motif_glob] [-W "
-"liste_mots] [-F fonction] [-C commande] [-X motif_filtre] [-P prefixe] [-S "
-"suffixe] [mot]"
+msgid "compgen [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o option] [-A action] [-G globpat] [-W wordlist] [-F function] [-C command] [-X filterpat] [-P prefix] [-S suffix] [word]"
+msgstr "compgen [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o option] [-A action] [-G motif_glob] [-W liste_mots] [-F fonction] [-C commande] [-X motif_filtre] [-P prefixe] [-S suffixe] [mot]"
#: builtins.c:237
msgid "compopt [-o|+o option] [-DE] [name ...]"
msgstr "compopt [-o|+o option] [-DE] [nom ...]"
#: builtins.c:240
-msgid ""
-"mapfile [-n count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c "
-"quantum] [array]"
-msgstr ""
-"mapfile [-n nombre] [-O origine] [-s nombre] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c "
-"quantum] [tableau]"
+msgid "mapfile [-n count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c quantum] [array]"
+msgstr "mapfile [-n nombre] [-O origine] [-s nombre] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c quantum] [tableau]"
#: builtins.c:242
-msgid ""
-"readarray [-n count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c "
-"quantum] [array]"
-msgstr ""
-"readarray [-n nombre] [-O origine] [-s nombre] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-"
-"c quantum] [tableau]"
+msgid "readarray [-n count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c quantum] [array]"
+msgstr "readarray [-n nombre] [-O origine] [-s nombre] [-t] [-u fd] [-C callback] [-c quantum] [tableau]"
#: builtins.c:254
msgid ""
" -p\tPrint all defined aliases in a reusable format\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" alias returns true unless a NAME is supplied for which no alias has "
-"been\n"
+" alias returns true unless a NAME is supplied for which no alias has been\n"
" defined."
msgstr ""
"Définit ou affiche des alias.\n"
" \n"
-" Sans argument, « alias » affiche la liste des alias avec le format "
-"réutilisable\n"
+" Sans argument, « alias » affiche la liste des alias avec le format réutilisable\n"
" « alias NOM=VALEUR » sur la sortie standard.\n"
" \n"
" Sinon, un alias est défini pour chaque NOM dont la VALEUR est donnée.\n"
-" Une espace à la fin de la VALEUR entraine le remplacement d'alias dans "
-"le mot\n"
-" suivant, lorsque l'alias est développé.\n"
+" Une espace à la fin de la VALEUR entraîne la vérification du mot suivant pour\n"
+" déterminer si un alias doit être remplacé, lorsque l'alias est développé.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -p\tAfficher tous les alias actuels dans un format réutilisable\n"
+" -p\tAffiche tous les alias actuels dans un format réutilisable\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" « alias » renvoie la valeur vraie à moins que NOM ne soit fourni et que "
-"celui-ci n'aie\n"
+" « alias » renvoie la valeur vraie à moins que NOM ne soit fourni et que celui-ci n'aie\n"
" pas d'alias."
#: builtins.c:276
" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que NOM ne soit pas un alias existant."
#: builtins.c:289
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set Readline key bindings and variables.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -m keymap Use KEYMAP as the keymap for the duration of this\n"
" command. Acceptable keymap names are emacs,\n"
-" emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-"
-"move,\n"
+" emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-move,\n"
" vi-command, and vi-insert.\n"
" -l List names of functions.\n"
" -P List function names and bindings.\n"
" -p List functions and bindings in a form that can be\n"
" reused as input.\n"
-" -S List key sequences that invoke macros and their "
-"values\n"
-" -s List key sequences that invoke macros and their "
-"values\n"
+" -S List key sequences that invoke macros and their values\n"
+" -s List key sequences that invoke macros and their values\n"
" in a form that can be reused as input.\n"
" -V List variable names and values\n"
" -v List variable names and values in a form that can\n"
" be reused as input.\n"
" -q function-name Query about which keys invoke the named function.\n"
-" -u function-name Unbind all keys which are bound to the named "
-"function.\n"
+" -u function-name Unbind all keys which are bound to the named function.\n"
" -r keyseq Remove the binding for KEYSEQ.\n"
" -f filename Read key bindings from FILENAME.\n"
" -x keyseq:shell-command\tCause SHELL-COMMAND to be executed when\n"
msgstr ""
"Définit les associations de touches et les variables de « Readline ».\n"
" \n"
-" Associe une séquence de touches à une fonction « Readline » ou définit "
-"une\n"
-" variable « Readline ». Les arguments non-options suivent une syntaxe "
-"équivalente à celle\n"
-" du fichier ~/.inputrc, mais doivent être transmis comme arguments "
-"uniques :\n"
+" Associe une séquence de touches à une fonction « Readline » ou une macro, ou définit une\n"
+" variable « Readline ». Les arguments non-options suivent une syntaxe équivalente à celle\n"
+" du fichier ~/.inputrc, mais doivent être transmis comme arguments uniques :\n"
" ex : bind '\"\\C-x\\C-r\" : re-read-init-file'.\n"
+" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -m keymap Utilise KEYMAP comme mappage clavier pendant la\n"
-" durée de cette commande. Des noms de mappage "
-"valables sont « emacs », « emacs-standard », « emacs-"
-"meta », \n"
-" « emacs-ctlx », « vi », « vi-move », « vi-command » "
-"et\n"
+" durée de cette commande. Des noms de mappage valables\n"
+" sont « emacs », « emacs-standard », « emacs-meta », \n"
+" « emacs-ctlx », « vi », « vi-move », « vi-command » et\n"
" « vi-insert ».\n"
" -l Affiche les noms de fonctions.\n"
" -P Affiche les noms et associations des fonctions.\n"
-" -p Affiche les fonctions et associations dans une "
-"forme qui\n"
+" -p Affiche les fonctions et associations dans une forme qui\n"
" peut être réutilisée comme entrée.\n"
-" -S Affiche les séquences de touches qui invoquent des "
-"macros,\n"
+" -S Affiche les séquences de touches qui invoquent des macros,\n"
" et leurs valeurs.\n"
-" -s Affiche les séquences de touches qui invoquent des "
-"macros,\n"
-" et leurs valeurs sous une forme qui peut être "
-"utilisée comme entrée. -r seqtouche Enlève l'association pour "
-"« seqtouche ».\n"
+" -s Affiche les séquences de touches qui invoquent des macros,\n"
+" et leurs valeurs sous une forme qui peut être utilisée comme entrée.\n"
" -V Affiche les noms et valeurs des variables\n"
-" -v Affiche les noms et valeurs des variables dans une "
-"forme qui peut\n"
+" -v Affiche les noms et valeurs des variables dans une forme qui peut\n"
" être réutilisée comme entrée.\n"
-" -q nom-fonction Permet de savoir quelles touches appellent la "
-"fonction.\n"
-" -u nom-fonction Enlève toutes les associations de touches liée à la "
-"fonction.\n"
-" -r seqtouches Supprime l'association pour SEQTOUCHES.\n"
-" -f nomfichier Lit l'association de touches depuis NOMFICHIER.\n"
-" -x seqtouche:commande-shell\tEntraîne l'exécution de la commande-"
-"shell\n"
-" \t\t\t\tlorsque « seqtouche » est entrée.\n"
-" \n"
-" Code de sortie :\n"
-" « bind » renvoie 0 à moins qu'une option non reconnue ne soit donnée "
-"ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" -q nom-fonction Permet de savoir quelles touches appellent la fonction.\n"
+" -u nom-fonction Enlève toutes les associations de touches liée à la fonction.\n"
+" -r seqtouche Enlève l'association pour « seqtouche ».\n"
+" -f nomfichier Lit l'association de touches depuis NOMFICHIER.\n"
+" -x seqtouche:commande-shell\tEntraîne l'exécution de la commande-shell\n"
+" \t\t\t\tlorsque « seqtouche » est entrée.\n"
+" -X\t\t Liste les séquences de touches liées à -x et les commandes associées\n"
+" sous une forme qui peut être réutilisée comme entrée.\n"
+" \n"
+" Code de sortie :\n"
+" « bind » renvoie 0 à moins qu'une option non reconnue ne soit donnée ou qu'une erreur survienne."
#: builtins.c:328
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Sort des boucles for, while, ou until.\n"
" \n"
-" Sort d'une boucle FOR, WHILE ou UNTIL. Si N est spécifié, sort de N "
-"boucles\n"
+" Sort d'une boucle FOR, WHILE ou UNTIL. Si N est spécifié, sort de N boucles\n"
" imbriquées.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
msgstr ""
"Reprend l'exécution des boucles for, while ou until.\n"
" \n"
-" Reprend l'itération suivante de la boucle FOR, WHILE ou UNTIL de niveau "
-"supérieur.\n"
-" Si N est précisé, reprend à N-ième boucle supérieure.\n"
+" Reprend l'itération suivante de la boucle FOR, WHILE ou UNTIL de niveau supérieur.\n"
+" Si N est précisé, reprend à la N-ième boucle supérieure.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Le code de sortie est 0 à moins que N ne soit pas supérieur ou égale à 1."
" \n"
" Execute SHELL-BUILTIN with arguments ARGs without performing command\n"
" lookup. This is useful when you wish to reimplement a shell builtin\n"
-" as a shell function, but need to execute the builtin within the "
-"function.\n"
+" as a shell function, but need to execute the builtin within the function.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
" Returns the exit status of SHELL-BUILTIN, or false if SHELL-BUILTIN is\n"
msgstr ""
"Exécute des commandes shell intégrées.\n"
" \n"
-" Exécute SHELL-BUILTIN avec les arguments ARGs sans effectuer de "
-"recherche\n"
-" de commande. Ceci est utile lorsque vous souhaitez remplacer une "
-"commande\n"
-" intégrée par une fonction shell, mais nécessite d'exécuter la commande "
-"intégrée\n"
+" Exécute SHELL-BUILTIN avec les arguments ARGs sans effectuer de recherche\n"
+" de commande. Ceci est utile lorsque vous souhaitez remplacer une commande\n"
+" intégrée par une fonction shell, mais nécessite d'exécuter la commande intégrée\n"
" dans la fonction.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de retour de SHELL-BUILTIN, ou false si SHELL-BUILTIN "
-"n'est\n"
+" Renvoie le code de retour de SHELL-BUILTIN, ou false si SHELL-BUILTIN n'est\n"
" pas une commande intégrée.."
#: builtins.c:367
"Renvoie le contexte de l'appel de sous-routine actuel.\n"
" \n"
" Sans EXPR, renvoie « $ligne $nomfichier ». Avec EXPR,\n"
-" renvoie « $ligne $sousroutine $nomfichier »; ces informations "
-"supplémentaires\n"
+" renvoie « $ligne $sousroutine $nomfichier »; ces informations supplémentaires\n"
" peuvent être utilisées pour fournir une trace de la pile.\n"
" \n"
-" La valeur de EXPR indique le nombre de cadres d'appels duquel il faut "
-"revenir en arrière\n"
+" La valeur de EXPR indique le nombre de cadres d'appels duquel il faut revenir en arrière\n"
" avant le cadre actuel ; le cadre supérieur est le cadre 0.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie 0 à moins que le shell ne soit pas en train d'exécuter une "
-"fonction ou que EXPR\n"
+" Renvoie 0 à moins que le shell ne soit pas en train d'exécuter une fonction ou que EXPR\n"
" ne soit pas valable."
#: builtins.c:385
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Change the shell working directory.\n"
" \n"
-" Change the current directory to DIR. The default DIR is the value of "
-"the\n"
+" Change the current directory to DIR. The default DIR is the value of the\n"
" HOME shell variable.\n"
" \n"
-" The variable CDPATH defines the search path for the directory "
-"containing\n"
-" DIR. Alternative directory names in CDPATH are separated by a colon "
-"(:).\n"
-" A null directory name is the same as the current directory. If DIR "
-"begins\n"
+" The variable CDPATH defines the search path for the directory containing\n"
+" DIR. Alternative directory names in CDPATH are separated by a colon (:).\n"
+" A null directory name is the same as the current directory. If DIR begins\n"
" with a slash (/), then CDPATH is not used.\n"
" \n"
-" If the directory is not found, and the shell option `cdable_vars' is "
-"set,\n"
-" the word is assumed to be a variable name. If that variable has a "
-"value,\n"
+" If the directory is not found, and the shell option `cdable_vars' is set,\n"
+" the word is assumed to be a variable name. If that variable has a value,\n"
" its value is used for DIR.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" \tof `..'\n"
" -e\tif the -P option is supplied, and the current working directory\n"
" \tcannot be determined successfully, exit with a non-zero status\n"
-" -@ on systems that support it, present a file with extended "
-"attributes\n"
+" -@ on systems that support it, present a file with extended attributes\n"
" as a directory containing the file attributes\n"
" \n"
" The default is to follow symbolic links, as if `-L' were specified.\n"
-" `..' is processed by removing the immediately previous pathname "
-"component\n"
+" `..' is processed by removing the immediately previous pathname component\n"
" back to a slash or the beginning of DIR.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns 0 if the directory is changed, and if $PWD is set successfully "
-"when\n"
+" Returns 0 if the directory is changed, and if $PWD is set successfully when\n"
" -P is used; non-zero otherwise."
msgstr ""
"Change le répertoire de travail du shell.\n"
" \n"
" Change le répertoire actuel vers DIR. Le répertoire DIR par défaut\n"
-" est donné par la variable « $HOME ». \n"
-" La variable CDPATH définit le chemin de recherche du répertoire "
-"contenant\n"
-" DIR. Les noms de répertoires alternatifs dans CDPATH sont séparés par un "
-"deux-point « : ».\n"
-" Un nom de répertoire vide est identique au répertoire actuel. Si DIR "
-"commence\n"
+" est donné par la variable « $HOME ».\n"
+" \n"
+" La variable CDPATH définit le chemin de recherche du répertoire contenant\n"
+" DIR. Les noms de répertoires alternatifs dans CDPATH sont séparés par un deux-point « : ».\n"
+" Un nom de répertoire vide est identique au répertoire actuel. Si DIR commence\n"
" avec une barre oblique « / », alors CDPATH n'est pas utilisé.\n"
" \n"
-" Si le répertoire n'est pas trouvé et que l'option « cdable_vars » du "
-"shell est définie,\n"
-" alors le mot est essayé comme nom de variable. Si la variable possède "
-"une valeur,\n"
+" Si le répertoire n'est pas trouvé et que l'option « cdable_vars » du shell est définie,\n"
+" alors le mot est supposé être un nom de variable. Si la variable possède une valeur,\n"
" alors cette valeur est utilisée pour DIR.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -L\tforcer le suivi des liens symboliques.\n"
-" -P\tutiliser la structure physique des répertoires sans suivre\n"
-" les liens symboliques\n"
-" -e\tsi l'option -P est fournie et que le répertoire de travail "
-"actuel ne peut pas\n"
-" \têtre déterminé avec succès, alors sortir avec un code de retour non "
-"nul\n"
-" \n"
-" Le comportement par défaut est de suivre les liens symboliques, comme si "
-"« -L » était précisé.\n"
+" -L\tforce le suivi des liens symboliques : résout les liens symboliques dans\n"
+" \tDIR après le traitement des instances de « .. »\n"
+" -P\tutilise la structure physique des répertoires sans suivre les liens\n"
+" \tsymboliques : résout les liens symboliques dans DIR avant le traitement des\n"
+" \tinstances de « .. »\n"
+" -e\tsi l'option -P est fournie et que le répertoire de travail actuel ne peut pas\n"
+" \têtre déterminé avec succès, alors sort avec un code de retour non nul\n"
+" -@ sur les systèmes qui le supporte, présente un fichier avec des attributs\n"
+" étendus comme un répertoire contenant les attributs du fichier\n"
+" \n"
+" Le comportement par défaut est de suivre les liens symboliques, comme si « -L » était précisé.\n"
+" « .. » est traité en retirant le composant immédiatement avant dans le chemin jusqu'à\n"
+" la barre oblique ou le début de DIR.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie 0 si le répertoire est changé et si $PWD est correctement "
-"défini\n"
+" Renvoie 0 si le répertoire est changé et si $PWD est correctement défini\n"
" quand -P est utilisé ; sinon autre chose que 0."
#: builtins.c:422
"Affiche le nom du répertoire de travail courant.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -L\taffiche la valeur de $PWD s'il nomme le répertoire de travail "
-"courant\n"
-" \t\n"
+" -L\taffiche la valeur de $PWD s'il nomme le répertoire de travail\n"
+" \tcourant\n"
" -P\taffiche le répertoire physique, sans aucun lien symbolique\n"
" \n"
" Par défaut, « pwd » se comporte comme si « -L » était spécifié.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie 0 à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée ou que le "
-"répertoire\n"
-" courant ne peut pas être lu."
+" Renvoie 0 à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée ou que le\n"
+" répertoire courant ne peut pas être lu."
#: builtins.c:439
msgid ""
"Execute a simple command or display information about commands.\n"
" \n"
" Runs COMMAND with ARGS suppressing shell function lookup, or display\n"
-" information about the specified COMMANDs. Can be used to invoke "
-"commands\n"
+" information about the specified COMMANDs. Can be used to invoke commands\n"
" on disk when a function with the same name exists.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
msgstr ""
"Exécute une simple commande ou affiche des informations sur les commandes.\n"
" \n"
-" Lance la COMMANDE avec des ARGS en court-circuitant la recherche de "
-"commande, ou affiche\n"
-" des informations sur les COMMANDEs spécifiées. Ceci peut être utilisé "
-"pour invoquer des commandes\n"
-" sur le disque lorsqu'il y a conflit avec une fonction portant le même "
-"nom.\n"
+" Lance la COMMANDE avec des ARGS en court-circuitant la recherche de commande, ou affiche\n"
+" des informations sur les COMMANDEs spécifiées. Ceci peut être utilisé pour invoquer des commandes\n"
+" sur le disque lorsqu'il y a conflit avec une fonction portant le même nom.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -p\tutilise une valeur par défaut pour CHEMIN qui garantit de trouver\n"
" \ttous les utilitaires standards\n"
-" -v\taffiche une description de la COMMANDE similaire à la commande "
-"intégrée « type »\n"
-" -V\taffiche une description plus détaillées de chaque COMMANDE\n"
+" -v\taffiche une description de la COMMANDE similaire à la commande intégrée « type »\n"
+" -V\taffiche une description plus détaillée de chaque COMMANDE\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de sortie de la COMMANDE, ou le code d'échec si la "
-"COMMANDE est introuvable."
+" Renvoie le code de sortie de la COMMANDE, ou le code d'échec si la COMMANDE est introuvable."
#: builtins.c:487
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set variable values and attributes.\n"
" \n"
" Variables with the integer attribute have arithmetic evaluation (see\n"
" the `let' command) performed when the variable is assigned a value.\n"
" \n"
-" When used in a function, `declare' makes NAMEs local, as with the "
-"`local'\n"
+" When used in a function, `declare' makes NAMEs local, as with the `local'\n"
" command. The `-g' option suppresses this behavior.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgstr ""
"Définit les valeurs et les attributs des variables.\n"
" \n"
-" Permet de déclarer des variables et de leur donner des attributs. Si "
-"aucun NOM n'est donné,\n"
+" Déclare des variables et leur assigne des attributs. Si aucun NOM n'est donné,\n"
" affiche les attributs et les valeurs de toutes les variables.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -f\trestreint l'action ou l'affichage aux noms et définitions de "
-"fonctions\n"
-" -F\trestreint l'affichage aux noms des fonctions uniquement (avec le "
-"numéro de ligne\n"
+" -f\trestreint l'action ou l'affichage aux noms et définitions de fonctions\n"
+" -F\trestreint l'affichage aux noms des fonctions uniquement (avec le numéro de ligne\n"
" \tet le fichier source lors du débogage)\n"
-" -g\tcrée des variables globales lorsqu'utilisée dans une fonction "
-"shell ; ignoré sinon\n"
+" -g\tcrée des variables globales lorsqu'utilisée dans une fonction shell ; ignoré sinon\n"
" -p\taffiche les attributs et la valeur de chaque NOM\n"
" \n"
" Options qui définissent des attributs :\n"
" -a\tpour faire de NOMs des tableaux indexés (si pris en charge)\n"
" -A\tpour faire de NOMs des tableaux associatifs (si pris en charge)\n"
-" -i\tpour permettre aux NOMs d'avoir l'attribut « integer »\n"
-" -l\tpour convertir les NOMs an minuscule lors de l'affectation\n"
+" -i\tpour assigner l'attribut « integer » aux NOMs\n"
+" -l\tpour convertir les NOMs en minuscules lors de l'affectation\n"
+" -n\ttransforme NOM en une référence vers une variable nommée d'après sa valeur\n"
" -r\tpour mettre les NOMs en lecture seule\n"
" -t\tpour permettre aux NOMs d'avoir l'attribut « trace »\n"
-" -u\tpour convertir les NOMs en majuscule lors de l'affectation\n"
+" -u\tpour convertir les NOMs en majuscules lors de l'affectation\n"
" -x\tpour permettre aux NOMs de s'exporter\n"
" \n"
-" Utiliser « + » au lieu de « - » permet de désactiver l'attribut donné.\n"
+" Utiliser « + » au lieu de « - » pour désactiver l'attribut.\n"
" \n"
-" Les variables avec l'attribut « integer » ont une évaluation "
-"arithmétique (voir\n"
-" la commande « let ») effectuée lorsqu'un valeur est affectée à la "
-"variable.\n"
+" Les variables avec l'attribut « integer » ont une évaluation arithmétique (voir\n"
+" la commande « let ») effectuée lorsqu'une valeur est affectée à la variable.\n"
" \n"
-" Lorsqu'utilisée dans une fonction, « declare » permet aux NOMs d'être "
-"locaux,\n"
-" comme avec la commande « local ». L'option « -g » supprime ce "
-"comportement.\n"
+" Lorsqu'utilisée dans une fonction, « declare » permet aux NOMs d'être locaux,\n"
+" comme avec la commande « local ». L'option « -g » supprime ce comportement.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'un option non valable soit fournie "
-"ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable soit fournie ou qu'une\n"
+" erreur survienne lors de l'assignation d'une variable."
#: builtins.c:527
msgid ""
" Obsolète. Essayez « help declare »."
#: builtins.c:535
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Define local variables.\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
"Définit des variables locales.\n"
" \n"
-" Crée une variable locale nommée NOM, avec une valeur VALEUR. OPTION "
-"peut\n"
+" Crée une variable locale nommée NOM, avec une valeur VALEUR. OPTION peut\n"
" être n'importe quelle option acceptée par « declare ».\n"
" \n"
-" Les variables locales peut seulement être utilisée à l'intérieur d'une "
-"fonction; elles ne sont visibles\n"
-" que des fonctions où elles ont été définies et dans ses fonctions "
-"filles.\n"
+" Les variables locales peuvent seulement être utilisées à l'intérieur d'une\n"
+" fonction; elles ne sont visibles que dans les fonctions où elles ont été\n"
+" définies et dans leurs fonctions filles.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie, qu'une erreur ne survienne,\n"
-" ou que l'inteprète ne soit pas dans une fonction."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit fournie,\n"
+" qu'une erreur survienne lors de l'assignation d'une variable, ou que le shell\n"
+" n'exécute pas une fonction."
#: builtins.c:552
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Write arguments to the standard output.\n"
" \n"
-" Display the ARGs, separated by a single space character and followed by "
-"a\n"
+" Display the ARGs, separated by a single space character and followed by a\n"
" newline, on the standard output.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
msgstr ""
"Écrit les arguments sur la sortie standard.\n"
" \n"
-" Affiche les ARGs sur la sortie standard, suivis d'un retour à la ligne.\n"
+" Affiche les ARGs, séparés par une espace, sur la sortie standard, suivis\n"
+" d'un retour à la ligne.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n\tne pas ajouter de saut de ligne\n"
-" -e\tactive l'interpretation des barres contre-obliques d'échappement "
-"ci-dessous\n"
-" -E\tsupprime explicitement l'interpretation des barres contre-obliques "
-"d'échappement\n"
-" \n"
-" « echo » interprète les caractères suivants comme des séquences "
-"d'échappement :\n"
+" -n\tn'ajoute pas de saut de ligne\n"
+" -e\tactive l'interprétation des barres contre-obliques d'échappement ci-dessous\n"
+" -E\tsupprime explicitement l'interprétation des barres contre-obliques d'échappement\n"
+" \n"
+" « echo » interprète les caractères suivants comme des séquences d'échappement :\n"
" \\a\talerte (cloche)\n"
" \\b\tretour arrière\n"
-" \\c\tsupprime caractère suivant\n"
-" \\e\tcaractère Échap.\n"
+" \\c\tsupprime la suite de la sortie\n"
+" \\e\tcaractère échap.\n"
+" \\E\tcaractère échap.\n"
" \\f\tsaut de page\n"
" \\n\tsaut de ligne\n"
" \\r\tretour chariot\n"
" \\t\ttabulation horizontale\n"
" \\v\ttabulation verticale\n"
" \\\\\tbarre contre-oblique\n"
-" \\0nnn\tle caractère dont le code ASCII est NNN (en octal). NNN peut "
-"être\n"
+" \\0nnn\tle caractère dont le code ASCII est NNN (en octal). NNN peut être\n"
" \tlong de 0 à 3 chiffres octaux\n"
-" \\xHH\tle caractère à 8 bits dont la valeur est HH (hexadecimal). HH\n"
+" \\xHH\tle caractère sur 8 bits dont la valeur est HH (hexadecimal). HH\n"
" \tpeut être long de 1 ou 2 chiffres hexadécimaux\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une erreur d'écriture survienne."
#: builtins.c:588
msgid ""
" -n\tpas de retour à la ligne\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une erreur d'écriture survienne."
#: builtins.c:603
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Active et désactive les commandes intégrées.\n"
" \n"
-" Active et désactive les commandes intégrées du shell. Les désactiver "
-"vous permet\n"
-" d'exécuter une commande du disque ayant le même nom qu'une commande du "
-"shell\n"
-" sans utiliser le chemin compler vers le fichier.\n"
+" Active et désactive les commandes intégrées du shell. Les désactiver vous permet\n"
+" d'exécuter une commande du disque ayant le même nom qu'une commande du shell\n"
+" sans utiliser le chemin complet vers le fichier.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -a\taffiche la liste des commandes intégrées et leur état "
-"d'activation\n"
-" -n\tdésactive chaque NOM ou affiche la liste des commandes "
-"désactivées\n"
+" -a\taffiche la liste des commandes intégrées et leur état d'activation\n"
+" -n\tdésactive chaque NOM ou affiche la liste des commandes désactivées\n"
" -p\taffiche la liste des commandes dans un format réutilisable\n"
-" -s\taffiche seulement les noms des commandes Posix de type « special "
-"»\n"
+" -s\taffiche seulement les noms des commandes Posix de type « special »\n"
" \n"
" Options contrôlant le chargement dynamique :\n"
-" -f\tCharge la commande intégrée NOM depuis la bibliothèque partagée "
-"FILENAME\n"
+" -f\tCharge la commande intégrée NOM depuis la bibliothèque partagée FILENAME\n"
" -d\tDécharge une commande chargée avec « -f »\n"
" \n"
" S'il n'y a pas d'option, chaque commande NOM est activée.\n"
" \n"
-" Pour utiliser le « test » trouvé dans $PATH au lieu de celui intégré au "
-"shell,\n"
+" Pour utiliser le « test » trouvé dans $PATH au lieu de celui intégré au shell,\n"
" saisissez « enable -n test ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que NOM ne soit pas une commande "
-"intégrée ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que NOM ne soit pas une commande intégrée ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:631
msgid ""
"Execute arguments as a shell command.\n"
" \n"
-" Combine ARGs into a single string, use the result as input to the "
-"shell,\n"
+" Combine ARGs into a single string, use the result as input to the shell,\n"
" and execute the resulting commands.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgstr ""
"Exécute des arguments comme s'ils étaient une commande du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Combine des ARGs en une chaîne unique, utilise le résultat comme entrée "
-"du shell,\n"
+" Combine des ARGs en une chaîne unique, utilise le résultat comme entrée du shell,\n"
" puis exécute la commande résultante.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le même code de sortie que la commande, ou le code de succès si "
-"la commande est vide."
+" Renvoie le même code de sortie que la commande, ou le code de succès si la commande est vide."
#: builtins.c:643
msgid ""
" argument séparé d'elle par une espace.\n"
" \n"
" À chaque fois qu'elle est appelée, « getopts » place l'option suivante\n"
-" dans la variable de shell « $nom », en l'initialisant si elle n'existe "
-"pas,\n"
-" et place l'index de l'argument suivant dans la variable de shell "
-"OPTIND.\n"
-" OPTIND est initialisé à 1 à chaque fois que le shell ou qu'un script "
-"shell\n"
-" est appelé. Lorsqu'une option nécessite un argument, « getopts » place "
-"cet\n"
+" dans la variable de shell « $nom », en l'initialisant si elle n'existe pas,\n"
+" et place l'index de l'argument suivant dans la variable de shell OPTIND.\n"
+" OPTIND est initialisé à 1 à chaque fois que le shell ou qu'un script shell\n"
+" est appelé. Lorsqu'une option nécessite un argument, « getopts » place cet\n"
" argument dans la variable de shell OPTARG.\n"
" \n"
-" « getopts » signale les erreurs d'une façon parmi deux. Si le premier "
-"caractère\n"
-" d'OPTSTRING est un deux-points, « getopts » utilise un signalement "
-"d'erreur\n"
-" silencieux. Dans ce mode aucun message d'erreur n'est affiché. Si une "
-"option\n"
-" incorrecte est rencontrée, « getopts » place dans OPTARG le caractère "
-"d'option\n"
-" trouvé. Si un argument nécessaire n'est pas trouvé, « getopts » place un "
-"« : »\n"
-" dans NOM et place dans OPTARG le caractère d'option trouvé. Si « "
-"getopts »\n"
-" n'est pas en mode silencieux et qu'une option incorrecte est rencontrée, "
-"il\n"
-" place « ? » dans NAME et efface OPTARG. Si un argument nécessaire n'est "
-"pas\n"
-" trouvé, un « ? » est placé dans NAME, OPTARG est effacé et un message de "
-"diagnostic\n"
-" est affiché.\n"
-" \n"
-" Si la variable de shell OPTERR possède la valeur 0, « getopts » "
-"désactive\n"
-" l'affichage des messages d'erreur, même si le premier caractère "
-"d'OPTSTRING\n"
+" « getopts » signale les erreurs de deux manières. Si le premier caractère\n"
+" d'OPTSTRING est un deux-points, « getopts » utilise un signalement d'erreur\n"
+" silencieux. Dans ce mode aucun message d'erreur n'est affiché. Si une option\n"
+" incorrecte est rencontrée, « getopts » place dans OPTARG le caractère d'option\n"
+" trouvé. Si un argument nécessaire n'est pas trouvé, « getopts » place un « : »\n"
+" dans NOM et place dans OPTARG le caractère d'option trouvé. Si « getopts »\n"
+" n'est pas en mode silencieux et qu'une option incorrecte est rencontrée, il\n"
+" place « ? » dans NAME et efface OPTARG. Si un argument nécessaire n'est pas\n"
+" trouvé, un « ? » est placé dans NAME, OPTARG est effacé et un message de\n"
+" diagnostic est affiché.\n"
+" \n"
+" Si la variable de shell OPTERR possède la valeur 0, « getopts » désactive\n"
+" l'affichage des messages d'erreur, même si le premier caractère d'OPTSTRING\n"
" n'est pas un deux-points. OPTERR possède la valeur 1 par défaut.\n"
" \n"
-" « getopts » analyse habituellement les paramètres de position ($0 - $9), "
-"mais\n"
+" « getopts » analyse habituellement les paramètres de position ($0 - $9), mais\n"
" si plus d'argument sont données, ils sont analysés à la place.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès si une option est trouvée, le code d'échec si "
-"la fin des options\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès si une option est trouvée, le code d'échec si la fin des options\n"
" est rencontrée ou si une erreur survient."
#: builtins.c:685
"Replace the shell with the given command.\n"
" \n"
" Execute COMMAND, replacing this shell with the specified program.\n"
-" ARGUMENTS become the arguments to COMMAND. If COMMAND is not "
-"specified,\n"
+" ARGUMENTS become the arguments to COMMAND. If COMMAND is not specified,\n"
" any redirections take effect in the current shell.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -c\t\texecute COMMAND with an empty environment\n"
" -l\t\tplace a dash in the zeroth argument to COMMAND\n"
" \n"
-" If the command cannot be executed, a non-interactive shell exits, "
-"unless\n"
+" If the command cannot be executed, a non-interactive shell exits, unless\n"
" the shell option `execfail' is set.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success unless COMMAND is not found or a redirection error "
-"occurs."
+" Returns success unless COMMAND is not found or a redirection error occurs."
msgstr ""
"Remplace le shell par la commande fournie.\n"
" \n"
-" Exécute la COMMANDE, en remplaçant ce shell par le programme spécifiée.\n"
-" Les ARGUMENTS deviennent ceux de la COMMANDE. Si la COMMANDE n'est pas "
-"fournie,\n"
+" Exécute la COMMANDE, en remplaçant ce shell par le programme spécifié.\n"
+" Les ARGUMENTS deviennent ceux de la COMMANDE. Si la COMMANDE n'est pas fournie,\n"
" les redirections prennent effet dans le shell courant.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -c\t\texécute la COMMANDE avec un environnement vide\n"
" -l\t\tplace un tiret comme argument numéro 0 de la COMMANDE\n"
" \n"
-" Si la commande ne peut pas être exécutée, un shell non-interactif se "
-"termine, à moins\n"
-" que l'option « execfail » ne soit définie.\n"
+" Si la commande ne peut pas être exécutée, un shell non-interactif se termine,\n"
+" à moins que l'option « execfail » ne soit définie.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que la COMMANDE ne soit pas trouvée ou "
-"qu'une erreur de redirection ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que la COMMANDE ne soit pas trouvée ou\n"
+" qu'une erreur de redirection ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:706
msgid ""
"Termine le shell.\n"
" \n"
" Termine le shell avec le code de retour « N ». Si N est omis, le code\n"
-" de retour est celui de la dernière commande exécutée."
+" de retour est celui de la dernière commande exécutée."
#: builtins.c:715
msgid ""
"Exit a login shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Exits a login shell with exit status N. Returns an error if not "
-"executed\n"
+" Exits a login shell with exit status N. Returns an error if not executed\n"
" in a login shell."
msgstr ""
"Termine un shell de connexion.\n"
" \n"
-" Termine un shell de connexion avec le code de sortie N. Renvoie une "
-"erreur s'il n'est pas exécuté\n"
-" dans un shell de connexion."
+" Termine un shell de connexion avec le code de sortie N. Renvoie une erreur\n"
+" s'il n'est pas exécuté dans un shell de connexion."
#: builtins.c:725
msgid ""
"Display or execute commands from the history list.\n"
" \n"
-" fc is used to list or edit and re-execute commands from the history "
-"list.\n"
+" fc is used to list or edit and re-execute commands from the history list.\n"
" FIRST and LAST can be numbers specifying the range, or FIRST can be a\n"
" string, which means the most recent command beginning with that\n"
" string.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
-" -e ENAME\tselect which editor to use. Default is FCEDIT, then "
-"EDITOR,\n"
+" -e ENAME\tselect which editor to use. Default is FCEDIT, then EDITOR,\n"
" \t\tthen vi\n"
" -l \tlist lines instead of editing\n"
" -n\tomit line numbers when listing\n"
" the last command.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success or status of executed command; non-zero if an error "
-"occurs."
+" Returns success or status of executed command; non-zero if an error occurs."
msgstr ""
"Affiche ou exécute des commandes issues de l'historique.\n"
" \n"
-" « fc » est utilisé pour afficher ou modifier puis ré-exécuter les "
-"commandes\n"
-" de l'historique des commandes. PREMIER et DERNIER peuvent être des "
-"nombres\n"
-" indiquant la plage ou PREMIER peut être une chaîne donnant le début de la\n"
-" commande la plus récente recherchée.\n"
+" « fc » est utilisé pour afficher ou modifier puis ré-exécuter les commandes\n"
+" de l'historique des commandes. PREMIER et DERNIER peuvent être des nombres\n"
+" indiquant la plage ou PREMIER peut être une chaîne donnant le début de la\n"
+" commande la plus récente recherchée.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -e ENAME définit quel éditeur utiliser. Par défaut il s'agit de « "
-"FCEDIT »\n"
-" puis « EDITOR », puis « vi ».\n"
+" -e ENAME\tdéfinit quel éditeur utiliser. Par défaut il s'agit de « FCEDIT »\n"
+" \t\tpuis « EDITOR », puis « vi »\n"
+" -l\taffiche les lignes au lieu de les éditer\n"
+" -n\tn'affiche pas les numéros de ligne\n"
+" -r\tinverse l'ordre des lignes (les plus récentes en premier)\n"
" \n"
-" -l affiche les les lignes au lieu de les éditer.\n"
-" -n n'affiche pas les numéros de ligne.\n"
-" -r inverse l'ordre des lignes (les plus récentes en premier).\n"
-" \n"
-" En tapant « fc -s [ancien=nouveau ...] [commande] », la commande est ré-"
-"exécutée\n"
+" En tapant « fc -s [motif=rempl ...] [commande] », la commande est ré-exécutée\n"
" après avoir effectué le remplacement ANCIEN=NOUVEAU.\n"
" \n"
" Un alias utile est « r='fc -s' » de sorte qu'en tapant « r cc »,\n"
-" la dernière commande commençant par « cc » est ré-exécutée et avec « r "
-"», la\n"
+" la dernière commande commençant par « cc » est ré-exécutée et avec « r », la\n"
" dernière commande est ré-exécutée.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès ou le code de sortie de la commande exécutée ; "
-"autre chose que 0 si une erreur survient."
+" Renvoie le code de succès ou le code de sortie de la commande exécutée ; autre\n"
+" chose que 0 si une erreur survient."
#: builtins.c:755
msgid ""
" de tâche actuelle.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" celui de la commande placée au premier plan ou le code d'échec si une "
-"erreur survient."
+" Celui de la commande placée au premier plan ou le code d'échec si une erreur survient."
#: builtins.c:770
msgid ""
"Move jobs to the background.\n"
" \n"
-" Place the jobs identified by each JOB_SPEC in the background, as if "
-"they\n"
-" had been started with `&'. If JOB_SPEC is not present, the shell's "
-"notion\n"
+" Place the jobs identified by each JOB_SPEC in the background, as if they\n"
+" had been started with `&'. If JOB_SPEC is not present, the shell's notion\n"
" of the current job is used.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgstr ""
"Déplace des tâches vers l'arrière plan.\n"
" \n"
-" Place chaque JOB_SPEC en arrière plan comme s'il avait été démarré avec "
-"« & ».\n"
+" Place chaque JOB_SPEC en arrière plan comme s'il avait été démarré avec « & ».\n"
" Si JOB_SPEC n'est pas fourni, le shell utilise sa propre notion\n"
" de tâche actuelle.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le contrôle de tâche ne soit pas "
-"activé ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le contrôle de tâche ne soit pas activé\n"
+" ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:784
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Remember or display program locations.\n"
" \n"
" Determine and remember the full pathname of each command NAME. If\n"
-" no arguments are given, information about remembered commands is "
-"displayed.\n"
+" no arguments are given, information about remembered commands is displayed.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -d\t\tforget the remembered location of each NAME\n"
"Mémorise ou affiche l'emplacement des programmes.\n"
" \n"
" Détermine et mémorise le chemin complet de chaque commande NOM. Si\n"
-" aucun argument n'est donné, une information sur les commandes mémorisées "
-"est affichée.\n"
+" aucun argument n'est donné, une information sur les commandes mémorisées est\n"
+" affichée.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -d\t\toublier l'emplacement mémorisé de chaque NOM\n"
-" -l\t\tafficher dans un format qui peut être réutilisé comme entrée\n"
-" -p nomchemin\tutiliser NOMCHEMIN comme le chemin complet de NOM\n"
-" -r\t\toublier tous les emplacements mémorisés\n"
-" -t\t\tafficher l'emplacement mémorisé de chaque NOM, en précédant\n"
+" -d\t\toublie l'emplacement mémorisé de chaque NOM\n"
+" -l\t\taffiche dans un format qui peut être réutilisé comme entrée\n"
+" -p nomchemin\tutilise NOMCHEMIN comme le chemin complet de NOM\n"
+" -r\t\toublie tous les emplacements mémorisés\n"
+" -t\t\taffiche l'emplacement mémorisé de chaque NOM, en précédant\n"
" \t\tchaque emplacement du NOM correspondant si plusieurs NOMS\n"
" \t\tsont donnés\n"
" Arguments :\n"
" \t\tdes commandes mémorisée.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le NOM ne soit pas trouvé ou "
-"qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le NOM ne soit pas trouvé ou\n"
+" qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée."
#: builtins.c:809
msgid ""
" PATTERN\tPattern specifiying a help topic\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success unless PATTERN is not found or an invalid option is "
-"given."
+" Returns success unless PATTERN is not found or an invalid option is given."
msgstr ""
"Affiche des informations sur les commandes intégrées.\n"
" \n"
" au MOTIF est affichée, sinon la liste des sujets d'aide est affichée.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -d\tafficher une courte description pour chaque sujet\n"
-" -m\tafficher l'aide dans un format proche des pages de man(uel)\n"
-" -s\tn'afficher qu'une courte aide pour chaque sujet correspondant au\n"
+" -d\taffiche une courte description pour chaque sujet\n"
+" -m\taffiche l'aide dans un format proche des pages de man(uel)\n"
+" -s\tn'affiche qu'une courte aide pour chaque sujet correspondant au\n"
" \t\tMOTIF\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" MOTIF\tMotif spécifiant un sujet d'aide\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le MOTIF ne soit pas trouvé ou "
-"qu'une\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le MOTIF ne soit pas trouvé ou qu'une\n"
" option non valable ne soit donnée."
#: builtins.c:833
" \n"
" If the $HISTTIMEFORMAT variable is set and not null, its value is used\n"
" as a format string for strftime(3) to print the time stamp associated\n"
-" with each displayed history entry. No time stamps are printed "
-"otherwise.\n"
+" with each displayed history entry. No time stamps are printed otherwise.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
" Returns success unless an invalid option is given or an error occurs."
msgstr ""
-"Affiche ou manipule l''historique.\n"
+"Affiche ou manipule l'historique.\n"
" \n"
-" Affiche l'historique avec les numéros de lignes en préfixant chaque "
-"élément\n"
-" modifié d'un « * ». Un argument égal à N limite la liste aux N derniers "
-"éléments.\n"
+" Affiche l'historique avec les numéros de lignes en préfixant chaque élément\n"
+" modifié d'un « * ». Un argument égal à N limite la liste aux N derniers éléments.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -c\tefface la liste d'historique en effaçant tous les éléments\n"
+" -c\tefface la liste d'historique en supprimant tous les éléments\n"
" -d offset\tefface l'élément d'historique à l'emplacement OFFSET.\n"
" \n"
-" -a\tajouter les lignes d'historique de cette session au fichier "
-"d'historique\n"
-" -n\tlire toutes les lignes d'historique non déjà lues depuis le "
-"fichier d'historique\n"
-" -r\tlire le fichier d'historique et ajouter le contenu à la liste "
-"d'historique\n"
-" -w\técrire l'historique actuel dans le fichier d'historique\n"
+" -a\tajoute les lignes d'historique de cette session au fichier d'historique\n"
+" -n\tlit toutes les lignes d'historique non déjà lues depuis le fichier d'historique\n"
+" -r\tlit le fichier d'historique et ajoute le contenu à la liste d'historique\n"
+" -w\técrit l'historique actuel dans le fichier d'historique\n"
" \tet l'ajoute à la liste d'historique\n"
" \n"
-" -p\teffectuer un développement de l'historique sur chaque ARG et "
-"afficher le résultat\n"
+" -p\teffectue un développement de l'historique sur chaque ARG et affiche le résultat\n"
" \tsans le stocker dans la liste d'historique\n"
" -s\tajoute les ARGs à la liste d'historique comme entrée unique\n"
" \n"
-" Si NOMFICHIER est donné, il est utilisé comme fichier d'historique. "
-"Sinon,\n"
-" si $HISTFILE contient une valeur, celle-ci est utilisée, sinon ~/."
-"bash_history.\n"
+" Si NOMFICHIER est donné, il est utilisé comme fichier d'historique. Sinon,\n"
+" si $HISTFILE contient une valeur, celle-ci est utilisée, sinon ~/.bash_history.\n"
" \n"
-" Si la variable $HISTTIMEFORMAT est définie et n'est pas vide, sa valeur "
-"est utillisée\n"
-" comme chaîne de format pour que strftime(3) affiche l'horodatage "
-"associé\n"
-" à chaque entrée d'historique. Sinin, aucun horodatage n'est affiché.\n"
+" Si la variable $HISTTIMEFORMAT est définie et n'est pas vide, sa valeur est utilisée\n"
+" comme chaîne de format pour que strftime(3) affiche l'horodatage associé\n"
+" à chaque entrée d'historique. Sinon, aucun horodatage n'est affiché.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable soit donnée "
-"ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable soit donnée ou\n"
+" qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:869
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display status of jobs.\n"
" \n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -l\tlists process IDs in addition to the normal information\n"
-" -n\tlists only processes that have changed status since the last\n"
+" -n\tlist only processes that have changed status since the last\n"
" \tnotification\n"
" -p\tlists process IDs only\n"
" -r\trestrict output to running jobs\n"
msgstr ""
"Affiche l'état des tâches.\n"
" \n"
-" Affiche la liste des tâches actives. JOBSPEC restreint l'affichage à "
-"cette tâche.\n"
-" S'il n'y a pas d'option, l'état de toutes les tâches actives est "
-"affiché.\n"
+" Affiche la liste des tâches actives. JOBSPEC restreint l'affichage à\n"
+" cette tâche. S'il n'y a pas d'option, l'état de toutes les tâches actives\n"
+" est affiché.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -l\tafficher les IDs de processus en plus des informations normales\n"
-" -n\tafficher seulement les processus dont l'état a changé depuis la "
-"dernière\n"
-" \tnotification\n"
-" -p\tafficher seulement les IDs de processus\n"
-" -r\trestreindre l'affichage aux tâches en cours d'exécution\n"
-" -s\trestreindre l'affichage aux tâches stoppées\n"
+" -l\taffiche les IDs de processus en plus des informations normales\n"
+" -n\taffiche seulement les processus dont l'état a changé depuis la\n"
+" \tdernière notification\n"
+" -p\taffiche seulement les IDs de processus\n"
+" -r\trestreint l'affichage aux tâches en cours d'exécution\n"
+" -s\trestreint l'affichage aux tâches stoppées\n"
" \n"
-" Si « -x » est fournie, la COMMANDE est lancée après que toutes les "
-"spécifications\n"
-" qui apparaissent dans ARGs ont été remplacées par l'ID de processus du "
-"leader de groupe\n"
-" de processus de cette tâche.\n"
+" Si « -x » est fournie, la COMMANDE est lancée après que toutes les\n"
+" spécifications qui apparaissent dans ARGs ont été remplacées par l'ID de\n"
+" processus du leader de groupe de processus de cette tâche.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"donnée ou qu'une erreur ne survienne.\n"
-" Si « -x » est utilisée, le code de sortie de la COMMANDE est renvoyé."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée\n"
+" ou qu'une erreur ne survienne. Si « -x » est utilisée, le code de sortie de\n"
+" la COMMANDE est renvoyé."
#: builtins.c:896
msgid ""
" JOBSPEC, le shell utilise sa propre notion de tâche courante.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -a\tretirer toutes lestâches si JOBSPEC n'est pas fourni\n"
-" -h\tmarque chaque JOBSPEC de façon que SIGHUP ne soit pas envoyé à la "
-"tâche\n"
+" -a\tretire toutes les tâches si JOBSPEC n'est pas fourni\n"
+" -h\tmarque chaque JOBSPEC de façon que SIGHUP ne soit pas envoyé à la tâche\n"
" \tsi le shell reçoit un SIGHUP\n"
" -r\tretire seulement les tâches en cours de fonctionnement\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option ou un JOBSPEC non "
-"valable ne soit donné."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option ou un JOBSPEC non\n"
+" valable ne soit donné."
#: builtins.c:915
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Envoie un signal à une tâche.\n"
" \n"
-" Envoie le signal nommé par SIGSPEC ou SIGNUM au processus identifié par "
-"PID ou JOBSPEC.\n"
-" Si SIGSPEC et SIGNUM ne sont pas donnés, alors SIGTERM est envoyé.\n"
+" Envoie le signal nommé par SIGSPEC ou SIGNUM au processus identifié par\n"
+" PID ou JOBSPEC. Si SIGSPEC et SIGNUM ne sont pas donnés, alors SIGTERM est\n"
+" envoyé.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -s sig\tSIG est un nom de signal\n"
" -n sig\tSIG est un numéro de signal\n"
-" -l\tafficher la liste des noms de signaux ; si des arguments suivent « "
-"-l », ils sont supposés être\n"
-" \tdes numéro de signaux pour lesquels les noms doivent être affichés\n"
+" -l\taffiche la liste des noms de signaux ; si des arguments suivent « -l »,\n"
+" \tils sont supposés être des numéros de signaux pour lesquels les noms doivent\n"
+" \têtre affichés\n"
" \n"
-" « kill » est une commande intégrée pour deux raisons : elle permet aux "
-"IDs de tâches d'être utilisées\n"
-" à la place des IDs de processus et elle permet aux processus d'être tués "
-"si la limite du nombre de processus\n"
-" que vous pouvez créer est atteinte.\n"
+" « kill » est une commande intégrée pour deux raisons : elle permet aux IDs de\n"
+" tâches d'être utilisés à la place des IDs de processus et elle permet aux\n"
+" processus d'être tués si la limite du nombre de processus que vous pouvez créer\n"
+" est atteinte.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable soit donnée "
-"ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable soit donnée ou qu'une\n"
+" erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:938
msgid ""
" Evaluate each ARG as an arithmetic expression. Evaluation is done in\n"
" fixed-width integers with no check for overflow, though division by 0\n"
" is trapped and flagged as an error. The following list of operators is\n"
-" grouped into levels of equal-precedence operators. The levels are "
-"listed\n"
+" grouped into levels of equal-precedence operators. The levels are listed\n"
" in order of decreasing precedence.\n"
" \n"
" \tid++, id--\tvariable post-increment, post-decrement\n"
" \t&=, ^=, |=\taffectation\n"
" \n"
" Les variables de shell sont autorisées comme opérandes. Le nom de la\n"
-" variable est remplacé par sa valeur (contrainte à un entier de largeur "
-"fixe)\n"
-" à l'intérieur d'une expression. La variable n'a pas besoin d'avoir son "
-"attribut\n"
-" d'entier activé pour être utilisée dans une expression.\n"
-" \n"
-" Les opérateurs sont évalués dans leur ordre de priorité. Les sous-"
-"expressions entre\n"
-" parenthèses sont évaluées en premier et peuvent être prioritaires sur "
-"les règles\n"
-" ci-dessus.\n"
+" variable est remplacé par sa valeur (contrainte à un entier de largeur\n"
+" fixe) à l'intérieur d'une expression. La variable n'a pas besoin d'avoir\n"
+" son attribut d'entier activé pour être utilisée dans une expression.\n"
+" \n"
+" Les opérateurs sont évalués dans leur ordre de priorité. Les sous-expressions\n"
+" entre parenthèses sont évaluées en premier et peuvent être prioritaires sur\n"
+" les règles ci-dessus.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Si le dernier ARG est évalué à 0, « let » renvoie 1, sinon 0 est renvoyé."
#: builtins.c:983
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read a line from the standard input and split it into fields.\n"
" \n"
" Reads a single line from the standard input, or from file descriptor FD\n"
-" if the -u option is supplied. The line is split into fields as with "
-"word\n"
+" if the -u option is supplied. The line is split into fields as with word\n"
" splitting, and the first word is assigned to the first NAME, the second\n"
" word to the second NAME, and so on, with any leftover words assigned to\n"
-" the last NAME. Only the characters found in $IFS are recognized as "
-"word\n"
+" the last NAME. Only the characters found in $IFS are recognized as word\n"
" delimiters.\n"
" \n"
-" If no NAMEs are supplied, the line read is stored in the REPLY "
-"variable.\n"
+" If no NAMEs are supplied, the line read is stored in the REPLY variable.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -a array\tassign the words read to sequential indices of the array\n"
" -n nchars\treturn after reading NCHARS characters rather than waiting\n"
" \t\tfor a newline, but honor a delimiter if fewer than NCHARS\n"
" \t\tcharacters are read before the delimiter\n"
-" -N nchars\treturn only after reading exactly NCHARS characters, "
-"unless\n"
+" -N nchars\treturn only after reading exactly NCHARS characters, unless\n"
" \t\tEOF is encountered or read times out, ignoring any delimiter\n"
" -p prompt\toutput the string PROMPT without a trailing newline before\n"
" \t\tattempting to read\n"
" -r\t\tdo not allow backslashes to escape any characters\n"
" -s\t\tdo not echo input coming from a terminal\n"
-" -t timeout\ttime out and return failure if a complete line of input "
-"is\n"
+" -t timeout\ttime out and return failure if a complete line of input is\n"
" \t\tnot read within TIMEOUT seconds. The value of the TMOUT\n"
" \t\tvariable is the default timeout. TIMEOUT may be a\n"
" \t\tfractional number. If TIMEOUT is 0, read returns immediately,\n"
" -u fd\t\tread from file descriptor FD instead of the standard input\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, read times "
-"out\n"
-" (in which case it's greater than 128), a variable assignment error "
-"occurs,\n"
+" The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, read times out\n"
+" (in which case it's greater than 128), a variable assignment error occurs,\n"
" or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to -u."
msgstr ""
"Lit une ligne depuis l'entrée standard et la découper en morceaux.\n"
" \n"
-" Lit une simple ligne depuis l'entrée standard ou depuis le descripteur "
-"de fichier FD\n"
-" si l'option « -u » est fournie. La ligne est découpée en morceaux comme "
-"des mots,\n"
-" et le premier mot est assigné au premier NOM, le deuxième mot au "
-"deuxième NOM,\n"
-" et ainsi de suite, le dernier NOM récupérant la liste des mots "
-"restants.\n"
-" Seul les caractères trouvés dans $IFS sont reconnus comme délimiteurs\n"
+" Lit une simple ligne depuis l'entrée standard ou depuis le descripteur de\n"
+" fichier FD si l'option « -u » est fournie. La ligne est découpée en morceaux\n"
+" comme des mots, et le premier mot est assigné au premier NOM, le deuxième mot\n"
+" au deuxième NOM, et ainsi de suite, le dernier NOM récupérant la liste des mots\n"
+" restants. Seuls les caractères trouvés dans $IFS sont reconnus comme délimiteurs\n"
" de mots\n"
" \n"
-" Si aucun NOM n'est fourni, la ligne lue est stockée dans la variable "
-"REPLY.\n"
+" Si aucun NOM n'est fourni, la ligne lue est stockée dans la variable REPLY.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -a tableau\taffecter les indices de la variable tableau "
-"séquentiellement aux mots lus,\n"
-" \t\ten commançant à 0\n"
-" -d délim\tcontinuer jusqu'à ce que le premier caractère de DELIM soit "
-"lu,\n"
+" -a tableau\taffecte les mots lus séquentiellement aux indices de la variable\n"
+" \t\ttableau ARRAY en commençant à 0\n"
+" -d délim\tcontinue jusqu'à ce que le premier caractère de DELIM soit lu,\n"
" \t\tau lieu du retour à la ligne\n"
-" -e\t\tutiliser « Readline » pour obtenir la ligne dans un shell "
-"interactif\n"
-" -i texte\tUtiliser TEXTE comme texte initial pour « Readline »\n"
-" -n n\tterminer après avoir lu N caractères plutôt que d'attendre\n"
-" \t\tun retour à la ligne, mais obéir à un délimiteur si moins de N "
-"caractères\n"
+" -e\t\tutilise « Readline » pour obtenir la ligne dans un shell interactif\n"
+" -i texte\tUtilise TEXTE comme texte initial pour « Readline »\n"
+" -n n\ttermine après avoir lu N caractères plutôt que d'attendre\n"
+" \t\tun retour à la ligne, mais obéi à un délimiteur si moins de N caractères\n"
" \t\tsont lus avant le délimiteur\n"
-" -N n\ttermine seulement après avoir lu exactement N caractères, à "
-"moins\n"
-" \t\tque le caractère EOF soit recontré ou que le délai de lecture "
-"n'expire, en ignorant tout délimiteur\n"
-" -p prompt\taffiche la chaîne PROMPT sans retour à la ligne final, "
-"avant de tenter une\n"
-" \t\tlecture\n"
-" -r\t\tne pas permettre aux barres obliques inverses de se comporter "
-"comme des caractères d'échappement\n"
+" -N n\ttermine seulement après avoir lu exactement N caractères, à moins\n"
+" \t\tque le caractère EOF soit rencontré ou que le délai de lecture n'expire.\n"
+" \t\tLes délimiteurs sont ignorés\n"
+" -p prompt\taffiche la chaîne PROMPT sans retour à la ligne final, avant de\n"
+" \t\ttenter une lecture\n"
+" -r\t\tne pas permettre aux barres obliques inverses de se comporter comme\n"
+" \t\tdes caractères d'échappement\n"
" -s\t\tne pas répéter l'entrée provenant d'un terminal\n"
-" -t timeout\texpire et renvoie un code d'échec si une ligne d'entrée "
-"complète n'est pas\n"
-" \t\tlue en moins de TIMEOUT secondes. La valeur de la variable TIMEOUT\n"
-" \t\test le délai d'expiration par défaut. TIMEOUT peut être un nombre à "
-"virgule\n"
-" \t\tSi TIMEOUT est à, la lecture renvoie un code de succès seulement\n"
-" \t\tsi l'entrée est disponible sur le descripteut de fichier. Le code\n"
+" -t timeout\texpire et renvoie un code d'échec si une ligne d'entrée complète\n"
+" \t\tn'est pas lue en moins de TIMEOUT secondes. La valeur de la variable TIMEOUT\n"
+" \t\test le délai d'expiration par défaut. TIMEOUT peut être un nombre décimal.\n"
+" \t\tSi TIMEOUT est à zéro, la lecture se termine immédiatement sans essayer de\n"
+" \t\tlire la moindre donnée mais elle renvoie un code de succès seulement\n"
+" \t\tsi l'entrée est disponible sur le descripteur de fichier. Le code\n"
" \t\tde sortie est supérieur à 128 si le délai a expiré\n"
-" -u fd\t\tlire depuis le descripteur de fichier FD plutôt que l'entrée "
-"standard\n"
+" -u fd\t\tlit depuis le descripteur de fichier FD plutôt que l'entrée standard\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Le code de retour est 0, à moins qu'une fin de fichier ne survienne, que "
-"le délai expire,\n"
-" ou qu'un descripteur de fichier non valable ne soit fourni comme "
-"argument à « -u »."
+" Le code de retour est 0, à moins qu'une fin de fichier ne survienne, que le délai expire,\n"
+" ou qu'un descripteur de fichier non valable ne soit fourni comme argument à « -u »."
#: builtins.c:1028
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Termine depuis une fonction du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Entraine l'arrêt d'une fonction ou d'un script sourcé, avec le code de "
-"retour spécifié par N.\n"
-" Si N est omis, le code de retour est celui de la dernière commande "
-"exécutée\n"
-" à l'intérieur de la fonction ou du script\n"
+" Entraîne l'arrêt d'une fonction ou d'un script sourcé, avec le code\n"
+" de retour spécifié par N. Si N est omis, le code de retour est celui\n"
+" de la dernière commande exécutée à l'intérieur de la fonction ou du\n"
+" script\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie N ou le code d'échec si le shell n'est pas en train d'exécuter "
-"une fonction ou un script."
+" Renvoie N ou le code d'échec si le shell n'est pas en train d'exécuter\n"
+" une fonction ou un script."
#: builtins.c:1041
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Set or unset values of shell options and positional parameters.\n"
" \n"
" physical same as -P\n"
" pipefail the return value of a pipeline is the status of\n"
" the last command to exit with a non-zero status,\n"
-" or zero if no command exited with a non-zero "
-"status\n"
+" or zero if no command exited with a non-zero status\n"
" posix change the behavior of bash where the default\n"
" operation differs from the Posix standard to\n"
" match the standard\n"
" Exit Status:\n"
" Returns success unless an invalid option is given."
msgstr ""
-"Définit ou invalide des valeurs d'options et des paramètres de position du "
-"shell.\n"
+"Définit ou invalide des valeurs d'options et des paramètres de position du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Change la valeur des attributs du shell et des paramètres de position, "
-"ou\n"
+" Change la valeur des attributs du shell et des paramètres de position, ou\n"
" affiche les noms et valeurs des variables du shell.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -a Marquer pour l'export toutes les variables qui sont modifiées ou "
-"créées.\n"
-" -b Avertir immédiatement de la fin d'une tâche.\n"
-" -e Terminer immédiatement si une commande s'arrête avec un code de "
-"retour non nul.\n"
-" -f Désactiver la génération de nom de fichier (globbing).\n"
-" -h Mémoriser l'emplacement des commandes après leur recherche.\n"
-" -k Placer dans l'environnement tous les arguments d'affectation "
-"pour une commande,\n"
+" -a Marque pour l'export toutes les variables qui sont modifiées ou créées.\n"
+" -b Averti immédiatement de la fin d'une tâche.\n"
+" -e Termine immédiatement si une commande s'arrête avec un code de retour non nul.\n"
+" -f Désactive la génération de nom de fichier (globbing).\n"
+" -h Mémorise l'emplacement des commandes après leur recherche.\n"
+" -k Place dans l'environnement tous les arguments d'affectation pour une commande,\n"
" pas seulement ceux qui précèdent le nom de la commande.\n"
-" -m Activer le contrôle de tâche.\n"
-" -n Lire les commandes, mais ne pas les exécuter.\n"
+" -m Active le contrôle de tâche.\n"
+" -n Lit les commandes, mais ne les exécute pas.\n"
" -o nom-option\n"
-" Définir la variable correspondant à nom-option :\n"
+" Défini la variable correspondant à nom-option :\n"
" allexport identique à -a\n"
" braceexpand identique à -B\n"
-" emacs utiliser une édition de ligne façon « emacs »\n"
+" emacs utilise une édition de ligne façon « emacs »\n"
" errexit identique à -e\n"
" errtrace identique à -E\n"
" functrace identique à -T\n"
" hashall identique à -h\n"
" histexpand identique à -H\n"
-" history activer l'historique des commandes\n"
-" ignoreeof ne pas terminer le shell à la lecture d'un « "
-"EOF »\n"
+" history active l'historique des commandes\n"
+" ignoreeof ne termine pas le shell à la lecture d'un « EOF »\n"
" interactive-comments\n"
-" permet aux commentaires d'apparaître dans les "
-"commandes interactives\n"
+" permet aux commentaires d'apparaître dans les commandes interactives\n"
" keyword identique à -k\n"
" monitor identique à -m\n"
" noclobber identique à -C\n"
" nounset identique à -u\n"
" onecmd identique à -t\n"
" physical identique à -P\n"
-" pipefail le code de retour d'un tube est celui de la "
-"dernière commande\n"
+" pipefail le code de retour d'un tube est celui de la dernière commande\n"
" qui s'est terminée avec un code non nul,\n"
-" ou zéro si aucune commande ne s'est arrêtée "
-"avec un code non nul.\n"
-" posix modifie le comportement de « bash » pour qu'il "
-"se comporte comme\n"
-" le standard 1003.2 aux endroits où il diffère "
-"par défaut.\n"
+" ou zéro si aucune commande ne s'est arrêtée avec un code non nul.\n"
+" posix modifie le comportement de « bash » où les opérations par défaut\n"
+" sont différentes du standard Posix de manière à correspondre au\n"
+" standard\n"
" privileged identique à -p\n"
" verbose identique à -v\n"
" vi utiliser une édition de ligne façon « vi »\n"
" xtrace identique à -x\n"
-" -p Option activée lorsque les n° d'identifiants utilisateurs réels "
-"et effectifs ne\n"
-" sont pas les mêmes. Désactive le traitement du fichier $ENV et "
-"l'import des\n"
-" fonctions du shell. Désactiver cette option permet de définir "
-"les uid et gid\n"
-" effectifs à la valeur des uid et gid réels.\n"
-" -t Terminer après la lecture et l'exécution d'une commande.\n"
-" -u Traiter les variables non définies comme des erreurs lors de la "
-"substitution.\n"
-" -v Afficher les lignes d'entrée du shell à leur lecture.\n"
-" -x Afficher les commandes et leurs arguments au moment de leur "
-"exécution.\n"
-" -B Effectuer l'expansion des accolades\n"
-" -C Si définit, empêche les fichiers réguliers existants d'être "
-"écrasés par une\n"
+" -p Option activée lorsque les n° d'identifiants utilisateurs réels et effectifs ne\n"
+" sont pas les mêmes. Désactive le traitement du fichier $ENV et l'importation des\n"
+" fonctions du shell. Désactiver cette option permet de définir les uid et gid\n"
+" effectifs aux valeurs des uid et gid réels.\n"
+" -t Termine après la lecture et l'exécution d'une commande.\n"
+" -u Traite les variables non définies comme des erreurs lors de la substitution.\n"
+" -v Affiche les lignes d'entrée du shell à leur lecture.\n"
+" -x Affiche les commandes et leurs arguments au moment de leur exécution.\n"
+" -B Effectue l'expansion des accolades\n"
+" -C Si défini, empêche les fichiers réguliers existants d'être écrasés par une\n"
" redirection de la sortie.\n"
-" -E Si définit, l'interception ERR est héritée par les fonctions du "
-"shell.\n"
-" -H Activer la substitution d'historique façon « ! ». Ceci est actif "
-"par défaut\n"
+" -E Si défini, l'interception ERR est héritée par les fonctions du shell.\n"
+" -H Active la substitution d'historique façon « ! ». Ceci est actif par défaut\n"
" lorsque le shell est interactif.\n"
-" -P Si définit, les liens symboliques ne sont pas suivis lors de "
-"l'exécution des\n"
+" -P Si défini, les liens symboliques ne sont pas suivis lors de l'exécution des\n"
" commandes telles que « cd » qui changent le répertoire courant.\n"
-" -T Si définit, l'interception DEBUG est héritée par les fonctions "
-"du shell.\n"
-" -- Affecte tous les arguments restants aux paramètres de position.\n"
-" S'il n'y a plus d'argument, les paramètres de position sont "
-"indéfinis.\n"
-" - Affecter tous les arguments restants aux paramètres de "
-"position.\n"
+" -T Si défini, l'interception DEBUG est héritée par les fonctions du shell.\n"
+" -- Affecte tous les arguments restants aux paramètres de position.\n"
+" S'il n'y a plus d'argument, les paramètres de position sont indéfinis.\n"
+" - Affecter tous les arguments restants aux paramètres de position.\n"
" Les options « -x » et « -v » sont désactivées.\n"
" \n"
-" Ces indicateurs peuvent être désactivés en utilisant « + » plutôt que « "
-"- ». Ils peuvent\n"
-" être utilisés lors de l'appel au shell. Le jeu d'indicateurs actuel peut "
-"être trouvé\n"
-" dans « $- ». Les n ARGs restants sont des paramètres de position et "
-"sont affectés,\n"
-" dans l'ordre, à $1, $2, .. $n. Si aucun ARG n'est donné, toutes les "
-"variables du shell\n"
-" sont affichées. \n"
+" Ces indicateurs peuvent être désactivés en utilisant « + » plutôt que « - ». Ils peuvent\n"
+" être utilisés lors de l'appel au shell. Le jeu d'indicateurs actuel peut être trouvé\n"
+" dans « $- ». Les n ARGs restants sont des paramètres de position et sont affectés,\n"
+" dans l'ordre, à $1, $2, .. $n. Si aucun ARG n'est donné, toutes les variables du shell\n"
+" sont affichées.\n"
+" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"donnée."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée."
#: builtins.c:1126
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unset values and attributes of shell variables and functions.\n"
" \n"
" -n\ttreat each NAME as a name reference and unset the variable itself\n"
" \trather than the variable it references\n"
" \n"
-" Without options, unset first tries to unset a variable, and if that "
-"fails,\n"
+" Without options, unset first tries to unset a variable, and if that fails,\n"
" tries to unset a function.\n"
" \n"
" Some variables cannot be unset; also see `readonly'.\n"
" Options :\n"
" -f\ttraite chaque NOM comme une fonction du shell\n"
" -v\ttraite chaque NOM comme une variable du shell\n"
+" -n\ttraite chaque NOM comme une référence nommée et annule la variable\n"
+" \telle-même plutôt que la variable à laquelle elle fait référence\n"
" \n"
" Sans option, « unset » essaye d'abord d'annuler une variable et, \n"
" en cas d'échec, essaye d'annuler la fonction.\n"
" \n"
-" Certaines variables ne peuvent pas être annulées ; consultez aussi « "
-"readonly ».\n"
+" Certaines variables ne peuvent pas être annulées ; consultez aussi « readonly ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"donnée ou que NOM soit en lecture seule."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit\n"
+" donnée ou que NOM soit en lecture seule."
#: builtins.c:1148
msgid ""
"Set export attribute for shell variables.\n"
" \n"
" Marks each NAME for automatic export to the environment of subsequently\n"
-" executed commands. If VALUE is supplied, assign VALUE before "
-"exporting.\n"
+" executed commands. If VALUE is supplied, assign VALUE before exporting.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -f\trefer to shell functions\n"
msgstr ""
"Définit l'attribut « export » pour des variables du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Marque chaque NOM pour export automatique vers l'environnement des "
-"commandes\n"
-" exécutées ultérieurement. Si VALEUR est fournie, affecte la VALEUR "
-"avant l'export.\n"
+" Marque chaque NOM pour exportation automatique vers l'environnement des\n"
+" commandes exécutées ultérieurement. Si VALEUR est fournie, affecte la VALEUR\n"
+" avant l'exportation.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -f\tse référer aux fonctions du shell\n"
-" -n\tenlève la propriété d'export de chaque NOM\n"
+" -n\tenlève la propriété d'exportation de chaque NOM\n"
" -p\taffiche une liste de toutes les variables et fonctions exportées\n"
" \n"
" L'argument « -- » désactive tout traitement postérieur d'options.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"données ou que NOM ne soit pas valable."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit données\n"
+" ou que NOM ne soit pas valable."
#: builtins.c:1167
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Mark shell variables as unchangeable.\n"
" \n"
" -a\trefer to indexed array variables\n"
" -A\trefer to associative array variables\n"
" -f\trefer to shell functions\n"
-" -p\tdisplay a list of all readonly variables or functions, depending "
-"on\n"
+" -p\tdisplay a list of all readonly variables or functions, depending on\n"
" whether or not the -f option is given\n"
" \n"
" An argument of `--' disables further option processing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Marque des variables du shell comme non modifiables.\n"
" \n"
-" Marque chaque NOM comme étant en lecture seule ; les valeurs de ces NOMs "
-"ne peuvent plus\n"
-" être modifiées par des affectations ultérieures. Si VALEUR est founie, "
-"lui affecter la VALEUR avant le\n"
-" passage en lecture seule.\n"
+" Marque chaque NOM comme étant en lecture seule ; les valeurs de ces NOMs\n"
+" ne peuvent plus être modifiées par des affectations ultérieures. Si VALEUR\n"
+" est fournie, lui affecter la VALEUR avant le passage en lecture seule.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -a\tse référer à des variables étant des tableaux indexés\n"
-" -A\tse référer à des variables étant des tableaux associatifs\n"
-" -f\tse référer à des fonctions du shell\n"
-" -p\tafficher une liste des toutes les fonctions et variables en "
-"lecture seule\n"
+" -a\tse réfère à des variables étant des tableaux indexés\n"
+" -A\tse réfère à des variables étant des tableaux associatifs\n"
+" -f\tse réfère à des fonctions du shell\n"
+" -p\taffiche une liste des toutes les fonctions et variables en lecture seule\n"
+" selon que l'option -f est fournie ou non\n"
" \n"
" Un argument « -- » désactive tout traitement postérieur d'options.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une options non valable ne soit "
-"données ou que NOM ne soit pas valable."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit\n"
+" donnée ou que NOM ne soit pas valable."
#: builtins.c:1189
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Décale des paramètres de position.\n"
" \n"
-" Renomme les paramètres de position $N+1,$N+2 ... à $1,$2 ... Si N n'est "
-"pas\n"
+" Renomme les paramètres de position $N+1,$N+2 ... à $1,$2 ... Si N n'est pas\n"
" donné, il est supposé égal à 1.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
" Returns the status of the last command executed in FILENAME; fails if\n"
" FILENAME cannot be read."
msgstr ""
-"Execute des commandes depuis un fichier dans le shell actuel.\n"
-" \n"
-" Lit et exécute des commandes depuis NOMFICHIER dans le shell actuel. "
-"Les\n"
-" éléments dans $PATH sont utilisés pour trouver le répertoire contenant "
-"NOMFICHIER.\n"
-" Si des ARGUMENTS sont fournis, ils deviennent les paramètres de "
-"position\n"
+"Exécute des commandes depuis un fichier dans le shell actuel.\n"
+" \n"
+" Lit et exécute des commandes depuis NOMFICHIER dans le shell actuel. Les\n"
+" éléments dans $PATH sont utilisés pour trouver le répertoire contenant NOMFICHIER.\n"
+" Si des ARGUMENTS sont fournis, ils deviennent les paramètres de position\n"
" lorsque NOMFICHIER est exécuté.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée dans NOMFICHIER, ou le "
-"code\n"
+" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée dans NOMFICHIER, ou le code\n"
" d'échec si NOMFICHIER ne peut pas être lu."
#: builtins.c:1232
msgstr ""
"Suspend l'exécution du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Suspend l'exécution de ce shell jusqu'à qu'il reçoive un signal "
-"SIGCONT.\n"
-" À moins que ce soit forcé, les shell de connexion ne peuvent pas être "
-"suspendus.\n"
+" Suspend l'exécution de ce shell jusqu'à ce qu'il reçoive un signal SIGCONT.\n"
+" À moins que ce soit forcé, les shell de connexion ne peuvent pas être suspendus.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -f\tforce la suspension, même si le shell est un shell de connexion\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le contrôle de tâche ne soit pas "
-"activé ou qu'une erreur survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que le contrôle de tâche ne soit pas activé\n"
+" ou qu'une erreur survienne."
#: builtins.c:1248
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Evaluate conditional expression.\n"
" \n"
" -x FILE True if the file is executable by you.\n"
" -O FILE True if the file is effectively owned by you.\n"
" -G FILE True if the file is effectively owned by your group.\n"
-" -N FILE True if the file has been modified since it was last "
-"read.\n"
+" -N FILE True if the file has been modified since it was last read.\n"
" \n"
" FILE1 -nt FILE2 True if file1 is newer than file2 (according to\n"
" modification date).\n"
" STRING1 != STRING2\n"
" True if the strings are not equal.\n"
" STRING1 < STRING2\n"
-" True if STRING1 sorts before STRING2 "
-"lexicographically.\n"
+" True if STRING1 sorts before STRING2 lexicographically.\n"
" STRING1 > STRING2\n"
" True if STRING1 sorts after STRING2 lexicographically.\n"
" \n"
" \n"
" -o OPTION True if the shell option OPTION is enabled.\n"
" -v VAR\t True if the shell variable VAR is set\n"
-" -R VAR\t True if the shell variable VAR is set and is a name "
-"reference.\n"
+" -R VAR\t True if the shell variable VAR is set and is a name reference.\n"
" ! EXPR True if expr is false.\n"
" EXPR1 -a EXPR2 True if both expr1 AND expr2 are true.\n"
" EXPR1 -o EXPR2 True if either expr1 OR expr2 is true.\n"
" pour examiner l'état d'un fichier. Il existe aussi des opérateurs de\n"
" chaîne, ainsi que des opérateurs de comparaison numériques.\n"
" \n"
-" Le comportement de test dépend du nombre d'arguments. Consultez la "
-"page\n"
+" Le comportement de test dépend du nombre d'arguments. Consultez la page\n"
" de manuel de bash pour connaître les spécifications complètes.\n"
-". \n"
+" \n"
" Opérateurs sur des fichiers : \n"
" \n"
" -a FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe.\n"
-" -b FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un fichier spécial de bloc\n"
-" -c FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un fichier spécial de "
-"caractères\n"
+" -b FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un fichier spécial de bloc.\n"
+" -c FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un fichier spécial de caractères.\n"
" -d FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un répertoire.\n"
-" -e FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe\n"
-" -f FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe et est un fichier régulier\n"
-" -g FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est « set-group-id »\n"
-" -h FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un lien symbolique\n"
-" -L FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un lien symbolique\n"
-" -k FICHIER Vrai si le fichier a son bit « sticky » défini\n"
-" -p FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un tube nommé\n"
-" -r FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est lisible par vous\n"
-" -s FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe et n'est pas vide\n"
-" -S FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un socket\n"
-" -t FD Vrai si FD est ouvert sur un terminal\n"
-" -u FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est « set-user-id »\n"
-" -w FICHIER Vrai si le fichier peut être écrit par vous\n"
-" -x FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est exécutable par vous\n"
-" -O FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est effectivement possédé par "
-"vous\n"
-" -G FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est effectivement possédé par "
-"votre groupe\n"
-" -N FICHIER Vrai si le fichier a été modifié depuis la dernière "
-"fois qu'il a été lu\n"
-"\n"
-" FICHIER1 -nt FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est plus récent que le "
-"fichier2 (selon la date de modification)\n"
-" FICHIER1 -ot FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est plus vieux que le "
-"fichier2\n"
-" FICHIER1 -ef FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est un lien physique vers "
-"le fichier2\n"
+" -e FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe.\n"
+" -f FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe et est un fichier régulier.\n"
+" -g FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est « set-group-id ».\n"
+" -h FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un lien symbolique.\n"
+" -L FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un lien symbolique.\n"
+" -k FICHIER Vrai si le fichier a son bit « sticky » défini.\n"
+" -p FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un tube nommé.\n"
+" -r FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est lisible par vous.\n"
+" -s FICHIER Vrai si le fichier existe et n'est pas vide.\n"
+" -S FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est un socket.\n"
+" -t FD Vrai si FD est ouvert sur un terminal.\n"
+" -u FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est « set-user-id ».\n"
+" -w FICHIER Vrai si le fichier peut être écrit par vous.\n"
+" -x FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est exécutable par vous.\n"
+" -O FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est effectivement possédé par vous.\n"
+" -G FICHIER Vrai si le fichier est effectivement possédé par votre groupe.\n"
+" -N FICHIER Vrai si le fichier a été modifié depuis la dernière fois qu'il a été lu.\n"
+" \n"
+" FICHIER1 -nt FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est plus récent que le fichier2 (selon la date\n"
+" de modification).\n"
+" \n"
+" FICHIER1 -ot FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est plus vieux que le fichier2.\n"
+" \n"
+" FICHIER1 -ef FICHIER2 Vrai si le fichier1 est un lien physique vers le fichier2.\n"
" \n"
" Opérateurs sur des chaînes :\n"
" \n"
" -z CHAÎNE Vrai si la chaîne est vide\n"
+" \n"
" -n CHAÎNE\n"
-" CHAÎNE Vrai si la chaîne n'est pas vide\n"
+" CHAÎNE Vrai si la chaîne n'est pas vide\n"
" \n"
" CHAÎNE1 = CHAÎNE2\n"
" Vrai si les chaînes sont égales\n"
" CHAÎNE1 != CHAÎNE2\n"
" Vrai si les chaînes ne sont pas égales\n"
" CHAÎNE1 < CHAÎNE2\n"
-" Vrai si le tri lexicographique place la chaîne1 en "
-"premier\n"
+" Vrai si le tri lexicographique place la chaîne1 en premier\n"
" CHAÎNE1 > CHAÎNE2\n"
-" Vrai si le tri lexicographique place la chaîne1 en "
-"deuxième\n"
+" Vrai si le tri lexicographique place la chaîne1 en deuxième\n"
" \n"
" Autres opérateurs :\n"
" \n"
-" -o OPTION Vrai si l'OPTION du shell est activée\n"
-" -v VAR\t Vrai si la variable de shell VAR est définie\n"
-" ! EXPR Vrai si l'EXPRession est fausse\n"
-" EXPR1 -a EXPR2 Vrai si les deux expressions sont vraies\n"
-" EXPR1 -o EXPR2 Vrai si l'une des deux expressions est vraie\n"
+" -o OPTION Vrai si l'OPTION du shell est activée.\n"
+" -v VAR Vrai si la variable de shell VAR est définie.\n"
+" -R VAR Vrai is la variable VAR est définie est une référence nommée.\n"
+" ! EXPR Vrai si l'EXPRession est fausse.\n"
+" EXPR1 -a EXPR2 Vrai si les deux expressions sont vraies.\n"
+" EXPR1 -o EXPR2 Vrai si l'une des deux expressions est vraie.\n"
" \n"
" arg1 OP arg2 Tests arithmétiques. OP peut être -eq, -ne,\n"
" -lt, -le, -gt ou -ge.\n"
" \n"
-" Les opérateurs arithmétiques binaires renvoient « vrai » si ARG1 est "
-"égal,\n"
-" non-égal, inférieur, inférieur ou égal, supérieur, supérieur ou égal à "
-"ARG2. \n"
+" Les opérateurs arithmétiques binaires renvoient « vrai » si ARG1 est égal,\n"
+" non-égal, inférieur, inférieur ou égal, supérieur, supérieur ou égal à ARG2.\n"
+" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès si EXPR est vraie, le code d'échec si EXPR est "
-"fausse ou si\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès si EXPR est vraie, le code d'échec si EXPR est fausse ou si\n"
" un argument non valable est donné."
#: builtins.c:1329
msgid ""
"Display process times.\n"
" \n"
-" Prints the accumulated user and system times for the shell and all of "
-"its\n"
+" Prints the accumulated user and system times for the shell and all of its\n"
" child processes.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgid ""
"Trap signals and other events.\n"
" \n"
-" Defines and activates handlers to be run when the shell receives "
-"signals\n"
+" Defines and activates handlers to be run when the shell receives signals\n"
" or other conditions.\n"
" \n"
" ARG is a command to be read and executed when the shell receives the\n"
" value. If ARG is the null string each SIGNAL_SPEC is ignored by the\n"
" shell and by the commands it invokes.\n"
" \n"
-" If a SIGNAL_SPEC is EXIT (0) ARG is executed on exit from the shell. "
-"If\n"
-" a SIGNAL_SPEC is DEBUG, ARG is executed before every simple command. "
-"If\n"
-" a SIGNAL_SPEC is RETURN, ARG is executed each time a shell function or "
-"a\n"
-" script run by the . or source builtins finishes executing. A "
-"SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
-" of ERR means to execute ARG each time a command's failure would cause "
-"the\n"
+" If a SIGNAL_SPEC is EXIT (0) ARG is executed on exit from the shell. If\n"
+" a SIGNAL_SPEC is DEBUG, ARG is executed before every simple command. If\n"
+" a SIGNAL_SPEC is RETURN, ARG is executed each time a shell function or a\n"
+" script run by the . or source builtins finishes executing. A SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
+" of ERR means to execute ARG each time a command's failure would cause the\n"
" shell to exit when the -e option is enabled.\n"
" \n"
-" If no arguments are supplied, trap prints the list of commands "
-"associated\n"
+" If no arguments are supplied, trap prints the list of commands associated\n"
" with each signal.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" -l\tprint a list of signal names and their corresponding numbers\n"
" -p\tdisplay the trap commands associated with each SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
" \n"
-" Each SIGNAL_SPEC is either a signal name in <signal.h> or a signal "
-"number.\n"
+" Each SIGNAL_SPEC is either a signal name in <signal.h> or a signal number.\n"
" Signal names are case insensitive and the SIG prefix is optional. A\n"
" signal may be sent to the shell with \"kill -signal $$\".\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success unless a SIGSPEC is invalid or an invalid option is "
-"given."
+" Returns success unless a SIGSPEC is invalid or an invalid option is given."
msgstr ""
"Intercepter des signaux et d'autres événements.\n"
" \n"
-" Définit et active des gestionnaires à lancer lorsque le shell reçoit des "
-"signaux\n"
+" Définit et active des gestionnaires à lancer lorsque le shell reçoit des signaux\n"
" ou sous d'autres conditions.\n"
" \n"
" La commande ARG doit être lue et exécutée lorsque le shell reçoit le\n"
-" signal SIGNAL_SPEC. Si ARG est absent (et qu'un unique SIGNAL_SPEC)\n"
-" est fourni) ou égal à « - », tous les signaux spécifié sont remis\n"
-" à leur valeur d'origine. Si ARG est une chaîne vide, tous les "
-"SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
-" sont ignorés par le shell et les commandes qu'il appelle.\n"
-" \n"
-" Si SIGNAL_SPEC est EXIT (0), la commande ARG est exécutée à la sortie du "
-"shell. Si un\n"
+" signal SIGNAL_SPEC. Si ARG est absent (et qu'un unique SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
+" est fourni) ou égal à « - », tous les signaux spécifiés sont remis\n"
+" à leur valeur d'origine. Si ARG est une chaîne vide, tous les SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
+" sont ignorés par le shell et les commandes qu'ils appellent.\n"
+" \n"
+" Si SIGNAL_SPEC est EXIT (0), la commande ARG est exécutée à la sortie du shell. Si un\n"
" SIGNAL_SPEC est DEBUG, ARG est exécuté après chaque commande simple. Si\n"
-" un SIGNAL_SPEC est RETURN, ARG est exécuté à chaque fois qu'une fonction "
-"shell ou\n"
+" un SIGNAL_SPEC est RETURN, ARG est exécuté à chaque fois qu'une fonction shell ou\n"
" qu'un script lancé avec . ou source se termine. Un SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
-" valant ERR permet d'exécuter ARG à chaque fois qu'un échec d'une "
-"commande engendrerait\n"
+" valant ERR permet d'exécuter ARG à chaque fois qu'un échec d'une commande engendrerait\n"
" la sortie du shell lorsque l'option -e est activée.\n"
" \n"
-" Si aucun argument n'est fourni, « trap » affiche la liste des commandes "
-"associées\n"
+" Si aucun argument n'est fourni, « trap » affiche la liste des commandes associées\n"
" à chaque signal.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -p\taffiche les commandes de « trap » associées à chaque SIGNAL_SPEC\n"
" \n"
" Chaque SIGNAL_SPEC est soit un nom de signal dans <signal.h>\n"
-" ou un numéro de signal. Les noms de signaux sont insensibles à la casse "
-"et\n"
+" ou un numéro de signal. Les noms de signaux sont insensibles à la casse et\n"
" le préfixe « SIG » est facultatif. Un signal peut être envoyé au\n"
" shell avec « kill -signal $$ ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que SIGSPEC ne soit pas valable ou "
-"qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que SIGSPEC ne soit pas valable ou qu'une\n"
+" option non valable ne soit donnée."
#: builtins.c:1386
msgid ""
" NAME\tCommand name to be interpreted.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success if all of the NAMEs are found; fails if any are not "
-"found."
+" Returns success if all of the NAMEs are found; fails if any are not found."
msgstr ""
"Affiche des informations sur le type de commande.\n"
" \n"
-" Pour chaque NOM, indique comment il serait interprêté s'il était\n"
+" Pour chaque NOM, indique comment il serait interprété s'il était\n"
" utilisé comme un nom de commande.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -a\taffiche tous les emplacements contenant un exécutable nommé NOM;\n"
-" \tinclut les alias, les commandes intégrées et les fonctions si et "
-"seulement si\n"
-" \tl'option n'est pas « -p » n'est pas utilisée\n"
+" \ty compris les alias, les commandes intégrées et les fonctions si et seulement si\n"
+" \tl'option « -p » n'est pas utilisée\n"
" -f\tdésactive la recherche de fonctions du shell\n"
-" -P\tforce une recherche de CHEMIN pour chaque NOM, même si c'est un "
-"alias,\n"
-" \tune commande intégrée ou une fonction et renvoie le nom du fichier du "
-"disque\n"
+" -P\tforce une recherche de CHEMIN pour chaque NOM, même si c'est un alias,\n"
+" \tune commande intégrée ou une fonction et renvoie le nom du fichier du disque\n"
" \tqui serait exécuté\n"
-" -p\trenvoie soir le nom du fichier du disque qui serait exécuté,\n"
-" \tsoit rien si « type -t NOM » ne renvoyait pas « file ».\n"
+" -p\trenvoie le nom du fichier du disque qui serait exécuté sauf si\n"
+" \t« type -t NOM » aurait renvoyé autre chose que « file » auquel cas, rien\n"
+" \tn'est renvoyé.\n"
" -t\taffiche un mot unique parmi « alias », « keyword »,\n"
-" \t« function », « builtin », « file » or « », si NOM est respectivement "
-"un alias,\n"
-" \tun mot réservé du shell, une fonction du shell, une commande "
-"intégrée,\n"
+" \t« function », « builtin », « file » or « », si NOM est respectivement un alias,\n"
+" \tun mot réservé du shell, une fonction du shell, une commande intégrée,\n"
" \tun fichier du disque ou un nom inconnu\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" NOM\tNom de commande à interpréter.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès si tous les NOMs sont trouvés, le code d'échec "
-"si l'un d'entre eux n'est pas trouvé."
+" Renvoie le code de succès si tous les NOMs sont trouvés, le code d'échec si l'un\n"
+" d'entre eux n'est pas trouvé."
#: builtins.c:1417
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Modify shell resource limits.\n"
" \n"
-" Provides control over the resources available to the shell and "
-"processes\n"
+" Provides control over the resources available to the shell and processes\n"
" it creates, on systems that allow such control.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
msgstr ""
"Modifie les limites de ressources du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Fournit un contrôle sur les ressources disponibles au shell et aux "
-"processus\n"
+" Fournit un contrôle sur les ressources disponibles au shell et aux processus\n"
" qu'il crée, sur les systèmes qui permettent un tel contrôle. \n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -S\tutiliser la limite de ressources « soft »\n"
-" -H\tutiliser la limite de ressources « hard »\n"
+" -S\tutilise la limite de ressources « soft »\n"
+" -H\tutilise la limite de ressources « hard »\n"
" -a\ttoutes les limites actuelles sont présentées\n"
" -b\tla taille du tampon de socket\n"
" -c\ttaille maximale des fichiers « core » créés\n"
" -u\tle nombre maximal de processus utilisateurs\n"
" -v\tla taille de la mémoire virtuelle\n"
" -x\tle nombre maximal de verrous de fichiers\n"
+" -T\tle nombre maximal de threads\n"
" \n"
-" Si LIMIT est fournie, elle est utilisée comme nouvelle valeur de "
-"ressource\n"
-" Les valeurs spéciales de LIMIT « soft », « hard » et « unlimited » "
-"correspondent\n"
-" respectivement aux valeurs actuelles de la limite souple, de la limite "
-"dure,\n"
-" ou à une absence de limite. Sinon la valeur actuelle de la limite est "
-"affichée\n"
+" Toutes les options ne sont pas disponibles sur toutes les plates-formes.\n"
+" \n"
+" Si LIMIT est fournie, elle est utilisée comme nouvelle valeur de ressource.\n"
+" Les valeurs spéciales de LIMIT « soft », « hard » et « unlimited » correspondent\n"
+" respectivement aux valeurs actuelles de la limite souple, de la limite dure,\n"
+" ou à une absence de limite. Sinon la valeur actuelle de la limite est affichée\n"
" Si aucune option n'est donnée, « -f » est supposée.\n"
" \n"
-" Les valeurs sont des multiples de 1024 octets, sauf pour « -t » qui "
-"prend des secondes,\n"
-" « -p » qui prend un multiple de 512 octets et « -u » qui prend un "
-"nombre\n"
+" Les valeurs sont des multiples de 1024 octets, sauf pour « -t » qui prend des\n"
+" secondes, « -p » qui prend un multiple de 512 octets et « -u » qui prend un nombre\n"
" de processus sans unité.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit fournie ou\n"
+" qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:1465
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Affiche ou définit le masque de mode de fichier.\n"
" \n"
-" Définit le masque de création de fichier comme étant MODE. Si MODE est "
-"omis, affiche\n"
-" la valeur courante du MASQUE.\n"
+" Définit le masque de création de fichier comme étant MODE. Si MODE est omis,\n"
+" affiche la valeur courante du MASQUE.\n"
" \n"
-" Si MODE commence par un chiffre, il est interprété comme un nombre "
-"octal ;\n"
-" sinon comme une chaîne de symboles de mode comme ceux acceptés par "
-"chmod(1).\n"
+" Si MODE commence par un chiffre, il est interprété comme un nombre octal ;\n"
+" sinon comme une chaîne de symboles de mode comme ceux acceptés par chmod(1).\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -p\tsi MODE est omis, afficher sous une forme réutilisable comme une "
-"entrée\n"
-" -S\tafficher sous forme symbolique, sinon la sortie octale est "
-"utilisée\n"
+" -p\tsi MODE est omis, affiche sous une forme réutilisable en entrée\n"
+" -S\taffiche sous forme symbolique, sinon la sortie octale est utilisée\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que MODE ne soit pas valable ou qu'une "
-"option non valable ne soit donnée."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins que MODE ne soit pas valable ou qu'une\n"
+" option non valable ne soit donnée."
#: builtins.c:1485
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Wait for job completion and return exit status.\n"
" \n"
-" Waits for each process identified by an ID, which may be a process ID or "
-"a\n"
+" Waits for each process identified by an ID, which may be a process ID or a\n"
" job specification, and reports its termination status. If ID is not\n"
" given, waits for all currently active child processes, and the return\n"
-" status is zero. If ID is a a job specification, waits for all "
-"processes\n"
+" status is zero. If ID is a a job specification, waits for all processes\n"
" in that job's pipeline.\n"
" \n"
" If the -n option is supplied, waits for the next job to terminate and\n"
msgstr ""
"Attend la fin d'une tâche et renvoie le code de retour.\n"
" \n"
-" Attend que le processus identifié par ID, qui peut être un ID de "
-"processus ou\n"
-" une spécification de tâche et renvoie son code de retour. Si ID n'est "
-"pas\n"
-" donné, la commande attend tous les processus actifs en cours et le code "
-"de retour\n"
-" est zéro. Si ID est une spécification de tâche, la commande attend tous "
-"les processus\n"
-" dans le pipeline de la tâche.\n"
+" Attend la fin du processus identifié par ID, qui peut être un ID de processus\n"
+" ou une spécification de tâche, et renvoie son code de retour. Si ID n'est\n"
+" pas donné, la commande attend la fin de tous les processus actifs en cours et\n"
+" le code de retour est zéro. Si ID est une spécification de tâche, la commande\n"
+" attend tous les processus dans le pipeline de la tâche.\n"
+" \n"
+" Si l'option -n est fournie, attend la fin de la prochaine tâche et retourne\n"
+" son code de retour.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le même code que celui d'ID, ou le code d'échec si ID n'est pas "
-"valable ou en cas d'option non valable."
+" Renvoie le même code que celui d'ID, ou le code d'échec si ID n'est pas valable\n"
+" ou en cas d'option non valable."
#: builtins.c:1506
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Wait for process completion and return exit status.\n"
" \n"
-" Waits for each process specified by a PID and reports its termination "
-"status.\n"
+" Waits for each process specified by a PID and reports its termination status.\n"
" If PID is not given, waits for all currently active child processes,\n"
" and the return status is zero. PID must be a process ID.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns the status of the last PID; fails if PID is invalid or an "
-"invalid\n"
+" Returns the status of the last PID; fails if PID is invalid or an invalid\n"
" option is given."
msgstr ""
"Attend la fin d'un processus et renvoie le code de sortie.\n"
" \n"
-" Attend le processus spécifié et donne son code de retour. Si PID n'est\n"
-" pas donné, tous les processus fils actuellement actifs sont attendus\n"
-" et le code de retour est zéro. PID doit être un ID de processus.\n"
+" Attend la fin de chaque processus spécifié par un PID et donne son code de\n"
+" retour. Si PID n'est pas mentionné, la fin de tous les processus fils\n"
+" actuellement actifs est attendue et le code de retour est zéro. PID doit être\n"
+" un ID de processus.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de ID, l'échec si ID n'est pas valable ou si une option "
-"non valable\n"
-" est donnée."
+" Renvoie le code de retour du dernier PID. Échoue si PID n'est pas valable ou\n"
+" si une option non valable est donnée."
#: builtins.c:1521
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Exécute des commandes pour chaque membre d'une liste.\n"
" \n"
-" La boucle « for » exécute une suite de commandes pour chaque membre "
-"d'une\n"
-" liste d'éléments. Si « in MOTS ...; » n'est pas fourni, « in \"$@\" » "
-"est\n"
+" La boucle « for » exécute une suite de commandes pour chaque membre d'une\n"
+" liste d'éléments. Si « in MOTS ...; » n'est pas fourni, « in \"$@\" » est\n"
" utilisé. Pour chaque élément dans MOTS, NOM est défini à cet élément,\n"
" et les COMMANDES sont exécutées.\n"
" \n"
" \t\tCOMMANDS\n"
" \t\t(( EXP3 ))\n"
" \tdone\n"
-" EXP1, EXP2, and EXP3 sont des expressions arithmétiques. Si une "
-"expression\n"
-" omise, elle se comporte comme si elle s'évaluait à 1.\n"
+" EXP1, EXP2, and EXP3 sont des expressions arithmétiques. Si une expression\n"
+" est omise, elle se comporte comme si elle était évaluée à 1.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée."
msgstr ""
"Signale le temps passé pendant l'exécution d'un tube de commandes.\n"
" \n"
-" Exécute PIPELINE et affiche un résumé du temps réel, du temps "
-"processeur\n"
+" Exécute PIPELINE et affiche un résumé du temps réel, du temps processeur\n"
" utilisateur, et du temps processeur système passés à exécuter PIPELINE\n"
" lorsque celui-ci se termine.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
" -p\taffiche le résumé dans le format portable Posix.\n"
" \n"
-" La valeur de la variable TIMEFORMAT est utilisée comme format de "
-"sortie.\n"
+" La valeur de la variable TIMEFORMAT est utilisée comme format de sortie.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Le code de retour est celui du PIPELINE."
msgstr ""
"Exécute des commandes selon une correspondance de motif.\n"
" \n"
-" Exécute de manière sélective les COMMANDES selon la correspondance du "
-"MOT\n"
-" au MOTIF. Le caractère « | » est utilisé pour séparer les différents "
-"motifs.\n"
+" Exécute de manière sélective les COMMANDES selon la correspondance du MOT\n"
+" au MOTIF. Le caractère « | » est utilisé pour séparer les différents motifs.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée."
msgid ""
"Execute commands based on conditional.\n"
" \n"
-" The `if COMMANDS' list is executed. If its exit status is zero, then "
-"the\n"
-" `then COMMANDS' list is executed. Otherwise, each `elif COMMANDS' list "
-"is\n"
+" The `if COMMANDS' list is executed. If its exit status is zero, then the\n"
+" `then COMMANDS' list is executed. Otherwise, each `elif COMMANDS' list is\n"
" executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, the corresponding\n"
-" `then COMMANDS' list is executed and the if command completes. "
-"Otherwise,\n"
-" the `else COMMANDS' list is executed, if present. The exit status of "
-"the\n"
-" entire construct is the exit status of the last command executed, or "
-"zero\n"
+" `then COMMANDS' list is executed and the if command completes. Otherwise,\n"
+" the `else COMMANDS' list is executed, if present. The exit status of the\n"
+" entire construct is the exit status of the last command executed, or zero\n"
" if no condition tested true.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgstr ""
"Exécute des commandes selon une condition.\n"
" \n"
-" La liste « if COMMANDES » est exécutée. Si elle se termine avec un code "
-"de zéro,\n"
+" La liste « if COMMANDES » est exécutée. Si elle se termine avec le code zéro,\n"
" alors la liste « then COMMANDES » est exécutée. Sinon, chaque liste\n"
-" « elif COMMANDES » est exécutée à son tour et si son code de retour est "
-"zéro,\n"
-" la liste « then COMMANDES » correspondante est exécutée et la commande « "
-"if »\n"
-" se termine. Sinon, la list « else COMMANDES » est exécutée si elle "
-"existe.\n"
-" Le code de retour de l'ensemble est celui de la dernière commande "
-"exécutée\n"
+" « elif COMMANDES » est exécutée à son tour et si son code de retour est zéro,\n"
+" la liste « then COMMANDES » correspondante est exécutée et la commande « if »\n"
+" se termine. Sinon, la liste « else COMMANDES » est exécutée si elle existe.\n"
+" Le code de retour de l'ensemble est celui de la dernière commande exécutée\n"
" ou zéro si aucune condition n'était vraie.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Exit Status:\n"
" Returns the status of the last command executed."
msgstr ""
-"Exécute des commandes aussi longtemps qu'elle réussissent.\n"
+"Exécute des commandes aussi longtemps qu'elles réussissent.\n"
" \n"
" Effectue une expansion et exécute les COMMANDES aussi longtemps\n"
-" que la commande finale parmi celles situées dans « while » se termine "
-"avec un\n"
-" code de retour de zéro.\n"
+" que la commande finale du « while » se termine avec un code de\n"
+" retour à zéro.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée."
msgstr ""
"Exécute des commandes aussi longtemps qu'un test échoue.\n"
" \n"
-" Effectue une expansion et exécute les commandes « COMMANDES » aussi "
-"longtemps\n"
-" que les commandes de « until » se terminent avec un code de retour\n"
-" différent de zéro.\n"
+" Effectue une expansion et exécute les commandes « COMMANDES »\n"
+" aussi longtemps que les commandes de « until » se terminent avec\n"
+" un code de retour différent de zéro.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
" Renvoie le code de la dernière commande exécutée."
msgstr ""
"Crée un coprocessus nommé NOM.\n"
" \n"
-" Exécute la COMMANDE de manière asynchrone, en connectant la sortie et "
-"l'entrée standard\n"
-" de la commande par un tube aux decripteurs de fichier affectés aux "
-"indices 0 et 1\n"
-" d'une variable tableau NOM dans le shell en cours d'exécution.\n"
-" Le NOM par défaut est « COPROC ».\n"
+" Exécute la COMMANDE de manière asynchrone, en connectant la sortie et\n"
+" l'entrée standard de la commande par un tube aux descripteurs de fichiers\n"
+" affectés aux indices 0 et 1 d'une variable tableau NOM dans le shell en\n"
+" cours d'exécution. Le NOM par défaut est « COPROC ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
" Renvoie le même code de retour que la COMMANDE."
"Define shell function.\n"
" \n"
" Create a shell function named NAME. When invoked as a simple command,\n"
-" NAME runs COMMANDs in the calling shell's context. When NAME is "
-"invoked,\n"
+" NAME runs COMMANDs in the calling shell's context. When NAME is invoked,\n"
" the arguments are passed to the function as $1...$n, and the function's\n"
" name is in $FUNCNAME.\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
"Définit une fonction du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Crée une fonction du shell nommée NOM. Lorsqu'appelée comme une simple "
-"commande,\n"
-" NOM lance la COMMANDE dans le contexte du shell qui l'appelle. Lorsque "
-"NOM est appelé,\n"
-" les arguments sont transmis à la fonction comme $1...$n, et le nom de la "
-"fonction\n"
+" Crée une fonction du shell nommée NOM. Lorsqu'appelée comme une simple commande,\n"
+" NOM lance la COMMANDE dans le contexte du shell qui l'appelle. Lorsque NOM est appelé,\n"
+" les arguments sont transmis à la fonction comme $1...$n, et le nom de la fonction\n"
" est $FUNCNAME.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
msgstr ""
"Reprend une tâche en arrière plan.\n"
" \n"
-" Équivalent à l'argument JOB_SPEC de la commande « fg ». Reprend "
-"l'exécution\n"
+" Équivalent à l'argument JOB_SPEC de la commande « fg ». Reprend l'exécution\n"
" d'une tâche stoppée ou en tâche de fond. JOB_SPEC peut spécifier soit\n"
-" un nom soit un numéro de tâche. Faire suivre JOB_SPEC de « & » permet "
-"de\n"
-" placer la tâche en arrière plan, comme si la spécification de tâche "
-"avait\n"
+" un nom soit un numéro de tâche. Faire suivre JOB_SPEC de « & » permet de\n"
+" placer la tâche en arrière plan, comme si la spécification de tâche avait\n"
" été fournie comme argument de « bg ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
msgstr ""
"Évalue une expression arithmétique.\n"
" \n"
-" L'EXPRESSION est évaluée selon les règles de l'évaluation arithmétique.\n"
+" L'EXPRESSION est évaluée selon les règles d'évaluation arithmétique.\n"
" C'est équivalent à « let EXPRESSION ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
msgid ""
"Execute conditional command.\n"
" \n"
-" Returns a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of the "
-"conditional\n"
-" expression EXPRESSION. Expressions are composed of the same primaries "
-"used\n"
-" by the `test' builtin, and may be combined using the following "
-"operators:\n"
+" Returns a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of the conditional\n"
+" expression EXPRESSION. Expressions are composed of the same primaries used\n"
+" by the `test' builtin, and may be combined using the following operators:\n"
" \n"
" ( EXPRESSION )\tReturns the value of EXPRESSION\n"
" ! EXPRESSION\t\tTrue if EXPRESSION is false; else false\n"
msgstr ""
"Exécute une commande conditionnelle.\n"
" \n"
-" Renvoie un code de retour de 0 ou 1 dépendant de l'évaluation de "
-"l'EXPRESSION\n"
-" conditionnelle. Les expressions sont formées de la même façon que pour "
-"la\n"
-" primitive « test », et peuvent être combinées avec les opérateurs "
-"suivants :\n"
+" Renvoie le code de retour 0 ou 1 dépendant de l'évaluation de l'EXPRESSION\n"
+" conditionnelle. Les expressions sont formées de la même façon que pour la\n"
+" primitive « test », et peuvent être combinées avec les opérateurs suivants :\n"
" \n"
" \t( EXPRESSION )\tRenvoie la valeur de l'EXPRESSION\n"
" \t! EXPRESSION\tVrai si l'EXPRESSION est fausse, sinon vrai\n"
" \tEXPR1 && EXPR2\tVrai si EXPR1 et EXPR2 sont vraies, faux sinon\n"
" \tEXPR1 || EXPR2\tVrai si EXPR1 ou EXPR2 est vraie, faux sinon\n"
" \n"
-" Lorsque les opérateurs « == » et « != » sont utilisés, la chaîne à "
-"droite de l'opérateur\n"
-" est utilisée comme motif, et une mise en correspondance est effectuée.\n"
-" Lorsque l'opérateur « =~ » est utilisé, la chaîne à droite de "
-"l'opérateur\n"
+" Lorsque les opérateurs « == » et « != » sont utilisés, la chaîne à droite de\n"
+" l'opérateur est utilisée comme motif, et une mise en correspondance est effectuée.\n"
+" Lorsque l'opérateur « =~ » est utilisé, la chaîne à droite de l'opérateur\n"
" est mise en correspondance comme une expression rationnelle.\n"
" \n"
" Les opérateurs « && » et « || » n'évaluent pas EXPR2 si\n"
" BASH_VERSION\tNuméro de version de ce Bash.\n"
" CDPATH\tUne liste de répertoires, séparés par un deux-points, utilisés\n"
" \t\tpar « cd » pour la recherche de répertoires.\n"
-" GLOBIGNORE\tUne liste de motifs séparés par un deux-points, décrivant "
-"les\n"
-" \t\tnoms de fichier à ignorer lors de l'expansion des chemins.\n"
-" HISTFILE\tLe nom du fichier où votre historique des commandes est "
-"stocké.\n"
+" GLOBIGNORE\tUne liste de motifs séparés par un deux-points, décrivant les\n"
+" \t\tnoms de fichiers à ignorer lors de l'expansion des chemins.\n"
+" HISTFILE\tLe nom du fichier où votre historique des commandes est stocké.\n"
" HISTFILESIZE\tLe nombre maximal de lignes que ce fichier peut contenir.\n"
" HISTSIZE\tLe nombre maximal de lignes d'historique auquel un shell en\n"
" \t\tfonctionnement peut accéder.\n"
" HOME\tLe chemin complet vers votre répertoire de connexion.\n"
" HOSTNAME\tLe nom de la machine actuelle.\n"
-" HOSTTYPE\tLe type de processeur sur laquelle cette version de Bash "
-"fonctionne.\n"
-" IGNOREEOF\tContrôle l'action du shell à la réception d'un caractère « "
-"EOF »\n"
-" \t\tcomme seule entrée. Si défini, sa valeur est le nombre de "
-"caractères\n"
+" HOSTTYPE\tLe type de processeur sur lequel cette version de Bash fonctionne.\n"
+" IGNOREEOF\tContrôle l'action du shell à la réception d'un caractère « EOF »\n"
+" \t\tcomme seule entrée. Si défini, sa valeur est le nombre de caractères\n"
" \t\t« EOF » qui peuvent être rencontrés à la suite sur une ligne vide\n"
" \t\tavant que le shell ne se termine (10 par défaut).\n"
" \t\tS'il n'est pas défini, « EOF » signifie la fin de l'entrée.\n"
-" MACHTYPE\tUne chaîne décrivant le système actuel sur lequel fonctionne "
-"Bash.\n"
-" MAILCHECK\tLe nombre de secondes séparant deux vérifications du courrier "
-"par Bash.\n"
-" MAILPATH\tUne liste de fichiers séparés par un deux-points, que Bash "
-"utilise\n"
+" MACHTYPE\tUne chaîne décrivant le système actuel sur lequel fonctionne Bash.\n"
+" MAILCHECK\tLe nombre de secondes séparant deux vérifications du courrier par Bash.\n"
+" MAILPATH\tUne liste de fichiers séparés par un deux-points, que Bash utilise\n"
" \t\tpour vérifier les nouveaux courriers.\n"
-" OSTYPE\tLa version d'Unix sur laquelle cette version de Bash "
-"fonctionne.\n"
+" OSTYPE\tLa version d'Unix sur laquelle cette version de Bash fonctionne.\n"
" PATH\tUne liste de répertoires séparés par un deux-points, utilisés\n"
" \t\tpour la recherche des commandes.\n"
" PROMPT_COMMAND\tUne commande à exécuter avant d'afficher chaque invite\n"
" \t\tde commande principale.\n"
-" PS1\t\tL'invite de commande principale.\n"
+" PS1\t\tL'invite de commande principal.\n"
" PS2\t\tL'invite secondaire.\n"
" PWD\t\tLe chemin complet vers le répertoire actuel.\n"
-" SHELLOPTS\tLa liste des options activées du shell, séparées par un deux-"
-"points.\n"
+" SHELLOPTS\tLa liste des options activées du shell, séparées par un deux-points.\n"
" TERM\tLe nom du type actuel du terminal.\n"
-" TIMEFORMAT\tLe format de sortie pour les statistiques de temps "
-"affichées\n"
+" TIMEFORMAT\tLe format de sortie pour les statistiques de temps affichées\n"
" \t\tpar le mot réservé « time ».\n"
" auto_resume\tNon-vide signifie qu'un mot de commande apparaissant\n"
" \t\tde lui-même sur une ligne est d'abord recherché dans la liste des\n"
-" \t\ttâches stoppées. Si elle est trouvée, la tâche est remise en avant-"
-"plan.\n"
-" \t\tUne valeur de « exact » signifie que le mot de commande doit "
-"correspondre\n"
-" \t\texactement à la commande dans la liste des tâches stoppées. Une "
-"valeur\n"
-" \t\tde « substring » signifie que le mot de commande\n"
-" \t\tcorrespondre à une sous-chaîne de la tâche. Une autre valeur "
-"signifie\n"
-" \t\tque la commande doit être un préfixe d'une tâche stoppée.\n"
-" histchars\tCaractères contrôlant l'expansion d'historique et la "
-"substitution\n"
-" \t\trapide. Le premier caractère est le caractère de substitution "
-"d'historique,\n"
-" \t\thabituellement « ! ». Le deuxième est le caractère de substitution "
-"rapide,\n"
+" \t\ttâches stoppées. Si elle est trouvée, la tâche est remise en avant-plan.\n"
+" \t\tLa valeur « exact » signifie que le mot de commande doit correspondre\n"
+" \t\texactement à la commande dans la liste des tâches stoppées. La valeur\n"
+" \t\t« substring » signifie que le mot de commande doit correspondre à une\n"
+" \t\tsous-chaîne de la tâche. Une autre valeur signifie que la commande doit\n"
+" \t\têtre un préfixe d'une tâche stoppée.\n"
+" histchars\tCaractères contrôlant l'expansion d'historique et la substitution\n"
+" \t\trapide. Le premier caractère est le caractère de substitution d'historique,\n"
+" \t\thabituellement « ! ». Le deuxième est le caractère de substitution rapide,\n"
" \t\thabituellement « ^ ». Le troisième est le caractère de commentaire\n"
" \t\td'historique, habituellement « # ».\n"
-" HISTIGNORE\tUne liste de motifs séparés par un deux-points, utilisés "
-"pour\n"
-" \t\tdécider quelles commandes doivent être conservées dans la liste "
-"d'historique.\n"
+" HISTIGNORE\tUne liste de motifs séparés par un deux-points, utilisés pour\n"
+" \t\tdécider quelles commandes doivent être conservées dans la liste d'historique.\n"
#: builtins.c:1794
msgid ""
" répertoires en haut de la pile sont échangés.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n\tne pas changer de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
+" -n\tNe change pas de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
" \tsont ajoutés à la pile, de façon que seule la pile soit manipulée\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
-" +N\tPermuter la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
-" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la liste fournie par « dirs "
-"».\n"
+" +N\tPermute la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
+" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la liste fournie par « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
-" -N\tPermuter la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
-" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la liste fournie par « dirs "
-"».\n"
+" -N\tPermute la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire se place en haut,\n"
+" \ten comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la liste fournie par « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
-" dir\tajouter le répertoire DIR en haut de la pile, et en faire le "
-"nouveau\n"
+" dir\tAjoute le répertoire DIR en haut de la pile, et en fait le nouveau\n"
" \trépertoire de travail.\n"
" \n"
" Vous pouvez voir la pile des répertoires avec la commande « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'un argument non valable ne soit "
-"fourni\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'un argument non valable ne soit fourni\n"
" ou que le changement de répertoire n'échoue."
#: builtins.c:1828
"Enlève des répertoires de la pile.\n"
" \n"
" Enlève des éléments de la pile des répertoires. S'il n'y a pas\n"
-" d'argument, le répertoire en haut de la pile est enlevé,\n"
-" et le nouveau sommet de la pile devient le répertoire de travail.\n"
+" d'argument, le répertoire en haut de la pile est enlevé et le\n"
+" nouveau sommet de la pile devient le répertoire de travail.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n\tne change pas de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
+" -n\tNe change pas de répertoire de travail lorsque des répertoires\n"
" \tsont enlevés de la pile, de façon que seule la pile soit manipulée\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
-" +N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche\n"
+" +N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche\n"
" \tde la liste fournie par « dirs ». Par exemple : « popd +0 »\n"
-" \tenlève le premier répertoire, « popd +1 » le deuxième. \n"
-" -N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la droite\n"
+" \tenlève le premier répertoire, « popd +1 » le deuxième.\n"
+" \n"
+" -N\tEnlève le Nième répertoire, en comptant de zéro depuis la droite\n"
" \tde la liste fournie par « dirs ». Par exemple : « popd -0 »\n"
" \tenlève le dernier répertoire, « popd -1 » l'avant-dernier.\n"
+" \n"
" Vous pouvez voir la pile des répertoires avec la commande « dirs ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'un argument non valable ne soit "
-"donné\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'un argument non valable ne soit donné\n"
" ou que le changement de répertoire n'échoue."
#: builtins.c:1858
" \twith its position in the stack\n"
" \n"
" Arguments:\n"
-" +N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown "
-"by\n"
+" +N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by\n"
" \tdirs when invoked without options, starting with zero.\n"
" \n"
-" -N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown "
-"by\n"
+" -N\tDisplays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by\n"
" \tdirs when invoked without options, starting with zero.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
msgstr ""
"Affiche la pile de répertoire.\n"
" \n"
-" Affiche la liste des répertoires actuellement mémorisés. Les "
-"répertoires\n"
-" sont insérés dans la liste avec la commande « pushd ». Vous pouvez "
-"remonter\n"
-" dans la liste en enlevant des éléments avec la commande « popd ».\n"
+" Affiche la liste des répertoires actuellement mémorisés. Les répertoires\n"
+" sont insérés dans la liste avec la commande « pushd ». Vous pouvez remonter\n"
+" dans la liste en enlevant des éléments avec la commande « popd ».\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
-" -c\teffacer la pile des répertoires en effaçant tous les éléments\n"
-" -l\tne pas afficher la version raccourcie (avec ~) des répertoires\n"
+" -c\tefface la pile des répertoires en effaçant tous les éléments\n"
+" -l\tn'affiche pas la version raccourcie (avec ~) des répertoires\n"
" \trelativement à votre dossier personnel\n"
-" -p\tafficher la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne\n"
-" -v\tafficher la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne,\n"
+" -p\taffiche la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne\n"
+" -v\taffiche la pile des répertoires avec un élément par ligne,\n"
" \ten préfixant avec sa position dans la pile\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
-" +N\t affiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de "
-"la\n"
-" liste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option.\n"
+" +N\tAffiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la gauche de la\n"
+" \tliste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option.\n"
" \n"
-" -N\t affiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la droite de "
-"la\n"
-" liste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option.\n"
+" -N\tAffiche le Nième élément en comptant de zéro depuis la droite de la\n"
+" \tliste affichée par « dirs » lorsque celle-ci est appelée sans option.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit\n"
+" fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:1887
msgid ""
"Set and unset shell options.\n"
" \n"
" Change the setting of each shell option OPTNAME. Without any option\n"
-" arguments, list all shell options with an indication of whether or not "
-"each\n"
+" arguments, list all shell options with an indication of whether or not each\n"
" is set.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
msgstr ""
"Active ou désactive des options du shell.\n"
" \n"
-" Change la valeur de chaque option du shell NOMOPT. S'il n'y a pas "
-"d'argument à l'option\n"
-" la commande liste toutes les options du shell en indiquant si elles sont "
-"actives\n"
-" ou non.\n"
+" Change la valeur de chaque option du shell NOMOPT. S'il n'y a pas d'argument\n"
+" à l'option, la commande liste toutes les options du shell en indiquant si\n"
+" elles sont actives ou non.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -o\trestreint les NOMOPT à ceux définis pour être utilisés avec « set -"
-"o »\n"
+" -o\trestreint les NOMOPT à ceux définis pour être utilisés avec « set -o »\n"
" -p\taffiche chaque option du shell en indiquant son état\n"
" -q\tsupprime l'affichage\n"
" -s\tactive (set) chaque NOMOPT\n"
" -u\tdésactive (unset) chaque NOMOPT\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès si NOMOPT est active ; échec si une option non "
-"valable\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès si NOMOPT est active ; échec si une option non valable\n"
" est donnée ou si NOMOPT est inactive."
#: builtins.c:1908
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Formats and prints ARGUMENTS under control of the FORMAT.\n"
" \n"
" -v var\tassign the output to shell variable VAR rather than\n"
" \t\tdisplay it on the standard output\n"
" \n"
-" FORMAT is a character string which contains three types of objects: "
-"plain\n"
-" characters, which are simply copied to standard output; character "
-"escape\n"
+" FORMAT is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain\n"
+" characters, which are simply copied to standard output; character escape\n"
" sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output; and\n"
-" format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next "
-"successive\n"
+" format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive\n"
" argument.\n"
" \n"
-" In addition to the standard format specifications described in "
-"printf(1),\n"
+" In addition to the standard format specifications described in printf(1),\n"
" printf interprets:\n"
" \n"
" %b\texpand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding argument\n"
" %q\tquote the argument in a way that can be reused as shell input\n"
-" %(fmt)T output the date-time string resulting from using FMT as a "
-"format\n"
+" %(fmt)T output the date-time string resulting from using FMT as a format\n"
" string for strftime(3)\n"
" \n"
" The format is re-used as necessary to consume all of the arguments. If\n"
" there are fewer arguments than the format requires, extra format\n"
-" specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as "
-"appropriate,\n"
+" specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as appropriate,\n"
" had been supplied.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success unless an invalid option is given or a write or "
-"assignment\n"
+" Returns success unless an invalid option is given or a write or assignment\n"
" error occurs."
msgstr ""
-"Formatte et affiche des ARGUMENTS en contrôlant le FORMAT.\n"
+"Formate et affiche des ARGUMENTS en contrôlant le FORMAT.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -v var\taffecte la sortie à la variable VAR du shell plutôt que de "
-"l'afficher\n"
+" -v var\taffecte la sortie à la variable VAR du shell plutôt que de l'afficher\n"
" \t\tsur la sortie standard\n"
" \n"
-" Le FORMAT est une chaîne de caractères qui contient trois types "
-"d'objets : des caractères\n"
-" normaux qui sont simplement copiés vers la sortie standard, des "
-"séquences d'échappement\n"
-" qui sont converties et copiées vers la sortie standard et des "
-"spécifications de\n"
+" Le FORMAT est une chaîne de caractères qui contient trois types d'objets : des caractères\n"
+" normaux qui sont simplement copiés vers la sortie standard ; des séquences d'échappement\n"
+" qui sont converties et copiées vers la sortie standard et des spécifications de\n"
" format, chacun entraînant l'affichage de l'argument suivant.\n"
" \n"
-" En plus des formats standards décrits dans printf(1) et printf(3), « "
-"printf » interprète :\n"
+" En plus des formats standards décrits dans printf(1), « printf » interprète :\n"
" \n"
-" %b\tdéveloppe les séquences d'échappement à contre-oblique dans "
-"l'argument correspondant\n"
-" %q\tprotège les arguments par guillemets de façon qu'ils puissent être "
-"réutilisés\n"
+" %b\tdéveloppe les séquences d'échappement à contre-oblique dans l'argument correspondant\n"
+" %q\tprotège les arguments avec des guillemets de façon qu'ils puissent être réutilisés\n"
" comme entrée du shell.\n"
-" %(fmt)T renvoie la chaîne date-heure résultant de l'utilisation de FMT "
-"comme une\n"
+" %(fmt)T renvoie la chaîne date-heure résultant de l'utilisation de FMT comme\n"
" chaîne de format pour strftime(3)\n"
" \n"
+" Le format est réutilisé si nécessaire pour consommer tous les arguments. Si il y a\n"
+" moins d'arguments que exigé par le format, les spécificateurs de format surnuméraires\n"
+" se comportent comme si la valeur zéro ou une chaîne nulle avait été fournie (selon\n"
+" ce qui est approprié).\n"
+" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"donnée ou qu'une\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée ou qu'une\n"
" erreur d'écriture ou d'affectation ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:1942
msgid ""
"Specify how arguments are to be completed by Readline.\n"
" \n"
-" For each NAME, specify how arguments are to be completed. If no "
-"options\n"
-" are supplied, existing completion specifications are printed in a way "
-"that\n"
+" For each NAME, specify how arguments are to be completed. If no options\n"
+" are supplied, existing completion specifications are printed in a way that\n"
" allows them to be reused as input.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la façon dont Readline complète les arguments.\n"
" \n"
-" Pour chaque NOM, la commande spécifie la façon dont les arguments son "
-"complétés\n"
-" S'il n'y a pas d'option, le réglage actuel est affiché d'une manièré "
-"réutilisable comme\n"
-" une entrée.\n"
+" Pour chaque NOM, la commande spécifie la façon dont les arguments son complétés\n"
+" S'il n'y a pas d'option, le réglage actuel est affiché d'une manière\n"
+" réutilisable comme une entrée.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -p\taffiche le réglage d'auto-complètement actuel dans un format "
-"réutilisable\n"
-" -r\tretire un réglage d'auto-complètement à chaque NOM ou, si aucun "
-"NOM\n"
+" -p\taffiche le réglage d'auto-complètement actuel dans un format réutilisable\n"
+" -r\tretire un réglage d'auto-complètement de chaque NOM ou, si aucun NOM\n"
" \tn'est fourni, retire tous les réglages\n"
-" -D\tapplique les auto-complètements et actions comme valeurs par "
-"défaut aux commandes\n"
-" \tne possédant aucun auto-complètement spécifique\n"
-" -E\tapplique les auto-complètements et actions aux commandes vides (\n"
-" \tauto-complètement tenté sur une ligne vide)\n"
-" \n"
-" Lorsqu'un auto-complètement est tenté, les actions sont appliquées dans "
-"l'ordre\n"
-" dans lequel les options en majuscule ci-dessus sont listées. L'option « "
-"-D » est prioritaire\n"
-" sur « -E ».\n"
+" -D\tapplique les auto-complètements et actions comme valeurs par défaut aux\n"
+" \tcommandes ne possédant aucun auto-complètement spécifique\n"
+" -E\tapplique les auto-complètements et actions aux commandes vides\n"
+" \t(auto-complètement tenté sur une ligne vide)\n"
+" \n"
+" Lorsqu'un auto-complètement est tenté, les actions sont appliquées dans l'ordre\n"
+" dans lequel les options en majuscule ci-dessus sont listées. L'option « -D » est\n"
+" prioritaire sur « -E ».\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit fournie ou\n"
+" qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:1970
msgid ""
"Display possible completions depending on the options.\n"
" \n"
" Intended to be used from within a shell function generating possible\n"
-" completions. If the optional WORD argument is supplied, matches "
-"against\n"
+" completions. If the optional WORD argument is supplied, matches against\n"
" WORD are generated.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
" \n"
" Ceci est destiné à être utilisé depuis une fonction de shell générant\n"
" des auto-complètements possibles. Si le MOT optionnel est fourni,\n"
-" des correspondances avec « WORD » sont générées.\n"
+" des correspondances avec « MOT » sont générées.\n"
" \n"
" Code de sortie :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit\n"
+" fournie ou qu'une erreur ne survienne."
#: builtins.c:1985
msgid ""
"Modify or display completion options.\n"
" \n"
-" Modify the completion options for each NAME, or, if no NAMEs are "
-"supplied,\n"
-" the completion currently being executed. If no OPTIONs are given, "
-"print\n"
-" the completion options for each NAME or the current completion "
-"specification.\n"
+" Modify the completion options for each NAME, or, if no NAMEs are supplied,\n"
+" the completion currently being executed. If no OPTIONs are given, print\n"
+" the completion options for each NAME or the current completion specification.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
" \t-o option\tSet completion option OPTION for each NAME\n"
msgstr ""
"Modifie ou affiche les options d'auto-complètement.\n"
" \n"
-" Modifie les options d'auto-complètement pour chaque NOM ou, si aucun NOM "
-"n'est fourni,\n"
-" pour l'auto-complètement actuellement exécuté. si aucune OPTION n'est "
-"donnée, affiche\n"
-" les options d'auto-complètement de chaque NOM ou le réglage actuel "
-"d'auto-complètement.\n"
+" Modifie les options d'auto-complètement pour chaque NOM ou, si aucun NOM n'est\n"
+" fourni, pour l'auto-complètement actuellement exécuté. Si aucune OPTION n'est\n"
+" donnée, affiche les options d'auto-complètement de chaque NOM ou le réglage\n"
+" actuel d'auto-complètement.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" \t-o option\tDéfinir l'option d'auto-complètement OPTION pour chaque "
-"NOM\n"
-" \t-D\t\tChanger les options pour l'auto-complètement de commande par "
-"défaut\n"
-" \t-E\t\tChanger les options pour l'auto-complètement de commande vide\n"
+" \t-o option\tDéfini l'option d'auto-complètement OPTION pour chaque NOM\n"
+" \t-D\t\tChange les options pour l'auto-complètement de commande par défaut\n"
+" \t-E\t\tChange les options pour l'auto-complètement de commande vide\n"
" \n"
" Utiliser « +o » au lieu de « -o » désactive l'option spécifiée.\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" \n"
-" Chaque NOM correspond à une commande pour laquelle un réglage d'auto-"
-"complètement\n"
-" doit déjà avoir été défini grâce à la commande intégrée « complete ». "
-"Si aucun NOM\n"
-" n'est fourni, « compopt » doit être appelée par une fonction générant "
-"actuellement\n"
-" des auto-complètements ; ainsi les options de ce générateur d'auto-"
-"complètement en cours d'exécution\n"
-" seront modifiées.\n"
+" Chaque NOM correspond à une commande pour laquelle un réglage d'auto-complètement\n"
+" doit déjà avoir été défini grâce à la commande intégrée « complete ». Si aucun\n"
+" NOM n'est fourni, « compopt » doit être appelée par une fonction générant\n"
+" des auto-complètements ; ainsi les options de ce générateur d'auto-complètement\n"
+" en cours d'exécution seront modifiées.\n"
" \n"
" Code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"fournie\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit fournie\n"
" ou que NOM n'ait aucun réglage d'auto-complètement."
#: builtins.c:2015
msgid ""
"Read lines from the standard input into an indexed array variable.\n"
" \n"
-" Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable "
-"ARRAY, or\n"
-" from file descriptor FD if the -u option is supplied. The variable "
-"MAPFILE\n"
+" Read lines from the standard input into the indexed array variable ARRAY, or\n"
+" from file descriptor FD if the -u option is supplied. The variable MAPFILE\n"
" is the default ARRAY.\n"
" \n"
" Options:\n"
-" -n count\tCopy at most COUNT lines. If COUNT is 0, all lines are "
-"copied.\n"
-" -O origin\tBegin assigning to ARRAY at index ORIGIN. The default "
-"index is 0.\n"
+" -n count\tCopy at most COUNT lines. If COUNT is 0, all lines are copied.\n"
+" -O origin\tBegin assigning to ARRAY at index ORIGIN. The default index is 0.\n"
" -s count \tDiscard the first COUNT lines read.\n"
" -t\t\tRemove a trailing newline from each line read.\n"
-" -u fd\t\tRead lines from file descriptor FD instead of the standard "
-"input.\n"
+" -u fd\t\tRead lines from file descriptor FD instead of the standard input.\n"
" -C callback\tEvaluate CALLBACK each time QUANTUM lines are read.\n"
-" -c quantum\tSpecify the number of lines read between each call to "
-"CALLBACK.\n"
+" -c quantum\tSpecify the number of lines read between each call to CALLBACK.\n"
" \n"
" Arguments:\n"
" ARRAY\t\tArray variable name to use for file data.\n"
" element to be assigned and the line to be assigned to that element\n"
" as additional arguments.\n"
" \n"
-" If not supplied with an explicit origin, mapfile will clear ARRAY "
-"before\n"
+" If not supplied with an explicit origin, mapfile will clear ARRAY before\n"
" assigning to it.\n"
" \n"
" Exit Status:\n"
-" Returns success unless an invalid option is given or ARRAY is readonly "
-"or\n"
+" Returns success unless an invalid option is given or ARRAY is readonly or\n"
" not an indexed array."
msgstr ""
"Lit des lignes depuis l'entrée standard vers une variable tableau indexé.\n"
" \n"
-" Lit des lignes depuis l'entrée standard vers la variable tableau indexé "
-"TABLEAU ou\n"
-" depuis le descripteur de fichier FD si l'option « -u » est utilisée. La "
-"variable MAPFILE\n"
-" est le TABLEAU par défaut.\n"
+" Lit des lignes depuis l'entrée standard vers la variable tableau indexé TABLEAU ou\n"
+" depuis le descripteur de fichier FD si l'option « -u » est utilisée. La variable\n"
+" MAPFILE est le TABLEAU par défaut.\n"
" \n"
" Options :\n"
-" -n nombre\tCopie au maximum NOMBRE lignes. Si NOMBRE est 0, toutes "
-"les lignes sont copiées.\n"
-" -O origine\tCommence l'affectation au TABLEAU à l'indice ORIGINE. "
-"L'indice par défaut est 0.\n"
+" -n nombre\tCopie au maximum NOMBRE lignes. Si NOMBRE est 0, toutes les lignes sont copiées.\n"
+" -O origine\tCommence l'affectation au TABLEAU à l'indice ORIGINE. L'indice par défaut est 0.\n"
" -s nombre\tSaute les NOMBRE premières lignes lues.\n"
" -t\t\tRetire les retours à la ligne de chaque ligne lue.\n"
-" -u fd\t\tLit les lignes depuis le descripteur de fichier FD au lieu de "
-"l'entrée standard.\n"
-" -C callback\tÉvalue le CALLBACK à chaque fois que QUANTUM lignes sont "
-"lues.\n"
-" -c quantum\tIndique le nombre de lignes lues entre chaque appel au "
-"CALLBACK.\n"
+" -u fd\t\tLit les lignes depuis le descripteur de fichier FD au lieu de l'entrée standard.\n"
+" -C callback\tÉvalue CALLBACK à chaque fois que QUANTUM lignes sont lues.\n"
+" -c quantum\tIndique le nombre de lignes lues entre chaque appel au CALLBACK.\n"
" \n"
" Arguments :\n"
" TABLEAU\t\tNom de la variable tableau à utiliser pour les données.\n"
" \n"
-" Si l'option « -C » est fournie sans option « -c », le quantum par défaut "
-"est 5000. Lorsque\n"
-" CALLBACK est évalué, l'indice du prochain élément de tableau qui sera "
-"affecté\n"
+" Si l'option « -C » est fournie sans option « -c », le quantum par défaut est 5000.\n"
+" Lorsque CALLBACK est évalué, l'indice du prochain élément de tableau qui sera affecté\n"
" lui est transmis comme argument additionnel.\n"
" \n"
-" Si la commande « mapfile » n'est pas fournie avec une origine explicite, "
-"le tableau est vidé\n"
-" avant affectation.\n"
+" Si la commande « mapfile » n'est pas appelée avec une origine explicite, le tableau est\n"
+" vidé avant affectation.\n"
" \n"
" code de retour :\n"
-" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit "
-"donnée ou que\n"
+" Renvoie le code de succès à moins qu'une option non valable ne soit donnée ou que\n"
" le TABLEAU soit en lecture seule ou ne soit pas un tableau indexé."
#: builtins.c:2049
#~ msgid "Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
#~ msgstr "Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl."
-#~ "html>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Licence GPLv2+ : GNU GPL version 2 ou ultérieure <http://gnu.org/licenses/"
-#~ "gpl.html>\n"
+#~ msgid "License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>\n"
+#~ msgstr "Licence GPLv2+ : GNU GPL version 2 ou ultérieure <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ ". With EXPR, returns\n"
#~ "; this extra information can be used to\n"
#~ " provide a stack trace.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ " The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before the\n"
#~ " current one; the top frame is frame 0."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "; ces informations supplémentaires peuvent être utilisées pour\n"
#~ " fournir une trace d'appels\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " La valeur de EXPR indique le nombre de cadres d'appels duquel il faut "
-#~ "revenir en arrière\n"
+#~ " La valeur de EXPR indique le nombre de cadres d'appels duquel il faut revenir en arrière\n"
#~ " avant le cadre actuel ; le cadre supérieur est le cadre 0."
#~ msgid " "
#~ msgstr "Sans « EXPR », renvoie « $ligne $nomfichier ». Avec « EXPR »,"
#~ msgid "returns \"$line $subroutine $filename\"; this extra information"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "renvoie « $ligne $sousroutine $nomfichier » ; cette information "
-#~ "supplémentaire"
+#~ msgstr "renvoie « $ligne $sousroutine $nomfichier » ; cette information supplémentaire"
#~ msgid "can be used used to provide a stack trace."
#~ msgstr "peut être utilisée pour fournir une trace de la pile"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before the"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "La valeur de « EXPR » indique le nombre de cadres d'appel dont il faut "
-#~ "reculer"
+#~ msgid "The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before the"
+#~ msgstr "La valeur de « EXPR » indique le nombre de cadres d'appel dont il faut reculer"
#~ msgid "current one; the top frame is frame 0."
#~ msgstr "par rapport à l'actuel ; le cadre supérieur est le cadre 0."
#~ msgstr "Commandes du shell correspondant aux mots-clés « "
#~ msgid "Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Affiche la liste des répertoires actuellement mémorisés. Les répertoires"
+#~ msgstr "Affiche la liste des répertoires actuellement mémorisés. Les répertoires"
#~ msgid "find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get"
#~ msgstr "sont insérés dans la pile avec la commande « pushd » ; vous pouvez"
#~ msgid "back up through the list with the `popd' command."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "remonter dans la pile en enlevant des éléments avec la commande « popd »."
+#~ msgstr "remonter dans la pile en enlevant des éléments avec la commande « popd »."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "L'option « -l » demande à « dirs » de ne pas afficher sous forme abrégée"
+#~ msgid "The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions"
+#~ msgstr "L'option « -l » demande à « dirs » de ne pas afficher sous forme abrégée"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "les répertoires relatifs à votre répertoire personnel. Cela signifie que"
+#~ msgid "of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means"
+#~ msgstr "les répertoires relatifs à votre répertoire personnel. Cela signifie que"
#~ msgid "that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "le répertoire « ~/bin » pourra être affiché « /homes/bfox/bin ». L'option "
-#~ "« -v »"
+#~ msgstr "le répertoire « ~/bin » pourra être affiché « /homes/bfox/bin ». L'option « -v »"
#~ msgid "causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line,"
#~ msgstr "demande à « dirs » d'afficher un répertoire de la pile par ligne,"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "en le précédant de sa position dans la pile. L'option « -p » fait la "
-#~ "même chose"
+#~ msgid "prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p"
+#~ msgstr "en le précédant de sa position dans la pile. L'option « -p » fait la même chose"
#~ msgid "flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended."
#~ msgstr "sans afficher le numéro d'emplacement dans la pile."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "L'option « -c » vide la pile des répertoires en retirant tous ses "
-#~ "éléments."
+#~ msgid "The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements."
+#~ msgstr "L'option « -c » vide la pile des répertoires en retirant tous ses éléments."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "+N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "+N affiche la Nième entrée à partir de la gauche de la liste fournie par"
+#~ msgid "+N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by"
+#~ msgstr "+N affiche la Nième entrée à partir de la gauche de la liste fournie par"
#~ msgid " dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ " « dirs » lorsqu'elle est appelée sans option, la première entrée "
-#~ "étant zéro."
+#~ msgstr " « dirs » lorsqu'elle est appelée sans option, la première entrée étant zéro."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "-N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "+N affiche la Nième entrée à partir de la droite de la liste fournie par"
+#~ msgid "-N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by"
+#~ msgstr "+N affiche la Nième entrée à partir de la droite de la liste fournie par"
#~ msgid "Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Ajoute un répertoire au dessus de la pile des répertoires ou effectue une"
+#~ msgstr "Ajoute un répertoire au dessus de la pile des répertoires ou effectue une"
#~ msgid "the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "rotation de la pile en plaçant le répertoire supérieur comme répertoire "
-#~ "courant."
+#~ msgstr "rotation de la pile en plaçant le répertoire supérieur comme répertoire courant."
#~ msgid "directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Sans paramètre, les deux répertoires supérieurs de la pile sont échangés."
+#~ msgstr "Sans paramètre, les deux répertoires supérieurs de la pile sont échangés."
#~ msgid "+N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "+N effectue une rotation de la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire "
-#~ "soit"
+#~ msgstr "+N effectue une rotation de la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire soit"
#~ msgid " from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "placé au dessus (N commençant à zéro et en partant à gauche de la liste"
+#~ msgstr "placé au dessus (N commençant à zéro et en partant à gauche de la liste"
#~ msgid " zero) is at the top."
#~ msgstr " fournie par « dirs »)."
#~ msgid "-N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "+N effectue une rotation de la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire "
-#~ "soit"
+#~ msgstr "+N effectue une rotation de la pile de façon que le Nième répertoire soit"
#~ msgid " from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "placé au dessus (N commençant à zéro et en partant à gauche de la liste"
+#~ msgstr "placé au dessus (N commençant à zéro et en partant à gauche de la liste"
#~ msgid "-n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "-n inhibe le changement de répertoire lors d'un ajout de répertoire "
+#~ msgstr "-n inhibe le changement de répertoire lors d'un ajout de répertoire "
#~ msgid " to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated."
#~ msgstr " à la liste. Seule la pile est manipulée."
#~ msgid "dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "dir ajoute « DIR » au dessus de la pile des répertoires, en faisant de "
-#~ "lui"
+#~ msgstr "dir ajoute « DIR » au dessus de la pile des répertoires, en faisant de lui"
#~ msgid " new current working directory."
#~ msgstr " le nouveau répertoire courant."
#~ msgid "You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vous pouvez voir le contenu de la pile des répertoires avec la commande « "
-#~ "dirs »."
+#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le contenu de la pile des répertoires avec la commande « dirs »."
#~ msgid "Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,"
#~ msgstr "Enlève des éléments de la pile des répertoires. Sans paramètre,"
#~ msgid " removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last."
#~ msgstr " enlève le dernier répertoire, « popd -1 » l'avant-dernier."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "-n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "-n inhibe le changement de répertoire lors de l'enlèvement d'un "
-#~ "répertoire"
+#~ msgid "-n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories"
+#~ msgstr "-n inhibe le changement de répertoire lors de l'enlèvement d'un répertoire"
#~ msgid " from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated."
#~ msgstr " de la liste. Seule la pile est manipulée."
#~ msgstr "xrealloc : impossible d'allouer %lu octets"
#~ msgid "xrealloc: %s:%d: cannot reallocate %lu bytes (%lu bytes allocated)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "xrealloc : %s:%d : impossible de réallouer %lu octets (%lu octets alloués)"
+#~ msgstr "xrealloc : %s:%d : impossible de réallouer %lu octets (%lu octets alloués)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Exit from within a FOR, WHILE or UNTIL loop. If N is specified,\n"
#~ " shell builtin to be a function, but need the functionality of the\n"
#~ " builtin within the function itself."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lance une primitive du shell. Ceci est utile lorsque vous souhaitez "
-#~ "nommer une fonction comme\n"
-#~ " une primitive, mais que vous avez besoin d'utiliser la primitive dans "
-#~ "la fonction elle-même."
+#~ "Lance une primitive du shell. Ceci est utile lorsque vous souhaitez nommer une fonction comme\n"
+#~ " une primitive, mais que vous avez besoin d'utiliser la primitive dans la fonction elle-même."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print the current working directory. With the -P option, pwd prints\n"
#~ " the physical directory, without any symbolic links; the -L option\n"
#~ " makes pwd follow symbolic links."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Affiche le répertoire de travail actuel. Avec l'option « -P », « pwd » "
-#~ "affiche\n"
+#~ "Affiche le répertoire de travail actuel. Avec l'option « -P », « pwd » affiche\n"
#~ " le répertoire physique, sans lien symbolique ; l'option « -L »\n"
#~ " demande à « pwd » de suivre les liens symboliques."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Runs COMMAND with ARGS ignoring shell functions. If you have a shell\n"
#~ " function called `ls', and you wish to call the command `ls', you can\n"
-#~ " say \"command ls\". If the -p option is given, a default value is "
-#~ "used\n"
-#~ " for PATH that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. "
-#~ "If\n"
-#~ " the -V or -v option is given, a string is printed describing "
-#~ "COMMAND.\n"
+#~ " say \"command ls\". If the -p option is given, a default value is used\n"
+#~ " for PATH that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. If\n"
+#~ " the -V or -v option is given, a string is printed describing COMMAND.\n"
#~ " The -V option produces a more verbose description."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lance la commande COMMAND avec les ARGS en ignorant les fonctions du "
-#~ "shell. Si vous\n"
-#~ " avez défini une fonction de shell appelée « ls » et que vous voulez "
-#~ "appeler\n"
-#~ " la commande « ls », vous pouvez faire « command ls ». Si l'option « -"
-#~ "p » est\n"
-#~ " donnée, une valeur par défaut est utilisée pour le PATH garantissant "
-#~ "que tous\n"
-#~ " les utilitaires standards seront trouvés. Si l'option « -V » ou « -v "
-#~ "» est\n"
-#~ " donnée, une description de la commande s'affiche. L'option « -V » "
-#~ "fournit plus\n"
+#~ "Lance la commande COMMAND avec les ARGS en ignorant les fonctions du shell. Si vous\n"
+#~ " avez défini une fonction de shell appelée « ls » et que vous voulez appeler\n"
+#~ " la commande « ls », vous pouvez faire « command ls ». Si l'option « -p » est\n"
+#~ " donnée, une valeur par défaut est utilisée pour le PATH garantissant que tous\n"
+#~ " les utilitaires standards seront trouvés. Si l'option « -V » ou « -v » est\n"
+#~ " donnée, une description de la commande s'affiche. L'option « -V » fournit plus\n"
#~ " d'informations."
#~ msgid ""
#~ " \n"
#~ " -a\tto make NAMEs arrays (if supported)\n"
#~ " -f\tto select from among function names only\n"
-#~ " -F\tto display function names (and line number and source file name "
-#~ "if\n"
+#~ " -F\tto display function names (and line number and source file name if\n"
#~ " \tdebugging) without definitions\n"
#~ " -i\tto make NAMEs have the `integer' attribute\n"
#~ " -r\tto make NAMEs readonly\n"
#~ " and definition. The -F option restricts the display to function\n"
#~ " name only.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Using `+' instead of `-' turns off the given attribute instead. "
-#~ "When\n"
+#~ " Using `+' instead of `-' turns off the given attribute instead. When\n"
#~ " used in a function, makes NAMEs local, as with the `local' command."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Déclare des variables ou ajoute des attributs aux variables. Si aucun "
-#~ "nom\n"
-#~ " n'est donné, affiche plutôt les valeurs des variables. L'option « -p "
-#~ "»\n"
+#~ "Déclare des variables ou ajoute des attributs aux variables. Si aucun nom\n"
+#~ " n'est donné, affiche plutôt les valeurs des variables. L'option « -p »\n"
#~ " permet d'afficher les attributs et les valeurs de chaque NAME.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " Les options sont :\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " -a\tpour faire des tableaux de NAME (si pris en charge)\n"
#~ " -f\tpour choisir uniquement parmi les noms de fonctions\n"
-#~ " -F\tpour afficher les noms de fonctions (et les numéros de ligne et "
-#~ "le\n"
+#~ " -F\tpour afficher les noms de fonctions (et les numéros de ligne et le\n"
#~ " \tfichier source si le mode de débogage est activé\n"
#~ " -i\tpour que les NAME aient l'attribut « integer »\n"
#~ " -r\tpour que les NAME soient en lecture seule\n"
#~ " -t\tpour que les NAME aient l'attribut « trace »\n"
#~ " -x\tpour faire un export des NAME\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " L'évaluation arithmétique des variables ayant l'attribut « integer » "
-#~ "est\n"
+#~ " L'évaluation arithmétique des variables ayant l'attribut « integer » est\n"
#~ " effectuée au moment de l'affectation (voir « let »).\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Lors de l'affichage des valeurs de variables, -f affiche le nom de la "
-#~ "fonction\n"
+#~ " Lors de l'affichage des valeurs de variables, -f affiche le nom de la fonction\n"
#~ " et sa définition. L'option -F permet de n'afficher que le nom.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Un attribut peut être désactivé en utilisant « + » au lieu de « - ». "
-#~ "Dans une\n"
-#~ " fonction, ceci a pour effet de rendre les NAME locaux, comme avec la "
-#~ "commande «local »."
+#~ " Un attribut peut être désactivé en utilisant « + » au lieu de « - ». Dans une\n"
+#~ " fonction, ceci a pour effet de rendre les NAME locaux, comme avec la commande «local »."
#~ msgid "Obsolete. See `declare'."
#~ msgstr "Obsolète. Consulter « declare »."
#~ " can only be used within a function; it makes the variable NAME\n"
#~ " have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Permet de créer une variable locale appelée NAME, et de lui affecter une "
-#~ "VALUE.\n"
-#~ " LOCAL peut seulement être utilisé à l'intérieur d'une fonction ; il "
-#~ "rend le nom de\n"
-#~ " variable NAME visible uniquement à l'intérieur de la fonction et de "
-#~ "ses filles."
+#~ "Permet de créer une variable locale appelée NAME, et de lui affecter une VALUE.\n"
+#~ " LOCAL peut seulement être utilisé à l'intérieur d'une fonction ; il rend le nom de\n"
+#~ " variable NAME visible uniquement à l'intérieur de la fonction et de ses filles."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Output the ARGs. If -n is specified, the trailing newline is suppressed."
+#~ msgid "Output the ARGs. If -n is specified, the trailing newline is suppressed."
#~ msgstr "Affiche les ARGs. L'option « -n » supprime le saut de ligne final."
#~ msgid ""
#~ " previously loaded with -f. If no non-option names are given, or\n"
#~ " the -p option is supplied, a list of builtins is printed. The\n"
#~ " -a option means to print every builtin with an indication of whether\n"
-#~ " or not it is enabled. The -s option restricts the output to the "
-#~ "POSIX.2\n"
-#~ " `special' builtins. The -n option displays a list of all disabled "
-#~ "builtins."
+#~ " or not it is enabled. The -s option restricts the output to the POSIX.2\n"
+#~ " `special' builtins. The -n option displays a list of all disabled builtins."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Active et désactive les primitives du shell. Ceci permet\n"
-#~ " d'utiliser une commande du disque qui a le même nom qu'une commande "
-#~ "intégrée\n"
+#~ " d'utiliser une commande du disque qui a le même nom qu'une commande intégrée\n"
#~ " sans devoir spécifier un chemin complet. Si « -n » est utilisé, les\n"
-#~ " noms NAME sont désactivés ; sinon, les noms NAME sont activés. Par "
-#~ "exemple,\n"
+#~ " noms NAME sont désactivés ; sinon, les noms NAME sont activés. Par exemple,\n"
#~ " pour utiliser « test » trouvé dans $PATH au lieu de la primitive du\n"
-#~ " même nom, tapez « enable -n test ». Sur les systèmes permettant le "
-#~ "chargement\n"
-#~ " dynamique, l'option « -f » peut être utilisée pour charger de "
-#~ "nouvelles primitives\n"
-#~ " depuis l'objet partagé FILENAME. L'option « -d » efface une "
-#~ "primitive précédemment\n"
-#~ " chargée avec « -f ». Si aucun nom (n'étant pas une option) n'est "
-#~ "donné, ou si l'option\n"
-#~ " « -p » est spécifiée, une liste de primitive est affichée. L'option "
-#~ "« -a » permet d'afficher\n"
-#~ " toutes les primitives en précisant si elles sont activées ou non. "
-#~ "L'option « -s » restreint\n"
-#~ " la sortie aux primitives « special » POSIX.2. L'option « -n » affiche "
-#~ "une liste de toutes les\n"
+#~ " même nom, tapez « enable -n test ». Sur les systèmes permettant le chargement\n"
+#~ " dynamique, l'option « -f » peut être utilisée pour charger de nouvelles primitives\n"
+#~ " depuis l'objet partagé FILENAME. L'option « -d » efface une primitive précédemment\n"
+#~ " chargée avec « -f ». Si aucun nom (n'étant pas une option) n'est donné, ou si l'option\n"
+#~ " « -p » est spécifiée, une liste de primitive est affichée. L'option « -a » permet d'afficher\n"
+#~ " toutes les primitives en précisant si elles sont activées ou non. L'option « -s » restreint\n"
+#~ " la sortie aux primitives « special » POSIX.2. L'option « -n » affiche une liste de toutes les\n"
#~ " primitives désactivées."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Read ARGs as input to the shell and execute the resulting command(s)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lit les ARGs comme une entrée du shell et exécute les commandes "
-#~ "résultantes."
+#~ msgid "Read ARGs as input to the shell and execute the resulting command(s)."
+#~ msgstr "Lit les ARGs comme une entrée du shell et exécute les commandes résultantes."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Exec FILE, replacing this shell with the specified program.\n"
#~ " If the file cannot be executed and the shell is not interactive,\n"
#~ " then the shell exits, unless the shell option `execfail' is set."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Exécute le fichier FILE en remplaçant ce shell par le programme "
-#~ "spécifié.\n"
+#~ "Exécute le fichier FILE en remplaçant ce shell par le programme spécifié.\n"
#~ " Si FILE n'est pas spécifié, les redirections prennent effet dans\n"
#~ " ce shell. Si le premier argument est « -l », un tiret est placé dans\n"
#~ " l'argument n°0 transmis à FILE, comme le fait « login ». Si l'option\n"
#~ " « -c » est fournie, FILE est exécuté avec un environnement vide.\n"
#~ " L'option « -a » indique de définir « argv[0] » du processus exécuté\n"
#~ " à NAME. Si le fichier ne peut pas être exécuté et que le shell n'est\n"
-#~ " pas interactif, alors le shell se termine, à moins que l'option « "
-#~ "execfail »\n"
+#~ " pas interactif, alors le shell se termine, à moins que l'option « execfail »\n"
#~ " ne soit définie."
#~ msgid "Logout of a login shell."
#~ " remembered. If the -p option is supplied, PATHNAME is used as the\n"
#~ " full pathname of NAME, and no path search is performed. The -r\n"
#~ " option causes the shell to forget all remembered locations. The -d\n"
-#~ " option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each "
-#~ "NAME.\n"
+#~ " option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each NAME.\n"
#~ " If the -t option is supplied the full pathname to which each NAME\n"
-#~ " corresponds is printed. If multiple NAME arguments are supplied "
-#~ "with\n"
-#~ " -t, the NAME is printed before the hashed full pathname. The -l "
-#~ "option\n"
-#~ " causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as "
-#~ "input.\n"
-#~ " If no arguments are given, information about remembered commands is "
-#~ "displayed."
+#~ " corresponds is printed. If multiple NAME arguments are supplied with\n"
+#~ " -t, the NAME is printed before the hashed full pathname. The -l option\n"
+#~ " causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input.\n"
+#~ " If no arguments are given, information about remembered commands is displayed."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pour chaque NAME, le chemin complet de la commande est déterminé puis "
-#~ "mémorisé.\n"
-#~ " Si l'option « -p » est fournie, le CHEMIN est utilisé comme chemin "
-#~ "complet\n"
-#~ " pour NAME, et aucune recherche n'est effectuée. L'option « -r » "
-#~ "demande au shell\n"
-#~ " d'oublier tous les chemins mémorisés. L'option « -d » demande au "
-#~ "shell d'oublier\n"
-#~ " les chemins mémorisés pour le NAME. Si l'option « -t » est fournie, "
-#~ "le chemin\n"
-#~ " complet auquel correspond chaque NAME est affiché. Si plusieurs NAME "
-#~ "sont fournis\n"
-#~ " à l'option « -t », le NAME est affiché avant chemin complet haché. "
-#~ "L'option\n"
-#~ " « -l » permet d'utiliser un format de sortie qui peut être réutilisé "
-#~ "comme entrée.\n"
-#~ " Si aucun argument n'est donné, des informations sur les commandes "
-#~ "mémorisées sont\n"
+#~ "Pour chaque NAME, le chemin complet de la commande est déterminé puis mémorisé.\n"
+#~ " Si l'option « -p » est fournie, le CHEMIN est utilisé comme chemin complet\n"
+#~ " pour NAME, et aucune recherche n'est effectuée. L'option « -r » demande au shell\n"
+#~ " d'oublier tous les chemins mémorisés. L'option « -d » demande au shell d'oublier\n"
+#~ " les chemins mémorisés pour le NAME. Si l'option « -t » est fournie, le chemin\n"
+#~ " complet auquel correspond chaque NAME est affiché. Si plusieurs NAME sont fournis\n"
+#~ " à l'option « -t », le NAME est affiché avant chemin complet haché. L'option\n"
+#~ " « -l » permet d'utiliser un format de sortie qui peut être réutilisé comme entrée.\n"
+#~ " Si aucun argument n'est donné, des informations sur les commandes mémorisées sont\n"
#~ " affichées."
#~ msgid ""
#~ " a short usage synopsis."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Affiche des informations utiles sur les commandes intégrées. Si MOTIF\n"
-#~ " est précisé, une aide détaillée sur toutes les commandes "
-#~ "correspondant\n"
+#~ " est précisé, une aide détaillée sur toutes les commandes correspondant\n"
#~ " au MOTIF sont affichées, sinon une liste des commandes intégrées est\n"
#~ " fournie. L'option « -s » restreint l'affichage de chaque commande\n"
#~ " correspondant au MOTIF à une courte description sur l'utilisation."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default, removes each JOBSPEC argument from the table of active jobs.\n"
-#~ " If the -h option is given, the job is not removed from the table, but "
-#~ "is\n"
+#~ " If the -h option is given, the job is not removed from the table, but is\n"
#~ " marked so that SIGHUP is not sent to the job if the shell receives a\n"
-#~ " SIGHUP. The -a option, when JOBSPEC is not supplied, means to remove "
-#~ "all\n"
-#~ " jobs from the job table; the -r option means to remove only running "
-#~ "jobs."
+#~ " SIGHUP. The -a option, when JOBSPEC is not supplied, means to remove all\n"
+#~ " jobs from the job table; the -r option means to remove only running jobs."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Par défaut, enlève tous les arguments JOBSPEC de la table des tâches "
-#~ "actives.\n"
-#~ " Si l'option « -h » est fournie, la tâche n'est pas retirée de la "
-#~ "table mais\n"
-#~ " est marquée de telle sorte que le signal SIGHUP ne lui soit pas "
-#~ "envoyé quand\n"
-#~ " le shell reçoit un SIGHUP. Lorsque JOBSPEC n'est pas fournie, "
-#~ "l'option « -a »,\n"
-#~ " permet d'enlever toutes les tâches de la table des tâches. L'option « "
-#~ "-r »\n"
+#~ "Par défaut, enlève tous les arguments JOBSPEC de la table des tâches actives.\n"
+#~ " Si l'option « -h » est fournie, la tâche n'est pas retirée de la table mais\n"
+#~ " est marquée de telle sorte que le signal SIGHUP ne lui soit pas envoyé quand\n"
+#~ " le shell reçoit un SIGHUP. Lorsque JOBSPEC n'est pas fournie, l'option « -a »,\n"
+#~ " permet d'enlever toutes les tâches de la table des tâches. L'option « -r »\n"
#~ " indique de ne retirer que les tâches en cours de fonctionnement."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "One line is read from the standard input, or from file descriptor FD if "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ " -u option is supplied, and the first word is assigned to the first "
-#~ "NAME,\n"
-#~ " the second word to the second NAME, and so on, with leftover words "
-#~ "assigned\n"
-#~ " to the last NAME. Only the characters found in $IFS are recognized "
-#~ "as word\n"
-#~ " delimiters. If no NAMEs are supplied, the line read is stored in the "
-#~ "REPLY\n"
-#~ " variable. If the -r option is given, this signifies `raw' input, "
-#~ "and\n"
-#~ " backslash escaping is disabled. The -d option causes read to "
-#~ "continue\n"
-#~ " until the first character of DELIM is read, rather than newline. If "
-#~ "the -p\n"
-#~ " option is supplied, the string PROMPT is output without a trailing "
-#~ "newline\n"
-#~ " before attempting to read. If -a is supplied, the words read are "
-#~ "assigned\n"
-#~ " to sequential indices of ARRAY, starting at zero. If -e is supplied "
-#~ "and\n"
-#~ " the shell is interactive, readline is used to obtain the line. If -n "
-#~ "is\n"
+#~ "One line is read from the standard input, or from file descriptor FD if the\n"
+#~ " -u option is supplied, and the first word is assigned to the first NAME,\n"
+#~ " the second word to the second NAME, and so on, with leftover words assigned\n"
+#~ " to the last NAME. Only the characters found in $IFS are recognized as word\n"
+#~ " delimiters. If no NAMEs are supplied, the line read is stored in the REPLY\n"
+#~ " variable. If the -r option is given, this signifies `raw' input, and\n"
+#~ " backslash escaping is disabled. The -d option causes read to continue\n"
+#~ " until the first character of DELIM is read, rather than newline. If the -p\n"
+#~ " option is supplied, the string PROMPT is output without a trailing newline\n"
+#~ " before attempting to read. If -a is supplied, the words read are assigned\n"
+#~ " to sequential indices of ARRAY, starting at zero. If -e is supplied and\n"
+#~ " the shell is interactive, readline is used to obtain the line. If -n is\n"
#~ " supplied with a non-zero NCHARS argument, read returns after NCHARS\n"
#~ " characters have been read. The -s option causes input coming from a\n"
#~ " terminal to not be echoed.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " The -t option causes read to time out and return failure if a "
-#~ "complete line\n"
-#~ " of input is not read within TIMEOUT seconds. If the TMOUT variable "
-#~ "is set,\n"
-#~ " its value is the default timeout. The return code is zero, unless "
-#~ "end-of-file\n"
-#~ " is encountered, read times out, or an invalid file descriptor is "
-#~ "supplied as\n"
+#~ " The -t option causes read to time out and return failure if a complete line\n"
+#~ " of input is not read within TIMEOUT seconds. If the TMOUT variable is set,\n"
+#~ " its value is the default timeout. The return code is zero, unless end-of-file\n"
+#~ " is encountered, read times out, or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as\n"
#~ " the argument to -u."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Une ligne est lue depuis l'entrée standard ou depuis le descripteur de "
-#~ "fichier\n"
-#~ " FD si l'option « -u » est fournie. Le premier mot est affecté au "
-#~ "premier NAME,\n"
-#~ " le second mot au second NAME, et ainsi de suite, les mots restants "
-#~ "étant affectés\n"
-#~ " au dernier NAME. Seuls les caractères situés dans « $IFS » sont "
-#~ "reconnus comme\n"
-#~ " étant des délimiteurs de mots. Si aucun NAME n'est fourni, la ligne "
-#~ "est conservée\n"
-#~ " dans la variable REPLY. L'option « -r » signifie « entrée brute » et "
-#~ "la neutralisation \n"
-#~ " par barre oblique inverse est désactivée. L'option « -d » indique de "
-#~ "continuer\" la lecture jusqu'à ce que le premier caractère de DELIM "
-#~ "soit lu plutôt que\n"
-#~ " le retour à la ligne. Si « -p » est fourni, la chaîne PROMPT est "
-#~ "affichée\n"
-#~ " sans retour à la ligne final avant la tentative de lecture. Si « -a » "
-#~ "est fourni,\n"
-#~ " les mots lus sont affectés en séquence aux indices du TABLEAU, en "
-#~ "commençant\n"
-#~ " à zéro. Si « -e » est fourni et que le shell est interactif, « "
-#~ "readline » est\n"
-#~ " utilisé pour obtenir la ligne. Si « -n » est fourni avec un argument "
-#~ "NCHARS non nul,\n"
-#~ " « read » se termine après que NCHARS caractères ont été lus. L'option "
-#~ "« -s »\n"
+#~ "Une ligne est lue depuis l'entrée standard ou depuis le descripteur de fichier\n"
+#~ " FD si l'option « -u » est fournie. Le premier mot est affecté au premier NAME,\n"
+#~ " le second mot au second NAME, et ainsi de suite, les mots restants étant affectés\n"
+#~ " au dernier NAME. Seuls les caractères situés dans « $IFS » sont reconnus comme\n"
+#~ " étant des délimiteurs de mots. Si aucun NAME n'est fourni, la ligne est conservée\n"
+#~ " dans la variable REPLY. L'option « -r » signifie « entrée brute » et la neutralisation \n"
+#~ " par barre oblique inverse est désactivée. L'option « -d » indique de continuer\" la lecture jusqu'à ce que le premier caractère de DELIM soit lu plutôt que\n"
+#~ " le retour à la ligne. Si « -p » est fourni, la chaîne PROMPT est affichée\n"
+#~ " sans retour à la ligne final avant la tentative de lecture. Si « -a » est fourni,\n"
+#~ " les mots lus sont affectés en séquence aux indices du TABLEAU, en commençant\n"
+#~ " à zéro. Si « -e » est fourni et que le shell est interactif, « readline » est\n"
+#~ " utilisé pour obtenir la ligne. Si « -n » est fourni avec un argument NCHARS non nul,\n"
+#~ " « read » se termine après que NCHARS caractères ont été lus. L'option « -s »\n"
#~ " permet aux données venant d'un terminal de ne pas être répétées.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " L'option « -t » permet à « read » de se terminer avec une erreur si "
-#~ "une ligne\n"
-#~ " entière de données ne lui a pas été fournie avant le DÉLAI "
-#~ "d'expiration. Si la\n"
-#~ " variable TMOUT est définie, sa valeur est le délai d'expiration par "
-#~ "défaut. Le code\n"
-#~ " de retour est zéro à moins qu'une fin de fichier ne soit rencontrée, "
-#~ "que « read »\n"
-#~ " atteigne le délai d'expiration ou qu'un descripteur de fichier "
-#~ "incorrect ne soit\n"
+#~ " L'option « -t » permet à « read » de se terminer avec une erreur si une ligne\n"
+#~ " entière de données ne lui a pas été fournie avant le DÉLAI d'expiration. Si la\n"
+#~ " variable TMOUT est définie, sa valeur est le délai d'expiration par défaut. Le code\n"
+#~ " de retour est zéro à moins qu'une fin de fichier ne soit rencontrée, que « read »\n"
+#~ " atteigne le délai d'expiration ou qu'un descripteur de fichier incorrect ne soit\n"
#~ " fourni pour l'argument « -u »."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Causes a function to exit with the return value specified by N. If N\n"
#~ " is omitted, the return status is that of the last command."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Permet à une fonction de se terminer avec le code de retour spécifié par "
-#~ "N.\n"
+#~ "Permet à une fonction de se terminer avec le code de retour spécifié par N.\n"
#~ " Si N est omis, le code de retour est celui de la dernière commande."
#~ msgid ""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour chaque NAME, supprime la variable ou la fonction correspondante.\n"
#~ " En spécifiant « -v », « unset » agira seulement sur les variables.\n"
-#~ " Avec l'option « -f », « unset » n'agit que sur les fonctions. Sans "
-#~ "option,\n"
-#~ " « unset » essaye d'abord de supprimer une variable et, s'il échoue, "
-#~ "essaye\n"
-#~ " de supprimer une fonction. Certaines variables ne peuvent pas être "
-#~ "supprimées.\n"
+#~ " Avec l'option « -f », « unset » n'agit que sur les fonctions. Sans option,\n"
+#~ " « unset » essaye d'abord de supprimer une variable et, s'il échoue, essaye\n"
+#~ " de supprimer une fonction. Certaines variables ne peuvent pas être supprimées.\n"
#~ " Consultez aussi « readonly ». "
#~ msgid ""
#~ " processing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les NAME sont marqués pour export automatique vers l'environnement des\n"
-#~ " prochaines commandes exécutées. si l'option « -f » est donnée, les "
-#~ "NAME\n"
-#~ " se rapportent à des fonctions. Si aucun NAME n'est donné ou si « -p "
-#~ "»\n"
-#~ " est fourni, la liste de tous les NAME exportés dans ce shell "
-#~ "s'affiche.\n"
-#~ " L'argument « -n » permet de supprimer la propriété d'export des NAME "
-#~ "qui\n"
-#~ " suivent. L'argument « -- » désactive le traitement des options "
-#~ "suivantes."
+#~ " prochaines commandes exécutées. si l'option « -f » est donnée, les NAME\n"
+#~ " se rapportent à des fonctions. Si aucun NAME n'est donné ou si « -p »\n"
+#~ " est fourni, la liste de tous les NAME exportés dans ce shell s'affiche.\n"
+#~ " L'argument « -n » permet de supprimer la propriété d'export des NAME qui\n"
+#~ " suivent. L'argument « -- » désactive le traitement des options suivantes."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The given NAMEs are marked readonly and the values of these NAMEs may\n"
#~ " not be changed by subsequent assignment. If the -f option is given,\n"
#~ " then functions corresponding to the NAMEs are so marked. If no\n"
-#~ " arguments are given, or if `-p' is given, a list of all readonly "
-#~ "names\n"
+#~ " arguments are given, or if `-p' is given, a list of all readonly names\n"
#~ " is printed. The `-a' option means to treat each NAME as\n"
#~ " an array variable. An argument of `--' disables further option\n"
#~ " processing."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les NAME donnés sont marqués pour lecture seule et les valeurs de ces "
-#~ "NAME\n"
-#~ " ne peuvent plus être changés par affection. Si l'option « -f » est "
-#~ "donnée,\n"
-#~ " les fonctions correspondant aux NAME sont marquées de la sorte. Si "
-#~ "aucun\n"
-#~ " argument n'est donné ou si « -p » est fourni, la liste de tous les "
-#~ "noms\n"
-#~ " en lecture seule est affichée. L'option « -a » indique de traiter "
-#~ "tous les\n"
-#~ " NAME comme des variables tableaux. L'argument « -- » désactive le "
-#~ "traitement\n"
+#~ "Les NAME donnés sont marqués pour lecture seule et les valeurs de ces NAME\n"
+#~ " ne peuvent plus être changés par affection. Si l'option « -f » est donnée,\n"
+#~ " les fonctions correspondant aux NAME sont marquées de la sorte. Si aucun\n"
+#~ " argument n'est donné ou si « -p » est fourni, la liste de tous les noms\n"
+#~ " en lecture seule est affichée. L'option « -a » indique de traiter tous les\n"
+#~ " NAME comme des variables tableaux. L'argument « -- » désactive le traitement\n"
#~ " des option suivantes."
#~ msgid ""
#~ " signal. The `-f' if specified says not to complain about this\n"
#~ " being a login shell if it is; just suspend anyway."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Suspend l'exécution de ce shell jusqu'à ce qu'il reçoive le signal "
-#~ "SIGCONT.\n"
-#~ " Si « -f » est spécifié, il indique de ne pas se plaindre s'il s'agit "
-#~ "d'un \n"
+#~ "Suspend l'exécution de ce shell jusqu'à ce qu'il reçoive le signal SIGCONT.\n"
+#~ " Si « -f » est spécifié, il indique de ne pas se plaindre s'il s'agit d'un \n"
#~ " shell de connexion, mais de suspendre quand-même."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For each NAME, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a\n"
#~ " command name.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " If the -t option is used, `type' outputs a single word which is one "
-#~ "of\n"
-#~ " `alias', `keyword', `function', `builtin', `file' or `', if NAME is "
-#~ "an\n"
-#~ " alias, shell reserved word, shell function, shell builtin, disk "
-#~ "file,\n"
+#~ " If the -t option is used, `type' outputs a single word which is one of\n"
+#~ " `alias', `keyword', `function', `builtin', `file' or `', if NAME is an\n"
+#~ " alias, shell reserved word, shell function, shell builtin, disk file,\n"
#~ " or unfound, respectively.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " If the -p flag is used, `type' either returns the name of the disk\n"
#~ " file that would be executed, or nothing if `type -t NAME' would not\n"
#~ " return `file'.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " If the -a flag is used, `type' displays all of the places that "
-#~ "contain\n"
+#~ " If the -a flag is used, `type' displays all of the places that contain\n"
#~ " an executable named `file'. This includes aliases, builtins, and\n"
#~ " functions, if and only if the -p flag is not also used.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " The -f flag suppresses shell function lookup.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " The -P flag forces a PATH search for each NAME, even if it is an "
-#~ "alias,\n"
-#~ " builtin, or function, and returns the name of the disk file that "
-#~ "would\n"
+#~ " The -P flag forces a PATH search for each NAME, even if it is an alias,\n"
+#~ " builtin, or function, and returns the name of the disk file that would\n"
#~ " be executed."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Indique comment chaque NAME serait interprété s'il était utilisé comme "
-#~ "un\n"
+#~ "Indique comment chaque NAME serait interprété s'il était utilisé comme un\n"
#~ " nom de commande.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Si l'option « -t » est utilisée, « type » affiche un simple mot "
-#~ "parmi\n"
-#~ " « alias », « keyword », « function », « builtin », « file » ou « », "
-#~ "si\n"
-#~ " NAME est respectivement un alias, un mot réservé du shell, une "
-#~ "fonction\n"
+#~ " Si l'option « -t » est utilisée, « type » affiche un simple mot parmi\n"
+#~ " « alias », « keyword », « function », « builtin », « file » ou « », si\n"
+#~ " NAME est respectivement un alias, un mot réservé du shell, une fonction\n"
#~ " du shell, une primitive, un fichier du disque, ou s'il est inconnu.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Si l'indicateur « -p » est utilisé, « type » renvoie soit le nom du "
-#~ "fichier\n"
-#~ " du disque qui serait exécuté, soit rien si « type -t NAME » ne "
-#~ "retourne pas\n"
+#~ " Si l'indicateur « -p » est utilisé, « type » renvoie soit le nom du fichier\n"
+#~ " du disque qui serait exécuté, soit rien si « type -t NAME » ne retourne pas\n"
#~ " « file ».\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Si « -a » est utilisé, « type » affiche tous les emplacements qui "
-#~ "contiennent\n"
-#~ " un exécutable nommé « file ». Ceci inclut les alias, les primitives "
-#~ "et les\n"
+#~ " Si « -a » est utilisé, « type » affiche tous les emplacements qui contiennent\n"
+#~ " un exécutable nommé « file ». Ceci inclut les alias, les primitives et les\n"
#~ " fonctions si, et seulement si « -p » n'est pas également utilisé.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " L'indicateur « -P » force une recherche dans PATH pour chaque NAME "
-#~ "même\n"
-#~ " si c'est un alias, une primitive ou une fonction et renvoie le nom "
-#~ "du\n"
+#~ " L'indicateur « -P » force une recherche dans PATH pour chaque NAME même\n"
+#~ " si c'est un alias, une primitive ou une fonction et renvoie le nom du\n"
#~ " fichier du disque qui serait exécuté."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user file-creation mask is set to MODE. If MODE is omitted, or if\n"
-#~ " `-S' is supplied, the current value of the mask is printed. The `-"
-#~ "S'\n"
-#~ " option makes the output symbolic; otherwise an octal number is "
-#~ "output.\n"
+#~ " `-S' is supplied, the current value of the mask is printed. The `-S'\n"
+#~ " option makes the output symbolic; otherwise an octal number is output.\n"
#~ " If `-p' is supplied, and MODE is omitted, the output is in a form\n"
#~ " that may be used as input. If MODE begins with a digit, it is\n"
-#~ " interpreted as an octal number, otherwise it is a symbolic mode "
-#~ "string\n"
+#~ " interpreted as an octal number, otherwise it is a symbolic mode string\n"
#~ " like that accepted by chmod(1)."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Le masque de création des fichiers utilisateurs est réglé à MODE. Si "
-#~ "MODE\n"
-#~ " est omis ou si « -S » est fourni, la valeur actuelle du masque est "
-#~ "affichée\n"
-#~ " L'option « -S » rend la sortie symbolique, sinon une valeur octale "
-#~ "est\n"
-#~ " est utilisée. Si « -p » est fourni et que MODE est omis, la sortie se "
-#~ "fait\n"
-#~ " dans un format qui peut être réutilisé comme entrée. Si MODE commence "
-#~ "par\n"
-#~ " un chiffre, il est interprété comme un nombre octal, sinon comme une "
-#~ "chaîne\n"
+#~ "Le masque de création des fichiers utilisateurs est réglé à MODE. Si MODE\n"
+#~ " est omis ou si « -S » est fourni, la valeur actuelle du masque est affichée\n"
+#~ " L'option « -S » rend la sortie symbolique, sinon une valeur octale est\n"
+#~ " est utilisée. Si « -p » est fourni et que MODE est omis, la sortie se fait\n"
+#~ " dans un format qui peut être réutilisé comme entrée. Si MODE commence par\n"
+#~ " un chiffre, il est interprété comme un nombre octal, sinon comme une chaîne\n"
#~ " symbolique de mode comme celle utilisée par « chmod(1) »."
#~ msgid ""
#~ " settable options is displayed, with an indication of whether or\n"
#~ " not each is set."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Commute la valeur des variables qui contrôlent les comportements "
-#~ "optionnels.\n"
-#~ " L'option « -s » indique d'activer chaque option nommée OPTNAME. "
-#~ "L'option\n"
-#~ " « -u » désactive l'option OPTNAME. L'option « -q » rend la sortie "
-#~ "silencieuse.\n"
-#~ " Le code de retour indique si chaque OPTNAME est activée ou "
-#~ "désactivée.\n"
-#~ " L'option « -o » restreint les options OPTNAME à celles qui peuvent "
-#~ "être utilisées avec\n"
-#~ " « set -o ». Sans option ou avec l'option « -p », une liste de toutes "
-#~ "les\n"
-#~ " options modifiables est affichée, avec une indication sur l'état de "
-#~ "chacune."
+#~ "Commute la valeur des variables qui contrôlent les comportements optionnels.\n"
+#~ " L'option « -s » indique d'activer chaque option nommée OPTNAME. L'option\n"
+#~ " « -u » désactive l'option OPTNAME. L'option « -q » rend la sortie silencieuse.\n"
+#~ " Le code de retour indique si chaque OPTNAME est activée ou désactivée.\n"
+#~ " L'option « -o » restreint les options OPTNAME à celles qui peuvent être utilisées avec\n"
+#~ " « set -o ». Sans option ou avec l'option « -p », une liste de toutes les\n"
+#~ " options modifiables est affichée, avec une indication sur l'état de chacune."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For each NAME, specify how arguments are to be completed.\n"
-#~ " If the -p option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, "
-#~ "existing\n"
-#~ " completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to "
-#~ "be\n"
-#~ " reused as input. The -r option removes a completion specification "
-#~ "for\n"
-#~ " each NAME, or, if no NAMEs are supplied, all completion "
-#~ "specifications."
+#~ " If the -p option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, existing\n"
+#~ " completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to be\n"
+#~ " reused as input. The -r option removes a completion specification for\n"
+#~ " each NAME, or, if no NAMEs are supplied, all completion specifications."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour chaque NAME, spécifie comment les arguments doivent être complétés.\n"
-#~ " Si l'option « -p » est fournie ou si aucune option n'est fournie, les "
-#~ "spécifications\n"
-#~ " de complètement actuelles sont affichées de manière à pouvoir être "
-#~ "réutilisées\n"
-#~ " comme entrée. L'option « -r » enlève la spécification de complètement "
-#~ "pour chaque\n"
-#~ " NAME ou, si aucun NAME n'est fourni, toutes les spécifications de "
-#~ "complètement."
+#~ " Si l'option « -p » est fournie ou si aucune option n'est fournie, les spécifications\n"
+#~ " de complètement actuelles sont affichées de manière à pouvoir être réutilisées\n"
+#~ " comme entrée. L'option « -r » enlève la spécification de complètement pour chaque\n"
+#~ " NAME ou, si aucun NAME n'est fourni, toutes les spécifications de complètement."
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
- ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#')
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
indirect variable reference may be made. */
#endif
static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *string_var_assignment __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *array_var_assignment __P((SHELL_VAR *, int, int));
+#endif
+static char *pos_params_assignment __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static char *string_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+static char *list_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_transform __P((int, int, int));
+#if defined ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_transform __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int));
static char *read_comsub __P((int, int, int *));
v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
/* XXX */
- if (v && invisible_p (var))
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
return ((char *)NULL);
itype = ret[0];
return temp1;
}
+static char *
+string_var_assignment (v, s)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
+{
+ char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *ret, *val;
+ int i;
+
+ val = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + strlen (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
+ if (i > 0)
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ else
+ sprintf (ret, "%s=%s", v->name, val);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int itype, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret, *val, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
+
+ if (v == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ val = array_p (v) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v), 0)
+ : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v), 0);
+ if (val == 0)
+ {
+ val = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ val[0] = '(';
+ val[1] = ')';
+ val[2] = 0;
+ }
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + strlen (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *temp, *ret;
+
+ /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
+ temp = list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp) + 8);
+ strcpy (ret, "set -- ");
+ strcpy (ret + 7, temp);
+ free (temp);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+string_transform (xc, v, s)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *ret, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
+
+ if (((xc == 'A' || xc == 'a') && v == 0) || (xc != 'a' && s == 0))
+ return (char *)NULL;
+
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
+ case 'a':
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ ret = string_var_assignment (v, s);
+ break;
+ /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
+ case 'E':
+ ret = ansiexpand (s, 0, strlen (s), (int *)0);
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ ret = decode_prompt_string (s);
+ break;
+ case 'Q':
+ ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = string_transform (xc, v, l->word->word);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); /* XXX */
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_transform (xc, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ return (pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted));
+ ret = list_transform (xc, (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_transform (xc, var, varname, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+
+ /* XXX */
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted));
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_transform (varname, value, ind, xform, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *xform;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, xc;
+ char *temp1, *val;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ xc = xform[0];
+ if (value == 0 && xc != 'A' && xc != 'a')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* check for valid values of xc */
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
+ case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
+ case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
+ case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
+ case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
+ break;
+ default:
+ return &expand_param_error;
+ }
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype & ~VT_STARSUB)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = string_transform (xc, v, val);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_transform (xc, v, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_transform (xc, varname[0], quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return temp1;
+}
+
/*******************************************
* *
* Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
{
if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
{
+ *varp = v;
if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
*valp = dequote_string (value);
else
/* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
change the 1 to 0. */
# if defined (CASEMOD_CAPCASE)
- name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
# else
- name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
# endif /* CASEMOD_CAPCASE */
#else
- name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", SX_VARNAME);
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
+ /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
+ the cleanest code ever. */
+ if (*name == 0 && sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '@')
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 2);
+ name[0] = '@';
+ name[1] = '\0';
+ t_index++;
+ }
+
ret = 0;
tflag = 0;
/* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
- to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
+ designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
+ general. */
if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[sindex + 1])) ||
(sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
{
t_index++;
- temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0);
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1)));
*name = string[sindex];
if (string[sindex] == '!')
case RBRACE:
break;
+ case '@':
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_transform (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ goto bad_substitution;
+
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+
case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
--- /dev/null
+/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
+ and globbing substitutions. */
+
+/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
+ beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "typemax.h"
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+#include "builtins/builtext.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* The size that strings change by. */
+#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
+#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
+
+/* Variable types. */
+#define VT_VARIABLE 0
+#define VT_POSPARMS 1
+#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
+#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
+#define VT_ASSOCVAR 4
+
+#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
+
+/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
+#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
+#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
+#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
+#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
+
+/* Flags for the `pflags' argument to param_expand() */
+#define PF_NOCOMSUB 0x01 /* Do not perform command substitution */
+#define PF_IGNUNBOUND 0x02 /* ignore unbound vars even if -u set */
+#define PF_NOSPLIT2 0x04 /* same as W_NOSPLIT2 */
+#define PF_ASSIGNRHS 0x08 /* same as W_ASSIGNRHS */
+
+/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
+#define LBRACE '{'
+#define RBRACE '}'
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+#define LBRACK '['
+#define RBRACK ']'
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#define WLPAREN L'('
+#define WRPAREN L')'
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
+ can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
+#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
+ indirect variable reference may be made. */
+#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
+ ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
+ in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
+#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
+#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
+ ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
+ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
+ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+
+/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
+ a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
+ expand_string_if_necessary(). */
+typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
+pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+char *ifs_value;
+unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+int ifs_is_set, ifs_is_null;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
+unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
+
+/* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
+ command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
+ we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
+int assigning_in_environment;
+
+/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
+ so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
+ SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
+WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
+extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
+extern int subshell_environment, line_number;
+extern int subshell_level, parse_and_execute_level, sourcelevel;
+extern int eof_encountered;
+extern int return_catch_flag, return_catch_value;
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
+extern int wordexp_only;
+extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+extern int builtin_ignoring_errexit;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern wchar_t *wcsdup __P((const wchar_t *));
+#endif
+
+/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
+ a null file. */
+int allow_null_glob_expansion;
+
+/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
+int fail_glob_expansion;
+
+#if 0
+/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
+ output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
+ expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
+ (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
+char *glob_argv_flags;
+static int glob_argv_flags_size;
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
+
+static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
+static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal;
+static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal;
+static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal;
+
+/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
+ errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
+static int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+/* Set by expand_word_unsplit; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining
+ $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. */
+static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
+ without any leading variable assignments. */
+static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+static char *quoted_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static int quoted_strlen __P((char *));
+static char *quoted_strchr __P((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *expand_string_if_necessary __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *list_dequote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static char *make_quoted_char __P((int));
+static WORD_LIST *quote_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static int unquoted_substring __P((char *, char *));
+static int unquoted_member __P((int, char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment __P((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static int do_assignment_internal __P((const WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+static char *string_extract_verbatim __P((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract __P((char *, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract_double_quoted __P((char *, int *, int));
+static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted __P((char *, int *));
+static inline int skip_single_quoted __P((const char *, size_t, int));
+static int skip_double_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static char *extract_delimited_string __P((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
+static char *extract_dollar_brace_string __P((char *, int *, int, int));
+static int skip_matched_pair __P((const char *, int, int, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params __P((char *, int, int, int));
+
+static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *remove_upattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static wchar_t *remove_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+static char *remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int match_upattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int match_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
+#endif
+static int match_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+static int getpatspec __P((int, char *));
+static char *getpattern __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *list_remove_pattern __P((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern __P((int, char *, int, int));
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_remove_pattern __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, int, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *string_var_assignment __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *array_var_assignment __P((SHELL_VAR *, int, int));
+#endif
+static char *pos_params_assignment __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+static char *string_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *));
+static char *list_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, WORD_LIST *, int, int));
+#if defined ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_transform __P((int, SHELL_VAR *, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_transform __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
+
+static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *read_comsub __P((int, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static arrayind_t array_length_reference __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int valid_brace_expansion_word __P((char *, int));
+static int chk_atstar __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+static int chk_arithsub __P((const char *, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word __P((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t *));
+static char *parameter_brace_find_indir __P((char *, int, int, int));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs __P((char *, char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static void parameter_brace_expand_error __P((char *, char *));
+
+static int valid_length_expression __P((char *));
+static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length __P((char *));
+
+static char *skiparith __P((char *, int));
+static int verify_substring_values __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
+static int get_var_and_type __P((char *, char *, arrayind_t, int, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
+static char *mb_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_substring __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static int shouldexp_replacement __P((char *));
+
+static char *pos_params_pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_patsub __P((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_casemod __P((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int));
+
+static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_DESC *param_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *word_list_split __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static void exp_jump_to_top_level __P((int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
+static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#endif
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static int make_internal_declare __P((char *, char *));
+#endif
+static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (DEBUG)
+void
+dump_word_flags (flags)
+ int flags;
+{
+ int f;
+
+ f = flags;
+ fprintf (stderr, "%d -> ", f);
+ if (f & W_ARRAYIND)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNASSOC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARRAY;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASCTLESC)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASCTLESC;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASCTLESC%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOPROCSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOPROCSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DQUOTE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DQUOTE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DQUOTE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNARG)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNARG;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNBLTIN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNBLTIN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSNGLOBAL;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNINT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNINT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNINT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_COMPASSIGN;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOEXPAND)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOEXPAND;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOEXPAND%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ITILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ITILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOTILDE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOTILDE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOCOMSUB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARSTAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARSTAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_DOLLARAT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_DOLLARAT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_TILDEEXP)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_TILDEEXP;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT2;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOSPLIT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOBRACE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOBRACE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOBRACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_NOGLOB)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_NOGLOB;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_NOGLOB%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_SPLITSPACE)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_SPLITSPACE;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_QUOTED)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_QUOTED;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_QUOTED%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ if (f & W_HASDOLLAR)
+ {
+ f &= ~W_HASDOLLAR;
+ fprintf (stderr, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f ? "|" : "");
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+ fflush (stderr);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static char *
+quoted_substring (string, start, end)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ register int len, l;
+ register char *result, *s, *r;
+
+ len = end - start;
+
+ /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
+ for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; )
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
+
+ /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
+ s = string + l;
+ for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ *r++ = *s;
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
+static int
+quoted_strlen (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+ int i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == CTLESC)
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ return (i + 1);
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
+ quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
+ characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
+ escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
+static char *
+quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int c, flags;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\')
+ || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC))
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (*p == c)
+ return p;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
+ STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
+static int
+unquoted_member (character, string)
+ int character;
+ char *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sindex = 0;
+ while (c = string[sindex])
+ {
+ if (c == character)
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
+static int
+unquoted_substring (substr, string)
+ char *substr, *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, sublen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
+ return (0);
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen))
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
+ to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
+ for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
+ where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
+ character array for this string. */
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+INLINE char *
+sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
+ char *source, *target;
+ int *indx, *size;
+{
+ if (source)
+ {
+ int srclen, n;
+
+ srclen = STRLEN (source);
+ if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
+ {
+ n = srclen + *indx;
+ n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
+ }
+
+ FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
+ *indx += srclen;
+ target[*indx] = '\0';
+
+ free (source);
+ }
+ return (target);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+char *
+sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
+ intmax_t number;
+ int *indx, *size;
+ char *target;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = itos (number);
+ return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
+ one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
+ part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
+ Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
+ is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
+ everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
+ If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
+ update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
+ contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
+static char *
+string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int c, i;
+ int found;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ found = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ if (string[i + 1])
+ i++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((flags & SX_VARNAME) && c == '[')
+ {
+ int ni;
+ /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
+ ni = skipsubscript (string, i, 0);
+ if (string[ni] == ']')
+ i = ni;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ {
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
+ error and let the caller deal with it. */
+ if ((flags & SX_REQMATCH) && found == 0)
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (&extract_string_error);
+ }
+
+ temp = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
+ quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
+ Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
+ is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
+static char *
+string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, stripdq;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *send;
+ int j, i, t;
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
+ int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
+ int dquote;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
+
+ j = 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
+ /* Posix.2 sez:
+
+ ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
+ character only when followed by one of the characters:
+ $ ` " \ <newline>''.
+
+ If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
+ expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
+ we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
+ and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
+ indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
+
+ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
+ backslashes before characters for which the backslash
+ retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
+ front of other characters. If we are not in an
+ embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
+ This mess is necessary because the string was already
+ surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
+ quoting rules).
+ The returned string will be run through expansion as if
+ it were double-quoted. */
+ if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
+ (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
+ temp[j++] = '\\';
+ pass_next = 0;
+
+add_one_character:
+ COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
+ handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
+ a double quote. */
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
+ initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
+ that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
+ removed, defines that command''. */
+ if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
+ ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
+ if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ int free_ret = 1;
+
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, 0);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0);
+
+ temp[j++] = '$';
+ temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
+ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
+ {
+ free_ret = 0;
+ ret = string + i + 2;
+ }
+
+ for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
+ temp[j] = ret[t];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
+
+ if (free_ret)
+ free (ret);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
+ accumulating. */
+ if (c != '"')
+ goto add_one_character;
+
+ /* c == '"' */
+ if (stripdq)
+ {
+ dquote ^= 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ temp[j] = '\0';
+
+ /* Point to after the closing quote. */
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
+static int
+skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ int c, i;
+ char *ret;
+ int pass_next, backquote, si;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = 0;
+ i = sind;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_command_subst (string, &si, SX_NOALLOC);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, SX_NOALLOC);
+
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c != '"')
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing single quote. */
+static inline char *
+string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ register int i;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (t);
+}
+
+static inline int
+skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ const char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ register int c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ c = sind;
+ while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+
+ if (string[c])
+ c++;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
+ that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
+static char *
+string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
+ int c;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
+ --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
+ return temp;
+ }
+
+ i = *sindex;
+#if 0
+ /* See how the MBLEN and ADVANCE_CHAR macros work to understand why we need
+ this only if MB_CUR_MAX > 1. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 1;
+#endif
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = strlen (charlist);
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
+ if ((flags & SX_NOCTLESC) == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
+ through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
+ remove_quoted_nulls. */
+ else if ((flags & SX_NOESCCTLNUL) == 0 && c == CTLESC && string[i+1] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1));
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
+ temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
+ XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
+char *
+extract_command_subst (string, sindex, xflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
+{
+ if (string[*sindex] == LPAREN)
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", xflags|SX_COMMAND)); /*)*/
+ else
+ {
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
+ }
+}
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
+char *
+extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
+char *
+extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex, xflags)
+ char *string;
+ char *starter;
+ int *sindex;
+ int xflags;
+{
+#if 0
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND));
+#else
+ xflags |= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error ? SX_NOLONGJMP : 0);
+ return (xparse_dolparen (string, string+*sindex, sindex, xflags));
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
+ each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
+ we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
+char *
+extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ int slen;
+ char *ret;
+
+ slen = strlen (string); /* ( */
+ if (string[slen - 1] == ')')
+ {
+ ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1);
+ *sindex = slen - 1;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
+ character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
+ the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
+ SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
+ If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
+ contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
+ needs to be skipped. */
+static char *
+extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, c, si;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t, *result;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment;
+ int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
+ len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
+ len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
+
+ pass_character = in_comment = 0;
+
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ i = *sindex;
+
+ while (nesting_level)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (in_comment)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ in_comment = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
+ multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string[i - 1])))
+ {
+ in_comment = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
+ arithmetic substitution. */
+ if ((flags & SX_COMMAND) && string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested OPENER. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
+ if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_alt_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
+ the nesting level. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
+ {
+ i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
+ if (flags & SX_NOALLOC)
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
+ strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
+ result[si] = '\0';
+ }
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
+ Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
+ skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
+ SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
+ gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
+ occurs inside double quotes. */
+/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
+static char *
+extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, flags;
+{
+ register int i, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, si, dolbrace_state;
+ char *result, *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_character = 0;
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+
+ /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
+ parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
+ case where this function is called to parse the word in
+ ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
+ dolbrace_state = (flags & SX_WORD) ? DOLBRACE_WORD : DOLBRACE_PARAM;
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && (flags & SX_POSIXEXP))
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_character)
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level++;
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
+ verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
+ arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (string, &si, flags|SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+/*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
+ if (posixly_correct && shell_compatibility_level > 42 && dolbrace_state != DOLBRACE_QUOTE && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ else
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
+ share the same defines. */
+ if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '%' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '#' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '/' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE2; /* XXX */
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == '^' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && c == ',' && (i - *sindex) > 1)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_QUOTE;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_PARAM && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) != 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_OP;
+ else if (dolbrace_state == DOLBRACE_OP && strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c) == 0)
+ dolbrace_state = DOLBRACE_WORD;
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ { /* { */
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ result = (flags & SX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+char *
+de_backslash (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
+ string[i + 1] == '$'))
+ i++;
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*UNUSED*/
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+void
+unquote_bang (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ register char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+
+ for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!')
+ {
+ temp[j] = '!';
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ strcpy (string, temp);
+ free (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; return (x); } while (0)
+
+/* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
+ parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
+ matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
+ intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
+ assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()). */
+static int
+skip_matched_pair (string, start, open, close, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, open, close, flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, count;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, *ss;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+
+ i = start + 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
+ count = 1;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ ss = (char *)string;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && c == open)
+ {
+ count++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == close)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (ss, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if ((flags&1) == 0 && c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (ss, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (ss, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+int
+skipsubscript (string, start, flags)
+ const char *string;
+ int start, flags;
+{
+ return (skip_matched_pair (string, start, '[', ']', flags));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
+ the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
+ begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
+ STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
+ a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
+ functions of that ilk. */
+int
+skip_to_delim (string, start, delims, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c, invert, skipquote, skipcmd, noprocsub;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp, open[3];
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ if (flags & SD_NOJMP)
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ invert = (flags & SD_INVERT);
+ skipcmd = (flags & SD_NOSKIPCMD) == 0;
+ noprocsub = (flags & SD_NOPROCSUB);
+
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
+ and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
+ test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
+ double-quoted strings. */
+ skipquote = ((flags & SD_NOQUOTEDELIM) && (c == '\'' || c =='"'));
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (skipquote == 0 && invert == 0 && member (c, delims))
+ break;
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((skipcmd && string[i+1] == LPAREN) || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC|SX_COMMAND); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, SX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ else if (skipcmd && noprocsub == 0 && (c == '<' || c == '>') && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+ temp = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &si, 0);
+ free (temp); /* XXX - not using SX_ALLOC here yet */
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ else if ((flags & SD_EXTGLOB) && extended_glob && string[i+1] == LPAREN && member (c, "?*+!@"))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ open[0] = c;
+ open[1] = LPAREN;
+ open[2] = '\0';
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, open, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if ((flags & SD_GLOB) && c == LBRACK)
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC); /* ] */
+
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((skipquote || invert) && (member (c, delims) == 0))
+ break;
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
+ an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
+ by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
+ single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
+ error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
+ recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
+ rl_completer_quote_characters. */
+
+int
+char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = pass_next = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(0);
+}
+
+int
+unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+ char *openstr;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ olen = strlen (openstr);
+ i = pass_next = openc = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ return 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ {
+ openc = 1 - openc;
+ i += olen;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+ return (openc);
+}
+
+/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
+ individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
+ to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
+ rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
+ gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
+ the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
+ DELIMS delimit separate fields. */
+WORD_LIST *
+split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, flags, nwp, cwp)
+ char *string;
+ int slen;
+ char *delims;
+ int sentinel, flags;
+ int *nwp, *cwp;
+{
+ int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split, dflags;
+ char *token, *d, *d2;
+ WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ {
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = 0;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = 0;
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
+ ifs_split = delims == 0;
+
+ /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
+ d2 = 0;
+ if (delims)
+ {
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak;
+ state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
+ d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
+ }
+ d2[ts] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
+ long as those characters are delimiters. */
+ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ return (ret);
+
+ ts = i;
+ nw = 0;
+ cw = -1;
+ dflags = flags|SD_NOJMP;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d, dflags);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
+ separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
+ is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
+ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
+ {
+ te = ts + 1;
+ /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
+ and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
+ if (ifs_split)
+ while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]))
+ te++;
+ else
+ while (member (string[te], d2))
+ te++;
+ }
+
+ token = substring (string, ts, te);
+
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ free (token);
+ nw++;
+
+ if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
+ sentinel word to the current word. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
+ word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
+ the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
+ {
+ tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
+ ret->next = tl;
+ cw = nw;
+ nw++;
+ }
+
+ if (string[te] == 0)
+ break;
+
+ i = te;
+ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])))
+ i++;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ ts = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
+ the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
+ the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
+ possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
+ add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && (sentinel >= slen || sentinel >= te))
+ {
+ if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
+ {
+ token = "";
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ nw++;
+ }
+ cw = nw;
+ }
+
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = nw;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = cw;
+
+ FREE (d2);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+char *
+assignment_name (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ int offset;
+ char *temp;
+
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ if (offset == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
+ return (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
+ to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
+char *
+string_list_internal (list, sep)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *sep;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+ char *result, *r;
+ int word_len, sep_len, result_size;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
+ if (list->next == 0)
+ return (savestring (list->word->word));
+
+ /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
+ sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
+ result_size = 0;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list)
+ result_size += sep_len;
+ result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list && sep_len)
+ {
+ if (sep_len > 1)
+ {
+ FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len);
+ r += sep_len;
+ }
+ else
+ *r++ = sep[0];
+ }
+
+ word_len = strlen (t->word->word);
+ FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len);
+ r += word_len;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+char *
+string_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
+}
+
+/* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
+ obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
+ the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
+ length of the returned string. */
+char *
+ifs_firstchar (lenp)
+ int *lenp;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ int len;
+
+ ret = xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (ret, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ ret[len = ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ ret[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ ret[1] = '\0';
+ len = ret[0] ? 0 : 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (lenp)
+ *lenp = len;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
+ quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
+ expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
+ to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
+ first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_star (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ char *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (list, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
+ the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
+ word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
+ in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
+ <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
+ also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
+ to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
+ exactly. */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ifs, *ret;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if defined (__GNUC__)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+# else
+ char *sep = 0;
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
+ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (__GNUC__)
+ sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+# endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+ if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+ sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
+ sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
+ it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
+ tlist = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+ ? quote_list (list)
+ : list_quote_escapes (list);
+
+ ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep);
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
+ free (sep);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and
+ the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
+ separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
+ string_list as appropriate. */
+char *
+string_list_pos_params (pchar, list, quoted)
+ int pchar;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*' && (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ {
+ tlist = quote_list (list);
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist);
+ ret = string_list (tlist);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '*')
+ {
+ /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
+ making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
+ separator. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ }
+ else if (pchar == '@' && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
+ that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
+ use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
+ thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
+ string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
+ the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
+ later splitting. */
+ ret = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ else if (pchar == '@')
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (list) : list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
+ words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
+ non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
+ the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
+
+ This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
+ exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
+ the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
+ as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
+ to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
+ following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
+ occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
+ are in `separators'):
+
+ 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
+ string.
+ 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
+ IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
+ IFS white space delimits a field.
+ 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
+ */
+
+/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
+ expect to have "" preserved! */
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+#define issep(c) \
+ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
+ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
+ : 0)
+
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string (string, separators, quoted)
+ register char *string, *separators;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+ WORD_DESC *t;
+ char *current_word, *s;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!string || !*string)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ else if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ slen = 0;
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
+ STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
+ if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+
+ if (!*s)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ string = s;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ The splitting algorithm is:
+ extract a word, stopping at a separator
+ skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+ for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+ if (current_word == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
+ want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
+ empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
+ below. */
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+ else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
+ perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
+ remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
+ result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result);
+ result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
+ Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
+ else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ t = alloc_word_desc ();
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+
+ free (current_word);
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (string[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
+ is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
+ field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
+ empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
+ adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
+ ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
+ the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS;
+ it should be simplified.
+
+ XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
+ combined - XXX */
+char *
+get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
+ char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ char *current_word;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep, xflags;
+ size_t slen;
+
+ if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+ for (xflags = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC) xflags |= SX_NOCTLESC;
+ if (*s == CTLNUL) xflags |= SX_NOESCCTLNUL;
+ }
+
+ s = *stringp;
+ slen = 0;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. */
+ if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s); s++);
+
+ /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
+ if (!*s)
+ {
+ *stringp = s;
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
+ the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
+ tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
+
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ sindex = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim
+ unless multibyte chars are possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (s) : 1;
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators, xflags);
+
+ /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s + sindex;
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (s[sindex])
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
+ a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
+ delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
+ Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && isifs (s[sindex]) && !spctabnl (s[sindex]))
+ {
+ sindex++;
+ /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
+ IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+
+ /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
+ *stringp = s + sindex;
+ return (current_word);
+}
+
+/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
+ of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
+ or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
+ Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
+ non-zero. */
+char *
+strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape)
+ char *string, *separators;
+ int saw_escape;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
+ while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
+ (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
+ s--;
+ *++s = '\0';
+ return string;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
+ backslashes, single and double quotes. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string_with_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *token, *s;
+ size_t s_len;
+ int c, i, tokstart, len;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
+ ;
+ if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ s_len = strlen (s);
+ tokstart = i = 0;
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = s[i];
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
+ {
+ /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
+ add it to the word list. */
+ token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
+ list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
+ free (token);
+ while (spctabnl (s[i]))
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ tokstart = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ i++; /* normal character */
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif
+
+/********************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform assignment statements */
+/* */
+/********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int mklocal, mkassoc, mkglobal;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ mkassoc = flags & ASS_MKASSOC;
+ mkglobal = flags & ASS_MKGLOBAL;
+
+ if (mklocal && variable_context)
+ {
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (mkassoc)
+ v = make_local_assoc_variable (name);
+ else if (v == 0 || (array_p (v) == 0 && assoc_p (v) == 0) || v->context != variable_context)
+ v = make_local_array_variable (name, 0);
+ if (v)
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ }
+ /* In a function but forcing assignment in global context */
+ else if (mkglobal && variable_context)
+ {
+ v = find_global_variable (name);
+ list = expand_compound_array_assignment (v, value, flags);
+ if (v == 0 && mkassoc)
+ v = make_new_assoc_variable (name);
+ else if (v && mkassoc && assoc_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_assoc (v);
+ else if (v == 0)
+ v = make_new_array_variable (name);
+ else if (v && mkassoc == 0 && array_p (v) == 0)
+ v = convert_var_to_array (v);
+ if (v)
+ assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags);
+ }
+ else
+ v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags);
+
+ return (v);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+static int
+do_assignment_internal (word, expand)
+ const WORD_DESC *word;
+ int expand;
+{
+ int offset, appendop, assign_list, aflags, retval;
+ char *name, *value, *temp;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ char *t;
+ int ni;
+#endif
+ const char *string;
+
+ if (word == 0 || word->word == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0;
+ string = word->word;
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ name = savestring (string);
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (name[offset] == '=')
+ {
+ if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
+ {
+ appendop = 1;
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */
+ temp = name + offset + 1;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN))
+ {
+ assign_list = ni = 1;
+ value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (expand && temp[0])
+ value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment);
+ else
+ value = savestring (temp);
+ }
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ {
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '+';
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
+ if (appendop)
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
+
+ if (appendop)
+ aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (t = mbschr (name, '[')) /*]*/
+ {
+ if (assign_list)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ else if (assign_list)
+ {
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL) == 0)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL;
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) && (word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ aflags |= ASS_MKGLOBAL;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ aflags |= ASS_MKASSOC;
+ entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags);
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+
+ /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
+ if (entry == 0 || readonly_p (entry))
+ retval = 0; /* assignment failure */
+ else if (noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ retval = 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
+ }
+ else
+ retval = 1;
+
+ if (entry && retval != 0 && noassign_p (entry) == 0)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (retval);
+}
+
+/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
+ right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
+int
+do_assignment (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1);
+}
+
+int
+do_word_assignment (word, flags)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int flags;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (word, 1);
+}
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
+ expansions on the right hand side. */
+int
+do_assignment_no_expand (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ td.word = string;
+
+ return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0));
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_rest_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list, *args;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
+ for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list);
+
+ for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+int
+number_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++)
+ ;
+ for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next)
+ n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+char *
+get_dollar_var_value (ind)
+ intmax_t ind;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *p;
+
+ if (ind < 10)
+ temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL;
+ else /* We want something like ${11} */
+ {
+ ind -= 10;
+ for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
+ ;
+ temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+char *
+string_rest_of_args (dollar_star)
+ int dollar_star;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *string;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
+ END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
+ which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
+ Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
+ no quoting chars are added. */
+static char *
+pos_params (string, start, end, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
+ if (start == end)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0 && start > 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
+ {
+ t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params);
+ save = params = t;
+ }
+
+ for (i = start ? 1 : 0; params && i < start; i++)
+ params = params->next;
+ if (params == 0)
+ {
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
+ {
+ t = params;
+ params = params->next;
+ }
+
+ t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (string[0], h, quoted);
+
+ if (t != params)
+ t->next = params;
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#else
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
+#endif
+
+/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
+ then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
+ removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
+static char *
+expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
+ {
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_arith_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *list, *tlist;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
+ {
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ /* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by
+ expand_string_leave_quoted */
+ td.flags = W_NOPROCSUB; /* don't want process substitution */
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ list = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ /* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and
+ expand_string */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ tlist = word_list_split (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ list = tlist;
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+ }
+ /* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (td.word);
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && (quoted & Q_ARITH))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+remove_backslashes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ for (s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ s++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This needs better error handling. */
+/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
+ [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
+ to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
+ this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
+ SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
+ be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
+ for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. */
+char *
+cond_expand_word (w, special)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int special;
+{
+ char *r, *p;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int qflags;
+
+ if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ w->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+ if (l)
+ {
+ if (special == 0) /* LHS */
+ {
+ dequote_list (l);
+ r = string_list (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes
+ or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what
+ circumstances. */
+ qflags = QGLOB_CVTNULL;
+ if (special == 2)
+ qflags |= QGLOB_REGEXP;
+ p = string_list (l);
+ r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, qflags);
+ free (p);
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ r = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
+ A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
+ any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int q, i, *c, *e;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
+ if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
+ already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
+ but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
+ to exit in most cases). */
+ w->word = (char *)NULL;
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
+ Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
+ in the result. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+
+ FREE (td.word);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_assignment (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+
+ td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+ value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ FREE (td.word);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+
+/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
+ expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
+ passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
+ to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_prompt_string (string, quoted, wflags)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ int wflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = wflags;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+ if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ return value;
+ }
+ FREE (td.word);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
+ the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
+ and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
+ things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
+ substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+
+ if (tlist)
+ {
+ tresult = word_list_split (tlist);
+ dispose_words (tlist);
+ return (tresult);
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
+ it returns. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ td.flags = W_NOSPLIT2; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
+ td.word = string;
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to handle quoting chars *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Conventions:
+
+ A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
+ The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
+
+/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
+ used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
+ the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
+ and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
+ in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
+ eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
+ code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
+ spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
+ a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
+ document (effectively double-quoted). */
+char *
+quote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+ s = string;
+
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if ((skip_ctlesc == 0 && *s == CTLESC) || (skip_ctlnul == 0 && *s == CTLNUL) || (quote_spaces && *s == ' '))
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+list_quote_escapes (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
+
+ The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
+ This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
+ data stream pass through properly.
+
+ We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
+ quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
+ characters.
+
+ Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
+char *
+dequote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t, *s1;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ int quote_spaces;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return string;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ quote_spaces = (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0);
+
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL || (quote_spaces && s[1] == ' ')))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+list_dequote_escapes (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
+ This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
+ set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
+static char *
+make_quoted_char (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLNUL;
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c;
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
+ the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
+ this value is the word. */
+char *
+quote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ result[0] = CTLNUL;
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+
+ for (t = result; string < send; )
+ {
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
+char *
+dequote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
+ {
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
+ each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ send = string + slen;
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+quote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_string (t);
+ if (*t == 0)
+ w->word->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
+ w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
+WORD_LIST *
+dequote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist->word->word))
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = s;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
+ string. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (string)
+ {
+ t = dequote_escapes (string);
+ strcpy (string, t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any
+ quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because
+ of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns
+ STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null,
+ and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */
+char *
+remove_quoted_nulls (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
+ return string; /* XXX */
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
+ {
+ /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
+ point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
+ string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
+ that we've already copied down. */
+ i++; string[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ {
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ }
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+void
+word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+ t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#if 0 /* Currently unused */
+static unsigned char *
+mb_getcharlens (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, offset, last;
+ unsigned char *ret;
+ char *p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = offset = 0;
+ last = 0;
+ ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
+ memset (ret, 0, len);
+ while (string[last])
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
+ ret[last] = offset - last;
+ last = offset;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
+ can have one of 4 values:
+ RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
+*/
+
+#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
+#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
+#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
+#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
+
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static char *
+remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ register int len;
+ register char *end;
+ register char *p, *ret, c;
+
+ len = STRLEN (param);
+ end = param + len;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (param); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
+static wchar_t *
+remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
+ wchar_t *wparam;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *ret;
+ int n;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (wparam); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static char *
+remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ char *xret;
+
+ if (param == NULL)
+ return (param);
+ if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
+ return (savestring (param));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t *ret, *oret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
+
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+ oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
+ /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
+ matched; just return copy of original string */
+ if (ret == wparam)
+ {
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (savestring (param));
+ }
+
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ n = strlen (param);
+ xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1);
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
+ xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
+ free (oret);
+ return xret;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ xret = remove_upattern (param, pattern, op);
+ return ((xret == param) ? savestring (param) : xret);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
+ and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
+ ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
+ MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
+ of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
+static int
+match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ int c, len, mlen;
+ register char *p, *p1, *npat;
+ char *end;
+ int n1;
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
+ since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
+ len = STRLEN (pat);
+ if (pat[0] != '*' || (pat[0] == '*' && pat[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob) || pat[len - 1] != '*')
+ {
+ p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3);
+ p1 = pat;
+ if (*p1 != '*' || (*p1 == '*' && p1[1] == LPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *p++ = '*';
+ while (*p1)
+ *p++ = *p1++;
+ if (p1[-1] != '*' || p[-2] == '\\')
+ *p++ = '*';
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ npat = pat;
+ c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (npat != pat)
+ free (npat);
+ if (c == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = STRLEN (string);
+ end = string + len;
+
+ mlen = umatchlen (pat, len);
+
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, p, FNMATCH_IGNCASE))
+ {
+ p1 = (mlen == -1) ? end : p + mlen;
+ /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
+ p = current position in string
+ mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
+ end = end of string
+ we want to break immediately if the potential match len
+ is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
+ string
+ */
+ if (p1 > end)
+ break;
+ for ( ; p1 >= p; p1--)
+ {
+ c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *p1 = c;
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = p1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p1 = c;
+#if 1
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, string, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (p = (mlen == -1) ? end : string + mlen; p >= string; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ *sp = string;
+ *ep = p;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+ for (p = end - ((mlen == -1) ? len : mlen); p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = end;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+
+/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
+ character version. */
+static int
+match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1;
+ size_t len;
+ int mlen;
+ int n, n1, n2, simple;
+
+ simple = (wpat[0] != L'\\' && wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'[');
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+ if (extended_glob)
+ simple &= (wpat[1] != L'(' || (wpat[0] != L'*' && wpat[0] != L'?' && wpat[0] != L'+' && wpat[0] != L'!' && wpat[0] != L'@')); /*)*/
+#endif
+
+ /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
+ short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
+ unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
+ characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
+ of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
+ `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
+ len = wcslen (wpat);
+ if (wpat[0] != L'*' || (wpat[0] == L'*' && wpat[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob) || wpat[len - 1] != L'*')
+ {
+ wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ wp1 = wpat;
+ if (*wp1 != L'*' || (*wp1 == '*' && wp1[1] == WLPAREN && extended_glob))
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ while (*wp1 != L'\0')
+ *wp++ = *wp1++;
+ if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\')
+ *wp++ = L'*';
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ nwpat = wpat;
+ len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (nwpat != wpat)
+ free (nwpat);
+ if (len == FNM_NOMATCH)
+ return (0);
+
+ mlen = wmatchlen (wpat, wstrlen);
+
+/* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ n2 = simple ? (WFOLD(*wpat) == WFOLD(wstring[n])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_IGNCASE);
+ if (n2)
+ {
+ n1 = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : n + mlen;
+ if (n1 > wstrlen)
+ break;
+
+ for ( ; n1 >= n; n1--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[n1];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (n = (mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[0];
+ *ep = indices[n];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+ for (n = wstrlen - ((mlen == -1) ? wstrlen : mlen); n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG | FNMATCH_IGNCASE) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[wstrlen];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
+ if (mlen != -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#undef WFOLD
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static int
+match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t slen, plen, mslen, mplen;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ if (mbsmbchar (string) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat) == 0)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpat);
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ }
+ ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
+
+ free (wpat);
+ free (wstring);
+ free (indices);
+
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+}
+
+static int
+getpatspec (c, value)
+ int c;
+ char *value;
+{
+ if (c == '#')
+ return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
+ else /* c == '%' */
+ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
+}
+
+/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
+ This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
+ to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
+ This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
+ special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
+ following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
+static char *
+getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
+ char *value;
+ int quoted, expandpat;
+{
+ char *pat, *tword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+#if 0
+ int i;
+#endif
+ /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
+ pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
+ POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
+ be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
+ expansions inside a pattern? */
+#if 0
+ if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1);
+ free (tword);
+ tword = pat;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* expand_string_for_rhs () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
+ word splitting. */
+ l = *value ? expand_string_for_rhs (value,
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ pat = string_list (l);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ if (pat)
+ {
+ tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ free (pat);
+ pat = tword;
+ }
+ return (pat);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
+ or ${name#[#]value}. */
+static char *
+variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ char *value, *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *tword;
+
+ tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring ("");
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ int itype;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_remove_pattern (var, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+
+ /* XXX */
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, ind, patstr, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patstr;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, patspec, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *pattern;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
+ if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
+ patstr++;
+
+ /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
+ the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
+ temp1 = savestring (patstr);
+ pattern = getpattern (temp1, quoted, 1);
+ free (temp1);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_remove_pattern (v, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FREE (pattern);
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+static char *
+sh_quote_reusable (s, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (s == 0)
+ return s;
+ else if (*s == 0)
+ ret = savestring ("''");
+ else if (ansic_shouldquote (s))
+ ret = ansic_quote (s, 0, (int *)0);
+ else if (flags)
+ ret = sh_backslash_quote (s, 0, 1);
+ else
+ ret = sh_single_quote (s);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+string_var_assignment (v, s)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
+{
+ char flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES], *ret, *val;
+ int i;
+
+ val = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + strlen (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
+ if (i > 0)
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ else
+ sprintf (ret, "%s=%s", v->name, val);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int itype, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret, *val, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
+
+ if (v == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ val = array_p (v) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v), 0)
+ : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v), 0);
+ if (val == 0)
+ {
+ val = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ val[0] = '(';
+ val[1] = ')';
+ val[2] = 0;
+ }
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (i + strlen (val) + strlen (v->name) + 16);
+ sprintf (ret, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags, v->name, val);
+ free (val);
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *temp, *ret;
+
+ /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
+ temp = list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp) + 8);
+ strcpy (ret, "set -- ");
+ strcpy (ret + 7, temp);
+ free (temp);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+string_transform (xc, v, s)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *s;
+{
+ char *ret, flags[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];
+ int i;
+
+ if (((xc == 'A' || xc == 'a') && v == 0) || (xc != 'a' && s == 0))
+ return (char *)NULL;
+
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
+ case 'a':
+ i = var_attribute_string (v, 0, flags);
+ ret = (i > 0) ? savestring (flags) : (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ ret = string_var_assignment (v, s);
+ break;
+ /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
+ case 'E':
+ ret = ansiexpand (s, 0, strlen (s), (int *)0);
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ ret = decode_prompt_string (s);
+ break;
+ case 'Q':
+ ret = sh_quote_reusable (s, 0);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = string_transform (xc, v, l->word->word);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); /* XXX */
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ tword = string_list_pos_params (itype, l, quoted);
+ dispose_words (l);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_transform (xc, itype, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ int itype;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ return (pos_params_assignment (list, itype, quoted));
+ ret = list_transform (xc, (SHELL_VAR *)0, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_transform (xc, var, varname, quoted)
+ int xc;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+
+ /* XXX */
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ if (xc == 'A')
+ return (array_var_assignment (v, itype, quoted));
+
+ a = (v && array_p (v)) ? array_cell (v) : 0;
+ h = (v && assoc_p (v)) ? assoc_cell (v) : 0;
+
+ list = a ? array_to_word_list (a) : (h ? assoc_to_word_list (h) : 0);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_transform (xc, v, list, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_transform (varname, value, ind, xform, rtype, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *xform;
+ int rtype, quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, xc;
+ char *temp1, *val;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ xc = xform[0];
+ if (value == 0 && xc != 'A' && xc != 'a')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* check for valid values of xc */
+ switch (xc)
+ {
+ case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
+ case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
+ case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
+ case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
+ case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
+ break;
+ default:
+ return &expand_param_error;
+ }
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype & ~VT_STARSUB)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = string_transform (xc, v, val);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_transform (xc, v, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_transform (xc, varname[0], quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ result = word_list_split (tresult);
+ dispose_words (tresult);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
+ quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
+ could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+#else
+ if (ifs_firstc == 0)
+#endif
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT;
+ word->flags |= W_NOSPLIT2;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Hacking Process Substitution */
+/* */
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
+ of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
+ unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the
+ list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
+#define FIFO_INCR 20
+
+struct temp_fifo {
+ char *file;
+ pid_t proc;
+};
+
+static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
+static int nfifo;
+static int fifo_list_size;
+
+void
+clear_fifo_list ()
+{
+}
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
+ {
+ fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
+ fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
+ fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
+ }
+
+ fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
+ nfifo++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ int saved, i, j;
+
+ if (nfifo == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
+ if (saved)
+ {
+ for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ {
+ fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
+ fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
+ j++;
+ }
+ nfifo = j;
+ }
+ else
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
+ from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
+ that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
+ everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
+ case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < fifo_list_size && fifo_list[i].proc != -1)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < fifo_list_size; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfifo;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_named_pipe ()
+{
+ char *tname;
+
+ tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR);
+ if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
+ {
+ free (tname);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ add_fifo_list (tname);
+ return (tname);
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
+ has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
+ set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
+ of open files. */
+static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL;
+static int nfds;
+static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
+
+void
+clear_fifo (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ {
+ dev_fd_list[i] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+clear_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ clear_fifo (i);
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+char *
+copy_fifo_list (sizep)
+ int *sizep;
+{
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (nfds == 0 || totfds == 0)
+ {
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = 0;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (sizep)
+ *sizep = totfds;
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (totfds);
+ return (memcpy (ret, dev_fd_list, totfds));
+}
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list == 0 || fd >= totfds)
+ {
+ int ofds;
+
+ ofds = totfds;
+ totfds = getdtablesize ();
+ if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
+ totfds = 256;
+ if (fd >= totfds)
+ totfds = fd + 2;
+
+ dev_fd_list = (char *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds);
+ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', totfds - ofds);
+ }
+
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 1;
+ nfds++;
+}
+
+int
+fifos_pending ()
+{
+ return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
+}
+
+int
+num_fifos ()
+{
+ return nfds;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (dev_fd_list[fd])
+ {
+ close (fd);
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
+ the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
+ as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
+ LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
+ totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
+void
+close_new_fifos (list, lsize)
+ char *list;
+ int lsize;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ {
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lsize; i++)
+ if (list[i] == 0 && i < totfds && dev_fd_list[i])
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+
+ for (i = lsize; i < totfds; i++)
+ unlink_fifo (i);
+}
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+print_dev_fd_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
+ {
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", i);
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+static char *
+make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 8);
+
+ strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
+ strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
+
+ add_fifo_list (fd);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
+ executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
+ a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
+ ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
+ them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
+
+ OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
+ use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
+ the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
+ writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
+ file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
+
+static char *
+process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child)
+ char *string;
+ int open_for_read_in_child;
+{
+ char *pathname;
+ int fd, result;
+ pid_t old_pid, pid;
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
+ int fildes[2];
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif
+
+ if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ pathname = make_named_pipe ();
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
+ the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child];
+ child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child];
+ /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
+ avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64);
+
+ pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (pathname == 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ save_pipeline (1);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1);
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for process substitution"));
+ free (pathname);
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid > 0)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ restore_pipeline (1);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
+#endif
+
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ return (pathname);
+ }
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_job_control (0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
+ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY : O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
+ else
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
+
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ }
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ fd = child_pipe_fd;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
+ open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+
+ if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
+ close (fd);
+
+ /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
+ from its parent. */
+ if (current_fds_to_close)
+ {
+ close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close);
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
+ in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
+ instance, pipe(2). */
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ /* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary
+ environment for variable lookups. */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+
+ result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
+ close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ last_command_exit_value = result;
+ result = run_exit_trap ();
+ exit (result);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/***********************************/
+/* */
+/* Command Substitution */
+/* */
+/***********************************/
+
+static char *
+read_comsub (fd, quoted, rflag)
+ int fd, quoted;
+ int *rflag;
+{
+ char *istring, buf[128], *bufp, *s;
+ int istring_index, istring_size, c, tflag, skip_ctlesc, skip_ctlnul;
+ ssize_t bufn;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+ istring_index = istring_size = bufn = tflag = 0;
+
+ for (skip_ctlesc = skip_ctlnul = 0, s = ifs_value; s && *s; s++)
+ skip_ctlesc |= *s == CTLESC, skip_ctlnul |= *s == CTLNUL;
+
+ /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. This may need to be
+ changed to understand multibyte characters in the future. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (fd < 0)
+ break;
+ if (--bufn <= 0)
+ {
+ bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
+ if (bufn <= 0)
+ break;
+ bufp = buf;
+ }
+ c = *bufp++;
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if 0
+ internal_warning ("read_comsub: ignored null byte in input");
+#endif
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+
+ /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
+ from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
+ This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
+ else if (skip_ctlesc == 0 && c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ tflag |= W_HASCTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ }
+ else if ((skip_ctlnul == 0 && c == CTLNUL) || (c == ' ' && (ifs_value && *ifs_value == 0)))
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ if (c == '\n' && istring_index > 1 && istring[istring_index - 2] == '\r')
+ {
+ istring_index--;
+ istring[istring_index - 1] = '\n';
+ }
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (istring)
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
+ trouble. */
+ if (istring_index == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (istring);
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ while (istring_index > 0)
+ {
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ --istring_index;
+
+ /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC)
+ --istring_index;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
+
+ if (rflag)
+ *rflag = tflag;
+ return istring;
+}
+
+/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
+ contained string possibly quoted. */
+WORD_DESC *
+command_substitute (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid;
+ char *istring;
+ int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc, tflag;
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
+ run, just return NULL. */
+ if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+
+ if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EX_WEXPCOMSUB;
+ jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
+ }
+
+ /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
+ eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
+ maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
+ the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
+ the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
+ have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
+ though, because the export environment will be remade after this
+ command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
+ are variable assignments. */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
+ pflags = (interactive && sourcelevel == 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
+
+ /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
+ goto error_exit;
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_PIPE) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ cleanup_the_pipeline ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid;
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC);
+ last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid;
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
+ trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ if (pid != 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
+ error_exit:
+
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+ FREE (istring);
+ close (fildes[0]);
+ close (fildes[1]);
+ return ((WORD_DESC *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
+
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+
+ if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
+ (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
+ the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
+ fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
+ but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
+ to be generated from this command. */
+ if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
+ make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
+ freopen (NULL, "w", stdout);
+ sh_setlinebuf (stdout);
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
+
+ /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ /* This is a subshell environment. */
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+
+ /* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command
+ substitutions. */
+ change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF);
+
+ /* When not in POSIX mode, command substitution does not inherit
+ the -e flag. */
+ if (posixly_correct == 0)
+ {
+ builtin_ignoring_errexit = 0;
+ change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF);
+ set_shellopts ();
+ }
+
+ remove_quoted_escapes (string);
+
+ startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main (). */
+ result = setjmp_nosigs (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp_nosigs (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ unlink_fifo_list ();
+#endif
+ exit (rc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ tflag = 0;
+ istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted, &tflag);
+
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ current_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid);
+ last_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
+ was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
+ SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
+ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
+ kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
+
+ /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other
+ process group should have it, give it away to that group here.
+ pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a
+ pipeline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that
+ pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in
+ the background should never get the tty back here. */
+ if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0)
+ give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = istring;
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/********************************************************
+ * *
+ * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+
+static arrayind_t
+array_length_reference (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *akey;
+ char *t, c;
+ ARRAY *array;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
+ failure. */
+ if ((var == 0 || invisible_p (var) || (assoc_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ c = *--t;
+ *t = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (s);
+ *t = c;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ else if (var == 0 || invisible_p (var))
+ return 0;
+
+ /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
+ We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
+ v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
+
+ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
+ h = assoc_p (var) ? assoc_cell (var) : (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ return (h ? assoc_num_elements (h) : 0);
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ return (array ? array_num_elements (array) : 0);
+ else
+ return (var_isset (var) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ {
+ t[len - 1] = '\0';
+ akey = expand_assignment_string_to_string (t, 0); /* [ */
+ t[len - 1] = ']';
+ if (akey == 0 || *akey == 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ FREE (akey);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), akey);
+ free (akey);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ind = array_expand_index (var, t, len);
+ /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
+ if (var && array_p (var) && ind < 0)
+ ind = array_max_index (array_cell (var)) + 1 + ind;
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ if (array_p (var))
+ t = array_reference (array, ind);
+ else
+ t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ len = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static int
+valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special;
+{
+ if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
+ return 1;
+ else if (var_is_special)
+ return 1;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ return 1;
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else if (legal_identifier (name))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp1;
+
+ if (name == 0)
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* check for $@ and $* */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp1 = mbschr (name, '[');
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ } /* [ */
+ /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
+ which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
+ or NULL if there was no expansion.
+ VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
+ the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
+ NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, pflags, indp)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, pflags;
+ arrayind_t *indp;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *ret;
+ char *temp, *tt;
+ intmax_t arg_index;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int atype, rflags;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ ret = 0;
+ temp = 0;
+ rflags = 0;
+
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
+ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
+ {
+ tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (tt)
+ temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (tt)
+ : quote_escapes (tt);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
+ {
+ int sindex;
+ tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
+ tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
+ strcpy (tt + 1, name);
+
+ ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, pflags);
+ free (tt);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+expand_arrayref:
+ /* XXX - does this leak if name[@] or name[*]? */
+ if (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS)
+ {
+ var = array_variable_part (name, &tt, (int *)0);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt[0]) && tt[1] == ']')
+ {
+ /* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */
+ if (var && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, 0, &atype, &ind);
+ if (atype == 0 && temp)
+ {
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ rflags |= W_ARRAYIND;
+ if (indp)
+ *indp = ind;
+ }
+ else if (atype == 1 && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ rflags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (var = find_variable (name))
+ {
+ if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ temp = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (var = find_variable_last_nameref (name))
+ {
+ temp = nameref_cell (var);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */
+ if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp))
+ {
+ name = temp;
+ goto expand_arrayref;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */
+ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
+ temp = &expand_param_error;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags |= rflags;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted, find_nameref;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (find_nameref && var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name)) &&
+ nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
+ return (savestring (t));
+
+ /* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does
+ more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's
+ value and not try to expand it. */
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND, 0);
+ t = w->word;
+ /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ ? dequote_string (t)
+ : dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ t = temp;
+ }
+ dispose_word_desc (w);
+
+ return t;
+}
+
+/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
+ value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion.
+ There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar,
+ bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result;
+ ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable
+ primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */
+ if (var_is_special == 0 && (v = find_variable_last_nameref (name)))
+ {
+ if (nameref_p (v) && (t = nameref_cell (v)) && *t)
+ {
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = savestring (t);
+ w->flags = 0;
+ return w;
+ }
+ }
+
+ t = parameter_brace_find_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, 0);
+
+ chk_atstar (t, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+
+ w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted, 0, 0);
+ free (t);
+
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
+ depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
+ "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
+ between double quotes. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *t, *t1, *temp, *vname;
+ int hasdol;
+
+ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
+ the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
+ embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value)
+ {
+ hasdol = 0;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &hasdol, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = value;
+
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ hasdol = 0;
+ /* XXX was 0 not quoted */
+ l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ if (hasdollarat)
+ *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next);
+ if (temp != value)
+ free (temp);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
+ slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. If we have "$@", the
+ individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
+ into a string with the words separated by the first character of
+ $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
+ do the right thing. We use string_list_dollar_star instead. */
+ temp = (hasdol || l->next) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+
+ /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
+ is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
+ if (qdollaratp && ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next))
+ *qdollaratp = 1;
+ /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
+ a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
+ flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
+ expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
+ quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
+ if (l->next == 0 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) && QUOTED_NULL (l->word->word) && (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ {
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol)
+ {
+ /* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that
+ something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}"
+ when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any
+ way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually
+ going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */
+ /* hasdol == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */
+
+ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
+ a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
+ it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
+ a quoted empty string. */
+ temp = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+ {
+ w->word = temp;
+ return w;
+ }
+
+ /* c == '=' */
+ t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring ("");
+ t1 = dequote_string (t);
+ free (t);
+
+ /* bash-4.4/5.0 */
+ vname = name;
+ if (*name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+ {
+ vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (name + 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name, 1), quoted, 1);
+ if (vname == 0 || *vname == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name);
+ free (vname);
+ dispose_word (w);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ if (legal_identifier (vname) == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname);
+ free (vname);
+ dispose_word (w);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (vname))
+ assign_array_element (vname, t1, 0);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ bind_variable (vname, t1, 0);
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname);
+
+ if (vname != name)
+ free (vname);
+
+ /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
+ free (temp);
+
+ w->word = t1;
+ return w;
+}
+
+/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
+ that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
+ used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
+ printed. */
+static void
+parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value)
+ char *name, *value;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; /* ensure it's non-zero */
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ l = expand_string (value, 0);
+ temp = string_list (l);
+ report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
+ FREE (temp);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
+
+ /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
+ are about to longjmp out. */
+ free (name);
+ FREE (value);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
+ OK to do. */
+static int
+valid_length_expression (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
+ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
+ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */
+#endif
+ legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
+}
+
+/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
+ length of a parameter. */
+static intmax_t
+parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *t, *newname;
+ intmax_t number, arg_index;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+#endif
+
+ if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
+ switch (name[1])
+ {
+ case '-':
+ t = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ t = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ t = (char *)NULL; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
+ else
+ t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ t = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+ }
+ number = STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1))
+ number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else
+ {
+ number = 0;
+
+ if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
+ {
+ t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (assoc_p (var))
+ t = assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ else
+ t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ if (t == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ return INTMAX_MIN;
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ }
+#endif
+ else /* ${#PS1} */
+ {
+ newname = savestring (name);
+ newname[0] = '$';
+ list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL;
+ free (newname);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ number = t ? MB_STRLEN (t) : 0;
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (number);
+}
+
+/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
+ so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
+ the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
+ 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
+ 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
+*/
+
+static char *
+skiparith (substr, delim)
+ char *substr;
+ int delim;
+{
+ size_t sublen;
+ int skipcol, pcount, i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ i = skipcol = pcount = 0;
+ while (substr[i])
+ {
+ /* Balance parens */
+ if (substr[i] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ pcount++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == RPAREN && pcount)
+ {
+ pcount--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pcount)
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip one `:' for each `?' */
+ if (substr[i] == ':' && skipcol)
+ {
+ skipcol--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == delim)
+ break;
+ if (substr[i] == '?')
+ {
+ skipcol++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ }
+
+ return (substr + i);
+}
+
+/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
+ VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
+ then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
+ VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
+ Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
+ with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
+static int
+verify_substring_values (v, value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *value, *substr;
+ int vtype;
+ intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
+{
+ char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
+ arrayind_t len;
+ int expok;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ ARRAY *a;
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+#endif
+
+ /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
+ t = skiparith (substr, ':');
+ if (*t && *t == ':')
+ *t = '\0';
+ else
+ t = (char *)0;
+
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = -1; /* paranoia */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ len = MB_STRLEN (value);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ len = number_of_args () + 1;
+ if (*e1p == 0)
+ len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
+ arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ {
+ h = assoc_cell (v);
+ len = assoc_num_elements (h) + (*e1p < 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ a = (ARRAY *)value;
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
+ return -1;
+
+ if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
+ *e1p += len;
+
+ if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
+ len = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_num_elements (h) : array_num_elements (a);
+#endif
+
+ if (t)
+ {
+ t++;
+ temp2 = savestring (t);
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ free (temp2);
+ t[-1] = ':';
+ *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+#if 1
+ if ((vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR || vtype == VT_POSPARMS) && *e2p < 0)
+#else
+ /* bash-4.3: allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards
+ from end of positional parameters */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR && *e2p < 0)
+#endif
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
+ to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
+ specific functions. */
+ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (*e2p < 0)
+ {
+ *e2p += len;
+ if (*e2p < 0 || *e2p < *e1p)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
+ if (*e2p > len)
+ *e2p = len;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p = len;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
+ positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
+ by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
+ QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
+ FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
+ non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
+ passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
+ If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
+ characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
+ steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
+static int
+get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, varp, valp)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ int quoted, flags;
+ SHELL_VAR **varp;
+ char **valp;
+{
+ int vtype, want_indir;
+ char *temp, *vname;
+ WORD_DESC *wd;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+#endif
+ arrayind_t lind;
+
+ want_indir = *varname == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname[1]) || DIGIT (varname[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname[1]));
+ if (want_indir)
+ vname = parameter_brace_find_indir (varname+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname, 1), quoted, 1);
+ /* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */
+ else
+ vname = varname;
+
+ /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
+ vtype = (vname[0] == '@' || vname[0] == '*') && vname[1] == '\0';
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && vname[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (vname))
+ {
+ v = array_variable_part (vname, &temp, (int *)0);
+ /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
+ set LIND to that index */
+ lind = (ind != INTMAX_MIN && (flags & AV_USEIND)) ? ind : 0;
+ if (v && invisible_p (v))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ *valp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (v && (array_p (v) || assoc_p (v)))
+ { /* [ */
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']')
+ {
+ /* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
+ if (temp[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *valp = array_p (v) ? (char *)array_cell (v) : (char *)assoc_cell (v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ *varp = v;
+ }
+ else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']'))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_VARIABLE;
+ *varp = v;
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = array_value (vname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, flags, (int *)NULL, &lind);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((v = find_variable (vname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && (assoc_p (v) || array_p (v)))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ {
+ *varp = v;
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ *valp = value;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ free (vname);
+
+ return vtype;
+}
+
+/******************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
+/* */
+/******************************************************/
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
+ E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
+ multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
+ Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
+static char *
+mb_substring (string, s, e)
+ char *string;
+ int s, e;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int start, stop, i, slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ start = 0;
+ /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
+ slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0;
+
+ i = s;
+ while (string[start] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
+ stop = start;
+ i = e - s;
+ while (string[stop] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
+ tt = substring (string, start, stop);
+ return tt;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
+ is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
+ VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, ind, substr, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *substr;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ intmax_t e1, e2;
+ int vtype, r, starsub;
+ char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0 && ((varname[0] != '@' && varname[0] != '*') || varname[1]))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ oname = this_command_name;
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ {
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ r = verify_substring_values (v, val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
+ this_command_name = oname;
+ if (r <= 0)
+ {
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
+ else
+#endif
+ tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
+
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ temp = quote_string (tt);
+ else
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ if (assoc_p (v))
+ /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
+ element -- officially undefined for now */
+ temp = assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ else
+ /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse,
+ so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we
+ rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */
+ temp = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ /* array_subrange now calls array_quote_escapes as appropriate, so the
+ caller no longer needs to. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+static int
+shouldexp_replacement (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; p && *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\\')
+ p++;
+ else if (*p == '&')
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+char *
+pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ char *ret, *s, *e, *str, *rstr, *mstr;
+ int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype, rxpand, rslen, mlen;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return (savestring (""));
+
+ mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+
+#if 0 /* bash-4.2 ? */
+ rxpand = (rep && *rep) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep) : 0;
+#else
+ rxpand = 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* Special cases:
+ * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
+ * with REP and return the result.
+ * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
+ */
+ if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
+ {
+ replen = STRLEN (rep);
+ l = STRLEN (string);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+
+ for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
+ break;
+ l = s - str;
+
+ if (rxpand)
+ {
+ int x;
+ mlen = e - s;
+ mstr = xmalloc (mlen + 1);
+ for (x = 0; x < mlen; x++)
+ mstr[x] = s[x];
+ mstr[mlen] = '\0';
+ rstr = strcreplace (rep, '&', mstr, 0);
+ rslen = strlen (rstr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rstr = rep;
+ rslen = replen;
+ }
+
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + rslen), rsize, 64);
+
+ /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
+ str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
+ the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
+ rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
+ if (l)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
+ rptr += l;
+ }
+ if (replen)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, rstr, rslen);
+ rptr += rslen;
+ }
+ str = e; /* e == end of match */
+
+ if (rstr != rep)
+ free (rstr);
+
+ if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
+ break;
+
+ if (s == e)
+ {
+ /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
+ we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, 1, rsize, 64);
+ ret[rptr++] = *str++;
+ e++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
+ if (str && *str)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
+ strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
+ }
+ else
+ ret[rptr] = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+static char *
+pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
+ and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
+ the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, ind, patsub, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind;
+ char *patsub;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, mflags, starsub, delim;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ mflags = 0;
+ /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
+ if (*patsub == '/')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
+ patsub++;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
+ functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
+ lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
+
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
+ for the replacement delimiter. */
+ delim = skip_to_delim (lpatsub, ((*patsub == '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
+ if (lpatsub[delim] == '/')
+ {
+ lpatsub[delim] = 0;
+ rep = lpatsub + delim + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (rep && *rep == '\0')
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
+
+ if (rep)
+ {
+ /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
+ the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
+ extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
+ special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */
+ if (shell_compatibility_level > 42)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted & ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT), expand_string_unsplit);
+ /* This is the bash-4.2 code. */
+ else if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ else
+ rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ }
+
+ /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
+ pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
+ at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
+ though. */
+ p = pat;
+ if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP)
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_END;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
+ flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
+ everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
+ replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
+ CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
+ values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
+ code works right. We need to requote special chars after
+ we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
+ other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
+ indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v), p, rep, mflags)
+ : array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes anymore; array_patsub calls
+ array_quote_escapes as appropriate before adding the
+ space separators; ditto for assoc_patsub. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ FREE (rep);
+ free (lpatsub);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
+
+static char *
+pos_params_modcase (string, pat, modop, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int modop;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret;
+ int pchar, qflags;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = sh_modcase (params->word->word, pat, modop);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = ret ? ret : savestring ("");
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ }
+
+ pchar = (mflags & MATCH_STARSUB) == MATCH_STARSUB ? '*' : '@';
+ qflags = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == MATCH_QUOTED ? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES : 0;
+
+ ret = string_list_pos_params (pchar, save, qflags);
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
+ to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
+ currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_casemod (varname, value, ind, modspec, patspec, quoted, flags)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int ind, modspec;
+ char *patspec;
+ int quoted, flags;
+{
+ int vtype, starsub, modop, mflags, x;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *p, *lpat, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, ind, quoted, flags, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ modop = 0;
+ mflags = 0;
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ p = patspec;
+ if (modspec == '^')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_UPFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == ',')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_LOWER : CASE_LOWFIRST;
+ p += x;
+ }
+ else if (modspec == '~')
+ {
+ x = p && p[0] == modspec;
+ modop = x ? CASE_TOGGLEALL : CASE_TOGGLE;
+ p += x;
+ }
+
+ lpat = p ? savestring (p) : 0;
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. FOR LATER */
+ pat = lpat ? getpattern (lpat, quoted, 1) : 0;
+
+ /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = sh_modcase (val, pat, modop);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_string (temp) : quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_modcase (val, pat, modop, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = assoc_p (v) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags)
+ : array_modcase (array_cell (v), pat, modop, mflags);
+ /* Don't call quote_escapes; array_modcase calls array_quote_escapes
+ as appropriate before adding the space separators; ditto for
+ assoc_modcase. */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ free (lpat);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
+ any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
+ Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
+ ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
+ means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
+ will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
+static int
+chk_arithsub (s, len)
+ const char *s;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, count;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = count = 0;
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ if (s[i] == LPAREN)
+ count++;
+ else if (s[i] == RPAREN)
+ {
+ count--;
+ if (count < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (s[i])
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (count == 0);
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
+static WORD_DESC *
+parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, pflags, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at, pflags;
+{
+ int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
+ int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub, want_casemod;
+ char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int t_index, sindex, c, tflag, modspec;
+ intmax_t number;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+
+ temp = temp1 = value = (char *)NULL;
+ var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
+ want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = want_casemod = 0;
+
+ sindex = *indexp;
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
+ if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", SX_VARNAME);
+ else
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
+ change the 1 to 0. */
+# if defined (CASEMOD_CAPCASE)
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+# else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+# endif /* CASEMOD_CAPCASE */
+#else
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME);
+#endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
+
+ /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
+ the cleanest code ever. */
+ if (*name == 0 && sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '@')
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 2);
+ name[0] = '@';
+ name[1] = '\0';
+ t_index++;
+ }
+
+ ret = 0;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ ind = INTMAX_MIN;
+
+ /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
+ that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
+ designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
+ general. */
+ if ((sindex == t_index && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[t_index])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index && string[sindex] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string[sindex + 1])) ||
+ (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string[t_index])))
+ {
+ t_index++;
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3 + (strlen (temp1)));
+ *name = string[sindex];
+ if (string[sindex] == '!')
+ {
+ /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
+ name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
+ strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
+ do the appropriate thing. */
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
+ characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
+ a substring specification is being given, and do not move
+ past it. */
+ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ check_nullness++;
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_substring = 1;
+ else if (c == '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
+ want_patsub = 1;
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (c == '^' || c == ',' || c == '~')
+ {
+ modspec = c;
+ want_casemod = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
+ tests above. */
+ /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
+ Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
+ name[1] = c;
+ name[2] = '\0';
+ c = string[sindex++];
+ }
+
+ /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
+ either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
+ variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
+ want_indir = *name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
+
+ /* Determine the value of this variable. */
+
+ /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
+ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
+ var_is_special++;
+
+ /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
+ if (*name == '#' && name[1])
+ {
+ /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
+ closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
+ Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
+ substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
+ to go on. */
+ if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
+ if (number == INTMAX_MIN && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name+1);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ if (number < 0)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = itos (number);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+
+ /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
+ legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ {
+ char **x;
+ WORD_LIST *xlist;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ number = strlen (temp1);
+ temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
+ x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
+ xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
+ if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+ free (x);
+ dispose_words (xlist);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ /* [ */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ string[sindex - 2] == ']' && valid_array_reference (name+1))
+ {
+ char *x, *x1;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ x = array_variable_name (temp1, &x1, (int *)0); /* [ */
+ FREE (x);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == ']')
+ {
+ temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted); /* handles assoc vars too */
+ if (x1[0] == '@')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp;
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+ /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
+ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
+ var_is_special) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ {
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ /* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function
+ to return the index we're supposed to be using. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->flags)
+ tdesc->flags &= ~W_ARRAYIND;
+ }
+ else
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted, PF_IGNUNBOUND|(pflags&(PF_NOSPLIT2|PF_ASSIGNRHS)), &ind);
+
+ if (tdesc)
+ {
+ temp = tdesc->word;
+ tflag = tdesc->flags;
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)0;
+
+ if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ return (temp == &expand_param_error ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+#endif
+
+ var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
+ var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
+ /* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */
+ if (check_nullness)
+ var_is_null |= var_is_set && var_is_special && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp);
+
+ /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
+ if (c && c != RBRACE)
+ {
+ /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
+ according to the Posix.2 rules. */
+ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, (c == '%' || c == '#' || c =='/' || c == '^' || c == ',' || c ==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP|SX_WORD : SX_WORD);
+ if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ sindex++;
+ else
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+ else
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
+ variable error. */
+ if (want_substring || want_patsub || want_casemod || c == '#' || c == '%' || c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && ((name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '*') || name[1]))
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
+ if (want_substring)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ /* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted
+ "$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end
+ of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if
+ quoted_dollar_at == 0. */
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (want_patsub)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, ind, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
+ else if (want_casemod)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_casemod (name, temp, ind, modspec, value, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 &&
+ (quoted_dollar_atp == 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp == 0) &&
+ QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ case '\0':
+ bad_substitution:
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+
+ case RBRACE:
+ break;
+
+ case '@':
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_transform (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ if (temp1 == &expand_param_error || temp1 == &expand_param_fatal)
+ goto bad_substitution;
+
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+
+ case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
+ case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ break;
+ }
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, ind, value, c, quoted, (tflag & W_ARRAYIND) ? AV_USEIND : 0);
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ free (name);
+
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->word = temp1;
+ if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ return ret;
+
+ case '-':
+ case '=':
+ case '?':
+ case '+':
+ if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
+ variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
+ if (c == '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ FREE (temp);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
+ requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
+ double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
+ quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
+ free (value);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ }
+ /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
+ }
+ else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
+ free (name);
+ free (value);
+ return &expand_wdesc_error;
+ }
+ else if (c == '?')
+ {
+ parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else if (c != '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
+ that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
+ removed. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ quoted |= Q_DOLBRACE;
+ ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
+ W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
+ }
+ free (value);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ free (name);
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag;
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
+ the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
+ possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
+static WORD_DESC *
+param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
+ pflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
+{
+ char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3];
+ int zindex, t_index, expok;
+ unsigned char c;
+ intmax_t number;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret;
+ int tflag;
+
+ zindex = *sindex;
+ c = string[++zindex];
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL;
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* $0 .. $9? */
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ if (temp1)
+ temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ break;
+
+ /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
+ case '$':
+ temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
+ case '#':
+ temp = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+
+ /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
+ case '?':
+ temp = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+
+ /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
+ case '-':
+ temp = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+
+ /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
+ case '!':
+ /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
+ If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
+ been created, this is an expansion error. */
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ {
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
+ case '*': /* `$*' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '*';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
+ disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
+ even if it's quoted. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE))
+ {
+ /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
+ parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
+ quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
+ is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
+ null, the parameters are concatenated. */
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_PATQUOTE)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? quote_string (temp) : temp;
+ if (*temp == 0)
+ tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ if (temp != temp1)
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
+ for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
+ an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
+ arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
+ identical to $@ */
+# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0)
+# else
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0)
+# endif
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ if (quoted == 0 && (ifs_is_set == 0 || ifs_is_null))
+ tflag |= W_SPLITSPACE;
+ }
+
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
+ means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
+ the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
+ on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
+ case '@': /* `$@' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+#if 0
+ /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
+ <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
+
+ "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
+ immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
+ other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
+ */
+
+ if (list == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error && (pflags & PF_IGNUNBOUND) == 0)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = '@';
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
+ off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
+ string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
+ way to signal that the final split on the first character
+ of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
+ /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
+ if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
+ character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
+ We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
+ according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
+ parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
+ /* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not
+ performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply
+ that we behave like unquoted $* ? Maybe we should use PF_NOSPLIT2
+ here. */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, (pflags & PF_ASSIGNRHS) ? (quoted|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) : quoted);
+
+ tflag |= W_DOLLARAT;
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ case LBRACE:
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, pflags,
+ quoted_dollar_at_p,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0;
+
+ /* XXX */
+ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
+ in the string. */
+ /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
+ the end of this function if there are no other characters
+ in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
+ this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
+ special handling. */
+ if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ if (had_quoted_null_p)
+ *had_quoted_null_p = 1;
+ if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ ret = tdesc;
+ goto return0;
+
+ /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
+ case LPAREN:
+ /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index, 0);
+ zindex = t_index;
+
+ /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
+ extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
+ if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
+ {
+ char *temp2;
+ temp1 = temp + 1;
+ temp2 = savestring (temp1);
+ t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1;
+
+ if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Cut off ending `)' */
+ temp2[t_index] = '\0';
+
+ if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+#if 0
+ internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
+#endif
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
+ free (temp2);
+
+arithsub:
+ /* No error messages. */
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ number = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (&expand_wdesc_fatal);
+ }
+ else
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+ temp = itos (number);
+ break;
+ }
+
+comsub:
+ if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
+ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
+ else
+ {
+ tdesc = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tdesc)
+ dispose_word_desc (tdesc);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
+ away in a future bash release. */
+ case '[':
+ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
+ zindex = t_index;
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ temp = savestring (string);
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* Do initial variable expansion. */
+ temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_ARITH);
+
+ goto arithsub;
+
+ default:
+ /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++)
+ ;
+ temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
+ if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (temp1);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ temp[0] = '$';
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
+ var = find_variable (temp1);
+
+ if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (var) || array_p (var))
+ {
+ temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0)
+ : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0");
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ goto unbound_variable;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+
+ goto return0;
+ }
+ else if (var && (invisible_p (var) || var_isset (var) == 0))
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if ((var = find_variable_last_nameref (temp1)) && var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = nameref_cell (var);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (temp && *temp && valid_array_reference (temp))
+ {
+ tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (temp, SPECIAL_VAR (temp, 0), quoted, pflags, (arrayind_t *)NULL);
+ if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ return (tdesc);
+ ret = tdesc;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */
+ if (temp && *temp && legal_identifier (temp) == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp);
+ return (&expand_wdesc_error); /* XXX */
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+unbound_variable:
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ err_unboundvar (temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
+ ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
+ : &expand_wdesc_error);
+ }
+
+ if (string[zindex])
+ zindex++;
+
+return0:
+ *sindex = zindex;
+
+ if (ret == 0)
+ {
+ ret = alloc_word_desc ();
+ ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */
+ ret->word = temp;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at ()
+{
+ dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at);
+ cached_quoted_dollar_at = 0;
+}
+
+/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
+ quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
+ the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
+ word list returned is also null.
+
+ QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
+
+ ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
+ treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
+ how IFS characters in the word are treated.
+
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
+ they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
+ EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
+ else zero.
+
+ This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
+ case, we split on ' '. */
+
+/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
+#define UNQUOTED 0
+#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
+#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted, isexp;
+ int *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *expanded_something;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
+ char *istring;
+
+ /* The current size of the above object. */
+ int istring_size;
+
+ /* Index into ISTRING. */
+ int istring_index;
+
+ /* Temporary string storage. */
+ char *temp, *temp1;
+
+ /* The text of WORD. */
+ register char *string;
+
+ /* The size of STRING. */
+ size_t string_size;
+
+ /* The index into STRING. */
+ int sindex;
+
+ /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
+ int quoted_dollar_at;
+
+ /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
+ whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
+ string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
+ int quoted_state;
+
+ /* State flags */
+ int had_quoted_null;
+ int has_dollar_at, temp_has_dollar_at;
+ int split_on_spaces;
+ int tflag;
+ int pflags; /* flags passed to param_expand */
+
+ int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
+
+ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
+ int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
+
+ char twochars[2];
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@" */
+ if (STREQ (word->word, "\"$@\"") &&
+ (word->flags == (W_HASDOLLAR|W_QUOTED)) &&
+ dollar_vars[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ if (cached_quoted_dollar_at)
+ return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at));
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ list = quote_list (list);
+ cached_quoted_dollar_at = copy_word_list (list);
+ return (list);
+ }
+
+ istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
+ quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
+ split_on_spaces = 0;
+ quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
+
+ string = word->word;
+ if (string == 0)
+ goto finished_with_string;
+ /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
+ multibyte characters are possible. */
+ string_size = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ assignoff = -1;
+
+ /* Begin the expansion. */
+
+ for (sindex = 0; ;)
+ {
+ c = string[sindex];
+
+ /* Case on top-level character. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\0':
+ goto finished_with_string;
+
+ case CTLESC:
+ sindex++;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && string[sindex])
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+
+dollar_add_string:
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+add_string:
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size);
+ temp = (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Process substitution. */
+ case '<':
+ case '>':
+ {
+ /* bash-4.4/bash-5.0
+ XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start
+ of a word */
+ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)) || posixly_correct)
+ {
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
+
+ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index, 0); /*))*/
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
+ open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
+ it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
+ and consume input. */
+ temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0;
+
+ FREE (temp1);
+
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ case '=':
+ /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
+ which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
+ shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
+ on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
+ include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
+ contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
+ now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
+ to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
+ assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
+ even in POSIX mode. */
+ if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE))
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
+ expansion, note where the `=' appears in the word and prepare to
+ do tilde expansion following the first `='. */
+ if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0)
+ assignoff = sindex;
+ if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#if 0
+ else if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+#endif
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case ':':
+ if (word->flags & W_NOTILDE)
+ {
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS|W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ string[sindex+1] == '~')
+ word->flags |= W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c))
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+
+ case '~':
+ /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
+ at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
+ assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. If we don't want
+ tilde expansion when expanding words to be passed to the arithmetic
+ evaluator, remove the check for Q_ARITH. */
+ if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) ||
+ (sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) ||
+ ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0)))
+ {
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+ if (isexp == 0 && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)) == 0 && isifs (c) && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ goto add_ifs_character;
+ else
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ tflag = 2;
+ else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP))
+ tflag = 1;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index);
+
+ word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE;
+
+ if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0)
+ {
+ temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag);
+ if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ FREE (temp1);
+ goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */
+ }
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ sindex += t_index;
+ goto add_quoted_string; /* XXX was add_string */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ case '$':
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ temp_has_dollar_at = 0;
+ pflags = (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2)
+ pflags |= PF_NOSPLIT2;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS)
+ pflags |= PF_ASSIGNRHS;
+ tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ &temp_has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
+ &had_quoted_null, pflags);
+ has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
+ split_on_spaces += (tword->flags & W_SPLITSPACE);
+
+ if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal)
+ {
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+ if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1;
+
+ temp = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+
+ /* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of
+ expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */
+ if (had_quoted_null && temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ goto add_string;
+ break;
+
+ case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
+ {
+ t_index = sindex++;
+
+ temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", SX_REQMATCH);
+ /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
+ ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
+ if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal)
+ {
+ if (sindex - 1 == t_index)
+ {
+ sindex = t_index;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string+t_index);
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
+ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
+ else
+ {
+ de_backslash (temp);
+ tword = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ temp1 = tword ? tword->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (tword)
+ dispose_word_desc (tword);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+
+ case '\\':
+ if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ sindex += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ c = string[++sindex];
+
+ if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ tflag = CBSHDOC;
+ else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
+ a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
+ if ((quoted & Q_DOLBRACE) && c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ /* This is the fix for " $@\ " */
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0) && isexp == 0 && isifs (c))
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+ istring[istring_index++] = '\\';
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+
+ sindex++;
+add_twochars:
+ /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) && ((quoted & Q_ARITH) == 0))
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0);
+
+ /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
+ whole word was quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ if (temp && *temp)
+ {
+ tword = alloc_word_desc ();
+ tword->word = temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ temp_has_dollar_at = 0; /* XXX */
+ /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
+ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &temp_has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+ has_dollar_at += temp_has_dollar_at;
+
+ if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ free (istring);
+ free (string);
+ /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
+ for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
+ tword->word = (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word (tword);
+ return list;
+ }
+
+ dispose_word (tword);
+
+ /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
+ not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
+ parameters. */
+ if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
+ need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
+ a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
+ can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
+ from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
+ a single word, in which all characters are quoted and
+ separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back
+ into a list for the next piece of code. */
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+
+ if (list && list->word && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL))
+ had_quoted_null = 1; /* XXX */
+
+ if (has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
+ FREE (temp);
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
+ where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
+ rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
+ as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
+ quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
+ add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
+ (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
+ as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ if (list->next)
+ {
+ /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
+ split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
+ temp = quoted_dollar_at
+ ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ : string_list (quote_list (list));
+ dispose_words (list);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = savestring (list->word->word);
+ tflag = list->word->flags;
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
+ to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
+ We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
+ the empty string, though. We do this because we
+ want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
+ contain other characters. For example, if we have
+ x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
+ the $* should expand into nothing. */
+ /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
+ cases: a quoted null character as above and when
+ CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
+ of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
+ pass the value through this function to its caller. */
+ if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to
+ this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
+ since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
+ will cause word splitting. */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED && (word->flags & (W_NOSPLIT|W_NOSPLIT2)))
+ continue;
+
+ add_quoted_string:
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = temp;
+ temp = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Add NULL arg. */
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ case '\'':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex);
+
+ /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
+ then the string is wholly quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
+ if (*temp == '\0')
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */
+ if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_quoted_string;
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ default:
+ /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
+ add_ifs_character:
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c)))
+ {
+ if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
+ sindex++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ sindex--;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+
+ add_character:
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* Next character. */
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+finished_with_string:
+ /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
+ quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
+ we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
+ do if nothing has been expanded. */
+
+ /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
+ string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
+ which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
+ exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
+ positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
+
+ /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
+ quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
+ if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
+ "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
+ processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
+ equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
+ saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
+ need to. */
+
+ /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
+ in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
+ The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
+ there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
+ the word away. */
+
+ if (*istring == '\0')
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ {
+ istring[0] = CTLNUL;
+ istring[1] = '\0';
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
+ and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
+ word is removed. */
+ else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#if 0
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+#else
+ else
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND; /* XXX */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL;
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *ifs_chars;
+ char *tstring;
+
+ ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
+ IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
+ positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
+ set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
+ string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
+ with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If
+ SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either
+ unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces
+ regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion. */
+ if (split_on_spaces)
+ list = list_string (istring, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
+ /* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we
+ don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted,
+ we have already separated the arguments with the first character of
+ $IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word
+ with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other
+ shells seem to do).
+ quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are
+ passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a
+ double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */
+ else if (has_dollar_at && quoted_dollar_at == 0 && ifs_chars && quoted == 0 && (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT2))
+ {
+ /* Only split and rejoin if we have to */
+ if (*ifs_chars && *ifs_chars != ' ')
+ {
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ tstring = string_list (list);
+ }
+ else
+ tstring = istring;
+ tword = make_bare_word (tstring);
+ if (tstring != istring)
+ free (tstring);
+ goto set_word_flags;
+ }
+ else if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+set_word_flags:
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)
+ tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOBRACE;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND;
+ if (had_quoted_null && QUOTED_NULL (istring))
+ tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (istring);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Quote Removal */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
+char *
+string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
+ int sindex, tindex, dquote;
+ unsigned char c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ c = string[++sindex];
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ break;
+ }
+ if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ default:
+ SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ tindex = sindex + 1;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (r, temp);
+ r += strlen (r);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ sindex = tindex;
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result_string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+WORD_DESC *
+word_quote_removal (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = t ? t : savestring ("");
+ return (w);
+}
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+#if 0
+ result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to perform word splitting *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+void
+setifs (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ char *t;
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ ifs_var = v;
+ ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
+
+ ifs_is_set = ifs_var != 0;
+ ifs_is_null = ifs_is_set && (*ifs_value == 0);
+
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
+ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
+ for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
+ {
+ uc = *t;
+ ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
+ ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+getifs ()
+{
+ return ifs_value;
+}
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_split (w, ifs_chars)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ifs_chars;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (w)
+ {
+ char *xifs;
+
+ xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
+ result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
+ }
+ else
+ result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
+ to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+word_list_split (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/**************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
+ * *
+ **************************************************/
+
+/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
+static void
+exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
+ int v;
+{
+ set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value);
+
+ /* Cleanup code goes here. */
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+
+ if (parse_and_execute_level == 0)
+ top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
+
+ jump_to_top_level (v);
+}
+
+/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
+ ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
+#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
+ do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
+
+/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
+ been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
+ variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
+ on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+separate_out_assignments (tlist)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
+
+ if (tlist == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
+
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ vp = lp = tlist;
+
+ /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
+ Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
+ Loop postcondition:
+ lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
+ tlist = original list of words
+ */
+ while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
+ {
+ vp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+
+ /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
+ We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
+ words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
+ if (lp != tlist)
+ {
+ subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
+ /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
+ vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
+ tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
+ }
+
+ /* vp == end of variable list */
+ /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
+ if (!tlist)
+ /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
+ /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
+
+ /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
+ words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
+ SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+ if (place_keywords_in_env)
+ {
+ WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
+
+ tp = tlist;
+ lp = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
+ /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
+ while (lp)
+ {
+ if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
+ subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
+ if (!subst_assign_varlist)
+ subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
+ else
+ {
+ vp->next = lp;
+ vp = lp;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
+ tp->next = lp->next;
+ /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
+ lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ lp = tp->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (tlist);
+}
+
+#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
+#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
+#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
+#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
+#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
+
+/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
+ quote removal. */
+#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL));
+}
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_no_vars (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS));
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_shellexp (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP));
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ char **glob_array, *temp_string;
+ register int glob_index;
+ WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+ while (tlist)
+ {
+ /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
+ added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
+ added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
+ of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
+ expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
+ original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
+ failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
+ added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
+ in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
+ be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
+ words are freed. */
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
+ pattern matching character, then glob it. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
+ unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
+ {
+ glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word);
+
+ /* Handle error cases.
+ I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
+ or directory". However, I would like to report errors
+ like "Read failed". */
+
+ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
+ {
+ glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
+ glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
+ if (glob_array[0] == NULL)
+ {
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ }
+
+ /* Make the array into a word list. */
+ glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
+ glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
+ }
+
+ if (glob_list)
+ {
+ output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Dequote the string. */
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ strvec_dispose (glob_array);
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+
+ tlist = next;
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+static WORD_LIST *
+brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ register char **expansions;
+ char *temp_string;
+ WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int eindex;
+
+ for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ if (tlist->word->flags & W_NOBRACE)
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+/*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
+ not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
+ the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
+ degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
+ basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
+ by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
+ is reached. */
+ if (mbschr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
+ {
+ expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
+
+ for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
+ {
+ w = alloc_word_desc ();
+ w->word = temp_string;
+
+ /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
+ the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
+ unconditionally someday -- XXX */
+ if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
+ w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
+ else
+ w = make_word_flags (w, temp_string);
+
+ output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
+ }
+ free (expansions);
+
+ /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
+ expansion has been performed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Take WORD, a compound associative array assignment, and internally run
+ 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. */
+static int
+make_internal_declare (word, option)
+ char *word;
+ char *option;
+{
+ int t;
+ WORD_LIST *wl;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+
+ w = make_word (word);
+
+ t = assignment (w->word, 0);
+ w->word[t] = '\0';
+
+ wl = make_word_list (w, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ wl = make_word_list (make_word (option), wl);
+
+ return (declare_builtin (wl));
+}
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list;
+ int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
+ char *temp_string;
+
+ /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ temp_string = tlist->word->word;
+
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
+ such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
+ it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
+ functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
+ because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
+ its own. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG))
+ {
+ int t;
+ char opts[8], opti;
+
+ opti = 0;
+ if (tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL|W_ASSIGNARRAY))
+ opts[opti++] = '-';
+
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+ opts[opti++] = 'A';
+ }
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNASSOC)
+ opts[opti++] = 'A';
+ else if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY|W_ASSNGLOBAL))
+ {
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+ opts[opti++] = 'a';
+ }
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNARRAY)
+ opts[opti++] = 'a';
+ else if (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSNGLOBAL)
+ opts[opti++] = 'g';
+
+#if 0
+ /* If we have special handling note the integer attribute */
+ if (opti > 0 && (tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNINT))
+ opts[opti++] = 'i';
+#endif
+
+ opts[opti] = '\0';
+ if (opti > 0)
+ make_internal_declare (tlist->word->word, opts);
+
+ t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word, 0);
+ if (t == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+
+ /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
+ t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0);
+ tlist->word->word[t] = '\0';
+ tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG|W_ASSIGNASSOC|W_ASSIGNARRAY);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ expanded_something = 0;
+ expanded = expand_word_internal
+ (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something);
+
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
+ tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
+ tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+ /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
+ dispose_words (new_list);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+
+ /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
+ if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0)
+ {
+ temp_list = word_list_split (expanded);
+ dispose_words (expanded);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
+ substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
+ do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
+ null characters from the result. */
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded);
+ temp_list = expanded;
+ }
+
+ expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *);
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list);
+ }
+
+ if (orig_list)
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+
+ if (new_list)
+ new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
+
+/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
+ First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
+ Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
+ performed.
+
+ This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
+ to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
+ set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
+ Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words
+ with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see
+ brace_expand_word_list above). */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
+ int tint;
+
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
+ if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
+ {
+ garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
+ if (new_list == 0)
+ {
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
+ into the shell's environment. */
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
+ tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word, 0);
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
+ running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
+ things that aren't really variable assignments. */
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+ /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
+ in the string. */
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list)
+ new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
+
+ /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
+ variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. */
+ new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+
+ /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
+ globbing. */
+ if (new_list)
+ {
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0)
+ /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
+ new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+ else
+ /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
+ new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
+ }
+
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func;
+ int is_special_builtin, is_builtin_or_func;
+
+ /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
+ that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
+ environment. */
+ assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+
+ is_builtin_or_func = (new_list && new_list->word && (find_shell_builtin (new_list->word->word) || find_function (new_list->word->word)));
+ /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
+ occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
+ is_special_builtin = (posixly_correct && new_list && new_list->word && find_special_builtin (new_list->word->word));
+
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ assigning_in_environment = (assign_func == assign_in_env);
+ tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word, is_builtin_or_func);
+ assigning_in_environment = 0;
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
+ in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ if (assign_func == do_word_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct && is_special_builtin)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
#define ASS_MKASSOC 0x0004
#define ASS_MKGLOBAL 0x0008 /* force global assignment */
#define ASS_NAMEREF 0x0010 /* assigning to nameref variable */
+#define ASS_FORCE 0x0020 /* force assignment even to readonly variable */
/* Flags for the string extraction functions. */
#define SX_NOALLOC 0x0001 /* just skip; don't return substring */
9
16
./appendop.tests: line 84: x: readonly variable
-declare -A foo='([one]="bar" [two]="baz" [three]="quux" )'
-declare -A foo='([one]="bar" [two]="baz" [0]="zero" [three]="quux" )'
-declare -A foo='([four]="four" [one]="bar" [two]="baz" [0]="zero" [three]="quux" )'
+declare -A foo='([two]="baz" [three]="quux" [one]="bar" )'
+declare -A foo='([two]="baz" [0]="zero" [three]="quux" [one]="bar" )'
+declare -A foo='([two]="baz" [0]="zero" [three]="quux" [four]="four" [one]="bar" )'
declare -ai iarr='([0]="3" [1]="2" [2]="3")'
declare -ai iarr='([0]="3" [1]="2" [2]="3" [3]="4" [4]="5" [5]="6")'
25 25
version.agent
version[agent] foo[bar]
version.agent bowl
-foobar] foo foo[bar]
-bleh bbb bleh
+foo foobar] foo[bar]
+bbb bleh bleh
ab]
bar
1
declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4")'
declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4" [5]="five")'
declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4" [5]="5")'
-declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4" [5]="5foo")'
+declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4" [5]="foo")'
declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4" [5]="5")'
declare -a x='([0]="0" [1]="1" [2]="2" [3]="3" [4]="4four" [5]="5")'
strlen(4four) = 5
declare -A BASH_CMDS='()'
declare -Ai chaff='([one]="10" [zero]="5" )'
declare -Ar waste='([version]="4.0-devel" [source]="./assoc.tests" [lineno]="28" [pid]="42134" )'
-declare -A wheat='([one]="a" [zero]="0" [two]="b" [three]="c" )'
+declare -A wheat='([two]="b" [three]="c" [one]="a" [zero]="0" )'
declare -A chaff='([one]="10" ["hello world"]="flip" [zero]="5" )'
./assoc.tests: line 38: unset: waste: cannot unset: readonly variable
./assoc.tests: line 39: chaff[*]: bad array subscript
argv[1] = <qux qix blat>
argv[1] = <16>
argv[1] = <16>
-argv[1] = <flix>
-argv[2] = <6>
+argv[1] = <6>
+argv[2] = <flix>
argv[1] = <six>
argv[2] = <foo>
argv[3] = <bar>
argv[1] = <six>
argv[2] = <foo bar>
8
-/usr/local/bin . /bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/bin /bin /usr/ucb
-bin . bin sbin sbin bin bin ucb
+. /sbin /usr/bin /bin /usr/ucb /usr/local/bin /bin /usr/sbin
+. sbin bin bin ucb bin bin sbin
bin
/ / / / / / /
/
argv[1] = <sbin>
argv[1] = </>
8
-/usr/local/bin . /bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/bin /bin /usr/ucb
-bin . bin sbin sbin bin bin ucb
+. /sbin /usr/bin /bin /usr/ucb /usr/local/bin /bin /usr/sbin
+. sbin bin bin ucb bin bin sbin
/ / / / / / /
8
4 -- /bin
-^usr^local^bin . ^bin ^sbin ^usr^sbin ^usr^bin ^bin ^usr^ucb
-^usr^local^bin . ^bin ^sbin ^usr^sbin ^usr^bin ^bin ^usr^ucb
-\usr/local/bin . \bin \sbin \usr/sbin \usr/bin \bin \usr/ucb
-\usr\local\bin . \bin \sbin \usr\sbin \usr\bin \bin \usr\ucb
-\usr\local\bin . \bin \sbin \usr\sbin \usr\bin \bin \usr\ucb
+. ^sbin ^usr^bin ^bin ^usr^ucb ^usr^local^bin ^bin ^usr^sbin
+. ^sbin ^usr^bin ^bin ^usr^ucb ^usr^local^bin ^bin ^usr^sbin
+. \sbin \usr/bin \bin \usr/ucb \usr/local/bin \bin \usr/sbin
+. \sbin \usr\bin \bin \usr\ucb \usr\local\bin \bin \usr\sbin
+. \sbin \usr\bin \bin \usr\ucb \usr\local\bin \bin \usr\sbin
([a]=1)
qux foo
def
def
./assoc5.sub: line 13: declare: `myarray[foo[bar]=bleh': not a valid identifier
-abc def bleh
-myarray=(["a]a"]="abc" ["]"]="def" ["a]=test1;#a"]="123" [foo]="bleh" )
+bleh abc def
+myarray=(["a]=test1;#a"]="123" [foo]="bleh" ["a]a"]="abc" ["]"]="def" )
123
-myarray=(["a]a"]="abc" ["a]=test2;#a"]="def" ["]"]="def" ["a]=test1;#a"]="123" [foo]="bleh" )
+myarray=(["a]=test1;#a"]="123" [foo]="bleh" ["a]a"]="abc" ["a]=test2;#a"]="def" ["]"]="def" )
bar"bie
doll
declare -A foo='(["bar\"bie"]="doll" )'
declare -a c='([0]="4")'
declare -A c='([0]="4" )'
declare -a c='([0]="1" [1]="2" [2]="3")'
-declare -A c='([one]="1" [two]="2" [three]="3" )'
+declare -A c='([two]="2" [three]="3" [one]="1" )'
declare -a c='([0]="1" [1]="2" [2]="3")'
declare -a c='([0]="1" [1]="2" [2]="3")'
unset
c Sub = 0 2 4 8
<1> <2> <3> <4> <5>
<10> <20> <40> <80>
+<>
+<>
+<>
+<>
+<'ab '\''cd'\'' ef'>
+./new-exp10.sub: line 11: ${x@C}: bad substitution
+<'ab'> <'cd ef'> <''> <'gh'>
+<'ab' 'cd ef' '' 'gh'>
+<'ab'> <'cd> <ef'> <''> <'gh'>
+<'ab'> <'cd> <ef'> <''> <'gh'>
+<'ab cd'>
+<'4'> <'ab cd'>
+<>
+argv[1] = <host(2)[4.3]$ >
+<
+>
+<' \t\n'>
+<
+>
+<$' \t\n'>
+declare -r x='ab '\''cd'\'' ef'
+set -- 'ab' 'cd ef' '' 'gh'
+declare -a A=([0]="ab" [1]="cd ef" [2]="" [3]="gh")
+declare -a B=()
+declare -A A=([two]="b c" [three]="" [four]="de" [one]="1" )
+r
+a
+A
+ir
+a b c d e
+5
+a5b
argv[1] = </>
argv[1] = </>
-./new-exp.tests: line 584: ABXD: parameter unset
+./new-exp.tests: line 587: ABXD: parameter unset
# value is 'anothervar[@]' stop working
${THIS_SH} ./new-exp9.sub
+# new parameter transformation `@' expansion operator
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp10.sub
+
# problems with stray CTLNUL in bash-4.0-alpha
unset a
a=/a
--- /dev/null
+# must do this because posix mode causes process substitution to be disabled
+# and flagged as a syntax error, which causes the shell to exit
+set +o posix
+
+expect()
+{
+ echo expect "$@"
+}
+
+HOME=/usr/homes/chet # to make the check against new-exp.right work
+expect '<foo bar>'
+recho "${undef-"foo bar"}" # should be foo bar
+expect '<foo>'
+recho "${und="foo"}" # should be foo
+
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho ${HOME-"}"}
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "${HOME-'}'}"
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "${HOME-"}"}"
+
+expect $0: 'HOME: }: syntax error: operand expected (error token is "}")'
+recho "${HOME:`echo }`}" # should be a math error -- bad substring substitution
+
+expect unset
+_ENV=oops
+x=${_ENV[(_$-=0)+(_=1)-_${-%%*i*}]}
+echo ${x:-unset}
+
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho ${HOME}
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho ${HOME:-`echo }`}
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho ${HOME:-`echo "}"`}
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "${HOME:-`echo "}"`}"
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "$(echo "${HOME}")"
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "$(echo "$(echo ${HOME})")"
+expect "<$HOME>"
+recho "$(echo "$(echo "${HOME}")")"
+
+P=*@*
+expect '<*@>'
+recho "${P%"*"}" #
+expect '<*@>'
+recho "${P%'*'}" #
+expect '<@*>'
+recho "${P#\*}" # should be @*
+
+expect '<)>'
+recho "$(echo ")")" # should be )
+expect '<")">'
+recho "$(echo "\")\"")" # should be ")"
+
+foo='abcd '
+expect '<-abcd> <->'
+recho -${foo}- # should be -abcd -
+expect '<-abcd> <->'
+recho -${foo% *}- # should be -abcd -
+expect '<-abcd->'
+recho -${foo%% *}- # should be -abcd-
+
+foo=bar
+expect '<bar foo>'
+echo -n $foo' ' ; echo foo
+
+expect '<bar foo>'
+echo -n $foo" " ; echo foo
+
+expect '<bar foo>'
+echo -n "$foo " ; echo foo
+
+expect '<barfoo>'
+echo -e "$foo\c " ; echo foo
+
+expect '<barfoo>'
+echo -e $foo"\c " ; echo foo
+
+# make sure backslashes are preserved in front of characters that are not
+# valid backslash escapes
+expect '<\x>'
+echo -e '\x'
+
+# substring tests
+z=abcdefghijklmnop
+expect '<abcd>'
+recho ${z:0:4}
+
+expect '<efg> <nop>'
+recho ${z:4:3} ${z:${#z}-3:3}
+
+expect '<efg> <nop>'
+recho ${z:4:3} ${z: -3:3}
+
+expect '<hijklmnop>'
+recho ${z:7:30}
+
+expect '<abcdefghijklmnop>'
+recho ${z:0:100}
+
+expect '<abcdefghijklmnop>'
+recho ${z:0:${#z}}
+
+set 'ab cd' 'ef' 'gh ij' 'kl mn' 'op'
+expect '<ab cd> <ef>'
+recho "${@:1:2}"
+
+expect '<gh ij> <kl mn>'
+recho "${@:3:2}"
+
+expect '<gh ij> <kl mn> <op>'
+recho "${@:3:4}"
+
+expect '<ab cd> <ef> <gh ij> <kl mn> <op>'
+recho "${@:1:$#}"
+
+# code to ad-hoc parse arithmetic expressions in substring expansions was
+# broken until post-2.04
+base=/home/chet/foo//bar
+string1=$base/abcabcabc
+x=1 j=4
+
+expect '</home/chet/foo//bar/abcabcabc>'
+recho ${string1:0}
+
+expect '<home/chet/foo//bar/abcabcabc>'
+recho ${string1:1}
+
+expect '<home>'
+recho ${string1:(j?1:0):j}
+
+expect '<home>'
+recho ${string1:j?1:0:j}
+
+expect '<home>'
+recho ${string1:(j?(x?1:0):0):j}
+
+expect '<home>'
+recho ${string1:j?(x?1:0):0:j}
+
+unset base string1 x j
+
+# indirect variable references
+expect '<abcdefghijklmnop>'
+recho ${!9:-$z}
+
+ef=4
+expect '<4>'
+recho ${!2}
+
+expect '<op>'
+recho ${!#}
+
+set a b c d e
+a=
+expect '<abcdefghijklmnop>'
+recho ${a:-$z}
+expect '<abcdefghijklmnop>'
+recho ${!1:-$z}
+
+expect nothing
+recho ${a-$z}
+expect nothing
+recho ${!1-$z}
+
+set -u
+expect $0: ABX: unbound variable
+( recho ${ABX} )
+set +u
+
+expect $0: '$6: cannot assign in this way'
+recho ${6="arg6"}
+
+v=abcde
+
+# sed-like variable substitution
+expect '<xxcde>'
+recho ${v/a[a-z]/xx}
+expect '<axxde>'
+recho ${v/a??/axx}
+expect '<abxyz>'
+recho ${v/c??/xyz}
+expect '<abbcde>'
+recho ${v/#a/ab}
+expect '<abcde>'
+recho ${v/#d/ab}
+expect '<abcabe>'
+recho ${v/d/ab}
+expect '<abcdlast>'
+recho ${v/%?/last}
+expect '<abcde>'
+recho ${v/%x/last}
+
+av=(abcd efgh ijkl mnop qrst uvwx)
+
+expect '<xxcd>'
+recho ${av/??/xx}
+expect '<abxx>'
+recho ${av/%??/xx}
+expect '<xxgh>'
+recho ${av[1]/??/xx}
+expect '<efgh>'
+recho ${av[1]/%ab/xx}
+expect '<xxfgh>'
+recho ${av[1]/#?/xx}
+expect '<zagh>'
+recho ${av[1]/??/za}
+expect '<zaza>'
+recho ${av[1]//??/za}
+expect '<zagh>'
+recho ${av[1]/#??/za}
+expect '<efza>'
+recho ${av[1]/%??/za}
+
+expect '<yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy>'
+recho ${av[@]/*/yyy}
+expect '<yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy>'
+recho ${av[@]/#*/yyy}
+expect '<yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy>'
+recho ${av[@]/%*/yyy}
+expect '<yyy> <efgh> <ijkl> <mnop> <qrst> <uvwx>'
+recho ${av[@]/a*/yyy}
+expect '<abxx> <efxx> <ijxx> <mnxx> <qrxx> <uvxx>'
+recho ${av[@]/%??/xx}
+
+set abcd efgh ijkl mnop qrst uvwx
+
+expect '<xxcd>'
+recho ${1/??/xx}
+expect '<xxcd> <xxgh> <xxkl> <xxop> <xxst> <xxwx>'
+recho ${@/??/xx}
+expect '<xxcd> <xxgh> <xxkl> <xxop> <xxst> <xxwx>'
+recho ${@/%??/xx}
+expect '<zaza>'
+recho ${3//??/za}
+expect '<efza>'
+recho ${3/%??/za}
+expect '<zaza> <zaza> <zaza> <zaza> <zaza> <zaza>'
+recho ${@//??/za}
+expect '<zacd> <zagh> <zakl> <zaop> <zast> <zawx>'
+recho ${@/#??/za}
+expect '<yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy> <yyy>'
+recho ${@//*/yyy}
+expect '<yyy> <efgh> <ijkl> <mnop> <qrst> <uvwx>'
+recho ${@//a*/yyy}
+expect '<abcd> <efgh> <ijkl> <mnop> <qrst> <uvwyyy>'
+recho ${@/%x*/yyy}
+
+expect a newline
+echo $abmcde
+
+# sneaky way to replace a newline in a variable value with something else
+AVAR=$'This\nstring\nhas\nmultiple\nlines.'
+echo "${AVAR}"
+
+eval BVAR=\"\${AVAR//$'\n'/-}\"
+echo "$BVAR"
+
+unset AVAR BVAR
+
+# run process substitution tests in a subshell so that syntax errors
+# caused by a shell not implementing process substitution (e.g., one
+# built on a NeXT) will not cause the whole test to exit prematurely
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp1.sub
+
+# run the tests of $(<filename) in a subshell to avoid cluttering up
+# this script
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp2.sub
+
+expect '<6>'
+recho ${#:-foo}
+expect $0: '${#:}: bad substitution'
+echo ${#:}
+
+expect "<'>"
+recho "'"
+expect '<">'
+recho '"'
+expect '<"hello">'
+recho "\"hello\""
+
+shift $#
+unset foo
+z=abcdef
+z1='abc def'
+
+expect '<>'
+recho ${foo:-""}
+expect nothing
+recho ${foo:-"$@"}
+expect '<>'
+recho "${foo:-$@}"
+
+# unset var
+expect '<>'
+recho ${foo:-"$zbcd"}
+expect nothing
+recho ${foo:-$zbcd}
+
+# set var
+expect '<abcdef>'
+recho ${foo:-"$z"}
+expect '<abc def>'
+recho ${foo:-"$z1"}
+
+expect '<abcdef>'
+recho ${foo:-$z}
+expect '<abc> <def>'
+recho ${foo:-$z1}
+
+expect '<abcdef>'
+recho "${foo:-$z}"
+expect '<abc def>'
+recho "${foo:-$z1}"
+
+expect '<abcdef>'
+recho "${foo:-"$z"}"
+# this disagrees with sh and ksh, but I think it is right according
+# to posix.2.
+expect '<abc def>'
+recho "${foo:-"$z1"}"
+
+set ab cd ef gh
+expect '<ab> <cd> <ef> <gh>'
+recho ${foo:-"$@"}
+expect '<ab> <cd> <ef> <gh>'
+recho "${foo:-$@}"
+expect '<ab> <cd> <ef> <gh>'
+recho "${foo:-"$@"}"
+
+shift $#
+expect nothing
+recho $xxx"$@"
+expect nothing
+recho ${foo:-$xxx"$@"}
+expect '<>'
+recho "${foo:-$xxx$@}"
+expect '<>'
+recho "${foo:-$xxx"$@"}"
+
+expect nothing
+recho $xxx"$@"
+expect nothing
+recho "$xxx$@"
+expect nothing
+recho "$@"$xxx
+
+expect '<>'
+recho $xxx""
+expect '<>'
+recho $xxx''
+expect '<>'
+recho ''$xxx
+expect '<>'
+recho ""$xxx
+
+AB='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+
+recho ${AB:7:15}
+recho ${AB:15:7}
+
+recho ${AB:20}
+
+recho ${AB:0}
+recho ${AB:0:20}
+
+recho ${AB:10:7}
+recho ${AB:10:3+4}
+recho ${AB:20/2:3+4}
+
+set 1 2 3 4 5 6
+recho \""${*:2:2}"\"
+
+IFS=:
+recho \""${*:2:2}"\"
+
+IFS=$' \t\n'
+
+z=123456
+
+recho \""${z:2:2}"\"
+recho \""${z:2}"\"
+recho \""${z:2:4}"\"
+recho \""${z:2:6}"\"
+
+set $'\1' $'\2' $'\177'
+
+recho $*
+recho $@
+
+recho ${*}
+recho ${@}
+
+xx=one/two/two
+recho ${xx%/*}
+recho ${xx/\/two}
+
+yy=oneonetwo
+recho ${yy//one}
+recho ${yy/\/one}
+
+xx=oneonetwo
+
+recho ${xx/one}
+recho ${xx//one}
+recho ${xx/\/one}
+
+# out-of-range substrings
+var=abc
+c=${var:3}
+expect nothing
+recho $c
+c=${var:4}
+expect nothing
+recho $c
+# as of bash-4.2, negative LENGTH means offset from the end
+c=${var:0:-2}
+expect '<a>'
+recho $c
+
+var=abcdefghi
+c=${var:3:12}
+recho $c
+c=${var:4:20}
+recho $c
+
+# make sure null patterns work
+xxx=endocrine
+yyy=n
+unset zzz
+
+recho ${xxx/$yyy/*}
+recho ${xxx//$yyy/*}
+
+recho ${xxx/$zzz/*}
+recho ${xxx//$zzz/*}
+
+recho ${xxx//%${zzz}/}
+recho ${xxx//%${zzz}}
+recho ${xxx//#${zzz}/}
+recho ${xxx//#${zzz}}
+
+# another case that caused a core dump in bash-2.0
+XPATH=/usr/bin:/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/gnu/bin::/usr/bin/X11:/sbin:/usr/sbin
+
+recho ${XPATH//:/ }
+
+xx=(ar as at au av aw ax ay az)
+
+recho ${xx[@]/a/}
+recho ${xx[@]//a/}
+
+recho ${xx[*]/a/}
+recho ${xx[*]//a/}
+
+recho ${xx[@]%?}
+recho ${xx[*]%?}
+
+recho ${xx[@]#?}
+recho ${xx[*]#?}
+
+set -- ar as at au av aw ax ay az
+
+recho ${@/a/}
+recho ${@//a/}
+
+recho ${*/a/}
+recho ${*//a/}
+
+recho ${@%?}
+recho ${*%?}
+
+recho ${@#?}
+recho ${*#?}
+
+shift $#
+set -u
+( recho $9 ; echo after 1)
+( recho ${9} ; echo after 2)
+( recho $UNSET ; echo after 3)
+( recho ${UNSET} ; echo after 4)
+( recho "$UNSET" ; echo after 5)
+( recho "${UNSET}" ; echo after 6)
+( recho "${#UNSET}" ; echo after 7)
+set +u
+
+RECEIVED="12345"
+recho "${RECEIVED:$((${#RECEIVED}-1)):1}"
+RECEIVED="12345#"
+recho "${RECEIVED:$((${#RECEIVED}-1)):1}"
+RECEIVED="#"
+recho "${RECEIVED:$((${#RECEIVED}-1)):1}"
+RECEIVED=""
+recho "${RECEIVED:$((${#RECEIVED}-1)):1}"
+
+# tests of new prefix expansion ${!prefix*}
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp3.sub
+
+# bug with indirect expansion through bash-2.05b
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp4.sub
+
+# these caused errors and core dumps in versions before bash-2.04
+c=""
+echo ${c//${$(($#-1))}/x/}
+
+set a b c d e f g
+recho "$@"
+
+set -- ${@:1:$(($# - 2))}
+recho "$@"
+
+set a b
+recho ${@:1:$(($# - 2))}
+
+recho ${@:1:0}
+recho ${@:1:1}
+recho ${@:1:2}
+
+recho "${*:1:0}"
+
+# this is an error -- negative expression
+set a
+recho ${@:1:$(($# - 2))}
+
+XPATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/local/bin:.:/sbin:/usr/sbin
+set $( IFS=: ; echo $XPATH )
+
+recho ${@##*/}
+recho ${@%%[!/]*}
+
+recho ${@#/*}
+recho ${@%*/}
+
+set /full/path/to/x16 /another/full/path
+
+recho ${1%/*}
+recho ${1%%[!/]*}
+recho ${1#*/}
+recho ${1##*/}
+
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp5.sub
+
+unset var
+var=blah
+
+# these had better agree
+echo ${var[@]:3}
+echo ${var:3}
+echo ${var[@]/#/--}
+echo ${var/#/--}
+echo ${var[@]##?}
+echo ${var##?}
+
+unset var
+var=(abcde abcfg abchi)
+
+# problems with anchoring pattern replacements
+echo ${var[*]//#abc/foo}
+echo ${var[*]/#abc/foo}
+unset var
+
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp6.sub
+
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp7.sub
+
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp8.sub
+
+# tests to check whether things like indirect expansion of a variable whose
+# value is 'anothervar[@]' stop working
+${THIS_SH} ./new-exp9.sub
+
+# problems with stray CTLNUL in bash-4.0-alpha
+unset a
+a=/a
+recho "/${a%/*}"
+recho "/${a///a/}"
+
+# this must be last!
+expect $0: 'ABXD: parameter unset'
+recho ${ABXD:?"parameter unset"}
--- /dev/null
+# new framework for parameter transformations, post bash-4.3
+
+printf "<%s>" "${x@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@P}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@A}" ; echo
+
+x="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "<%s> " "${x@Q}" ; echo
+
+printf "<%s>" "${x@C}"
+
+# if unquoted, normal word splitting happens
+set -- ab 'cd ef' '' gh
+printf "<%s> " "${@@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " "${*@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " ${@@Q} ; echo
+printf "<%s> " ${*@Q} ; echo
+
+y[0]=4
+y[1]='ab cd'
+
+printf "<%s> " "${y[1]@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " "${y[@]@Q}" ; echo # mksh doesn't like @ or * or arrays subscripted with them
+
+printf "<%s> " "${z@Q}" ; echo # empty string?
+
+recho ${z@Q} # this disappears
+
+#
+HOST=host
+SHELL_LEVEL=2
+NPS1='\[\]${HOST}($SHELL_LEVEL)[\v]\$ '
+
+recho "${NPS1@P}"
+
+#
+D=' \t\n'
+printf "<%s>" "${D@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${D@Q}" ; echo
+
+E=$' \t\n'
+printf "<%s>" "${E@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${E@Q}" ; echo
+
+declare x
+declare -r x="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "%s" "${x@A}" ; echo
+
+set -- ab 'cd ef' '' gh
+printf "%s " "${@@A}" ; echo
+
+A=( "$@" )
+printf "%s " "${A[@]@A}" ; echo
+B=()
+printf "%s " "${B[@]@A}" ; echo
+
+unset A
+declare -A A
+A=( [one]=1 [two]='b c' [three]='' [four]=de )
+printf "%s " "${A[@]@A}" ; echo
+
+unset X
+declare X
+declare -r X="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "%s" "${X@a}" ; echo
+
+set -- 1 2 3 4
+
+unset A
+A=( "$@" )
+printf "%s " "${A@a}" ; echo
+
+unset A
+declare -A A
+A=( [one]=1 [two]='b c' [three]='' [four]=de )
+printf "%s " "${A@a}" ; echo
+
+declare -ir Y=0
+printf "%s" "${Y@a}" ; echo
+
+# make sure we still handle ${#@} and ${@} as posix requires
+set -- a b c d e
+echo ${@}
+echo ${#@}
+echo a${#@}b
--- /dev/null
+# new framework for parameter transformations, post bash-4.3
+
+printf "<%s>" "${x@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@P}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${x@A}" ; echo
+
+x="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "<%s> " "${x@Q}" ; echo
+
+printf "<%s>" "${x@C}"
+
+# if unquoted, normal word splitting happens
+set -- ab 'cd ef' '' gh
+printf "<%s> " "${@@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " "${*@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " ${@@Q} ; echo
+printf "<%s> " ${*@Q} ; echo
+
+y[0]=4
+y[1]='ab cd'
+
+printf "<%s> " "${y[1]@Q}" ; echo
+printf "<%s> " "${y[@]@Q}" ; echo # mksh doesn't like @ or * or arrays subscripted with them
+
+printf "<%s> " "${z@Q}" ; echo # empty string?
+
+recho ${z@Q} # this disappears
+
+#
+HOST=host
+PS1='\[\]${HOST}($SHLVL)[\v]\$ '
+
+recho "${PS1@P}"
+
+#
+D=' \t\n'
+printf "<%s>" "${D@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${D@Q}" ; echo
+
+E=$' \t\n'
+printf "<%s>" "${E@E}" ; echo
+printf "<%s>" "${E@Q}" ; echo
+
+declare x
+declare -r x="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "%s" "${x@A}" ; echo
+
+set -- ab 'cd ef' '' gh
+printf "%s " "${@@A}" ; echo
+
+A=( "$@" )
+printf "%s " "${A[@]@A}" ; echo
+B=()
+printf "%s " "${B[@]@A}" ; echo
+
+unset A
+declare -A A
+A=( [one]=1 [two]='b c' [three]='' [four]=de )
+printf "%s " "${A[@]@A}" ; echo
+
+unset X
+declare X
+declare -r X="ab 'cd' ef"
+printf "%s" "${X@a}" ; echo
+
+set -- 1 2 3 4
+
+unset A
+A=( "$@" )
+printf "%s " "${A@a}" ; echo
+
+unset A
+declare -A A
+A=( [one]=1 [two]='b c' [three]='' [four]=de )
+printf "%s " "${A@a}" ; echo
+
+declare -ir Y=0
+printf "%s" "${Y@a}" ; echo
+
+# make sure we still handle ${#@} and ${@} as posix requires
+set -- a b c d e
+echo ${@}
+echo ${#@}
+echo a${#@}b
declare -ar FOOBAR2='([0]="bar")'
F OUTSIDE
F OUTSIDE
+declare -ar outside='()'
+declare -ir outside1="1"
+tempenv = foo
+0
+declare -ar myvar='([0]="0")'
+1
+declare -ir myvar="1"
+declare -rx tempvar1='foo'
+declare -rx tempvar2='qux'
a=z
a=b
a=z
# variable scoping in the presence of nameref
${THIS_SH} ./varenv6.sub
+# variable declaration problems with arrays and readonly local variables
+${THIS_SH} ./varenv7.sub
+
# make sure variable scoping is done right
tt() { typeset a=b;echo a=$a; };a=z;echo a=$a;tt;echo a=$a
-
--- /dev/null
+#
+# varenv.sh
+#
+# Test the behavior of the shell with respect to variable and environment
+# assignments
+#
+expect()
+{
+ echo expect "$@"
+}
+
+a=1
+b=2
+c=3
+d=4
+e=5
+f=6 g=7 h=8
+
+a=3 b=4 $CHMOD $MODE $FN
+
+# This should echo "3 4" according to Posix.2
+expect "3 4"
+echo $a $b
+
+set -k
+
+# Assignment statements made when no words are left affect the shell's
+# environment
+a=5 b=6 $CHMOD c=7 $MODE d=8 $FN e=9
+
+expect "5 6 7 8 9"
+echo $a $b $c $d $e
+
+$CHMOD f=7 $MODE g=8 $FN h=9
+expect "7 8 9"
+echo $f $g $h
+
+set +k
+
+# The temporary environment does not affect variable expansion, only the
+# environment given to the command
+
+export HOME=/usr/chet
+expect $HOME
+echo $HOME
+
+expect $HOME
+HOME=/a/b/c /bin/echo $HOME
+
+expect $HOME
+echo $HOME
+
+# This should echo /a/b/c
+expect /a/b/c
+HOME=/a/b/c printenv HOME
+
+set -k
+
+# This should echo $HOME 9, NOT /a/b/c 9
+
+expect "$HOME"
+HOME=/a/b/c /bin/echo $HOME c=9
+expect "$HOME 7"
+echo $HOME $c
+
+# I claim the next two echo calls should give identical output.
+# ksh agrees, the System V.3 sh does not
+
+expect "/a/b/c 9 /a/b/c"
+HOME=/a/b/c $ECHO a=$HOME c=9
+echo $HOME $c $a
+
+expect "/a/b/c 9 /a/b/c"
+HOME=/a/b/c a=$HOME c=9
+echo $HOME $c $a
+set +k
+
+# How do assignment statements affect subsequent assignments on the same
+# line?
+expect "/a/b/c /a/b/c"
+HOME=/a/b/c a=$HOME
+echo $HOME $a
+
+# The system V.3 sh does this wrong; the last echo should output "1 1",
+# but the system V.3 sh has it output "2 2". Posix.2 says the assignment
+# statements are processed left-to-right. bash and ksh output the right
+# thing
+c=1
+d=2
+expect "1 2"
+echo $c $d
+d=$c c=$d
+expect "1 1"
+echo $c $d
+
+# just for completeness
+unset d c
+expect unset
+echo ${d-unset}
+
+# no output
+export a
+a=bcde
+export a
+/bin/true 2>/dev/null
+
+func()
+{
+ local YYZ
+
+ YYZ="song by rush"
+ echo $YYZ
+ echo $A
+}
+
+YYZ="toronto airport"
+A="AVAR"
+echo $YYZ
+echo $A
+A=BVAR func
+echo $YYZ
+echo $A
+
+export A
+# Make sure expansion doesn't use assignment statements preceding a builtin
+A=ZVAR echo $A
+
+XPATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:.
+func2()
+{
+ local z=yy
+ local -a avar=( ${XPATH//: } )
+ echo ${avar[@]}
+ local
+}
+
+avar=42
+echo $avar
+func2
+echo $avar
+
+# try to set an attribute for an unset variable; make sure it persists
+# when the variable is assigned a value
+declare -i ivar
+
+ivar=10
+
+declare -p ivar
+unset ivar
+
+# export an unset variable, make sure it is not suddenly set, but make
+# sure the export attribute persists when the variable is assigned a
+# value
+export ivar
+echo ${ivar-unset}
+
+ivar=42
+declare -p ivar
+
+# make sure set [-+]o ignoreeof and $IGNOREEOF are reflected
+unset IGNOREEOF
+set +o ignoreeof
+set -o ignoreeof
+if [ "$IGNOREEOF" -ne 10 ]; then
+ echo "./varenv.sh: set -o ignoreeof is not reflected in IGNOREEOF" >&2
+fi
+unset IGNOREEOF
+set +o ignoreeof
+
+# older versions of bash used to not reset RANDOM in subshells correctly
+[[ $RANDOM -eq $(echo $RANDOM) ]] && echo "RANDOM: problem with subshells"
+
+# make sure that shopt -o is reflected in $SHELLOPTS
+# first, get rid of things that might be set automatically via shell
+# variables
+set +o posix
+set +o ignoreeof
+set +o monitor
+echo $-
+echo ${SHELLOPTS}
+shopt -so physical
+echo $-
+echo ${SHELLOPTS}
+
+# and make sure it is readonly
+readonly -p | grep SHELLOPTS
+
+# This was an error in bash versions prior to bash-2.04. The `set -a'
+# should cause the assignment statement that's an argument to typeset
+# to create an exported variable
+unset FOOFOO
+FOOFOO=bar
+set -a
+typeset FOOFOO=abcde
+
+printenv FOOFOO
+
+# test out export behavior of variable assignments preceding builtins and
+# functions
+$THIS_SH ./varenv1.sub
+
+# more tests; bugs in bash up to version 2.05a
+$THIS_SH ./varenv2.sub
+
+# more tests; bugs in bash IFS scoping up through version 4.2
+$THIS_SH ./varenv3.sub
+
+# scoping problems with declare -g through bash-4.2
+${THIS_SH} ./varenv4.sub
+
+# more scoping and declaration problems with -g and arrays through bash-4.2
+${THIS_SH} ./varenv5.sub
+
+# variable scoping in the presence of nameref
+${THIS_SH} ./varenv6.sub
+
+# make sure variable scoping is done right
+tt() { typeset a=b;echo a=$a; };a=z;echo a=$a;tt;echo a=$a
+
--- /dev/null
+foo()
+{
+ local -a myvar=()
+ local -r myvar=0
+
+ echo "${myvar[@]}"
+ declare -p myvar
+}
+
+foo2()
+{
+ local -i myvar=0
+ local -r myvar=1
+
+ echo "${myvar}"
+ declare -p myvar
+}
+
+declare -a outside=()
+declare -r outside
+declare -p outside
+
+outside1=1
+declare -ir outside1
+declare -p outside1
+
+tempenv=foo declare -r tempenv
+echo tempenv = $tempenv
+
+foo
+foo2
+
+tempvar1=foo declare -r tempvar1
+echo ${tempvar1@A}
+
+tempvar2=bar declare -r tempvar2=qux
+echo ${tempvar2@A}
else
{
assign_value:
- if (readonly_p (entry) || noassign_p (entry))
+ if ((readonly_p (entry) && (aflags & ASS_FORCE) == 0) || noassign_p (entry))
{
if (readonly_p (entry))
err_readonly (name);
binding_table = shell_variables->table = hash_create (TEMPENV_HASH_BUCKETS);
}
- v = bind_variable_internal (var->name, value_cell (var), binding_table, 0, 0);
+ v = bind_variable_internal (var->name, value_cell (var), binding_table, 0, ASS_FORCE);
/* XXX - should we set the context here? It shouldn't matter because of how
assign_in_env works, but might want to check. */
--- /dev/null
+/* variables.c -- Functions for hacking shell variables. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "posixtime.h"
+
+#if defined (__QNX__)
+# if defined (__QNXNTO__)
+# include <sys/netmgr.h>
+# else
+# include <sys/vc.h>
+# endif /* !__QNXNTO__ */
+#endif /* __QNX__ */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#define NEED_XTRACE_SET_DECL
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "findcmd.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "hashcmd.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "alias.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+#include "builtins/builtext.h"
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+# include "bashline.h"
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+#else
+# include <tilde/tilde.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+# include "bashhist.h"
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#endif /* HISTORY */
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+# include "pcomplete.h"
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPENV_HASH_BUCKETS 4 /* must be power of two */
+
+#define ifsname(s) ((s)[0] == 'I' && (s)[1] == 'F' && (s)[2] == 'S' && (s)[3] == '\0')
+
+#define BASHFUNC_PREFIX "BASH_FUNC_"
+#define BASHFUNC_PREFLEN 10 /* == strlen(BASHFUNC_PREFIX */
+#define BASHFUNC_SUFFIX "%%"
+#define BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN 2 /* == strlen(BASHFUNC_SUFFIX) */
+
+/* flags for find_variable_internal */
+
+#define FV_FORCETEMPENV 0x01
+#define FV_SKIPINVISIBLE 0x02
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+/* Variables used here and defined in other files. */
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern int line_number, line_number_base;
+extern int subshell_environment, indirection_level, subshell_level;
+extern int build_version, patch_level;
+extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int last_command_exit_value;
+extern char *dist_version, *release_status;
+extern char *shell_name;
+extern char *primary_prompt, *secondary_prompt;
+extern char *current_host_name;
+extern sh_builtin_func_t *this_shell_builtin;
+extern SHELL_VAR *this_shell_function;
+extern char *the_printed_command_except_trap;
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern char *command_execution_string;
+extern time_t shell_start_time;
+extern int assigning_in_environment;
+extern int executing_builtin;
+extern int funcnest_max;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern int no_line_editing;
+extern int perform_hostname_completion;
+#endif
+
+/* The list of shell variables that the user has created at the global
+ scope, or that came from the environment. */
+VAR_CONTEXT *global_variables = (VAR_CONTEXT *)NULL;
+
+/* The current list of shell variables, including function scopes */
+VAR_CONTEXT *shell_variables = (VAR_CONTEXT *)NULL;
+
+/* The list of shell functions that the user has created, or that came from
+ the environment. */
+HASH_TABLE *shell_functions = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+/* The table of shell function definitions that the user defined or that
+ came from the environment. */
+HASH_TABLE *shell_function_defs = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+/* The current variable context. This is really a count of how deep into
+ executing functions we are. */
+int variable_context = 0;
+
+/* The set of shell assignments which are made only in the environment
+ for a single command. */
+HASH_TABLE *temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to non-zero if an assignment error occurs while putting variables
+ into the temporary environment. */
+int tempenv_assign_error;
+
+/* Some funky variables which are known about specially. Here is where
+ "$*", "$1", and all the cruft is kept. */
+char *dollar_vars[10];
+WORD_LIST *rest_of_args = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* The value of $$. */
+pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+
+/* Non-zero means that we have to remake EXPORT_ENV. */
+int array_needs_making = 1;
+
+/* The number of times BASH has been executed. This is set
+ by initialize_variables (). */
+int shell_level = 0;
+
+/* An array which is passed to commands as their environment. It is
+ manufactured from the union of the initial environment and the
+ shell variables that are marked for export. */
+char **export_env = (char **)NULL;
+static int export_env_index;
+static int export_env_size;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+static int winsize_assignment; /* currently assigning to LINES or COLUMNS */
+#endif
+
+static HASH_TABLE *last_table_searched; /* hash_lookup sets this */
+
+/* Some forward declarations. */
+static void create_variable_tables __P((void));
+
+static void set_machine_vars __P((void));
+static void set_home_var __P((void));
+static void set_shell_var __P((void));
+static char *get_bash_name __P((void));
+static void initialize_shell_level __P((void));
+static void uidset __P((void));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static void make_vers_array __P((void));
+#endif
+
+static SHELL_VAR *null_assign __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *null_array_assign __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+#endif
+static SHELL_VAR *get_self __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *init_dynamic_array_var __P((char *, sh_var_value_func_t *, sh_var_assign_func_t *, int));
+static SHELL_VAR *init_dynamic_assoc_var __P((char *, sh_var_value_func_t *, sh_var_assign_func_t *, int));
+#endif
+
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_seconds __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_seconds __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *init_seconds_var __P((void));
+
+static int brand __P((void));
+static void sbrand __P((unsigned long)); /* set bash random number generator. */
+static void seedrand __P((void)); /* seed generator randomly */
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_random __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_random __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_lineno __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_lineno __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_subshell __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_subshell __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *get_bashpid __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+static SHELL_VAR *get_histcmd __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+static SHELL_VAR *get_comp_wordbreaks __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_comp_wordbreaks __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PUSHD_AND_POPD) && defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_dirstack __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_dirstack __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *get_groupset __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *build_hashcmd __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_hashcmd __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_hashcmd __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+# if defined (ALIAS)
+static SHELL_VAR *build_aliasvar __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *get_aliasvar __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *assign_aliasvar __P((SHELL_VAR *, char *, arrayind_t, char *));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static SHELL_VAR *get_funcname __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static SHELL_VAR *init_funcname_var __P((void));
+
+static void initialize_dynamic_variables __P((void));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *hash_lookup __P((const char *, HASH_TABLE *));
+static SHELL_VAR *new_shell_variable __P((const char *));
+static SHELL_VAR *make_new_variable __P((const char *, HASH_TABLE *));
+static SHELL_VAR *bind_variable_internal __P((const char *, char *, HASH_TABLE *, int, int));
+
+static void dispose_variable_value __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static void free_variable_hash_data __P((PTR_T));
+
+static VARLIST *vlist_alloc __P((int));
+static VARLIST *vlist_realloc __P((VARLIST *, int));
+static void vlist_add __P((VARLIST *, SHELL_VAR *, int));
+
+static void flatten __P((HASH_TABLE *, sh_var_map_func_t *, VARLIST *, int));
+
+static int qsort_var_comp __P((SHELL_VAR **, SHELL_VAR **));
+
+static SHELL_VAR **vapply __P((sh_var_map_func_t *));
+static SHELL_VAR **fapply __P((sh_var_map_func_t *));
+
+static int visible_var __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static int visible_and_exported __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static int export_environment_candidate __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static int local_and_exported __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+static int variable_in_context __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static int visible_array_vars __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+#endif
+
+static SHELL_VAR *find_nameref_at_context __P((SHELL_VAR *, VAR_CONTEXT *));
+static SHELL_VAR *find_variable_nameref_context __P((SHELL_VAR *, VAR_CONTEXT *, VAR_CONTEXT **));
+static SHELL_VAR *find_variable_last_nameref_context __P((SHELL_VAR *, VAR_CONTEXT *, VAR_CONTEXT **));
+
+static SHELL_VAR *bind_tempenv_variable __P((const char *, char *));
+static void push_temp_var __P((PTR_T));
+static void propagate_temp_var __P((PTR_T));
+static void dispose_temporary_env __P((sh_free_func_t *));
+
+static inline char *mk_env_string __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+static char **make_env_array_from_var_list __P((SHELL_VAR **));
+static char **make_var_export_array __P((VAR_CONTEXT *));
+static char **make_func_export_array __P((void));
+static void add_temp_array_to_env __P((char **, int, int));
+
+static int n_shell_variables __P((void));
+static int set_context __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+static void push_func_var __P((PTR_T));
+static void push_exported_var __P((PTR_T));
+
+static inline int find_special_var __P((const char *));
+
+static void
+create_variable_tables ()
+{
+ if (shell_variables == 0)
+ {
+ shell_variables = global_variables = new_var_context ((char *)NULL, 0);
+ shell_variables->scope = 0;
+ shell_variables->table = hash_create (0);
+ }
+
+ if (shell_functions == 0)
+ shell_functions = hash_create (0);
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ if (shell_function_defs == 0)
+ shell_function_defs = hash_create (0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Initialize the shell variables from the current environment.
+ If PRIVMODE is nonzero, don't import functions from ENV or
+ parse $SHELLOPTS. */
+void
+initialize_shell_variables (env, privmode)
+ char **env;
+ int privmode;
+{
+ char *name, *string, *temp_string;
+ int c, char_index, string_index, string_length, ro;
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ create_variable_tables ();
+
+ for (string_index = 0; string = env[string_index++]; )
+ {
+ char_index = 0;
+ name = string;
+ while ((c = *string++) && c != '=')
+ ;
+ if (string[-1] == '=')
+ char_index = string - name - 1;
+
+ /* If there are weird things in the environment, like `=xxx' or a
+ string without an `=', just skip them. */
+ if (char_index == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* ASSERT(name[char_index] == '=') */
+ name[char_index] = '\0';
+ /* Now, name = env variable name, string = env variable value, and
+ char_index == strlen (name) */
+
+ temp_var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (FUNCTION_IMPORT)
+ /* If exported function, define it now. Don't import functions from
+ the environment in privileged mode. */
+ if (privmode == 0 && read_but_dont_execute == 0 &&
+ STREQN (BASHFUNC_PREFIX, name, BASHFUNC_PREFLEN) &&
+ STREQ (BASHFUNC_SUFFIX, name + char_index - BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN) &&
+ STREQN ("() {", string, 4))
+ {
+ size_t namelen;
+ char *tname; /* desired imported function name */
+
+ namelen = char_index - BASHFUNC_PREFLEN - BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN;
+
+ tname = name + BASHFUNC_PREFLEN; /* start of func name */
+ tname[namelen] = '\0'; /* now tname == func name */
+
+ string_length = strlen (string);
+ temp_string = (char *)xmalloc (namelen + string_length + 2);
+
+ memcpy (temp_string, tname, namelen);
+ temp_string[namelen] = ' ';
+ memcpy (temp_string + namelen + 1, string, string_length + 1);
+
+ /* Don't import function names that are invalid identifiers from the
+ environment in posix mode, though we still allow them to be defined as
+ shell variables. */
+ if (absolute_program (tname) == 0 && (posixly_correct == 0 || legal_identifier (tname)))
+ parse_and_execute (temp_string, tname, SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST|SEVAL_FUNCDEF|SEVAL_ONECMD);
+ else
+ free (temp_string); /* parse_and_execute does this */
+
+ if (temp_var = find_function (tname))
+ {
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported|att_imported));
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (temp_var = bind_variable (name, string, 0))
+ {
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported | att_imported | att_invisible));
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+ last_command_exit_value = 1;
+ report_error (_("error importing function definition for `%s'"), tname);
+ }
+
+ /* Restore original suffix */
+ tname[namelen] = BASHFUNC_SUFFIX[0];
+ }
+#endif /* FUNCTION_IMPORT */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+# if ARRAY_EXPORT
+ /* Array variables may not yet be exported. */
+ else if (*string == '(' && string[1] == '[' && string[strlen (string) - 1] == ')')
+ {
+ string_length = 1;
+ temp_string = extract_array_assignment_list (string, &string_length);
+ temp_var = assign_array_from_string (name, temp_string);
+ FREE (temp_string);
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported | att_imported));
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+# endif /* ARRAY_EXPORT */
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ ro = 0;
+ if (posixly_correct && STREQ (name, "SHELLOPTS"))
+ {
+ temp_var = find_variable ("SHELLOPTS");
+ ro = temp_var && readonly_p (temp_var);
+ if (temp_var)
+ VUNSETATTR (temp_var, att_readonly);
+ }
+ temp_var = bind_variable (name, string, 0);
+ if (temp_var)
+ {
+ if (legal_identifier (name))
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported | att_imported));
+ else
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported | att_imported | att_invisible));
+ if (ro)
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, att_readonly);
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ name[char_index] = '=';
+ /* temp_var can be NULL if it was an exported function with a syntax
+ error (a different bug, but it still shouldn't dump core). */
+ if (temp_var && function_p (temp_var) == 0) /* XXX not yet */
+ {
+ CACHE_IMPORTSTR (temp_var, name);
+ }
+ }
+
+ set_pwd ();
+
+ /* Set up initial value of $_ */
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("_", dollar_vars[0]);
+
+ /* Remember this pid. */
+ dollar_dollar_pid = getpid ();
+
+ /* Now make our own defaults in case the vars that we think are
+ important are missing. */
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("PATH", DEFAULT_PATH_VALUE);
+#if 0
+ set_auto_export (temp_var); /* XXX */
+#endif
+
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("TERM", "dumb");
+#if 0
+ set_auto_export (temp_var); /* XXX */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__QNX__)
+ /* set node id -- don't import it from the environment */
+ {
+ char node_name[22];
+# if defined (__QNXNTO__)
+ netmgr_ndtostr(ND2S_LOCAL_STR, ND_LOCAL_NODE, node_name, sizeof(node_name));
+# else
+ qnx_nidtostr (getnid (), node_name, sizeof (node_name));
+# endif
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("NODE", node_name, 0);
+ set_auto_export (temp_var);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* set up the prompts. */
+ if (interactive_shell)
+ {
+#if defined (PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+ set_if_not ("PS1", primary_prompt);
+#else
+ if (current_user.uid == -1)
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ set_if_not ("PS1", current_user.euid == 0 ? "# " : primary_prompt);
+#endif
+ set_if_not ("PS2", secondary_prompt);
+ }
+ set_if_not ("PS4", "+ ");
+
+ /* Don't allow IFS to be imported from the environment. */
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("IFS", " \t\n", 0);
+ setifs (temp_var);
+
+ /* Magic machine types. Pretty convenient. */
+ set_machine_vars ();
+
+ /* Default MAILCHECK for interactive shells. Defer the creation of a
+ default MAILPATH until the startup files are read, because MAIL
+ names a mail file if MAILPATH is not set, and we should provide a
+ default only if neither is set. */
+ if (interactive_shell)
+ {
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("MAILCHECK", posixly_correct ? "600" : "60");
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, att_integer);
+ }
+
+ /* Do some things with shell level. */
+ initialize_shell_level ();
+
+ set_ppid ();
+
+ /* Initialize the `getopts' stuff. */
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("OPTIND", "1", 0);
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, att_integer);
+ getopts_reset (0);
+ bind_variable ("OPTERR", "1", 0);
+ sh_opterr = 1;
+
+ if (login_shell == 1 && posixly_correct == 0)
+ set_home_var ();
+
+ /* Get the full pathname to THIS shell, and set the BASH variable
+ to it. */
+ name = get_bash_name ();
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("BASH", name, 0);
+ free (name);
+
+ /* Make the exported environment variable SHELL be the user's login
+ shell. Note that the `tset' command looks at this variable
+ to determine what style of commands to output; if it ends in "csh",
+ then C-shell commands are output, else Bourne shell commands. */
+ set_shell_var ();
+
+ /* Make a variable called BASH_VERSION which contains the version info. */
+ bind_variable ("BASH_VERSION", shell_version_string (), 0);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ make_vers_array ();
+#endif
+
+ if (command_execution_string)
+ bind_variable ("BASH_EXECUTION_STRING", command_execution_string, 0);
+
+ /* Find out if we're supposed to be in Posix.2 mode via an
+ environment variable. */
+ temp_var = find_variable ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+ if (!temp_var)
+ temp_var = find_variable ("POSIX_PEDANTIC");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var))
+ sv_strict_posix (temp_var->name);
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ /* Set history variables to defaults, and then do whatever we would
+ do if the variable had just been set. Do this only in the case
+ that we are remembering commands on the history list. */
+ if (remember_on_history)
+ {
+ name = bash_tilde_expand (posixly_correct ? "~/.sh_history" : "~/.bash_history", 0);
+
+ set_if_not ("HISTFILE", name);
+ free (name);
+ }
+#endif /* HISTORY */
+
+ /* Seed the random number generator. */
+ seedrand ();
+
+ /* Handle some "special" variables that we may have inherited from a
+ parent shell. */
+ if (interactive_shell)
+ {
+ temp_var = find_variable ("IGNOREEOF");
+ if (!temp_var)
+ temp_var = find_variable ("ignoreeof");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var))
+ sv_ignoreeof (temp_var->name);
+ }
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ if (interactive_shell && remember_on_history)
+ {
+ sv_history_control ("HISTCONTROL");
+ sv_histignore ("HISTIGNORE");
+ sv_histtimefmt ("HISTTIMEFORMAT");
+ }
+#endif /* HISTORY */
+
+#if defined (READLINE) && defined (STRICT_POSIX)
+ /* POSIXLY_CORRECT will only be 1 here if the shell was compiled
+ -DSTRICT_POSIX */
+ if (interactive_shell && posixly_correct && no_line_editing == 0)
+ rl_prefer_env_winsize = 1;
+#endif /* READLINE && STRICT_POSIX */
+
+ /*
+ * 24 October 2001
+ *
+ * I'm tired of the arguing and bug reports. Bash now leaves SSH_CLIENT
+ * and SSH2_CLIENT alone. I'm going to rely on the shell_level check in
+ * isnetconn() to avoid running the startup files more often than wanted.
+ * That will, of course, only work if the user's login shell is bash, so
+ * I've made that behavior conditional on SSH_SOURCE_BASHRC being defined
+ * in config-top.h.
+ */
+#if 0
+ temp_var = find_variable ("SSH_CLIENT");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var))
+ {
+ VUNSETATTR (temp_var, att_exported);
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+ temp_var = find_variable ("SSH2_CLIENT");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var))
+ {
+ VUNSETATTR (temp_var, att_exported);
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Get the user's real and effective user ids. */
+ uidset ();
+
+ temp_var = find_variable ("BASH_XTRACEFD");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var))
+ sv_xtracefd (temp_var->name);
+
+ /* Initialize the dynamic variables, and seed their values. */
+ initialize_dynamic_variables ();
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Setting values for special shell variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static void
+set_machine_vars ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("HOSTTYPE", HOSTTYPE);
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("OSTYPE", OSTYPE);
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("MACHTYPE", MACHTYPE);
+
+ temp_var = set_if_not ("HOSTNAME", current_host_name);
+}
+
+/* Set $HOME to the information in the password file if we didn't get
+ it from the environment. */
+
+/* This function is not static so the tilde and readline libraries can
+ use it. */
+char *
+sh_get_home_dir ()
+{
+ if (current_user.home_dir == 0)
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ return current_user.home_dir;
+}
+
+static void
+set_home_var ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ temp_var = find_variable ("HOME");
+ if (temp_var == 0)
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("HOME", sh_get_home_dir (), 0);
+#if 0
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, att_exported);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Set $SHELL to the user's login shell if it is not already set. Call
+ get_current_user_info if we haven't already fetched the shell. */
+static void
+set_shell_var ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ temp_var = find_variable ("SHELL");
+ if (temp_var == 0)
+ {
+ if (current_user.shell == 0)
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("SHELL", current_user.shell, 0);
+ }
+#if 0
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, att_exported);
+#endif
+}
+
+static char *
+get_bash_name ()
+{
+ char *name;
+
+ if ((login_shell == 1) && RELPATH(shell_name))
+ {
+ if (current_user.shell == 0)
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ name = savestring (current_user.shell);
+ }
+ else if (ABSPATH(shell_name))
+ name = savestring (shell_name);
+ else if (shell_name[0] == '.' && shell_name[1] == '/')
+ {
+ /* Fast path for common case. */
+ char *cdir;
+ int len;
+
+ cdir = get_string_value ("PWD");
+ if (cdir)
+ {
+ len = strlen (cdir);
+ name = (char *)xmalloc (len + strlen (shell_name) + 1);
+ strcpy (name, cdir);
+ strcpy (name + len, shell_name + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ name = savestring (shell_name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *tname;
+ int s;
+
+ tname = find_user_command (shell_name);
+
+ if (tname == 0)
+ {
+ /* Try the current directory. If there is not an executable
+ there, just punt and use the login shell. */
+ s = file_status (shell_name);
+ if (s & FS_EXECABLE)
+ {
+ tname = make_absolute (shell_name, get_string_value ("PWD"));
+ if (*shell_name == '.')
+ {
+ name = sh_canonpath (tname, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS);
+ if (name == 0)
+ name = tname;
+ else
+ free (tname);
+ }
+ else
+ name = tname;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (current_user.shell == 0)
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ name = savestring (current_user.shell);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ name = full_pathname (tname);
+ free (tname);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (name);
+}
+
+void
+adjust_shell_level (change)
+ int change;
+{
+ char new_level[5], *old_SHLVL;
+ intmax_t old_level;
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ old_SHLVL = get_string_value ("SHLVL");
+ if (old_SHLVL == 0 || *old_SHLVL == '\0' || legal_number (old_SHLVL, &old_level) == 0)
+ old_level = 0;
+
+ shell_level = old_level + change;
+ if (shell_level < 0)
+ shell_level = 0;
+ else if (shell_level > 1000)
+ {
+ internal_warning (_("shell level (%d) too high, resetting to 1"), shell_level);
+ shell_level = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We don't need the full generality of itos here. */
+ if (shell_level < 10)
+ {
+ new_level[0] = shell_level + '0';
+ new_level[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (shell_level < 100)
+ {
+ new_level[0] = (shell_level / 10) + '0';
+ new_level[1] = (shell_level % 10) + '0';
+ new_level[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ else if (shell_level < 1000)
+ {
+ new_level[0] = (shell_level / 100) + '0';
+ old_level = shell_level % 100;
+ new_level[1] = (old_level / 10) + '0';
+ new_level[2] = (old_level % 10) + '0';
+ new_level[3] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("SHLVL", new_level, 0);
+ set_auto_export (temp_var);
+}
+
+static void
+initialize_shell_level ()
+{
+ adjust_shell_level (1);
+}
+
+/* If we got PWD from the environment, update our idea of the current
+ working directory. In any case, make sure that PWD exists before
+ checking it. It is possible for getcwd () to fail on shell startup,
+ and in that case, PWD would be undefined. If this is an interactive
+ login shell, see if $HOME is the current working directory, and if
+ that's not the same string as $PWD, set PWD=$HOME. */
+
+void
+set_pwd ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var, *home_var;
+ char *temp_string, *home_string;
+
+ home_var = find_variable ("HOME");
+ home_string = home_var ? value_cell (home_var) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ temp_var = find_variable ("PWD");
+ if (temp_var && imported_p (temp_var) &&
+ (temp_string = value_cell (temp_var)) &&
+ same_file (temp_string, ".", (struct stat *)NULL, (struct stat *)NULL))
+ set_working_directory (temp_string);
+ else if (home_string && interactive_shell && login_shell &&
+ same_file (home_string, ".", (struct stat *)NULL, (struct stat *)NULL))
+ {
+ set_working_directory (home_string);
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("PWD", home_string, 0);
+ set_auto_export (temp_var);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp_string = get_working_directory ("shell-init");
+ if (temp_string)
+ {
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("PWD", temp_string, 0);
+ set_auto_export (temp_var);
+ free (temp_string);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* According to the Single Unix Specification, v2, $OLDPWD is an
+ `environment variable' and therefore should be auto-exported.
+ Make a dummy invisible variable for OLDPWD, and mark it as exported. */
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("OLDPWD", (char *)NULL, 0);
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_exported | att_invisible));
+}
+
+/* Make a variable $PPID, which holds the pid of the shell's parent. */
+void
+set_ppid ()
+{
+ char namebuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(pid_t) + 1], *name;
+ SHELL_VAR *temp_var;
+
+ name = inttostr (getppid (), namebuf, sizeof(namebuf));
+ temp_var = find_variable ("PPID");
+ if (temp_var)
+ VUNSETATTR (temp_var, (att_readonly | att_exported));
+ temp_var = bind_variable ("PPID", name, 0);
+ VSETATTR (temp_var, (att_readonly | att_integer));
+}
+
+static void
+uidset ()
+{
+ char buff[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(uid_t) + 1], *b;
+ register SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ b = inttostr (current_user.uid, buff, sizeof (buff));
+ v = find_variable ("UID");
+ if (v == 0)
+ {
+ v = bind_variable ("UID", b, 0);
+ VSETATTR (v, (att_readonly | att_integer));
+ }
+
+ if (current_user.euid != current_user.uid)
+ b = inttostr (current_user.euid, buff, sizeof (buff));
+
+ v = find_variable ("EUID");
+ if (v == 0)
+ {
+ v = bind_variable ("EUID", b, 0);
+ VSETATTR (v, (att_readonly | att_integer));
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static void
+make_vers_array ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *vv;
+ ARRAY *av;
+ char *s, d[32], b[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(int) + 1];
+
+ unbind_variable ("BASH_VERSINFO");
+
+ vv = make_new_array_variable ("BASH_VERSINFO");
+ av = array_cell (vv);
+ strcpy (d, dist_version);
+ s = strchr (d, '.');
+ if (s)
+ *s++ = '\0';
+ array_insert (av, 0, d);
+ array_insert (av, 1, s);
+ s = inttostr (patch_level, b, sizeof (b));
+ array_insert (av, 2, s);
+ s = inttostr (build_version, b, sizeof (b));
+ array_insert (av, 3, s);
+ array_insert (av, 4, release_status);
+ array_insert (av, 5, MACHTYPE);
+
+ VSETATTR (vv, att_readonly);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+/* Set the environment variables $LINES and $COLUMNS in response to
+ a window size change. */
+void
+sh_set_lines_and_columns (lines, cols)
+ int lines, cols;
+{
+ char val[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(int) + 1], *v;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ /* If we are currently assigning to LINES or COLUMNS, don't do anything. */
+ if (winsize_assignment)
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ v = inttostr (lines, val, sizeof (val));
+ bind_variable ("LINES", v, 0);
+
+ v = inttostr (cols, val, sizeof (val));
+ bind_variable ("COLUMNS", v, 0);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Printing variables and values */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Print LIST (a list of shell variables) to stdout in such a way that
+ they can be read back in. */
+void
+print_var_list (list)
+ register SHELL_VAR **list;
+{
+ register int i;
+ register SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ for (i = 0; list && (var = list[i]); i++)
+ if (invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ print_assignment (var);
+}
+
+/* Print LIST (a list of shell functions) to stdout in such a way that
+ they can be read back in. */
+void
+print_func_list (list)
+ register SHELL_VAR **list;
+{
+ register int i;
+ register SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ for (i = 0; list && (var = list[i]); i++)
+ {
+ printf ("%s ", var->name);
+ print_var_function (var);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the value of a single SHELL_VAR. No newline is
+ output, but the variable is printed in such a way that
+ it can be read back in. */
+void
+print_assignment (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ if (var_isset (var) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (function_p (var))
+ {
+ printf ("%s", var->name);
+ print_var_function (var);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ print_array_assignment (var, 0);
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ print_assoc_assignment (var, 0);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else
+ {
+ printf ("%s=", var->name);
+ print_var_value (var, 1);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the value cell of VAR, a shell variable. Do not print
+ the name, nor leading/trailing newline. If QUOTE is non-zero,
+ and the value contains shell metacharacters, quote the value
+ in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+void
+print_var_value (var, quote)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int quote;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (var_isset (var) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (quote && posixly_correct == 0 && ansic_shouldquote (value_cell (var)))
+ {
+ t = ansic_quote (value_cell (var), 0, (int *)0);
+ printf ("%s", t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ else if (quote && sh_contains_shell_metas (value_cell (var)))
+ {
+ t = sh_single_quote (value_cell (var));
+ printf ("%s", t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ else
+ printf ("%s", value_cell (var));
+}
+
+/* Print the function cell of VAR, a shell variable. Do not
+ print the name, nor leading/trailing newline. */
+void
+print_var_function (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *x;
+
+ if (function_p (var) && var_isset (var))
+ {
+ x = named_function_string ((char *)NULL, function_cell(var), FUNC_MULTILINE|FUNC_EXTERNAL);
+ printf ("%s", x);
+ }
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Dynamic Variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* DYNAMIC VARIABLES
+
+ These are variables whose values are generated anew each time they are
+ referenced. These are implemented using a pair of function pointers
+ in the struct variable: assign_func, which is called from bind_variable
+ and, if arrays are compiled into the shell, some of the functions in
+ arrayfunc.c, and dynamic_value, which is called from find_variable.
+
+ assign_func is called from bind_variable_internal, if
+ bind_variable_internal discovers that the variable being assigned to
+ has such a function. The function is called as
+ SHELL_VAR *temp = (*(entry->assign_func)) (entry, value, ind)
+ and the (SHELL_VAR *)temp is returned as the value of bind_variable. It
+ is usually ENTRY (self). IND is an index for an array variable, and
+ unused otherwise.
+
+ dynamic_value is called from find_variable_internal to return a `new'
+ value for the specified dynamic varible. If this function is NULL,
+ the variable is treated as a `normal' shell variable. If it is not,
+ however, then this function is called like this:
+ tempvar = (*(var->dynamic_value)) (var);
+
+ Sometimes `tempvar' will replace the value of `var'. Other times, the
+ shell will simply use the string value. Pretty object-oriented, huh?
+
+ Be warned, though: if you `unset' a special variable, it loses its
+ special meaning, even if you subsequently set it.
+
+ The special assignment code would probably have been better put in
+ subst.c: do_assignment_internal, in the same style as
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables, but I wanted the changes as
+ localized as possible. */
+
+#define INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR(var, val, gfunc, afunc) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ v = bind_variable (var, (val), 0); \
+ v->dynamic_value = gfunc; \
+ v->assign_func = afunc; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#define INIT_DYNAMIC_ARRAY_VAR(var, gfunc, afunc) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ v = make_new_array_variable (var); \
+ v->dynamic_value = gfunc; \
+ v->assign_func = afunc; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#define INIT_DYNAMIC_ASSOC_VAR(var, gfunc, afunc) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ v = make_new_assoc_variable (var); \
+ v->dynamic_value = gfunc; \
+ v->assign_func = afunc; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+null_assign (self, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ return (self);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+null_array_assign (self, value, ind, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+{
+ return (self);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Degenerate `dynamic_value' function; just returns what's passed without
+ manipulation. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_self (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ return (self);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* A generic dynamic array variable initializer. Initialize array variable
+ NAME with dynamic value function GETFUNC and assignment function SETFUNC. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+init_dynamic_array_var (name, getfunc, setfunc, attrs)
+ char *name;
+ sh_var_value_func_t *getfunc;
+ sh_var_assign_func_t *setfunc;
+ int attrs;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v)
+ return (v);
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_ARRAY_VAR (name, getfunc, setfunc);
+ if (attrs)
+ VSETATTR (v, attrs);
+ return v;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+init_dynamic_assoc_var (name, getfunc, setfunc, attrs)
+ char *name;
+ sh_var_value_func_t *getfunc;
+ sh_var_assign_func_t *setfunc;
+ int attrs;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v)
+ return (v);
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_ASSOC_VAR (name, getfunc, setfunc);
+ if (attrs)
+ VSETATTR (v, attrs);
+ return v;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* The value of $SECONDS. This is the number of seconds since shell
+ invocation, or, the number of seconds since the last assignment + the
+ value of the last assignment. */
+static intmax_t seconds_value_assigned;
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_seconds (self, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ if (legal_number (value, &seconds_value_assigned) == 0)
+ seconds_value_assigned = 0;
+ shell_start_time = NOW;
+ return (self);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_seconds (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ time_t time_since_start;
+ char *p;
+
+ time_since_start = NOW - shell_start_time;
+ p = itos(seconds_value_assigned + time_since_start);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+
+ VSETATTR (var, att_integer);
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+init_seconds_var ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable ("SECONDS");
+ if (v)
+ {
+ if (legal_number (value_cell(v), &seconds_value_assigned) == 0)
+ seconds_value_assigned = 0;
+ }
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("SECONDS", (v ? value_cell (v) : (char *)NULL), get_seconds, assign_seconds);
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* The random number seed. You can change this by setting RANDOM. */
+static unsigned long rseed = 1;
+static int last_random_value;
+static int seeded_subshell = 0;
+
+/* A linear congruential random number generator based on the example
+ one in the ANSI C standard. This one isn't very good, but a more
+ complicated one is overkill. */
+
+/* Returns a pseudo-random number between 0 and 32767. */
+static int
+brand ()
+{
+ /* From "Random number generators: good ones are hard to find",
+ Park and Miller, Communications of the ACM, vol. 31, no. 10,
+ October 1988, p. 1195. filtered through FreeBSD */
+ long h, l;
+
+ /* Can't seed with 0. */
+ if (rseed == 0)
+ rseed = 123459876;
+ h = rseed / 127773;
+ l = rseed % 127773;
+ rseed = 16807 * l - 2836 * h;
+#if 0
+ if (rseed < 0)
+ rseed += 0x7fffffff;
+#endif
+ return ((unsigned int)(rseed & 32767)); /* was % 32768 */
+}
+
+/* Set the random number generator seed to SEED. */
+static void
+sbrand (seed)
+ unsigned long seed;
+{
+ rseed = seed;
+ last_random_value = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+seedrand ()
+{
+ struct timeval tv;
+
+ gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+ sbrand (tv.tv_sec ^ tv.tv_usec ^ getpid ());
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_random (self, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ sbrand (strtoul (value, (char **)NULL, 10));
+ if (subshell_environment)
+ seeded_subshell = getpid ();
+ return (self);
+}
+
+int
+get_random_number ()
+{
+ int rv, pid;
+
+ /* Reset for command and process substitution. */
+ pid = getpid ();
+ if (subshell_environment && seeded_subshell != pid)
+ {
+ seedrand ();
+ seeded_subshell = pid;
+ }
+
+ do
+ rv = brand ();
+ while (rv == last_random_value);
+ return rv;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_random (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ int rv;
+ char *p;
+
+ rv = get_random_number ();
+ last_random_value = rv;
+ p = itos (rv);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+
+ VSETATTR (var, att_integer);
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_lineno (var, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ intmax_t new_value;
+
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || legal_number (value, &new_value) == 0)
+ new_value = 0;
+ line_number = line_number_base = new_value;
+ return var;
+}
+
+/* Function which returns the current line number. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_lineno (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *p;
+ int ln;
+
+ ln = executing_line_number ();
+ p = itos (ln);
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_subshell (var, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ intmax_t new_value;
+
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || legal_number (value, &new_value) == 0)
+ new_value = 0;
+ subshell_level = new_value;
+ return var;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_subshell (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ p = itos (subshell_level);
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_bashpid (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ int pid;
+ char *p;
+
+ pid = getpid ();
+ p = itos (pid);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ VSETATTR (var, att_integer|att_readonly);
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_bash_command (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ if (the_printed_command_except_trap)
+ p = savestring (the_printed_command_except_trap);
+ else
+ {
+ p = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ p[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_histcmd (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ char *p;
+
+ p = itos (history_number ());
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, p);
+ return (var);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* When this function returns, VAR->value points to malloced memory. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_comp_wordbreaks (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ /* If we don't have anything yet, assign a default value. */
+ if (rl_completer_word_break_characters == 0 && bash_readline_initialized == 0)
+ enable_hostname_completion (perform_hostname_completion);
+
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, savestring (rl_completer_word_break_characters));
+
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* When this function returns, rl_completer_word_break_characters points to
+ malloced memory. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_comp_wordbreaks (self, value, unused, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t unused;
+ char *key;
+{
+ if (rl_completer_word_break_characters &&
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters != rl_basic_word_break_characters)
+ free (rl_completer_word_break_characters);
+
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters = savestring (value);
+ return self;
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if defined (PUSHD_AND_POPD) && defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_dirstack (self, value, ind, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+{
+ set_dirstack_element (ind, 1, value);
+ return self;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_dirstack (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ ARRAY *a;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+
+ l = get_directory_stack (0);
+ a = array_from_word_list (l);
+ array_dispose (array_cell (self));
+ dispose_words (l);
+ var_setarray (self, a);
+ return self;
+}
+#endif /* PUSHD AND POPD && ARRAY_VARS */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* We don't want to initialize the group set with a call to getgroups()
+ unless we're asked to, but we only want to do it once. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_groupset (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int ng;
+ ARRAY *a;
+ static char **group_set = (char **)NULL;
+
+ if (group_set == 0)
+ {
+ group_set = get_group_list (&ng);
+ a = array_cell (self);
+ for (i = 0; i < ng; i++)
+ array_insert (a, i, group_set[i]);
+ }
+ return (self);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+build_hashcmd (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int i;
+ char *k, *v;
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *item;
+
+ h = assoc_cell (self);
+ if (h)
+ assoc_dispose (h);
+
+ if (hashed_filenames == 0 || HASH_ENTRIES (hashed_filenames) == 0)
+ {
+ var_setvalue (self, (char *)NULL);
+ return self;
+ }
+
+ h = assoc_create (hashed_filenames->nbuckets);
+ for (i = 0; i < hashed_filenames->nbuckets; i++)
+ {
+ for (item = hash_items (i, hashed_filenames); item; item = item->next)
+ {
+ k = savestring (item->key);
+ v = pathdata(item)->path;
+ assoc_insert (h, k, v);
+ }
+ }
+
+ var_setvalue (self, (char *)h);
+ return self;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_hashcmd (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ build_hashcmd (self);
+ return (self);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_hashcmd (self, value, ind, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+{
+ phash_insert (key, value, 0, 0);
+ return (build_hashcmd (self));
+}
+
+#if defined (ALIAS)
+static SHELL_VAR *
+build_aliasvar (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ HASH_TABLE *h;
+ int i;
+ char *k, *v;
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *item;
+
+ h = assoc_cell (self);
+ if (h)
+ assoc_dispose (h);
+
+ if (aliases == 0 || HASH_ENTRIES (aliases) == 0)
+ {
+ var_setvalue (self, (char *)NULL);
+ return self;
+ }
+
+ h = assoc_create (aliases->nbuckets);
+ for (i = 0; i < aliases->nbuckets; i++)
+ {
+ for (item = hash_items (i, aliases); item; item = item->next)
+ {
+ k = savestring (item->key);
+ v = ((alias_t *)(item->data))->value;
+ assoc_insert (h, k, v);
+ }
+ }
+
+ var_setvalue (self, (char *)h);
+ return self;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_aliasvar (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+ build_aliasvar (self);
+ return (self);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+assign_aliasvar (self, value, ind, key)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+ char *value;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *key;
+{
+ add_alias (key, value);
+ return (build_aliasvar (self));
+}
+#endif /* ALIAS */
+
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+/* If ARRAY_VARS is not defined, this just returns the name of any
+ currently-executing function. If we have arrays, it's a call stack. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+get_funcname (self)
+ SHELL_VAR *self;
+{
+#if ! defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ char *t;
+ if (variable_context && this_shell_function)
+ {
+ FREE (value_cell (self));
+ t = savestring (this_shell_function->name);
+ var_setvalue (self, t);
+ }
+#endif
+ return (self);
+}
+
+void
+make_funcname_visible (on_or_off)
+ int on_or_off;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable ("FUNCNAME");
+ if (v == 0 || v->dynamic_value == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (on_or_off)
+ VUNSETATTR (v, att_invisible);
+ else
+ VSETATTR (v, att_invisible);
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+init_funcname_var ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable ("FUNCNAME");
+ if (v)
+ return v;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_ARRAY_VAR ("FUNCNAME", get_funcname, null_array_assign);
+#else
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("FUNCNAME", (char *)NULL, get_funcname, null_assign);
+#endif
+ VSETATTR (v, att_invisible|att_noassign);
+ return v;
+}
+
+static void
+initialize_dynamic_variables ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = init_seconds_var ();
+
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("BASH_COMMAND", (char *)NULL, get_bash_command, (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL);
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("BASH_SUBSHELL", (char *)NULL, get_subshell, assign_subshell);
+
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("RANDOM", (char *)NULL, get_random, assign_random);
+ VSETATTR (v, att_integer);
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("LINENO", (char *)NULL, get_lineno, assign_lineno);
+ VSETATTR (v, att_integer);
+
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("BASHPID", (char *)NULL, get_bashpid, null_assign);
+ VSETATTR (v, att_integer|att_readonly);
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("HISTCMD", (char *)NULL, get_histcmd, (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL);
+ VSETATTR (v, att_integer);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ INIT_DYNAMIC_VAR ("COMP_WORDBREAKS", (char *)NULL, get_comp_wordbreaks, assign_comp_wordbreaks);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PUSHD_AND_POPD) && defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("DIRSTACK", get_dirstack, assign_dirstack, 0);
+#endif /* PUSHD_AND_POPD && ARRAY_VARS */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("GROUPS", get_groupset, null_array_assign, att_noassign);
+
+# if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("BASH_ARGC", get_self, null_array_assign, att_noassign|att_nounset);
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("BASH_ARGV", get_self, null_array_assign, att_noassign|att_nounset);
+# endif /* DEBUGGER */
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("BASH_SOURCE", get_self, null_array_assign, att_noassign|att_nounset);
+ v = init_dynamic_array_var ("BASH_LINENO", get_self, null_array_assign, att_noassign|att_nounset);
+
+ v = init_dynamic_assoc_var ("BASH_CMDS", get_hashcmd, assign_hashcmd, att_nofree);
+# if defined (ALIAS)
+ v = init_dynamic_assoc_var ("BASH_ALIASES", get_aliasvar, assign_aliasvar, att_nofree);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ v = init_funcname_var ();
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Retrieving variables and values */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* How to get a pointer to the shell variable or function named NAME.
+ HASHED_VARS is a pointer to the hash table containing the list
+ of interest (either variables or functions). */
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+hash_lookup (name, hashed_vars)
+ const char *name;
+ HASH_TABLE *hashed_vars;
+{
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *bucket;
+
+ bucket = hash_search (name, hashed_vars, 0);
+ /* If we find the name in HASHED_VARS, set LAST_TABLE_SEARCHED to that
+ table. */
+ if (bucket)
+ last_table_searched = hashed_vars;
+ return (bucket ? (SHELL_VAR *)bucket->data : (SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+var_lookup (name, vcontext)
+ const char *name;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vcontext;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+ for (vc = vcontext; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ if (v = hash_lookup (name, vc->table))
+ break;
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Look up the variable entry named NAME. If SEARCH_TEMPENV is non-zero,
+ then also search the temporarily built list of exported variables.
+ The lookup order is:
+ temporary_env
+ shell_variables list
+*/
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_internal (name, flags)
+ const char *name;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int search_tempenv, force_tempenv;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+ force_tempenv = (flags & FV_FORCETEMPENV);
+
+ /* If explicitly requested, first look in the temporary environment for
+ the variable. This allows constructs such as "foo=x eval 'echo $foo'"
+ to get the `exported' value of $foo. This happens if we are executing
+ a function or builtin, or if we are looking up a variable in a
+ "subshell environment". */
+ search_tempenv = force_tempenv || (expanding_redir == 0 && subshell_environment);
+
+ if (search_tempenv && temporary_env)
+ var = hash_lookup (name, temporary_env);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ {
+ if ((flags & FV_SKIPINVISIBLE) == 0)
+ var = var_lookup (name, shell_variables);
+ else
+ {
+ /* essentially var_lookup expanded inline so we can check for
+ att_invisible */
+ for (vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ {
+ var = hash_lookup (name, vc->table);
+ if (var && invisible_p (var))
+ var = 0;
+ if (var)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ return (var->dynamic_value ? (*(var->dynamic_value)) (var) : var);
+}
+
+/* Look up and resolve the chain of nameref variables starting at V all the
+ way to NULL or non-nameref. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_nameref (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ int level, flags;
+ char *newname;
+ SHELL_VAR *orig, *oldv;
+
+ level = 0;
+ orig = v;
+ while (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ level++;
+ if (level > NAMEREF_MAX)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0); /* error message here? */
+ newname = nameref_cell (v);
+ if (newname == 0 || *newname == '\0')
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0);
+ oldv = v;
+ flags = 0;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (newname, flags);
+ if (v == orig || v == oldv)
+ {
+ internal_warning (_("%s: circular name reference"), orig->name);
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0);
+ }
+ }
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Resolve the chain of nameref variables for NAME. XXX - could change later */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_last_nameref (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v, *nv;
+ char *newname;
+ int level, flags;
+
+ nv = v = find_variable_noref (name);
+ level = 0;
+ while (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ level++;
+ if (level > NAMEREF_MAX)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0); /* error message here? */
+ newname = nameref_cell (v);
+ if (newname == 0 || *newname == '\0')
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0);
+ nv = v;
+ flags = 0;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (newname, flags);
+ }
+ return nv;
+}
+
+/* Resolve the chain of nameref variables for NAME. XXX - could change later */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_global_variable_last_nameref (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v, *nv;
+ char *newname;
+ int level;
+
+ nv = v = find_global_variable_noref (name);
+ level = 0;
+ while (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ level++;
+ if (level > NAMEREF_MAX)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0); /* error message here? */
+ newname = nameref_cell (v);
+ if (newname == 0 || *newname == '\0')
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)0);
+ nv = v;
+ v = find_global_variable_noref (newname);
+ }
+ return nv;
+}
+
+static SHELL_VAR *
+find_nameref_at_context (v, vc)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nv, *nv2;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *nvc;
+ char *newname;
+ int level;
+
+ nv = v;
+ level = 1;
+ while (nv && nameref_p (nv))
+ {
+ level++;
+ if (level > NAMEREF_MAX)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ newname = nameref_cell (nv);
+ if (newname == 0 || *newname == '\0')
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ nv2 = hash_lookup (newname, vc->table);
+ if (nv2 == 0)
+ break;
+ nv = nv2;
+ }
+ return nv;
+}
+
+/* Do nameref resolution from the VC, which is the local context for some
+ function or builtin, `up' the chain to the global variables context. If
+ NVCP is not NULL, return the variable context where we finally ended the
+ nameref resolution (so the bind_variable_internal can use the correct
+ variable context and hash table). */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_nameref_context (v, vc, nvcp)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+ VAR_CONTEXT **nvcp;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nv, *nv2;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *nvc;
+
+ /* Look starting at the current context all the way `up' */
+ for (nv = v, nvc = vc; nvc; nvc = nvc->down)
+ {
+ nv2 = find_nameref_at_context (nv, nvc);
+ if (nv2 == 0)
+ continue;
+ nv = nv2;
+ if (*nvcp)
+ *nvcp = nvc;
+ if (nameref_p (nv) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ return (nameref_p (nv) ? (SHELL_VAR *)NULL : nv);
+}
+
+/* Do nameref resolution from the VC, which is the local context for some
+ function or builtin, `up' the chain to the global variables context. If
+ NVCP is not NULL, return the variable context where we finally ended the
+ nameref resolution (so the bind_variable_internal can use the correct
+ variable context and hash table). */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_last_nameref_context (v, vc, nvcp)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+ VAR_CONTEXT **nvcp;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *nv, *nv2;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *nvc;
+
+ /* Look starting at the current context all the way `up' */
+ for (nv = v, nvc = vc; nvc; nvc = nvc->down)
+ {
+ nv2 = find_nameref_at_context (nv, nvc);
+ if (nv2 == 0)
+ continue;
+ nv = nv2;
+ if (*nvcp)
+ *nvcp = nvc;
+ }
+ return (nameref_p (nv) ? nv : (SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Find a variable, forcing a search of the temporary environment first */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_tempenv (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = find_variable_internal (name, FV_FORCETEMPENV);
+ if (var && nameref_p (var))
+ var = find_variable_nameref (var);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* Find a variable, not forcing a search of the temporary environment first */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_notempenv (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = find_variable_internal (name, 0);
+ if (var && nameref_p (var))
+ var = find_variable_nameref (var);
+ return (var);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_global_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = var_lookup (name, global_variables);
+ if (var && nameref_p (var))
+ var = find_variable_nameref (var);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ return (var->dynamic_value ? (*(var->dynamic_value)) (var) : var);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_global_variable_noref (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = var_lookup (name, global_variables);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ return (var->dynamic_value ? (*(var->dynamic_value)) (var) : var);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_shell_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = var_lookup (name, shell_variables);
+ if (var && nameref_p (var))
+ var = find_variable_nameref (var);
+
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+
+ return (var->dynamic_value ? (*(var->dynamic_value)) (var) : var);
+}
+
+/* Look up the variable entry named NAME. Returns the entry or NULL. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int flags;
+
+ last_table_searched = 0;
+ flags = 0;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (name, flags);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ v = find_variable_nameref (v);
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Find the first instance of NAME in the variable context chain; return first
+ one found without att_invisible set; return 0 if no non-invisible instances
+ found. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_no_invisible (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int flags;
+
+ last_table_searched = 0;
+ flags = FV_SKIPINVISIBLE;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (name, flags);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ v = find_variable_nameref (v);
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Find the first instance of NAME in the variable context chain; return first
+ one found even if att_invisible set. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_for_assignment (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int flags;
+
+ last_table_searched = 0;
+ flags = 0;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (name, flags);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ v = find_variable_nameref (v);
+ return v;
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_variable_noref (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int flags;
+
+ flags = 0;
+ if (expanding_redir == 0 && (assigning_in_environment || executing_builtin))
+ flags |= FV_FORCETEMPENV;
+ v = find_variable_internal (name, flags);
+ return v;
+}
+
+/* Look up the function entry whose name matches STRING.
+ Returns the entry or NULL. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_function (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ return (hash_lookup (name, shell_functions));
+}
+
+/* Find the function definition for the shell function named NAME. Returns
+ the entry or NULL. */
+FUNCTION_DEF *
+find_function_def (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+ return ((FUNCTION_DEF *)hash_lookup (name, shell_function_defs));
+#else
+ return ((FUNCTION_DEF *)0);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return the value of VAR. VAR is assumed to have been the result of a
+ lookup without any subscript, if arrays are compiled into the shell. */
+char *
+get_variable_value (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ if (var == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ return (array_reference (array_cell (var), 0));
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ return (assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var), "0"));
+#endif
+ else
+ return (value_cell (var));
+}
+
+/* Return the string value of a variable. Return NULL if the variable
+ doesn't exist. Don't cons a new string. This is a potential memory
+ leak if the variable is found in the temporary environment. Since
+ functions and variables have separate name spaces, returns NULL if
+ var_name is a shell function only. */
+char *
+get_string_value (var_name)
+ const char *var_name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = find_variable (var_name);
+ return ((var) ? get_variable_value (var) : (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* This is present for use by the tilde and readline libraries. */
+char *
+sh_get_env_value (v)
+ const char *v;
+{
+ return get_string_value (v);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Creating and setting variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set NAME to VALUE if NAME has no value. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+set_if_not (name, value)
+ char *name, *value;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (shell_variables == 0)
+ create_variable_tables ();
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ v = bind_variable_internal (name, value, global_variables->table, HASH_NOSRCH, 0);
+ return (v);
+}
+
+/* Create a local variable referenced by NAME. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+make_local_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *new_var, *old_var;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+ int was_tmpvar;
+ char *tmp_value;
+
+ /* local foo; local foo; is a no-op. */
+ old_var = find_variable (name);
+ if (old_var && local_p (old_var) && old_var->context == variable_context)
+ return (old_var);
+
+ was_tmpvar = old_var && tempvar_p (old_var);
+ /* If we're making a local variable in a shell function, the temporary env
+ has already been merged into the function's variable context stack. We
+ can assume that a temporary var in the same context appears in the same
+ VAR_CONTEXT and can safely be returned without creating a new variable
+ (which results in duplicate names in the same VAR_CONTEXT->table */
+ /* We can't just test tmpvar_p because variables in the temporary env given
+ to a shell function appear in the function's local variable VAR_CONTEXT
+ but retain their tempvar attribute. We want temporary variables that are
+ found in temporary_env, hence the test for last_table_searched, which is
+ set in hash_lookup and only (so far) checked here. */
+ if (was_tmpvar && old_var->context == variable_context && last_table_searched != temporary_env)
+ {
+ VUNSETATTR (old_var, att_invisible); /* XXX */
+ return (old_var);
+ }
+ if (was_tmpvar)
+ tmp_value = value_cell (old_var);
+
+ for (vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ if (vc_isfuncenv (vc) && vc->scope == variable_context)
+ break;
+
+ if (vc == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("make_local_variable: no function context at current scope"));
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (vc->table == 0)
+ vc->table = hash_create (TEMPENV_HASH_BUCKETS);
+
+ /* Since this is called only from the local/declare/typeset code, we can
+ call builtin_error here without worry (of course, it will also work
+ for anything that sets this_command_name). Variables with the `noassign'
+ attribute may not be made local. The test against old_var's context
+ level is to disallow local copies of readonly global variables (since I
+ believe that this could be a security hole). Readonly copies of calling
+ function local variables are OK. */
+ if (old_var && (noassign_p (old_var) ||
+ (readonly_p (old_var) && old_var->context == 0)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (old_var))
+ sh_readonly (name);
+ else if (noassign_p (old_var))
+ builtin_error (_("%s: variable may not be assigned value"), name);
+#if 0
+ /* Let noassign variables through with a warning */
+ if (readonly_p (old_var))
+#endif
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (old_var == 0)
+ new_var = make_new_variable (name, vc->table);
+ else
+ {
+ new_var = make_new_variable (name, vc->table);
+
+ /* If we found this variable in one of the temporary environments,
+ inherit its value. Watch to see if this causes problems with
+ things like `x=4 local x'. XXX - see above for temporary env
+ variables with the same context level as variable_context */
+ /* XXX - we should only do this if the variable is not an array. */
+ if (was_tmpvar)
+ var_setvalue (new_var, savestring (tmp_value));
+
+ new_var->attributes = exported_p (old_var) ? att_exported : 0;
+ }
+
+ vc->flags |= VC_HASLOCAL;
+
+ new_var->context = variable_context;
+ VSETATTR (new_var, att_local);
+
+ if (ifsname (name))
+ setifs (new_var);
+
+ if (was_tmpvar == 0 && no_invisible_vars == 0)
+ VSETATTR (new_var, att_invisible); /* XXX */
+ return (new_var);
+}
+
+/* Create a new shell variable with name NAME. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+new_shell_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = (SHELL_VAR *)xmalloc (sizeof (SHELL_VAR));
+
+ entry->name = savestring (name);
+ var_setvalue (entry, (char *)NULL);
+ CLEAR_EXPORTSTR (entry);
+
+ entry->dynamic_value = (sh_var_value_func_t *)NULL;
+ entry->assign_func = (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL;
+
+ entry->attributes = 0;
+
+ /* Always assume variables are to be made at toplevel!
+ make_local_variable has the responsibility of changing the
+ variable context. */
+ entry->context = 0;
+
+ return (entry);
+}
+
+/* Create a new shell variable with name NAME and add it to the hash table
+ TABLE. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+make_new_variable (name, table)
+ const char *name;
+ HASH_TABLE *table;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+
+ entry = new_shell_variable (name);
+
+ /* Make sure we have a shell_variables hash table to add to. */
+ if (shell_variables == 0)
+ create_variable_tables ();
+
+ elt = hash_insert (savestring (name), table, HASH_NOSRCH);
+ elt->data = (PTR_T)entry;
+
+ return entry;
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+SHELL_VAR *
+make_new_array_variable (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ ARRAY *array;
+
+ entry = make_new_variable (name, global_variables->table);
+ array = array_create ();
+
+ var_setarray (entry, array);
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_array);
+ return entry;
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+make_local_array_variable (name, assoc_ok)
+ char *name;
+ int assoc_ok;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ ARRAY *array;
+
+ var = make_local_variable (name);
+ if (var == 0 || array_p (var) || (assoc_ok && assoc_p (var)))
+ return var;
+
+ array = array_create ();
+
+ dispose_variable_value (var);
+ var_setarray (var, array);
+ VSETATTR (var, att_array);
+ return var;
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+make_new_assoc_variable (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+ HASH_TABLE *hash;
+
+ entry = make_new_variable (name, global_variables->table);
+ hash = assoc_create (0);
+
+ var_setassoc (entry, hash);
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_assoc);
+ return entry;
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+make_local_assoc_variable (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ HASH_TABLE *hash;
+
+ var = make_local_variable (name);
+ if (var == 0 || assoc_p (var))
+ return var;
+
+ dispose_variable_value (var);
+ hash = assoc_create (0);
+
+ var_setassoc (var, hash);
+ VSETATTR (var, att_assoc);
+ return var;
+}
+#endif
+
+char *
+make_variable_value (var, value, flags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char *retval, *oval;
+ intmax_t lval, rval;
+ int expok, olen, op;
+
+ /* If this variable has had its type set to integer (via `declare -i'),
+ then do expression evaluation on it and store the result. The
+ functions in expr.c (evalexp()) and bind_int_variable() are responsible
+ for turning off the integer flag if they don't want further
+ evaluation done. */
+ if (integer_p (var))
+ {
+ if (flags & ASS_APPEND)
+ {
+ oval = value_cell (var);
+ lval = evalexp (oval, &expok); /* ksh93 seems to do this */
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ top_level_cleanup ();
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+ rval = evalexp (value, &expok);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ top_level_cleanup ();
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ /* This can be fooled if the variable's value changes while evaluating
+ `rval'. We can change it if we move the evaluation of lval to here. */
+ if (flags & ASS_APPEND)
+ rval += lval;
+ retval = itos (rval);
+ }
+#if defined (CASEMOD_ATTRS)
+ else if (capcase_p (var) || uppercase_p (var) || lowercase_p (var))
+ {
+ if (flags & ASS_APPEND)
+ {
+ oval = get_variable_value (var);
+ if (oval == 0) /* paranoia */
+ oval = "";
+ olen = STRLEN (oval);
+ retval = (char *)xmalloc (olen + (value ? STRLEN (value) : 0) + 1);
+ strcpy (retval, oval);
+ if (value)
+ strcpy (retval+olen, value);
+ }
+ else if (*value)
+ retval = savestring (value);
+ else
+ {
+ retval = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ retval[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ op = capcase_p (var) ? CASE_CAPITALIZE
+ : (uppercase_p (var) ? CASE_UPPER : CASE_LOWER);
+ oval = sh_modcase (retval, (char *)0, op);
+ free (retval);
+ retval = oval;
+ }
+#endif /* CASEMOD_ATTRS */
+ else if (value)
+ {
+ if (flags & ASS_APPEND)
+ {
+ oval = get_variable_value (var);
+ if (oval == 0) /* paranoia */
+ oval = "";
+ olen = STRLEN (oval);
+ retval = (char *)xmalloc (olen + (value ? STRLEN (value) : 0) + 1);
+ strcpy (retval, oval);
+ if (value)
+ strcpy (retval+olen, value);
+ }
+ else if (*value)
+ retval = savestring (value);
+ else
+ {
+ retval = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ retval[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ retval = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* Bind a variable NAME to VALUE in the HASH_TABLE TABLE, which may be the
+ temporary environment (but usually is not). */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+bind_variable_internal (name, value, table, hflags, aflags)
+ const char *name;
+ char *value;
+ HASH_TABLE *table;
+ int hflags, aflags;
+{
+ char *newval;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = (hflags & HASH_NOSRCH) ? (SHELL_VAR *)NULL : hash_lookup (name, table);
+ /* Follow the nameref chain here if this is the global variables table */
+ if (entry && nameref_p (entry) && (invisible_p (entry) == 0) && table == global_variables->table)
+ {
+ entry = find_global_variable (entry->name);
+ /* Let's see if we have a nameref referencing a variable that hasn't yet
+ been created. */
+ if (entry == 0)
+ entry = find_variable_last_nameref (name); /* XXX */
+ if (entry == 0) /* just in case */
+ return (entry);
+ }
+
+ /* The first clause handles `declare -n ref; ref=x;' */
+ if (entry && invisible_p (entry) && nameref_p (entry))
+ goto assign_value;
+ else if (entry && nameref_p (entry))
+ {
+ newval = nameref_cell (entry);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* declare -n foo=x[2] */
+ if (valid_array_reference (newval))
+ /* XXX - should it be aflags? */
+ entry = assign_array_element (newval, make_variable_value (entry, value, 0), aflags);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ entry = make_new_variable (newval, table);
+ var_setvalue (entry, make_variable_value (entry, value, 0));
+ }
+ }
+ else if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ entry = make_new_variable (name, table);
+ var_setvalue (entry, make_variable_value (entry, value, 0)); /* XXX */
+ }
+ else if (entry->assign_func) /* array vars have assign functions now */
+ {
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (entry);
+ newval = (aflags & ASS_APPEND) ? make_variable_value (entry, value, aflags) : value;
+ if (assoc_p (entry))
+ entry = (*(entry->assign_func)) (entry, newval, -1, savestring ("0"));
+ else if (array_p (entry))
+ entry = (*(entry->assign_func)) (entry, newval, 0, 0);
+ else
+ entry = (*(entry->assign_func)) (entry, newval, -1, 0);
+ if (newval != value)
+ free (newval);
+ return (entry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+assign_value:
+ if (readonly_p (entry) || noassign_p (entry))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (entry))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ return (entry);
+ }
+
+ /* Variables which are bound are visible. */
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (assoc_p (entry) || array_p (entry))
+ newval = make_array_variable_value (entry, 0, "0", value, aflags);
+ else
+#endif
+
+ newval = make_variable_value (entry, value, aflags); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Invalidate any cached export string */
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (entry);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* XXX -- this bears looking at again -- XXX */
+ /* If an existing array variable x is being assigned to with x=b or
+ `read x' or something of that nature, silently convert it to
+ x[0]=b or `read x[0]'. */
+ if (assoc_p (entry))
+ {
+ assoc_insert (assoc_cell (entry), savestring ("0"), newval);
+ free (newval);
+ }
+ else if (array_p (entry))
+ {
+ array_insert (array_cell (entry), 0, newval);
+ free (newval);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ FREE (value_cell (entry));
+ var_setvalue (entry, newval);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (mark_modified_vars)
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_exported);
+
+ if (exported_p (entry))
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ return (entry);
+}
+
+/* Bind a variable NAME to VALUE. This conses up the name
+ and value strings. If we have a temporary environment, we bind there
+ first, then we bind into shell_variables. */
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_variable (name, value, flags)
+ const char *name;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v, *nv;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc, *nvc;
+ int level;
+
+ if (shell_variables == 0)
+ create_variable_tables ();
+
+ /* If we have a temporary environment, look there first for the variable,
+ and, if found, modify the value there before modifying it in the
+ shell_variables table. This allows sourced scripts to modify values
+ given to them in a temporary environment while modifying the variable
+ value that the caller sees. */
+ if (temporary_env)
+ bind_tempenv_variable (name, value);
+
+ /* XXX -- handle local variables here. */
+ for (vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ {
+ if (vc_isfuncenv (vc) || vc_isbltnenv (vc))
+ {
+ v = hash_lookup (name, vc->table);
+ nvc = vc;
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ {
+ nv = find_variable_nameref_context (v, vc, &nvc);
+ if (nv == 0)
+ {
+ nv = find_variable_last_nameref_context (v, vc, &nvc);
+ if (nv && nameref_p (nv))
+ {
+ /* If this nameref variable doesn't have a value yet,
+ set the value. Otherwise, assign using the value as
+ normal. */
+ if (nameref_cell (nv) == 0)
+ return (bind_variable_internal (nv->name, value, nvc->table, 0, flags));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (nameref_cell (nv)))
+ return (assign_array_element (nameref_cell (nv), value, flags));
+ else
+#endif
+ return (bind_variable_internal (nameref_cell (nv), value, nvc->table, 0, flags));
+ }
+ else
+ v = nv;
+ }
+ else
+ v = nv;
+ }
+ if (v)
+ return (bind_variable_internal (v->name, value, nvc->table, 0, flags));
+ }
+ }
+ /* bind_variable_internal will handle nameref resolution in this case */
+ return (bind_variable_internal (name, value, global_variables->table, 0, flags));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_global_variable (name, value, flags)
+ const char *name;
+ char *value;
+ int flags;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v, *nv;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc, *nvc;
+ int level;
+
+ if (shell_variables == 0)
+ create_variable_tables ();
+
+ /* bind_variable_internal will handle nameref resolution in this case */
+ return (bind_variable_internal (name, value, global_variables->table, 0, flags));
+}
+
+/* Make VAR, a simple shell variable, have value VALUE. Once assigned a
+ value, variables are no longer invisible. This is a duplicate of part
+ of the internals of bind_variable. If the variable is exported, or
+ all modified variables should be exported, mark the variable for export
+ and note that the export environment needs to be recreated. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_variable_value (var, value, aflags)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *value;
+ int aflags;
+{
+ char *t;
+ int invis;
+
+ invis = invisible_p (var);
+ VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+
+ if (var->assign_func)
+ {
+ /* If we're appending, we need the old value, so use
+ make_variable_value */
+ t = (aflags & ASS_APPEND) ? make_variable_value (var, value, aflags) : value;
+ (*(var->assign_func)) (var, t, -1, 0);
+ if (t != value && t)
+ free (t);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ t = make_variable_value (var, value, aflags);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if ((aflags & ASS_NAMEREF) && (t == 0 || *t == 0 || (legal_identifier (t) == 0 && valid_array_reference (t) == 0)))
+#else
+ if ((aflags & ASS_NAMEREF) && (t == 0 || *t == 0 || legal_identifier (t) == 0))
+#endif
+ {
+ free (t);
+ if (invis)
+ VSETATTR (var, att_invisible); /* XXX */
+ return ((SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+ }
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, t);
+ }
+
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+
+ if (mark_modified_vars)
+ VSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+
+ if (exported_p (var))
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* Bind/create a shell variable with the name LHS to the RHS.
+ This creates or modifies a variable such that it is an integer.
+
+ This used to be in expr.c, but it is here so that all of the
+ variable binding stuff is localized. Since we don't want any
+ recursive evaluation from bind_variable() (possible without this code,
+ since bind_variable() calls the evaluator for variables with the integer
+ attribute set), we temporarily turn off the integer attribute for each
+ variable we set here, then turn it back on after binding as necessary. */
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_int_variable (lhs, rhs)
+ char *lhs, *rhs;
+{
+ register SHELL_VAR *v;
+ int isint, isarr, implicitarray;
+
+ isint = isarr = implicitarray = 0;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (lhs))
+ {
+ isarr = 1;
+ v = array_variable_part (lhs, (char **)0, (int *)0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ v = find_variable (lhs);
+
+ if (v)
+ {
+ isint = integer_p (v);
+ VUNSETATTR (v, att_integer);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (array_p (v) && isarr == 0)
+ implicitarray = 1;
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (isarr)
+ v = assign_array_element (lhs, rhs, 0);
+ else if (implicitarray)
+ v = bind_array_variable (lhs, 0, rhs, 0);
+ else
+#endif
+ v = bind_variable (lhs, rhs, 0);
+
+ if (v && isint)
+ VSETATTR (v, att_integer);
+
+ VUNSETATTR (v, att_invisible);
+
+ return (v);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_var_to_int (var, val)
+ char *var;
+ intmax_t val;
+{
+ char ibuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (intmax_t) + 1], *p;
+
+ p = fmtulong (val, 10, ibuf, sizeof (ibuf), 0);
+ return (bind_int_variable (var, p));
+}
+
+/* Do a function binding to a variable. You pass the name and
+ the command to bind to. This conses the name and command. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+bind_function (name, value)
+ const char *name;
+ COMMAND *value;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = find_function (name);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+
+ elt = hash_insert (savestring (name), shell_functions, HASH_NOSRCH);
+ entry = new_shell_variable (name);
+ elt->data = (PTR_T)entry;
+ }
+ else
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (entry);
+
+ if (var_isset (entry))
+ dispose_command (function_cell (entry));
+
+ if (value)
+ var_setfunc (entry, copy_command (value));
+ else
+ var_setfunc (entry, 0);
+
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_function);
+
+ if (mark_modified_vars)
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_exported);
+
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible); /* Just to be sure */
+
+ if (exported_p (entry))
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+ set_itemlist_dirty (&it_functions);
+#endif
+
+ return (entry);
+}
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+/* Bind a function definition, which includes source file and line number
+ information in addition to the command, into the FUNCTION_DEF hash table.*/
+void
+bind_function_def (name, value)
+ const char *name;
+ FUNCTION_DEF *value;
+{
+ FUNCTION_DEF *entry;
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+ COMMAND *cmd;
+
+ entry = find_function_def (name);
+ if (entry)
+ {
+ dispose_function_def_contents (entry);
+ entry = copy_function_def_contents (value, entry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ cmd = value->command;
+ value->command = 0;
+ entry = copy_function_def (value);
+ value->command = cmd;
+
+ elt = hash_insert (savestring (name), shell_function_defs, HASH_NOSRCH);
+ elt->data = (PTR_T *)entry;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* DEBUGGER */
+
+/* Add STRING, which is of the form foo=bar, to the temporary environment
+ HASH_TABLE (temporary_env). The functions in execute_cmd.c are
+ responsible for moving the main temporary env to one of the other
+ temporary environments. The expansion code in subst.c calls this. */
+int
+assign_in_env (word, flags)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int offset, aflags;
+ char *name, *temp, *value;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ const char *string;
+
+ string = word->word;
+
+ aflags = 0;
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ name = savestring (string);
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (name[offset] == '=')
+ {
+ name[offset] = 0;
+
+ /* don't ignore the `+' when assigning temporary environment */
+ if (name[offset - 1] == '+')
+ {
+ name[offset - 1] = '\0';
+ aflags |= ASS_APPEND;
+ }
+
+ var = find_variable (name);
+ if (var && (readonly_p (var) || noassign_p (var)))
+ {
+ if (readonly_p (var))
+ err_readonly (name);
+ free (name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ temp = name + offset + 1;
+ value = expand_assignment_string_to_string (temp, 0);
+
+ if (var && (aflags & ASS_APPEND))
+ {
+ temp = make_variable_value (var, value, aflags);
+ FREE (value);
+ value = temp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (temporary_env == 0)
+ temporary_env = hash_create (TEMPENV_HASH_BUCKETS);
+
+ var = hash_lookup (name, temporary_env);
+ if (var == 0)
+ var = make_new_variable (name, temporary_env);
+ else
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1); /* like do_assignment_internal */
+ value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ var_setvalue (var, value);
+ var->attributes |= (att_exported|att_tempvar);
+ var->context = variable_context; /* XXX */
+
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+ var->exportstr = mk_env_string (name, value, 0);
+
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ if (flags)
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ /* The Korn shell prints the `+ ' in front of assignment statements,
+ so we do too. */
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, 0, 1);
+
+ free (name);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Copying variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Copy VAR to a new data structure and return that structure. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+copy_variable (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *copy = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+ if (var)
+ {
+ copy = (SHELL_VAR *)xmalloc (sizeof (SHELL_VAR));
+
+ copy->attributes = var->attributes;
+ copy->name = savestring (var->name);
+
+ if (function_p (var))
+ var_setfunc (copy, copy_command (function_cell (var)));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ var_setarray (copy, array_copy (array_cell (var)));
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ var_setassoc (copy, assoc_copy (assoc_cell (var)));
+#endif
+ else if (nameref_cell (var)) /* XXX - nameref */
+ var_setref (copy, savestring (nameref_cell (var)));
+ else if (value_cell (var)) /* XXX - nameref */
+ var_setvalue (copy, savestring (value_cell (var)));
+ else
+ var_setvalue (copy, (char *)NULL);
+
+ copy->dynamic_value = var->dynamic_value;
+ copy->assign_func = var->assign_func;
+
+ copy->exportstr = COPY_EXPORTSTR (var);
+
+ copy->context = var->context;
+ }
+ return (copy);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Deleting and unsetting variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Dispose of the information attached to VAR. */
+static void
+dispose_variable_value (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ if (function_p (var))
+ dispose_command (function_cell (var));
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (var))
+ array_dispose (array_cell (var));
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+ assoc_dispose (assoc_cell (var));
+#endif
+ else if (nameref_p (var))
+ FREE (nameref_cell (var));
+ else
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+}
+
+void
+dispose_variable (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ if (var == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (nofree_p (var) == 0)
+ dispose_variable_value (var);
+
+ FREE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+
+ free (var->name);
+
+ if (exported_p (var))
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+ free (var);
+}
+
+/* Unset the shell variable referenced by NAME. Unsetting a nameref variable
+ unsets the variable it resolves to but leaves the nameref alone. */
+int
+unbind_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v, *nv;
+ int r;
+
+ v = var_lookup (name, shell_variables);
+ nv = (v && nameref_p (v)) ? find_variable_nameref (v) : (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+ r = nv ? makunbound (nv->name, shell_variables) : makunbound (name, shell_variables);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Unbind NAME, where NAME is assumed to be a nameref variable */
+int
+unbind_nameref (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = var_lookup (name, shell_variables);
+ if (v && nameref_p (v))
+ return makunbound (name, shell_variables);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Unset the shell function named NAME. */
+int
+unbind_func (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+ SHELL_VAR *func;
+
+ elt = hash_remove (name, shell_functions, 0);
+
+ if (elt == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION)
+ set_itemlist_dirty (&it_functions);
+#endif
+
+ func = (SHELL_VAR *)elt->data;
+ if (func)
+ {
+ if (exported_p (func))
+ array_needs_making++;
+ dispose_variable (func);
+ }
+
+ free (elt->key);
+ free (elt);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (DEBUGGER)
+int
+unbind_function_def (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+ FUNCTION_DEF *funcdef;
+
+ elt = hash_remove (name, shell_function_defs, 0);
+
+ if (elt == 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ funcdef = (FUNCTION_DEF *)elt->data;
+ if (funcdef)
+ dispose_function_def (funcdef);
+
+ free (elt->key);
+ free (elt);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* DEBUGGER */
+
+int
+delete_var (name, vc)
+ const char *name;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+{
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt;
+ SHELL_VAR *old_var;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *v;
+
+ for (elt = (BUCKET_CONTENTS *)NULL, v = vc; v; v = v->down)
+ if (elt = hash_remove (name, v->table, 0))
+ break;
+
+ if (elt == 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ old_var = (SHELL_VAR *)elt->data;
+ free (elt->key);
+ free (elt);
+
+ dispose_variable (old_var);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Make the variable associated with NAME go away. HASH_LIST is the
+ hash table from which this variable should be deleted (either
+ shell_variables or shell_functions).
+ Returns non-zero if the variable couldn't be found. */
+int
+makunbound (name, vc)
+ const char *name;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+{
+ BUCKET_CONTENTS *elt, *new_elt;
+ SHELL_VAR *old_var;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *v;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (elt = (BUCKET_CONTENTS *)NULL, v = vc; v; v = v->down)
+ if (elt = hash_remove (name, v->table, 0))
+ break;
+
+ if (elt == 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+ old_var = (SHELL_VAR *)elt->data;
+
+ if (old_var && exported_p (old_var))
+ array_needs_making++;
+
+ /* If we're unsetting a local variable and we're still executing inside
+ the function, just mark the variable as invisible. The function
+ eventually called by pop_var_context() will clean it up later. This
+ must be done so that if the variable is subsequently assigned a new
+ value inside the function, the `local' attribute is still present.
+ We also need to add it back into the correct hash table. */
+ if (old_var && local_p (old_var) && variable_context == old_var->context)
+ {
+ if (nofree_p (old_var))
+ var_setvalue (old_var, (char *)NULL);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (old_var))
+ array_dispose (array_cell (old_var));
+ else if (assoc_p (old_var))
+ assoc_dispose (assoc_cell (old_var));
+#endif
+ else if (nameref_p (old_var))
+ FREE (nameref_cell (old_var));
+ else
+ FREE (value_cell (old_var));
+ /* Reset the attributes. Preserve the export attribute if the variable
+ came from a temporary environment. Make sure it stays local, and
+ make it invisible. */
+ old_var->attributes = (exported_p (old_var) && tempvar_p (old_var)) ? att_exported : 0;
+ VSETATTR (old_var, att_local);
+ VSETATTR (old_var, att_invisible);
+ var_setvalue (old_var, (char *)NULL);
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (old_var);
+
+ new_elt = hash_insert (savestring (old_var->name), v->table, 0);
+ new_elt->data = (PTR_T)old_var;
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (old_var->name);
+
+ free (elt->key);
+ free (elt);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* Have to save a copy of name here, because it might refer to
+ old_var->name. If so, stupidly_hack_special_variables will
+ reference freed memory. */
+ t = savestring (name);
+
+ free (elt->key);
+ free (elt);
+
+ dispose_variable (old_var);
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (t);
+ free (t);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Get rid of all of the variables in the current context. */
+void
+kill_all_local_variables ()
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+
+ for (vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ if (vc_isfuncenv (vc) && vc->scope == variable_context)
+ break;
+ if (vc == 0)
+ return; /* XXX */
+
+ if (vc->table && vc_haslocals (vc))
+ {
+ delete_all_variables (vc->table);
+ hash_dispose (vc->table);
+ }
+ vc->table = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+free_variable_hash_data (data)
+ PTR_T data;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)data;
+ dispose_variable (var);
+}
+
+/* Delete the entire contents of the hash table. */
+void
+delete_all_variables (hashed_vars)
+ HASH_TABLE *hashed_vars;
+{
+ hash_flush (hashed_vars, free_variable_hash_data);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Setting variable attributes */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#define FIND_OR_MAKE_VARIABLE(name, entry) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ entry = find_variable (name); \
+ if (!entry) \
+ { \
+ entry = bind_variable (name, "", 0); \
+ if (!no_invisible_vars && entry) entry->attributes |= att_invisible; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+/* Make the variable associated with NAME be readonly.
+ If NAME does not exist yet, create it. */
+void
+set_var_read_only (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ FIND_OR_MAKE_VARIABLE (name, entry);
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_readonly);
+}
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Make the function associated with NAME be readonly.
+ If NAME does not exist, we just punt, like auto_export code below. */
+void
+set_func_read_only (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = find_function (name);
+ if (entry)
+ VSETATTR (entry, att_readonly);
+}
+
+/* Make the variable associated with NAME be auto-exported.
+ If NAME does not exist yet, create it. */
+void
+set_var_auto_export (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ FIND_OR_MAKE_VARIABLE (name, entry);
+ set_auto_export (entry);
+}
+
+/* Make the function associated with NAME be auto-exported. */
+void
+set_func_auto_export (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+
+ entry = find_function (name);
+ if (entry)
+ set_auto_export (entry);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Creating lists of variables */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static VARLIST *
+vlist_alloc (nentries)
+ int nentries;
+{
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+
+ vlist = (VARLIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (VARLIST));
+ vlist->list = (SHELL_VAR **)xmalloc ((nentries + 1) * sizeof (SHELL_VAR *));
+ vlist->list_size = nentries;
+ vlist->list_len = 0;
+ vlist->list[0] = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+ return vlist;
+}
+
+static VARLIST *
+vlist_realloc (vlist, n)
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ int n;
+{
+ if (vlist == 0)
+ return (vlist = vlist_alloc (n));
+ if (n > vlist->list_size)
+ {
+ vlist->list_size = n;
+ vlist->list = (SHELL_VAR **)xrealloc (vlist->list, (vlist->list_size + 1) * sizeof (SHELL_VAR *));
+ }
+ return vlist;
+}
+
+static void
+vlist_add (vlist, var, flags)
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < vlist->list_len; i++)
+ if (STREQ (var->name, vlist->list[i]->name))
+ break;
+ if (i < vlist->list_len)
+ return;
+
+ if (i >= vlist->list_size)
+ vlist = vlist_realloc (vlist, vlist->list_size + 16);
+
+ vlist->list[vlist->list_len++] = var;
+ vlist->list[vlist->list_len] = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Map FUNCTION over the variables in VAR_HASH_TABLE. Return an array of the
+ variables for which FUNCTION returns a non-zero value. A NULL value
+ for FUNCTION means to use all variables. */
+SHELL_VAR **
+map_over (function, vc)
+ sh_var_map_func_t *function;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *v;
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ SHELL_VAR **ret;
+ int nentries;
+
+ for (nentries = 0, v = vc; v; v = v->down)
+ nentries += HASH_ENTRIES (v->table);
+
+ if (nentries == 0)
+ return (SHELL_VAR **)NULL;
+
+ vlist = vlist_alloc (nentries);
+
+ for (v = vc; v; v = v->down)
+ flatten (v->table, function, vlist, 0);
+
+ ret = vlist->list;
+ free (vlist);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+map_over_funcs (function)
+ sh_var_map_func_t *function;
+{
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ SHELL_VAR **ret;
+
+ if (shell_functions == 0 || HASH_ENTRIES (shell_functions) == 0)
+ return ((SHELL_VAR **)NULL);
+
+ vlist = vlist_alloc (HASH_ENTRIES (shell_functions));
+
+ flatten (shell_functions, function, vlist, 0);
+
+ ret = vlist->list;
+ free (vlist);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Flatten VAR_HASH_TABLE, applying FUNC to each member and adding those
+ elements for which FUNC succeeds to VLIST->list. FLAGS is reserved
+ for future use. Only unique names are added to VLIST. If FUNC is
+ NULL, each variable in VAR_HASH_TABLE is added to VLIST. If VLIST is
+ NULL, FUNC is applied to each SHELL_VAR in VAR_HASH_TABLE. If VLIST
+ and FUNC are both NULL, nothing happens. */
+static void
+flatten (var_hash_table, func, vlist, flags)
+ HASH_TABLE *var_hash_table;
+ sh_var_map_func_t *func;
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int i;
+ register BUCKET_CONTENTS *tlist;
+ int r;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ if (var_hash_table == 0 || (HASH_ENTRIES (var_hash_table) == 0) || (vlist == 0 && func == 0))
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < var_hash_table->nbuckets; i++)
+ {
+ for (tlist = hash_items (i, var_hash_table); tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)tlist->data;
+
+ r = func ? (*func) (var) : 1;
+ if (r && vlist)
+ vlist_add (vlist, var, flags);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+sort_variables (array)
+ SHELL_VAR **array;
+{
+ qsort (array, strvec_len ((char **)array), sizeof (SHELL_VAR *), (QSFUNC *)qsort_var_comp);
+}
+
+static int
+qsort_var_comp (var1, var2)
+ SHELL_VAR **var1, **var2;
+{
+ int result;
+
+ if ((result = (*var1)->name[0] - (*var2)->name[0]) == 0)
+ result = strcmp ((*var1)->name, (*var2)->name);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Apply FUNC to each variable in SHELL_VARIABLES, adding each one for
+ which FUNC succeeds to an array of SHELL_VAR *s. Returns the array. */
+static SHELL_VAR **
+vapply (func)
+ sh_var_map_func_t *func;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR **list;
+
+ list = map_over (func, shell_variables);
+ if (list /* && posixly_correct */)
+ sort_variables (list);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* Apply FUNC to each variable in SHELL_FUNCTIONS, adding each one for
+ which FUNC succeeds to an array of SHELL_VAR *s. Returns the array. */
+static SHELL_VAR **
+fapply (func)
+ sh_var_map_func_t *func;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR **list;
+
+ list = map_over_funcs (func);
+ if (list /* && posixly_correct */)
+ sort_variables (list);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* Create a NULL terminated array of all the shell variables. */
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_shell_variables ()
+{
+ return (vapply ((sh_var_map_func_t *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Create a NULL terminated array of all the shell functions. */
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_shell_functions ()
+{
+ return (fapply ((sh_var_map_func_t *)NULL));
+}
+
+static int
+visible_var (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (invisible_p (var) == 0);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_visible_functions ()
+{
+ return (fapply (visible_var));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_visible_variables ()
+{
+ return (vapply (visible_var));
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if the variable VAR is visible and exported. Array
+ variables cannot be exported. */
+static int
+visible_and_exported (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (invisible_p (var) == 0 && exported_p (var));
+}
+
+/* Candidate variables for the export environment are either valid variables
+ with the export attribute or invalid variables inherited from the initial
+ environment and simply passed through. */
+static int
+export_environment_candidate (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (exported_p (var) && (invisible_p (var) == 0 || imported_p (var)));
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if VAR is a local variable in the current context and
+ is exported. */
+static int
+local_and_exported (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (invisible_p (var) == 0 && local_p (var) && var->context == variable_context && exported_p (var));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_exported_variables ()
+{
+ return (vapply (visible_and_exported));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+local_exported_variables ()
+{
+ return (vapply (local_and_exported));
+}
+
+static int
+variable_in_context (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (invisible_p (var) == 0 && local_p (var) && var->context == variable_context);
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_local_variables ()
+{
+ VARLIST *vlist;
+ SHELL_VAR **ret;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+
+ vc = shell_variables;
+ for (vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ if (vc_isfuncenv (vc) && vc->scope == variable_context)
+ break;
+
+ if (vc == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("all_local_variables: no function context at current scope"));
+ return (SHELL_VAR **)NULL;
+ }
+ if (vc->table == 0 || HASH_ENTRIES (vc->table) == 0 || vc_haslocals (vc) == 0)
+ return (SHELL_VAR **)NULL;
+
+ vlist = vlist_alloc (HASH_ENTRIES (vc->table));
+
+ flatten (vc->table, variable_in_context, vlist, 0);
+
+ ret = vlist->list;
+ free (vlist);
+ if (ret)
+ sort_variables (ret);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+/* Return non-zero if the variable VAR is visible and an array. */
+static int
+visible_array_vars (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (invisible_p (var) == 0 && array_p (var));
+}
+
+SHELL_VAR **
+all_array_variables ()
+{
+ return (vapply (visible_array_vars));
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+char **
+all_variables_matching_prefix (prefix)
+ const char *prefix;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR **varlist;
+ char **rlist;
+ int vind, rind, plen;
+
+ plen = STRLEN (prefix);
+ varlist = all_visible_variables ();
+ for (vind = 0; varlist && varlist[vind]; vind++)
+ ;
+ if (varlist == 0 || vind == 0)
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+ rlist = strvec_create (vind + 1);
+ for (vind = rind = 0; varlist[vind]; vind++)
+ {
+ if (plen == 0 || STREQN (prefix, varlist[vind]->name, plen))
+ rlist[rind++] = savestring (varlist[vind]->name);
+ }
+ rlist[rind] = (char *)0;
+ free (varlist);
+
+ return rlist;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Managing temporary variable scopes */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Make variable NAME have VALUE in the temporary environment. */
+static SHELL_VAR *
+bind_tempenv_variable (name, value)
+ const char *name;
+ char *value;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = temporary_env ? hash_lookup (name, temporary_env) : (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+ if (var)
+ {
+ FREE (value_cell (var));
+ var_setvalue (var, savestring (value));
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+ }
+
+ return (var);
+}
+
+/* Find a variable in the temporary environment that is named NAME.
+ Return the SHELL_VAR *, or NULL if not found. */
+SHELL_VAR *
+find_tempenv_variable (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ return (temporary_env ? hash_lookup (name, temporary_env) : (SHELL_VAR *)NULL);
+}
+
+char **tempvar_list;
+int tvlist_ind;
+
+/* Push the variable described by (SHELL_VAR *)DATA down to the next
+ variable context from the temporary environment. */
+static void
+push_temp_var (data)
+ PTR_T data;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var, *v;
+ HASH_TABLE *binding_table;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)data;
+
+ binding_table = shell_variables->table;
+ if (binding_table == 0)
+ {
+ if (shell_variables == global_variables)
+ /* shouldn't happen */
+ binding_table = shell_variables->table = global_variables->table = hash_create (0);
+ else
+ binding_table = shell_variables->table = hash_create (TEMPENV_HASH_BUCKETS);
+ }
+
+ v = bind_variable_internal (var->name, value_cell (var), binding_table, 0, ASS_FORCE);
+
+ /* XXX - should we set the context here? It shouldn't matter because of how
+ assign_in_env works, but might want to check. */
+ if (binding_table == global_variables->table) /* XXX */
+ var->attributes &= ~(att_tempvar|att_propagate);
+ else
+ {
+ var->attributes |= att_propagate;
+ if (binding_table == shell_variables->table)
+ shell_variables->flags |= VC_HASTMPVAR;
+ }
+ v->attributes |= var->attributes;
+
+ if (find_special_var (var->name) >= 0)
+ tempvar_list[tvlist_ind++] = savestring (var->name);
+
+ dispose_variable (var);
+}
+
+static void
+propagate_temp_var (data)
+ PTR_T data;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)data;
+ if (tempvar_p (var) && (var->attributes & att_propagate))
+ push_temp_var (data);
+ else
+ {
+ if (find_special_var (var->name) >= 0)
+ tempvar_list[tvlist_ind++] = savestring (var->name);
+ dispose_variable (var);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Free the storage used in the hash table for temporary
+ environment variables. PUSHF is a function to be called
+ to free each hash table entry. It takes care of pushing variables
+ to previous scopes if appropriate. PUSHF stores names of variables
+ that require special handling (e.g., IFS) on tempvar_list, so this
+ function can call stupidly_hack_special_variables on all the
+ variables in the list when the temporary hash table is destroyed. */
+static void
+dispose_temporary_env (pushf)
+ sh_free_func_t *pushf;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ tempvar_list = strvec_create (HASH_ENTRIES (temporary_env) + 1);
+ tempvar_list[tvlist_ind = 0] = 0;
+
+ hash_flush (temporary_env, pushf);
+ hash_dispose (temporary_env);
+ temporary_env = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ tempvar_list[tvlist_ind] = 0;
+
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+
+#if 0
+ sv_ifs ("IFS"); /* XXX here for now -- check setifs in assign_in_env */
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < tvlist_ind; i++)
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (tempvar_list[i]);
+
+ strvec_dispose (tempvar_list);
+ tempvar_list = 0;
+ tvlist_ind = 0;
+}
+
+void
+dispose_used_env_vars ()
+{
+ if (temporary_env)
+ {
+ dispose_temporary_env (propagate_temp_var);
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+ }
+}
+
+/* Take all of the shell variables in the temporary environment HASH_TABLE
+ and make shell variables from them at the current variable context. */
+void
+merge_temporary_env ()
+{
+ if (temporary_env)
+ dispose_temporary_env (push_temp_var);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Creating and manipulating the environment */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static inline char *
+mk_env_string (name, value, isfunc)
+ const char *name, *value;
+ int isfunc;
+{
+ size_t name_len, value_len;
+ char *p, *q;
+
+ name_len = strlen (name);
+ value_len = STRLEN (value);
+
+ /* If we are exporting a shell function, construct the encoded function
+ name. */
+ if (isfunc && value)
+ {
+ p = (char *)xmalloc (BASHFUNC_PREFLEN + name_len + BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN + value_len + 2);
+ q = p;
+ memcpy (q, BASHFUNC_PREFIX, BASHFUNC_PREFLEN);
+ q += BASHFUNC_PREFLEN;
+ memcpy (q, name, name_len);
+ q += name_len;
+ memcpy (q, BASHFUNC_SUFFIX, BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN);
+ q += BASHFUNC_SUFFLEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p = (char *)xmalloc (2 + name_len + value_len);
+ memcpy (p, name, name_len);
+ q = p + name_len;
+ }
+
+ q[0] = '=';
+ if (value && *value)
+ memcpy (q + 1, value, value_len + 1);
+ else
+ q[1] = '\0';
+
+ return (p);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* Debugging */
+static int
+valid_exportstr (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ s = v->exportstr;
+ if (s == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s has null exportstr"), v->name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ if (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)*s) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("invalid character %d in exportstr for %s"), *s, v->name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ for (s = v->exportstr + 1; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == '=')
+ break;
+ if (legal_variable_char ((unsigned char)*s) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("invalid character %d in exportstr for %s"), *s, v->name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ }
+ if (*s != '=')
+ {
+ internal_error (_("no `=' in exportstr for %s"), v->name);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (1);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char **
+make_env_array_from_var_list (vars)
+ SHELL_VAR **vars;
+{
+ register int i, list_index;
+ register SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char **list, *value;
+
+ list = strvec_create ((1 + strvec_len ((char **)vars)));
+
+#define USE_EXPORTSTR (value == var->exportstr)
+
+ for (i = 0, list_index = 0; var = vars[i]; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ /* We don't use the exportstr stuff on Cygwin at all. */
+ INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+#endif
+ if (var->exportstr)
+ value = var->exportstr;
+ else if (function_p (var))
+ value = named_function_string ((char *)NULL, function_cell (var), 0);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (array_p (var))
+# if ARRAY_EXPORT
+ value = array_to_assignment_string (array_cell (var));
+# else
+ continue; /* XXX array vars cannot yet be exported */
+# endif /* ARRAY_EXPORT */
+ else if (assoc_p (var))
+# if 0
+ value = assoc_to_assignment_string (assoc_cell (var));
+# else
+ continue; /* XXX associative array vars cannot yet be exported */
+# endif
+#endif
+ else
+ value = value_cell (var);
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* Gee, I'd like to get away with not using savestring() if we're
+ using the cached exportstr... */
+ list[list_index] = USE_EXPORTSTR ? savestring (value)
+ : mk_env_string (var->name, value, function_p (var));
+
+ if (USE_EXPORTSTR == 0)
+ SAVE_EXPORTSTR (var, list[list_index]);
+
+ list_index++;
+#undef USE_EXPORTSTR
+
+#if 0 /* not yet */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (array_p (var) || assoc_p (var))
+ free (value);
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ list[list_index] = (char *)NULL;
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* Make an array of assignment statements from the hash table
+ HASHED_VARS which contains SHELL_VARs. Only visible, exported
+ variables are eligible. */
+static char **
+make_var_export_array (vcxt)
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vcxt;
+{
+ char **list;
+ SHELL_VAR **vars;
+
+#if 0
+ vars = map_over (visible_and_exported, vcxt);
+#else
+ vars = map_over (export_environment_candidate, vcxt);
+#endif
+
+ if (vars == 0)
+ return (char **)NULL;
+
+ list = make_env_array_from_var_list (vars);
+
+ free (vars);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+static char **
+make_func_export_array ()
+{
+ char **list;
+ SHELL_VAR **vars;
+
+ vars = map_over_funcs (visible_and_exported);
+ if (vars == 0)
+ return (char **)NULL;
+
+ list = make_env_array_from_var_list (vars);
+
+ free (vars);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* Add ENVSTR to the end of the exported environment, EXPORT_ENV. */
+#define add_to_export_env(envstr,do_alloc) \
+do \
+ { \
+ if (export_env_index >= (export_env_size - 1)) \
+ { \
+ export_env_size += 16; \
+ export_env = strvec_resize (export_env, export_env_size); \
+ environ = export_env; \
+ } \
+ export_env[export_env_index++] = (do_alloc) ? savestring (envstr) : envstr; \
+ export_env[export_env_index] = (char *)NULL; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/* Add ASSIGN to EXPORT_ENV, or supercede a previous assignment in the
+ array with the same left-hand side. Return the new EXPORT_ENV. */
+char **
+add_or_supercede_exported_var (assign, do_alloc)
+ char *assign;
+ int do_alloc;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int equal_offset;
+
+ equal_offset = assignment (assign, 0);
+ if (equal_offset == 0)
+ return (export_env);
+
+ /* If this is a function, then only supersede the function definition.
+ We do this by including the `=() {' in the comparison, like
+ initialize_shell_variables does. */
+ if (assign[equal_offset + 1] == '(' &&
+ strncmp (assign + equal_offset + 2, ") {", 3) == 0) /* } */
+ equal_offset += 4;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < export_env_index; i++)
+ {
+ if (STREQN (assign, export_env[i], equal_offset + 1))
+ {
+ free (export_env[i]);
+ export_env[i] = do_alloc ? savestring (assign) : assign;
+ return (export_env);
+ }
+ }
+ add_to_export_env (assign, do_alloc);
+ return (export_env);
+}
+
+static void
+add_temp_array_to_env (temp_array, do_alloc, do_supercede)
+ char **temp_array;
+ int do_alloc, do_supercede;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (temp_array == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; temp_array[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (do_supercede)
+ export_env = add_or_supercede_exported_var (temp_array[i], do_alloc);
+ else
+ add_to_export_env (temp_array[i], do_alloc);
+ }
+
+ free (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Make the environment array for the command about to be executed, if the
+ array needs making. Otherwise, do nothing. If a shell action could
+ change the array that commands receive for their environment, then the
+ code should `array_needs_making++'.
+
+ The order to add to the array is:
+ temporary_env
+ list of var contexts whose head is shell_variables
+ shell_functions
+
+ This is the shell variable lookup order. We add only new variable
+ names at each step, which allows local variables and variables in
+ the temporary environments to shadow variables in the global (or
+ any previous) scope.
+*/
+
+static int
+n_shell_variables ()
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0, vc = shell_variables; vc; vc = vc->down)
+ n += HASH_ENTRIES (vc->table);
+ return n;
+}
+
+int
+chkexport (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v && exported_p (v))
+ {
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+maybe_make_export_env ()
+{
+ register char **temp_array;
+ int new_size;
+ VAR_CONTEXT *tcxt;
+
+ if (array_needs_making)
+ {
+ if (export_env)
+ strvec_flush (export_env);
+
+ /* Make a guess based on how many shell variables and functions we
+ have. Since there will always be array variables, and array
+ variables are not (yet) exported, this will always be big enough
+ for the exported variables and functions. */
+ new_size = n_shell_variables () + HASH_ENTRIES (shell_functions) + 1 +
+ HASH_ENTRIES (temporary_env);
+ if (new_size > export_env_size)
+ {
+ export_env_size = new_size;
+ export_env = strvec_resize (export_env, export_env_size);
+ environ = export_env;
+ }
+ export_env[export_env_index = 0] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Make a dummy variable context from the temporary_env, stick it on
+ the front of shell_variables, call make_var_export_array on the
+ whole thing to flatten it, and convert the list of SHELL_VAR *s
+ to the form needed by the environment. */
+ if (temporary_env)
+ {
+ tcxt = new_var_context ((char *)NULL, 0);
+ tcxt->table = temporary_env;
+ tcxt->down = shell_variables;
+ }
+ else
+ tcxt = shell_variables;
+
+ temp_array = make_var_export_array (tcxt);
+ if (temp_array)
+ add_temp_array_to_env (temp_array, 0, 0);
+
+ if (tcxt != shell_variables)
+ free (tcxt);
+
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+ /* Restricted shells may not export shell functions. */
+ temp_array = restricted ? (char **)0 : make_func_export_array ();
+#else
+ temp_array = make_func_export_array ();
+#endif
+ if (temp_array)
+ add_temp_array_to_env (temp_array, 0, 0);
+
+ array_needs_making = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is an efficiency hack. PWD and OLDPWD are auto-exported, so
+ we will need to remake the exported environment every time we
+ change directories. `_' is always put into the environment for
+ every external command, so without special treatment it will always
+ cause the environment to be remade.
+
+ If there is no other reason to make the exported environment, we can
+ just update the variables in place and mark the exported environment
+ as no longer needing a remake. */
+void
+update_export_env_inplace (env_prefix, preflen, value)
+ char *env_prefix;
+ int preflen;
+ char *value;
+{
+ char *evar;
+
+ evar = (char *)xmalloc (STRLEN (value) + preflen + 1);
+ strcpy (evar, env_prefix);
+ if (value)
+ strcpy (evar + preflen, value);
+ export_env = add_or_supercede_exported_var (evar, 0);
+}
+
+/* We always put _ in the environment as the name of this command. */
+void
+put_command_name_into_env (command_name)
+ char *command_name;
+{
+ update_export_env_inplace ("_=", 2, command_name);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Managing variable contexts */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Allocate and return a new variable context with NAME and FLAGS.
+ NAME can be NULL. */
+
+VAR_CONTEXT *
+new_var_context (name, flags)
+ char *name;
+ int flags;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+
+ vc = (VAR_CONTEXT *)xmalloc (sizeof (VAR_CONTEXT));
+ vc->name = name ? savestring (name) : (char *)NULL;
+ vc->scope = variable_context;
+ vc->flags = flags;
+
+ vc->up = vc->down = (VAR_CONTEXT *)NULL;
+ vc->table = (HASH_TABLE *)NULL;
+
+ return vc;
+}
+
+/* Free a variable context and its data, including the hash table. Dispose
+ all of the variables. */
+void
+dispose_var_context (vc)
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+{
+ FREE (vc->name);
+
+ if (vc->table)
+ {
+ delete_all_variables (vc->table);
+ hash_dispose (vc->table);
+ }
+
+ free (vc);
+}
+
+/* Set VAR's scope level to the current variable context. */
+static int
+set_context (var)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+{
+ return (var->context = variable_context);
+}
+
+/* Make a new variable context with NAME and FLAGS and a HASH_TABLE of
+ temporary variables, and push it onto shell_variables. This is
+ for shell functions. */
+VAR_CONTEXT *
+push_var_context (name, flags, tempvars)
+ char *name;
+ int flags;
+ HASH_TABLE *tempvars;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vc;
+
+ vc = new_var_context (name, flags);
+ vc->table = tempvars;
+ if (tempvars)
+ {
+ /* Have to do this because the temp environment was created before
+ variable_context was incremented. */
+ flatten (tempvars, set_context, (VARLIST *)NULL, 0);
+ vc->flags |= VC_HASTMPVAR;
+ }
+ vc->down = shell_variables;
+ shell_variables->up = vc;
+
+ return (shell_variables = vc);
+}
+
+static void
+push_func_var (data)
+ PTR_T data;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var, *v;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)data;
+
+ if (tempvar_p (var) && (posixly_correct || (var->attributes & att_propagate)))
+ {
+ /* Make sure we have a hash table to store the variable in while it is
+ being propagated down to the global variables table. Create one if
+ we have to */
+ if ((vc_isfuncenv (shell_variables) || vc_istempenv (shell_variables)) && shell_variables->table == 0)
+ shell_variables->table = hash_create (0);
+ /* XXX - should we set v->context here? */
+ v = bind_variable_internal (var->name, value_cell (var), shell_variables->table, 0, 0);
+ if (shell_variables == global_variables)
+ var->attributes &= ~(att_tempvar|att_propagate);
+ else
+ shell_variables->flags |= VC_HASTMPVAR;
+ v->attributes |= var->attributes;
+ }
+ else
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (var->name); /* XXX */
+
+ dispose_variable (var);
+}
+
+/* Pop the top context off of VCXT and dispose of it, returning the rest of
+ the stack. */
+void
+pop_var_context ()
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *ret, *vcxt;
+
+ vcxt = shell_variables;
+ if (vc_isfuncenv (vcxt) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("pop_var_context: head of shell_variables not a function context"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (ret = vcxt->down)
+ {
+ ret->up = (VAR_CONTEXT *)NULL;
+ shell_variables = ret;
+ if (vcxt->table)
+ hash_flush (vcxt->table, push_func_var);
+ dispose_var_context (vcxt);
+ }
+ else
+ internal_error (_("pop_var_context: no global_variables context"));
+}
+
+/* Delete the HASH_TABLEs for all variable contexts beginning at VCXT, and
+ all of the VAR_CONTEXTs except GLOBAL_VARIABLES. */
+void
+delete_all_contexts (vcxt)
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vcxt;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *v, *t;
+
+ for (v = vcxt; v != global_variables; v = t)
+ {
+ t = v->down;
+ dispose_var_context (v);
+ }
+
+ delete_all_variables (global_variables->table);
+ shell_variables = global_variables;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Pushing and Popping temporary variable scopes */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+VAR_CONTEXT *
+push_scope (flags, tmpvars)
+ int flags;
+ HASH_TABLE *tmpvars;
+{
+ return (push_var_context ((char *)NULL, flags, tmpvars));
+}
+
+static void
+push_exported_var (data)
+ PTR_T data;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var, *v;
+
+ var = (SHELL_VAR *)data;
+
+ /* If a temp var had its export attribute set, or it's marked to be
+ propagated, bind it in the previous scope before disposing it. */
+ /* XXX - This isn't exactly right, because all tempenv variables have the
+ export attribute set. */
+#if 0
+ if (exported_p (var) || (var->attributes & att_propagate))
+#else
+ if (tempvar_p (var) && exported_p (var) && (var->attributes & att_propagate))
+#endif
+ {
+ var->attributes &= ~att_tempvar; /* XXX */
+ v = bind_variable_internal (var->name, value_cell (var), shell_variables->table, 0, 0);
+ if (shell_variables == global_variables)
+ var->attributes &= ~att_propagate;
+ v->attributes |= var->attributes;
+ }
+ else
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (var->name); /* XXX */
+
+ dispose_variable (var);
+}
+
+void
+pop_scope (is_special)
+ int is_special;
+{
+ VAR_CONTEXT *vcxt, *ret;
+
+ vcxt = shell_variables;
+ if (vc_istempscope (vcxt) == 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("pop_scope: head of shell_variables not a temporary environment scope"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ret = vcxt->down;
+ if (ret)
+ ret->up = (VAR_CONTEXT *)NULL;
+
+ shell_variables = ret;
+
+ /* Now we can take care of merging variables in VCXT into set of scopes
+ whose head is RET (shell_variables). */
+ FREE (vcxt->name);
+ if (vcxt->table)
+ {
+ if (is_special)
+ hash_flush (vcxt->table, push_func_var);
+ else
+ hash_flush (vcxt->table, push_exported_var);
+ hash_dispose (vcxt->table);
+ }
+ free (vcxt);
+
+ sv_ifs ("IFS"); /* XXX here for now */
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Pushing and Popping function contexts */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static WORD_LIST **dollar_arg_stack = (WORD_LIST **)NULL;
+static int dollar_arg_stack_slots;
+static int dollar_arg_stack_index;
+
+/* XXX - should always be followed by remember_args () */
+void
+push_context (name, is_subshell, tempvars)
+ char *name; /* function name */
+ int is_subshell;
+ HASH_TABLE *tempvars;
+{
+ if (is_subshell == 0)
+ push_dollar_vars ();
+ variable_context++;
+ push_var_context (name, VC_FUNCENV, tempvars);
+}
+
+/* Only called when subshell == 0, so we don't need to check, and can
+ unconditionally pop the dollar vars off the stack. */
+void
+pop_context ()
+{
+ pop_dollar_vars ();
+ variable_context--;
+ pop_var_context ();
+
+ sv_ifs ("IFS"); /* XXX here for now */
+}
+
+/* Save the existing positional parameters on a stack. */
+void
+push_dollar_vars ()
+{
+ if (dollar_arg_stack_index + 2 > dollar_arg_stack_slots)
+ {
+ dollar_arg_stack = (WORD_LIST **)
+ xrealloc (dollar_arg_stack, (dollar_arg_stack_slots += 10)
+ * sizeof (WORD_LIST *));
+ }
+ dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index++] = list_rest_of_args ();
+ dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index] = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Restore the positional parameters from our stack. */
+void
+pop_dollar_vars ()
+{
+ if (!dollar_arg_stack || dollar_arg_stack_index == 0)
+ return;
+
+ remember_args (dollar_arg_stack[--dollar_arg_stack_index], 1);
+ dispose_words (dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index]);
+ dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index] = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ set_dollar_vars_unchanged ();
+}
+
+void
+dispose_saved_dollar_vars ()
+{
+ if (!dollar_arg_stack || dollar_arg_stack_index == 0)
+ return;
+
+ dispose_words (dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index]);
+ dollar_arg_stack[dollar_arg_stack_index] = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Manipulate the special BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC variables. */
+
+void
+push_args (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) && defined (DEBUGGER)
+ SHELL_VAR *bash_argv_v, *bash_argc_v;
+ ARRAY *bash_argv_a, *bash_argc_a;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ arrayind_t i;
+ char *t;
+
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_ARGV", bash_argv_v, bash_argv_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_ARGC", bash_argc_v, bash_argc_a);
+
+ for (l = list, i = 0; l; l = l->next, i++)
+ array_push (bash_argv_a, l->word->word);
+
+ t = itos (i);
+ array_push (bash_argc_a, t);
+ free (t);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS && DEBUGGER */
+}
+
+/* Remove arguments from BASH_ARGV array. Pop top element off BASH_ARGC
+ array and use that value as the count of elements to remove from
+ BASH_ARGV. */
+void
+pop_args ()
+{
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) && defined (DEBUGGER)
+ SHELL_VAR *bash_argv_v, *bash_argc_v;
+ ARRAY *bash_argv_a, *bash_argc_a;
+ ARRAY_ELEMENT *ce;
+ intmax_t i;
+
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_ARGV", bash_argv_v, bash_argv_a);
+ GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_ARGC", bash_argc_v, bash_argc_a);
+
+ ce = array_shift (bash_argc_a, 1, 0);
+ if (ce == 0 || legal_number (element_value (ce), &i) == 0)
+ i = 0;
+
+ for ( ; i > 0; i--)
+ array_pop (bash_argv_a);
+ array_dispose_element (ce);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS && DEBUGGER */
+}
+
+/*************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to manage special variables *
+ * *
+ *************************************************/
+
+/* Extern declarations for variables this code has to manage. */
+extern int eof_encountered, eof_encountered_limit, ignoreeof;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern int hostname_list_initialized;
+#endif
+
+/* An alist of name.function for each special variable. Most of the
+ functions don't do much, and in fact, this would be faster with a
+ switch statement, but by the end of this file, I am sick of switch
+ statements. */
+
+#define SET_INT_VAR(name, intvar) intvar = find_variable (name) != 0
+
+/* This table will be sorted with qsort() the first time it's accessed. */
+struct name_and_function {
+ char *name;
+ sh_sv_func_t *function;
+};
+
+static struct name_and_function special_vars[] = {
+ { "BASH_COMPAT", sv_shcompat },
+ { "BASH_XTRACEFD", sv_xtracefd },
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ { "CHILD_MAX", sv_childmax },
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+# if defined (STRICT_POSIX)
+ { "COLUMNS", sv_winsize },
+# endif
+ { "COMP_WORDBREAKS", sv_comp_wordbreaks },
+#endif
+
+ { "FUNCNEST", sv_funcnest },
+
+ { "GLOBIGNORE", sv_globignore },
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+ { "HISTCONTROL", sv_history_control },
+ { "HISTFILESIZE", sv_histsize },
+ { "HISTIGNORE", sv_histignore },
+ { "HISTSIZE", sv_histsize },
+ { "HISTTIMEFORMAT", sv_histtimefmt },
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ { "HOME", sv_home },
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ { "HOSTFILE", sv_hostfile },
+#endif
+
+ { "IFS", sv_ifs },
+ { "IGNOREEOF", sv_ignoreeof },
+
+ { "LANG", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_ALL", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_COLLATE", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_CTYPE", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_MESSAGES", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_NUMERIC", sv_locale },
+ { "LC_TIME", sv_locale },
+
+#if defined (READLINE) && defined (STRICT_POSIX)
+ { "LINES", sv_winsize },
+#endif
+
+ { "MAIL", sv_mail },
+ { "MAILCHECK", sv_mail },
+ { "MAILPATH", sv_mail },
+
+ { "OPTERR", sv_opterr },
+ { "OPTIND", sv_optind },
+
+ { "PATH", sv_path },
+ { "POSIXLY_CORRECT", sv_strict_posix },
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ { "TERM", sv_terminal },
+ { "TERMCAP", sv_terminal },
+ { "TERMINFO", sv_terminal },
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+ { "TEXTDOMAIN", sv_locale },
+ { "TEXTDOMAINDIR", sv_locale },
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TZSET)
+ { "TZ", sv_tz },
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HISTORY) && defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+ { "histchars", sv_histchars },
+#endif /* HISTORY && BANG_HISTORY */
+
+ { "ignoreeof", sv_ignoreeof },
+
+ { (char *)0, (sh_sv_func_t *)0 }
+};
+
+#define N_SPECIAL_VARS (sizeof (special_vars) / sizeof (special_vars[0]) - 1)
+
+static int
+sv_compare (sv1, sv2)
+ struct name_and_function *sv1, *sv2;
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if ((r = sv1->name[0] - sv2->name[0]) == 0)
+ r = strcmp (sv1->name, sv2->name);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static inline int
+find_special_var (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ register int i, r;
+
+ for (i = 0; special_vars[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ r = special_vars[i].name[0] - name[0];
+ if (r == 0)
+ r = strcmp (special_vars[i].name, name);
+ if (r == 0)
+ return i;
+ else if (r > 0)
+ /* Can't match any of rest of elements in sorted list. Take this out
+ if it causes problems in certain environments. */
+ break;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* The variable in NAME has just had its state changed. Check to see if it
+ is one of the special ones where something special happens. */
+void
+stupidly_hack_special_variables (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ static int sv_sorted = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ if (sv_sorted == 0) /* shouldn't need, but it's fairly cheap. */
+ {
+ qsort (special_vars, N_SPECIAL_VARS, sizeof (special_vars[0]),
+ (QSFUNC *)sv_compare);
+ sv_sorted = 1;
+ }
+
+ i = find_special_var (name);
+ if (i != -1)
+ (*(special_vars[i].function)) (name);
+}
+
+/* Special variables that need hooks to be run when they are unset as part
+ of shell reinitialization should have their sv_ functions run here. */
+void
+reinit_special_variables ()
+{
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ sv_comp_wordbreaks ("COMP_WORDBREAKS");
+#endif
+ sv_globignore ("GLOBIGNORE");
+ sv_opterr ("OPTERR");
+}
+
+void
+sv_ifs (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable ("IFS");
+ setifs (v);
+}
+
+/* What to do just after the PATH variable has changed. */
+void
+sv_path (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ /* hash -r */
+ phash_flush ();
+}
+
+/* What to do just after one of the MAILxxxx variables has changed. NAME
+ is the name of the variable. This is called with NAME set to one of
+ MAIL, MAILCHECK, or MAILPATH. */
+void
+sv_mail (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ /* If the time interval for checking the files has changed, then
+ reset the mail timer. Otherwise, one of the pathname vars
+ to the users mailbox has changed, so rebuild the array of
+ filenames. */
+ if (name[4] == 'C') /* if (strcmp (name, "MAILCHECK") == 0) */
+ reset_mail_timer ();
+ else
+ {
+ free_mail_files ();
+ remember_mail_dates ();
+ }
+}
+
+void
+sv_funcnest (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ intmax_t num;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ funcnest_max = 0;
+ else if (legal_number (value_cell (v), &num) == 0)
+ funcnest_max = 0;
+ else
+ funcnest_max = num;
+}
+
+/* What to do when GLOBIGNORE changes. */
+void
+sv_globignore (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ if (privileged_mode == 0)
+ setup_glob_ignore (name);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+void
+sv_comp_wordbreaks (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *sv;
+
+ sv = find_variable (name);
+ if (sv == 0)
+ reset_completer_word_break_chars ();
+}
+
+/* What to do just after one of the TERMxxx variables has changed.
+ If we are an interactive shell, then try to reset the terminal
+ information in readline. */
+void
+sv_terminal (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ if (interactive_shell && no_line_editing == 0)
+ rl_reset_terminal (get_string_value ("TERM"));
+}
+
+void
+sv_hostfile (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ clear_hostname_list ();
+ else
+ hostname_list_initialized = 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (STRICT_POSIX)
+/* In strict posix mode, we allow assignments to LINES and COLUMNS (and values
+ found in the initial environment) to override the terminal size reported by
+ the kernel. */
+void
+sv_winsize (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ intmax_t xd;
+ int d;
+
+ if (posixly_correct == 0 || interactive_shell == 0 || no_line_editing)
+ return;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0 || var_isnull (v))
+ rl_reset_screen_size ();
+ else
+ {
+ if (legal_number (value_cell (v), &xd) == 0)
+ return;
+ winsize_assignment = 1;
+ d = xd; /* truncate */
+ if (name[0] == 'L') /* LINES */
+ rl_set_screen_size (d, -1);
+ else /* COLUMNS */
+ rl_set_screen_size (-1, d);
+ winsize_assignment = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* STRICT_POSIX */
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+/* Update the value of HOME in the export environment so tilde expansion will
+ work on cygwin. */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+sv_home (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ array_needs_making = 1;
+ maybe_make_export_env ();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+/* What to do after the HISTSIZE or HISTFILESIZE variables change.
+ If there is a value for this HISTSIZE (and it is numeric), then stifle
+ the history. Otherwise, if there is NO value for this variable,
+ unstifle the history. If name is HISTFILESIZE, and its value is
+ numeric, truncate the history file to hold no more than that many
+ lines. */
+void
+sv_histsize (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ intmax_t num;
+ int hmax;
+
+ temp = get_string_value (name);
+
+ if (temp && *temp)
+ {
+ if (legal_number (temp, &num))
+ {
+ hmax = num;
+ if (hmax < 0 && name[4] == 'S')
+ unstifle_history (); /* unstifle history if HISTSIZE < 0 */
+ else if (name[4] == 'S')
+ {
+ stifle_history (hmax);
+ hmax = where_history ();
+ if (history_lines_this_session > hmax)
+ history_lines_this_session = hmax;
+ }
+ else if (hmax >= 0) /* truncate HISTFILE if HISTFILESIZE >= 0 */
+ {
+ history_truncate_file (get_string_value ("HISTFILE"), hmax);
+ /* If we just shrank the history file to fewer lines than we've
+ already read, make sure we adjust our idea of how many lines
+ we have read from the file. */
+ if (hmax < history_lines_in_file)
+ history_lines_in_file = hmax;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (name[4] == 'S')
+ unstifle_history ();
+}
+
+/* What to do after the HISTIGNORE variable changes. */
+void
+sv_histignore (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ setup_history_ignore (name);
+}
+
+/* What to do after the HISTCONTROL variable changes. */
+void
+sv_history_control (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ char *val;
+ int tptr;
+
+ history_control = 0;
+ temp = get_string_value (name);
+
+ if (temp == 0 || *temp == 0)
+ return;
+
+ tptr = 0;
+ while (val = extract_colon_unit (temp, &tptr))
+ {
+ if (STREQ (val, "ignorespace"))
+ history_control |= HC_IGNSPACE;
+ else if (STREQ (val, "ignoredups"))
+ history_control |= HC_IGNDUPS;
+ else if (STREQ (val, "ignoreboth"))
+ history_control |= HC_IGNBOTH;
+ else if (STREQ (val, "erasedups"))
+ history_control |= HC_ERASEDUPS;
+
+ free (val);
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
+/* Setting/unsetting of the history expansion character. */
+void
+sv_histchars (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = get_string_value (name);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ history_expansion_char = *temp;
+ if (temp[0] && temp[1])
+ {
+ history_subst_char = temp[1];
+ if (temp[2])
+ history_comment_char = temp[2];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ history_expansion_char = '!';
+ history_subst_char = '^';
+ history_comment_char = '#';
+ }
+}
+#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
+
+void
+sv_histtimefmt (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (v = find_variable (name))
+ {
+ if (history_comment_char == 0)
+ history_comment_char = '#';
+ }
+ history_write_timestamps = (v != 0);
+}
+#endif /* HISTORY */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TZSET)
+void
+sv_tz (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ if (chkexport (name))
+ tzset ();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* If the variable exists, then the value of it can be the number
+ of times we actually ignore the EOF. The default is small,
+ (smaller than csh, anyway). */
+void
+sv_ignoreeof (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *tmp_var;
+ char *temp;
+
+ eof_encountered = 0;
+
+ tmp_var = find_variable (name);
+ ignoreeof = tmp_var != 0;
+ temp = tmp_var ? value_cell (tmp_var) : (char *)NULL;
+ if (temp)
+ eof_encountered_limit = (*temp && all_digits (temp)) ? atoi (temp) : 10;
+ set_shellopts (); /* make sure `ignoreeof' is/is not in $SHELLOPTS */
+}
+
+void
+sv_optind (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ char *tt;
+ int s;
+
+ var = find_variable ("OPTIND");
+ tt = var ? get_variable_value (var) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Assume that if var->context < variable_context and variable_context > 0
+ then we are restoring the variables's previous state while returning
+ from a function. */
+ if (tt && *tt)
+ {
+ s = atoi (tt);
+
+ /* According to POSIX, setting OPTIND=1 resets the internal state
+ of getopt (). */
+ if (s < 0 || s == 1)
+ s = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ s = 0;
+ getopts_reset (s);
+}
+
+void
+sv_opterr (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *tt;
+
+ tt = get_string_value ("OPTERR");
+ sh_opterr = (tt && *tt) ? atoi (tt) : 1;
+}
+
+void
+sv_strict_posix (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SET_INT_VAR (name, posixly_correct);
+ posix_initialize (posixly_correct);
+#if defined (READLINE)
+ if (interactive_shell)
+ posix_readline_initialize (posixly_correct);
+#endif /* READLINE */
+ set_shellopts (); /* make sure `posix' is/is not in $SHELLOPTS */
+}
+
+void
+sv_locale (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *v;
+ int r;
+
+ v = get_string_value (name);
+ if (name[0] == 'L' && name[1] == 'A') /* LANG */
+ r = set_lang (name, v);
+ else
+ r = set_locale_var (name, v); /* LC_*, TEXTDOMAIN* */
+
+#if 1
+ if (r == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ last_command_exit_value = 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+void
+set_pipestatus_array (ps, nproc)
+ int *ps;
+ int nproc;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ ARRAY *a;
+ ARRAY_ELEMENT *ae;
+ register int i;
+ char *t, tbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(int) + 1];
+
+ v = find_variable ("PIPESTATUS");
+ if (v == 0)
+ v = make_new_array_variable ("PIPESTATUS");
+ if (array_p (v) == 0)
+ return; /* Do nothing if not an array variable. */
+ a = array_cell (v);
+
+ if (a == 0 || array_num_elements (a) == 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < nproc; i++) /* was ps[i] != -1, not i < nproc */
+ {
+ t = inttostr (ps[i], tbuf, sizeof (tbuf));
+ array_insert (a, i, t);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Fast case */
+ if (array_num_elements (a) == nproc && nproc == 1)
+ {
+ ae = element_forw (a->head);
+ free (element_value (ae));
+ ae->value = itos (ps[0]);
+ }
+ else if (array_num_elements (a) <= nproc)
+ {
+ /* modify in array_num_elements members in place, then add */
+ ae = a->head;
+ for (i = 0; i < array_num_elements (a); i++)
+ {
+ ae = element_forw (ae);
+ free (element_value (ae));
+ ae->value = itos (ps[i]);
+ }
+ /* add any more */
+ for ( ; i < nproc; i++)
+ {
+ t = inttostr (ps[i], tbuf, sizeof (tbuf));
+ array_insert (a, i, t);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* deleting elements. it's faster to rebuild the array. */
+ array_flush (a);
+ for (i = 0; ps[i] != -1; i++)
+ {
+ t = inttostr (ps[i], tbuf, sizeof (tbuf));
+ array_insert (a, i, t);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+ARRAY *
+save_pipestatus_array ()
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ ARRAY *a, *a2;
+
+ v = find_variable ("PIPESTATUS");
+ if (v == 0 || array_p (v) == 0 || array_cell (v) == 0)
+ return ((ARRAY *)NULL);
+
+ a = array_cell (v);
+ a2 = array_copy (array_cell (v));
+
+ return a2;
+}
+
+void
+restore_pipestatus_array (a)
+ ARRAY *a;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ ARRAY *a2;
+
+ v = find_variable ("PIPESTATUS");
+ /* XXX - should we still assign even if existing value is NULL? */
+ if (v == 0 || array_p (v) == 0 || array_cell (v) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ a2 = array_cell (v);
+ var_setarray (v, a);
+
+ array_dispose (a2);
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+set_pipestatus_from_exit (s)
+ int s;
+{
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ static int v[2] = { 0, -1 };
+
+ v[0] = s;
+ set_pipestatus_array (v, 1);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+sv_xtracefd (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *t, *e;
+ int fd;
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ {
+ xtrace_reset ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ t = value_cell (v);
+ if (t == 0 || *t == 0)
+ xtrace_reset ();
+ else
+ {
+ fd = (int)strtol (t, &e, 10);
+ if (e != t && *e == '\0' && sh_validfd (fd))
+ {
+ fp = fdopen (fd, "w");
+ if (fp == 0)
+ internal_error (_("%s: %s: cannot open as FILE"), name, value_cell (v));
+ else
+ xtrace_set (fd, fp);
+ }
+ else
+ internal_error (_("%s: %s: invalid value for trace file descriptor"), name, value_cell (v));
+ }
+}
+
+#define MIN_COMPAT_LEVEL 31
+
+void
+sv_shcompat (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+ char *val;
+ int tens, ones, compatval;
+
+ v = find_variable (name);
+ if (v == 0)
+ {
+ shell_compatibility_level = DEFAULT_COMPAT_LEVEL;
+ set_compatibility_opts ();
+ return;
+ }
+ val = value_cell (v);
+ if (val == 0 || *val == '\0')
+ {
+ shell_compatibility_level = DEFAULT_COMPAT_LEVEL;
+ set_compatibility_opts ();
+ return;
+ }
+ /* Handle decimal-like compatibility version specifications: 4.2 */
+ if (isdigit (val[0]) && val[1] == '.' && isdigit (val[2]) && val[3] == 0)
+ {
+ tens = val[0] - '0';
+ ones = val[2] - '0';
+ compatval = tens*10 + ones;
+ }
+ /* Handle integer-like compatibility version specifications: 42 */
+ else if (isdigit (val[0]) && isdigit (val[1]) && val[2] == 0)
+ {
+ tens = val[0] - '0';
+ ones = val[1] - '0';
+ compatval = tens*10 + ones;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+compat_error:
+ internal_error (_("%s: %s: compatibility value out of range"), name, val);
+ shell_compatibility_level = DEFAULT_COMPAT_LEVEL;
+ set_compatibility_opts ();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (compatval < MIN_COMPAT_LEVEL || compatval > DEFAULT_COMPAT_LEVEL)
+ goto compat_error;
+
+ shell_compatibility_level = compatval;
+ set_compatibility_opts ();
+}
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+void
+sv_childmax (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int s;
+
+ tt = get_string_value (name);
+ s = (tt && *tt) ? atoi (tt) : 0;
+ set_maxchild (s);
+}
+#endif
projects / thirdparty / bash.git / commitdiff
